As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 27, 2007
Registration No. 333-139793
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Amendment No. 2
to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
 
 
MetroPCS Communications, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
         
Delaware   4812   20-0836269
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
 
 
 
     
8144 Walnut Hill Lane
Suite 800
Dallas, Texas 75231-4388
(214) 265-2550
  Roger D. Linquist
Chief Executive Officer
8144 Walnut Hill Lane
Suite 800
Dallas, Texas 75231-4388
(214) 265-2550
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)
  (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
 
 
 
Copies to :
     
Andrew M. Baker, Esq.
William D. Howell, Esq.
Baker Botts L.L.P.
2001 Ross Avenue
Dallas, Texas 75201
(214) 953-6500
  Marc D. Jaffe, Esq.
Rachel W. Sheridan, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
885 Third Avenue, Suite 1000
New York, New York 10022
(212) 906-1200
 
 
 
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the registration statement becomes effective.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), check the following box.   o
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
 
 
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
             
      Proposed Maximum
     
Title of Each Class
    Aggregate
    Amount of
of Securities To Be Registered     Offering Price(1),(2)     Registration Fee
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share
    $1,125,000,000.00     $120,375.00
             
 
(1) Includes shares of common stock subject to an over-allotment option granted to the underwriters, if any.
 
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act.
 
 
 
 
 
The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


 

 
Explanatory Note
 
This Amendment No. 2 is being filed solely for the purpose of filing exhibits to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-139793) and no changes or additions are being made hereby to the preliminary prospectus which forms a part of the Registration Statement or to Items 13, 14, 15, 16(b) or 17 of Part II of the Registration Statement. Accordingly, the preliminary prospectus and Items 13, 14, 15, 16(b) and 17 of the Registration Statement have been omitted from this filing.


 

PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 16.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
(A) Exhibits:
 
         
Exhibit No.
 
Description
 
  1 .1**   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2 .1(a)***   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 6, 2004, by and among MetroPCS Communications, Inc., MPCS Holdco Merger Sub, Inc. and MetroPCS, Inc.
  2 .1(b)***   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 3, 2006, by and among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., MetroPCS IV, Inc., MetroPCS III, Inc., MetroPCS II, Inc. and MetroPCS, Inc.
  3 .1*   Form of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of MetroPCS Communications, Inc. to be filed upon the closing of this offering.
  3 .2*   Form of Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of MetroPCS Communications, Inc. to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
  4 .1**   Form of Certificate of MetroPCS Communications, Inc. Common Stock.
  5 .1**   Opinion of Baker Botts L.L.P.
  10 .1(a)*   MetroPCS Communications, Inc. Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan.
  10 .1(b)***   Second Amended and Restated 1995 Stock Option Plan of MetroPCS, Inc.
  10 .1(c)***   First Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated 1995 Stock Option Plan of MetroPCS, Inc.
  10 .1(d)***   Second Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated 1995 Stock Option Plan of MetroPCS, Inc.
  10 .2**   Form of Registration Rights Agreement to become effective upon the closing of this offering.
  10 .3**   Employment Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2005, by and between MetroPCS Communications, Inc. and J. Braxton Carter.
  10 .4*   Form of Officer and Director Indemnification Agreement.
  10 .5(a)*†   General Purchase Agreement, effective as of June 6, 2005, by and between MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Lucent Technologies Inc.
  10 .5(b)*†   Amendment No. 1 to the General Purchase Agreement, effective as of September 30, 2005, by and between MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Lucent Technologies Inc.
  10 .5(c)*†   Amendment No. 2 to the General Purchase Agreement, effective as of November 10, 2005, by and between MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Lucent Technologies Inc.
  10 .6*†   Amended and Restated Services Agreement, executed on December 15, 2005, effective as of November 24, 2004, by and between MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Royal Street Communications, LLC, including all amendments thereto.
  10 .7*†   Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, executed on December 15, 2005, effective as of December 22, 2004, by and between MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Royal Street Communications, LLC, including all amendments thereto.
  10 .8*   Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement, executed on December 15, 2005, effective as of December 22, 2004, by and between Royal Street Communications, LLC and MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., including all amendments thereto.
  10 .9*   Amended and Restated Security Agreement, executed on December 15, 2005, effective as of December 22, 2004, by and between Royal Street Communications, LLC and MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., including all amendments thereto.
  10 .10*†   Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Royal Street Communications, LLC, executed on December 15, 2005, effective as of November 24, 2004, by and between C9 Wireless, LLC, GWI PCS1, Inc., and MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., including all amendments thereto.


II-1


 

         
Exhibit No.
 
Description
 
  10 .11*†   Master Equipment and Facilities Lease Agreement, executed as of May 17, 2006, by and between MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Royal Street Communications, LLC, including all amendments thereto.
  10 .12*   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 20, 2007, among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., as borrower, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as administrative agent and syndication agent, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., as sole lead arranger and joint book runner, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as joint book runner and Banc of America Securities LLC, as joint book runner.
  10 .13***   Purchase Agreement, dated October 26, 2006, among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., the Guarantors as defined therein and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Banc of America Securities LLC.
  10 .14***   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 3, 2006, by and among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., the Guarantors as defined therein and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Banc of America Securities LLC.
  10 .15***   Indenture, dated as of November 3, 2006, among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., the Guarantors as defined therein and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee.
  10 .16***   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 6, 2007, among the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries as defined therein, the other Guarantors as defined in the Indenture referred to therein and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee under the Indenture referred to therein.
  16 .1***   Letter regarding change in certifying accountant.
  21 .1***   Subsidiaries of Registrant.
  23 .1***   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
  23 .2***   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
  23 .3**   Consent of Baker Botts L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24 .1***   Power of Attorney, pursuant to which amendments to this Form S-1 may be filed, is included on the signature page contained in Part II of this Form S-1.
 
 
Filed herewith.
 
** To be filed by amendment.
 
*** Previously filed.
 
†  Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission as part of an application for confidential treatment.


II-2


 

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Dallas, State of Texas, on February 27, 2007.
 
METROPCS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/   ROGER D. LINQUIST
Roger D. Linquist
President and Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby severally constitutes and appoints Roger D. Linquist his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each with the power of substitution and resubstitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Registration Statement on Form S-1 (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto)), and to file the same, with accompanying exhibits and other related documents, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and ratify and confirm all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue of said appointment.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
     
     
     
     
/s/  ROGER D. LINQUIST
Roger D. Linquist
President and Chief Executive Officer
and Chairman of the Board
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
*
J. Braxton Carter
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
     
     
     
*
Christine B. Kornegay
Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
 
*
Arthur C. Patterson
Director
     
     
     
*
Walker C. Simmons
Director
 
*
John Sculley
Director
     
     
     
*
James F. Wade
Director
 
*
W. Michael Barnes
Director
     
     
     
*
C. Kevin Landry
Director
 
*
James N. Perry, Jr.
Director
 
* By: 
/s/   ROGER D. LINQUIST
Roger D. Linquist
Attorney-in-Fact


II-3


 

Index to Exhibits
 
         
Exhibit No.
 
Description
 
  1 .1**   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2 .1(a)***   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 6, 2004, by and among MetroPCS Communications, Inc., MPCS Holdco Merger Sub, Inc. and MetroPCS, Inc.
  2 .1(b)***   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 3, 2006, by and among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., MetroPCS IV, Inc., MetroPCS III, Inc., MetroPCS II, Inc. and MetroPCS, Inc.
  3 .1*   Form of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of MetroPCS Communications, Inc. to be filed upon the closing of this offering.
  3 .2*   Form of Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of MetroPCS Communications, Inc. to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
  4 .1**   Form of Certificate of MetroPCS Communications, Inc. Common Stock.
  5 .1**   Opinion of Baker Botts L.L.P.
  10 .1(a)*   MetroPCS Communications, Inc. Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan.
  10 .1(b)***   Second Amended and Restated 1995 Stock Option Plan of MetroPCS, Inc.
  10 .1(c)***   First Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated 1995 Stock Option Plan of MetroPCS, Inc.
  10 .1(d)***   Second Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated 1995 Stock Option Plan of MetroPCS, Inc.
  10 .2**   Form of Registration Rights Agreement to become effective upon the closing of this offering.
  10 .3**   Employment Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2005, by and between MetroPCS Communications, Inc. and J. Braxton Carter.
  10 .4*   Form of Officer and Director Indemnification Agreement.
  10 .5(a)*†   General Purchase Agreement, effective as of June 6, 2005, by and between MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Lucent Technologies Inc.
  10 .5(b)*†   Amendment No. 1 to the General Purchase Agreement, effective as of September 30, 2005, by and between MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Lucent Technologies Inc.
  10 .5(c)*†   Amendment No. 2 to the General Purchase Agreement, effective as of November 10, 2005, by and between MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Lucent Technologies Inc.
  10 .6*†   Amended and Restated Services Agreement, executed on December 15, 2005, effective as of November 24, 2004, by and between MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Royal Street Communications, LLC, including all amendments thereto.
  10 .7*†   Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, executed on December 15, 2005, effective as of December 22, 2004, by and between MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Royal Street Communications, LLC, including all amendments thereto.
  10 .8*   Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement, executed on December 15, 2005, effective as of December 22, 2004, by and between Royal Street Communications, LLC and MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., including all amendments thereto.
  10 .9*   Amended and Restated Security Agreement, executed on December 15, 2005, effective as of December 22, 2004, by and between Royal Street Communications, LLC and MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., including all amendments thereto.
  10 .10*†   Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Royal Street Communications, LLC, executed on December 15, 2005, effective as of November 24, 2004, by and between C9 Wireless, LLC, GWI PCS1, Inc., and MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., including all amendments thereto.
  10 .11*†   Master Equipment and Facilities Lease Agreement, executed as of May 17, 2006, by and between MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Royal Street Communications, LLC, including all amendments thereto.


II-4


 

         
Exhibit No.
 
Description
 
  10 .12*   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 20, 2007, among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., as borrower, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as administrative agent and syndication agent, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., as sole lead arranger and joint book runner, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as joint book runner and Banc of America Securities LLC, as joint book runner.
  10 .13***   Purchase Agreement, dated October 26, 2006, among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., the Guarantors as defined therein and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Banc of America Securities LLC.
  10 .14***   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 3, 2006, by and among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., the Guarantors as defined therein and Bear Stearns & Co. Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Banc of America Securities LLC.
  10 .15***   Indenture, dated as of November 3, 2006, among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., the Guarantors as defined therein and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee.
  10 .16***   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 6, 2007, among the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries as defined therein, the other Guarantors as defined in the Indenture referred to therein and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee under the Indenture referred to therein.
  16 .1***   Letter regarding change in certifying accountant.
  21 .1***   Subsidiaries of Registrant.
  23 .1***   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
  23 .2***   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
  23 .3**   Consent of Baker Botts L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24 .1***   Power of Attorney, pursuant to which amendments to this Form S-1 may be filed, is included on the signature page contained in Part II of this Form S-1.
 
 
Filed herewith.
 
** To be filed by amendment.
 
*** Previously filed.
 
†  Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission as part of an application for confidential treatment.


II-5

 

EXHIBIT 3.1
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
METROPCS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245
of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”)
     The undersigned, Roger D. Linquist, hereby certifies that,
     ONE: He is the duly elected and acting President and Chief Executive Officer of MetroPCS Communications, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).
     TWO: The original certificate of incorporation of the Corporation was filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 10, 2004 pursuant to the DGCL.
     THREE: The directors and the stockholders of the Corporation, in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL, have adopted and approved this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
     The certificate of incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
ARTICLE I
CORPORATE NAME
     The name of the Corporation is MetroPCS Communications, Inc.
ARTICLE II
REGISTERED ADDRESS AND AGENT
     The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.
ARTICLE III
NATURE OF BUSINESS
     The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.
ARTICLE IV
AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK
     (A) General . The Corporation is authorized to issue two (2) classes of capital stock to

 


 

be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is One Billion One Hundred Million (1,100,000,000) shares. One Billion (1,000,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and One Hundred Million (100,000,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.
     (B)  Preferred Stock.
          1. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series and in such amounts as may be determined by the Board of Directors or by order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction over the Corporation administering any applicable statute of the United States relating to plans of reorganization of corporations, subject to any qualifications, limitations and restrictions set forth elsewhere in this Article IV. The voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, of each series of the Preferred Stock shall be such as are fixed by the Board of Directors or fixed by such court, the authority to do so being hereby expressly granted, and as are stated and expressed in a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors or in an order or decree of such court providing for the issue of such series of Preferred Stock (herein called the “ Certificate of Designation ”). The Certificate of Designation as to any series shall, subject to any qualifications, limitations and restrictions set forth elsewhere in this Article IV, (a) designate the series, (b) fix the dividend rate, if any, of such series, the payment dates for dividends on shares of such series and the date or dates, or the method of determining the date or dates, if any, from which dividends on shares of such series shall be cumulative, (c) fix the amount or amounts payable on shares of such series upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, (d) state the price or prices or rate or rates, and adjustments, if any, at which, and the time or times and the terms and conditions upon which, the shares of such series may be redeemed at the option of the Corporation or at the option of the holder or holders of shares of such series or upon the occurrence of a specified event, and state whether such shares may be redeemed for cash, property or rights, including securities of the Corporation or other equity securities; and such Certificate of Designation may (i) limit the number of shares of such series that may be issued, (ii) provide for a sinking fund for the purchase or redemption of shares of such series and specify the terms and conditions governing the operations of any such fund, (iii) grant voting rights to the holders of shares of such series, (iv) impose conditions or restrictions upon the creation of indebtedness of the Corporation or upon the issuance of additional Preferred Stock or other capital stock ranking on a parity therewith, or prior thereto, with respect to dividends or distribution of assets upon liquidation, (v) impose conditions or restrictions upon the payment of dividends upon, or the making of other distributions to, or the acquisition of, shares ranking junior to such series with respect to dividends or distributions of assets upon liquidation, (vi) state the time or times, the price or prices or the rate or rates of exchange and other terms, conditions and adjustments upon which shares of any such series may be made convertible into, or exchangeable for, at the option of the holder or the Corporation or upon the occurrence of a specified event, shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of Preferred Stock or any other class or classes of stock or other securities of the Corporation, and (vii) grant such other special rights and impose such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or such court, to the extent not inconsistent with this Article IV and to the full extent now or hereafter permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware.

2


 

          2. Preferred Stock that is redeemed, purchased or retired by the Corporation shall assume the status of authorized and unissued Preferred Stock and may thereafter, subject to the provisions of any Certificate of Designation providing for the issue of any particular series of Preferred Stock, be reissued in the same manner as authorized and unissued Preferred Stock.
     (C)  Common Stock . All shares of Common Stock shall be identical except as expressly set forth in this Article IV. Each share of Common Stock shall have attributed to it the number of votes set forth in Section (E) below.
     (D)  Rights of Holders of Capital Stock .
          1. Holders of Preferred Stock . Except as such rights may be specifically limited herein, the rights of holders of Preferred Stock shall be as set forth in any Certificate of Designation relating thereto.
          2. Holders of Common Stock . The rights of holders of Common Stock shall be as set forth in this Section 2, except with respect to such rights as are set forth in Section (E) of this Article IV.
               (a)  Dividend Rights . Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends, distributed ratably among the holders of the Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares of such stock owned by each such holder, as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.
               (b)  Liquidation Preference . Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to distributions in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, and after any and all distributions are made in accordance therewith, in such event, either voluntary or involuntary, the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares of such stock owned by each such holder.
          3. Redemption .
               (a) If, at any time, a holder of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock acquires additional shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, or is otherwise attributed with ownership of such shares, that would cause the Corporation to violate (in each case, an “ FCC Violation ”) (A) any requirement of the FCC regarding foreign ownership (collectively, “ Foreign Ownership Requirements ”) or (B) any other rule or regulation of the FCC applicable to the Corporation, then the Corporation may, at the option of the Board of Directors, redeem from the holder or holders causing such FCC Violation a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock to eliminate the FCC Violation by paying in cash therefor a sum equal to the Redemption Price. The “ Redemption Price ” (herein so called) shall equal such price as is mutually determined by such stockholders and the Corporation, or, if no agreement can be reached, shall equal either (i) seventy-five percent (75%) of the fair market value of the Common

3


 

Stock (the “ Common Stock Fair Market Value ”) or the Fair Market Value of the Preferred Stock, as applicable, where such holder caused the FCC Violation, or (ii) one hundred percent (100%) of the Common Stock Fair Market Value or the Fair Market Value of the Preferred Stock, as applicable, where the FCC Violation was caused by no fault of the holder; provided , however , that the determination of whether such party caused the FCC Violation shall be made, in good faith, by the disinterested members of the Board of Directors. As used in this Section (D)(3), the Common Stock Fair Market Value shall be determined as follows:
                    (i) if the Common Stock is publicly traded at the time of determination, the average of the closing prices for the Common Stock on all domestic securities exchanges on which such may at the time be listed, or, if there have been no sales on any such exchange on such day, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices on all such exchanges at the end of such day, or, if on any day such security is not so listed, the average of the representative bid and asked prices quoted on the NASDAQ system as of the close of trading on such day, or if on any day such security is not quoted in the NASDAQ system, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices on such day in the domestic over-the-counter market as reported by the Pink Sheets, LLC, or any similar successor organization, in each such case averaged over the 30-day period ending three days prior to the Redemption Date (as defined in (D)(3)(b) below); and
                    (ii) if the Common Stock is not publicly traded at the time of determination then, the fair value of the Common Stock as determined in good faith by the disinterested members of the Board of Directors.
     As used in this Section (D)(3), the Preferred Stock Fair Market Value shall mean the value determined by multiplying the Common Stock Fair Market Value by the number of shares of Common Stock into which the share of Preferred Stock is then convertible.
               (b) At least five (5) but no more than thirty (30) days prior to any date on which Common Stock or Preferred Stock is to be redeemed (a “ Redemption Date ”), written notice shall be by mail, first class postage prepaid, overnight mail, facsimile, or electronic mail to each holder of record (at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given) of the shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock to be redeemed, at the address last shown on the records of the Corporation for such holder, notifying such holder of the redemption to be effected, specifying the number of shares to be redeemed from such holder, the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price, the place at which payment may be obtained and calling upon such holder to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares to be redeemed (the “ Redemption Notice ”). Except as provided in subsection (3)(c) on or after the Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall surrender to the Corporation the certificate or certificates representing such shares, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price of such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be canceled. In the event less than all the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares.

4


 

               (c) From and after the Redemption Date, unless there shall have been a default in payment of the Redemption Price, all rights of the holders of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock designated for redemption in the Redemption Notice as holders of such shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (except the right to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates) shall cease with respect to such shares, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever. If the funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock on any Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem the total number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such date, those funds which are legally available will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of such shares ratably among the holders of such shares to be redeemed based upon their holdings of Common Stock or Preferred Stock to be redeemed. The shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock not redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all the rights and preferences provided herein. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for the redemption of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, such funds will immediately be used to redeem the balance of the shares which the Corporation has become obligated to redeem on any Redemption Date but which it has not redeemed.
               (d) Prior to effecting any such redemption, the Corporation shall provide any holder of Common Stock or Preferred Stock to be redeemed with reasonable prior written notice of the regulatory problem giving rise to the Corporation’s redemption right and, if requested to do so by such holder, the Corporation shall reasonably cooperate with such affected holder in arranging another method to minimize or eliminate the regulatory problem giving rise to the Corporation’s redemption right, including, but not limited to and not in any particular order of priority, preparing and filing waiver requests with the FCC, developing alternative ownership structures, assisting with a sale of such holders interest in the Company, amending the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation and obtaining FCC approvals for such transaction.
     (E)  Voting Rights .
          1. Common Stock . The holders of Common Stock shall have the right to vote on every matter submitted to a vote of the holders of capital stock of the Corporation other than any matter on which only the holders of one or more other classes or series of capital stock of the Corporation are entitled to vote separately as a class.
          2. Preferred Stock . Except as specifically limited herein, the holders of Preferred Stock shall have such voting rights as shall be set forth in any Certificate of Designation relating thereto.
ARTICLE V
POWER TO AMEND BYLAWS
     (A)  Board of Directors . Except as otherwise provided in this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then serving, to make, adopt, alter, amend, and

5


 

repeal from time to time the Bylaws of the Corporation and make from time to time new Bylaws of the Corporation (subject to the right of the stockholders entitled to vote thereon to adopt, alter, amend, and repeal Bylaws made by the Board of Directors or to make new Bylaws).
     (B)  Stockholders . The stockholders of the Corporation may adopt, alter, amend, or repeal Bylaws made by the Board of Directors or make new Bylaws solely upon the affirmative vote of the holders of shares having 66 2 / 3 % of the aggregate votes underlying the outstanding shares of capital stock then entitled to vote thereon.
ARTICLE VI
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
     (A)  Number, Election and Term of Directors .
          1. The number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws of the Corporation, or as provided in accordance with any Certificate of Designation. Effective upon the filing of this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (such date hereinafter referred to as the “ Trigger Date ”), the directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes: Class I, Class II and Class III. Such classes shall be as nearly equal in number of directors as possible. Each such director shall serve for a term ending on the third annual meeting of stockholders following the annual meeting of stockholders at which that director was elected; provided , however , that the directors first designated as Class I directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders next following the date of their designation as Class I directors, the directors first designated as Class II directors shall serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders next following the date of their designation as Class II directors, and the directors first designated as Class III directors shall serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders next following the date of their designation as Class III directors. Upon the Trigger Date, if then permitted by applicable law, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to designate the members of the Board of Directors then in office as Class I directors, Class II directors and Class III directors, respectively. Each director shall hold office until the annual meeting of stockholders at which that director’s term expires and, the foregoing notwithstanding, shall serve until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.
          2. At each annual election, the directors chosen to succeed those whose terms then expired shall be of the same class as the directors they succeed, unless, by reason of any intervening changes in the authorized number of directors, the Board of Directors shall have designated one or more directorships whose term then expires as directorships of another class in order to more nearly achieve equality of number of directors among the classes.
          3. In the event of any change in the authorized number of directors, each director then continuing to serve as such shall nevertheless continue as a director of the class of which he is a member until the expiration of his current term, or his prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal. The Board of Directors shall specify the class to which a newly created directorship shall be allocated.

6


 

     (B)  Vacancies . Any vacancies of the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other reason may be filled as provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
     (C)  Written Ballots not Required . Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.
     (D)  Removal of Directors . Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power underlying the outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock entitled to elect such director, voting separately as a class.
     (E)  Corporate Opportunity Matters .
          1. Except as set forth in subsection (2) of this Article VI(E)), to the extent permitted by the DGCL, if any non-employee director (or any of his or her affiliates) acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity, the Corporation shall have no interest or expectancy in being offered by such non-employee director any opportunity to participate in such corporate opportunity, any such interest or expectancy being hereby renounced, so that, as a result of such renunciation and without limiting the scope of such renunciation, such person (a) shall have no duty to communicate or present such corporate opportunity to the Corporation and (b) shall have the right to hold any such corporate opportunity for its (and its officers’, directors’, agents’, stockholders’ or affiliates’) own account or to recommend, sell, assign or transfer such corporate opportunity to persons other than the Corporation; provided, however , that the foregoing shall not preclude or prevent the Corporation from pursuing any corporate opportunity that may be presented to it by any means.
          2. Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (1) of this Article VI(E), the Corporation does not renounce any interest or expectancy it may have in any corporate opportunity that is offered to any non-employee director, if such opportunity is expressly offered to such non-employee director (or his or her affiliates) solely in, and as a direct result of, his or her capacity as a director of the Corporation.
ARTICLE VII
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS; ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING
     (A)  Meetings of Stockholders . Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statues) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

7


 

     (B)  Stockholder Action by Written Consent . No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation except at an annual or special meeting of such stockholders. The stockholders of the Corporation may not take action by written consent.
ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION
     (A) The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL in effect on the date of the effectiveness of this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and to such greater extent as the DGCL may thereafter permit, indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, manager, member, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, manager, member, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, liabilities, losses, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding.
     (B) To the extent that a director, manager, member, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section (A) of this Article VIII, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.
     (C) Any indemnification under Section (A) of this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL. Such determination shall be made (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders of the Corporation.
     (D) Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer, director, a manager of a Corporation limited liability company, or a member of a management committee of a Corporation limited liability company, in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director, officer, manager or member to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.
     (E) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other sections of this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other

8


 

rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any law, Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.
     (F) The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, manager, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, manager, member, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of Section 145 of the DGCL.
     (G) For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or joint venturer or other enterprise (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, managers, members, employees or agents so that any person who is or was a director, officer, manager, member, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or joint venturer or other enterprise, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or joint venturer or other enterprise as a director, officer, manager, member, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or joint venturer or other enterprise as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
     (H) For purposes of this Article VIII, (i) references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans, including without limitation, any plan of the Corporation which is governed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time (collectively, “ Employee Benefit Plans ”), (ii) references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an Employee Benefit Plan, (iii) references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves service by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan, its participants or beneficiaries, and (iv) a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an Employee Benefit Plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.
     (I) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, manager, member, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
     (J) The provisions of this Article VIII shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director, officer, employee or agent who serves in such capacity at any

9


 

time while this Article VIII is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this Article VIII shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.
ARTICLE IX
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
     A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, as the same exists or hereafter may be amended or replaced, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is amended after the date of filing this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation, in addition to the limitation on personal liability provided herein, shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Article IX shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
ARTICLE X
AMENDMENTS TO CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
     The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all rights and powers conferred herein on stockholders, directors and officers are subject to this reserved power; provided that , notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by the DGCL, the affirmative vote of the holders of record of outstanding shares representing at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of the Board of Directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter, change, repeal, or adopt any provision or provisions inconsistent with, Article IV, Article V, Article VI, Section (B) of Article VII, Article VIII, Article IX and this Article X of this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation unless such amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption of any inconsistent provision or provisions is adopted or authorized by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of all of the members of the Board of Directors.
***************

10


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation on this                      day of                      2007.
         
  METROPCS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Roger D. Linquist   
    President and Chief Executive Officer   
 

11

 

EXHIBIT 3.2
Third Amended and Restated Bylaws
of Metropcs Communications, Inc.
Dated as of                      , 2007
PREAMBLE
     In accordance with power conferred to the board of directors (the “ Board of Directors ”) of MetroPCS Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), in the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (“ Certificate of Incorporation ”) of the Corporation, the Board of Directors approved and adopted these Third Amended and Restated Bylaws (these “ Bylaws ”), such that these Bylaws shall be effective as the bylaws of the Corporation upon, but not prior to, the closing of the Corporation’s initial public offering of common stock pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. These Bylaws are subject to, and governed by, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Corporation Law ”) and the Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of these Bylaws and the mandatory provisions of the Delaware Corporation Law or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, such provisions of the Delaware Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation, as the case may be, will be controlling.
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
     1. The registered office of the Corporation shall be the registered office named in the Certificate of Incorporation or such other place as shall be determined by the Board.
     2. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
     1. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held at such time and place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

- 1 -


 

     2. Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by a plurality vote a board of directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.
     3. Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.
     4. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.
     5. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the president of the Corporation and shall be called by the president or secretary of the Corporation at the request in writing of a majority of all of the directors then in office. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.
     6. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.
     7. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.
     8. The stockholders holding issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation having not less than a majority of the votes of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. lf, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or, if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

- 2 -


 

     9. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the Delaware statutes, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Stockholders Agreement, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.
     10. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.
     11. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, the provisions of this Section 11 shall apply to the nominations of directors to the Board of Directors. Nominations for election to the Board of Directors must be made by the Board of Directors or by any stockholder of any outstanding class of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors. Nominations, other than those made by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, must be preceded by notification in writing received by the secretary of the Corporation not less than twenty (20) days nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any meeting of stockholders called for the election of directors. Such notification shall contain the written consent of each proposed nominee to serve as a director if so elected and the following information as to each proposed nominee and as to each person, acting alone or in conjunction with one or more other persons as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group, who participates or is expected to participate in making such nomination or in organizing, directing or financing such nomination or solicitation of proxies to vote for the nominee:
          (a) the name, age, citizenship, residence, address, and business address of each proposed nominee and of each such person;
          (b) the principal occupation or employment, and the name, type of business and address of the Corporation or other organization in which such employment is carried on, of each proposed nominee and of each such person;
          (c) the amount of stock of the Corporation owned beneficially, either directly or indirectly, by each proposed nominee and each such person;
          (d) a description of any arrangement or understanding of each proposed nominee and of each such person with each other or any other person regarding future employment or any future transaction to which the Corporation will or may be a party; and
          (e) all information required by the Corporation’s director questionnaire then in use by the Corporation for its directors and officers, a copy of which shall be available at the offices of the Corporation.
     The presiding officer of the meeting shall have the authority to determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination not preceded by notification made in accordance with the foregoing procedure shall be disregarded.

- 3 -


 

     12. At any meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting (a) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (b) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (c) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice provided for in these Bylaws, who shall be entitled to vote at such meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in these Bylaws.
     For business to be properly brought before any meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 12, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than twenty (20) days nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the date of the meeting. A stockholder’s notice to the secretary shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, (ii) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business, and the name and address of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, (iii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder of record and by the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf of the proposal is made and (iv) any material interest of such stockholder of record and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made in such business.
     Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at a meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 12. The presiding officer of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with the procedures prescribed by this Section 12, and if such person should so determine, such person shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 12, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 12.
     13. The stockholders of the Corporation may not take action by written consent without a meeting but must take any such actions at a duly called annual or special meeting.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
     1. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors and the number of directors that shall constitute each class required by the Certificate of Incorporation shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided , however , that no decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of an incumbent director. Except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, the directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, unless he shall resign, die, become disqualified or disabled, or otherwise be removed. Directors need not be stockholders.

- 4 -


 

     2. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the votes of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. The term of a director elected to fill a newly created directorship or other vacancy shall expire at the same time as the terms of the other directors of the class or division of directors, if any, for which the new directorship is created or in which the vacancy occurred (or, if there shall be no classes or divisions of directors, then at the next annual election of directors), and such director shall hold office until his successor is duly elected and shall qualify, or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute.
     3. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
     4. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.
     5. The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected Board of Directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.
     6. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.
     7. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the president on two (2) days’ prior written notice to each director by mail or forty-eight (48) hours’ prior notice to each director either personally or by facsimile, telegram or electronic mail; special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary of the Corporation in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the Board of Directors consists of only one director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary of the Corporation in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director.
     8. At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of all directors then serving in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of

- 5 -


 

Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
     9. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.
     10. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
     11. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of all of the directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.
     In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.
     Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, amending these Bylaws of the Corporation; and, unless the resolution or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
     12. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

- 6 -


 

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
     13. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors or designated committee thereof shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director payable in cash, stock, stock options, or other compensation or a combination thereof. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation and reimbursement of expenses for attending committee meetings.
REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
     14. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.
RESIGNATIONS OF DIRECTORS OR COMMITTEE MEMBERS
     15. Any director or member of a committee may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the chief executive officer or secretary of the Corporation. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation.
FCC ELIGIBILITY — DIRECTORS
     16. In order to enable the Corporation to establish that existing and proposed directors are eligible to be directors of the Corporation under applicable law, the officers of the Corporation, to the extent necessary, shall obtain from each existing and proposed director information relating to the citizenship and foreign affiliations, if any, of the director and such other information regarding the director as is reasonable to ensure the Corporation is in compliance with applicable law.
ARTICLE IV
NOTICES
     1. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, personally, by overnight mail, telegram, facsimile, or electronic mail or by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given when by United States mail, at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail, and upon delivery if personally delivered, sent via telegram, overnight mail, facsimile, or electronic mail.

- 7 -


 

     2. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors, or members of a committee need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
     1. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a president, chief financial officer, treasurer and secretary and may include such additional officers as may from time to time be authorized by these Bylaws. The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may also choose one or more vice-presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.
     2. The Board of Directors, at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders, shall choose a president, chief financial officer, treasurer and secretary and may include such additional officers as may from time to time be authorized by these Bylaws.
     3. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.
     4. The salaries of all officers and agents of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.
     5. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected or appointed by the Board of Directors and shall qualify or until such officer’s death, resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided. Any officer may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the president or secretary. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors comprising the whole Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.
THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
     6. The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he shall be present. He shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.

- 8 -


 

     7. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he shall be present. He shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to lime, assigned to him by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.
THE PRESIDENT AND VICE-PRESIDENTS
     8. The president shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation; and, in the absence of the Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board, he shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors; he shall have general and active management of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.
     9. The president or any vice president shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation.
     10. In the absence of the president or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the vice-president, if any (or in the event there be more than one vice-president, the vice-presidents in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. The vice-presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
     11. The chief financial officer of the Corporation shall have responsibility for the general executive charge, management and control of the financial affairs and business of the Corporation and, jointly with the treasurer of the Corporation, shall have custody and control of all the funds and securities of the Corporation, and he shall have such other powers and duties as from time to time may be designated in these Bylaws or assigned to him by the Board of Directors. He shall perform all acts incident to the position of chief financial officer, subject to the control of the chief executive officer and the Board of Directors.
THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES
     12. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors, all meetings of committees of the Board of Directors, and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by

- 9 -


 

the Board of Directors or president, under whose supervision he shall be. He shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and he, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.
     13. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS
     14. The treasurer, jointly with the chief financial officer, shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.
     15. The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination ; then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of the treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
ARTICLE VI
CERTIFICATE OF STOCK
     1. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the chairman or vice-chairman of the Board of Directors, or the president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Corporation.
     If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, and preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications,

- 10 -


 

limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in section 202 of the Delaware Corporation Law, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, and preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.
     2. Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
LOST CERTIFICATES
     3. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.
TRANSFER OF STOCK
     4. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.
FIXING RECORD DATE
     5. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided; however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

- 11 -


 

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS
     6. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
DIVIDENDS
     1. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, in shares of the capital stock of the Corporation or out of any other assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.
     2. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deem proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purposes as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
CHECKS
     3. All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
FISCAL YEAR
     4. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors. In the absence of such a resolution, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year.
SEAL
     5. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal having inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”.

- 12 -


 

The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.
FCC ELIGIBILITY — STOCKHOLDERS
     6. In order to enable the Corporation to establish that existing and proposed stockholders are eligible to be stockholders of the Corporation under applicable law, the officers of the Corporation, to the extent necessary, may request from each existing and proposed stockholder information relating to the citizenship and the extent, if any, of the foreign ownership of the stockholder, and such other information regarding the stockholder as is reasonable to ensure the Corporation is in compliance with applicable law.
ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS
     1. Subject to, and in accordance with, the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed by the stockholders or by the Board. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal these Bylaws in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation.

- 13 -

 

Exhibit 10.1(a)
AMENDED AND RESTATED
METROPCS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
2004 EQUITY INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
     Pursuant to Section 1.8 of the MetroPCS Communications, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan adopted effective as of April 15, 2004, as amended by the First Amendment to MetroPCS Communications, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan dated effective as of September 21, 2005, and as amended by the Second Amendment to MetroPCS Communications, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan dated effective as of December 13, 2006, such MetroPCS Communications, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended, is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
ARTICLE I
INTRODUCTION
      1.1 Purpose . The MetroPCS Communications, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan (the “ Plan ”) is intended to promote the interests of MetroPCS Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the “ Company ”) and its stockholders by encouraging Employees, Consultants and Non-Employee Directors of the Company or its Affiliates (as defined below) to acquire or increase their equity interests in the Company, thereby giving them an added incentive to work toward the continued growth and success of the Company. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) also contemplates that through the Plan, the Company and its Affiliates will be better able to compete for the services of the individuals needed for the continued growth and success of the Company. The Plan provides for payment of various forms of incentive compensation and accordingly is not intended to be a plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and shall be administered accordingly.
      1.2 Definitions . As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
     “ Affiliate ” means (i) any entity in which the Company, directly or indirectly, owns 10% or more of the combined voting power, as determined by the Committee, (ii) any “parent corporation” of the Company (as defined in section 424(e) of the Code), (iii) any “subsidiary corporation” of any such parent corporation (as defined in section 424(f) of the Code) of the Company and (iv) any trades or businesses, whether or not incorporated which are members of a controlled group or are under common control (as defined in Sections 414(b) or (c) of the Code) with the Company.
     “ Awards ” means, collectively, Options, Purchased Stock, Bonus Stock, Stock Appreciation Rights, Phantom Stock, Restricted Stock, Performance Awards, or Other Stock or Performance-Based Awards.
      Board ” means the board of directors described in Section 1.1 of the Plan.
     “ Bonus Stock ” means Common Stock described in Article V of the Plan.
     “ Change of Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred upon any of the following events:
     (i) any “person” (as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, and as modified in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than (A) the Company or any of its

 


 

subsidiaries, (B) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (C) or any Affiliate, (D) a company owned, directly or indirectly, by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company, or (E) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities (a “ Person ”), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d- 3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the shares of voting stock of the Company then outstanding;
     (ii) the consummation of any merger, organization, business combination or consolidation of the Company or one of its subsidiaries with or into any other company, other than a merger, reorganization, business combination or consolidation which would result in the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto holding securities which represent immediately after such merger, reorganization, business combination or consolidation more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or the surviving company or the parent of such surviving company;
     (iii) the consummation of a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than a sale or disposition if the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto hold securities immediately thereafter which represent more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the acquiror, or parent of the acquiror, of such assets;
     (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or
     (v) individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election by the Board, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than the Board.
     “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
      “Committee” means the compensation committee of the Board which shall consist of not less than two members of the Board, each of whom shall qualify as a “non-employee director” (as that tem is defined in Rule 16b-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act) appointed by and serving at the pleasure of the Board to administer the Plan or, if none, the Board; provided however, that with respect to any Award granted to a Covered Employee which is intended to be “performance-based compensation” as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, the Committee shall consist solely of two or more “outside directors” as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C)(i) of the Code.
     “ Common Stock ” means the Company’s Common Stock.
     “ Company ” means the corporation described in Section 1.1 or the Plan or any successor thereto which assumes and continues the Plan.

2


 

      “Consultant” means any individual, other than a Director or an Employee, who renders consulting or advisory services to the Company or an Affiliate, provided such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction.
     “ Covered Employee ” shall mean any of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the four highest paid officers of the Company other than the Chief Executive Officer as described in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.
     “ Disability ” means an inability to perform the Employee’s or Non-Employee Director’s material services for the Company for a period of 90 consecutive days or a total of 180 days, during any 365-day period, in either case as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness, which is determined to be total and permanent. A determination of Disability shall be made by a physician satisfactory to both the Participant (or his guardian) and the Company, provided that the Employee or Non-Employee Director (or his guardian) and the Company do not agree on a physician, the Employee or Non-Employee Director and the Company shall each select a physician and these two together shall select a third physician, whose determination as to Disability shall be final, binding and conclusive with respect to all parties. Notwithstanding the above, eligibility for disability benefits under any policy for long-term disability benefits provided to the Participant by the Company shall conclusively establish the Participant’s disability.
      “Effective Date” means the date that it is (i) adopted by the Board; and (ii) approved by shareholders of the Company, provided that such shareholder approval occurs not more than one year prior to or after the date of such adoption. The provisions of the Plan are applicable to all Awards granted on or after the Effective Date.
     “ Employee ” means any employee of the Company or an Affiliate.
     “ Employment ” includes any period in which a Participant is an Employee of the Company or an Affiliate.
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
      “Fair Market Value or FMV Per Share” The Fair Market Value or FMV Per Share of the Common Stock as of the determination date shall be the closing price on the principal exchange or over-the-counter market on which such shares are trading, if any, or as reported on any composite index which includes such principal exchange, for the date of the determination, or if no trade of the Common Stock shall have been reported for such date, the closing price quoted on such exchange or market for the most recent trade prior to the determination date. The term “closing price” shall mean (i) if the shares of Common Stock are listed or admitted for trading on a national securities exchange, the last reported sales price on the determination date, or, in case no such reported sale takes place on such day or days, the average of the high and low sales prices reported for the most recent trade prior to the determination date, in either case on the principal national securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are listed or admitted for trading, or (ii) if the shares of Common Stock are not listed or admitted for trading on a national securities exchange, (A) the last transaction price on the determination date of the shares of Common Stock on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. (“ NASDAQ ”) or, in the case no such reported transaction takes place on such day, the average of the high and low sales prices reported on NASDAQ for the most recent trade prior to the determination date, or (B) if the shares of Common Stock are not quoted on NASDAQ on the determination date, the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the shares of Common Stock on the determination date in the over-the-

3


 

counter market, as reported by The National Quotation Bureau, Inc., or an equivalent generally accepted reporting service. If shares of the Common Stock are not listed or admitted to trading on any exchange, over-the-counter market or any similar organization as of the determination date, the FMV Per Share shall be determined by the Committee in good faith using any fair and reasonable means selected in its discretion.
     “ Incentive Option ” means any option that satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422 and is granted pursuant to Article III of the Plan.
     “ Incumbent Board ” means the Board described in paragraph (v) of the definition of Change of Control under Section 1.2 of the Plan.
     “ Non-Employee Director ” means a person who is a member of the Board but who is neither an Employee nor a Consultant of the Company or any Affiliate.
     “ Non-Qualified Option ” shall mean an option not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422 and which is granted pursuant to Article II of the Plan.
      “Option” means an option to acquire Common Stock granted pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, and refers to either an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, or both, as applicable.
      “Option Expiration Date” means the date determined by Committee which shall not be more than ten years after the date of grant of an Option.
      “Optionee” means a Participant who has received or will receive an Option.
      “Other Stock or Performance-Based Award” means an award granted pursuant to Article IX of the Plan that is not otherwise specifically provided for, the value of which is based in whole or in part upon the value of a share of Common Stock.
     “ Participant” means any Non-Employee Director, Employee or Consultant granted an Award under the Plan.
      “Performance Award” means an Award granted pursuant to Article VIII of the Plan, which, if earned, shall be payable in shares of Common Stock, cash or any combination thereof as determined by the Committee.
      “Plan” means the plan described in Section 1.1 of the Plan and set forth in this document, as amended from time to time.
     “ Purchased Stock ” means a right to purchase Common Stock granted pursuant to Article IV of the Plan.
      “Phantom Stock” means an Award, granted pursuant to Article VI of the Plan, of the right to receive (i) shares of Common Stock issued at the end of a Restricted Period, (ii) the Fair Market Value of such shares paid in cash at the end of the Restriction Period or (iii) a combination of shares and cash as determined by the Committee.
      “Restricted Period” means the period established by the Committee with respect to an Award during which the Award either remains subject to forfeiture or is not exercisable by the

4


 

Participant.
      “Restricted Stock” means one or more shares of Common Stock, prior to the lapse of restrictions thereon, granted under Article VII of the Plan.
      “Retirement” means termination of Employment of an Employee, or if determined by the Committee termination of service of a Non-Employee Director, under circumstances as shall constitute retirement as determined by the Committee.
      “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
      “Spread” means the amount determined pursuant to Section 6.1(a) of the Plan,
      “Stock Appreciation Rights” means an Award granted pursuant to Article VI of the Plan.
      1.3 Shares Subject to the Plan . The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan is equal to thirteen million five hundred thousand (13,500,000) shares. Notwithstanding the above, in the event that at any time after the Effective Date the outstanding shares of Common Stock are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company by reason of a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares or the like, the aggregate number and affected class of securities available under the Plan shall be ratably adjusted by the Committee. Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in the immediately preceding sentence, in order to ensure that after such event the shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan and each Participant’s proportionate interest shall be maintained substantially as before the occurrence of such event, the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust (i) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Awards may be granted, (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding Awards, and (iii) the grant or exercise price with respect to an Award. Such adjustment in an outstanding Option shall be made (i) without change in the total price applicable to the Option or any unexercised portion of the Option (except for any change in the aggregate price resulting from rounding-off of share quantities or prices) and (ii) with any necessary corresponding adjustment in exercise price per share. The Committee’s determinations shall be final, binding and conclusive with respect to the Company and all other interested persons. In the event the number of shares to be delivered upon the exercise or payment of any Award granted under the Plan is reduced for any reason whatsoever or in the event any Award (or portion thereof) granted under the Plan can no longer under any circumstances be exercised or paid, the number of shares no longer subject to such Award shall thereupon be released from such Award and shall thereafter be available under the Plan for the grant of additional Awards. Shares that cease to be subject to an Award because of the exercise of the Award, or the vesting of a Restricted Stock Award or similar Award, shall no longer be subject to any further grant under the Plan. Shares issued pursuant to the Plan (i) may be treasury shares, authorized but unissued shares or, if applicable, shares acquired in the open market and (ii) shall be fully paid and nonassessable. No fractional shares shall be issued under the Plan; payment for any fractional shares shall be made in cash.
      1.4 Administration of the Plan .
     (a)  Committee, Meetings, Rule Making and Interpretations. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall (i) interpret the Plan and all Awards under the Plan, (ii) make, amend and rescind such rules as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, (iii) make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan and (iv) correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award under the Plan in the manner and to the extent that the

5


 

Committee deems desirable to effectuate the Plan. Any action taken or determination made by the Committee pursuant to this and the other paragraphs of the Plan shall be final, binding and conclusive on all affected persons, including the Company; any Affiliate; any grantee, holder or beneficiary of an Award; any stockholder and any Employee, Consultant or Non-Employee Director. No member of the Board or the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award granted hereunder and the members of the Board and the Committee shall be entitled to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company and its Affiliates in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including legal fees) arising therefrom to the full extent permitted by law.
      1.5 Granting of Awards to Participants . The Committee shall have the authority to grant, prior to the expiration date of the Plan, Awards to such Employees, Consultants and Non-Employee Directors as may be selected by it subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth in the Plan. In selecting the persons to receive Awards, including the type and size of the Award, the Committee may consider the contribution the recipient has made and/or may make to the growth of the Company or its Affiliates and any other factors that it may deem relevant. No member of the Committee shall vote or act upon any matter relating solely to himself. Grants of Awards to members of the Committee must be ratified by the Board. In no event shall any Employee, Consultant or Non-Employee Director, nor his or its legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees or successors have any right to participate in the Plan except to such extent, if any, as permitted under the Plan and as the Committee may determine. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall have the authority to grant, prior to the expiration date of the Plan, Awards to a third party designated by a Non-Employee Director; provided, that (i) the Board consents to such grant; (ii) such grant is made with respect to Awards that would otherwise be granted to such Non-Employee Director; and (iii) the grant of such Award and subsequent issuance of Common Stock may be made in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 (or any similar or superseding statute or statutes, any other applicable state or federal statute or regulation, or any rule of any applicable securities exchange or securities association, as then in effect) as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.
      1.6 Leave of Absence . If an employee is on military, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence, such person shall be considered an “Employee” for purposes of an outstanding Award during the period of such leave provided it does not exceed 180 days (or such longer period as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion), or, if longer, so long as the person’s right to reemployment is guaranteed either by statute or by contract. If the period of leave exceeds 180 days (or such longer period as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion), the employment relationship shall be deemed to have terminated on the 181st day (or the first day immediately following any period of leave in excess of 180 days as approved by the Committee) of such leave, unless the person’s right to reemployment is guaranteed by statute or contract.
      1.7 Term of Plan . If not sooner terminated under the provisions of Section 1.8, the Plan shall terminate upon, and no further Awards shall be made, after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Effective Date.
      1.8 Amendment and Discontinuance of the Plan . The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time without prior notice to or consent of any person; provided, however, subject to Section 10.12, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan may without the consent of the holder of an Award terminate such Award or adversely affect such person’s rights with respect to such Award in any material respect; and provided further, however, that no amendment shall be effective prior to its approval by the stockholders of the Company to the extent such approval is required by (i) applicable legal requirements, (ii) the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Company’s stock may be listed or (iii) the requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. on which the Company’s stock may be listed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may amend the Plan in such manner as it

6


 

deems necessary in order to permit awards to meet the requirements of the Code or other applicable laws.
ARTICLE II
NON-QUALIFIED OPTIONS
      2.1 Eligibility . The Committee may grant Non-Qualified Options to purchase the Common Stock to any Employee, Consultant and Non-Employee Directors according to the terms set forth below. Each Non-Qualified Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by a wr itten agreement between the Company and the individual to whom Non-Qualified Options were granted in such form as the Committee shall provide.
      2.2 Exercise Price . The exercise price to be paid for each share of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise of each Non-Qualified Option granted under this Article II shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the FMV Per Share on the date of grant of such Non-Qualified Option. The exercise price for each Non-Qualified Option granted under Article II shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.3(e) of the Plan.
      2.3 Terms and Conditions of Non-Qualified Options . Non-Qualified Options shall be in such form as the Committee may from time to time approve, shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and may contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with this Article II, as the Committee shall deem desirable:
     (a)  Option Period and Conditions and Limitations on Exercise. No Non-Qualified Option shall be exercisable later than the Option Expiration Date. To the extent not prohibited by other provisions of the Plan, each Non-Qualified Option shall be exercisable at such time or times as the Committee in its discretion may determine at the time such Non-Qualified Option is granted.
     (b)  Manner of Exercise. In order to exercise a Non-Qualified Option, the person or persons entitled to exercise it shall deliver to the Company (or its delegate) payment in full for (i) the shares being purchased and (ii) any required withholding taxes. The payment of the exercise price for each Non-Qualified Option shall either be (i) in cash or by check payable and acceptable to the Company, (ii) with the consent of the Committee, by tendering to the Company shares of Common Stock owned by the person for more than six months having an aggregate Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise that is not greater than the full exercise price for the shares with respect to which the Non-Qualified Option is being exercised and by paying any remaining amount of the exercise price as provided in (i) above, or (iii) with the consent of the Committee and compliance with such instructions as the Committee may specify, at the person’s written request the Company may deliver certificates for the shares of Common Stock for which the Non-Qualified Option is being exercised to a broker for sale on behalf of the person, provided that the person has irrevocably instructed such broker to remit directly to the Company on the person’s behalf from the proceeds of such sale the full amount of the exercise price plus all required withholding taxes. In the event that the person elects to make payment as allowed under clause (ii) above, the Committee may authorize the issuance of a new certificate for the number of shares being acquired pursuant to the exercise of the Non-Qualified Option less the number of shares being tendered upon the exercise and return to the person (or not require surrender of) the certificate for the shares being tendered upon the exercise. If the Committee so requires, such person or persons shall also deliver a written representation that all shares being purchased are being acquired for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution of such shares.
     (c)  Proceeds. The proceeds received from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to exercise of Non-Qualified Options exercised under the Plan will be used for general corporate purposes.

7


 

     (d)  Non-Qualified Options Not Transferable. Except as provided below, no Non-Qualified Option granted hereunder shall be transferable other than by (i) will or by the laws of descent and distribution or (ii) pursuant to a domestic relations order and, during the lifetime of the Participant to whom any such Non-Qualified Option is granted, it shall be exercisable only by the Participant (or his guardian). Any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of, or to subject to execution, attachment or similar process, any Non-Qualified Option granted hereunder, or any right thereunder, contrary to the provisions hereof, shall be void and ineffective, shall give no right to the purported transferee, and shall, at the sole discretion of the Committee, result in forfeiture of the Non-Qualified Option with respect to the shares involved in such attempt. With respect to a specific Non-Qualified Option, in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Committee from time to time, the Participant (or his guardian) may transfer, for estate planning purposes, all or part of such Non-Qualified Option to one or more immediate family members or related family trusts or partnerships or similar entities as determined by the Committee. Any Non-Qualified Option that is transferred in accordance with the provisions of this section may only be exercised by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the Non-Qualified Options pursuant to the transfer.
     (e)  Adjustment of Non-Qualified Options. In the event that at any time after the Effective Date the outstanding shares of Common Stock are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company by reason of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares or the like, the Committee shall make an appropriate and equitable adjustments as provided in Section 1.3.
     (f)  Listing and Registration of Shares. Each Non-Qualified Option shall be subject to the requirement that if at any time the Committee determines in its discretion, that the listing, registration, or qualification of the shares subject to such Non-Qualified Option under any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the issue or purchase of shares thereunder, such Non-Qualified Option may not be exercised in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained and the same shall have been free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.
      2.4 Option Repricing . With shareholder approval, the Committee, in its absolute discretion, may grant to holders of outstanding Non-Qualified Options, in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of such Non-Qualified Options, new Non-Qualified Options having exercise prices lower (or higher with any required consent) than the exercise price provided in the Non-Qualified Options so surrendered and canceled and containing such other terms and conditions as the Committee may deem appropriate.
      2.5 Vesting . See Section 10.11 of the Plan for provisions on vesting in connection with termination of Employment or service. Also, see Section 10.12 of the Plan relating to vesting in connection with a Change of Control.
      2.6 Unvested Shares . The Committee shall have the discretion to grant Non-Qualified Options which are exercisable for unvested shares of Common Stock. Should the Optionee cease Employment or service while holding such unvested shares, the Company shall have the right to repurchase, at the exercise price paid per share, all or, at the discretion of the Company and with the consent of the Optionee, any of those unvested shares. The terms upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable (including the period and procedure for exercise and the appropriate vesting schedule for the purchased shares) shall be established by the Committee and set forth in the document evidencing such repurchase right. Any unvested shares of Common Stock purchased incident to exercise of a Non-Qualified Option, shall not be assignable or transferable except as provided in the document evidencing the Company’s

8


 

repurchase right.
ARTICLE III
INCENTIVE OPTIONS
     The terms specified in this Article III shall be applicable to all Incentive Options. Except as modified by the provisions of this Article III, all the provisions of Article II shall be applicable to Incentive Options. Options which are specifically designated as Non-Qualified Options shall not be subject to the terms of this Section III
      3.1 Eligibility . Incentive Options may only be granted to Employees.
      3.2 Exercise Price . Subject to Section 3.4, the exercise price per Share shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the FMV Per Share on the option date of grant.
      3.3 Dollar Limitation . The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) of shares of Common Stock for which one or more options granted to any Employee under the Plan (or any other option plan of the Company or any Affiliate which is a parent or subsidiary as defined in Code Sections 424(e) or (f), as applicable) may for the first time become exercisable as Incentive Options during any one (1) calendar year shall not exceed the sum of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). To the extent the Employee holds two (2) or more such options which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, the foregoing limitation on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted.
      3.4 10% Stockholder . If any Employee to whom an Incentive Option is granted owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any “parent corporation” of the Company (as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code) or any “subsidiary corporation” of the Company (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code), then the exercise price per share shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the FMV Per Share on the date of grant and the option term shall not exceed five (5) years measured from the date of grant. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, the attribution rules under Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply for purposes of determining an Employee’s ownership.
      3.5 Incentive Options Not Transferable . No Incentive Option granted hereunder (i) shall be transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and (ii) except as permitted in regulations or other guidance issued under Section 422 of the Code, shall be exercisable during the Optionee’s lifetime by any person other than the Optionee (or his guardian).
      3.6 Compliance with Code Section 422 . All Options that are intended to be Incentive Stock Options described in Code Section 422 shall be designated as such in the Option grant and in all respects shall be issued in compliance with Code Section 422.
      3.7 Limitations on Exercise . No Incentive Option shall be exercisable more than three (3) months after the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or Disability, or more than one (1) year after the Optionee ceases to be an Employee due to death or Disability.
ARTICLE IV
PURCHASED STOCK
      4.1 Eligibility . The Committee shall have the authority to sell shares of Common Stock to such

9


 

Employees, Consultants and Non-Employee Directors of the Company or its Affiliates as may be selected by it, on such terms and conditions as it may establish, subject to the further provisions of this Article IV. Each issuance of Common Stock under this Plan shall be evidenced by an agreement, which shall be subject to applicable provisions of this Plan and to such other provisions not inconsistent with this Plan as the Committee may approve for the particular sale transaction.
      4.2 Purchase Price . The price per share of Common Stock to be purchased by a Participant under this Plan shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, and may be less than, but shall not greater than the FMV Per Share at the time of purchase.
      4.3 Payment of Purchase Price . Payment of the purchase price of Purchased Stock under this Plan shall be made in full in cash.
ARTICLE V
BONUS STOCK
     The Committee may, from time to time and subject to the provisions of the Plan, grant shares of Bonus Stock to Employees, Consultants and Non-Employee Directors. Such grants of Bonus Stock shall be in consideration of performance of services by the Participant without additional consideration except as may be required by the Committee or pursuant to Section 10.1. Bonus Stock shall be shares of Common Stock that are not subject to a Restricted Period under Article VII.
ARTICLE VI
STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS AND PHANTOM STOCK
      6.1 Stock Appreciation Rights . The Committee is authorized to grant Stock Appreciation Rights to Employees, Consultants and Non-Employee Directors on the following terms and conditions.
     (a)  Right to Payment. A Stock Appreciation Right shall confer on the Participant to whom it is granted a right to receive, upon exercise thereof, the excess of (A) the FMV Per Share on the date of exercise over (B) the exercise price of the Stock Appreciation Right as determined by the Committee (the “ Spread ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may provide, in its sole discretion, that the Spread covered by a Stock Appreciation Right may not exceed a specified amount.
     (b)  Rights Related to Options. A Stock Appreciation Right granted in connection with an Option shall entitle a Participant, upon exercise thereof, to surrender that Option or any portion thereof, to the extent unexercised, and to receive payment of the amount of the Spread as computed pursuant to Subsection 6.1(a) hereof. That Option shall then cease to be exercisable to the extent surrendered. Such grant may be made at the time of the grant of the Option or at any time thereafter, but prior to expiration of the underlying Option. A Stock Appreciation Right granted in connection with an Option shall provide for an exercise price that is not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the FMV Per Share of Common Stock on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted and shall be exercisable only at such time or times and only to the extent that the related Option is exercisable and shall not be transferable (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution) except to the extent that the related Option is transferable.
     (c)  Right Without Option. A Stock Appreciation Right granted independent of an Option shall provide for an exercise price per share of Common Stock that is not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the FMV Per Share of Common Stock on the date of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right and shall be exercisable as determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award agreement governing the Stock Appreciation Right and shall not be transferable (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution).

10


 

     (d)  Terms. The Committee shall determine at the date of grant the time or times at which and the circumstances under which a Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised in whole or in part (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), the method of exercise, whether or not a Stock Appreciation Right shall be in tandem or in combination with any other Award, and any other terms and conditions of any Stock Appreciation Right.
      6.2 Phantom Stock Awards . Subject to Section 10.5 of the Plan, the Committee is authorized to grant Phantom Stock Awards to Employees, Consultants and Non-Employee Directors, which are rights to receive cash equal to the Fair Market Value of specified number of shares of Common Stock at the end of a specified deferral period, subject to the following terms and conditions:
     (a)  Award and Restrictions. Satisfaction of a Phantom Stock Award shall occur upon expiration of the deferral period specified for such Phantom Stock Award by the Committee or, if permitted by the Committee, as elected by the Participant. In addition, Phantom Stock Awards shall be subject to such restrictions (which may include a risk of forfeiture), if any, as the Committee may impose in its sole discretion, which restrictions may lapse at the expiration of the deferral period or at earlier specified times (including times based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), separately or in combination, as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion to be appropriate or advisable for any Award. Provided, however, Phantom Stock Awards shall not be transferable (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution).
     (b)  Forfeiture. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee or as may be set forth in any Award, employment or other agreement pertaining to a Phantom Stock Award, upon termination of employment or services during the applicable deferral period or portion thereof to which forfeiture conditions apply, all Phantom Stock Awards that are at that time subject to deferral (other than a deferral at the election of the Participant) shall be forfeited; provided that the Committee may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Phantom Stock Awards shall be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and the Committee may in other cases which it determines appropriate or advisable waive in whole or in part the forfeiture of Phantom Stock Awards.
     (c)  Performance Goals. To the extent the Committee determines that any Award granted pursuant to this Article VI shall constitute performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code, the grant or settlement of the Award shall, in the Committee’s discretion, be subject to the achievement of performance goals determined and applied in a manner consistent with Section 8.2.
ARTICLE VII
RESTRICTED STOCK
      7.1 Eligibility . All Employees, Consultants and Non-Employee Directors shall be eligible for grants of Restricted Stock.
      7.2 Restrictions, Restricted Period and Vesting .
     (a) The Restricted Stock shall be subject to such forfeiture restrictions (including, without limitation, limitations that qualify as a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning given to that term under Section 83 of the Code) and restrictions on transfer by the Participant and repurchase by the Company as the Committee, in its sale discretion, shall determine. Prior to the lapse of such restrictions the Participant shall not be permitted to transfer such shares. The Company shall have the right to. repurchase or recover such shares for the amount of cash paid therefor, if any, if (i) the Participant shall

11


 

terminate Employment from or services to the Company prior to the lapse of such restrictions or (ii) the Restricted Stock is forfeited by the Participant pursuant to the terms of the Award.
     (b)  Vesting. See Section 10.11 of the Plan for provisions on vesting in connection with termination of Employment or service. Also, see Section 10.12 of the Plan relating to vesting in connection with a Change of Control.
     (c)  Immediate Transfer Without Immediate Delivery of Restricted Stock. Each certificate representing Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan shall be registered in the name of the Participant and, during the Restricted Period, shall be left on deposit with the Company, or in trust or escrow pursuant to an agreement satisfactory to the Committee, along with a stock power endorsed in blank until such time as the restrictions on transfer have lapsed. The grantee of Restricted Stock shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such shares including the right to vote and the right to receive dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect to such shares; provided, however, the Committee may in the Award restrict the Participant’s right to dividends until the restrictions on the Restricted Stock lapse. Any certificate or certificates representing shares of Restricted Stock shall bear a legend similar to the following:
The shares represented by this certificate have been issued pursuant to the terms of the MetroPCS Communications, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan (as amended and restated) and may not be sold, pledged, transferred, assigned or otherwise encumbered in any manner except as is set forth in the terms of such award dated , 200 .
      7.3 Forfeiture of Restricted Stock . If, for any reason, the restrictions imposed by the Committee upon Restricted Stock are not satisfied at the end of the Restricted Period, any Restricted Stock remaining subject to such restrictions shall thereupon be forfeited by the Participant and reacquired by the Company.
      7.4 Delivery of Shares of Common Stock . Pursuant to Section 10.5 of the Plan and subject to withholding requirements of Article XI of the Plan, at the expiration of the Restricted Period, a stock certificate evidencing the Restricted Stock (to the nearest full share) with respect to which the Restricted Period has expired shall be delivered without charge to the Participant, or his personal representative. free of all restrictions under the Plan.
ARTICLE VIII
PERFORMANCE AWARDS
      8.1 Performance Awards . The Committee may grant Performance Awards based on performance criteria measured over a period of not less than six months and not more than ten years. The Committee may use such business criteria and other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing any performance conditions, and may exercise its discretion to increase the amounts payable under any Award subject to performance conditions except as limited under Section 8.2 in the case of a Performance Award granted to a Covered Employee.
      8.2 Performance Goals . The grant and/or settlement of a Performance Award shall be contingent upon terms set forth in this Section 8.2.
     (a)  General. The performance goals for Performance Awards shall consist of one or more business criteria and a targeted level or levels of performance with respect to each of such criteria, as specified by the Committee. In the case of any Award granted to a Covered Employee, performance goals shall be designed to be objective and shall otherwise meet the requirements of Section l62(m) of the

12


 

Code and regulations thereunder (including Treasury Regulations sec. 1.162-27 and successor regulations thereto), including the requirement that the level or levels of performance targeted by the Committee are such that the achievement of performance goals is “substantially uncertain” at the time of grant. The Committee may determine that such Performance Awards shall be granted and/or settled upon achievement of anyone performance goal or that two or more of the performance goals must be achieved as a condition to the grant and/or settlement of such Performance Awards. Performance goals may differ among Performance Awards granted to anyone Participant or for Performance Awards granted to different Participants.
     (b)  Business Criteria. One or more of the following business criteria for the Company, on a consolidated basis, and/or for specified subsidiaries, divisions or business or geographical units of the Company (except with respect to the total stockholder return and earnings per share criteria), shall be used by the Committee in establishing performance goals for Performance Awards granted to a Participant: (A) earnings per share; (B) increase in price per share. (C) increase in revenues; (D) increase in cash flow; (E) return on net assets; (F) return on assets; (G) return on investment; (H) return on equity; (I) economic value added; (J) gross margin; (K) net income; (L) pretax earnings; (M) pretax earnings before interest, depreciation and amortization; (N) pretax operating earnings alter interest expense and before incentives. service fees, and extraordinary or special items; (O) operating income; (P) total stockholder return; (Q) debt reduction; (R) other Company or industry specific measurements used in the management and internal or external reporting of the Company, including but not limited to, average revenue per user (ARPU), cost per gross add (CPGA), cash cost per user (CCPU), adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (Adjusted EBITDA). Capital expenditure per customer, etc.; and (S) any of the above goals determined on the absolute or relative basis or as compared to the performance of a published or special index deemed applicable by the Committee including, but not limited to, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index or components thereof or a group of comparable companies.
     (c)  Performance Period; Timing for Establishing Performance Goals . Achievement of performance goals in respect of Performance Awards shall be measured over a performance period of not less than six months and not more than ten years, as specified by the Committee. Performance goals in the case of any Award granted to a Participant shall be established not later than 90 days after the beginning of any performance period applicable to such Performance Awards, or at such other date as may be required or permitted for “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.
     (d)  Settlement of Performance Awards; Other Terms . After the end of each performance period, the Committee shall determine the amount, if any, of Performance Awards payable to each Participant based upon achievement of business criteria over a performance period. The Committee may not exercise discretion to increase any such amount payable in respect of a Performance Award which is intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code. The Committee shall specify the circumstances in which such Performance Awards shall be paid or forfeited in the event of termination of employment by the Participant prior to the end of a performance period or settlement of Performance Awards.
     (e)  Written Determinations . All determinations by the Committee as to the establishment of performance goals, the amount of any Performance Award, and the achievement of performance goals relating to Performance Awards shall be made in a written agreement or other document covering the Performance Award. The Committee may not delegate any responsibility relating to such Performance Awards.
     (f)  Status of Performance Awards under Section 162(m) of the Code . It is the intent of the Company that Performance Awards granted to persons who are designated by the Committee as likely to be Covered Employees within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and regulations thereunder

13


 

(including Treasury Regulations sec. 1.162-27 and successor regulations thereto) shall constitute “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, the terms of this Section 8.2 shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code and regulations thereunder. The foregoing notwithstanding, because the Committee cannot determine with certainty whether a given Participant will be a Covered Employee with respect to a fiscal year that has not yet been completed, the term Covered Employee as used herein shall mean only a person designated by the Committee, at the time of grant of a Performance Award, who is likely to be a Covered Employee with respect to that fiscal year. If any provision of the Plan as in effect on the date of adoption or any agreements relating to Performance Awards that are intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code docs not comply or is inconsistent with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code or regulations thereunder, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements.
ARTICLE IX
OTHER STOCK OR PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS
     The Committee is hereby authorized to grant to Employees, Non-Employee Directors and Consultants of the Company or its Affiliates, Other Stock or Performance-Based Awards, which shall consist of a right which (i) is not an Award described in any other Article and (ii) is denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, shares of Common Stock (including, without limitation, units or securities convertible into shares of Common Stock) or cash as are deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of any such Other Stock or Performance-Based Awards which shall be contained in a written agreement or other document covering such Awards.
ARTICLE X
CERTAIN PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL AWARDS
      10.1 General . Awards shall be evidenced by a written agreement or other document and may be granted on the terms and conditions set forth herein. In addition, the Committee may impose on any Award or the exercise thereof, such additional terms and conditions, not inconsis tent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine, including terms requiring forfeiture of Awards in the event of termination of employment by the Participant and terms permitting a Participant to make elections relating to his or her Award. The terms, conditions and/or restrictions contained in an Award may differ from the terms, conditions and restrictions contained in any other Award. The Committee may amend an Award; provided, however, subject to Section 10.12, no amendment of an Award may, without the consent of the holder of the Award, adversely affect such person’s rights with respect to such Award in any material respect. The Committee shall retain full power and discretion to accelerate or waive, at any time, any term or condition of an Award that is not mandatory under the Plan; provided, however, that, subject to Section 10.12, the Committee shall not have a discretion to accelerate or waive any term or condition of an Award that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code if such discretion would cause the Award not to so qualify. Except in cases in which the Committee is authorized to require other forms of consideration under the Plan, or to the extent other forms of consideration must be paid to satisfy the requirements of the Delaware Corporation Law, no consideration other than services may be required for the grant of any Award.
      10.2 Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem, and Substitute Awards . Subject to Section 2.4 of the Plan, Awards granted under the Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution or exchange for, any other Award or any award granted under another plan of the Company, any Affiliate, or any business entity to be acquired by the Company

14


 

or an Affiliate, or any other right of a Participant to receive payment from the Company or any Affiliate. Such additional, tandem and substitute or exchange Awards may be granted at any time. If an Award is granted in substitution or exchange for another Award, the Committee shall require the surrender of such other Award for cancellation in consideration for the grant of the new Award. In addition, Awards may be granted in lieu of cash compensation, including in lieu of cash amounts payable under other plans of the Company or any Affiliate. Any such action contemplated under this Section 10.2 shall be effective only to the extent that such action will not cause (i) the holder of the Award to lose the protection of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act and rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or (ii) any Award that is designed to qualify payments thereunder as performance-based compensation as defined in Section 162(m) of the Code to fail to qualify as such performance-based compensation.
      10.3 Term of Awards . The term or Restricted Period of each Award that is an Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Phantom Stock or Restricted Stock shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee; provided that in no event shall the term of any such Award exceed a period often years (or such shorter terms as may be required in respect of an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code).
      10.4 Form and Timing of Payment under Awards; Deferrals . Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award agreement, payments to be made by the Company of a Subsidiary upon the exercise of an Option or other Award or settlement of an Award may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis. The settlement of any Award may, subject to any limitations set forth in the Award agreement, be accelerated and cash paid in lieu of shares in connection with such settlement, in the discretion of the Committee or upon occurrence of one or more specified events. In the discretion of the Committee, Awards granted pursuant to Article VI or VIII of the Plan may be payable in shares to the extent permitted by the terms of the applicable Award agreement. Installment or deferred payments may be required by the Committee (subject to Section 1.8 of the Plan, including the consent provisions thereof in the case of any deferral of an outstanding Award not provided for in the original Award agreement) or permitted at the election of the Participant on terms and conditions established by the Committee. Payments may include, without limitation, provisions for the payment or crediting of reasonable interest on installment or deferred payments or the grant or crediting of amounts in respect of installment or deferred payments denominated in shares. Any deferral shall only be allowed as is provided in a separate deferred compensation plan adopted by the Company. The Plan shall not constitute any “employee benefit plan” for purposes of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
      10.5 Vested and Unvested Awards . After the satisfaction of all of the terms and conditions set by the Committee with respect to an Award of (i) Restricted Stock, a certificate, without the legend set forth in Section 7.2(c), for the number of shares that are no longer subject to such restrictions, terms and conditions shall be delivered to the Employee, (ii) Phantom Stock, to the extent not paid in cash, a certificate for the number of shares equal to the number of shares of Phantom Stock earned, and (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights or Performance Awards, cash and/or a certificate for the number of shares equal in value to the number of Stock Appreciation Rights or amount of Performance Awards vested shall be delivered to the person. The number of shares of Common Stock which shall be issuable upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right or earning of a Performance Award shall be determined by dividing (1) by (2) where (1) is the number of shares of Common Stock as to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised multiplied by the Spread or the amount of Performance Award that is earned and payable, as applicable, and (2) is the FMV Per Share of Common Stock on the date of exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right or the date the Performance Award is earned and payable, as applicable. Upon termination, resignation or removal of a Participant under circumstances that do not cause such Participant to become fully vested, any remaining unvested Options, shares of Restricted Stock, Phantom Stock, Stock Appreciation Rights or Performance Awards, as the case may be, shall either be forfeited

15


 

back to the Company or, if appropriate under the terms of the Award, shall conti nue to be subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions set by the Committee with respect to such Award.
      10.6 Exemptions from Section 16(b) Liability . It is the intent of the Company that the grant of any Awards to or other transaction by a Participant who is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act pursuant to an applicable exemption (except for transactions acknowledged by the Participant in writing to be non-exempt). Accordingly, if any provision of this Plan or any Award agreement docs not comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 as then applicable to any such transaction, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 so that such Participant shall avoid liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.
      10.7 Securities Requirements . No shares of Common Stock will be issued or transferred pursuant to an Award unless and until all then applicable requirement imposed by federal and state securities and other laws, rules and regulations and by any regulatory agencies having jurisdiction and by any stock market or exchange upon which the Common Stock may be listed, have been fully met as a condition precedent to the issuance of shares pursuant to the grant or exercise of an Award, the Company may require the grantee to take any reasonable action to meet such requirements. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the issuance or transfer of shares pursuant to an Award to comply with any law or regulation described in the second preceding sentence.
      10.8 Transferability .
     (a)  Non-Transferable Awards and Options. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.3(d) and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, no Award and no right under the Plan, contingent or otherwise, other than Purchased Stock, Bonus Stock or Restricted Stock as to which restrictions have lapsed, will be (i) assignable, saleable, or otherwise transferable by a Participant except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, or as provided in Section 10.8(c) below, or (ii) subject to any encumbrance, pledge or charge of any nature. No transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution shall be effective to bind the Company unless the Committee shall have been furnished with a copy of the deceased Participant’s will or such other evidence as the Committee may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer. Any attempted transfer in violation of this Section 10.8(a) shall be void and ineffective for all purposes.
     (b)  Ability to Exercise Rights . Except as otherwise specifically provided under the Plan, only the Participant or his guardian (if the Participant becomes Disabled), or in the event of his death, his legal representative or beneficiary, may exercise Options, receive cash payments and deliveries of shares, or otherwise exercise rights under the Plan. The executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate, or the person or persons to whom the Participant’s rights under any Award will pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution, shall be deemed to be the Participant’s beneficiary or beneficiaries of the rights of the Participant hereunder and shall be entitled to exercise such rights as are provided hereunder.
     (c)  Limited Transferability of Awards to Non-Employee Directors. Awards held by a Non-Employee Director may be transferred or assigned in whole or part to a third party but only if the Board consents to such transfer or assignment, and only to the extent such transfer and/or the subsequent issuance of Common Stock with respect to such Award may be made in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (or any similar or superseding statute or statutes, any other applicable state or federal statute or regulation, or any rule of any applicable securities exchange or securities association, as then in effect) as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. The terms applicable to the assigned Award (or portion thereof) shall be the same as those in effect for the Award immediately prior to such assignment and shall be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as

16


 

the Committee may deem appropriate. The Committee may also impose on the transferred Award additional terms and conditions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee, including, but not limited to, such written representations, if any, upon the issuance or transfer of Common Stock concerning the holder’s intentions with regard to the retention or disposition of the shares of Common Stock being acquired pursuant to such exercise and such written covenants and agreements, if any, as to the manner of disposal of such shares as, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, may be necessary to ensure that any disposition by that holder (or in the event of the holder’s death, his legal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees) will not involve a violation of the Securities Act or any similar or superseding statute or statutes, any other applicable state or federal statute or regulation, or any rule of any applicable securities exchange or securities association, as then in effect. Such terms and conditions shall be set forth in such documents issued to the transferee as the Committee may deem appropriate. The Plan Administrator may establish procedures pursuant to which such assignments shall be accomplished.
      10.9 Rights as a Stockholder .
     (a)  No Stockholder Rights. Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.9(b), a Participant who has received a grant of an Award or a transferee of such Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock until such person becomes the holder of record. Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.9 (b), no adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities, or other property) or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.
     (b)  Holder of Restricted Stock . Unless otherwise approved by the Committee prior to the grant of a Restricted Stock Award, a Participant who has received a grant of Restricted Stock or a permitted transferee of such Participant shall not have any rights of a stockholder until such time as a stock certificate has been issued with respect to all, or a portion of, such Restricted Stock Award.
      10.10 Listing and Registration of Shares of Common Stock . The Company, in its discretion, may postpone the issuance and/or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon any exercise of an Award until completion of such stock exchange listing, registration, or other qualification of such shares under any state and/or federal law, rule or regulation as the Company may consider appropriate, and may require any Participant to make such representations and furnish such information as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of the shares in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations.
      10.11 Termination of Employment, Death, Disability and Retirement.
     (a)  Termination of Employment. Unless otherwise provided in the Award, if Employment of an Employee or service of a Non-Employee Director is terminated for any reason whatsoever other than death, Disability or Retirement, or if service of a Consultant is terminated for any reason whatsoever other than death, any nonvested Award granted pursuant to the Plan outstanding at the time of such termination and all rights thereunder shall wholly and completely terminate and no further vesting shall occur, and the Employee, Consultant or Non-Employee Director shall be entitled to exercise his or her rights with respect to the portion of the Award vested as of the date of termination for a period that shall end on the earlier of (i) the expiration date set forth in the Award with respect to the vested portion of such Award or (ii) the date that occurs six (6) months after such termination date (three (3) months after the date of termination in the case of an Incentive Option).
     (b)  Retirement . Unless otherwise provided in the Award, upon the Retirement of an Employee or, if applicable, Non-Employee Director:

17


 

     (i) any non vested portion of any outstanding Award shall immediately terminate and no further vesting shall occur; and
     (ii) any vested Award shall expire on the earlier of (A) the expiration date set forth in the Award; or (B) the expiration of (x) twelve (12) months after the date of Retirement in the case of any Award other than an Incentive Option or (y) three (3) months after the date of Retirement in the ease of an Incentive Option.
     (c)  Disability or Death . Unless otherwise provided in the Award, upon termination of Employment or service from the Company or any Affiliate, which is a parent or subsidiary as a result of Disability of an Employee or Non-Employee Director or death of an Employee, Non-Employee Director or Consultant, or with respect to a Participant who is either a retired former Employee or Non-Employee Director who dies during the period described in Section 10.11(b), hereinafter the “Applicable Retirement Period,” or a disabled former Employee or Non-Employee Director who dies during the period that expires on the earlier of the expiration date set forth in any applicable outstanding Award or the first anniversary of the person’s termination of Employment or service due to Disability, hereinafter the “Applicable Disability Period,”
     (i) any nonvested portion of any outstanding Award that has not already terminated shall immediately terminate and no further vesting shall occur; and
     (ii) any vested Award shall expire upon the earlier of (A) the expiration date set forth in the Award or (B) the later of (1) the first anniversary of such termination of Employment as a result of Disability or death, or (2) the first anniversary of such person’s death during the Applicable Retirement Period or the Applicable Disability Period.
     (d)  Continuation . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Committee, in its discretion, may provide for the continuation of any Award for such period and upon such terms and conditions as are determined by the Committee in the event that a Participant ceases to be an Employee, Consultant or Non-Employee Director.
      10.12 Change in Control.
     (a)  Change in Control. Unless otherwise provided in the Award , in the event of a Change in Control described in clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) of the definition of Change in Control under Section 1.2 of the Plan:
     (i) All Options and Stock Appreciation Rights then outstanding shall become immediately vested and fully exercisable, notwithstanding any provision therein for exercise in installments;
     (ii) All restrictions and conditions of all Restricted Stock and Phantom Stock then outstanding shall be deemed satisfied, and the Restriction Period or other limitations on payment in full with respect thereto shall be deemed to have expired, as of the date of the Change in Control; and
     (iii) All outstanding Performance Awards and any Other Stock or Performance-Based Awards shall become fully vested, deemed earned in full and promptly paid to the Participants as of the date of the Change of Control, without regard to payment schedules and notwithstanding that the applicable performance cycle, retention cycle or other restrictions and conditions shall not have been completed or satisfied.

18


 

     (b)  Right of Cash-Out . If approved by the Board prior to or within thirty (30) days after such time as a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred, the Board shall have the right for a forty-five (45) day period immediately following the date that the Change in Control is deemed to have occurred to require all, but not less than all, Participants to transfer and deliver to the Company all Awards previously granted to the Participants in exchange for an amount equal to the “cash value” (defined below) of the Awards. Such right shall be exercised by written notice to all Participants. For purposes of this Section 10.12(b), the cash value of an Award shall equal the sum of (i) all cash to which the Participant would be entitled upon settlement or exercise of any Award which is not an Option and (ii) in the case of any Award that is an Option, the excess of the “market value” (defined below) per share over the option price, if any, multiplied by the number of shares subject to such Award. For purposes of the preceding sentence, “market value” per share shall mean the higher of (i) the average of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on each of the five trading days immediately following the date a Change in Control is deemed to have occurred or (ii) the highest price, if any, offered in connection with the Change in Control. The amount payable to each Participant by the Company pursuant to this Section 10.12(b) shall be in cash or by certified check and shall be reduced by any taxes required to be withheld.
ARTICLE XI
WITHHOLDING FOR TAXES
     Any issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of an Option or in payment of any other Award under the Plan shall not be made until appropriate arrangements satisfactory to the Company have been made for the payment of any tax amounts (federal, state, local or other) that may be required to be withheld or paid by the Company with respect thereto. Such arrangements may, at the discretion of the Committee, include allowing the person to tender to the Company shares of Common Stock owned by the person, or to request the Company to withhold shares of Common Stock being acquired pursuant to the Award, whether through the exercise of an Option or as a distribution pursuant to the Award, which have an aggregate FMV Per Share as of the date of such withholding that is not greater than the sum of all tax amounts to be withheld with respect thereto, together with payment of any remaining portion of such tax amounts in cash or by check payable and acceptable to the Company.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if on the date of an event giving rise to a tax withholding obligation on the part of the Company the person is an officer or individual subject to Rule 16b-3, such person may direct that such tax withholding be effectuated by the Company withholding the necessary number of shares of Common Stock (at the tax rate required by the Code) from such Award payment or exercise.
ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS
      l2.1 No Rights to Awards or Uniformity Among Awards . No Participant or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award, there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants, or holders or beneficiaries of Awards and the terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.
      12.2 Conflicts with Plan . In the event of any inconsistency or conflict between the terms of the Plan and an Award, the terms of the Plan shall govern.
      12.3 No Right to Employment . The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any Affiliate. Further, the Company or any Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in any Award.

19


 

      12.4 Governing Law . The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with applicable federal law and the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to any principles of conflicts of law.
      12.5 Gender, Tense and Headings . Whenever the context re quires such, words of the masculine gender used herein shall include the feminine and neuter, and words used in the singular shall include the plural. Section headings as used herein are inserted solely for convenience and reference and constitute no part of the Plan.
      12.6 Severability . If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Participant or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Participant or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.
      12.7 Other Laws . The Committee may refuse to issue or transfer any shares or other consideration under an Award if, acting in its sole discretion, it determines that the issuance of transfer or such shares or such other consideration might violate any applicable law.
      12.8 Shareholder Agreements . The Committee may condition the grant, exercise or payment of any Award upon such person entering into a stockholders’ or repurchase agreement in such form as approved from time to time by the Board.
      12.9 Funding . Except as provided under Article VII of the Plan, no provision of the Plan shall require or permit the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall the Company maintain separate bank accounts, books, records or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Participants shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company except that insofar as they may have become entitled to payment of additional compensation by performance of services, they shall have the same rights as other Employees, Consultants or Non-Employee Directors under general law.
      12.10 No Guarantee of Tax Consequences . None of the Board, the Company nor the Committee makes any commitment or guarantee that any federal, state or local tax treatment will apply or be available to any person participating or eligible to participate hereunder.
ARTICLE XIII
LIMITATION ON CALIFORNIA AWARDS
      13.1 Scope of Limitation . This Article XIII will apply to an Award if such Award is made to a Participant who resides in the State of California at the time such Award is granted or issued (a “ California Resident ”) unless the Board provides otherwise at th e time of grant or issuance of such Award.

20


 

      13.2 Eligibility for Awards . Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, California Residents shall only be eligible for Awards of Options, Purchased Stock, Bonus Stock and Restricted Stock.
      13.3 10% Stockholder . A person who owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and to whom this Article XIII applies, will not be eligible for an Award under the Plan unless (a) if the Award is an Option, the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant and (b) if the Award is Purchased Stock, Bonus Stock, or Restricted Stock, the purchase price of such Purchased Stock, Bonus Stock or Restricted Stock is at least one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Award is effective. For purposes of this Section 13.3, in determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.
      13.4 Minimum Price of Awards . The exercise price or purchase price of an Award to which this Article XIII applies will not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant or date an Award is effective, and a higher percentage may be required by Sections 3.4 or 13.3 of the Plan or the applicable stock purchase agreement or stock option agreement.
      13.5 Minimum Vesting of Awards; Repurchase Rights . In the case of a Participant to which this Article XIII applies who is not an officer of the Company, a Non-Employee Director or a Consultant, an Award (to the extent applicable) will become vested and exercisable at least as rapidly as twenty percent (20%) per year over the five-year period commencing on the date of grant or date an Award is effective. In addition, any right to repurchase a Participant’s Common Stock under an Award at the original exercise price or purchase price (if any) upon termination of Participant’s service will (a) lapse at least as rapidly as twenty percent (20%) per year over the five-year period commencing on the date an Award is effective or the sale of the Common Stock, (b) be exercised only for cash or for cancellation of indebtedness incurred in purchasing the Common Stock and (c) be exercised only within ninety (90) days after the termination of the Participant’s service with the Company.
      13.6 Termination of Employment, Death, Disability and Retirement . The provisions of Section 10.11 of the Plan shall apply except that an Award to a California Resident will provide that the Participant shall at a minimum (a) in the event the Participant’s Employment or other service to the Company terminates for any reason other than death or Disability (as hereinafter defined), be entitled to exercise his or her rights with respect to the portion of the Award vested as of the date of such termination for a period that shall end on the earlier of (i) the expiration date set forth in the Award or (ii) the date that occurs thirty (30) days after such termination date and (b) in the event that the Participant’s Employment or other service to the Company terminates due to death or Disability, be entitled to exercise his or her rights with respect to the portion of the Award vested as of the date of such termination for a period that shall end on the earlier of (i) the expiration date set forth in the Award or (ii) the date that occurs six (6) months after such termination date. For purposes of this Section 13.6, “Disability” shall mean that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.
      13.7 Term of Options . The term of an Option to which this Article XIII applies will not exceed ten (10) years from the date of grant, and a shorter term may be required in the case of an Incentive Option.
      13.8 Transferability of Awards . Awards to which this Article XIII applies will be transferable by the Participant only by (a) a beneficiary designation, (b) a will or (c) the laws of descent

21


 

and distribution, except as provided in the next sentence. If the applicable stock option agreement so provides, a Non-Qualified Option will also be transferable by the Participant by (i) a gift or domestic relations order to a member of the Participant’s Immediate Family or (ii) a gift to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which members of the Participant’s Immediate Family have a beneficial interest of more than fifty percent (50%) and which provides that such Non-Qualified Option is to be transferred to the beneficiaries upon the Participant’s death. An Incentive Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant or by the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. For purposes of this Section 13.8, “Immediate Family” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and will include adoptive relationships.
      13.9 Financial Reports . The Company each year will furnish to Participants who have received Awards or purchased Common Stock subject to this Article XIII its balance sheet and income statement, unless such Participants or stockholders are key Employees whose duties with the Company assure them access to equivalent information. Such balance sheet and income statement need not be audited.
      13.10 Effective Date . The Plan, as amended to include this Article XIII, shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors and the Company’s stockholders. If the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within 12 months before or after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any grants, exercises or sales that have already occurred under Article XIII shall be rescinded and no additional grants, exercises or sales shall thereafter be made under Article XIII.
      13.11 No Further Awards to California Residents . No further Awards shall be made under this Article XIII ten (10) years after the date the Plan is approved by the Company’s Board of Directors or its stockholders, whichever is earlier.
      13.12 Termination of This Article XIII . Upon the listing of the Common Stock on a securities market that meets the criteria set forth in Section 25100(o) of the California Corporations Code, the provisions of this Article XIII shall immediately terminate and be of no further effect.

22

 

Exhibit 10.4
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
     THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is effective as of                                           , by and among MetroPCS Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                      (the “ Indemnitee ”).
     WHEREAS, the Indemnitee has been asked to serve on the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of the Company, as an officer or employee of the Company, or as a director, officer, employee or management committee member of an Affiliate of the Company;
     WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify persons serving as directors, officers and/or employees of the Company to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve as directors, officers and/or employees of the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;
     WHEREAS, the Indemnitee is willing to serve and continue to serve on the Board, as an officer or employee of the Company, or as a director, officer, employee or management committee member of an Affiliate of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified; and
     WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by law, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the provisions of the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and/or restated from time to time (the “ Certificate ”), the provisions of the Company’s bylaws, as amended and/or restated from time to time (the “ Bylaws ”), or resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and the Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated August 30, 2005, by and between the Company and the stockholders thereof, (“ Stockholders Agreement ”), and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of the Indemnitee thereunder;
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and the Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
     Section 1. Services by the Indemnitee . The Indemnitee agrees to continue to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer and/or employee of the Company (including, without limitation, service on one or more committees of the Board and/or as a director, officer, employee or management committee member of an Affiliate of the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from any such position.
     Section 2. Indemnification—General . The Company shall indemnify, and advance Expenses (as hereinafter defined) to, the Indemnitee as provided in this Agreement and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law in effect on the date hereof and to such greater extent as applicable law may thereafter from time to time permit. The rights of the Indemnitee provided under the preceding sentence shall include, but shall not be limited to, the rights set forth in the other Sections of this Agreement.
     Section 3. Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . The Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 3 if, by reason of his Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding (as hereinafter defined), other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 3 , the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement (as and to the extent permitted hereunder) actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or in a manner otherwise expressly permitted under the Certificate, the Bylaws, or the Stockholders Agreement and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, if he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
     Section 4. Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . The Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 4 if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding brought by or in the right of the

 


 

Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4 , the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company or in a manner otherwise expressly permitted under the Certificate, the Bylaws, or the Stockholders Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which the Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company or if applicable law prohibits such indemnification; provided , however , that if applicable law so permits, indemnification against Expenses shall nevertheless be made by the Company in such event if and to the extent that the court in which such Proceeding shall have been brought or is pending, shall so determine.
     Section 5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful .
          (a) To the extent that the Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If the Indemnitee is not wholly successful in defense of any Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each such claim, issue or matter as to which the Indemnitee is successful, on the merits or otherwise. For purposes of this Section 5(a) , and without limiting the foregoing, if any Proceeding is disposed of, on the merits or otherwise (including a disposition without prejudice), without (i) the disposition being adverse to Indemnitee, (ii) an adjudication that Indemnitee was liable to the Company, (iii) a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by Indemnitee, (iv) an adjudication that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or in a manner that was not otherwise expressly permitted under the Certificate, the Bylaws or the Stockholders Agreement, and (v) with respect to any criminal proceeding, an adjudication that Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful, Indemnitee shall be considered for the purposes hereof to have been wholly successful with respect thereto. The provisions of this Section 5(a) are subject to Section 5(b) below.
          (b) In no event shall the Indemnitee be entitled to indemnification under Section 5(a) above with respect to a claim, issue or matter to the extent (i) applicable law prohibits such indemnification, or (ii) an admission is made by the Indemnitee in writing to the Company or in such Proceeding or a final, nonappealable determination is made in such Proceeding that the standard of conduct required for indemnification under this Agreement has not been made with respect to such claim, issue or matter.
          Section 6. Indemnification for Expenses as a Witness . Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, to the extent that the Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in connection therewith.
     Section 7. Advancement of Expenses . The Company shall advance all reasonable Expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding within 10 calendar days after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements from the Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after the final disposition of such Proceeding. Such written statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Indemnitee. The Indemnitee hereby expressly undertakes to repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined by a final, non-appealable adjudication or arbitration decision that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. All amounts advanced to the Indemnitee by the Company pursuant to this Section 7 shall be without interest. The Company shall make all advances pursuant to this Section 7 without regard to the financial ability of the Indemnitee to make repayment, without bond or other security and without regard to the prospect of whether the Indemnitee may ultimately be found to be entitled to indemnification under the provisions of this Agreement. Any required reimbursement of Expenses by the Indemnitee shall be made by the Indemnitee to the Company within 10 days following the entry of the final, non-appealable adjudication or arbitration decision pursuant to which it is determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.
      Section 8. Procedure for Payment of Indemnification. Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request specifying the indemnifiable amounts for which Indemnitee seeks payment under Sections 2 , 3 and 4 of this

2


 

Agreement and the basis for the claim. The Company shall pay such indemnifiable amounts to Indemnitee within 30 calendar days (or earlier if reasonably requested by Indemnitee) of receipt of the request. At the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall furnish such documentation and information as are reasonably available to Indemnitee and necessary to establish that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder. If indemnification for indemnifiable amounts has been made under this Section 8 and it has been adjudicated finally by a court of competent jurisdiction that, in connection with the subject of the Proceeding out of which the claim for indemnification has arisen, Indemnitee is not entitled under this Agreement to such indemnification with respect to any or all of such indemnifiable amounts, then Indemnitee shall promptly repay, but in no event more than 60 calendar days from the date such judgment has been adjudicated finally by a court of competent jurisdiction, any or all of such indemnifiable amounts, as the case may be, to the Company.
      Section 9. Reserved.
     Section 10. Remedies of the Indemnitee .
          (a) In the event that (i) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement, (ii) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement within 10 calendar days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (iii) payment of indemnification is not made within calendar 30 days after a request for indemnification pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of his entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, the Indemnitee, at his sole option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association.
          (b) In the event that indemnification is requested pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement and such indemnification payment is not made within 30 calendar days after such request, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial or a de novo arbitration (as applicable) on the merits, and the Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the Company’s failure to make such indemnification payment, regardless of the Company’s basis for refusing to make such payment. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10 , the Company shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification. If the Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 10 , the Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 7 until a final determination is made with respect to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed).
          (c) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement.
          (d) In the event that the Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 10 , seeks a judicial adjudication or an award in arbitration to enforce his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be indemnified by the Company against, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication or arbitration, unless the court or arbitrator determines that each of the Indemnitee’s claims in such Proceeding were made in bad faith or were frivolous. In the event that a Proceeding is commenced by or in the right of the Company against the Indemnitee to enforce or interpret any of the terms of this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be indemnified by the Company against, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in such Proceeding (including with respect to any counter-claims or cross-claims made by the Indemnitee against the Company in such Proceeding), unless the court or arbitrator determines that each of the Indemnitee’s material defenses in such Proceeding were made in bad faith or were frivolous.
          (e) Any judicial adjudication or arbitration determined under this Section 10 shall be final and binding on the parties.
     Section 11. Defense of Certain Proceedings. In the event the Company shall be obligated under this Agreement to pay the Expenses of any Proceeding against the Indemnitee in which the Company is a co-defendant with the Indemnitee, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, with counsel approved by the Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed upon the

3


 

delivery to the Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by the Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Indemnitee shall nevertheless be entitled to employ or continue to employ his own counsel in such Proceeding. Employment of such counsel by the Indemnitee shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Company unless and until the Company shall have demonstrated to the reasonable satisfaction of the Indemnitee and the Indemnitee’s counsel that there is complete identity of issues and defenses and no conflict of interest between the Company and the Indemnitee in such Proceeding, after which time further employment of such counsel by the Indemnitee shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Indemnitee. In all events, if the Company shall not, in fact, have timely employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, then the fees and Expenses of the Indemnitee’s counsel shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Company.
     Section 12. Exception to Right of Indemnification or Advancement of Expenses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Agreement with respect to any Proceeding, or any claim therein, brought or made by the Indemnitee against:
          (a) the Company, except for (i) any claim or Proceeding in respect of this Agreement and/or the Indemnitee’s rights hereunder, (ii) any claim or Proceeding to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under the Certificate, the Bylaws, the Stockholders Agreement, or under any statute or law and (iii) any counter-claim or cross-claim brought or made by the Indemnitee against the Company in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company against the Indemnitee; or
          (b) any other Person, except for Proceedings or claims approved by the Board.
     Section 13. Contribution.
          (a) If, with respect to any Proceeding, the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to the Indemnitee by final and non-appealable order for any reason other than that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to a criminal Proceeding, that the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Indemnitee and the relative fault of the Indemnitee versus the other defendants or participants in connection with the action or inaction which resulted in such Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.
          (b) The Company and the Indemnitee agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 13 were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in Section 13(a) above.
          (c) No Person found guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not found guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
     Section 14. Officer and Director Liability Insurance .
          (a) The Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain in effect during the entire period for which the Company is obligated to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement, one or more policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies to provide the directors and officers of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts and omissions and to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. In all such insurance policies, the Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide the Indemnitee with the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors and officers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain such insurance if the Company determines in good faith that the Indemnitee is covered by such insurance maintained by a subsidiary of the Company.
          (b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors or officers of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture,

4


 

trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which the Indemnitee serves at the request of the Company, the Indemnitee shall be named as an insured under and shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for the most favorably insured director or officer under such policy or policies.
          (c) In the event that the Company is a named insured under any policy or policies of insurance referenced in either Section 14(a) or (b) above, the Company hereby covenants and agrees that it will not settle any claims or Proceedings that may be covered by such policy or policies of insurance and in which the Indemnitee has or may incur Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines or amounts paid in settlement without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.
          (d) The Company shall maintain the policies of insurance verified in (a) through (c) above during the time the Indemnitee has Corporate Status and for six (6) years following the Indemnitee no longer having Corporate Status.
     Section 15. Security. Upon reasonable request by the Indemnitee, the Company shall provide security to the Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank letter of credit, funded trust or other similar collateral. Any such security, once provided to the Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, which consent may be granted or withheld at the Indemnitee’s sole and absolute discretion.
     Section 16. Settlement of Claims . The Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected by Indemnitee without the Company’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
     Section 17. Duration of Agreement . This Agreement shall be unaffected by the termination of the Corporate Status of the Indemnitee and shall continue for so long as the Indemnitee may have any liability or potential liability by virtue of his Corporate Status or may be asked to serve as a witness because of his Corporate Status, including, without limitation, the final termination of all pending Proceedings in respect of which the Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any Proceeding commenced by the Indemnitee pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement relating thereto, whether or not he is acting or serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.
     Section 18. Remedies of the Company. The Company hereby covenants and agrees to submit any and all disputes relating to this Agreement that the parties are unable to resolve between themselves to binding arbitration pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association and waives all rights to judicial adjudication of any matter or dispute relating to this Agreement except where judicial adjudication is requested or required by the Indemnitee.
     Section 19. Covenant Not to Sue, Limitation of Actions and Release of Claims . No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company (or any of its subsidiaries) against the Indemnitee, his spouse, heirs, executors, personal representatives or administrators after the expiration of two (2) years from the date on which the Corporate Status of the Indemnitee is terminated (for any reason), and any claim or cause of action of the Company (or any of its subsidiaries) shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by filing of a legal action within such two-year period; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not apply to any action or cause of action brought or asserted by the Company pursuant to or in respect of this Agreement and shall not constitute a waiver or release of any of the Company’s rights under this Agreement.
     Section 20. Limitation of Liability. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, neither party shall have any liability to the other for, and neither party shall be entitled to recover from the other, any consequential, special, punitive, multiple or exemplary damages as a result of a breach of this Agreement.
     Section 21. Subrogation. In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required

5


 

and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
     Section 22. No Multiple Recovery. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that the Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.
     Section 23. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:
          (a) “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly holding at least a twenty percent (20%) equity interest in such Person.
          (b) “ Company ” means MetroPCS Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
          (c) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of an individual who is or was an officer, director or employee of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as an officer, director, management committee member, employee, administrator, agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, strategic plan, or other enterprise.
          (d) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
          (e) “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, appellate fees and costs, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, arbitrator’s fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding.
          (f) “ Person ” means a natural person, firm, partnership, joint venture, association, corporation, company, limited liability company, trust, business trust, estate or other entity.
          (g) “ Proceeding ” includes any action, suit, hearings, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or any other proceeding whether formal or informal, governmental or non-governmental, or civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.
          (h) “ State ” means the State of Texas.
     Section 24. Non-Exclusivity. The Indemnitee’s rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate, the Bylaws, the Stockholders Agreement, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise.
     Section 25. Remedies Not Exclusive . No right or remedy herein conferred upon the Indemnitee is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right or remedy shall be cumulative of and in addition to the rights and remedies given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy of the Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise shall not be deemed an election of remedies on the part of the Indemnitee and shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy by the Indemnitee.
     Section 26. Changes in Law. In the event that a change in applicable law after the date of this Agreement, whether by statute, rule or judicial decision, expands or otherwise increases the right or ability of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors or an officer, the Indemnitee shall, by this Agreement, enjoy the greater benefits so afforded by such change. In the event that a change in applicable law after the date of this Agreement, whether by statute, rule or judicial decision, narrows or otherwise reduces the right or ability of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors or an officer, such change shall have no effect on this Agreement or any of the Indemnitee’s rights hereunder, except and only to the extent required by law.
     Section 27. Interpretation of Agreement . The Company and the Indemnitee acknowledge and agree that it is their intention that this Agreement be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification to the Indemnitee to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law.

6


 

     Section 28. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; (b) such provision or provisions will be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision or provisions held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.
     Section 29. Governing Law; Jurisdiction and Venue; Specific Performance.
          (a) The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.
          (b) ANY “ACTION OR PROCEEDING” (AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED BELOW) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE FILED IN AND LITIGATED OR ARBITRATED SOLELY BEFORE THE COURTS LOCATED IN OR ARBITRATORS SITTING IN DALLAS COUNTY IN THE STATE OF TEXAS, AND EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT: (i) GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY ACCEPTS THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND ARBITRATORS AND VENUE THEREIN, AND WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PROVIDED BY LAW ANY DEFENSE OR OBJECTION TO SUCH JURISDICTION AND VENUE BASED UPON THE DOCTRINE OF “FORUM NON CONVENIENS;” AND (ii) GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY DELIVERY OF CERTIFIED OR REGISTERED MAILING OF THE SUMMONS AND COMPLAINT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NOTICE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION, THE TERM “ACTION OR PROCEEDING” IS DEFINED AS ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, SUITS, ACTIONS, HEARINGS, ARBITRATIONS OR OTHER SIMILAR PROCEEDINGS, INCLUDING APPEALS AND PETITIONS THEREFROM, WHETHER FORMAL OR INFORMAL, GOVERNMENTAL OR NON-GOVERNMENTAL, OR CIVIL OR CRIMINAL. THE FOREGOING CONSENT TO JURISDICTION SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE GENERAL CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE STATE FOR ANY PURPOSE EXCEPT AS PROVIDED ABOVE, AND SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO CONFER RIGHTS ON ANY PERSON OTHER THAN THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT.
          (c) The Company acknowledges that the Indemnitee may, as a result of the Company’s breach of its covenants and obligations under this Agreement, sustain immediate and long-term substantial and irreparable injury and damage which cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated by damages at law. Consequently, the Company agrees that the Indemnitee shall be entitled, in the event of the Company’s breach or threatened breach of its covenants and obligations hereunder, to obtain equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction, including enforcement of each provision of this Agreement by specific performance and/or temporary, preliminary and/or permanent injunctions enforcing any of the Indemnitee’s rights, requiring performance by the Company, or enjoining any breach by the Company, all without proof of any actual damages that have been or may be caused to the Indemnitee by such breach or threatened breach and without the posting of bond or other security in connection therewith. The Company waives the claim or defense therein that the Indemnitee has an adequate remedy at law, and the Company shall not allege or otherwise assert the legal position that any such remedy at law exists. The Company agrees and acknowledges that: (i) the terms of this Section 29(c) are fair, reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Indemnitee; (ii) this waiver is a material inducement to the Indemnitee to enter into the transactions contemplated hereby; and (iii) the Indemnitee relied upon this waiver in entering into this Agreement and will continue to rely on this waiver in its future dealings with the Company. The Company represents and warrants that it has reviewed this provision with its legal counsel, and that it has knowingly and voluntarily waived its rights referenced in this Section 29 following consultation with such legal counsel.
     Section 30. Nondisclosure of Payments. Except as expressly required by Federal securities laws, the Company shall not disclose any payments under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee. Any

7


 

payments to the Indemnitee that must be disclosed shall, unless otherwise required by law, be described only in the Company proxy or information statements relating to special and/or annual meetings of the Company’s shareholders, and the Company shall afford the Indemnitee a reasonable opportunity to review all such disclosures and, if requested by the Indemnitee, to explain in such statement any mitigating circumstances regarding the events reported.
     Section 31. Notice by the Indemnitee . The Indemnitee agrees to promptly notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder.
     Section 32. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and received for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (b) mailed by U.S. certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed: (i) If to the Company: MetroPCS Communications, Inc., 8144 Walnut Hill Lane, Suite 800, Dallas, Texas 75231, Attention: President; and (ii) if to any other party hereto, including the Indemnitee, to the address of such party set forth on the signature page hereof; or to such other address as may have been furnished by any party to the other(s), in accordance with this Section 32 .
     Section 33. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement or any provision hereof shall limit or restrict in any way any right of the Indemnitee under this Agreement with respect to any action taken or omitted by the Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such supplement, modification or amendment. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement or any provision hereof shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the Company and the Indemnitee. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a wavier of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
     Section 34. Headings . The headings of the Sections or paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
     Section 35. Gender . Use of the masculine pronoun in this Agreement shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.
     Section 36. Identical Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (whether by original, photocopy or facsimile signature), each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart executed by the party against whom enforcement is sought must be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

8


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.
         
  METROPCS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


 
  By:      
   
Roger D. Linquist 
 
   
Chairman of the Board, President
and Chief Executive Officer 
 
 
 
  INDEMNITEE


 
     
 
Name:
 
 
Address:
 
 

 

 

Exhibit 10.5(a)
EXECUTION COPY
GENERAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.
AND
LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.
Agreement No.: LNM01NMDK02005
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.
 
***   Where this marking appears throughout this Exhibit 10.5(a), information has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and such information has been filed with the SEC separately.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT
BETWEEN METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.
AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.
         
    Page
Article I General Provisions Applicable To Entire Agreement
       
1.1 Headings and Definitions
       
1.2 Term of Agreement
       
1.3 Scope
       
1.4 Entitlement to Discounts
       
1.5 Planning Information
       
1.6 Orders
       
1.7 Customer-Initiated Changes
       
1.8 Seller-Initiated Changes
       
1.9 Prices
       
1.10 Invoices and Terms of Payment
       
1.11 Delivery and Installation Schedule
       
1.12 Transportation
       
1.13 Packing, Marking and Shipping
       
1.14 Title and Risk of Loss
       
1.15 Compliance With Laws
       
1.16 Taxes
       
1.17 Training
       
1.18 Termination of Orders for Convenience
       
1.19 Termination for Breach
       
1.20 Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights
       
1.21 Use of Information
       
1.22 Notices
       
1.23 Right of Access
       
1.24 Independent Contractor
       
1.25 Limitations on Remedies
       
1.26 Force Majeure
       
1.27 Assignment
       
1.28 General Indemnities
       
1.29 Publicity
       
1.30 Applicable Law
       
1.31 Survival of Obligations
       
1.32 Severability
       
1.33 Non-Waiver
       
1.34 Customer Responsibility
       
1.35 Dispute Resolution
       
1.36 Security Interest
       
1.37 Financing Requirements
       
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.
-i-

 


 

         
    Page
1.38 Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Seller
1.39 Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Customer
1.40 Subcontractors
1.41 Insurance
 
Article II Provisions Applicable to the Purchase of Products
 
2.1 General
2.2 Product Availability
2.3 Documentation
2.4 Product Compliances
2.5 Product Changes
2.6 Continuing Product Support — Parts and Services
2.7 Specifications
2.8 Customer Technical Support
2.9 Product Warranties
2.10 Acceptance
 
Article III Provisions Applicable to the Licensing of Licensed Materials
 
3.1 General
3.2 License
3.3 Title, Restrictions and Confidentiality
3.4 Changes in Licensed Materials
3.5 Modifications to Software; Product Compliances
3.6 Modification by Customer
3.7 Related Documentation
3.8 Software Warranty
3.9 Cancellation of License
3.10 Taxes Applicable to Software
 
Article IV Provisions Applicable to Engineering, Installation and Other Services
 
4.1 General
4.2 Acceptance of Installation
4.3 Seller’s Personnel
4.4 Conditions of Installation and Other Services Performed on Customer’s Site
4.5 Work Done by Others
4.6 Seller’s Right to Re-Deploy Resources
4.7 Services Warranties
 
Article V Entire Agreement and Execution
 
5.1 Entire Agreement
5.2 Termination of Existing Agreement
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.
-ii-

 


 

         
    Page
Attachments
       
 
       
Attachment A *** Pricing
       
Attachment B Training
       
Attachment C *** Pricing
       
Attachment D RTSA and Sun MVM
       
Attachment E Responsibilities Matrix for System Engineering, Implementation, and Optimization Services
       
Attachment F Change Management Process
       
Attachment G Repair and Exchange Services
       
Attachment H Product Standard Intervals
       
Attachment I Cell Site Self-Install Agreement
       
Attachment J Services
       
Attachment K Co-Marketing
       
Attachment L Messaging
       
Attachment M Intelligent Network
       
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.
-iii-

 


 

GENERAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.
AND
LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.
This General Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement”) , effective as of the Effective Date, is made by and between Lucent Technologies Inc., a Delaware corporation having an office at 600 Mountain Avenue, Murray Hill, New Jersey 07974, and MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation having an office at 8144 Walnut Hill Lane, Suite 800, Dallas, Texas 75231.
RECITALS:
WHEREAS, Customer provides PCS at or near the 1.9 GHz bands under a license(s) issued by the FCC;
WHEREAS, Customer wants Seller, at Customer’s request, to be one of its suppliers of wireless base stations, switches, power, cable and transmission equipment and Services to include, without limitation, engineering services, such as preparation of equipment specifications, and installation of networks, such as equipment installation, equipment removal and cable mining, and maintenance and repair of networks, and Seller desires to provide such Products and Services to Customer, all on the terms and conditions set forth herein;
WHEREAS, Customer and Seller entered into a General Agreement for Purchase of Personal Communications Services Systems effective as of October 1, 2002 (as the same may have been amended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “2002 Contract”) , pursuant to which Seller agreed to provide products, licensed materials and services to Customer; and
WHEREAS, the Parties desire to terminate the 2002 Contract in its entirety as of the Effective Date and to enter into this Agreement to define the current relationship between the Parties.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned parties hereby agree to the foregoing and as follows:
ARTICLE I
GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ENTIRE AGREEMENT
1.1 HEADINGS AND DEFINITIONS
All headings used in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and are not intended to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any clause contained herein. For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions will apply:
“AAA” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.35 .
“Acceptance” means that: (a) with respect to Products and Licensed Materials, the applicable Products and/or Licensed Materials have been accepted as set forth in Section 2.10(a) or Section 2.10(b), as applicable; and (b) with respect to Services, (i) the applicable Acceptance Tests have
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

 


 

been successfully performed as set forth in Section 4.2 and Seller has completed all Punch List Items; or (ii) Acceptance is deemed to occur under Section 4.2.
“Acceptance Date” means the date on which the applicable Product, Licensed Material or Service achieves Acceptance.
“Acceptance Tests” means all mutually agreed acceptance tests to be performed pursuant to this Agreement all of which are designed to determine whether the Products, Licensed Materials and the Services meet the Specifications and the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement.
“Advertising” means all advertising, sales promotion, press releases, and other publicity matters relating to this Agreement.
“Affiliate” means any entity that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with another entity, where “control” means to own or control over fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the applicable entity or otherwise to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity, whether through ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise, provided that, once such control ceases to exist, the affected entity will no longer qualify as an Affiliate for purposes of this Agreement.
“Annual Maintenance Fees” means those charges for Services and Software Updates under Seller’s BRSS Program as further described in Attachment D to this Agreement.
“Applicable Laws” means: (a) as to either Party, all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, court orders and governmental or regulatory agency orders that are applicable to its performance of this Agreement; and (b) in the case of Seller, all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, court orders and governmental or regulatory agency orders that are applicable to products, licensed materials and services of the type to be provided to Customer hereunder.
“Applicable Permits” means all permits and licenses which either Party requires for it to conduct business and/or perform its obligation under this Agreement.
“Assignment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.27(a) .
“Authorized Users” means: (a) Customer and its employees; (b) Customer’s Affiliates and their employees; (c) any Designated Entity and its employees; ***.
“Backwards Compatible” means, with respect to Software, the ability of a new Major Release, Software Update, or Software Upgrade (as defined in Attachment D) to function with the
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

2


 

immediately preceding Major Release, Software Update, or Software Upgrade, as the case may be, in accordance with their respective Specifications, and with all existing In Revenue Service Seller Manufactured Products (only to the extent that such Software has been designed to function with such Seller Manufactured Products) already installed or already ordered from Seller to be installed in the relevant PCS System.
“BRSS Program” and “BRSS” means the optional program described in Attachment D of this Agreement under which Seller offers to Customer Major Releases, Point Releases, Software Updates, Software Upgrades, Standard Base Software Releases, Retrofits and Crafts for Software for which Customer has paid the applicable Annual Maintenance Fee.
“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or a day on which banks in Dallas, Texas are authorized or required by Applicable Laws to be closed.
“CDMA” shall mean code-division multiple access, a form of spread spectrum technology, which operates in segments of 1.25 MHz.
“Change Order” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.7(a) .
“Claims” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.35 .
“Comparable Customers” has the meaning defined in Section 1.9(d)(i) .
“Craft” shall have the meaning set forth in Attachment D .
“Creditworthy” shall mean that: (a) less than *** of the non-disputed receivable balance owed to Seller and its Affiliates is aged over *** days from the invoice date at any given time unless otherwise mutually agreed to in writing; (b) the total non-disputed receivable balance owed to Seller and its Affiliates does not exceed *** unless otherwise mutually agreed to in writing; (c) Customer has provided consolidated financial statements to Seller in accordance with Section 1.6(b); and (d) Customer and its Affilitates have not experienced a material adverse change in the business assets operation or condition, financial or otherwise, taken as a whole, which materially and adversely affects Customer’s ability to meet its payment obligations hereunder.
 
“Customer” means (a) MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and any successors and permitted assigns; (b) any Customer Affiliates with Pre-Existing Affiliate Agreements made a party hereto under Section 1.3(b); and (c) any Affiliate who elects to purchase or license Products, Licensed Materials and/or Services under this Agreement; provided that any such Affiliate executes a written acknowledgment agreeing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement.
“Customer Event of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.19(a) .
“Customer Changes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.7(a) .
“Customer Indemnified Parties” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.20(a) .
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

3


 

“Customer Price List” means Seller’s published price notification releases furnished by Seller for purposes of communicating Seller’s prices or pricing-related information to Customer; however, this does not include firm price quotations.
“Delivery Date”, “Delivery” or similar derivations thereof means the actual date on which a Product, Licensed Materials or other item to be delivered by Seller hereunder is physically delivered to the destination designated by Customer in the applicable Purchase Order and the Customer designated recipient has signed off on the same.
“Designated Entity” means any Person to which Customer or one of its Affiliates leases or provides Products and with respect to which Customer or one of its Affiliates has an equity or membership interest of seventy percent (70%) or more.
“Designated Processor” means the Product for which the licenses to use Licensed Materials are initially granted.
“Disabling Code” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(a)(v) .
“Discontinued Product” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 .
“Effective Date” means June 6, 2005.
“EFT” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.10(a) .
“Existing Market” shall mean a Market which is listed in or defined as an Existing Market in Attachment A or C , as appropriate.
“FCC” means Federal Communications Commission, or any successor entity.
“Firmware” means a combination of (a) hardware; and (b) Software represented by a pattern of bits contained in such hardware. The Firmware referenced herein is the current version available for commercial customers.
“First Office Application” shall mean the first installation and use in any of Seller’s customers’ networks of a particular Product or Licensed Material (including a Software release, feature and Software Upgrade).
“Fit” means the suitability or readiness of a Product, Software and/or other item for a particular application, including environmental extremes, marginal parameters, physical and signal compatibility with interfacing systems and surroundings, level of performance, safety margins, reliability, maintainability and installability.
“Form” means the weight, density, chemical or product composition, size, shape, structure, appearance, protocol, pattern, composition, configuration and marking/identification of a Product, Software and/or other item.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

4


 

“Function” means the set of features that the Product, Software and/or other item has been designed for use, as described in its Specifications.
“Force Majeure” means fires, strikes, riots, embargoes, explosions, earthquakes, floods, wars, water, the elements, government requirements, civil or military authorities, acts of God or by the public enemy, inability to secure raw materials or transportation facilities, acts or omissions of carriers or suppliers of raw materials, or other similar causes beyond a Party’s control, but only to the extent that a Party’s actual performance is impaired whether or not similar to the foregoing.
“Guaranteed Delivery Date” shall mean the date Seller shall be obligated to deliver certain items to Customer based on the intervals set forth in Attachment H .
“Hazardous Material” means material designated as a “hazardous chemical substance or mixture” by the Administrator, pursuant to Section 6 of the Toxic Substance Control Act, a “hazardous material” as defined in the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1801, et seq.), or a “hazardous substance” as defined in the Occupational Safety and Health Act Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200).
“Indemnifying Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.28(a) .
“Initial Term” is defined in Section 1.2(a) .
“Information” means all documentation and technical and business information in whatever form recorded, which a Party may furnish under, or has furnished in contemplation of, this Agreement. Information does not include Software (whether or not embodied in Firmware) or Related Documentation, the use of which is governed by Article III of this Agreement.
“Infringement Claim” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.20 .
“In Revenue Service” means use of a Product or any part thereof for commercial service, whether or not revenue is actually being generated.
“Installation Completion” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 .
“Installation Completion Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 .
“Know-How” means concepts, techniques, information, reports, programs, program materials, documentation, diagrams, outlines, flow charts, user interfaces, technology, formulas, processes, algorithms and the like that are used to implement, support and/or develop a Product and/or Licensed Material.
“Liabilities” means losses, costs (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys fees and costs at trial and on appeal, if any), claims, demands, injuries, damages, judgments, penalties, fines, forfeitures, or liabilities.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

5


 

“Licensed Area” means one of the major trading areas in frequency blocks A and B or one of the basic trading areas in frequency blocks C, D, E, or F for which the FCC has granted a license to construct and operate a PCS System.
“Licensed Materials” means the Software and Related Documentation for which licenses are granted by Seller under this Agreement; no Source Code versions of Software are included in Licensed Materials.
“Lucent” is synonymous with Seller.
“Major Release” shall have the meaning set forth in Attachment D .
“Market” shall mean a Licensed Area, or an area within a Licensed Area, or combination of Licensed Areas and areas in Licensed Areas, as designated by Customer for PCS.
“MOP” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 .
“MSC” shall mean mobile switching center.
“New Market” means a Market where Customer has not previously provided PCS and where Customer deploys a PCS System that is placed into In Revenue Service. Selected New Markets are identified in Attachments A and C .
“Others” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.21(a) .
“Party” means either Customer or Seller, and “Parties” means Customer and Seller.
“PCS” means broadband personal communications services as authorized by the FCC in the frequency range of 1850MHz to 1910MHz and 1930MHz to 1990MHz.
“PCS CDMA System Products” means a collection of (a) PCS CDMA products and software which comprise a PCS System used to provide PCS Services in the PCS frequency range which are used in switching, wireless access and transport of voice and data at PCS frequencies based on CDMA technology substantially similar those Products and Software which are described in Attachments A and C, Sections 4A(i)(ii)(iii) and 4B(i)(ii)(iii)(iv)(v)(vi)(viib) , and which are used and required in an integrated network solution, and (b) those new, replacement or enhanced PCS CDMA products and software that become available during the Term when generally available which comprise a PCS System to provide PCS Services in the PCS frequency range which are used in switching, wireless access and transport of voice and data at PCS frequencies based on CDMA technology substantially similar to the Products and Software described in Attachments A and C, Sections 4A(i)(ii)(iii) and 4B(i)(ii)(iii)(iv)(v)(vi)(viib) and which are used and required in an integrated network solution. “PCS CDMA System Products” does not include site material or cabling ancillary to base station replacement
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

6


 

“PCS System’’ means a collection of products and software to be deployed and operated by Customer, an Affiliate or a Designated Entity to provide PCS services in the PCS frequency range.
“Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, company, partnership, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated organization or governmental authority.
“Point Release” shall have the meaning set forth in Attachment D.
Pre-Existing Affiliate Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3(b).
“Price Effective Date” means: (a) the date of Customer’s Purchase Order, if Seller receives and acknowledges receipt of the Purchase Order within five (5) Business Days of the date of the Purchase Order; (b) the date Seller actually receives the Purchase Order, if Seller receives and acknowledges receipt of the Purchase Order more than five (5) Business Days after the date of the Purchase Order; or (c) the date of the Purchase Order, if Seller is deemed to have accepted the Purchase Order as provided in Section 1.6(a).
“Product” means systems, equipment, and parts thereof acquired by Customer from Seller under this Agreement, but the term does not mean Software whether or not such Software is part of Firmware. The Products referenced herein are the current versions available for commercial customers.
“Product Manufacturing Information” means manufacturing drawings and specifications of raw materials and components, including part manufacturing drawings and specifications covering special tooling and the operation thereof, and a detailed list of all commercially available parts and components purchased by Seller on the open market disclosing the part number, name and location of the supplier, and price lists.
“Punch List Items” means the additional Services to be performed by Seller when such Services must be completed in order to achieve Acceptance, where the performance of Acceptance Tests has indicated thai such Services were incomplete or not otherwise ready for Acceptance at the time of the performance of such Acceptance Tests; provided that such Services are required to be performed by Seller pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including all related Acceptance Tests and procedures.
“Purchase Order” means any purchase order issued by Customer to Seller pursuant to, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this Agreement, or any document that the Parties mutually agree upon as the vehicle for Customer’s procurement of Products, Licensed Materials and Services pursuant to, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this Agreement.
“Related Documentation” or “Documentation” means materials useful in connection with Products and/or Software, such as, but not limited to, flow charts, logic diagrams, program descriptions, and Specifications. No Source Code versions of Software are included in Related Documentation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

7


 

“Remote Technical Support” and “RTS” mean the optional support Service as described in Attachment D.
“Renewal Term” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.2(b).
“Repair Parts” means new, remanufactured, reconditioned, refurbished, or functionally equivalent parts for the maintenance, replacement, and repair of Products sold pursuant to this Agreement.
“RTS Program” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.
“Seller” means Lucent Technologies Inc. and any successors and permitted assigns.
“Seller Changes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.8(a).
“Seller Event of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.19(b).
“Seller Manufactured Product” means a Product manufactured by Seller or purchased by it pursuant to its procurement specifications.
“Seller’s Competitor” means an entity whose primary business is the development, manufacture or sale (or licensing) of communications equipment and/or software.
“Services” means the performance of work requested by Customer or required to be performed by Seller under the terms of this Agreement and includes, but is not limited to: (a) engineering services such as preparation of equipment specifications, preparation and updating of office records, and preparation of a summary of material not specifically itemized in the Purchase Order; (b) installation services such as installation, equipment removal, and cable mining; and (c) other services, such as maintenance and repair.
“Site” shall mean the land and/or buildings owned or leased by Customer, one of its Affiliates or any Designated Entity for which all or any portion of a PCS System is or will be located.
“Software” means a computer program consisting of a set of logical instructions and tables of information which guide the functioning of a processor; such program may be contained in any medium whatsoever, including hardware containing a pattern of bits representing such program, but the term “Software” does not mean or include such medium. The Software described in this Agreement is the current version available for commercial customers and generally provided by Seller in connection with the Products referenced herein. “Software” shall include any Major Release, Software Update, Software Upgrade, Craft, Point Release, Standard Base Software Release and Retrofit, all as defined in Attachment D, which may be provided by Seller to Customer from time to time.
“Software Update” shall have the meaning set forth in Attachment D.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

8


 

“Source Code” means any version of Software incorporating high-level or assembly language that generally is not directly executable by a processor. Except as expressly provided herein, this Agreement does not require Seller to furnish any Source Code.
“Specifications” means Seller’s or its vendor’s technical published specifications for particular Products, Licensed Materials or Services furnished under this Agreement.
“Standard Interval” means the elapsed time, as specified in Attachment H, between the date of a Customer request for quote preparation of a Product, Licensed Material, and/or associated Service, and: (a the Delivery Date for such Product or Licensed Material not installed by Seller or (b) the Installation Completion Date for such Product or Licensed Material installed by Seller.
“Start Date” shall have the meaning defined in Section 1.11(a)
“Subcontractor” means all vendors, suppliers, consultants and subcontractors of every tier who have a contract with Seller or another subcontractor for the performance of any part of the Services.
“Tax Assessment” means all federal, state, or local sales, use, excise, gross receipts, municipal fees, transfer, transaction or similar taxes, fees, or surcharges, but excludes: (a) any tax, fee. assessment, or surcharge on either Party’s corporate existence, status, or income; (b) property taxes, fees, assessment, or surcharges; (c) any corporate franchise tax, fee, assessment, or surcharge; and (d) taxes, fees, assessment, and surcharges which are imposed directly on a Party’s gross or retail revenues.
“Term” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.2(b).
“Territory” means the 50 states of the United States plus the District of Columbia.
“Transition Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.19(f).
“Turnover” means, with respect to Products and Licensed Materials to be installed by Seller, that Seller has completed all implementation and Seller-testing-related activities relating to such Products and Licensed Materials, and such Products and Licensed Materials are ready for Customer to conduct Acceptance Tests.
“2002 Contract” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“Use” with respect to Licensed Materials means the loading, running, using, or copying of the Licensed Materials, or any portion thereof, into or on a processor for execution of the instructions and tables contained in such Licensed Materials.
Vendor Item” means a Product or partial assembly of Products furnished by Seller but neither manufactured by Seller nor purchased by Seller pursuant to its procurement specifications.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

9


 

“Warranty Period” means the period of time listed in the respective warranty clauses which, unless otherwise stated, commences for: (a) Products and Licensed Materials: (i) on the Delivery Date; or (ii) if installed by Seller, on the Acceptance Date; and (b) Services, on the date Service is completed and accepted by Customer.
1.2 TERM OF AGREEMENT
      (a) Initial Term. This Agreement shall be effective on the Effective Date and, except as otherwise provided herein, shall continue in effect until the earlier of: (a) June 7, 2008; or (b) *** (the “Initial Term”). The modification or termination of this Agreement shall not affect the rights or obligations of either Party under any Purchase Order accepted by Seller before the effective date of the modification or termination.
      (b) Renewal Terms. Upon the expiration of the Initial Term, Customer will have the right to extend the term of this Agreement for up to three (3) successive periods of one (1) year each (each such one (1) year period, a “Renewal Term”). *** The Initial Term and the Renewal Terms are individually and collectively referred to herein as the “Term”.
1.3 SCOPE
      (a) General. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall apply to all transactions pursuant to which Customer purchases, and Seller and/or any of its Affiliates furnishes, Products, Licensed Materials and/or Services for use by Customer, its Affiliates and/or any Designated Entity, and not for resale.
(b)  New Customer Affiliates. If Customer acquires a new Affiliate following the date of this Agreement and such new Customer Affiliate is a party to one (1) or more agreements with Seller and/or one of Seller’s Affiliates (each agreement, a “Pre-Existing Affiliate Agreement”) covering substantially the same subject matter as this Agreement, Customer shall have the right, upon written notice to Seller, to terminate (or cause the Customer Affiliate to terminate) any and all Pre-Existing Affiliate Agreements between such new Customer Affiliate and Seller and/or one or more of its Affiliates without liability or penalty, and, upon Seller’s receipt of a written acknowledgment from the Customer Affiliate agreeing to be bound by the
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

10


 

terms and conditions of this Agreement, all products, software and services acquired by such new Customer Affiliate from Seller and/or one of its Affiliates pursuant to such agreements thereafter shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement as though such products, software and services originally were provided to such new Customer Affiliate under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence: (i) the warranty periods set forth in a Pre-Existing Affiliate Agreement will continue to apply to the Products, Licensed Materials and Services purchased, licensed, delivered and performed under such Pre-Existing Affiliate Agreement; (ii) the prices, discounts, and credits set forth in this Agreement shall not retroactively apply to the Products, Licensed Materials and Services purchased, licensed, delivered and performed under a Pre-Existing Affiliate Agreement prior to the Effective Date; and (iii) ***.
      (c) Scope of the Initial Project. Seller and Customer acknowledge that the following represents generally the schedule of work to be performed hereunder to deploy, maintain and/or upgrades PCS CDMA System Products in the identified Markets. As soon as practicable, the Parties shall jointly develop detailed project plans and delivery and installation schedules consistent with the proposed schedule. The project plan will contain the responsibilities of both Parties. ***
                 
            Available for In Revenue
Market   Market Start   Service
***
  ***     ***  
***
    ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***  
 
*   “Q” means quarter
1.4 ENTITLEMENT TO DISCOUNTS
      (a) General. Attachments A and C reflect the prices applicable to Customer following the application of discounts to Seller’s standard prices. These prices shall be provided to Customer regardless of the number or level of Purchase Orders made by Customer, it being the understanding of the Parties that neither Customer nor its Affiliates is under any obligation to purchase or license any quantity of Products, Licensed Materials and/or Services from Lucent under this Agreement. The Parties agree that Purchase Orders to be issued by Customer in accordance with the terms of this Agreement will determine the actual purchases and related rights, duties and obligations of the Parties pursuant to this Agreement. Attachments A and C may be modified from time to time by mutual written agreement of the Parties.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

11


 

     (b) ***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

12


 

***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

13


 

***
1.5 PLANNING INFORMATION
     Customer shall provide to Seller non-binding, rolling, four-quarter forecasts of Customer’s expected annual purchases under this Agreement. Customer shall deliver to Seller an updated version of each such rolling, four-quarter forecast on or before the beginning of each calendar quarter during the Term of this Agreement. Customer will endeavor to make such forecast and each quarterly update thereto accurate to within plus or minus *** of Customer’s actual Purchase Orders for the applicable quarter and within plus or minus *** with respect to the next approaching quarter of each rolling, four-quarter forecast. If, for any particular quarter, Customer’s actual purchasing requirements exceed Customer’s most recent forecast for that quarter by more than ***, Seller will have no obligation to ***.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

14


 

     Furthermore, the Parties shall meet on a semi-annual basis, or as otherwise mutually agreed, to review product and software development plans and requirements. In addition, Seller shall update Customer as to Seller’s planned product and software developments and schedules, and Customer shall update Seller as to Customer’s desired future services and product and software requirements.
1.6 ORDERS
     All Purchase Orders submitted by Customer shall be deemed to incorporate and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement unless otherwise agreed in writing.
      (a) General. All Purchase Orders, including electronic Purchase Orders, shall contain the information detailed below:
  (i)   complete and correct ship to and bill to addresses;
 
  (ii)   the quantity and type of Products, Licensed Materials and/or Services being ordered;
 
  (iii)   the price or the appropriate pricing mechanism;
 
  (iv)   the Customer-requested Delivery Date in accordance with the Standard Interval for the Product, Licensed Materials or Service being ordered. A non-Standard Interval must be mutually agreed to by the Parties;
 
  (v)   the requested Turnover date in accordance with the Standard Interval for the Product, Licensed Materials or Service being ordered; and
 
  (vi)   reference to this Agreement.
Upon acceptance of the Purchase Order by Seller, the Customer requested delivery date contained in the Purchase Order will be deemed to be the delivery date for purposes of the Purchase Order
No provision or data on any Purchase Order or contained in any documents attached to or referenced in any Purchase Order or in any subordinate document (such as shipping releases), shall be binding, except data necessary for Seller to fill the Purchase Order. All such other data and provisions are hereby rejected. Electronic Purchase Orders shall be binding on Customer notwithstanding the absence of a signature. Electronic Purchase Orders shall be subject to the Purchase Order acceptance confirmation procedures under this Section. Customer shall be provided a sample Purchase Order format in order to comply with the requirements herein.
Promptly following receipt thereof, Seller shall acknowledge the date of Purchase Order receipt either in writing or electronic data interface format. If a Purchase Order is deemed accepted as provided below, the date of the Purchase Order will be the Price Effective Date for purposes of this Agreement.
All Purchase Orders are subject to acceptance by Seller; provided, however, that if Seller does not accept Purchase Orders that: (1) are submitted in accordance with, and comply with, the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the lead times set forth in Attachment H); (2) the quantities of Products, Software and Services ordered are within the parameters of the forecasts submitted by Customer pursuant to Section 1.5; and (3) Customer is
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

15


 

sufficiently Creditworthy, and has not materially breached any of its material obligations under this Agreement, and Seller does not otherwise accept the Purchase Order for reasons other than a Force Majeure, Customer will be ***.
If receipt of a Purchase Order is acknowledged by Seller, if not sooner accepted or rejected in writing by Seller, Purchase Orders submitted for Products, Licensed Materials, and/or Services in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be deemed accepted within ten (10) days of Purchase Order receipt by Seller.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any Attachment, Customer is not required and/or obligated to purchase or license any Product, Software, Licensed Material, PCS CDMA System Product, PCS System, Information, Related Documentation, Service, Know-How or any other product or service from Lucent under this Agreement except as set forth in a duly authorized, accepted Purchase Order.
      (b) Credit Worthiness. Seller reserves the right to place any Purchase Order on hold, delay shipment, suspend performance (in each case with respect to a Product, Licensed Material or Service not yet paid for by Customer) and/or reject a Purchase Order: (i) if Customer is not Creditworthy; or (ii) if Customer has materially breached any of its material obligations under this Agreement, but only until such time as the material breach has been cured. In the event that Seller places any Purchase Order(s) on hold, delays shipment, suspends performance and/or rejects a Purchase Order due to insufficient Creditworthiness, or due to Customer’s uncured material breach of this Agreement, the Parties promptly shall meet in an effort to resolve the matter, and the delivery and performance schedules under this Agreement shall be extended by the period of time required for Customer and Seller to mutually resolve the insufficient Creditworthiness or material breach. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Parties have not agreed on the resolution of any such matter within thirty (30) calendar days after Seller places a Purchase Order on hold, delays shipment, suspends performance and/or rejects a Purchase Order. Customer may, in addition to any other remedies available to it under this Agreement (i) cure all such material breaches of this Agreement, shall pay in full for all Products, Licensed Materials or Services ordered but not yet paid, and shall continue to pay in full for all Products, Licensed Materials and Services at the time of placing each subsequent Purchase Order, or (ii) ***.
After Customer’s auditors complete their audit of Customer’s 2004 financial statements, Customer shall submit to Seller upon request: (i) no later than 150 days after fiscal year end, Customer’s audited annual consolidated financial statements and their respective consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations, stockholders equity and cash flows for the fiscal year then ended prepared in accordance with GAAP by an independent accounting firm; and (ii) no later than 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, Customer’s consolidated financial
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

16


 

statements for each of the first three fiscal quarters of the fiscal year and their respective consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations, stockholders equity and cash flow for the fiscal quarter then ended prepared in accordance with GAAP.
      (c)       Purchase Order Communications. Notwithstanding communications and notices addresses as set forth in Section 1.22 , the Parties will route all communications relating to Purchase Orders as follows:
To Seller:
Lucent Technologies Inc.
***
Sales Support — Order Entry
82N160
800 North Point Parkway
Alpharetta, GA 30005
***
***
***
Lucent Technologies Inc.
***
Regional Sales Director, Major Accounts
***
***
***
To Customer:
MetroPCS Wireless, Inc.
8144 Walnut Hill Lane, Suite 800
Dallas, Texas 75231
Attn.: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
***
1.7 CUSTOMER-INITIATED CHANGES
      (a)     General. Customer has the right to request expansions, other revisions and/or modifications to any Purchase Order (“Customer Changes”), including but not limited to, the Specifications, the manner of performance of the Services to be performed or the timing of the completion of Services to be provided under the Purchase Order. All Customer Changes shall be subject to the prior written consent of Seller, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. All Customer Changes shall be documented in a written change order in a form substantially similar to the form set forth in Attachment F (“Change Order”) and will be subject to the procedures set forth in Attachment F. Seller shall promptly notify Customer of any
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

17


 

such requested Customer Changes which may materially affect the operation and/or maintenance of any PCS System or any part thereof.
      (b) Disputes. If the Parties cannot agree on a Change Order within fifteen (15) days following Customer’s submission of a Customer Change to Seller, the matter shall then be referred to dispute resolution pursuant to Section 1.35.
1.8 SELLER-INITIATED CHANGES
      (a) General. Seller has the right to request revisions and/or modifications to any Purchase Order (“Seller Changes”), including but not limited to, the Specifications, the manner of performance of the Services to be performed or the timing of the completion of the Services to be provided under the Purchase Order, if Customer has not performed its obligations under this Agreement beyond any applicable grace periods. All Seller Changes shall be subject to the prior written consent of Customer, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. All Seller Changes shall be documented in a Change Order and will be subject to the procedures set forth in Attachment F. Seller shall promptly notify Customer of any such requested Seller Changes which may materially affect the operation and/or maintenance of any PCS System or any part thereof.
      (b) Disputes. If the Parties cannot agree on a Change Order within fifteen (15) days following Seller’s submission of a Seller Change to Customer, the matter shall then be referred to dispute resolution pursuant to Section 1.35.
1.9 PRICES
      (a) General. Prices, fees, and charges (hereinafter “prices”) shall be as set forth in Seller’s Customer Price Lists, firm price quotations, specific agreements, or other prices submitted by Seller to Customer, as modified by and subject to the applicable terms of any Attachment to this Agreement that includes pricing information including, without limitation, Attachments A, C and J. The discounts and incentives referenced in Attachments A and C will remain in effect for the Term of the Agreement in accordance with the other terms and conditions thereof.
      (b) Customer Price List Pricing. In those cases where a price is to be determined from a Customer Price List, the applicable Customer Price List shall be that Customer Price List which is in effect on the Price Effective Date for the applicable Purchase Order, provided that the Guaranteed Delivery Date for the deliverables referenced in such Purchase Order is scheduled to occur within twelve (12) months of the Price Effective Date. If Customer submits a Purchase Order and the requested Guaranteed Delivery Date exceeds such twelve (12) month period, and Seller has on thirty (30) days prior written notice issued a revised Customer Price List to Customer prior to such Guaranteed Delivery Date, Customer shall have the right to cancel such Purchase Order without any penalty or liability or, at Customer’s request, the Parties will utilize the Change Order process hereunder to determine reasonable adjustments to the Purchase Order including, without limitation, prices payable by Customer under such Purchase Order.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

18


 

      (c) Other Pricing. In those cases where the price is not to be determined from a Customer Price List, a firm price quotation, or specific agreement, the applicable price (before applying the allowances available under this Agreement) will be Seller’s price in effect on the date of Seller’s receipt of the Purchase Order. Seller may amend its prices prior to the Price Effective Date, other than those subject to accepted Purchase Orders, firm price quotations or other agreements between the Parties, on thirty (30) days prior written notice.
      (d) ***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

19


 

1.10    INVOICES AND TERMS OF PAYMENT
      (a) Invoicing. Fees and charges for Products and Licensed Materials (including domestic transportation charges and taxes, if applicable) will be billed by Seller when shipped, or as soon thereafter as practicable. Services will be billed upon Seller’s notice of Installation Completion for installation Services and upon completion of any other non-recurring Services. ***. Customer shall pay invoiced amounts, less any disputed amounts, within thirty (30) days following the date of Seller’s invoice. Customer shall have the right to pay any amounts due Seller hereunder using Electronic Funds Transfer ( “EFT” ). ***. Payments which are undisputed and delinquent more than forty-five (45) days after the invoice date are subject to a late payment charge at the rate of *** per month, or portion thereof, of the undisputed amount due (but not to exceed the maximum lawful rate); provided, however, that: (i) the accrual of any late payment charges provided in this sentence shall not operate to waive or impede Customer’s right to dispute an invoice and/or payment at any time; and (ii) irrespective of when an invoice and/or payment is disputed, Customer shall not be liable for any late payment charges related to invoice disputes resolved in Customer’s favor. Invoices must describe the Products and Licensed Materials provided and Services performed, as applicable, and the amounts due and any applicable taxes and domestic transportation charges. Customer promptly shall pay any disputed items which are determined to be valid payments due to Seller pursuant to the dispute resolution process. Customer agrees to pay Seller’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and other reasonable costs incurred by Seller in collection of any undisputed amounts invoiced hereunder.
      (b) Payments to Subcontractors. Seller will pay each Subcontractor the amount to which each Subcontractor is entitled pursuant to such Subcontractor’s agreement with Seller, based on each Subcontractor’s portion of any Services. By appropriate agreement in each Subcontractor’s agreement with Seller, Seller will require such Subcontractor to make payments to sub-Subcontractors and materialmen in a similar manner. Customer shall have no obligations to pay any amount to which a Subcontractor may be entitled pursuant to its agreement with Seller including, without limitation, any indemnity, damage or penalty. Customer has no duty or obligation to ensure the payment of money to a Subcontractor, sub-Subcontractor, materialman or any other third party, any such payment being the obligation of Seller, and, subject to the process requirements set forth in Sections 1.28(a) (iii) (A), (B)  and (C) , Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold the Customer Indemnified Parties harmless from and against any such payment obligations, and from and against any payment dispute between Seller and any such third party including, without limitation, any dispute over Seller’s failure to pay monies owed to any such third party. The Parties hereby agree that Subcontractors, sub-Subcontractors, materialmen and
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

20


 

any other third parties will not be deemed third party beneficiaries of this Agreement, including Customer’s obligations to pay Seller.
      (c) Disputed Invoices. If an invoiced amount is disputed in good faith by Customer then, until resolution of the dispute occurs pursuant to Section 1.35, Customer may suspend disputed payments and toll the running of time for default by paying the undisputed amount, if any, and sending a written statement of exceptions to Seller. All of Seller’s obligations shall continue unabated during the duration of the dispute resolution.
      (d) Allocation of Payments. Notwithstanding anything that may be contained herein to the contrary, Seller shall allocate all payments made by Customer to Seller under this Agreement to the satisfaction of those Purchase Orders identified by Customer with, or within thirty (30) days following, any payment to Seller. If Customer fails to identify the Purchase Order(s) to be satisfied by any payment within such thirty (30) day period, Seller may allocate the payment to the satisfaction of the oldest Purchase Order(s) for which Customer has not disputed its payment obligations.
1.11 DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION SCHEDULE
      (a) Site Preparation. Customer shall notify Seller when the PCS Site(s) for the Products described in any Purchase Order are ready for installation and Customer’s responsibilities under Article IV relating to such Sites have been performed or furnished by the date mutually agreed to by the Parties. Such date shall be determined by the Parties prior to Purchase Order acceptance. Seller shall have access to such Sites on and after the date of Seller’s receipt of such notification (the “Start Date”) .
      (b) Schedules. The Parties agree to develop, by mutual agreement, delivery and installation schedules (all consistent with the Standard Intervals, unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties) under which Customer and Seller shall complete their respective obligations as required under this Agreement.
      (c) Delivery Delays Initiated by Customer. Upon written notice to Seller prior to the shipment date, Customer shall have the right to suspend or reschedule Delivery of Products and/or Licensed Materials not in excess of *** calendar days beyond the date originally scheduled for the Delivery thereof without additional payment or penalty to Seller of any kind whatsoever. If any Customer-requested Delivery suspension continues for *** calendar days beyond the originally scheduled Delivery Date for a Product and/or Licensed Materials. Customer shall either: (i) cancel the Purchase Order, in which case the terms of Section 1.18 shall apply; or (ii) authorize Seller to deliver the applicable Products and/or Licensed Materials to Customer.
      (d) Seller’s Delivery or Installation Delays. If Customer reasonably determines that Seller is likely to fail to meet a Standard Interval or other Delivery or installation deadline mutually agreed in writing, then in addition to any other rights and remedies that may be available to Customer, at no additional cost to Customer and at Customer’s request, Seller shall provide to Customer all necessary additional Seller personnel to accelerate performance as may
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

21


 

be required or necessary to timely achieve the Delivery or installation deadline or, if Seller has already failed to meet one (1) or more Delivery or installation deadlines, complete the Delivery or installation deadline within a re-adjusted time frame established by Customer. *** Notwithstanding any of the foregoing. Seller shall not be obligated to provide additional personnel *** to Customer as provided in this Section if and to the extent that Seller’s failure to achieve a Delivery or installation deadline is caused by Customer’s failure to perform any material obligation that is a precondition to Seller’s ability to timely achieve such Delivery or installation deadline, provided that Seller previously communicated to Customer in writing: (i) Customer’s failure to perform such material obligation; and (ii) the fact that such failure might impact Seller’ ability to meet a Delivery or installation deadline.
1.12  TRANSPORTATION
      (a) General. Seller’s prices for Products and Licensed Materials do not include ordinary domestic freight charges or related domestic transportation services or charges therefor, including hauling, hoisting and warehousing, unless expressly stated in writing by Seller to the contrary. Seller, in accordance with its normal practices, will arrange for transportation for such items, will prepay transportation, if appropriate, and invoice transportation charges. If Customer elects to route Products and/or Licensed Materials or to arrange for transportation, Seller will provide related Services subject to a separate fee.
      (b) Premium Transportation. Premium domestic transportation will only be used only with Customer’s written concurrence. If premium transportation is used in order for Seller to meet a Guaranteed Delivery Date, the difference between the cost of ordinary transportation and premium transportation will be at Seller’s sole cost and expense.
1.13  PACKING, MARKING AND SHIPPING
      (a) General. Seller shall, at no additional charge, pack and mark shipping containers in accordance with its standard practices for domestic shipments. Where, in order to meet Customer’s requests, Seller packs and/or is required to mark shipping cartons in accordance with Customer’s specifications, Seller shall invoice Customer additional charges for such packing and/or marking.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

22


 

      (b) Packing Memorandum; Marking. Seller shall:
     (i) Enclose a packing memorandum with each shipment and, if the shipment contains more than one package, identify the package containing the memorandum; and
     (ii) Mark Products as practicable for identification in accordance with Seller’s marking specifications (e.g., model/serial number and month and year of manufacture).
      (c) Partial Shipments. Partial shipments of Products and Licensed Materials ordered under a Purchase Order may be made by Seller and separately invoiced, provided that the full order is received by the Guaranteed Delivery Date specified in the accepted Purchase Order, and provided further that the shipping costs to Customer shall not exceed the amount Customer would have been required to pay for a single shipment.
1.14 TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS
      (a) General. Title to a Product, and risk of loss and damage to a Product, Licensed Material, or other item furnished to Customer under this Agreement, shall pass from Seller to Customer upon Delivery to the Customer-designated destination established in the Purchase Order for the item. Delivery will be evidenced by signature of an employee, agent, Subcontractor orrepresentative of Customer on a receipt or bill of lading. Customer shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay Delivery or signature on such receipt or bill of lading. Customer shall be responsible for any additional reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses relating to Customer’s unreasonably withholding, conditioning or delaying Delivery or signature on the receipt or bill of lading. Seller shall at all times remain responsible for damage or loss to Products and/or Licensed Materials caused by the employees, agents and/or representatives of Seller and/or its Subcontractors. Unless otherwise specified in a written quotation, Purchase Order or Attachment to this Agreement, and except with respect to Repair Parts and Products used to effect a repair or replacement, Seller represents and warrants to Customer that the Products and any components thereof are and shall be entirely new and free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances. Seller retains title to all Licensed Materials and all copies thereof. Seller represents and warrants to Customer that all Repair Parts are new, remanufactured, reconditioned,refurbished, or functionally equivalent and operate in accordance with the Specifications of the related parts and/or Products.
      (b) Claims. Customer shall notify Seller promptly of any claim with respect to a loss which occurs while Seller has the risk of loss and Seller shall notify Customer promptly of any claim with respect to a loss which occurs while Customer has the risk of loss. Both Parties shall cooperate in every reasonable way to facilitate the settlement of any claim. Nothing herein shall,during the period Seller has the risk of loss to an item, relieve Customer of responsibility for loss to the item resulting from the negligence of the employees, agents and/or representatives of Customer.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

23


 

1.15 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS
The Parties shall comply with all Applicable Laws. Furthermore, except as specifically provided in this Agreement, each Party shall obtain and maintain, at its own expense, all Applicable Permits and pay all associated fees and expenses. Seller shall be responsible for ensuring that its Subcontractors, if any, comply with all Applicable Laws, and obtain and maintain all Applicable Permits.
1.16 TAXES
      (a) General. Customer shall be liable for, and shall reimburse Seller for, all taxes and related charges, however designated, (excluding taxes on Seller’s net income) imposed upon or arising from Seller’s provision of Services, or the transfer, sale, license, or use of Products, Licensed Materials, or other items provided by Seller pursuant to Purchase Orders submitted by Customer. Taxes reimbursable under this paragraph shall be separately listed on the invoice. If Customer pays any taxes for which Seller is either reimbursed or receives a credit from the applicable taxing authority, then Seller shall reimburse Customer an amount equal to such credit or reimbursement within five (5) Business Days following receipt of such reimbursement or credit.
      (b) Exemptions. Seller shall not collect otherwise applicable taxes if the front of any Purchase Order indicates that the purchase is exempt from Seller’s collection of such taxes and a valid tax exemption certificate is furnished by Customer to Seller.
      (c) Protested Taxes. Seller shall promptly notify Customer in writing of: (i) any Tax Assessment by a state or local taxing authority; and (ii) any decision with respect to a Tax Assessment which has been appealed or protested; provided, however, that Seller shall in all instances give Customer notice of such event no later than ten (10) days prior to the date by which a response, protest, contest, or other appeal of such Tax Assessment must be filed. In the first instance, Seller shall have the exclusive right to contest any Tax Assessment at its own expense. In the event that all or any portion of a Tax Assessment must be paid in order to contest the imposition of any such Tax Assessment in connection with a contest that Seller elects to pursue, or to avoid the existence of a lien on the assets of Seller during the pendency of such contest, Seller shall be responsible for such payment and shall be entitled to the benefit of any refund or recovery. Customer shall pay all valid final and non-appealable Tax Assessments (or reimburse Seller in the event Seller pays any or all valid final and non-appealable Tax Assessments) upon presentation by Seller of proof of a valid final and non-appealable Tax Assessment. A “valid final and non-appealable Tax Assessment” shall mean one that is issued by a state or local taxing authority in accordance with the applicable law and which is not subject to any further administrative or judicial review and all times for appeal, reconsideration, or requests for reassessment have run without an appeal, reconsideration, or request for reassessment having been taken. In the event Seller elects not to contest a Tax Assessment, Seller must either: (iii) waive its right to reimbursement from Customer for that Tax Assessment in which event Customer shall have no right to contest the Tax Assessment and Customer shall have no liability for such Tax Assessment; or (iv) promptly notify Customer that it is: (A) not responding, protesting, contesting, or appealing the Tax Assessment: and (B) seeking reimbursement for the Tax Assessment as if it were a valid final and non-appealable Tax
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

24


 

Assessment which notice shall set forth the legal and/or factual basis for not contesting the Tax Assessment along with a copy of the Tax Assessment; provided, however, that Seller shall in all instances give Customer notice of such decision to not protest, contest or appeal such Tax Assessment no later than ten (10) days prior to the date by which a response, contest, protest or other appeal of such Tax Assessment must be filed; provided, further, that Seller may not elect option (iv) (e.g., to notify Customer and not protest, contest, or appeal a Tax Assessment) unless Seller has a good faith belief that there is no reasonable basis in law or fact for a contest, protest, or appeal of such Tax Assessment; provided, finally, that in the event that Seller elects option (iv) and fails to notify Customer in time to allow Customer to file a response, protest, or contest, Seller shall be deemed to have waived its right to seek reimbursement from Customer for that Tax Assessment. In the instance Seller notifies Customer that it is not contesting the Tax Assessment, Customer may elect, at it sole discretion, to pursue the contest of the Tax Assessment in good faith, at its own expense, or to pay to Seller the Tax Assessment. In the event Customer elects to contest a Tax Assessment and, further, in the event that all or a portion of a Tax Assessment must be paid in order to contest the imposition of any such Tax Assessment or to avoid the existence of a lien on the assets of Seller during the pendency of such contest, Customer shall be responsible for such payment. In the event that any such contest must be pursued in the name of Seller, Seller shall permit Customer to pursue and control the contest in the name of Seller, and Seller shall have the opportunity to participate fully in the preparation of such contest at its own expense. In any contest of a Tax Assessment, the Party bringing the protest shall promptly furnish the other Party with notice of the pending proceeding, copies of all filings in any proceeding, protest, contest, or legal challenge, all rulings issued in connection therewith, all correspondence between such Party and the state or local taxing authority, the final resolution thereof, and any action therein that would affect Seller’s obligation to collect and remit, and the Party bringing the contest shall allow the other Party to participate in such contest with its own counsel at its own expense.
1.17 TRAINING
Seller will make available Seller’s standard training for Customer’s personnel in the planning for, operation and maintenance of Products and Software furnished hereunder in accordance with the terms set forth in Attachment B.
1.18 TERMINATION OF ORDERS FOR CONVENIENCE
Customer may, upon written notice to Seller, terminate any Seller-accepted Purchase Order or portion thereof, except with respect to Products or Licensed Materials that have already been shipped and Services that have already been performed.
Upon any such termination or cancellation, for those Products not shipped but considered stock items, Customer agrees that it will pay Seller a cancellation fee equal to *** of the price or license fee for such items (determined as of the Price Effective Date). ***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

25


 

For those Products and Licensed Materials not shipped and considered customized or non-stock items, Customer agrees to pay a cancellation fee based upon Seller’s engineering fees, reasonably incurred out-of-pocket expenses (after adjustment for recoveries and/or salvage value, if any) plus *** but in no case more than ***, unless otherwise agreed to by Customer and Seller.
1.19 TERMINATION FOR BREACH
      (a)   Customer Events of Default. Seller shall have the right to terminate this Agreement in its entirety and/or terminate affected Purchase Orders only without any penalty or payment obligation (subject to subsections 1. 19(c) and 1. 19(f) below) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any of the following events, each of which shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement by Customer (each, a “Customer Event of Default”):
     (i) Customer: (A) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or has an involuntary petition in bankruptcy filed against it that is not dismissed within sixty (60) days of such involuntary filing, (B) admits the material allegations of any petition in bankruptcy filed against it, (C) is adjudged bankrupt, (D) is unable generally to pay its debts as they mature, (E) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or has a receiver appointed for all or a substantial portion of its assets that is not discharged within sixty (60) days after such appointment, or (F) commences any proceeding for relief from its creditors in any court under any state insolvency statutes; or
     (ii) Customer assigns performance of its obligations other than as permitted under this Agreement; or
     (iii) Customer fails to timely pay any undisputed amount owed to Seller, provided that such failure is not cured within thirty (30) calendar days following Customer’s receipt of written notice from Seller requiring it to do so; or
     (iv) Customer materially breaches any other obligation under this Agreement, provided that such material breach is not cured, or if the material breach is incurable, substantial progress toward a cure has not been made, within thirty (30) calendar days following Customer’s receipt of written notice from Seller requiring it to do so.
      (b)   Seller Events of Default. Customer shall have the right to terminate this Agreement in its entirety and/or terminate affected Purchase Orders only without any penalty or payment obligation (subject to subsections 1. 19(c) and 1. 19(f) below) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any of the following events, each of which shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement by Seller (each, a “Seller Event of Default”) :
     (i) Seller, upon written notification and a period of thirty (30) days, fails to fulfill its obligations with respect to the satisfaction, discharge or bonding of liens as set forth herein; or
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

26


 

     (ii) Seller misses a Guaranteed Delivery Date as specified in an accepted Purchase Order by more than *** beyond the Standard Interval for any Products or Licensed Materials; provided that such failure to achieve such date was not caused by: (a) a Force Majeure event; and/or (b) Customer’s failure to perform any material obligation that was a pre-condition to Seller’s ability to timely achieve such Guaranteed Delivery Date, in which event, Seller will be entitled to an extension of the Guaranteed Delivery Date equal to the period of Customer’s delay plus, pursuant to Section 4.6 hereof, a commercially reasonable time thereafter; or
     (iii) Seller materially breaches any service, support or maintenance services obligation, provided that such material breach is not cured within thirty (30) calendar days (or any longer cure period that may be set forth in a specific Section of this Agreement, as applicable) following Seller’s receipt of written notice from Customer requiring it to do so; or
     (iv) Seller materially breaches any representation or warranty set forth in this Agreement, provided that such material breach is not cured within thirty (30) calendar days (or any longer cure period that may be set forth in a specific Section of this Agreement, as applicable) following Seller’s receipt of written notice from Customer requiring it to do so; or
     (v) Seller fails to maintain insurance coverage as specified in Section 1.41, provided that such failure is not cured within thirty (30) calendar days following Seller’s receipt of written notice from Customer requiring it to do so; or
     (vi) Seller: (A) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or has an involuntary petition in bankruptcy filed against it that is not dismissed within sixty (60) days of such involuntary filing, (B) admits the material allegations of any petition in bankruptcy filed against it, (C) is adjudged bankrupt, (D) is unable generally to pay its debts as they mature, (E) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or has a receiver appointed for all or a substantial portion of its assets that is not discharged within sixty (60) days after such appointment, or (F) commences any proceeding for relief from its creditors in any court under any state insolvency statutes; or
     (vii) Seller disregards or violates any Applicable Laws or Applicable Permits which have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or operations of Customer; or
     (viii) Seller assigns performance of its obligations other than as permitted under this Agreement; or
     (ix) Seller materially breaches any other obligation under this Agreement, provided that such material breach is not cured, or if the material breach is incurable, substantial progress toward a cure has not been made, within thirty (30) calendar days following Seller’s receipt of written notice from Customer requiring it to do so.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

27


 

      (c) Effect of Termination. If either Party terminates this Agreement and/or affected Purchase Orders, both Parties will be responsible for performing their respective obligations under this Agreement up through the date of termination (and thereafter to the extent this Agreement and/or non-terminated Purchase Orders remain in effect following such termination). In any event, Seller’s obligations hereunder with respect to Products already delivered, installed and not returned, and Customer’s obligations with respect to payments for Products not returned, shall continue in full force and effect.
      (d) Seller’s Remedies. Without limiting any other rights and remedies that may then be available to Seller, upon the occurrence of a Customer Event of Default, subject to Customer’s rights under Section 1. 19(f) , Seller shall be entitled to:
     (i) Subject to the terms of Section 1.25 , seek to recover damages from Customer; and/or
     (ii) If applicable, seek to obtain the additional rights and remedies set forth in Section 1. 19(g) ; and/or
     (iii) If permitted under Section 3.9. terminate affected Software licenses.
***
      (e) Customer’s Remedies. Without limiting any other rights and remedies that may then be available to Customer, upon the occurrence of a Seller Event of Default, Customer shall be entitled to:
     (i) Subject to the terms of Section 1.25 , seek to recover damages from Seller; and/or
     (ii) Receive a full refund of all amounts paid to Seller with respect to terminated Purchase Orders, which refund shall be paid by Seller to Customer within fourteen (14) calendar days following Seller’s receipt of Customer’s demand for such refund; and/or
     (iii) Receive a full refund of all pre-paid but unearned amounts paid to Seller (such as, by way of example and not of limitation, pre-paid support or maintenance fees), which refund shall be paid by Seller to Customer within fourteen (14) calendar days following Seller’s receipt of Customer’s demand for such refund; and/or
     (iv) If applicable, obtain the additional remedies described in Section 1. 19(f) ; and/or
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

28


 

     (v) If applicable, seek to obtain the additional rights and remedies set forth in Section 1. 19(g) .
      (f) Transition. Upon a complete or partial termination of this Agreement and/or a Purchase Order for any reason, provided such termination results in the termination of Customer’s right to use Products or Licensed Materials acquired hereunder or thereunder as provided in Section 3.9, Customer shall have the option, for up to *** (the “Transition Period” ), to continue to use the applicable Product or Licensed Materials, or any portion thereof, for the purposes set forth herein and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, ***. During such Transition Period, Seller shall make available to Customer (subject to a written agreement) all support and maintenance services and all other Services necessary for an orderly transition of the Product or Licensed Materials. If this Agreement and/or a Purchase Order is completely or partially terminated, the Services provided by Seller during the Transition Period shall be provided at the prices and on the terms and conditions then in effect on the termination date except that Customer shall be relieved of any exclusivity commitment.
      (g) Remedies Cumulative. Unless this Agreement expressly provides that a remedy is the “sole and exclusive” remedy, the rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies that may be available at law or in equity.
      (h) Equitable Relief. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the Parties shall be entitled to seek injunctive or other equitable relief whenever the facts or circumstances would permit a Party to seek such equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction.
1.20 PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHTS
      (a) Infringement Claims. ***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

29


 

***
      (b) Injunctions. If use of any Products and/or Licensed Materials by Customer and/or its Affiliates is enjoined or in Seller’s opinion is likely to be enjoined or subject to an Infringement Claim, Seller, at its expense and at Seller’s option (following consultation with Customer), will either: ***.
      (c) Notice and Cooperation. Customer shall give Seller prompt notice of all Infringement Claims, and Seller shall have full and, subject to the restrictions set forth in subsection (a)  above, complete authority to assume the sole defense of them, including appeals, and to settle them. Customer shall, upon Seller’s request and at Seller’s expense, furnish all information and assistance reasonably available to Customer and cooperate in every reasonable way to facilitate the defense and settlement of any Infringement Claim.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

30


 

      (d) Exclusions. Seller shall not be responsible or liable for any Infringement Claim to the extent that it: (i) arises from adherence to design modifications, specifications, drawings, or written instructions which Seller is directed by Customer to follow; or (ii) arises from
adherence to instructions to apply Customer’s trademark, trade name or other company identification; or (iii) resides in a product or licensed materials which are not of Seller’s origin and which are furnished by Customer to Seller for use under this Agreement; (iv) relates to a modification made by Customer of any Product or Licensed Materials not authorized, permitted or directed by Seller; or (v) relates to uses of any Product or Licensed Materials provided by Seller in combination with any other item not furnished, recommended in writing or otherwise approved in writing directly by Seller, or (vi) relates to Customer Indemnified Party’s continued infringement after (a) Seller has notified Customer in writing that a Product or Licensed Material or service may infringe the intellectual property rights of a Third Party, (b) Seller has agreed to indemnify Customer for any such infringement, (c) Seller has provided to Customer the remedies set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section, and (d) Customer Indemnified Party has failed to implement or allow Seller to implement the remedies provided in subsection 1.20(b) . In the foregoing cases numbered (i) through (vi), Customer will indemnify, defend and save Seller harmless, subject to the same terms and conditions and exceptions stated above with respect to Seller’s rights and obligations under this Section.
      (e) Remedies. The liability of Seller and Customer with respect to any and all claims, actions, proceedings or suits by third parties alleging infringement of patents, trademarks or copyrights or violation of trade secrets or proprietary rights because of, or in connection with, any Products or Licensed Materials furnished under this Agreement, shall be limited to the specific undertakings in this Section.
1.21 USE OF INFORMATION
      (a) Use and Disclosure Restrictions. All Information including, without limitation. Information which bears a legend or notice restricting its use, copying or dissemination, shall remain the property of the furnishing Party. Such Information shall: (i) not be reproduced or copied, in whole or part, except for use as authorized in this Agreement; and (ii) together with any full or partial copies thereof, be returned or destroyed when no longer needed. Moreover, when Seller is the receiving Party, Seller shall use such Information only for the purpose of performing under this Agreement, and when Customer is the receiving Party, Customer shall use such Information only: (iii) to order Products, Licensed Materials and/or Services; (iv) to evaluate Products, Licensed Materials and/or Services; and (v) to install, operate, and maintain the particular Products or Software for which it was originally furnished. The foregoing use restrictions set forth in this Section 1.21 shall not apply to Information that: (vi) is or hereafter becomes, through no act or failure to act on the receiving Party’s part, generally known in the relevant industry; or (vii) is furnished to the receiving Party by a third party as a matter of right without restriction on disclosure; or (viii) is independently developed by the receiving Party or a third party without use of or reference to the disclosing Party’s Information. Unless the furnishing Party consents in writing, such Information, except for that part, if any, which is known to the receiving Party by way of subsections (vi) through (viii) above, shall be held in confidence by the
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

31


 

receiving Party using the same degree of care as such Party uses for its own Information of similar importance, but in no event using less than reasonable care. The receiving Party may disclose the furnishing Party’s Information as provided in subsection (c) below. ***.
      (b) Survival. The provisions of this Section 1.21 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement for a period of ***. Each Party agrees and acknowledges that money damages would not be sufficient to remedy any breach of this Section 1.21, and that the aggrieved Party shall be entitled to seek specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach of this Section. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Section 1.21 by a Party but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity to such Party, including recovery of damages from the breaching Party. For purposes of this Section, the term “Party” shall also include Affiliates of the Party.
      (c) Permitted Disclosures. A Party shall be entitled to disclose the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any Information acquired by it under or pursuant to this Agreement without the prior consent of another Party to the following Persons; provided that, to the extent the disclosure will be made to any third party, such third party must be bound by obligations of confidentiality that are substantially similar to the obligations set forth in this Section 1.21:
     (i) to any Affiliate (in the case of Seller), or to any Authorized User (in the case of Customer) of such Party, and to the investors, directors, officers, employees, financial advisors, attorneys, contractors, agents and representatives of such Party and its Affiliates who have a legitimate need to see such Information;
     (ii) to any outside consultants or advisers engaged by or on behalf of such Party in connection with the construction, financing, operation or transfer of the PCS Systems, and acting in that capacity, provided that such consultants or advisers are not engaged in a business substantially similar to the primary business of the furnishing Party;
     (iii) to its existing or potential lenders, and to any potential assignees, potential purchasers of, or potential investors in, such Party;
     (iv) to the extent required by law or regulation (including, without limitation, by the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any stock exchange) or pursuant to an order of any court of competent jurisdiction, provided that, in the case of a court order or request from a regulatory agency, the receiving Party promptly shall inform the furnishing Party prior to such disclosure (if possible under the circumstances) to enable the furnishing Party to seek a protective order or other adequate assurance that this Agreement and any data or information (including Information) will be withheld from the public record or, to
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

32


 

the extent the furnishing Party does not have standing to object to the disclosure, the receiving Party will take all reasonably necessary actions, at the furnishing Party’s written request and expense, to seek such a protective order or other such adequate assurances, or a redaction of highly sensitive Information; or
     (v) to any insurer under a policy of insurance purchased by a Party in connection with, in whole or in part, its obligations under this Agreement.
1.22 NOTICES
Except as otherwise set forth herein, all notices required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be addressed to the addresses set forth below or to such other address as either Party may designate by notice pursuant hereto and shall be: (a) delivered personally; (b) sent by certified mail (return receipt requested); (c) sent by a recognized overnight mail or courier service with delivery receipt required; or (d) sent by confirmed facsimile transfer. Such notices shall be deemed to have been given when received at the addresses set forth below.
             
 
  To Seller:   Lucent Technologies Inc.
2400 Dallas Parkway, Suite 505
Plano, Texas 75093
***
***
   
 
           
 
  Copy To:   Lucent Technologies Inc.
67 Whippany Road, 15C-413
Whippany, New Jersey 07981
***
***
   
 
           
 
  To Customer:   MetroPCS, Inc.
8144 Walnut Hill Lane, Suite 800
Dallas, Texas 75231
Attn.: Chief Technical Officer
***
   
 
           
 
  Copy To:   MetroPCS, Inc.
8144 Walnut Hill Lane, Suite 800
Dallas, Texas 75231
Attn.: Legal Department
***
   
1.23 RIGHT OF ACCESS
      (a) General. Each Party shall provide the other access to its facilities as reasonably required in connection with the performance of the respective obligations under this Agreement. No charge shall be made for such access. Reasonable prior notification will be given when access
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

33


 

is required. Seller shall coordinate any access with Customer’s designated representative prior to visiting any Site. Customer shall obtain for Seller’s and its Subcontractor’s employees any necessary identification and clearance credentials to enable Seller and its Subcontractors to have access to the Site. Upon receipt of Site rules from Customer, Seller agrees to cause its employees and Subcontractors to comply with all Site rules while on Customer’s Site. The employees and Subcontractors of Seller shall, while on Customer’s premises, comply with all Site rules and guidelines including, but not limited to, Applicable Laws. Neither Party shall require waivers or releases of any personal rights in connection with visits to its premises, and no such releases or waivers shall be pleaded by either Party in any action or proceeding.
      (b) Site Rules. To the extent that Customer does not own a Site, upon receipt of the Site rules from Customer, Seller’s obligations to adhere to Site rules and guidelines shall include, without limitation, those rules and guidelines required by Customer, its Affiliates, a Designated Entity and/or any landlord and/or the property manager having care and control of such Site.
      (c) No Interference. Seller shall install all Products and perform the Services so as to cause no unauthorized interference with, or obstruction of, lands and thoroughfares or rights of way on or near which the installation work is to be performed. Seller shall exercise every reasonable safeguard to avoid damaging existing facilities, and if repairs or new construction are required in order to replace facilities damaged by Seller, such repairs or new construction shall be at Seller’s sole cost and expense, ***. Seller understands that many of the Sites may be co-located with other RF transmission facilities, and Seller shall take all necessary precautions and safety measures to ensure the safety of all of the personnel of Seller and its Subcontractors at such Sites. Customer shall use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that no other third parties employed or engaged by Customer hinder or delay Seller in the performance of its obligations hereunder, including the provision of Services.
1.24 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR
All work performed by a Party under this Agreement shall be performed as an independent contractor and not as an agent of the other, and no personnel furnished by the performing Party shall be considered the employees or agents of the other. The performing Party shall be responsible for its employees’ and contractors’ compliance with all Applicable Laws while performing work under this Agreement.
1.25 LIMITATIONS ON REMEDIES
     (a)  Cap on Direct Damages. Except for claims arising out of or relating to: ***, in no event shall the aggregate, cumulative liability of a Party and its Affiliates to the other Party and its Affiliates for any and all claims, losses, damages, and expenses arising out of or relating to this Agreement, exceed ***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

34


 

***.
      (b) Disclaimer of Non-Direct Damages. EXCEPT FOR CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO *** NEITHER PARTY NOR ITS AFFILIATES AND/OR ITS RESPECTIVE EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS, SHALL BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL AND/OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE OR LOST PROFITS, REVENUES OR SAVINGS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF ANY PRODUCT OR LICENSED MATERIALS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION FOR OR ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, TORT, INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE, OR STRICT LIABILITY. THIS SECTION 1. 25(b) SHALL SURVIVE FAILURE OF AN EXCLUSIVE OR LIMITED REMEDY.
      (c) Notice of Claims. Each Party shall endeavor to give the other Party prompt notice of any claim. Any action or proceeding by one Party against the other Party must be brought within the appropriate limitations period prescribed by Applicable Law.
1.26 FORCE MAJEURE
      (a) General. Except with respect to Customer’s obligation to make timely payments under this Agreement, neither Party shall be held responsible for any delay or failure of performance to the extent that such delay or failure is caused by a Force Majeure, but only if, and to the extent:
     (i) such circumstance is not within the reasonable control of the Party affected; and
     (ii) such circumstance, despite the exercise of reasonable, diligent efforts and pursuit of reasonable, alternative measures, cannot be prevented, avoided or removed by such Party; and
     (iii) such event materially adversely affects (in cost and/or time) the ability of the affected Party to fulfill its obligations tinder this Agreement.
      (b) Obligations Upon Occurrence of Force Majeure. The Party claiming the benefit of excusable delay hereunder shall: (i) promptly notify the other Party of the circumstances creating the failure or delay and provide a statement of the impact on such Party of the Force Majeure event; and (ii) use all reasonable efforts to avoid or remove the effects of the Force Majeure event. If a Force Majeure event prevents Seller from performing its obligations under this Agreement for a period exceeding thirty (30) days, upon written notice to Seller, Customer shall have the right to cancel without penalty or further obligation to Seller any affected Purchase Orders and/or contract with another supplier for any products, licensed materials and services that Seller is unable to provide or perform pursuant to such Purchase Orders, regardless of any exclusivity provision, if any, that may be contained in this Agreement. If an event of Force Majeure prevents
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

35


 

Seller from performing its obligations under this Agreement for a period exceeding ***, Customer may, upon prior written notice to Seller, terminate this Agreement.
      (c)   Change Orders. Subject to Customer’s rights under Section 1. 26(b) , which shall prevail over any contrary terms in this subsection (c), upon the occurrence of a Force Majeure event from which the affected Party has used all best efforts to recover, at the written request of the affected Party in accordance with Sections 1.7 or 1.8, as applicable, the other Party shall in good faith negotiate a Change Order, to the extent reasonable and necessary, to address scheduling and other performance issues impacted by such Force Majeure event.
1.27 ASSIGNMENT
      (a) General. Except as provided in this Section, neither Party shall assign this Agreement or any right or interest under this Agreement, nor delegate any Services or other obligation to be performed under this Agreement (each, an “Assignment” ) without the other Party’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. At the non-assigning Party’s option, any attempted Assignment in contravention of this Agreement shall be void and ineffective.
      (b) Customer’s Assignments. Upon: (i) Seller’s acceptance of any Assignment by Customer pursuant to this Section 1.27 , where such acceptance is required; and (ii) the assignee’s assumption of all of Customer’s duties under this Agreement (including, without limitation, indemnities, warranties and other obligations) as evidenced in a writing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Seller; and (iii) the payment in full of all undisputed amounts due and owing by Customer under this Agreement at the time of Assignment, Customer shall be released and discharged, to the extent of the Assignment and full performance prior to assignment of all obligations not assigned to Customer’s assignee, from all further duties and obligations hereunder.
      (c) Seller’s Assignments. Upon: (i) Customer’s acceptance of any Assignment by Seller pursuant to this Section 1.27, where such acceptance is required; and (ii) the assignee’s assumption of all of Seller’s duties (including, without limitation, those duties for which Seller has been paid directly) under this Agreement (including, without limitation, indemnities, warranties and other obligations) as evidenced in a writing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Customer; and (iii) the payment in full of all undisputed amounts (including, without limitation, applicable credits) due and owing by Seller under this Agreement at the time of Assignment. Seller shall be released and discharged, to the extent of the Assignment and full performance prior to assignment of all obligations not assigned to Seller’s assignee, from all further duties and obligations hereunder.
      (d) Customer’s Collateral Assignment. Without Seller’s consent, Customer shall have the right to collaterally assign its rights hereunder for security purposes (including, without limitation, all licenses with respect to the Licensed Materials) to any or all lenders providing financing for any part of a PCS System, provided that such assignment does not amend or modify any of Customer’s obligations hereunder or any of Seller’s rights or obligations under this Agreement.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

36


 

      (e) Assignment to Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Party shall have the right to assign this Agreement and to assign its rights and delegate its duties under this Agreement, in whole or in part, at any time and without the other Party’s prior written consent, to any present or future Affiliate of the assigning Party, provided such assignee entity has sufficient resources and capitalization in the non-assigning Party’s reasonable opinion to undertake the assigning Party’s obligations contained in this Agreement. The assigning Party under this Section shall give the non-assigning Party prompt written notice of the Assignment. For purposes of this Section, the term “Agreement” includes this Agreement, any subordinate agreement placed under this Agreement and any Purchase Order placed under this Agreement or subordinate agreement.
      (f) Assignment in Connection with Sale of Business. Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to the conditions of this paragraph, each Party shall have the right to assign this Agreement, including all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, at any time and without the other Party’s prior written consent, to a successor in interest in connection with that Party’s sale of all, or substantially all, of its assets or stock or in connection with a merger, consolidation or change of control. As conditions to the preceding sentence: (i) the assigning Party under this Section shall give the non-assigning Party prompt written notice in advance of the Assignment; (ii) the assignee shall execute an assumption of the assigning Party’s duties under this Agreement (including, without limitation, indemnities, warranties and other obligations) as evidenced in a writing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the non-assigning Party; and (iii) the assignee shall not be engaged in a business substantially similar to the primary business of the non-assigning Party. For purposes of this Section, the term “Agreement” includes this Agreement, any subordinate agreement placed under this Agreement and any Purchase Order placed under this Agreement or subordinate agreement.
      (g) Assignment of Third Party Software. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 1.27 to the contrary, Customer may not assign any rights or interest in any third party software licensed by Seller to Customer under this Agreement to the extent that Seller is not able to license such third party software to Customer with rights of assignment. Seller shall, to the extent possible, license all third party software licensed by Seller to Customer under this Agreement granting Customer rights of assignment. To the extent that Seller is not able to license Customer any third party software minimally granting Customer the rights to assignment set forth in subsections (a)  through (f) , Seller shall clearly identify any limitations on assignment rights in the applicable Purchase Order or applicable Attachment to this Agreement.
1.28 GENERAL INDEMNITIES
      (a) General . Each Party (the “Indemnifying Party” ) shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other Party and such other Party’s Affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, Subcontractors, representatives, successors and assigns (collectively for purposes of this Section 1.28 , the “Indemnified Party” ), from and against any Liabilities (including reasonable attorney’s fees) incurred by the Indemnified Party because of a suit, claim or demand of a third party or third parties for: ***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

37


 

***
      (b) Indemnity Incorrectly Provided. ***
1.29 PUBLICITY
In accordance with Attachment K , each Party shall submit to the other Party a proposed copy of all Advertising wherein the name, trademark or service mark of the other Party or its Affiliates is mentioned, and neither Party shall publish or use such Advertising without the other’s prior written approval, which approval shall be granted in accordance with Attachment K .
1.30 APPLICABLE LAW
The laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to its conflicts of laws principles to the extent they would refer to and/or apply the laws of another jurisdiction) shall govern all matters arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including, without limitation, its interpretation, construction, performance and enforcement, and any and all of the Parties’ rights, remedies, liabilities, powers and duties. Any Party bringing a legal action or proceeding against any other Party arising out of or relating to this Agreement may (but shall not be required) bring the legal action or proceeding in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware or in any court of the State of
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

38


 

Delaware sitting in the city of Dover. Each Party submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the District of Delaware and its appellate courts, and any court of the State of Delaware sitting in Dover and its appellate courts, for the purposes of legal actions and proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
1.31 SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS
The Parties’ rights and obligations which, by their nature, reasonably should be assumed to continue beyond the termination, cancellation, or expiration of this Agreement, including, without limitation, those set forth in Sections 1.1, 1.2(b), 1.10,1.16, 1.19, 1.20, 1.21, 1.25, 1.28,1.30,1.31, 1.32, 1.35, 1.36, 2.6, 2.9, 3.2, 3.3, 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 4.7, 5.1 and 5.2, shall survive such termination, cancellation, or expiration.
1.32 SEVERABILITY
If any provision in this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the remaining portions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, if the essential terms and conditions of this Agreement for both Parties remain valid, legal and enforceable. *** In the event such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision is considered an essential element of this Agreement, the Parties promptly shall negotiate a replacement provision. If the Parties are unable to agree to a replacement provision within thirty (30) days of the essential element’s being held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, either Party shall have the option to terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the other Party provided that such written notice is sent within thirty (30) days following the date that the Parties are unable to agree to a replacement provision.
1.33 NON-WAIVER
No waiver of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, or the failure of either Party strictly to enforce any such term or condition on one or more occasions, shall be construed as a waiver of the same or of any other term or condition of this Agreement on any other occasion.
1.34 CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITY
Customer shall, at no charge to Seller, provide Seller with such electrical and environmental conditions, technical information, data, technical support, or assistance as may reasonably be required by Seller to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement, any subordinate agreement, or Purchase Order. If Customer fails to provide any Seller-identified required conditions, information, data, support, or assistance within a reasonable period of time following Seller’s request, Seller shall be discharged from any affected obligations until Customer cures such failure, but only if the effects of such Customer failure could not reasonably have been avoided by Seller through the exercise of reasonable alternatives.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

39


 

1.35 DISPUTE RESOLUTION
Any claim, counterclaim, demand, cause of action, dispute, and controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the relationship established by this Agreement, any provision hereof, the alleged breach thereof, or in any way relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, involving the Parties and/or their respective representatives (collectively the “Claims” ), even though some or all of such Claims allegedly are extra-contractual in nature, whether such Claims sound in contract, tort, or otherwise, at law or in equity, under state or federal law, whether provided by statute or the common law, for damages or any other relief, shall be resolved by binding arbitration. The arbitration proceeding shall be held in the City of Dallas, State of Texas, USA, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Parties hereto, shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act and shall be conducted in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) . In deciding the substance of the Parties’ Claims, the arbitrators shall refer to the laws of the State of Delaware. Each Party shall designate an arbitrator, who shall be impartial, within fifteen (15) days of receiving notification of the filing with AAA of an arbitration demand. The two (2) designated arbitrators jointly shall select a third, impartial arbitrator. If either Party fails to designate an arbitrator within the fifteen (15) day period described above, that Party’s arbitrator shall be appointed by the AAA. The Parties agree that: (a) the arbitrators must be knowledgeable in industry standards and practices and the matters giving rise to the dispute; (b) the arbitrators shall not have the power and authority to award treble, exemplary or punitive damages of any type under any circumstances whether or not such damages may be available under state or federal law, or under the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA, the Parties hereby waive their right, if any, to recover such damages; (c) the authority of the arbitrators shall be limited to construing and enforcing the terms and conditions of this Agreement as expressly set forth herein; and (d) the arbitrators shall state the reasons for their award, and the legal and factual conclusions underlying the award of the arbitrators shall be final, and judgment upon the award may be confirmed and entered in any court, state or federal, having jurisdiction.
Nothing contained in this Section or elsewhere in this Agreement shall prevent a Party from seeking injunctive or other equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction.
1.36 SECURITY INTEREST
Subject to the further terms of this Section, Customer hereby grants Seller a security interest in the Products and Software sold and/or licensed by Seller to Customer under this Agreement, and all proceeds of them in any form, to secure payment of amounts due from Customer hereunder. The security interest in a specific item of Products or Software automatically shall terminate and shall be deemed released upon full and final payment by Customer of the purchase price or license fee, as applicable, for that specific item of Products or Software. Customer shall provide such additional documentation as is reasonably necessary to establish or perfect this security interest. If Customer forwards to Seller a written notice listing specific Products and Software that have been fully and finally paid and requesting that such Products and Software be released from Seller’s Uniform Commercial Code ( U CC” ) financing statement filings, within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of such request, Seller shall file an appropriate UCC-3 “Amendment (Collateral Change)” setting forth as “deleted” a description of the Products and Software so listed by Customer that have been fully and finally paid. If Seller fails to comply with the
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

40


 

foregoing obligations to timely file any such UCC-3 form, Customer shall have the right to take all necessary steps to effectuate an appropriate deletion of those Products and Software from Seller’s UCC financing statement filings (and Seller hereby appoints Customer as its attorney in fact for the limited purpose of executing such UCC-3 forms and any other documents that may be required to effectuate such deletion of collateral in the event that Seller does not comply with its contractual obligations as set forth herein) ***. Customer warrants that its legal name, address of its principal place of business and state of organization are as set forth in the first unnumbered paragraph of this Agreement. Customer shall promptly notify Seller of any change in this information. Seller shall be responsible for all costs associated with perfecting and terminating such security interest.
1.37 FINANCING REQUIREMENTS
Seller acknowledges that the attainment of financing for construction of the PCS Systems may be subject to conditions that are customary and appropriate for the providers of such financing. Therefore, Seller agrees to promptly consider any reasonable amendment to or modification or assignment of this Agreement required by such providers (including, without limitation, any pertinent industrial development authority or other similar governmental agency issuing bonds for financing of the PCS System) which do not modify the scope of Seller’s work or Seller’s rights or obligations hereunder. In the event that any such proposed amendment or modification increases Seller’s risk or costs hereunder, Customer and Seller shall negotiate in good faith to adjust pricing, and to equitably adjust such other provisions of this Agreement, if any, which may be affected thereby, to the extent necessary to reflect such increased risk or costs. In no event shall Seller be required to accept any modification or amendment pursuant to this Section. Customer acknowledges that obtaining financing is its sole responsibility and Customer covenants and agrees that it shall not make or assert, and Seller shall not be liable for, any claim, suit, action or demand for damages or relief of any type arising from or related to Seller’s refusal to agree to any amendment or modification to this Agreement. In addition. Customer acknowledges that its payment obligations hereunder are not contingent or conditional upon financing arrangements.
1.38 REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF SELLER
     Seller hereby covenants, represents and warrants to Customer as follows:
      (a) Due Organization of Seller. Seller is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own and operate its business and properties and to carry on its business as such business is now being conducted and is duly qualified to do business in all jurisdictions in which the transaction of its business makes such qualification necessary.
      (b) Due Authorization of Seller; Binding Obligation. Seller has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Seller have been
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

41


 

duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Seller; this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Seller and is the valid and binding obligation of Seller enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement thereof may be limited by or with respect to the following: (i) applicable insolvency, moratorium, bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance and other similar laws of general application relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors; (ii) application of equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought in proceedings in equity or at law); and (iii) provided the remedy of specific enforcement or of injunctive relief is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefore may be brought.
      (c) Non-Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Seller and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will comply with and will not contravene any Applicable Law or Applicable Permit.
      (d) Third Party Approvals. All authorizations by, approvals or orders by, consents of, notices to, filings with or other acts by or in respect of any governmental entity or any other Person required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Seller have been obtained or will be obtained prior to any requirement therefor.
      (e) Eligibility under Applicable Laws and Applicable Permits. Seller covenants and agrees that it will ensure that Seller and its Subcontractors are and remain eligible under all Applicable Laws and Applicable Permits for which it is responsible to perform the Services under this Agreement in the various jurisdictions involved.
      (f) Further Assurances. Seller covenants and agrees that it will execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, including, but not limited to, the filing of notices of completion with the appropriate state, provincial and local lien recording offices, that may be necessary or that Customer may reasonably request in order to enable Seller to complete performance of the Services or to effectuate the purposes or intent of this Agreement.
      (g) Liens and Other Encumbrances.
     (i) Protect Work from Liens. Without limiting Seller’s obligations under Section 1.36 , with respect to the Products delivered hereunder, Seller covenants and agrees to protect and keep them free from any and all claims, liens, charges or encumbrances in the nature of mechanics’, laborers’ and/or materialmens’ liens, or otherwise arising out of or in connection with performance by Seller and/or any Subcontractor, and to promptly have any such lien released by bond or otherwise, and make any and all filings and take any and all other actions reasonably requested by Customer in order that Customer may take advantage of the relevant local mechanics’ lien waiver procedures with respect to mechanics’ liens, and Customer will cooperate in helping Seller to fulfill its obligation under this Section to the extent reasonably necessary.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

42


 

     (ii) Bonds. If any laborers’, materialmen’s, mechanics’, or other similar lien or claim is filed by any Subcontractor, Seller will cause such lien to be satisfied or otherwise discharged, or will file a bond in form and substance satisfactory to Customer in lieu thereof within ten (10) Business Days following the filing thereof. If any such lien is filed or otherwise imposed, and Seller does not cause such lien to be released and discharged as provided in the preceding sentence, or file a bond in lieu thereof, then, without limiting Customer’s other available remedies, Customer has the right, but not the obligation, to pay all sums necessary to obtain such release and discharge or otherwise cause the lien to be removed or bonded to Customer’s satisfaction and permanently set off such sums from any payment then due or thereafter to become due to Seller under this Agreement.
     (iii) Non-Responsibility Notice. Customer reserves the right to post or place on and/or within the PCS System notices of non-responsibility, or to do any other act required by Applicable Law, to exempt Customer and the PCS System from any liability to third parties by reason of any Services or improvements to be performed or furnished by Seller hereunder; provided that failure by Customer to do so will not release or discharge Seller from any of its obligations hereunder.
      (h) Requisite Knowledge. Seller represents that it has all requisite knowledge, know-how, skill, expertise and experience to perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
1.39 REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF CUSTOMER
     Customer hereby covenants, represents and warrants to Seller as follows:
      (a) Due Organization of Customer. Customer is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own and operate its business and properties and to carry on its business as such business is now being conducted and is duly qualified to do business in all jurisdictions in which the transaction of its business makes such qualification necessary, except to the extent failure to do so would not have a material adverse effect on either Party’s ability to perform its obligations hereunder.
      (b) Due Authorization of Customer; Binding Obligation. Customer has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Customer have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Customer; this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Customer and is the valid and binding obligation of Customer enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement thereof may be limited by or with respect to the following: (i) applicable insolvency, moratorium, bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance and other similar laws of general application relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors; (ii) application of equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought in proceedings in equity or at law); and (iii) provided the remedy of
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

43


 

specific enforcement or of injunctive relief is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefore may be brought.
      (c) Non-Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Customer and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will comply with and will not contravene any Applicable Law or Applicable Permit.
      (d) Third Party Approvals. All authorizations by, approvals or orders by, consents of, notices to, filings with or other acts by or in respect of any governmental entity or any other Person required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Customer have been obtained or will be obtained prior to any requirement therefor.
      (e) Eligibility under Applicable Laws and Applicable Permits. Customer covenants and agrees that it will ensure that Customer and its subcontractors are and remain eligible under all Applicable Laws and Applicable Permits for which it is responsible to perform any work required to be performed by Customer under this Agreement in the various jurisdictions involved.
      (f) Further Assurances. Customer covenants and agrees that it will execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, including, but not limited to, the filing of notices of completion with the appropriate state, provincial and local lien recording offices, that may be necessary or that Seller may reasonably request in order to enable Seller to complete performance of the Work or to effectuate the purposes or intent of this Agreement.
      (g) Requisite Knowledge. Customer represents that it has all requisite knowledge, know-how, skill, expertise and experience to perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
1.40 SUBCONTRACTORS
      (a) General. With Customer’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, Seller may subcontract any portion of its obligations under this Agreement, but no such subcontracting shall relieve Seller from primary responsibility and liability for the performance of Seller’s covenants and obligations under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything that may be contained herein to the contrary, regardless of whether Customer consents to Seller’s use of a particular Subcontractor or whether Seller uses a Subcontractor recommended by Customer, use by Seller of a Subcontractor shall not, under any circumstances: (i) give rise to any claim or defense by Seller against Customer if such Subcontractor breaches its subcontract or agreement with Seller; (ii) give rise to any claim by such Subcontractor against Customer; (iii) create any contractual obligation by Customer to the Subcontractor; (iv) give rise to a waiver by Customer of its rights to reject any defects or deficiencies in the work to be performed by Seller hereunder; or (v) in any way release Seller from being solely responsible to Customer for the work to be performed by Seller under this Agreement.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

44


 

      (b) Inconsistent Terms. The terms of this Agreement shall in all events be binding upon Seller regardless of and without regard to the existence of any inconsistent terms in any agreement between Seller and any Subcontractor whether or not and without regard to the fact that Customer may have directly and/or indirectly had notice of any such inconsistent terms.
      (c) Removal of Subcontractors. Customer has the right at any time to request removal of a Subcontractor and/or any of a Subcontractor’s personnel from work on the PCS System upon reasonable grounds and reasonable prior notice to Seller. Seller shall remove such Subcontractor and/or Subcontractor’s personnel upon such notice and shall use its best commercially reasonable efforts to replace such removed Subcontractor and/or any of Subcontractor’s personnel without causing any delay on any work on the PCS System; provided, however that to the extent that Seller uses its best commercially reasonable efforts to replace such removed Subcontractor and/or any of Subcontractor’s personnel, Seller shall not be responsible for any delay on any work on the PCS System. Such request shall be in writing and, upon receipt of such request.
      (d) Insurance. Seller shall require its Subcontractors to obtain, maintain and keep in force, during the time they are engaged in providing Products and Services hereunder, insurance coverage of the types and levels customary in the industry (provided that the maintenance of any such Subcontractor insurance shall not relieve Seller of its other obligations pursuant to this Agreement), and Seller shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to have Customer and its Affiliates named as additional insureds under such policies with a right to receive notice of any termination of such policies. Seller shall, upon Customer’s request, furnish Customer with evidence of such insurance in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Customer.
      (e) Warranties. The warranties of Seller hereunder shall be deemed to apply to all Services performed by any Subcontractor as though Seller had itself performed such Services.
      (f) Payments to Subcontractors. Seller shall make all payments it is contractually required to make to all Subcontractors (except in the case of legitimate disputes between Seller and any such Subcontractor arising out of the subcontract between Seller and such Subcontractor) in accordance with the respective agreements between Seller and its Subcontractors. If Customer provides Seller with notice that any payment owed by Seller to a Subcontractor is past due (except in the case of legitimate disputes between Seller and Subcontractor), Seller shall pay such Subcontractor within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such notice from Customer, failing which Customer may pay the Subcontractor directly and obtain reimbursement from Seller for the payment to the Subcontractor ***.
1.41 INSURANCE
      (a) Coverages. Both Parties shall maintain during the Term of this Agreement the following insurance coverages, as well as any other insurance required by Applicable Law: (i) Workers’ Compensation insurance or qualified self-insurance in amounts and as required by law; (ii) employer’s liability insurance with a limit of at least one hundred thousand ($100,000.00)
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

45


 

dollars for each occurrence; (iii) Commercial General Liability (CGL) insurance with a limit of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000.00) dollars per occurrence; and (iv) automobile liability insurance with a limit of at least one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars for bodily injury, including death, to any one person. Seller’s CGL insurance will be primary and not contributing with or in excess of coverage that Customer may carry. Seller’s CGL insurance will name Customer as an additional insured. From time to time upon written request, a Party shall furnish to the other Party certificates evidencing the insurance required by this Section. Each Party shall notify the other in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to cancellation of, or any material change in, any policy required hereunder.
      (b) Waivers. The Parties release each other and waive any rights to recover against each other, their Affiliates, agents, employees, officers, directors, or customers, for any loss or damage arising from any cause covered or required to be covered by any property insurance required to be carried or any other property insurance actually carried by such Party, but only to the extent of such coverage. Each Party shall cause their respective insurers to issue waiver of subrogation rights endorsements to all property insurance policies carried in connection with this Agreement.
ARTICLE II
PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE PURCHASE OF PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
The provisions of this Article II are applicable to the purchase of Products from Seller. Where specifically noted, selected provisions of this Article II also shall apply to Licensed Materials and Services.
2.2 PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
Seller shall notify Customer in writing at least *** before Seller discontinues accepting Purchase Orders for a Seller Manufactured Product sold under this Agreement (a “Discontinued Product” ); provided, however, that if Seller offers a Seller Manufactured Product for sale under this Agreement that: (a) is equivalent (in Form, Fit, Function and performance capabilities) to the Discontinued Product; (b) is available at a price that is equal to or less than the Discontinued Product; and (c) the full use of such replacement Seller Manufactured Product does not require Customer to purchase or implement items not required by the Discontinued Product (i.e., additional memory or processing capacity), Seller shall provide Customer with reasonable advance written notice that it will discontinue accepting Purchase Orders for such Discontinued Product, but in no event shall such advance written notice be less than ***. Seller agrees that it may only discontinue providing a Product and/or Licensed Materials to Customer if it is discontinuing the sale/license of such Product and/or Licensed Materials to all of its customers. In the event of such a discontinuation, during the Product discontinuation notice period. Customer may place Purchase Orders with Seller for the Discontinued Product in quantities to be determined by Customer. ***, Seller shall fulfill all Customer Purchase
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

46


 

Orders for such Discontinued Product. Further, Seller agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to accept and fill all Purchase Orders in excess of such quantities. If Seller discontinues a Product and/or Licensed Materials and does not offer an equivalent (in Form, Fit, Function and performance capabilities) Product and/or Licensed Materials for sale/license, ***.
2.3 DOCUMENTATION
Seller shall furnish to Customer, ***, one CD ROM version or on-line version of Documentation for each Product purchased by Customer hereunder. Such Documentation will be that customarily provided by Seller to its other customers at no additional charge. Such Documentation shall be provided prior to, with, or shortly (no less than ***) after the shipment of the Products from Seller to Customer. ***. Additional copies of the Documentation are available at prices set forth in the Customer Price List.
2.4 PRODUCT COMPLIANCES
      (a) Applicable Laws . Seller represents and warrants to Customer that all Products (excluding Discontinued Products after the applicable discontinuation notice period has expired) furnished hereunder are and shall continue to comply with all Applicable Laws including, without limitation, the requirements of Part 24 of the Federal Communication Commission’s Rules and Regulations pertaining to personal communications services in effect upon delivery of such Products. In addition, Seller represents and warrants to Customer that all Products (excluding Discontinued Products after the applicable discontinuation notice period has expired) furnished hereunder are and shall continue to comply with the requirements of Subpart J of Part 15 of the Federal Communication Commission’s Rule and Regulations in effect upon delivery of the applicable Product, including those sections concerning the labeling of such Product and the suppression of radio frequency and electromagnetic radiation to specified levels. Seller makes no undertaking with respect to harmful interference caused by: (i) installation, repair, modification or change of Products by Persons other than Seller or its Affiliates, or any of their respective employees, Subcontractors, agents or representatives; (ii) Products subjected to misuse, neglect accident or abuse by persons other than Seller or its Affiliates, or their respective employees, Subcontractors, agents or representatives; (iii) Products being used in a manner not in accordance with their operating instructions or in a suitable installation environment or operation of other equipment in the frequency range reserved for Customer within the Licensed Area. In order to ensure that the Products (excluding Discontinued Products after the applicable discontinuation notice period has expired) remain in compliance with all Applicable Laws, Seller timely shall: (iv) modify the Products from time to time; and (v) provide such modifications to Customer.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

47


 

      (b) Disclaimers. Seller assumes no responsibility under this Section for items not specified or supplied by Seller. Acceptance and/or certification of items not specified or supplied by Seller shall be the sole responsibility of Customer.
2.5 PRODUCT CHANGES
Prior to shipping a Product, Seller may at any time make changes in a Product furnished pursuant to this Agreement, or modify the drawings and published Specifications relating thereto, or substitute Products of later design to fill a Purchase Order, provided: (a) the changes, modifications, or substitutions under normal and proper use do not impact upon the Form, Fit, Function and/or performance capabilities of an ordered Product; and (b) such substitute Product remains compatible with other Products and Licensed Materials furnished by Seller hereunder to the same extent as the Product(s) for which the change was introduced; and (c) such substitute Product does not require Customer to expend material additional amounts to procure, use and/or maintain such substitute Product(s). ***
2.6 CONTINUING PRODUCT SUPPORT — PARTS AND SERVICES
In addition to Seller’s obligations under the applicable Product warranty, Seller offers repair Services and Repair Parts in accordance with Seller’s repair and Repair Parts practices and terms and conditions specified in Attachment G. Notwithstanding anything that may be contained herein to the contrary, such repair Services and Repair Parts shall be available while Seller is manufacturing or stocking such Products or Repair Parts, and for *** after a Product’s discontinued availability effective date, subject to the pricing provisions in Attachment J. At Customer’s request made no later than *** before the end of the *** period (i.e., *** after the discontinued availability effective date), Seller will make such Services and Repair Parts available for an additional *** (i.e., *** after a Product’s discontinued availability effective date) on prices, terms and conditions mutually agreed in writing no later than the expiration of such *** period. Seller may use new, remanufactured, reconditioned, refurbished, or functionally equivalent Products or Repair Parts in the furnishing of repairs or replacements under this Agreement, provided they do not affect the Form, Fit, Function and/or performance capabilities of the applicable Product. Such Repair Parts shall comply with the Specifications.
     If after the *** period following a Product’s discontinued availability effective date, Seller is unable to provide Repair Part(s) and/or repair Service(s) and a functionally equivalent replacement Product has not been designated, Seller shall so advise Customer by written notice
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

48


 

given at least *** prior to the end of the *** period to allow Customer to plan appropriately, and if Seller is unable to identify another source of supply for such Repair Part(s) and/or repair Service(s), ***.
2.7 SPECIFICATIONS
Upon request, Seller shall provide to Customer, *** one (1) copy of Seller’s available commercial specifications applicable to Products and Software orderable hereunder. Additional copies are available at the applicable price in the Customer Price List.
2.8 CUSTOMER TECHNICAL SUPPORT
Upon Customer’s request, Seller shall provide Customer Technical Support for the PCS Systems through the Remote Technical Support Program (“RTS Program”) described in Attachment D. The RTS Program provides diagnostic center support, performance measurement and system engineering services at the prices, terms and conditions for such services set forth in Attachments D and J. Special, unusual or customized services may be billable, depending upon the nature of the request. When accessing Customer’s PCS Systems, Seller will follow Customer’s internal rules relating to access and control of access which Customer has adopted to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related federal regulations. Seller will provide Customer with a copy of such rules and any and all updates that Customer adopts from time to time.
2.9 PRODUCT WARRANTIES
      (a) Warranties. Seller warrants to Customer that:
     (i) As of the date title to Products passes to Customer, Seller will have the right to sell, transfer, and assign such Products to Customer free and clear of any and all third party liens, claims and encumbrances, and the title conveyed by Seller shall be good and marketable title;
     (ii) All Products, including Seller’s Manufactured Products, will be free from defects in material and workmanship, and will conform to, and operate in accordance with, Seller’s Specification or any other agreed-upon Specification referenced in the Purchase Order for such Product; and
     (iii) With respect to Vendor Items, Seller, to the extent permitted, does hereby assign to Customer the warranties and indemnities given to Seller by its vendor of such Vendor Items. Such assignment will be effective on the date of shipment of such Vendor Items. With respect to Vendor Items recommended by Seller in its Specifications for which the vendor’s warranties and indemnities cannot be assigned to Customer, or if
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

49


 

assigned, less than *** remain of the vendor’s warranty at the time of assignment, Seller warrants that for *** from the date of shipment or, if installed by Seller, from Acceptance by Customer, such Vendor Items will be free from defects in material and workmanship and shall conform to, and operate in accordance with, their Specifications.
      (b) Warrant Periods. The Warranty Periods listed below are applicable to all Products* furnished pursuant to this Agreement:
         
Class of   New   Repaired or
Product   Product   Replacement Product or Part* *
PCS Switching Center
  ***   ***
and Base Station Hardware
       
 
       
All other Products
  ***   ***
 
*   Refer to Section 3.8 for associated Software warranties.
 
**   The Warranty Period for a Repaired Part or for a replacement Product, or part thereof, furnished in lieu of repair under this warranty is the period listed above or the unexpired term of the original Product Warranty Period, whichever is longer.
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if Customer uses any part of any system for In Revenue Service, or to provide training or hands-on experience to Customer’s personnel, the applicable Warranty Period shall commence.
      (c)   Correction of Defects and Nonconformities. If, under normal and proper use during the applicable Warranty Period, a defect or nonconformity is identified in a Product furnished by Seller, and Customer promptly notifies Seller in writing of such defect or nonconformity and follows Seller’s reasonable instructions regarding return of the defective or nonconforming Product, Seller shall take the following actions:
     (i) Seller shall use best efforts first to repair or replace such Product, without charge at its facility or, if Seller is unable to repair or replace such Product within a reasonable time, at Customer’s option, Seller shall provide a credit ***. Customer must return the Product to Seller for repair and replacement, except as noted in subsection (ii) below. The initial replacement of a defective non-Accepted (e.g. rejected) or non-conforming Product will be with a new Product that complies with the applicable Specifications.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

50


 

     (ii) Where Seller is repairing or replacing a Product which has been installed by Seller and the Product is not easily returnable by Customer, Seller will repair or replace the Product at Customer’s Site at Seller’s cost and expense.
      (d) Performance. In addition to the warranties set forth in subsection (a) above. Seller represents and warrants to Customer that, subject to the qualifications below:
     (i) the Products and Software to be delivered hereunder will, upon completion of installation, operate in accordance with the performance standards set forth in the Specifications, and
     (ii) the Services to be performed hereunder will, upon completion, have been performed in accordance with the standards and requirements set forth in the Specifications;
provided that Customer has satisfied all of its obligations set forth in this Agreement with respect to the Products, Software and Services to the extent they affect such performance.
      (e) Removal/Re-installation of Products. If Seller is repairing or replacing a defective Product. Customer is responsible for removing and reinstalling and, in addition, for on-Site repair or replacement of, cable and wire Products. Customer must make the Product accessible for repair or replacement, and is responsible for restoring the Site.
      (f) Returns. Products returned for repair or replacement will be accepted by Seller only in accordance with its reasonable instructions and procedures for such returns. The transportation expense associated with returning such Product to Seller shall be borne by Seller to the extent it is determined that the Product is defective or non-conforming and in need of repair or replacement. Seller shall pay the cost of transporting of the repaired or replacement Product to the destination designated by Customer within the Territory.
      (g) Ownership of Defective Products and Parts. Defective or nonconfonning Products or parts which are replaced hereunder shall become Seller’s property. Seller may use either new, remanufactured, reconditioned, refurbished, or functionally equivalent Products or parts in the furnishing of repairs or replacements under this Agreement, provided that: (i) such Products or parts comply with the Specifications; and (ii) if a defect or nonconformity is found within *** of In Revenue Service. Seller will replace or repair the defective or nonconforming Product with a new Product or part within ***.
      (h) Non-Defective Products. Unless the Parties agree otherwise in writing, if it is determined that a Product for which warranty Service is claimed is not defective or nonconforming. Customer shall pay Seller’s actual costs of handling, inspecting, testing, and transporting the Products and, if applicable, traveling and related expenses associated with on-Site repairs.
      (i) Exclusions. Seller makes no warranty with respect to defective conditions or nonconformities to the extent they result from the following: (i) Customer’s misuse, neglect,
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

51


 

accident, abuse or unauthorized modifications; (ii) improper wiring, repairing, splicing, alteration, installation, storage or maintenance (except to the extent such acts are performed by Seller or its Affiliates, or any of their respective employees, Subcontractors, agents or representatives); (iii) use in a manner not in accordance with the applicable Specifications, operating instructions or other Seller instructions; or (iv) failure of Customer to apply previously available Seller modifications and corrections. In addition, Seller makes no warranty with respect to Products which have had their serial numbers or months and year of manufacture removed or altered, or with respect to expendable items, including, without limitation, fuses, light bulbs, motor brushes and the like.
      (j) Disclaimer. THE PRODUCT WARRANTIES SET FORTH ABOVE OR ELSEWHERE IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY WRITING SIGNED BY AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES OF BOTH PARTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THIS SUBSECTION, CUSTOMER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR BREACH OF SUCH WARRANTIES SHALL BE SELLER’S OBLIGATION TO REPAIR, REPLACE, OR CREDIT AS SET FORTH ABOVE IN THIS SECTION. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING CONTAINED HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, IF SELLER FAILS TO REPAIR, REPLACE, OR ISSUE A CREDIT AS SET FORTH ABOVE WITHIN A REASONABLE PERIOD OF TIME, CUSTOMER THEREAFTER MAY, AT ITS OPTION, DECLARE A SELLER EVENT OF DEFAULT.
2.10 ACCEPTANCE
      (a) General Acceptance. Unless the terms of subsection (b) below apply, for Products and Licensed Materials for which Seller installation is not required, Customer shall have *** from the Delivery Date of each Product and/or Licensed Material to accept or reject, in a written notice to Seller, such Product and/or Licensed Material (e.g., to confirm that such Product and/or Licensed Material was ordered by Customer, is not damaged and that the order is complete per the applicable bill of lading). If Customer does not provide written notice of rejection to Seller within such *** period, the Product and/or Licensed Material will then be deemed accepted by Customer. Unless the terms of subsection (b)  below apply, for Products and Licensed Materials for which installation is required, Customer shall have *** from the later of: (i) the Delivery Date of such Product and/or Licensed Material; and (ii) the applicable Installation Completion Date, to accept or reject, in a written notice to Seller, such Product or Licensed Material (e.g., to confirm that such Product or Licensed Material was ordered by Customer, is not damaged, operates properly and complies with Seller’s Specifications). If Customer does not provide written notice of rejection to Seller within such *** period, the Product and/or Licensed Material will then be deemed accepted by Customer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Customer’s use of any part of the Products or Licensed Materials for any In Revenue Service shall constitute acceptance of such Products or Licensed Materials for all relevant purposes of this Agreement. Acceptance of Products, Licensed Materials and/or Services shall not reduce Seller’s warranty obligations under this Agreement.
      (b)  ***
      PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

52


 

*** Acceptance of Products, Licensed Materials and/or Services shall not reduce Seller’s warranty obligations under this Agreement.
           (c) Failure to Achieve Acceptance.
           (i) Liquidated Damages. To the extent that any of the Products, Software or Services fail the applicable Acceptance Test conducted under subsection (b), Seller will correct the deficiency and deliver, repair or replace the Products or Software, or re-perform the Service, as the case may be, within thirty (30) days following receipt of Customer’s notice of rejection. The Parties agree that damages for nonperformance of Products, Licensed Materials and Services are difficult to calculate accurately and, therefore, if Seller is unable to correct any such deficiency within such thirty (30)-day period, Customer may elect to receive as liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, an amount equal to ***, until such deficiency has been corrected. The liquidated damages will begin to accrue on the 31 st day after Seller’s receipt of Customer’s notice.
          Customer will inform Seller of the imposition of any liquidated damages in writing. All such liquidated damages shall be paid to Customer in the form of credits against future invoices for payments due for Products, Licensed Materials or Services purchased by Customer following issuance of such credits; provided, however, that if Seller does not issue invoices in amounts sufficient for Customer to apply such credits during the Term, then within three (3) months following termination or expiration of this Agreement, Seller shall reimburse Customer in cash in an amount equal to the value of such purchase credits, which credits shall then be canceled. The Parties agree that if Customer elects to receive liquidated damages from Seller, Seller’s
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

53


 

***.
          (ii)  Credit. If Seller is unable to correct, repair, or replace any non-conforming or deficient Product or Software or to re-perform defective Service within four (4) weeks following receipt of Customer’s notice thereof, then Customer may elect, upon notice given to Seller no later than two (2) weeks after the expiration of the four (4) week period described herein, to receive a credit for the non-conforming or defective Product, Software and/or Service. In such event, Customer shall return the non-conforming or defective Product and/or Software that: (A) are integral to Customer’s and/or its Authorized Users’ Use or operation of such Product and/or Software; or (B) interface with or are interfaced with such Product and/or Software and that are rendered substantially ineffective or that require a material expenditure of time or money to use or operate as a result, and Seller shall issue a credit to Customer equal to (i) the amounts paid by Customer for such Product and/or Software and/or for the defective Service, plus sales taxes, transportation charges and installation charges, if installed by Seller, plus (ii) the purchase price paid for all other Products and/or Licensed Materials (including related installation and transportation charges and applicable taxes) that: (A) are integral to Customer’s and/or its Authorized Users’ Use or operation of such Product and/or Software; or (B) interface with or are interfaced with such Product and/or Software and that are rendered substantially ineffective or that require a material expenditure of time or money to use or operate as a result. ***
Notwithstanding the above, Customer shall not be permitted to return Products or Software, or request a credit for Services, which have already passed the applicable Acceptance Test.
           (d) Acceptance of Services. Acceptance provisions for installation Services are set forth in Section 4.2.
ARTICLE III
PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE
LICENSING OF LICENSED MATERIALS
3.1 GENERAL
The provisions of this Article apply to the granting of licenses pursuant to this Agreement by Seller to Customer and/or its Affiliates for Licensed Materials.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

54


 

3.2 LICENSE
           (a) Licensed Materials. Upon Delivery of Licensed Materials, but subject to payment of all applicable license fees including, but not limited to, any continuing update fees that Customer has agreed to pay, Seller grants to Customer and its Affiliates a perpetual, fully paid,irrevocable (except as provided in Section 3.9 ), nontransferable (except as permitted hereunder),and nonexclusive license pursuant to this Agreement for: (i) Customer and its Affiliates and their Authorized Users to Use Licensed Materials in the Territory with either the Designated Processor or temporarily on any comparable replacement, if the Designated Processor becomes inoperative, until the Designated Processor is restored to operational status; and (ii) for Customer and its Affiliates and their Authorized Users to copy the Licensed Materials as required for archival, backup and up to three (3) copies for testing purposes, at no additional charge to Customer or its Affiliates or any of their Authorized Users. Customer and its Affiliates and Authorized Users shall use Licensed Materials only for the business operations of Customer, its Affiliates and any Designated Entity, including providing services to their customers, resellers and agents.
The above license grants Customer and its Affiliates no right to, and Customer, and its Affiliates shall not (and shall not allow their Authorized Users to) sublicense such Licensed Materials, or modify, decompile, or disassemble Software furnished as object code to generate corresponding Source Code.
           (b) Know-How. ***
           (c) ***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

55


 

***
***
***
***
***
3.3 TITLE, RESTRICTIONS AND CONFIDENTIALITY
           (a) Ownership. As between Customer (or an Affiliate) and Seller, all Licensed Materials (whether or not part of Firmware) furnished by Seller, and all copies thereof made by Customer, including translations, compilations, and partial copies, are the property of Seller.
           (b) Confidentiality. Except for any part of Licensed Materials which: (i) is or becomes generally known to the public through acts not attributable to Customer or any Affiliate; (ii) is furnished to Customer or an Affiliate by a third party as a matter of right without restriction on disclosure; or (iii) is independently developed by Customer or an Affiliate or a third party without use of or reference to the Licensed Materials, Customer and its Affiliates shall hold the Licensed Materials in confidence, and shall not (and shall not allow their Authorized Users to), without Seller’s prior written consent, disclose, provide, or otherwise make available, in whole or in part, any Licensed Materials to anyone, except to their Authorized Users having a need-to-know. Customer and its Affiliates shall not copy Software embodied in Firmware. Customer and its Affiliates shall not make any copies of any Licensed Materials except as provided in Section 3.2 and/or as necessary in connection with the rights granted hereunder. Customer and its Affiliates shall reproduce and include any Seller copyright and other proprietary notice
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

56


 

appearing on such Licensed Materials on all copies of the Licensed Materials. Customer and its Affiliates shall also mark all media containing such copies with a warning that the Licensed Materials are subject to restrictions contained in an agreement between Seller and Customer and that such Licensed Materials are the property of Seller.
           (c) Appropriate Actions. Customer and its Affiliates shall take appropriate action, by instruction, agreement, or otherwise, with the persons permitted access to the Licensed Materials so as to enable Customer and its Affiliates to satisfy their obligations under this Agreement (but in no event shall Customer and its Affiliates be required to take actions that are not commercially reasonable).
           (d) Return/Destruction. When the Licensed Materials are no longer needed by Customer and its Affiliates, or if Customer’s and its Affiliates’ license is canceled or terminated as provided in Section 3.9, Customer and/or its Affiliates shall return all copies of such Licensed Materials to Seller or follow written disposition instructions provided by Seller.
           (e) Survival. Customer’s and its Affiliates’ obligations set forth in this Section 3.3 will survive expiration or termination of this Agreement for as long as the applicable Licensed Materials remain confidential.
3.4 CHANGES IN LICENSED MATERIALS
Prior to shipment, Seller may substitute modified Licensed Materials to fill a Purchase Order, provided the modifications, under normal and proper Use: (a) do not adversely change the Use, Function, or performance capabilities that Customer would have enjoyed if it had received the originally ordered Licensed Materials; and (b) are Backwards Compatible in accordance with Section 3.8, to the same extent as that represented by Seller for the originally ordered Licensed Materials. Seller shall provide Customer with advance written notice of such proposed substitution, and if Seller’s substitute Licensed Materials do not satisfy all of the criteria specified above in this Section: (i) Customer shall have the right upon written notice to Seller to terminate all affected Purchase Orders without penalty or liability of any kind or nature; (ii) the originally ordered Licensed Materials shall be treated as a Discontinued Product that does not have an equivalent replacement as provided in Section 2.2; and ***. Such substitution shall not result in any additional charges to Customer with respect to licenses for which Seller has quoted fees to Customer.
3.5 MODIFICATIONS TO SOFTWARE; PRODUCT COMPLIANCES
           (a) Modifications. Customer may request Seller to make changes to Seller’s Software. Upon receipt of a document describing in detail the changes requested by Customer, Seller will respond in writing to Customer within thirty (30) days. If Seller agrees to undertake such
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

57


 

modifications, the response shall quote a proposed delivery date and a fee for a license to such modified Software.
           (b) Product Compliances.
                    (i) Applicable Laws. Seller represents and warrants to Customer that all Software furnished hereunder is and shall continue to comply with all Applicable Laws including, without limitation, the requirements of Part 24 of the Federal Communication Commission’s Rules and Regulations pertaining to personal communications services in effect upon delivery of such Software. In addition, Seller represents and warrants to Customer that all Software furnished hereunder is and shall continue to comply with the requirements of Subpart J of Part 15 of the Federal Communication Commission’s Rule and Regulations in effect upon delivery of the applicable Software, including those sections concerning the labeling of such Software and the suppression of radio frequency and electromagnetic radiation to specified levels. Seller makes no undertaking with respect to harmful interference caused by: (A) installation, repair, modification or change of Software by Persons other than Seller or its Affiliates, or any of their respective employees, Subcontractors, agents or representatives; (B) Software subjected to misuse, neglect, accident or abuse by persons other than Seller or its Affiliates, or their respective employees, Subcontractors, agents or representatives; (C) Software being used in a manner not in accordance with operating instructions or in a suitable installation environment or operation of other equipment in the frequency range reserved for Customer within the Licensed Area. In order to ensure that the Software remains in compliance with all Applicable Laws, Seller timely shall: (D) modify the Software from time to time; and (E) provide such modifications to Customer.
                    (ii) Disclaimers. Seller assumes no responsibility under this Section for items not specified in writing and/or supplied by Seller. Acceptance and/or certification of items not specified in writing and/or supplied by Seller shall be the sole responsibility of Customer.
3.6     MODIFICATION BY CUSTOMER
Unless: (a) otherwise agreed; or (b) contemplated in the design of the Software to be modified by customers, Customer is not granted any right to modify Software furnished by Seller under this Agreement.
3.7     RELATED DOCUMENTATION
Seller shall furnish to Customer, *** one copy of the Related Documentation for Software furnished by Seller, per every 5ESS Switch / Access Manager purchased by Customer. Additionally, Customer shall be provided, upon request, with *** more CD ROM versions of the Documentation, ***. Such Related Documentation will be that customarily provided by Seller to its Customers at no additional charge. Such Related Documentation shall be provided prior to, with, or shortly (no later than ***)
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

58


 

after provision of Software by Seller to Customer. Additional copies of the Related Documentation are available at prices set forth in the Customer Price List.
3.8 SOFTWARE WARRANTY
           (a) General . Seller warrants to Customer that:
                    (i) Software, media and Related Documentation developed or supplied by Seller will be free from those defects which materially affect performance in accordance with Seller’s Specifications or other agreed upon specifications referenced in the applicable Purchase Order; and
                    (ii) Seller has the right to grant the Software licenses it grants under this Agreement; and
                    (iii) With respect to Software not developed by Seller, Seller, to the extent permitted, does hereby assign to Customer the warranties and indemnities given to Seller by its supplier of such Software; and
                    (iv) ***
                    (v) Upon Delivery to Customer, the Software will not contain, and Customer will not receive from any Seller data transmission via modem, tape or other Seller-provided medium (including, without limitation, any connection to any Seller web-site or bulletin board), any virus, worm, trap door, back door, timer, clock, counter or other limiting routine, instruction or design that would erase data or programming or otherwise cause any Software, system or equipment to become inoperable or incapable of being used in accordance with the Specifications and/or for the ordered capacity (a Disabling Cod e” ), including without limitation, any limitations that are triggered by, as applicable: (A) any Software being used or copied a certain number of times, or after the lapse of a certain period of time; (B) any Software being installed on or moved to a central processing unit or system that has a serial number, model number or other identification different from the central processing unit or system on which the software originally was installed; or (C) the occurrence or lapse of any similar triggering factor or event. ***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

59


 

***
          With respect to Software not developed by Seller as described in the foregoing subsection (iii) , to the extent Seller is not permitted to assign to Customer the warranties and indemnities given to Seller by its supplier of such Software, at Customer’s request, Seller shall enforce such warranties and indemnities on Customer’s behalf.
           (b) Warranty Periods. The Warranty Periods and this warranty are applicable to Software developed by Seller, the Related Documentation developed by Seller and associated with such Software, and the medium on which such Software is recorded, unless otherwise stated.
     
Software   Warranty Period
PCS Switching Center and Base Station   ***
     
All Other Software   ***
The Warranty Period for media and Related Documentation shall commence on the same date as the Warranty Period for their associated Software. The Warranty Period for PCS Switching Center and Base Station Software (including any prior Software Update issued to Customer in respect thereto) expires upon installation of any subsequent Software Update or Major Release for such Software (or Software Update) provided to Customer through Seller’s BRSS Program described in Attachment D.
           (c) Correction of Defects and Nonconformities. If, under normal and proper Use during the applicable Warranty Period, the Software covered in Section 3.8(a)(i) and/or (iv) fails to perform as warranted, and Customer notifies Seller in writing of such defect and follows Seller’s reasonable instructions, if any, regarding return of defective Software, Seller shall either correct or replace such Software without charge within a reasonable time thereafter. If not corrected or replaced within a reasonable time period, at Customer’s option, Seller shall issue a credit to Customer equal to the amount paid by Customer for the original license fee for the defective Software, plus related transportation charges and applicable taxes and installation fees if installed by Seller.
           (d) Returns. Software returned for correction or replacement will be accepted by Seller only in accordance with its reasonable instructions and procedures for such returns. The transportation expense associated with returning such Software to Seller shall be borne by Seller to the extent it is determined that the Product is defective or non-conforming and in need of repair or replacement. Seller shall pay the costs of transporting of the corrected or replacement Software to the destination designated by Customer within the Territory.
           (e) Non-Defective Software. Unless the Parties agree otherwise in writing, if it is determined that Software for which warranty Service is claimed is not defective or nonconforming.
           PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

60


 

Customer shall pay Seller’s actual costs of handling, inspecting, testing and transporting the Software and, if applicable, traveling and related expenses associated with on-Site repairs.
           (f) Exclusions. Seller makes no warranty with respect to defective conditions or nonconformities to the extent they result from the following: (i) modifications not made or authorized by Seller’s and/or its Affiliates’ employees, agents, Subcontractors and/or representatives; (ii) misuse, neglect, or accident (to the extent not caused by Seller’ and/or its Affiliates’ employees, agents, Subcontractors and/or representatives); (iii) installation, use or maintenance in a manner not in accordance with Seller’s Specifications, operating instructions, or license-to-use; (iv) Customer’s failure to apply Seller modifications and corrections made available to Customer; or (v) Software not provided, developed or recommended in writing by Seller. In addition, Seller makes no warranty with respect to defects related to Customer’s data base errors. Moreover, no warranty is made that Software will run uninterrupted or error free.
           (g) Disclaimer. THE SOFTWARE WARRANTIES SET FORTH ABOVE OR ELSEWHERE IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY WRITING SIGNED BY AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES OF BOTH PARTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THIS SUBSECTION, CUSTOMER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR BREACH OF SUCH WARRANTIES SHALL BE SELLER’S OBLIGATION TO CORRECT, REPLACE, OR CREDIT AS SET FORTH ABOVE IN THIS SECTION AND IN SECTION 2.9. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING CONTAINED HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, IF SELLER FAILS TO REPAIR, REPLACE OR CREDIT AS SET FORTH ABOVE WITHIN A REASONABLE PERIOD OF TIME, CUSTOMER THEREAFTER MAY, AT ITS OPTION, DECLARE A SELLER EVENT OF DEFAULT.
3.9    CANCELLATION OF LICENSE
If Customer fails to comply with any of the material terms and conditions of Sections 3.2(a), 3.3 and/or 3.6 and Customer fails to cure, or if incurable fails to make substantial progress toward curing, such non-compliance, subject to Customer’s transition rights under Section 1.19(f), within *** after Customer’s receipt from Seller of written notice requiring it to do so, which notice must specify in reasonable detail the nature of the non-compliance, Seller, upon written notice to Customer, may cancel any affected license for Licensed Materials.
           3.10 TAXES APPLICABLE TO SOFTWARE
Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 1.16 to the contrary, Seller shall not bill, collect, or remit any state or local sales or use tax with respect to the license of Software under this Agreement, or with respect to the performance of Services related to such software, which Customer represents to Seller is not properly due under Customer’s interpretation of the law of the taxing jurisdiction, if: (a) Customer submits to Seller a written explanation of the authorities upon which Customer bases its position that the license or performance of Services is not subject to sales or use tax; and (b) Seller agrees that there is authority for Customer’s position, provided, however, that Customer shall hold Seller harmless for all costs and expenses (including, but not limited to,
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

61


 

taxes and related charges payable under Section 1.16, and reasonable attorney’s fees) arising from the assertion by a taxing authority that the license of, or the performance of Services with respect to, the Software was subject to state or local sales or use tax.
ARTICLE IV
PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ENGINEERING,
INSTALLATION AND OTHER SERVICES
4.1 GENERAL
The provisions of this Article IV shall be applicable to the furnishing by Seller of Services under this Agreement. Unless Customer has elected to perform self-installation services in accordance with Attachment I. Seller shall perform engineering, installation, and integration Services associated with the Products and Software acquired by Customer under this Agreement.
4.2 ACCEPTANCE OF INSTALLATION
At reasonable times during the course of Seller’s installation, Customer, at its request may, or upon Seller’s request, shall, inspect completed portions of such installation.
When Seller has finished installing a Product, Licensed Material or PCS System in accordance with the relevant provisions of Attachment E, Attachment J, Attachment L, Attachment M or other written statement of work agreed by the Parties (“Installation Completion”), Seller shall notify Customer of Installation Completion. Upon receipt of Seller’s notice, and provided Customer has notified Seller at the commencement of installation of Customer’s intent to conduct Acceptance Tests, Customer may test and review the installed Product, Licensed Material or PCS System and all related Services to determine if they have been performed, in Customer’s reasonable satisfaction, in accordance with the relevant Attachment and/or statement of work. Within ***  of receiving Seller’s notice of Installation Completion, Customer may provide Seller with a list of Punch List Items. Seller will promptly correct or complete the Punch List Items, as the case may be, and submit notice to Customer that the Punch List Items have been completed. Within ***  of Customer’s receipt of such notice, Customer may test and review the installation and Punch List Items to determine if they have been performed, in Customer’s reasonable satisfaction, in accordance with the relevant Attachment and/or statement of work. The process in this Section shall repeat until Customer: (i) has confirmed in writing that Installation Completion has occurred, in Customer’s reasonable judgment and that no Punch List Items remain uncorrected; or (ii) ***  elapse after Customer’s receipt of Seller’s notice and Customer does not submit Punch List Items or does not indicate in writing that any Punch List Items are uncorrected or otherwise indicate in writing that Installation Completion has not occurred. If Customer had notified Seller of Customer’s intent to conduct Acceptance tests at commencement of installation, the date that the first event described in subsection (i)  or (ii) occurs shall be the “Installation Completion Date”. If Customer did not notify Seller of Customer’s intent to conduct Acceptance tests at commencement of installation, the date that Seller submits its notice of Installation Completion will be the Installation Completion Date. Acceptance of the installation and related Services shall occur upon the Installation Completion Date. Acceptance of Products,
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

62


 

Licensed Materials and/or Services shall not reduce Seller’s warranty obligations under this Agreement.
4.3 SELLER’S PERSONNEL
           (a) General. Seller shall provide sufficient, qualified personnel to perform Seller’s obligations hereunder.
           (b) Removal of Seller Personnel by Customer. If Customer has a concern regarding Seller’s personnel, Seller shall meet with Customer to discuss Customer’s concerns, and negotiate in good faith a mutually agreeable solution within a reasonable period of time, which may include removal or reassignment of Seller’s personnel.
           (c) Transition. If Seller replaces an individual as provided in subsection (b) above, the replacement personnel shall work with the replaced personnel during a mutually agreed transition period, the duration of which shall be determined based on the duties and responsibilities of the person to be replaced, and all costs and expenses associated with educating and training the replacement personnel shall be borne by Seller. In addition, provided the replaced personnel remain employed by Seller, such individual shall continue to be available by telephone to answer any project-related questions.
           (e) Solicitation of Personnel. During any period that any individual assigned by a Party to perform obligations in connection with this Agreement is performing such obligations and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, without the prior written consent of the Party that has employed such individual, the other Party shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit for employment, or contract for the services of, such individual; provided, however, that the foregoing will not prohibit a general, non-targeted solicitation for employment, such as newspaper advertisements.
4.4   CONDITIONS OF INSTALLATION AND OTHER SERVICES PERFORMED ON CUSTOMER’S SITE
ITEMS PROVIDED BY CUSTOMER:
As set forth in this Agreement, Customer will be responsible for furnishing the following items (as required by the conditions of the particular installation) or other on-Site Services, at no charge to Seller and these items will not be included in Seller’s price for the Services. Seller’s representative shall have the right to inspect the Site prior to the Start Date. Should Customer fail to furnish any of such items, or perform other essential obligations for which it is responsible under this Agreement after Seller provides Customer ten (10) days written notice, Seller may initiate a Change Order and seek an equitable adjustment to the installation delivery schedule due to any delays caused thereby pursuant to Section 1.8.
Regulatory Commission Approvals: Prior to Service start date, obtain all such Applicable Permits including such approvals, licenses, permits, tariffs and/or other authorities from the Federal
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

63


 

Communications Commission and state and local public utilities commissions as may be necessary
for construction and operation of a PCS System.
Easements, Permits and Rights-of-Way: Prior to the Start Date, provide all rights-of-way, easements, licenses to come upon land to perform the Services, permits and authority for installation of Products and other items; permits for opening sidewalks, streets, alleys, and highways; and construction and building permits.
General Building Conditions: When Customer provides or arranges for a third party to provide PCS, Customer shall prior to the Start Date:
a. Ensure that the PCS Site structures are in a structurally safe and sound condition to properly house the materials to be installed, in accordance with weight, strength, and structural requirements specified by Seller in writing. Customer shall provide Seller a certificate of a duly licensed architect or engineer prior to Seller having access to the PCS Site stating that the Site(s) meets such requirements;
b. Take such action as may be necessary to insure that the premises will be dry and free from dust (such that it doesn’t impair the performance of the equipment) and Hazardous Materials, including but not limited to asbestos, and in such condition as not to be injurious to Seller’s or its Subcontractors’ employees or to the materials to be installed. Prior to commencement of the Services and during the performance of the Services, Customer shall, if requested by Seller, provide Seller with sufficient data to assist Seller’s supplier in evaluating the environmental conditions at the work Site (including the presence of Hazardous Materials). Customer is responsible for removing and disposing of the Hazardous Materials, including but not limited to asbestos, prior to commencement of the Services.
Sensitive Equipment: Prior to commencement of the Service, notify Seller of the presence of any sensitive equipment at the work Site (e.g., equipment sensitive to static electricity or light), otherwise Seller will not be responsible for damage to the extent such damage could have been prevented by such notice.
Repairs to Buildings: Prior to the Start Date, make such alterations and repairs as are necessary for proper installation of items to be installed.
Openings in Buildings: Prior to the Start Date, furnish suitable openings in buildings to allow the items to be installed to be placed in position, and provide necessary openings and ducts for cable and conductors in floors and walls as designated on engineering drawings furnished by Seller.
Surveys: Prior to Service start date furnish surveys (describing the physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the work Site) and a legal description of the Site.
Electrical Current, Heat, Light and Water: Provide electric current for charging storage batteries and for any other necessary purposes with suitable outlets where work is to be performed; provide temperature control and general illumination (regular and emergency) in rooms in which work is to be performed or Products or other items stored, equivalent to that ordinarily furnished for similar
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

64


 

purposes in a working office; provide exit lights; provide water and other necessary utilities for the proper execution of the Services as feasible.
PCS System Utility Requirements: Negotiate with the power and telephone companies or comparable service providers for installation of the power and telephone facilities necessary for proper operation of the Products and/or other items being installed. The type and quantity of such facilities shall be subject to Seller’s reasonable approval. Such approval shall be in accordance with the Specifications. Customer shall have the telephone company or comparable service providers provide, place, install, extend and terminate telephone facilities into the PCS System; line up and test the telephone company or comparable service provider’s facilities outside and inside the PCS System; and provide to Seller copies of the test results prior to Seller’s commencing integration testing of the PCS System.
Material Furnished by Customer: New or used material furnished by Customer shall be in such condition that it requires no repair and no adjustment or test effort in excess of that normal for new equipment. Customer assumes all responsibility for the proper functioning of such material. Customer shall also provide the necessary information for Seller to properly install such material.
Furniture: provide and install all furniture necessary for operator management of the 5ESS Switch.
Floor Space and Storage Facilities: Provide, during progress of the Services, suitable and easily accessible floor space and storage facilities (a) to permit storing major items of Products and other material closely adjacent to where they will be used, (b) for administrative and luncheon purposes, (c) for Seller’s and its Subcontractors’ employees’ personal effects, and (d) for tools and property of Seller and its Subcontractors. Where the Service is to be performed outside of a building or in a building under construction, Customer shall, in addition to the above requirements, as appropriate, permit or secure permission for Seller and its Subcontractors to maintain at the work Site, storage facilities (such as trailers) for Products, materials and other items and for tools and equipment needed to complete the Service.
Watch Service: For PCS, provide normal security (for cell sites, commercial alarms) necessary to prevent admission of unauthorized persons to building and other areas where installation Service is performed and to prevent unauthorized removal of the Products and other items. Seller will inform Customer as to which storage facilities at the work Site Seller will keep locked; such storage facilities will remain closed to Customer’s surveillance.
Use of Available Testing Equipment: Customer shall make available to Seller: (1) the maintenance test facilities which are imbedded in equipment to which the Product or other item being installed will be connected or added, and (2) meters, test sets, and other portable apparatus that is unique to the item being installed. Seller’s use of such test equipment shall not interfere with Customer’s normal equipment maintenance functions.
Hazardous Materials Cleanup: At the conclusion of the Service, Customer shall be responsible for the cleanup, removal, and proper disposal of all Hazardous Materials present at Customer’s premises, except for those Hazardous Materials brought onto the premises by Seller, subject to “Items To Be Furnished By Seller”, below.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

65


 

Access to Existing Facilities: Customer shall permit Seller reasonable use of such portions of the existing plant or equipment as are necessary for the proper completion of such tests as require coordination with existing facilities. Such use shall not interfere with Customer’s normal maintenance of equipment.
Grounds: Customer shall provide access to suitable and isolated building ground as required for Seller’s standard grounding of equipment. Where installation is outside or in a building under construction, Customer shall also furnish lightning protection ground.
Requirements for Customer Designed Circuits: Customer shall furnish information covering the proper test and readjust requirements for apparatus and requirements for circuit performance associated with circuits designed by Customer or standard circuits modified by Customer’s drawings.
Through Tests and Trunk Tests: Customer shall make required through tests and trunk tests to other offices after Seller provides its notice of completion or notice of advanced turnover.
ITEMS TO BE FURNISHED BY SELLER:
The following items will be furnished by Seller (if required by the conditions of the particular Service) and the price thereof is included in Seller’s price for Service:
Hazardous Materials Cleanup: At the conclusion of the Services, Seller shall be responsible for the cleanup, removal, and proper disposal of all Hazardous Materials brought onto the premises by Seller and not contemplated to remain on the premises after such completion of Service.
Protection of Equipment and Building: Seller shall provide protection for Customer’s equipment and buildings during the performance of the Service and in accordance with Seller’s standard practices.
Method of Procedure: Seller shall prepare a detailed Method of Procedure (“MOP”) before starting work on live equipment. Customer shall review the MOP and any requested changes shall be negotiated. Customer shall give Seller written acceptance of the MOP prior to start of the work.
The following items will be furnished by Seller if requested by Customer, but Customer will be billed and shall pay for them in addition to Seller’s standard or firm quoted price for the Services:
Protection of Buildings and Equipment: Seller may provide protection of buildings and equipment in accordance with special practices of Customer differing from reasonable and prudent standards of care.
Maintenance: Seller shall maintain Products, Licensed Materials and other items from completion of installation until date of Acceptance.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

66


 

Locally Purchased Items: Seller shall purchase items indicated by Seller’s Specifications as
needing to be purchased locally.
Readjusting Apparatus: Seller may provide readjustment (in excess of that normally required on new apparatus) of apparatus associated with relocated or rewired circuits.
Cross-Connections (Other than to Outside Cable Terminations): Seller may run or rerun permanent cross-connections in accordance with revised cross-connection lists furnished by Customer.
Handling, Packing, Transportation and Disposition of Removed and Surplus Customer Equipment: Seller may pack, transport, and dispose of surplus and removed Customer equipment as agreed by the Parties.
Premium Time Allowances and Night Shift Bonuses: Seller may have its Services personnel work premium time and night shifts to the extent that Seller may deem such to be necessary to effect the required coordination of installing and testing operations or other Services because of Customer’s requirements.
Emergency Lighting System: Seller may provide new emergency lighting system (other than the original ceiling mounted stumble lighting) to satisfy illumination and safety needs of Products of certain heights.
4.5 WORK DONE BY OTHERS
If Customer or its other vendors or contractors fail to timely complete the Site readiness, or if Customer’s or its other vendors’ or contractors’ work interferes with Seller’s performance, Seller promptly shall so notify Customer and, if appropriate under the circumstances, Seller may initiate a Change Order in order to extend on a day-for-day basis the scheduled completion date of Seller’s Services under the applicable Purchase Order as reasonably necessary to compensate for such delay or interference.
4.6 SELLER’S RIGHT TO RE-DEPLOY RESOURCES
If, in connection with its obligation to perform Services under this Agreement, Seller has allocated engineering, installation and/or other resources to such performance and Customer or its contractor fails to perform or delays performance of Customer’s obligations that are pre- conditions to the completion of Seller’s performance, or Customer or its contractor interferes with Seller’s performance, the scheduled completion date of Seller’s performance shall be extended as necessary to compensate for such delay, failure or interference. Customer shall promptly notify Seller whenever it anticipates or experiences such a delay, failure or interference. If such delay, failure, or interference continues for *** or more, Seller shall have the right to de-mobilize and re-deploy to other work any or all of its resources idled by such a delay, failure or interference. If Seller does de-mobilize and re-deploy its resources, Seller will re-mobilize its resources to continue with its performance under this Agreement within a commercially reasonable time after Customer or its contractor completes Customer’s obligations and Customer has notified Seller of such completion.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

67


 

4.7 SERVICES WARRANTIES
           (a) General. Seller warrants to Customer that all Services will be performed in a professional, careful and workmanlike manner and in accordance with Seller’s Specifications, those specifications referenced in the Purchase Order and/or in accordance with accepted practices in the telecommunications industry and the community in which such Services are performed, using material free from defects except where such material is provided by Customer. The Warranty Period for a particular Service will be set forth in the applicable statement of work. If the statement of work does not specify a Warranty Period, then the Warranty Period for the Service described there will be *** from the date on which the Service has been completed and accepted by Customer. If Services are not performed in accordance with the provisions of this Section, and if Customer so notifies Seller within the applicable Warranty Period, Seller shall correct the defective or nonconforming Service without charge within a reasonable period of time thereafter. If not corrected within such reasonable period of time after Customer’s notice, Seller shall issue a credit to Customer equal to the amount paid by Customer for the defective or non- conforming Services.
           (b) Disclaimer. THE SERVICES WARRANTIES SET FORTH ABOVE OR ELSEWHERE IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY WRITING SIGNED BY AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES OF BOTH PARTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THIS SUBSECTION, CUSTOMER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR BREACH OF SUCH WARRANTIES SHALL BE SELLER’S OBLIGATION TO MAKE CORRECTIONS OR GIVE A CREDIT AS SET FORTH ABOVE IN THIS SECTION. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, IF SELLER FAILS TO CORRECT OR CREDIT AS SET FORTH ABOVE WITHIN A REASONABLE TIME PERIOD, CUSTOMER MAY, AT ITS OPTION, DECLARE A SELLER EVENT OF DEFAULT.
           (c) Additional Warranties. The Parties may negotiate additional Services-related warranties on a case-by-case basis.
ARTICLE V
ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND EXECUTION
5.1 ENTIRE AGREEMENT
Attachments A through M are attached to this Agreement and incorporated by this reference. The terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, any subordinate agreements, and Purchase Orders accepted pursuant to this Agreement or any subordinate agreement supersede all prior oral or written understandings between the Parties with respect to the subject matter thereof and constitute the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to such subject matter. Such terms and
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

68


 

conditions shall not be modified or amended except by a writing signed by authorized representatives of both Parties.
5.2 TERMINATION OF EXISTING AGREEMENT
Except as expressly provided in this Section and in Attachments A and C, the 2002 Contract shall terminate as of the Effective Date and have no further force or effect. From and after the Effective Date, all products and licensed materials acquired by Customer pursuant to the 2002 Contract shall be treated as Products and Licensed Materials acquired under this Agreement and shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of this Agreement; provided, however, that: (a) any warranty periods set forth in the 2002 Contract shall be applicable to the products and licensed materials purchased or licensed thereunder; (b) the prices, discounts and credits set forth in this Agreement shall not retroactively apply to the products, licensed materials and services purchased, licensed, delivered and performed under the Existing Agreement prior to the Effective Date;, ***; and (d) all amounts due to Seller under the 2002 Contract (whether or not invoiced and whether or not disputed) will continue to be owed under this Agreement. Purchase Orders for services placed by Customer under the 2002 Contract will be deemed to have been placed under this Agreement to the extent the services will be performed on or after the Effective Date, and the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall govern the rights, duties and obligations of the Parties with respect to such services performed on or after the Effective Date, and shall replace and supersede the terms and conditions of the 2002 Contract with respect thereto. The terms and conditions of the 2002 Contract will continue to govern the rights, duties and obligations of the Parties to the extent that services were performed under such Purchase Orders prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement. All Information disclosed by the Parties under the Existing Agreement shall remain subject in all respects to the terms and conditions thereof.
(signature page follows)
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

69


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the Effective Date.
                     
METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.       LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Roger D. Linguist       By:   /s/ Steven R. Marino    
Name:
  Roger D. Linguist       Name:   Steven R. Marino    
Title:
  Pres. & CEO       Title:   CTVP    
Date:
  June 6, 2005       Date:   June 6, 2005    
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

73


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
Attachment A
*** PRICING
1. GENERAL
***
With respect to Products, Licensed Materials and Services not specifically identified in this Attachment, the Parties agree to negotiate prices for such Products, Licensed Materials and Services in good faith and agree in writing on such prices. Notwithstanding, the following are not included in the Attachment A pricing:
  §   Taxes, domestic transportation, hauling, hoisting, and warehousing;
 
  §   Engineering site visits (if required);
 
  §   Extraordinary installation items — helicopters, cranes, etc.;
 
  §   Power/battery plant, additions, growth and or replacements;
 
  §   Transmission/networking equipment, additions, growth and or replacement;
 
  §   Antennas/tower, additions, growth modifications;
 
  §   Building modifications/construction;
 
  §   Optional hardware items associated with select Lucent Software (e.g. OTA, SMS,AutoPace, billing platforms, etc.);
 
  §   All charges associated with non-Standard Intervals;
 
  §   Any other items not specifically quoted in this Attachment.
Unless Attachment C applies, pricing for Products and Licensed Materials not listed in Attachment A will (a.) not exceed pricing for Products and Licensed Materials listed in Attachment A (taking into consideration all applicable discounts and incentives) that are substantially similar in Fit, Form, Function, and capacity; and (b.) ***.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

1


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
2. EXISTING MARKET AND NEW MARKET PRICING
EXISTING MARKETS
***
NEW MARKETS
***
New Market Pricing
***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

2


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
***
3. ***
 
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

3


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

4


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

5


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
4.   PRODUCT CATEGORIES
  A.   NEW MARKET PRICING
  i.   Base Station Pricing
 
  ii.   Flexent Mobility Manager (FMM) Pricing
 
  iii.   Access Manager (ECP OMP-FX) Pricing
 
  iv.   Messaging Pricing
  B.   EXISTING MARKET PRICING
  i.   Base Station Pricing
 
  ii.   5ESS / Flexent Packet Switch (FPS) Pricing
 
  iii.   Flexent Mobility Manager (FMM) Pricing
 
  iv.   Access Manager (ECP / OMP-FX) Pricing
 
  v.   FMS-Based EVDO Radio Network Controller (RNC) Pricing
 
  vi.   FBP — EVDO Radio Network Controller (RNC) Pricing
 
  vii.   Gateway and Lucent SoftSwitch Pricing (viib. — Lucent Network Controller and Lucent Network Gateway Pricing)
 
  viii.   Optional Software & BRSS (Base Release System Software) Pricing
 
  ix.   PDSN Data Equipment Pricing
 
  x.   Juniper Equipment Pricing
 
  xi.   Riverstone Equipment Pricing
 
  xii.   Dorado Pricing
 
  xiii.   ATM Soft Handoff (SHO) and Integrated Network Solutions (INS) Pricing
 
  xiv.   Wireless Intelligent Network (WIN) Pricing
 
  xv.   Messaging Pricing
 
  xvi.   NOS Pricing
 
  xvii.   Training Pricing
 
  xviii.   Documentation Pricing
 
  xix.   Services Pricing
Appendix 1 Dorado Pricing
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

6


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
4.A NEW MARKET PRICING
For New Markets, the following pricing will be honored for the Initial Term per the provisions listed herein as well as in Sections 1, 2 and 3 above. For any Product or Software not specifically denoted in Section 4.A New Market Pricing below, the Existing Market pricing as defined in Section 4.B will apply.
i. Base Station Pricing:
Discount Table
                     
Material   Standard   Spares   Net Effective
Modcells
    ***     ***   ***
Channel Elements
    ***   ***   ***
Power / Batteries
    ***       ***     ***
***    
***
         
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
         
New Market Modcell 4.0b Primary 1 st Carrier / 3 Sector (6 sector capable) w/   Mod 4.0b  
Duplex Filters:   PC  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
 
     
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
 
     
Total Model Price
    ***  
                                 
New Market 2 nd Carrier Growth w/ no                        
additional Battery back-up:   Mod 2.0     Mod 3.0     Mod 4.0b     C4.0  
***
                    ***          
***
                    ***          
***
                    ***          
***
                    ***          
 
                       
Total Model Price
  Not offered   Not offered     ***     Not offered
                                 
New Market 3 rd Carrier Growth w/ no                        
additional Battery back-up:   Mod 2.0     Mod 3.0     Mod 4.0b     C4.0  
***
                    ***          
***
                    ***          
***
                    ***          
***
                    ***          
 
                       
Total Model Price
  Not offered   Not offered     ***     Not offered
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

7


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
NEW MARKETS PRICING
                                 
New Market 4 th Carrier Growth w/ no                        
additional Battery back-up:   Mod 2.0     Mod 3.0     Mod 4.0b     C4.0  
***
                  ***          
***                   ***          
***                   ***        
***                   ***        
 
                       
Total Model Price
  Not offered   Not offered   ***     Not offered
                         
New Market 5 th Carrier Growth on 4.0b PC:   Mod 2.0     Mod 3.0     Mod 4.0b  
***                   ***  
***                   ***  
***                   ***
***                   ***  
 
                 
Total Model Price
  Not offered   Not offered   ***  
                         
New Market 6 th Carrier Growth on 4.0b PC:   Mod 2.0     Mod 3.0     Mod 4.0b  
***                   ***  
***                   ***  
***                   ***
***                   ***
                 
Total Model Price
  Not offered   Not offered   ***  
New Market 7 th - 11 th Carrier Growth Kits for Modcell 4.0b will be Priced at ***
         
New Market 7 th Carrier Growth Modcell 4.0 Growth Cabinet for 4.0   Mod 4.0  
Primary Cabinet:   GF-1  
***   ***  
***   ***  
***   ***  
***   ***  
***   ***
 
     
Sub-Total
  ***  
***
  ***  
 
     
Total Model Price
  ***  
                         
New Market 8 th Carrier Growth on 4.0 GF-1   with     with     with  
with a 4.0 PC:   Mod 2.0 PC     Mod 3.0 PC     Mod 4.0 PC  
***                   ***  
***                   ***  
***                   ***
***                   ***
 
                 
Total Model Price
  Not offered   Not offered   ***  
                         
New Market 9 th Carrier Growth on 4.0 GF-1 with a 4.0   with     with     with  
PC:   Mod 2.0 PC     Mod 3.0 PC     Mod 4.0 PC  
***
                    ***  
***
                    ***  
***
                    ***  
***
                    ***  
 
                 
Total Model Price
  Not offered   Not offered     ***  
New Market 10 th and ll th Carrier Growth Kits on 4.0 will be Priced as those Growth Kits listed above.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

8


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
NEW MARKETS PRICING
                                 
New Market 2 nd V4 BTS w/ 2 3G1X Cxr and 1   Mod 2.0 &                       Redeployed  
EVDO Cxr (B2B ) Note :   Mod 3.0     C4.0     Mod 4.0     Price  
***
                    ***       ***  
***
                    ***       ***  
***
                    ***       ***  
 
                       
Total Model Price
  Not offered   Not offered     ***       ***  
Note: ***
ii. Flexent Mobility Manager (FMM) Pricing:
      Discount Table
                         
Material   Standard   Spares   Net Effective
Initial Launch New Market FMM HW
    ***       ***       ***  
Initial Launch New Market FMM SW
    ***       ***       ***  
Power
    ***       ***       ***  
***
     
iii. Access Manager (ECP/ OMP-FX) Pricing:
      Discount Table
                         
Material   Standard   Spares   Net Effective
Initial Launch New Market Axmgr
    ***       ***       ***  
Power
                ***  
iv. Messaging Pricing:
Please refer to Attachment L for Messaging pricing.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

9


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
4.B EXISTING MARKET PRICING
i. Base Station Pricing
Discount Table
                     
Material   Standard   Spares   Net Effective
Modcells
    ***       ***     ***
Channel Elements
    ***   ***   ***
Power / Batteries
    ***       ***     ***
  ***
***
         
***
  ***    
***
  ***    
***
  ***    
***
  ***    
Modcell 3.0 / 4.0 / 4.0b Primary & Modcell 2.0 / 3.0 / 4.0 / 4.0b Growth Kit Pricing:
***    
 
***    
 
***    
 
***    
 
***    
 
***    
         
Modcell 4.0 / 4.0b Primary 1 st Carrier / 3 Sector w/ Duplex Filters:   Mod4.0/4.0bPC  
***
  ***    
***
  ***    
 
     
Sub-Total
  ***    
***
  ***    
 
     
Total Model Price
  ***    
         
Modcell 3.0 Primary 1 st Carrier / 3 Sector w/      
Duplex Filters:   Mod 3.0 PC  
***
  ***    
***
  ***    
 
     
Sub-Total
  ***    
***
  ***    
 
     
Total Model Price
  ***    
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

10


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
EXISTING MARKETS PRICING
         
    Mod 4.0  
Compact Modcell 4.0 Primary 1 st Carrier / 3 Sector w/ Duplex Filters:   Compact PC  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
 
     
Total Model Price
    ***  
                                 
2 nd Carrier Growth w/ no additional                        
Battery back-up:   Mod 2.0     Mod 3.0     Mod 4.0/ 4.0b     C4.0  
***   ***       ***     ***       ***  
***   ***     ***     ***     ***
***   ***       ***     ***     ***  
***   ***       ***     ***     ***
 
                       
Total Model Price
  ***       ***     ***       ***  
                                 
3 rd Carrier Growth w/ no additional Battery back-up:   Mod 2.0     Mod 3.0     Mod 4.0/ 4.0b     C4.0  
***
    ***       ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***     ***     ***     ***
 
                       
Total Model Price
    ***       ***       ***       ***  
                                 
4 th Carrier Growth w/ no additional Battery back-up:   Mod 2.0     Mod 3.0     Mod 4.0/ 4.0b     C4.0  
***
                    ***          
***
                    ***          
***
                    ***          
***
                    ***        
 
                       
Total Model Price
  Not offered   Not offered     ***     Not offered
         
4 th Carrier Growth Modcell 4.0 Growth Cabinet for   Mod 4.0  
2.0 Primary Cabinet:   GF-1  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
 
     
Sub-Total
    ***  
***
    ***  
 
     
Total Model Price
    ***  
         
4 th Carrier Growth Modcell 4.0 Growth Cabinet for   Mod 4.0  
3.0 Primary Cabinet:   GF-1  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
 
     
Sub-Total
    ***  
***
    ***  
 
     
Total Model Price
    ***  
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

11


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
EXISTING MARKETS PRICING
                         
5 th Carrier Growth on 4.0 / 4.0b PC or on 4.0   with     with        
GF-1 with 2.0 PC / 3.0 PC:   Mod 2.0 PC     Mod 3.0 PC     Mod 4.0 /4.0b  
***
    ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***  
 
                 
Total Model Price
    ***       ***       ***  
                 
    with     with  
5 th Carrier Growth on 2.0 GF-1 or 3.0 GF-1:   Mod 2.0 PC     Mod 3.0 PC  
***
    ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***  
 
           
Total Model Price
    ***       ***  
                         
6 th Carrier Growth on 4.0 / 4.0b PC or on 4.0 GF-1   with     with        
with 2.0 PC / 3.0 PC:   Mod 2.0 PC     Mod 3.0 PC     Mod 4.0 / 4.0b  
***
    ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***  
 
                 
Total Model Price
    ***       ***       ***  
                 
    with     with  
6 th Carrier Growth on 2.0 GF-1 or 3.0 GF-1:   Mod 2.0 PC     Mod 3.0 PC  
***
    ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***  
 
           
Total Model Price
    ***       ***  
7 th — 11 th Carrier Growth Kits for Modcell 4.0b will be Priced at ***.
         
    Mod 4.0  
7 th Carrier Growth Modcell 4.0 Growth Cabinet for 4.0 Primary Cabinet:   GF-1  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
 
     
Sub-Total
    ***  
***
    ***  
 
     
Total Model Price
    ***  
                 
7 th Carrier Growth on   with     with  
4.0 GF-1 with a 2.0 PC or 3.0 PC:   Mod 2.0 PC     Mod 3.0 PC  
***
    ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***  
 
           
Total Model Price
    ***       ***  
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

12


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
EXISTING MARKETS PRICING
                         
8 th Carrier Growth on 4.0 GF-1 with a 2.0 PC /   with     with     with  
3.0 PC/ 4.0 PC:   Mod 2.0 PC     Mod 3.0 PC     Mod 4.0 PC  
***
    ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***
 
                 
Total Model Price
    ***       ***       ***  
                         
9 th Carrier Growth on 4.0 GF-1 with a 2.0 PC / 3.0   with     with     with  
PC/ 4.0 PC:   Mod 2.0 PC     Mod 3.0 PC     Mod 4.0 PC  
***
    ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***  
 
                 
Total Model Price
    ***       ***       ***  
10 th and 11 th Carrier Growth Kits on 4.0 will be Priced as those Growth Kits listed above.
                                 
                    Mod 4.0 and     Redeployed  
V3 for 2 nd Half of BTS w/ 1 3G1X Cxr (B2B):   Mod 2.0     Mod 3.0     C4.0     Price  
***
            ***               ***  
 
                       
Total Model Price
  Not offered     ***     Not offered     ***  
Note: ***
                                 
Modcell 4.0 EVDO Carrier Upgrade Note :   Mod 2.0   Mod 3.0   Mod 4.0   C4.0
***
    ***       ***       ***       ***  
Note: ***
6-Sector Upgrade Not to Exceed Price
                                 
Modcell 4.0b 6-Sector Upgrade (3G1X voice only,                
up to 3 Cxrs) with 64 CE + RTU Note :   Mod 2.0   Mod 3.0   Mod 4.0   C4.0
***
    ***       ***       ***       ***  
Note: Applicable only to those Modcell 4.0b’s shipped as 6-sector capable. Software will be available in June of 2006.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Seller is committed to develop and deliver with general availability in commercially reasonable quantities 6-sector 3G1X voice-only upgrades for up to 3 carriers in a Modcell 4.0b cabinet by June 30, 2006, provided Customer cooperates with Seller to conduct the FOA for such upgrade in a timely manner.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

13


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
EXISTING MARKETS PRICING
                                 
Modcell 4.0b 6-Sector EVDO Upgrade                
with 64 CE + RTU (single carrier) Note :   Mod 2.0   Mod 3.0   Mod 4.0   C4.0
***
    ***       ***       ***       ***  
Note: Applicable only to those Modcell 4.0b’s shipped as 6-sector capable. Software will be available upon GA of November 30, 2006.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Seller is committed to develop and deliver with general availability in commercially reasonable quantities 6-sector single carrier, EvDo upgrades in a Modcell 4.0b cabinet by November 30, 2006, provided Customer cooperates with Seller to conduct the FOA for such upgrade in a timely manner.
EVDO Revision 0 to EVDO Revision A Upgrade Pricing
***
***
Please note the following:
  -   ***
 
  -   Pricing based on current product roadmap and does not constitute a commitment by Seller to produce, develop, make available, or manufacture IA.
 
  -   Customer responsible for IA antenna, miscellaneous cabling, and other potential items required for IA upgrade
The product roadmaps outlined above for: (1) EVDO Rev A, and; (2) Intelligent Antenna are provided by Seller solely to inform Buyer of Seller’s current plan of record for the relevant product(s) and both parties to this Agreement hereby agree that such information does not form a commitment of any kind on either party in relation to this Agreement but represents Seller’s good faith estimate as of the Effective Date. The terms and conditions, including pricing, of any features or functionalities that may be described in the product roadmap that are ultimately released, made generally available, or provided under this or subsequent agreements are subject to future negotiations and future agreement on the terms and conditions which would govern any sale. There are no penalties, liquidated damages or other remedies associated with changes to the
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

14


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
EXISTING MARKETS PRICING
product roadmap including cancellation of any specific feature or functionality or delay in the timing of development.
         
Channel Element (CE) Pricing:        
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
                                                                 
Kits to Maintain 4 Hour Battery Backup   QUANTITIES
Description   List   Net   3S1C   3S2C   3S3C   3S4C   3S5C   3S6C
***
    ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***  
***
  ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***  
***
                                                               
 
                    ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***  
TOTAL Incremental List Price             ***       ***       ***       ***       ***  
TOTAL Net Incremental Price     ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***  
 
*Note: ***
ii. 5ESS / Flexent Packet Switch (FPS) Pricing:
      Discount Table
                         
Material   Standard   Spares   Net Effective
5ESS / FPS
    ***       ***       ***  
Power
                ***  
***
    ***
 
    ***
iii. Flexent Mobility Manager (FMM) Pricing:
      Discount Table
                         
Material   Standard   Spares   Net Effective
FMM HW
    ***       ***       ***  
FMM SW
    ***       ***       ***  
Power
                ***  
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

15


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
EXISTING MARKETS PRICING
iv. Access Manager (ECP / OMP-FX) Pricing:
      Discount Table
                         
Material   Standard   Spares   Net Effective
Axmgr
    ***       ***       ***  
Power
                ***  
v. FMS Based — EVDO Radio Network Controller (RNC) Pricing:
      Discount Table
                         
Material   Standard   Spares   Net Effective
FMS Based RNC HW
    ***       ***       ***  
FMS Based RNC SW
    ***       ***       ***  
Power
                ***  
vi. FBP — EVDO Radio Network Controller (RNC) Pricing:
     ***
      Discount Table
                         
Material   Standard   Spares   Net Effective
FBP Based RNC HW
    ***       ***       ***  
FBP Based RNC SW
    ***       ***       ***  
Power
    ***       ***       ***  
Note: Requires OMC-RAN.
vii. Gateway and Lucent Soft Switch Pricing:
                                 
            Unit List   Unit Net    
Comcode   Product Description   Price   Price   Discount
300724218
  VOICE MAIL INTERFACE ACCESSORY PACK   ***     ***       ***  
300724283
  PLEXVIEW ADVANCED TRAFFIC COLLECTION SW   ***     ***       ***  
300724366
  PLEXUS 9000 CUSTOMER DOC CDROM   ***     ***       ***  
300724374
  PLEXVIEW EMS DOCUMENTATION CDROM   ***     ***       ***  
300724382
  PLEXVIEW BILLING & TRAFFIC COLLECTION G   ***     ***       ***  
300741238
  PLEXVIEW FLOW-THRU PRO & PM XML API   ***     ***       ***  
300724317
  PLEXVIEW AMA PLUS BILLING SW   ***     ***       ***  
300723541
  P9000 CHASSIS & COMM EQUIP PROTECT W/SP3   ***     ***       ***  
300723590
  8XDS3/STS-1 IOM WITH TONE DETECT   ***     ***       ***  
300723657
  8XDS3/STS-1 PROTECT IOM, W/TONE DETECT   ***     ***       ***
300723897
  PLEXUS OPERATING S/W   ***     ***       ***  
300723913
  SS7 S/W PKG   ***     ***       ***  
300723947
  TDM TRUNK INTERFACE FEATURE PKG   ***     ***       ***  
300724036
  ENHANCED ROUTING S/W PKG   ***     ***       ***  
300724127
  IS-41D GATEWAY MSC SW FEATURE PKG   ***     ***       ***  
300724184
  SMDI FEATURE PKG   ***     ***       ***  
300724242
  PLEXVIEW ELEMENT MANAGER LICENSE   ***     ***       ***  
300724291
  PLEXVIEW ADV REPORTING NAMED USER LICEN   ***     ***       ***
300729688
  DS1 IOM KIT, 87-1002-A   ***     ***       ***  
300724259
  PLEXVIEW S/W BUNDLE PER EMS SERVER   ***     ***       ***  
300724267
  PLEXVIEW ADVANCED REPORTING SW PER EMS   ***     ***       ***  
Maintenance for LCS Gateway products will be charged on a per configuration basis.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

16


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
EXISTING MARKETS PRICING
viib Lucent Network Controller and Lucent Network Gateway:
Pricing for the LNC and LNG shall be negotiated in good faith by the Parties at a later date.
viii. Optional Software & BRSS (Base Release System Software) Pricing:
***
ix.   PDSN Data Equipment Pricing:
      Discount Table
                         
Material   Standard   Spares   Net Effective
PDSN, including AAA SW
    ***       ***       ***  
Power
    ***       ***       ***  
x. Juniper Equipment Pricing
      Discount Table
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

17


 

      DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
EXISTING MARKETS PRICING
                 
Material   Standard   Spares
Hardware
    ***     ***
Software
    ***   ***
xi. Riverstone Equipment Pricing
      Discount Table
                 
Material   Standard   Spares
Hardware
    ***     ***
Software
    ***   ***
xii. Dorado Pricing
     Please see Appendix 1 for current Dorado Price Book.
  §   ***
 
  §   Dorado items are orderable with Juniper and/or Riverstone and Lucent gear
 
  §   All Customer requests for Dorado Quotes must go through the current quoting process.
xiii. ATM SHO and Integrated Network Systems (INS) Pricing
      Discount Table
                 
Material   Standard   Spares
PSAX 4500
    ***     ***
CBX 500 Hardware
    ***     ***
CBX 500 RTU Fees
    ***        
CBX 3500 Hardware
    ***     ***
CBX 3500 MX0X RTU Fee
    ***        
CBX 3500 Other RTU Fees
    ***        
     Pricing for other INS materials shall be negotiated in good faith by the Parties at a later date.
xiv. Wireless Intelligent Network (WIN) Pricing:
      Discount Table
                                 
                            OI
Material/Software/Service   List   Spares   Net Effective   Comcode
ECS 900 4 Tl Channelized Links Platform Software RTU
  ***             ***       300538014  
ECS 900 Base Configuration (1 Media Unit)
  ***             ***       300517828  
ECS 900 Base Spares
  ***     ***     ***       300568722  
eCS 900 Telecom Server Chassis e/q with 4 Tl Channelized Links
distributed over 2 Telecom Server Units. (These 4 Tl Channelized
Links equate to 32 low speed SS7 links).
  ***             ***       300517901
300517877
 
ECS, Release 24 Operating System & Utilities RTU
  ***             ***       300567641
300567658
 
ECS900 SRU (per eCS)
  ***             ***       300703188  
eMRS SRU (per eMRS)
  ***             ***       300703600  
ESM SRU (J6750)
  ***             ***       300703196  
eSM, RTU for up to 10 AHE/MAS connections
              ***       300570728  
LICENSE, RIGHT TO USE ( per subscribe r), eCS R24, ANSI-41 SHLR 9.0 & Authentication Center (AC)
  ***             ***       300723194
300723160
300723111
300723061
300723111
 
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

18


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
EXISTING MARKETS PRICING
                                 
                            OI
Material/Software/Service   List   Spares   Net Effective   Comcode
LICENSE, RIGHT TO USE, SHLR 8.0 or Later, Support MiRing (per sub)
    ***               ***       300723012  
Lucent IN Applications SRU (MiRing & SHLR, 1 million to 5 million subscribers) (per subscriber)
    ***               ***       300703519  
MiRing subscriber-RTU (per 1,000 subscriber RTU)
    ***               ***       300689494  
R24 eServices Intelligent Network On-line Platform Documentation CD Rom
    ***               ***          
SHLR Integration (eCS 900, eSM) for possible second pair expansion
    ***               ***       300427499  
SOFTWARE, ON TAPE, eCS R24, SHLR 9.0 - New Install
    ***               ***       300589629  
Spare 8GB Fully Populated Factory System Tested Memory Board (eCS 900)
    ***       ***       ***       300538089  
Spare, SCSI 36GB Boot disk
    ***       ***       ***       300707486  
SRU Integration Services (SHLR solution applications)
    ***               ***       300427499  
SRU Integration Services (SHLR solution platforms)
    ***               ***       300427499  
LICENSE, RIGHT TO USE, SHLR 8.0 or Later, Over The Air Parameter Administration (OTAPA) (per 1,000 subscribers)
    ***               ***       300722980  
RTU R23 - R24 - SNMP OA&M Data Collection Interface
    ***               ***       300570074  
SW & RTU for Performance Engineering Tools R24
    ***               ***       300566684  
HARDWARE KIT FOR EMRS R24,R25, SUNBLADE LMT+ REFR WS WITH ONE MONITOR
    ***               ***       300787512  
EQMT TO PROVIDE FOR BASE CABINET PLUS FIRST EMRS CHASSIS PROVISIONING (TS1) AND SECOND EMRS UNIT AT TS0, 30 INCH DEEP CABINET
    ***               ***       300679735  
SL-CAB-HWKIT, 30INCH,eMRS
    ***               ***       300679776  
FI-CAB-BASE, 30INCH,eMRS
    ***               ***       300679719  
FRAMEWORK, ASSEMBLY, WIRING & COMMON EQUIPMENT TO PROVIDE ONE COMPACT PCI 30 INCH EMRS CABINET FOR FIRST EMRS CHASSIS PROVISIONING (TS1)
    ***               ***       300679727  
CIRCUIT PACK, QUAD SS7 INTERFACE CARD AND Tl PORTS (408385482)
    ***       ***       ***       300326857  
CIRCUIT PACK, CPU, DUAL P3, 1Ghz CPU (408786895); CIRCUIT PACK, CPU 1Ghz — RTM (408790186)
    ***       ***       ***       300590551  
CIRCUIT PACK, ALARM BOARD2 (408802312)
    ***       ***       ***       300590759  
CIRCUIT PACK, MEDIA BAY MODULE (408403715)
    ***       ***       ***       300288271  
SPARE, CIRCUIT PACK, SCSI DATA DISK DRIVE, 36GB
    ***       ***       ***       300736790  
CIRCUIT PACK, POWER ENTRY MODULE (408403681)
    ***       ***       ***       300288255  
NMS CG6500 8-span El/71 VOIP board card, 2 10/100BaseT Network I/O (note: comcode 300590676 maps into 408781029-front card & 408761153 -RTM card in the eMRS H400-717 drawing)
    ***       ***       ***       300590676  
CIRCUIT PACK , MULTI-FUNCTION SYSTEM I/O CARD, ETHERNET CARD AND SCSI INTERFACE CARD (408641744); CIRCUIT PACK, MFIO — RTM (408532232)
    ***       ***       ***       300326832  
eSM, RTU for 20K TPH performance
    ***               ***       300278173  
eSM, RTU for up to 10 eMRS connection
    ***               ***       300277951  
eSM, RTU for 4 eCS/SCP connection
    ***               ***       300278058  
eSM, RTU for 50K TPH performance
    ***               ***       300278207  
Tl Channelized Links Spare
    ***       ***       ***       300618964  
Note: ***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

19


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
EXISTING MARKETS PRICING
xv. Messaging Pricing:
     Please refer to Attachment L for Messaging pricing.
xvi.   NOS Pricing:
      Order Information:
                                             
                    Term of                    
    Order           Comcode # and other Description   Service or                   Extended
    Type   Comcode #   (E.g. Level of Support, Upgrades Included, etc.)   License   Qty   Fee   Fee
1
  SW     108375494     NetminderNTP RTU (One time Right-to-use)
Software License

List Price: *** per MSC
MetroPCS Discount Price *** per MSC
  One time     1     ***
***
  ***
***
2
  Training   OS3326   OS3326 NTP System User & Administration Training (4 days, 8 students) Instructor T&L not included   One time     1     ***     ***  
3
  SW     300660834     3rd Party SW: Times Ten (one per server)   One time     1     ***     ***  
4
  SW     300660842     3 rd Party SW: Borland VisiBroker
(one per server)
  One time     1     ***     ***  
5
  SW     300660826     3 rd Party SW: NTP Oracle RTU per CPU   One time     1     ***     ***  
6
  PS     108087289     LWS Services: IPA, install, configuration (one
server)
  One time     1     ***     ***  
7
  Annual Maint.     300012655     24X7 RTS-Remote Technical Support, (includes
Software Updates, Upgrade for Core, Web Site
Access) ***
  annual     1     ***     ***  
Term for Software Support Services: Any Software support Service charges stated herein shall have an initial, non-cancelable term of ***, commencing upon the delivery of the Software (“Initial Support Term”). Software support Services will be provided in accordance with Seller’s standard Statement of Work (SOW) for such Services. Customer may access and view these SOWs and their associated terms and conditions at Seller’s web site address www.lucent.com/support.
Seller Hardware: In the event that the Software is utilized on Seller-provided server Products, Customer will provide Seller with reasonable access for installation and maintenance of Seller-owned Products and Customer agrees that title to such Product will remain with Seller at all times. Upon termination of the license utilizing Seller owned Products, Customer shall return such Products to Seller within 15 days of such termination or Seller may invoice, and Customer shall pay, the then current value of the Products retained.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

20


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
EXISTING MARKETS PRICING
xvii. Training Pricing:
Training will be provided in accordance with Seller’s standard training program at then-current rates. For more information please refer to Attachment B. A BP99-Form will need to be filled out from time to time.
xviii. Documentation Pricing:
Documentation will be provided in accordance with Seller’s standard documentation program at then-current rates. For more information please contact CIC 888-582-3688 or www.lucentdocs.com.
Customer Code = DK
xix. Services Pricing:
Please refer to Attachment J for Services pricing.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

21


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
APPENDIX 1 — DORADO PRICING
***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

22


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the
Parties APPENDIX 1 — DORADO PRICING
***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

23


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
APPENDIX 1 — DORADO PRICING
***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

24


 

Attachment B
TRAINING
1. Introduction
Lucent training courses (the “Training Courses” ) are developed in accordance with systematic training development processes. The Training Courses are combined into a comprehensive training program that is oriented toward job functions associated with operating and managing various Products and Software sold by Lucent. The Training Courses utilize classroom lectures with audio/video training aids, PC-based training, and/or practical hands-on experience to assure that students acquire theoretical as well as practical knowledge.
2. Training ***
a. ***
b. Training will consist of Lucent’s standard training for Customer’s personnel in the planning for and operation and maintenance of Products and Software provided under the Agreement. ***
3. Training Courses
The Training Courses for which Customer shall be eligible, based upon Customer’s current Product and Software demands, shall be those set forth in the course description schedule set forth below in this Attachment B (the “Course Description Schedule” ). From time to time during the Term, Lucent may offer to Customer new or different Training Courses which are not identified on the Course Description Schedule. In such event, Lucent shall provide Customer with a list of the new or different Training Courses at the time such Training Courses become generally available to Lucent’s customers. In the event that Customer purchases (or licenses, in the case of Software) other Products or Software during the Term for which Lucent provides Training Courses, Lucent shall provide Customer with a list of such available Training Courses at the time of Lucent’s delivery of the Product or Software. The Course Description Schedule
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

1


 

shall be amended once annually, on or before December 1st of the then-current year of the Term, to identify any new or different Training Courses for which Customer shall be eligible.
4. Training Contact Information
Website:
Customer has the option to access an up-to-date list of Training Courses available for Products and Software and register for training by accessing the following website: https://training.lucent.com/SabaWeb
Open Enrollment Classes (Lucent Training Facility):
***
Customer Site Training and Scheduling Training:
Tamara Birdsong (Lucent Training Coordinator)
Phone: ***
Email: ***
5. Training Terms and Conditions
a. The following terms and conditions apply to Training Courses provided either at a Lucent training center or at a Customer location:
(1) The price for the Training Course includes all tuition and standard course materials.
(2) Student requests for Lucent’s training publications will be satisfied from materials that are included in the Training Course. Requests for materials involving Products not included in the Training Course will be forwarded to both Customer’s representatives and the Lucent Account Executive for negotiation. The cost of non-Lucent training publications will be the student’s responsibility.
(3) All training will be conducted in English. Written materials will be provided in English.
(4) If an interpreter is necessary, the length and cost of the training may increase; any such increases shall be identified by Lucent in advance.
(5) Scheduled Training Courses can be cancelled by Customer fifteen (15) calendar days in advance of the start of such Training Course without any Customer liability for such cancellation. Except for cancellations caused by events beyond Customer’s reasonable control, cancellations that occur five (5) to fourteen (14) calendar days before the start of a Training Course will result in a cancellation fee to Customer ***; provided, however, that if Seller is able to secure attendance by another person to fill such seat, there will be no cancellation fee. Except for cancellations caused by events beyond Customer’s reasonable control, cancellations that occur zero (0) to five (5) calendar days before the start of a Training Course will result in a cancellation
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

2


 

fee to Customer of *** for such Training Course; provided, however, that if Seller is able to secure attendance by another person to fill such seat, there will be no cancellation fee. Cancellation fees shall first be deducted from Customer’s Training Credits. In the event that Customer has insufficient Training Credits to cover all cancellation fees, Customer shall pay Lucent the balance.
(6) Lucent’s Training Courses are constantly being revised and updated; therefore, the duration, pricing and exact content of the Training Course may change from those described in this Attachment B , including in the Course Description Schedule.
b. The following additional terms and conditions shall apply to Training Courses conducted only at a Lucent training center location ( Lucent Training Center” ):
(1) Student manuals are part of the tuition and become the property of the student upon completion of the applicable Training Course. All training aids, classroom documentation, software, and equipment owned and supplied by Lucent will remain Lucent’s property upon completion of the applicable Training Course.
(2) A minimum class size of eight (8) students is required to schedule a Customer-dedicated hands-on class. A minimum class size of twenty (20) students is required to schedule a Customer-dedicated, lecture-only class conducted at a Lucent Training Center. If Customer does not wish to schedule a dedicated class, the designated number of students will be placed in existing classes.
(3) Customer will be responsible for all student lodging and living expenses and all international, inter-city transportation, and transportation from the place of lodging to the training site unless otherwise stated. Lucent will assist in the logistics of obtaining lodging, and will also assist students in arranging transportation from the airport to the place of lodging.
(4) The schedules at Lucent’s Training Centers vary from five (5) to six (6) days a week, eight (8) hours per day. Students will be expected to attend classes as scheduled at the Lucent Training Center. This may include additional hours as may be required to maintain the progress of a given class.
(5) Customer should be aware that circumstances may dictate that days where no applicable training is offered (not including weekends) may occur during the duration of the student’s stay at a Lucent Training Center. There will be no tuition charge for non-training days; however, all student living expenses will be Customer’s responsibility.
(6) No training will be scheduled on holidays normally celebrated at the Lucent Training Center.
(7) If the students plan personal travel on days off, the Lucent Training Center would appreciate knowing their destination in case of emergency. The cost of personal travel is the responsibility of the student.
(8) All students will receive a student guide on the first day of the Training Course. Any additional training material is distributed at appropriate intervals during the Training Course.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

3


 

c. The following additional terms and conditions shall apply to Training Courses conducted only at a Customer location:
(1) Customer shall be required to provide suitable facilities and all the equipment necessary for on-site training (including test equipment). This equipment must be free of trouble and working, but not in service. Instructor time and related travel expenses will be required to set up Customer’s training site so that the equipment is configured like that in Lucent’s training lab and any related costs or fees to be paid by Customer therefor shall be fixed and set forth as separate line items in an agreed upon statement of work. This shall be required for each hands-on Training Course taught at Customer’s training site.
(2) Customer shall be responsible for all reasonable out-of-pocket instructor travel and living expenses, and the expenses associated with the shipping of Training Course material and equipment; provided, however, that such travel shall be at coach fares and Customer shall not be responsible for any entertainment expenses.
(3) ***
(4) Customer assumes the risk of loss, including theft and damage, to the Training Course-related equipment Lucent provides while such equipment is in the possession or control of Customer, but not during its delivery or transportation to Customer.
6. Prerequisites
It is assumed that the training population will have previous experience in, and possess a basic fundamental knowledge of, transmission and switching theory of operation. Further prerequisites are stated in the Training Course descriptions.
7. Training Implementation
a. An implementation plan for the training program will be developed after the Effective Date. This plan will identify the specific tasks that will be performed by Lucent (including recommended Training Courses) and the proper sequence in which to implement such tasks throughout the Term. Firm schedule dates for the Training Courses will be agreed to by the Parties after the Effective Date.
b. Special responsibilities and assumptions for the Parties with regards to training will also be noted in the implementation plan. This plan will assist in ensuring that operations are commenced and completed on time as required by the Agreement and will be mutually agreed to by Customer and Lucent.
8. Training Assumptions
Customer shall supply the personal computers associated with the PC-based training conducted on-site.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

4


 

9. Conflict
In the event there is any conflict between the terms and conditions of this Attachment B and the terms and conditions of Attachment A , this Attachment B shall control with respect to the Training Courses provided hereunder and Attachment A shall control for all other purposes.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

5


 

MOBILITY COURSE DESCRIPTION
CDMA — Switch Technician
                 
        Duration    
Course Number   Course Description   and Media   Price
CORE PRODUCT/TECHNOLOGY
               
 
               
CL1000C/W
Flexent™/AUTOPLEX® Wireless
System Overview
  ***   ***   ***
***
 
               
Overview of Flexent and CDMA
Basestations (optional)
  ***   ***   ***
 
               
CL5601C/W
Flexent Wireless Packet
Networks Overview
  ***   ***   ***
***
 
               
CL5110
Flexent Element Management
System Overview Tutorial
  ***   ***   ***    
 
               
LTD258M/W
Understanding the Basics of
Data Communications
  ***   ***   ***
***
 
               
LTD257M/W
Understanding TCP/IP Fundamentals
  ***   ***   ***
***
 
               
CL1910
TCP/IP Fundamentals
  ***   ***   ***    
 
               
LTD301M/W
Understanding IP and Voice over IP
  ***   ***   ***
***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

6


 

                 
        Duration    
Course Number   Course Description   and Media   Price
UC1070
Fundamentals of UNIX
  ***   ***   ***    
 
               
5ESS SWITCH/ECP
               
 
               
WS5M01
5ESS® DCS Maintenance:
System Fundamentals
  ***   ***   ***    
 
               
WS5M02
5ESS ® Switch DCS
Maintenance: AM and CNI
  ***   ***   ***    
 
               
WS5M03
5ESS ® Switch DCS
Maintenance: CM Hardware
  ***   ***   ***    
 
               
WS5M04
5ESS ® Switch DCS
Maintenance: SM Hardware
  ***   ***   ***    
 
               
WS5M05
5ESS ® Switch DCS
Trunk Maintenance
  ***   ***   ***    
 
               
WS5MO6
5ESS ® DCS Maintenance:
Office Database Maintenance
  ***   ***   ***    
 
               
CL8005
Maintenance of the 5ESS ® DCS
for Flexent™/AUTOPLEX ®
Wireless System
  ***   ***   ***    
 
               
CL8002
Flexent™/AUTOPLEX ® Wireless
Networks ECP — Complex
Maintenance
  ***   ***   ***    
 
               
CL8510
5ESS Switch CDMA Wireless
Application for NAR
  ***   ***   ***    
 
               
Flexent Mobility Manager/RNG Engineering
               
 
               
CL5500
FMS Mobility Server Overview
  ***   ***   ***    
 
               
CL5501
Mobility Manager Application Processor (AP) OA&M
  ***   ***   ***    
 
               
CL5502
Mobility Manager ROP
OA&M:
  ***   ***   ***
***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

7


 

                 
        Duration    
Course Number   Course Description   and Media   Price
CL5503C/W
Flexent Mobility Manager
Database Management Systems
(MM-DBMS) OA&M
  ***   ***   ***
 
               
CL5582
CDMA2000 1X Radio
Network Controller OA&M
  ***   ***   ***    
 
               
3G1X
               
 
               
CL3716
Overview of the 3G-1X Radio Access Network and Technology
  ***   ***   ***    
 
               
CL3737
3G1X High Speed Packet Data
Fundamentals
  ***   ***   ***    
 
               
1XEV-DO
               
 
               
LTW541M/W
1X-EVDO Networks
  ***   ***   ***
 
               
CL5660C
1xEV-DO Radio Access System
OA&M
  ***   ***   ***
 
               
CL5661
Flexent CDMA2000
1xEV-DO Radio Access System
OA&M
  ***   ***   ***    
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

8


 

                 
        Duration    
Course Number   Course Description   and Media   Price
Translations
 
               
CL3630
Flexent/AUTOPLEX
Wireless Networks
Digit-Routing
Translations
  ***   ***   ***  
 
               
CL3631
Flexent/AUTOPLEX
Wireless Networks
Multiple Systems
Networking
  ***   ***   ***  
 
               
CL5632
Flexent/AUTOPLEX CDMA Cell
Site Growth Translations
  ***       ***  
RF Engineer and Systems Performance Engineer
                 
        Duration    
Course Number   Course Description   and Media   Price
CORE PRODUCT/TECHNOLOGY
 
               
CL1000C/W
Flexent TM /AUTOPLEX ® Wireless
System Overview
  ***   ***   ***
 
               
CL5601C/W
Flexent Wireless Packet
Networks Overview
  ***   ***   ***
 
               
CL5110
Flexent Element
Management System Overview
Tutorial
  ***   ***   ***    
 
               
LTD258M/W
Understanding the Basics of Data Communications
  ***   ***   ***
 
               
LTD257M/W
Understanding TCP/IP
Fundamentals
  ***   ***   ***
 
               
CL1910
TCP/IP Fundamentals
  ***   ***   ***    
 
               
CL5600C
Overview of Flexent and CDMA Basestations (optional)
  ***   ***   ***    
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

9


 

                 
        Duration    
Course Number   Course Description   and Media   Price
Design/Performance Engineering
 
               
CL8302
CDMA IS-95/3G1X RF Design & Growth Engineering for PCS (1900 MHz) Systems (for Engineers new to Lucent equipment)
  ***   ***   ***  
 
               
CL8303
CDMA IS-95-3G1X Base Station Call Processing (for engineers new to Lucent equipment)
  ***   ***   ***  
 
               
CL8304
CDMA 3G1X RF Design
Engineering & Base Station Call
Processing (If not taking
CL8302/CL8303)
  ***   ***   ***  
 
               
CL8306
CDMA2000 1XEV-DO RF Design and Call Processing
  ***   ***   ***  
 
               
CL8306S
CDMA2000 1xEV-DO RF Engineering and Call Processing Pre-Deployment Seminar
  ***   ***   ***  
 
               
CL3723
Wireless AMPS/PCS CDMA RF
Performance Engineering
  ***   ***   ***  
 
               
System Capacity Monitoring and Engineering
 
               
CL1004
Flexent/AUTOPLEX System Capacity Monitoring and Engineering (SCME) for PCS CDMA
  ***   ***   ***  
 
               
CL1008
SCME for 1XEV-DO
  ***   ***   ***  
 
               
WATCHMARK
 
               
CL3723
Wireless AMPS/PCS CDMA RF
Performance Engineering
      ***   ***  
 
               
CL1519
Watchmark Prospect Admin. Fundamentals
  ***   ***   ***  
 
               
CL1522
Watch Mark Prospect — Lucent AMPS/CDMA/TDMA-New Users
  ***   ***   ***  
 
               
CL1523,
WatchMark Prospect™ -
Lucent
AMPS/CDMA/TDMA Special
Engineering Studies for Users
  ***   ***   ***  
 
               
3G1X
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

10


 

                 
        Duration    
Course Number   Course Description   and Media   Price
CL3716
Overview of the 3G-1X Radio Access Network and Technology
  ***   ***   ***    
 
               
CL3737
3G1X High Speed Packet Data
Fundamentals
  ***   ***   ***    
 
               
1XEV-DO
 
               
LTW541M/W
1X-EVDO Networks
  ***   ***   ***
 
               
CL5901
1X-EVDO Technology
  ***   ***   ***    
 
             
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

11


 

Systems Engineer (Equipment Engineer) and Switch/BSC Provisioning Engineer
             
        Duration    
Course Number   Course Description   and Media   Price
CL1000C
Flexent™/AUTOPLEX ®
Wireless Networks System
Overview
  ***   ***   ***
 
CL1004
Flexent/AUTOPLEX System Capacity
Monitoring and Engineering
(SCME) for PCS CDMA
  ***   ***   ***
 
CL1008
SCME for 1XEV-DO
  ***   ***   ***
Switch (BSC) Engineer
             
        Duration    
Course Number   Course Description   and Media   Price
CL1000C
Flexent™/AUTOPLEX ®
Wireless Networks System
Overview
  ***   ***   ***
 
CL5600C
Overview of Flexent and CDMA
Basestations (optional)
  ***   ***   ***
 
CL8002
Flexent™/AUTOPLEX ®
Wireless Networks ECP -
Complex Maintenance
  ***   ***   ***
 
CL1004
Flexent/AUTOPLEX System Capacity
Monitoring and Engineering
(SCME) for PCS CDMA
  ***   ***   ***
 
CL1008
SCME for IXEV-DO
  ***   ***   ***
 
CL1519
Watchmark Prospect
Admin. Fundamentals
  ***   ***   ***
 
CL1522
WatchMark Prospect -
Lucent AMPS/CDMA/TDMA
for New Users
  ***   ***   ***
 
CL1523
WatchMark Prospect™ -
Lucent AMPS/CDMA/TDMA
Special Engineering
Studies for Users
  ***   ***   ***
 
CL5632
Flexent Translations
  ***   ***   ***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

12


 

Customer Service Representatives
             
        Duration    
Course Number   Course Description   and Media   Price
CL1000C
Flexent™/AUTOPLEX ®
Wireless Networks System
Overview
  ***   ***   ***
Network Operations Control Center Personnel
             
        Duration    
Course Number   Course Description   and Media   Price
CL1000C
Flexent™/AUTOPLEX ®
Wireless Networks System
Overview
  ***   ***   ***
 
CL1111
Flexent™/AUTOPLEX ®
NOC Fundamentals and Fault Isolation
  ***       ***
RF Base Station Maintenance Personnel
             
        Duration    
Course Number   Course Description   and Media   Price
Core Product/Technology
 
CL1000C
Flexent™/AUTOPLEX ®
Wireless Networks System
Overview
  ***   ***   ***
 
CL5601C/W
Flexent Wireless Packet Networks
Overview
  ***   ***   ***
 
CL5110
Flexent Element Management System
Overview Tutorial
  ***   ***   ***
 
LTD258M/W
Understanding the Basics of
Data Communications
  ***   ***   ***
 
LTD257M/W
Understanding TCP/IP Fundamentals
  ***   ***   ***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

13


 

                 
        Duration    
Course Number   Course Description   and Media   Price
CL1910
TCP/IP Fundamentals
  ***   ***     ***  
 
               
Cell Site Engineering
 
               
CL5600C
Overview of CDMA and Flexent CDMAN Base Stations
  ***   ***     ***
 
               
CL5610
Flexent CDMA Modular cell OA&M
  ***   ***     ***  
 
               
CL5690
CDMA Modular ell 4.0 Operations, Administration and Maintenance
  ***   ***     ***  
 
               
CL5696
Advanced Remote Tool Usage
  ***   ***     ***  
 
               
3G1X
 
               
CL3716
Overview of the 3G-1X Radio Access Network and Technology
  ***   ***     ***  
 
               
CL3737
3G1X High Speed Packet Data
Fundamentals
  ***   ***     ***  
 
               
1XEV-DO
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

14


 

                 
        Duration    
Course Number   Course Description   and Media   Price
LTW541M/W
1X-EVDO Networks
  ***   ***   ***
***
 
               
CL5660C
1xEV-DO Radio Access System OA&M
  ***   ***   ***    
Timelines for each job function:
Below are suggested timelines for the start and completion of training. The intervals identified are relative to cutover of the system to Customer. These timelines assume availability of the student to complete courses in a timely manner and the availability of instructor-led courses.
                 
            Start   Instructor-led
    Start CD based   CD-based training   Instructor-led   courses
Job Function   Training   completed   course   completed
Switch Technician
  ***   ***   ***   ***
 
               
RF Eng. & Systems Performance Eng
  ***   ***   ***   ***
 
               
Systems Engineer (Equipment Engineer) and Switch/BSC Provisioning Eng.
  ***   ***   ***   ***
 
               
Switch (BSC) Eng.
  ***   ***   ***   ***
 
               
Customer Service
Representatives
  ***   ***   ***   ***
 
               
Network Operations
Control Center
Personnel
  ***   ***   ***   ***
 
               
RF Base Station
Maintenance Personnel
  ***   ***   ***   ***
Note: It is also suggested that prospective students visit a Lucent network that is currently up and running. This will help reinforce what they have learned thus further preparing them to support their own network.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

15


 

WIRELINE COURSE DESCRIPTION
Wireline 5ESS ® Switches
             
        Duration    
Course Number   Course Description   and Media   Price
ES5010
5ESS Switch Architecture
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
ES5521
5ESS Switch Operations and Maintenance Fundamentals
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
ES5523
5ESS Switch Database and Recent Change
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
ES505A
5ESS Switch Translations:
Essentials for Recent
Change
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
ES505B
5ESS Switch Translations:
Recent Change for Business
Applications
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
ES505C
5ESS Switch Translations:
Recent Change for ISDN
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
ES505D
5ESS Switch Translations: R/C for Digit Analysis, Routing, and Charging
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
ES505E
5ESS Switch Translations:
Recent Change for
Trunks
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
ES505P
5ESS Switch Number Portability Call Processing and Provisioning
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
ES5555
5ESS Switch Hands-On
Maintenance
  ***   ***   ***
             
        Duration    
Course Number   Course Description   and Media   Price
ES5MOO
5ESS Switch Overview
  ***   ***   ***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

16


 

             
Course Number   Course Description   Duration
and Media
  Price
ES5M01
5ESS Switch Maintenance: System Fundamentals
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
ES5M01T
5ESS Switch Tandem Applications: System Fundamentals
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
ES5M02
5ESS Switch Maintenance: switching Module Hardware Maintenance
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
ES5M02A
5ESS Switch Maintenance: AM and CNI Hardware Maintenance
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
ES5M02B
5ESS Switch Maintenance: CM Hardware Maintenance
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
ES5M02S
OneLink Manager ASM Maintenance
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
ES5M02N
5ESS Switch Maintenance: Common Channel Signaling Maintenance
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
ES5M03T
5ESS Switch Tandem Applications: Trunk Maintenance
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
ES5M03L
5ESS Switch Maintenance: Line Maintenance
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
ES5M04
5ESS Switch Maintenance: Office Database Maintenance
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
ES5M05
5ESS Switch Maintenance: System Analysis
  ***   ***   ***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

17


 

             
ES5M20A
5ESS Switch Architecture Fundamentals
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
ES5M20B
5ESS Switch Maintenance Fundamentals
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
ES5M20C
5ESS Switch Hardware Maintenance Fundamentals
  ***   ***   ***
Stinger ® and NavisAccess DSL
             
        Duration    
Course Number   Course Description   and Media   Price
20641
Stinger ® Configuration and Administration
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
20641E
Stinger ® Configuration and Administration Web-Based Training
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
20503
NavisAccess DSL 5.1 Fundamentals 1
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
20503E1
NavisAccess DSL 5.1 Fundamentals 1, web-based training
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
20503E2
NavisAccess DSL 5.1 Fundamentals 2, web-based training
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
20503E3
NavisAccess DSL 5.1 Service Creation, Monitoring, and Reporting
  ***   ***   ***
 
           
20503E4
NavisAccess DSL 5.1 Scheduling and Configuration Management
  ***   ***   ***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

18


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
Attachment C
*** PRICING
1. GENERAL
The prices, discounts and incentives described in this Attachment apply in those circumstances (as set forth in Sections 1.2(b) and 1.4(b) of the Agreement) when the prices, discounts and incentives stated in Attachment A do not apply.
The following are not included in the pricing quoted in this Attachment C:
    Taxes, domestic transportation, hauling, hoisting, and warehousing;
 
    Engineering site visits (if required);
 
    Extraordinary installation items — helicopters, cranes, etc.;
 
    Power/battery plant, additions, growth and or replacements;
 
    Transmission/networking equipment, additions, growth and or replacement;
 
    Antennas/tower, additions, growth modifications;
 
    Building modifications/construction;
 
    Optional hardware items associated with select Lucent Software (e.g. OTA, SMS, AutoPace, billing platforms, etc.);
 
    All charges associated with non-Standard Intervals ;
 
    Any other items not specifically quoted in this Attachment.
2. EXISTING AND NEW MARKETS
EXISTING MARKETS
***
NEW MARKETS
***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

1


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
3. ***
     
     
     
     
     
     
***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

2


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
   
 
   
***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

3


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
PRODUCT CATEGORIES
A.   NEW MARKET PRICING
  i.   Base Station Pricing
 
  ii.   Flexent Mobility Manager (FMM) Pricing
 
  iii.   Access Manager (ECP / OMP-FX) Pricing
 
  iv.   Messaging Pricing
B.   EXISTING MARKET PRICING
  i.   Base Station Pricing
 
  ii.   5ESS / Flexent Packet Switch (FPS) Pricing
 
  iii.   Flexent Mobility Manager (FMM) Pricing
 
  iv.   Access Manager (ECP / OMP-FX) Pricing
 
  v.   FMS-Based EVDO Radio Network Controller (RNC) Pricing
 
  vi.   FBP — EVDO Radio Network Controller (RNC) Pricing
 
  vii.   Gateway and Lucent SoftSwitch Pricing (viib. — Lucent Network Controller and Lucent Network Gateway)
 
  viii.   Optional Software & BRSS (Base Release System Software) Pricing
 
  ix.   PDSN Data Equipment Pricing
 
  x.   Juniper Equipment Pricing
 
  xi.   Riverstone Equipment Pricing
 
  xii.   Dorado Pricing
 
  xiii.   ATM Soft Handoff (SHO) and Integrated Network Solutions (INS) Pricing
 
  xiv.   Wireless Intelligent Network (WIN) Pricing
 
  xv.   Messaging Pricing
 
  xvi.   NOS Pricing
 
  xvii.   Training Pricing
 
  xviii.   Documentation Pricing
 
  xix.   Services Pricing
Appendix 1 Dorado Pricing
Appendix 2 Tampa/Sarasota Market Offer Letter
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

4


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
4.A NEW MARKET PRICING
For New Markets, the following pricing will be honored for the Initial Term per the provisions listed herein, as well as Sections 13 above. For any Product or Software not specifically denoted in Section 4.A New Market Pricing below, the Existing Market pricing as defined in Section 4.B will apply.
i. Base Station Pricing:
Discount Table
                         
Material   Standard   Spares   Net Effective
Modcells
    ***       ***     ***
Channel Elements
    ***     ***   ***
Power / Batteries
    ***       ***     ***
  ***
***
         
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
         
New Market Modcell 4.0b Primary 1 st Carrier / 3 Sector (6-sector capable) w/      
Duplex Filters:   Mod 4.0b PC  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
 
     
Sub-Total
    ***  
***
    ***  
 
     
Total Model Price
    ***  
                                 
New Market 2 nd Carrier Growth w/ no                        
additional Battery back-up:   Mod 2.0     Mod 3.0     Mod 4.0b     C4.0  
***
                    ***          
***
                    ***          
***
                    ***          
***
                    ***          
 
                       
Total Model Price
  Not offered     Not offered       ***     Not offered  
                                 
New Market 3 rd Carrier Growth w/ no                        
additional Battery back-up:   Mod 2.0     Mod 3.0     Mod 4.0b     C4.0  
***
                    ***          
***
                    ***          
***
                    ***          
***
                  ***          
 
                       
Total Model Price
  Not offered     Not offered       ***     Not offered  
                                 
New Market 4 th Carrier Growth w/ no                        
additional Battery back-up:   Mod 2.0     Mod 3.0     Mod 4.0b     C4.0  
***
                    ***          
***
                    ***          
***
                    ***          
***
                    ***          
 
                       
Total Model Price
  Not offered     Not offered       ***     Not offered  
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

5


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
NEW MARKETS PRICING
                         
New Market 5 th Carrier Growth on 4.0 PC:   Mod 2.0     Mod 3.0     Mod 4.0b  
***
                    ***  
***
                    ***  
***
                    ***
***
                    ***  
 
                 
Total Model Price
  Not offered     Not offered       ***  
                         
New Market 6 th Carrier Growth on 4.0 PC:   Mod 2.0     Mod 3.0     Mod 4.0b  
***
                  ***  
***
                    ***  
***
                    ***  
***
                  ***  
 
                 
Total Model Price
  Not offered     Not offered       ***  
New Market 7 th - 11 th Carrier Growth Kits for Modcell 4.0b will be Priced at ***
         
New Market: 7 th Carrier Growth Modcell 4.0 Growth Cabinet for 4.0 Primary   Mod 4.0  
Cabinet:   GF-1  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
 
     
Sub-Total
    ***  
***
    ***  
 
     
Total Model Price
    ***  
                         
New Market 8 th Carrier Growth on 4.0 GF-1                with   with     with  
with a 4.0 PC: Mod 2.0 PC   Mod 3.0 PC     Mod 4.0 PC  
***
                    ***  
***
                    ***  
***
                    ***  
***
                  ***  
 
                 
Total Model Price
  Not offered     Not offered       ***  
                         
New Market 9 th Carrier Growth on 4.0 GF-1   with     with     with  
with a 4.0 PC:   Mod 2.0 PC     Mod 3.0 PC     Mod 4.0 PC  
***
                    ***  
***
                    ***  
***
                    ***  
***
                    ***  
 
                 
Total Model Price
  Not offered     Not offered       ***  
New Market 10 th and 11 th Carrier Growth Kits on 4.0 will be Priced as those Growth Kits listed above.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

6


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
NEW MARKETS PRICING
                                 
New Market Note 2 nd V4 BTS w/ 2 3G1X Cxr   Mod 2.0 &                     Redeployed  
and 1 EVDO Cxr (B2B):   Mod 3.0     C4.0     Mod 4.0     Price  
***
                    ***       ***  
***
                    ***       ***  
***
                    ***       ***  
 
                       
Total Model Price
  Not offered     Not offered       ***       ***  
Note: ***
***
ii. Flexent Mobility Manager (FMM) Pricing:
Discount Table
                         
Material   Standard   Spares   Net Effective
Initial Launch New Market FMM HW
    ***       ***       ***  
Initial Launch New Market FMM SW
    ***       ***       ***  
Power
    ***       ***       ***  
***
     ***
iii. Access Manager (ECP /OMP-FX) Pricing:
Discount Table
                         
Material   Standard   Spares   Net Effective
Initial Launch New Market Axmgr
    ***       ***       ***  
Power
    ***       ***       ***  
iv. Messaging Pricing:
     Please refer to Attachment L for Messaging pricing.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

7


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
4.B EXISTING MARKET PRICING
i. Base Station Pricing
Discount Table
                     
Material   Standard   Spares   Net Effective
Modcells
    ***     ***   ***
Channel Elements
    ***     ***   ***
Power / Batteries
    ***     ***   ***
  ***
***
         
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
Modcell 3.0 / 4.0 / 4.0b Primary & Modcell 2.0 / 3.0 / 4.0 / 4.0bGrowth Kit Pricing:
***   ***
 
***   ***
 
***   ***
 
***   ***
 
***   ***
 
***   ***
         
Modcell 4.0/4.0b Primary 1 st Carrier / 3 Sector w/ Duplex Filters:   Mod 4.0/4.0b PC  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
Sub-Total
    ***  
***
    ***  
 
     
Total Model Price
    ***  
         
Modcell 3.0 Primary 1 st Carrier / 3 Sector w/ Duplex Filters:   Mod 3.0 PC  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
Sub-Total
    ***  
***
    ***  
 
     
Total Model Price
    ***  
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

8


 

      DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
EXISTING MARKETS PRICING
         
    Mod 4.0  
Compact Modcell 4.0 Primary 1 st Carrier / 3 Sector w/ Duplex Filters:   Compact PC  
***   ***  
***   ***  
***   ***  
 
     
Total Model Price
  ***  
                                 
2 nd Carrier Growth w/ no additional Battery                        
back-up:   Mod 2.0     Mod 3.0     Mod 4.0 / 4.0b     C4.0  
***   ***     ***     ***     ***  
***   ***     ***     ***     ***  
***   ***     ***     ***     ***  
Total Model Price
  ***     ***     ***     ***  
                                 
3 rd Carrier Growth w/ no additional Battery                        
back-up:   Mod 2.0     Mod 3.0     Mod 4.0 / 4.0b     C4.0  
***   ***     ***     ***     ***  
***   ***     ***     ***     ***  
***   ***     ***     ***     ***  
 
                       
Total Model Price
  ***     ***     ***     ***  
                                 
4 th Carrier Growth w/ no additional Battery                        
back-up:   Mod 2.0     Mod 3.0     Mod 4.0/4.0b     C4.0  
***                   ***          
***                   ***          
***                   ***          
 
                       
Total Model Price
  Not offered     Not offered     ***     Not offered  
         
    Mod 4.0  
4 th Carrier Growth Modcell 4.0 Growth Cabinet for 2.0 Primary Cabinet:   GF-1  
***   ***  
***   ***  
***   ***  
***   ***  
Sub-Total
  ***  
***   ***  
***   ***  
 
     
Total Model Price
  ***  
         
    Mod 4.0  
4 th Carrier Growth Modcell 4.0 Growth Cabinet for 3.0 Primary Cabinet:   GF-1  
***   ***  
***   ***  
***   ***  
***   ***  
Sub-Total
  ***  
***   ***  
 
     
Total Model Price
  ***  
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

9


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
EXISTING MARKETS PRICING
                         
5 th Carrier Growth on 4.0 PC or on 4.0 GF-1   with     with        
with 2.0 PC / 3.0 PC:   Mod 2.0 PC     Mod 3.0 PC     Mod 4.0  
***
    ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***  
 
                 
Total Model Price
    ***       ***       ***  
                 
    with     with  
5 th Carrier Growth on 2.0 GF-1 or 3.0 GF-1:   Mod 2.0 PC     Mod 3.0 PC  
***
    ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***  
 
           
Total Model Price
    ***       ***  
                         
6 th Carrier Growth on 4.0 or on 4.0 GF-1   with     with          
with 2.0 PC/ 3.0 PC:   Mod 2.0 PC     Mod 3.0 PC     Mod 4.0    
***
    ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***
 
                 
Total Model Price
    ***       ***       ***  
                 
    with     with  
6 th Carrier Growth on 2.0 GF-1 or 3.0 GF-1:   Mod 2.0 PC     Mod 3.0 PC  
***
    ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***  
 
           
Total Model Price
    ***       ***  
7 th - 11 th Carrier Growth Kits for Modcell 4.0b will be Priced at ***
         
    Mod 4.0  
7 th Carrier Growth Modcell 4.0 Growth Cabinet for 4.0 Primary Cabinet:   GF-1  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
 
     
Sub-Total
    ***  
***
     
***
    ***  
 
     
Total Model Price
    ***  
                 
7 th Carrier Growth on 4.0 GF-1 with a 2.0 PC   with     with  
or 3.0 PC:   Mod 2.0 PC     Mod 3.0 PC  
***
    ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***  
 
           
Total Model Price
    ***       ***  
                         
8 th Carrier Growth on 4.0 GF-1 with a 2.0 PC   with     with     with  
/ 3.0 P C/ 4.0 PC:   Mod 2.0 PC     Mod 3.0 PC     Mod 4.0 PC  
***
    ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***  
 
                 
Total Model Price
    ***       ***       ***  
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

10


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
EXISTING MARKETS PRICING
                         
9 th Carrier Growth on 4.0 GF-1 with a 2.0 PC   with     with     with  
/ 3.0 PC/ 4.0 PC:   Mod 2.0 PC     Mod 3.0 PC     Mod 4.0 PC  
***
    ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***  
***
    ***       ***       ***  
 
                 
Total Model Price
    ***       ***       ***  
10 th and 11 th Carrier Growth Kits on 4.0 will be Priced as those Growth Kits listed above.
                                 
Modcell 4.0 EVDO Carrier Upgrade Note:   Mod 2.0   Mod 3.0   Mod 4.0   C4.0
***
    ***       ***       ***       ***  
Note: ***
6-Sector Upgrade Not to Exceed Price
                                 
Modcell 4.0b 6-Sector Upgrade (3G1X                
voice only, up to 3 Cxrs) with 64 CE +                
RTU Notc :   Mod 2.0   Mod 3.0   Mod 4.0   C4.0
***
    ***       ***       ***       ***  
Note: Applicable only to those Modcell 4.0b’s shipped as 6-sector capable. Software will be available upon GA by June 30, 2006.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Seller is committed to develop and deliver with general availability in commercially reasonable quantities 6-sector 3G1X voice only functionality for up to 3 carriers in a Modcell 4.0b cabinet by June 30, 2006, provided Customer cooperates with Seller to conduct the FOA for such upgrade in a timely manner.
                                 
Modcell 4.0b 6-Sector EVDO Upgrade                
(single carrier) with 64 CE+ RTU Notc :   Mod 2.0   Mod 3.0   Mod 4.0   C4.0
***
    ***       ***       ***       ***  
Note: Applicable only to those Modcell 4.0s shipped as 6-sector capable. Software will be available upon GA by November 30, 2006.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Seller is committed to develop and deliver with general availability in commercially reasonable quantities 6-sector single carrier, EvDo upgrades in a Modcell 4.0b cabinet by November 30, 2006, provided Customer cooperates with Seller to conduct the FOA for such upgrade in a timely manner.
***
***
***
***
***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

11


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
EXISTING MARKETS PRICING
Intelligent Antenna (IA) Planning Prices
***
Please note the following:
  -   ***
 
  -   Pricing based on current product roadmap and does not constitute a commitment by SELLER to produce, develop, make available, or manufacture IA.
 
  -   Customer responsible for IA antenna, misc. cabling, and other potential items required for IA upgrade
The product roadmaps outlined above for: (1) EVDO Rev A; and (2) Intelligent Antenna are provided by Seller solely to inform Buyer of Seller’s current plan of record for the relevant product(s) and both parties to this Agreement hereby agree that such information does not form a commitment of any kind on either party in relation to this Agreement but represents Seller’s good faith estimate as of the Effective Date. The terms and conditions, including firm pricing, of any features or functionalities that may be described in the product roadmap that are ultimately released, made generally available, or provided under this or subsequent agreements are subject to future negotiations and future agreement on the terms and conditions which would govern any sale. There are no penalties, liquidated damages or other remedies associated with changes to the product roadmap including cancellation of any specific feature or functionality or delay in the timing of development.
         
Channel Element (CE) Pricing:
       
***   ***  
***   ***  
***   ***  
***   ***  
***   ***  
                                                                 
Kits to Maintain 4 Hour Battery Backup                   QUANTITIES  
Description   List     Net     3S1C     3S2C     3S3C     3S4C     3S5C     3S6C  
***     ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***  
***     ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***  
***     ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***  
***     ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***  
***     ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***  
***     ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***  
***     ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***  
***     ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***       ***  
 
                                                   
TOTAL List Price     ***     ***       ***       ***       ***       ***  
TOTAL Incermental List Price           ***       ***       ***       ***       ***  
TOTAL Net Incremental Price       ***     ***       ***       ***       ***       ***  
 
*   Note: ***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

12


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
EXISTING MARKETS PRICING
ii.   5ESS / Flexent Packet Switch (FPS) Pricing
 
    Discount Table
                         
Material   Standard   Spares   Net Effective
5ESS / FPS
    ***     ***     ***
Power
    ***     ***     ***
***
    ***
 
    ***
iii.   Flexent Mobility Manager (FMM) Pricing:
 
    Discount Table
                         
Material   Standard   Spares   Net Effective
FMM HW
    ***     ***     ***
FMM SW
    ***     ***     ***
Power
    ***     ***     ***
iv.   Access Manager (ECP / OMP-FX) Pricing:
 
    Discount Table
                         
Material   Standard   Spares   Net Effective
Axmgr
    ***     ***     ***
Power
    ***     ***     ***
v.   FMS Based — EVDO Radio Network Controller (RNC) Pricing:
 
    Discount Table
                         
Material   Standard   Spares   Net Effective
FMS Based RNC HW
    ***     ***     ***
FMS Based RNC SW
    ***     ***     ***
Power
    ***     ***     ***
vi.   FBP — EVDO Radio Network Controller (RNC) Pricing:
 
    ***
 
    Discount Table
                         
Material   Standard   Spares   Net Effective
FBP Based RNC HW
    ***     ***     ***
FBP Based RNC SW
    ***     ***     ***
Power
    ***     ***     ***
    Note: Requires OMC-RAN.
 
vii.   Gateway and Lucent Soft Switch Pricing:
                             
        Unit List     Unit Net        
Comcode   Product Description   Price     Price     Discount  
300724218
  VOICE MAIL INTERFACE ACCESSORY PACK   ***     ***       ***
300724283
  PLEXVIEW ADVANCED TRAFFIC COLLECTION SW   ***     ***       ***
300724366
  PLEXUS 9000 CUSTOMER DOC CDROM   ***     ***       ***
300724374
  PLEXVIEW EMS DOCUMENTATION CDROM   ***     ***       ***
300724382
  PLEXVIEW BILLING & TRAFFIC COLLECTION G   ***     ***       ***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

13


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
EXISTING MARKETS PRICING
                             
        Unit List     Unit Net        
Comcode   Product Description   Price     Price     Discount  
300741238
  PLEXVIEW FLOW-THRU PRO & PM XML API   ***     ***       ***
300724317
  PLEXVIEW AMA PLUS BILLING SW   ***     ***       ***
300723541
  P9000 CHASSIS & COMM EQUIP PROTECT W/SP3   ***     ***       ***
300723590
  8XDS3/STS-1 IOM WITH TONE DETECT   ***     ***       ***
300723657
  8XDS3/STS-1 PROTECT IOM, W/TONE DETECT   ***     ***       ***
300723897
  PLEXUS OPERATING S/W   ***     ***       ***
300723913
  SS7 S/W PKG   ***     ***       ***
300723947
  TDM TRUNK INTERFACE FEATURE PKG   ***     ***       ***
300724036
  ENHANCED ROUTING S/W PKG   ***     ***       ***
300724127
  IS-41D GATEWAY MSC SW FEATURE PKG   ***     ***       ***
300724184
  SMDI FEATURE PKG   ***     ***       ***
300724242
  PLEXVIEW ELEMENT MANAGER LICENSE   ***     ***       ***
300724291
  PLEXVIEW ADV REPORTING NAMED USER LICEN   ***     ***       ***
300729688
  DS1 IOM KIT, 87-1002-A   ***     ***       ***
300724259
  PLEXVIEW S/W BUNDLE PER EMS SERVER   ***     ***       ***
300724267
  PLEXVIEW ADVANCED REPORTING SW PER EMS   ***     ***       ***
Maintenance for LCS Gateway products will be charged on a per configuration basis.
vii.   Lucent Network Controller and Lucent Network Gateway:
Pricing for the LNC and LNG shall be negotiated in good faith by the Parties at a later date.
viii.   Optional Software & BRSS (Base Release System Software) Pricing:
***
***
***
***
***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

14


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
EXISTING MARKETS PRICING
***
ix.   PDSN Data Equipment Pricing
 
    Discount Table
                         
Material   Standard   Spares   Net Effective
PDSN, including AAA SW
    ***     ***     ***
Power
    ***     ***     ***
x.   Juniper Equipment Pricing
 
    Discount Table
                 
Material   Standard   Spares
Hardware
    ***     ***
Software
    ***   ***
xi.   Riverstone Equipment Pricing
 
    Discount Table
                 
Material   Standard   Spares
Hardware
    ***   ***
Software
    ***   ***
xii.   Dorado Pricing
Please see Appendix 1 for current Dorado Price Book.
  §   ***
 
  §   Dorado items are orderable with Juniper and/or Riverstone and Lucent gear
 
  §   All customer requests for Dorado Quotes must go through the current quoting process.
xii.   ATM SHO and Integrated Network Systems (INS) Pricing
 
    Discount Table
                 
Material   Standard   Spares
PSAX 4500
    ***     ***
CBX 500 Hardware
    ***     ***
CBX 500 RTU Fees
    ***    
CBX 3500 Hardware
    ***     ***
CBX 3500 MXOX RTU Fee
    ***    
CBX 3500 Other RTU Fees
    ***    
    Pricing for other INS materials shall be negotiated in good faith by the Parties at a later date.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

15


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
EXISTING MARKETS PRICING
xiii.   Wireless Intelligent Network (WIN) Pricing:
 
    Discount Table
                                 
Material/Software/Service   List   Spares   Net Effective   OI Comcode
eCS 900 4 T1 Channelized Links Platform Software RTU
    ***               ***       300538014  
eCS 900 Base Configuration (1 Media Unit)
    ***               ***       300517828  
eCS 900 Base Spares
    ***       ***       ***       300568722  
eCS 900 Telecom Server Chassis e/q with 4 Tl Channelized Links distributed over 2 Telecom Server Units. (These 4 Tl Channelized Links equate to 32 low speed SS7 links).
    ***               ***       300517901 300517877  
eCS, Release 24 Operating System & Utilities RTU
    ***               ***       300567641 300567658  
eCS900 SRU (per eCS)
    ***               ***       300703188  
eMRS SRU (per eMRS)
    ***               ***       300703600  
eSM SRU(J6750)
    ***               ***       300703196  
eSM, RTU for up to 10 AHE/MAS connections
    ***               ***       300570728  
LICENSE, RIGHT TO USE (per subscriber) , eCS R24, ANSI-41 SHLR 9.0 & Authentication Center (AC)
    ***               ***       300723194 300723160 300723111 300723061 300723111  
LICENSE, RIGHT TO USE, SHLR 8.0 or Later, Support MiRing (per sub)
    ***               ***       300723012  
Lucent IN Applications SRU (MiRing & SHLR, 1 million to 5 million subscribers) (per subscriber)
    ***               ***       300703519  
MiRing subscriber-RTU (per 1,000 subscriber-RTU)
    ***               ***       300689494  
R24 eServices Intelligent Network On-line Platform Documentation CD Rom
                    ***          
SHLR Integration (eCS 900, eSM) for possible second pair expansion
    ***               ***       300427499  
SOFTWARE, ON TAPE, eCS R24, SHLR 9.0 - New Install
    ***               ***       300589629  
Spare 8GB Fully Populated Factory System Tested Memory Board (eCS 900)
    ***       ***       ***       300538089  
Spare, SCSI 36GB Boot disk
    ***       ***       ***       300707486  
SRU Integration Services (SHLR solution applications)
    ***               ***       300427499  
SRU Integration Services (SHLR solution platforms)
    ***               ***       300427499  
LICENSE, RIGHT TO USE, SHLR 8.0 or Later, Over The Air Parameter Administration (OTAPA) (per 1,000 subscribers)
    ***               ***       300722980  
RTU R23 - R24 - SNMP OA&M Data Collection Interface
    ***               ***       300570074  
SW & RTU for Performance Engineering Tools R24
    ***               ***       300566684  
HARDWARE KIT FOR EMRS,R24R25, SUNBLADE LMT+ REFR WS WITH ONE MONITOR
    ***               ***       300787512  
EQMT TO PROVIDE FOR BASE CABINET PLUS FIRST EMRS CHASSIS PROVISIONING (TS1)
    ***               ***       300679735  
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

16


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
EXISTING MARKETS PRICING
                                 
Material/Software/Service   List   Spares   Net Effective   OI Comcode
AND SECOND EMRS UNIT AT TS0, 30 INCH DEEP CABINET
                               
SL-CAB-HWKIT, 30INCH,eMRS
    ***               ***       300679776  
FI-CAB-BASE, 30INCH,eMRS
    ***               ***       300679719  
FRAMEWORK, ASSEMBLY, WIRING & COMMON EQUIPMENT TO PROVIDE ONE COMPACT PCI 30 INCH EMRS CABINET FOR FIRST EMRS CHASSIS PROVISIONING (TS1)
    ***               ***       300679727  
CIRCUIT PACK, QUAD SS7 INTERFACE CARD AND T1 PORTS (408385482)
    ***       ***       ***       300326857  
CIRCUIT PACK, CPU, DUAL P3, 1 Ghz CPU (408786895); CIRCUIT PACK, CPU 1 Ghz — RTM (408790186)
    ***       ***       ***       300590551  
CIRCUIT PACK, ALARM BOARD2 (408802312)
    ***       ***       ***       300590759  
CIRCUIT PACK, MEDIA BAY MODULE (408403715)
    ***       ***       ***       300288271  
SPARE, CIRCUIT PACK, SCSI DATA DISK DRIVE, 36GB
    ***       ***       ***       300736790  
CIRCUIT PACK, POWER ENTRY MODULE (408403681)
    ***       ***       ***       300288255  
NMS CG6500 8-span E1/T1 VOIP board card, 2 10/100BaseT Network I/O (note: comcode 300590676 maps into 408781029 -front card & 408761153 -RTM card in the eMRS H400-717 drawing)
    ***       ***       ***       300590676  
CIRCUIT PACK , MULTI-FUNCTION SYSTEM I/O CARD, ETHERNET CARD AND SCSI INTERFACE CARD (408641744); CIRCUIT PACK, MFIO — RTM (408532232)
    ***       ***       ***       300326832  
eSM, RTU for 20K TPH performance
    ***               ***       300278173  
eSM, RTU for up to 10 eMRS connection
    ***               ***       300277951  
eSM, RTU for 4 eCS/SCP connection
    ***               ***       300278058  
eSM, RTU for 50K TPH performance
    ***               ***       300278207  
Tl Channelized Links Spare
    ***       ***       ***       300618964  
 
Note:   ***
xiv.   Messaging Pricing:
 
    Please refer to Attachment L for Messaging pricing.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

17


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
EXISTING MARKETS PRICING
xv.   NOS Pricing:
 
    Order Information:
                                             
                    Term of                    
    Order           Comcode # and other Description   Service or                   Extended
    Type   Comcode #   (E.g. Level of Support, Upgrades Included, etc.)   License   Qty   Fee   Fee
1
  SW     108375494     Netminder NTP RTU (One time Right-to-use) Software License   One time     1     ***   ***
 
              List Price: ***
MetroPCS Discount Price ***
                           
2
  Training   OS3326   OS3326 NTP System User & Administration Training (4 days, 8 students) Instructor T&L not included   One time     1       ***       ***  
3
  SW     300660834     3rd Party SW: Times Ten (one per server )   One time     1       ***       ***  
4
  SW     300660842     3 rd Party SW: Borland VisiBroker (one per server)   One time     1       ***       ***  
5
  SW     300660826     3 rd Party SW: NTP Oracle RTU per CPU   One time     1       ***       ***  
6
  PS     108087289     LWS Services: IPA, install, configuration (one server)   One time     1       ***       ***  
7
  Annual Maint.     300012655     24X7 RTS-Remote Technical Support, (includes Software Updates, Upgrade for Core, Web Site Access)***   annual     1       ***       ***  
Term for software support services: Any Software support Service charges stated herein shall have an initial, non-cancelable term of ***, commencing upon the delivery of the Software (“Initial Term”). Software support Services will be provided in accordance with Seller’s Statement of Work (SOW) for such Services. Customer may access and view these SOWs and their associated terms and conditions at Seller’s web site address www.lucent.com/support.
Seller Hardware: In the event that the Software is utilized on Seller provided server Products, Customer will provide Seller with reasonable access for installation and maintenance of Seller-owned Products and Customer agrees that title to such Products will remain with Lucent at all times. Upon termination of the license utilizing Seller owned Products, Customer agrees to return such Products upon written request to Seller within 15 days of such termination or Seller may invoice, and Customer shall pay, the then current value of the Products retained.
xvi.   Training Pricing:
Training will be provided in accordance with Seller’s standard training program at then-current rates. For more information please refer to Attachment B. A BP99-Form will need to be filled out from time to time.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

18


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
EXISTING MARKETS PRICING
xvii.   Documentation Pricing:
Documentation will be provided in accordance with Seller’s standard documentation program at then-current rates. For more information please contact CIC 888-582-3688 or www.lucentdocs.com.
Customer Code = DK
xviii.   Services Pricing:
Please refer to Attachment J for Services Pricing.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

19


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the parties
APPENDIX 1 — DORADO PRICING
***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

20


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
APPENDIX 1 — DORADO PRICING
***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

21


 

DRAFT – Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
APPENDIX 1 – DORADO PRICING
***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

22


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
APPENDIX 2 — TAMPA/SARASOTA MARKET OFFER LETTER
December 7, 2004
Mr. Roger Linquist
President and Chief Executive Officer
MetroPCS Wireless, Inc.
8144 Walnut Hill Lane, Suite 800
Dallas, TX 75231
Re: Final Revised Tampa/Sarasota Market Offer (10MHz)
Dear Roger:
Per our agreement, Lucent Technologies is pleased to provide you with the following revised offer for use in your newly acquired Florida spectrum, as well as a consideration for your existing properties. An overview of this proposal is as follows:
3G1X CDMA Wireless Network
Lucent Technologies shall supply MetroPCS with the following components, including associated services as described. The prices for all other equipment, software and services not specifically referenced herein shall be negotiated in good faith with MetroPCS, or will be priced per the existing General Agreement for the Purchase of PCS Systems between our companies, dated October 1, 2002, as amended from time to time (the “General Agreement”).
The proposal was configured with the following sizing guidelines:
             
    Phase 1   Phase 2   Phase 3
***   ***   ***   ***
***   ***   ***   ***
***   ***   ***   ***
***   ***   ***   ***
***   ***   ***   ***
***   ***   ***   ***
    Mobile Switching Center — Lucent Technologies proposes ***
 
    MSC Services In support of this effort, Lucent Technologies shall provide MetroPCS with the following services at the following reduced pricing (for a detailed description of these services, please see each specific Statement of Work (SOW)). ***
Integration  — “Switch Move”
         
 
  ***
***
  ***
***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

23


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
APPENDIX 2 — TAMPA/SARASOTA MARKET OFFER LETTER
***
    CDMA Mod-cell 4.0 6-sector solution Lucent Technologies shall provide MetroPCS with *** Mod-cell 4.0 base stations equipped with 3-sectors and 1 carrier. These base stations will be capable of supporting 6-sector in the future (upon shipment, available beginning May 2005), and will function as 6-sector base stations when the necessary Lucent CDMA ECP Release 26.0 Software becomes generally available. Target GA date for R.26 is April of 2006. The price for each base station will be ***. Additionally, Lucent shall supply up to 508 carrier upgrade kits priced at ***. Pricing for the 3-sector to 6-sector (across all three carriers) upgrade (HW & SW only) will be ***. The pricing for subsequent Channel Elements and Power will be per the current General Agreement.
 
    Base Station I “Other” Services In support of this effort, Lucent Technologies shall provide MetroPCS with the following services at the following reduced pricing (for a detailed description of these services, please see each specific Statement of Work (SOW)). Should MetroPCS wish to utilize Lucent Technologies’ Site Location and Construction Services, any purchase incentives set forth in the then current General Agreement cannot be utilized for these services.
***
      PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

24


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
APPENDIX 2 — TAMPA/SARASOTA MARKET OFFER LETTER
    AnyPath Voice Messaging Solution Additionally, as a part of this bundled offer, Lucent Technologies would like to extend to MetroPCS a special new market offer for voice messaging: ***.
Existing Markets Offer
Additionally, Lucent would like to extend the following “one-time” special incentive for use in your current markets ***.
    CDMA Mod-cell base stations ***
This offer, in its entirety, is per the terms and conditions of the current General Agreement between MetroPCS and Lucent Technologies, dated October 1, 2002. This offer will be incorporated into any subsequent General Agreement (upon the termination, expiration, renewal, extension, or re-negotiation of the current General Agreement) on terms and conditions mutually agreed by the parties. MetroPCS has the right to purchase the quantities described herein, with the associated discounts and incentives, through December 2007.
Please sign a copy of this offer letter and return it to me by close of business December 9, 2004 to acknowledge MetroPCS’ acceptance of this offer. Upon acceptance, this letter and the non-conflicting terms and conditions of the General Agreement constitute the entire agreement, and supersede all previous understandings (both written and oral), between the parties regarding the subject matter.
Best Regards,
Mark Gardner
Mark Gardner
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

25


 

DRAFT — Subject  to  legal review and approval by the Parties
APPENDIX 2 — TAMPA/SARASOTA MARKET OFFER LETTER
             
    Accepted by:    
 
           
    Metro PCS Wireless, Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
  Name:        
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
  Date:        
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
  CC :   Malcolm Lorang, MPCS    
 
      Bob Young, MPCS    
 
      Ben Bratcher,LU    
 
      Fred Kessler, LU    
 
      Anne DeKoker, LU    
 
      Kevin Daelke, LU    
 
           
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

26


 

(LOGO)
         
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
ATTACHMENT D
LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES
PCS Wireless Network
Remote Technical Support Advantage
(RTSA)
AND
Multi Vendor Maintenance Service FOR
Sun Products (Sun
MVM)
Note: The respond/restore/resolve
times and ECP hours / % on page
9, and the price of CTA support
on p.24 are all items that
can possibly be redacted; however,
a similar attachment to the
5-4/A on 1/16/2004 (Attachment E)
did not redact these items.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

1


 

(LOGO)
         
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
Table OF Contents
         
1 INTRODUCTION
    5  
 
       
Description of Services
    6  
 
       
2 TERM/DURATION
    6  
 
       
3 REMOTE TECHNICAL SUPPORT ADVANTAGE
    6  
 
       
4 SELLER RESPONSIBILITIES
    6  
 
       
4.1 Remote Technical Support (RTS) Description
    6  
4.1.1 Seller Tasks/Deliverables
    7  
4.1.2 RTS Performance Objectives
    7  
4.1.3 Definition of Severity Levels
    8  
4 1.4 Definition of Respond, Restore and Resolve
    8  
4.1.5 Respond, Restore and Resolve Objectives
    8  
4.1.6 Customer Service Delivery Feedback/Escalation
    9  
4.2 Customer Technical Advocate Support
    9  
4.2.1 Description
    9  
4.2.2 CTA Tasks/Deliverables
    10  
4.2.3 CTA Exclusions
    11  
4.3 Base Release Software and Service (BRSS)
    11  
4.3.1 Updates and Upgrades
    11  
4.3.2 License Audit
    13  
4.3.3 Distribution
    13  
4.3.4 Software Delivery
    13  
4.3.5 Pre-lnstallation Support
    14  
4.3.6 Installation Support
    14  
4.3.7 Retrofit Support
    14  
4.4 Software Support Policy
    15  
4.4.1 Normal Progression/Skipping
    15  
4.4.2 Major Release Life Cycle Ratings
    15  
4.4.3 Support Availability for Different Software Ratings*
    16  
 
       
5 CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES
    17  
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

2


 

(LOGO)
         
STARS #
  MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
         
5.1 Customer Responsibilities Concerning Lucent Web Site Access
    17  
 
       
6 EXCLUSIONS
    18  
 
       
7 ASSUMPTIONS/ELIGIBILITY FOR RTSA
    20  
7.1 Equipment Manufactured, and Installed by or Purchased from Seller
    20  
7.2 Other Situations
    21  
7.3 Customer’s Warranties of Authority
    21  
7.4 Support For Relocated Software
    21  
7.5 Commencement of RTSA
    22  
7.5.1 General
    22  
7.5.2 First System
    22  
7.5.3 Additional Systems
    22  
7.5.4 Addition of Existing Systems
    23  
 
       
8 GENERAL TERMS
    23  
8.1 Conditions
    23  
8.2 Change Management
    23  
8.3 Acceptance
    23  
8.4 Warranty
    23  
 
       
9 PRICING SECTION
    24  
9.1 Determination of Pricing Units
    24  
9.2 Pricing Notes
    24  
 
       
10 PRICING
    25  
10.1 Maintained Products for RTS and BRSS
    25  
10.1.1 Maintained Products
    25  
10.1.2 1XEVDO Maintained Products
    26  
10.1.3 Optional Feature Support
    26  
 
       
11 GLOSSARY
    26  
 
       
12 MULTIVENDOR MAINTENANCE SERVICE FOR SUN PRODUCTS (“SUN MVM”)
    30  
12.1 Elements of Work and Lucent Responsibilities
    30  
12.1.1 Description
    30  
12.2 Tasks/Deliverables
    30  
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

3


 

(LOGO)
         
STARS #
  MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
         
12.2.1 MVM SUN Response Time Objectives
    30  
12.2.2 On-site Dispatched Technician
    31  
12.2.3 Hardware FRU Repair or Replacement
    31  
12.3 Customer Responsibilities
    32  
12.4 Exclusions
    34  
12.5 MVM SUN Definitions
    34  
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

4


 

(LOGO)
         
STARS #
  MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
1 Introduction
This Attachment D describes the deliverables, parties’ respective responsibilities and other conditions applicable for the provision of Remote Technical Support Advantage (RTSA) by Lucent Technologies Inc. (“Seller”) for MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. (“Customer”), in addition, it describes Muitivendor Maintenance Service available for Sun Products.
Seller’s RTSA service consists of remote technical support Service (RTS) and software update and upgrade Service (BRSS) as further described in this Attachment, collectively referred to as the “Services”.
Performance of the Services described in this Attachment shall be governed by the terms of the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Agreement and this Attachment, the terms of this Attachment shall prevail. No obligation to provide a Service described herein shall arise unless an order for the Service, incorporating the terms of an agreed Purchase Order, has been placed by Customer under a signed governing agreement in place between Customer and Seller and accepted by Seller.
Seller’s performance of the Services described below is subject to the assumptions, exclusions and other conditions identified in this document.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

5


 

(LOGO)
         
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
Description of Services
2 Term/Duration
“Term” shall refer collectively to the Initial Term and Renewal Terms as described below.

Initial Term: The “Initial Term” for RTSA Service is as defined in Article 1.2(a) of the Agreement.
For as long as Seller continues to offer RTSA as described in this Attachment, Customer’s RTS and BRSS programs will automatically renew for a “Renewal Term”, as defined in Article 1.2(b) of the Agreement, unless either party gives written notice of intent to not renew no later than *** prior to the expiration of the Term then in effect. The prices and terms of service for a Renewal Term shall incorporate any modifications of which Seller has provided Customer at least *** written notice prior to the end of the Initial Term or any subsequent Renewal Terms. Customer shall place a confirmatory purchase order for each Renewal Term prior to the first day of that Renewal Term.
3 Remote Technical Support Advantage
Seller’s RTSA Service provides Remote Technical Support (RTS) and Software Patches, Software Updates, and Software Upgrades (BRSS), as available, for the Seller commercially deployed Maintained Products listed in Section 10.1 that are made generally available during the subscription period.
The Products for which the Service is purchased are sometimes referred to in this Attachment as “Maintained Products”. The Maintained Products are the Products of the types listed in Section 10.1 of this Attachment that are commercially deployed and operational in Covered Systems (as that term is defined in Section 11 — Glossary).
RTSA is only applicable in the Territory.
4 Seller Responsibilities
4.1 Remote Technical Support (RTS) Description
Seller’s RTS Service uses remote access to allow Seller engineers to support Product-related questions, troubleshooting assistance and diagnostic procedures to restore and resolve network troubles.
Support Levels:
The RTS is offered as a Premium support Service, which provides access to remote engineers 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

6


 

(LOGO)
         
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
4.1.1 Seller Tasks/Deliverables
Seller shall:
  o   Log Customer-initiated request for RTS (Assistance Request (AR)). Provide Customer with AR tracking number.
 
  o   Assign an AR to a Seller engineer to serve as single point of contact to facilitate communication and enable rapid restoration of service or technical assistance.
 
  o   Respond to Customer request for Product and technical information.
 
  o   Troubleshoot network problems, via phone, virtual private network (VPN), or modem connection, down to Maintained Product component level, or sufficiently to exclude Maintained Products as the root cause.
 
  o   Restore Maintained Products to operational status by identifying defective hardware components or providing Software and/or procedural workarounds, where feasible. All Software workarounds are licensed subject to the same terms, restrictions, and limitations as contained in the licenses under which the software was acquired.
 
  o   Provide 24x7x365 access to product specific Customer support content of the Lucent.com web site. Customer Support content may include technical product support information, subscription services, and other self-help facilities, as well as ability to submit ARs and check the status of ARs online.
4.1.2 RTS Performance Objectives
The RTS respond, restore, and resolve performance objectives, established by Seller, are dependent on the severity level of the request as reported by Customer to the Technical Assistance Center (“TAC”) via telephone.
To meet the Restore & Resolve objectives the problem must be reproducible at either Lucent’s location or on Customer’s system, verifiable by Lucent. If during analysis Seller determines the severity level of the problem as reported by Customer to be inaccurate, Seller reserves the right to re-assign severity. In these instances, Seller will notify Customer, and the objectives associated with the AR will be adjusted.
Seller will use its reasonable efforts to meet the applicable targets set forth in Section 4.1.4 ***. For purposes of determining Seller’s performance against such targets, a measurement shall be taken once annually after the end of a calendar year for which Customer has paid for the RTSA Program, based on ARs resolved during the measured year. The foregoing measurements shall only be taken with respect to a complete calendar year for which Customer has paid the applicable annual fee.
Lucent performance objectives extend to Maintained Products running on current software version release only, which includes Major Releases with a product lifecycle rating of SA or A&M, as described in section 4.4.2. Objectives are also contingent to Seller gaining remote access to Maintained Products to perform remote technical support.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

7


 

(LOGO)
         
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
4.1.3 Definition of Severity Levels
Severity Levels are defined as the condition of the system when Customer submits an AR. Severity Levels are defined below.
  o   Severity Level 1 (SL1, Critical): The system is inoperative and Customer’s inability to use the product has a critical effect on Customer’s operations. This condition is generally characterized by complete system failure and requires immediate correction. In addition, any condition that may critically impact human safety is considered a Severity Level 1 problem.
 
  o   Severity Level 2 (SL2, Major): The system is partially inoperative but still usable by Customer. The inoperative portion of the product severely restricts Customer’s operations, but has a less critical effect than a Severity Level 1 condition.
 
  o   Severity Level 3 (SL3, Minor): The system is usable by Customer, but with limited functions. This condition is not critical and does not severely restrict overall Customer operations.
 
  o   Severity Level 4 (SL4, Minor): The system is usable and the condition does not materially affect Customer’s operations.
4.1.4 Definition of Respond, Restore and Resolve
  o   RESPOND means a Seller Customer Support Engineer has contacted Customer regarding a particular AR and will begin working a proposed solution, repair or fix. In the event Seller is unable to contact Customer after three (3) attempts, the AR will be closed.
 
  o   RESTORE means that the problem is remedied sufficiently to return the product or major feature to operational status. Restore may mean that a temporary fix has been provided to temporarily correct the problem, or that a workaround has been implemented, or a method of restoration has been made available to Customer.
 
  o   RESOLVE means that a solution has been provided to permanently address the issue. This may occur simultaneously with Restore, unless the Restore is by means of a workaround suitable only for temporary use and Seller determines that a more suitable permanent solution can feasibly be provided.
4.1.5 Respond, Restore and Resolve Objectives
RTS performance targets for currently supported Maintained Products are outlined in the following tables:
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

8


 

(LOGL)
         
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
         
Description   Premium Coverage
Call Receipt & Routing
    24x7  
     
Targets 3   Premium Coverage
Respond
  ***
 
  ***
 
   
Restore
  ***
 
  ***
 
   
Resolve
  ***
 
  ***
 
2   Changes not requiring a design change or development of software code. If a design change or development of software code is required, and Seller elects, based upon its assessment of technical and economic feasibility, and subject to the applicable software support policy for the software in question to undertake same ***.
 
***   ***
4.1.6 Customer Service Delivery Feedback/Escalation
Customer may escalate a problem or provide feedback or complaints on the RTSA Service that is being delivered or has been delivered. RTSA Service Delivery Feedback is for tasks and provision of deliverables specifically defined in this document. Customer may initiate escalation or feedback by calling the TAC number, *** and ask to create a Delivery Feedback Assistance Request to initiate the process.
4.2 Customer Technical Advocate Support
4.2.1 Description
Seller will provide the Customer Technical Advocate (CTA) for Customer technical consultation and issue escalation. This support applies to Covered Software in Customer’s Covered System. CTA Support services are advisory only and no specific results are assured.
***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

9


 

(LOGO)
         
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
***
Support for warranty issues is provided primarily by Remote Technical Support. However, if the Customer requests CTA support for a warranty related issue under Seller’s Product warranties (Article 2.9) or Software warranty (Article 3.8) in the Agreement, such hour(s) may be chargeable against the Customer’s pool of annual consulting services hours.
4.2.2 CTA Tasks/Deliverables
4.2.2.1 CTA Facilitation and Reviews
CTAs will monitor all ARs, and will seek to expedite the closure of a limited reasonable number of those ARs that Customer identifies as top priority or that Customer escalates in a user group (e.g., CEMUG) or reported in quarterly conference calls. Hours spent by CTAs performing this function or providing status updates on ARs to Customer will not count against Customer’s annual pool of consulting services hours.
4.2.2.2 Technical Consulting and Knowledge Transfer Support
The elements of Technical Consulting and Knowledge Transfer Support are summarized in this section. Requests for this support shall be made to Customer’s CTA, if any, otherwise to Seller’s Sales Organization serving Customer. If Customer requests support outside of normal business hours (8 am — 5 pm local time where CTA is located), or in excess of the applicable limit, then, except for activities directly and necessarily required to diagnose and/or implement a warranty fix for which Seller is responsible, Seller reserves the right to bill Customer for such services.
4.2.2.3 Customer Advocacy
While the RTS program is in effect, there will be one or more CTA designated who will:
  o   Serve as a single point-of-contact to co-ordinate resolution of multi-product issues and significant customer issues across organizations.
 
  o   Manage executive escalations and set up executive meetings, if needed.
 
  o   Conduct conference calls(s) with Customer at agreed-upon times to review their ARs and address Customer support issues.
 
  o   Identify and escalate Customer issues, track key Customer commitments and represent Seller at joint Customer and Seller conference calls and report card/metric reviews as necessary.
4.2.2.4 Technical Initiatives and Projects
The Seller consultant may, at Seller’s discretion, assist the customer in a special initiatives or projects with a duration of no more than eight hours. Under no circumstances can that project or initiative be an existing Seller service. If Seller agrees to assist the customer in that project/initiative, the consultant will act as the primary point of contact and interface with all other Seller teams, as appropriate.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

10


 

(LOGO)
         
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
Some of the activities are:
  o   The CTA will work with the customer to address technical issues associated with major, multi-customer Seller offers (Customer Technical Initiatives). The CTA will interface to Program Management and development. Some customer technical initiatives might be an add-on service available at an additional price.
 
  o   Support customer specific projects such as network reviews.
4.2.2.5 Capacity and SW Planning
The Seller consultant may assist the Customer with capacity planning and help identify the impact of new software releases on system configuration and capacity as follows:
  o   Understand control mechanisms and critical action/recovery paths for system components.
 
  o   Understand capacity issues and how to measure and manage current capacity.
 
  o   Provide explanation of related technical matters (i.e., critical triggers, smrg, TFC30 for the 5E and the SCME guidelines).
 
  o   Keep the customer abreast of the new Software Releases and Software features. The Seller consultant may also advise the customer on each features’ capabilities.
4.2.2.6 Customer Education
The CTA will facilitate training/teletraining and co-ordinate specialized training to the customer. This does not include teaching classes.
4.2.3 CTA Exclusions
CTA support does not:
  o   Provide any service that is a professional service
 
  o   Provide consultative support on projects with a duration greater than 8 hours; Support outside standard working hours (8 a.m. to 5 p.m.) is billable
 
  o   Provide Customer with formal training, however, may refer Customer to Seller training organization
4.3 Base Release Software and Service (BRSS)
4.3.1 Updates and Upgrades
During any period for which Customer has paid the applicable BRSS Program fees, ***, Seller will provide to Customer all Software Updates and Software Upgrades that are made generally available by Seller during such period at no additional charge. Seller will notify Customer of the availability of each Software Update and Software Upgrade. Such notifications shall include a
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

11


 

(LOGO)
         
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
description of the content of the Software Update or Software Upgrade to be provided by Seller including a list of all new Optional Software Features. Seller shall also notify Customer of preconditions (e.g., additional hardware) for installing such Software Update or Software Upgrade and/or use of any such new Optional Software Features. The fulfillment of all such preconditions shall be the responsibility of Customer.
Subject to the provisions of Section 4.4 of this Attachment, Seller shall also update documentation to incorporate new or revised operating procedures resulting from issuance of Software Updates and Software Upgrades prior to release of such Software Upgrades/Updates.
Software Updates and Software Upgrades shall be individually warranted, as provided in the Software warranty provisions of the Agreement, and Customer shall have a right to possess and use Software Updates and Software Upgrades, as provided in the software licensing provisions of this Attachment. Failure to pay any applicable BRSS fees for Software Updates and Software Upgrades shall not void or alter the license granted under this Attachment and/or the Agreement for Software, including prior Software Updates and Software Upgrades properly in Customer’s possession. Customer acknowledges that if Customer fails to pay applicable BRSS fees, subject to the further terms of this paragraph, Customer shall not receive any permanent fixes embodied in subsequent Software Updates and Software Upgrades, but nothing herein shall be deemed to deprive Customer of any program corrections, work around procedures or other temporary or permanent fixes to which Customer may be entitled in respect of software warranty defects noticed to Seller during the applicable warranty period. Lucent shall not be deemed to be in breach of its Software warranty obligations under this Attachment with respect to an identified defect, if Lucent has furnished or intends to furnish, in a timely manner, a permanent warranty fix in a Software Update or Software Upgrade available to Customer, and Customer shall have no claim for refund or credit under such warranty provisions in such circumstances. Nothing herein shall excuse Seller of any obligation Seller may have under applicable warranty provisions of the Agreement or RTS Program to use all reasonable efforts to effect such a temporary fix pending a permanent fix.
BRSS entitles Customer to use the features and functionality delivered with Software Updates and Software Upgrades, including, but not necessarily limited to:
  o   Software to support system improvements, including performance and operations
 
  o   Compatibility of existing features with the new release
 
  o   New base/standard software features and functionalities
 
  o   Platform for Optional Software Features and optional hardware features
 
  o   Permanent and/or temporary fixes of problems in prior software releases
Optional Software Features resident in a Software Update or Software Upgrade, are priced as described in Attachment A or C. Nothing in this Attachment shall be deemed to require Seller to make any new specific Software features and/or enhancements of Software available as part of Seller’s Software Updates or Software Upgrades. Any Software Updates or Software Upgrades that may be provided by Seller under the BRSS Program are provided to Customer when generally available. Seller shall have the sole right to determine whether a new functionality shall be a new Standard Base Software Release feature or functionality or an Optional Software Feature;
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

12


 

(LOGO)
         
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
Except as stated otherwise in this Agreement, Seller reserves the right to determine the number of Software Updates and Software Upgrades that will be issued each calendar year for each type of Software covered by BRSS. Seller does not commit that any Software Updates or Software Upgrades will ultimately be released and made generally available and, therefore, provided during the term that Customer subscribes to the BRSS Program. Furthermore, Seller does not warrant that any specific features or functionality will be included in any Software Updates or Software Upgrades that may be provided under the BRSS prior to the time that a Software Update or Software Upgrade is released and made generally available.
Nothing herein shall be deemed to deny Seller the right to discontinue products or software in accordance with its standard policies and/or the terms of this Attachment as applicable;
Seller’s current program for Software Upgrades is described in Section 4.4.

Nothing herein shall limit Lucent’s warranty obligations to Customer.
4.3.2 License Audit
Lucent shall have the right to audit Customer’s use of the Licensed Materials and/or install self-auditing software which may be activated and monitored remotely (an “Audit”), upon notice to Customer. Lucent may perform such Audit at any time. Customer and its employees, agents and representatives will cooperate with Lucent and take such action to facilitate each Audit in a timely matter after Lucent’s notice to perform an Audit. Software provided to Customer under this Attachment may contain optional features, which are separately licensed and priced. Customer shall not activate such optional features without written authorization from Lucent and Customer’s payment of the appropriate license fees. If Customer nevertheless activates any optional features without Lucent’s authorization, Customer shall notify Lucent within five business days from the date of Customer’s knowledge that such features were activated. Customer shall pay Lucent the then current license fees charged by Lucent for the activated features identified as a result of Customer’s notice or Audit.
4.3.3 Distribution
Seller shall deliver software Updates and Software Upgrades in such medium (e.g., electronic distribution, CD-ROMs, or tapes), as Seller shall determine in its discretion.
4.3.4 Software Delivery
Upon receipt of notice of availability of a Software Update or Software Upgrade, Customer may indicate its desire to obtain such Software Update and/or Software Upgrade as follows:
4.3.4.1 Retrofits
Retrofits must be scheduled. Customer may request Retrofits through its Seller Account Executive.
4.3.4.2 Software Updates
Customer may request Software Updates that are not Retrofits by calling the TAC at ***, or such other number as Seller may designate. Calls must be made
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

13


 

(LOGO)
         
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
Monday through Friday, Lucent’s holidays excluded, during the hours of 8:00AM to 5:00PM, Central Time.
4.3.5 Pre-lnstallation Support
Seller shall furnish to Customer, documentation relating to Software Updates and Software Upgrades that contains information regarding the preconditions to installation that must be fulfilled by Customer and instructions to be followed during installation. It is Customer’s obligation to become familiar with this material prior to commencing any self-installation of a Software Update or Software Upgrade. ***
4.3.6 Installation Support
During Customer’s execution of a Software Update or Software Upgrade installation procedure, Seller shall be available to provide a reasonable level of remote telephone support to resolve encountered problems. Such support shall be available on a 7x24x365 basis by calling the TAC at ***, or such other location as Seller may designate.
4.3.7 Retrofit Support
In addition to standard pre-installation and installation support, Seller will provide to Customer additional tools and Services when a Retrofit is involved if customer is subscribing to BRSS. Retrofits are involved when an ECP Major Release or a 5ESS Major Release is replaced by a newer Major Release. A Retrofit requires the use of specialized software and procedures to evolve existing database translations in order to make a product ready to receive and operate a new Major Release. Retrofit procedures will vary from Major Release to Major Release.
4.3.7.1 ECP Retrofits
Seller will provide, *** an on-site Retrofit (“OSR”) software tool that may be run by Customer on Customer’s OMP to perform selected activities relating to evolving database translations. If Customer elects to utilize the On-Site Retrofit (OSR) software tool, Seller, through its ODD Retrofit Group, will provide remote telephonic support for requirements issues and error resolution. This support is available Monday-Friday, Seller’s holidays excluded, during the hours 8:00AM — 5:00PM, Central Time, by calling the TAC at ***, or such other number as Seller may designate. Requests for such support outside of these hours will be treated as non-emergency Assistance Requests and are subject to billing on a T&M basis. (Such out-of-hours support is not included as part of BRSS or RTS.)
4.3.7.2 5ESS Retrofits
Seller will provide, as part of BRSS, 5ESS Switch Retrofit software. Procedures will be announced to Customer as appropriate.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

14


 

(LOGO)
         
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
4.3.7.3 1xEVDO Retrofits
1xEV-DO Major Releases are bundled with the ECP Major Releases.
4.4 Software Support Policy
4.4.1 Normal Progression/Skipping
Seller’s software is typically designed for sequential Retrofit/upgrade progression (for example, Major Release N to Major Release N+1). In some cases, skip Retrofits may be available (for example, Major Release N to Major Release N+2, skipping Major Release N+1). Seller makes no commitment that any Major Release can be skipped. Moreover, where skipping is available, additional charges may apply. Customer should evaluate each new Release, consider its application, consider the availability of skipping or the lack thereof, and select the Software migration plan that best suits its needs.
4.4.2 Major Release Life Cycle Ratings
Software ratings apply to Major Releases. Once a Major Release becomes generally available to Seller’s Customers, it begins to migrate through four (4) product ratings during its life cycle; Standard Availability (“SA”), Additions and Maintenance (“A&M”), Limited Availability (“LA”), and Discontinued Availability (“DA”). Differently rated Major Releases are subject to different levels of support and use. The length of time that a Major Release remains at each product rating varies depending upon Seller’s schedule for issuing new Major Releases.
When a software release has been declared generally available, it moves into the SA stage and remains in that classification until the next sequential Major Release has been declared generally available at which time the original release moves down in rating. For example, once made generally available, Major Release N will remain SA until Major Release N+1 is issued. At that time, Major Release N will move down one rating to A&M. With the issuance of Major Release N+2, Major Release N moves down one rating to LA. With issuance of Major Release N+3, Major Release N will move down to the final DA rating.
Any Software Update that is issued during a rating period will not change or otherwise affect the rating of the Major Release. For example, if while ECP Major Release N is rated SA, Seller issues a Point Release (N.1) for that release, Major Release N will retain its SA rating. Such Software Update shall be considered part of the Major Release and will have the same rating as that Major Release.
Support for differently rated Major Releases is described in Section 3.5.3
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

15


 

(LOGO)
         
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
4.4.3 Support Availability for Different Software Ratings*
                 
    SA   A&M   LA   DA
SUPPORT
               
Outage
  ***   ***   ***   ***
Non-Outage
  ***   ***   ***   ***
SOFTWARE ISSUED
               
Software Updates
  ***   ***   ***   ***
SOFTWARE
               
MODIFICATIONS MADE*
               
Outage
  ***   ***   ***   ***
Billing/call Processing
  ***   ***   ***   ***
Non-Service Affecting
  ***   ***   ***   ***
Software Enhancements
  ***   ***   ***   ***
Special Features
  ***   ***   ***   ***
PROCEDURES
               
Retrofit From
               
Retrofit To
  ***   ***   ***   ***
Procedures Archived
  ***   ***   ***   ***
Support Tools Archived
  ***   ***   ***   ***
New Start Cutover
  ***   ***   ***   ***
 
  ***   ***   ***   ***
RELEASE SPECIFIC
               
Software Maintained
  ***   ***   ***   ***
Documentation
  ***   ***   ***   ***
Maintained
               
Software Archived
  ***   ***   ***   ***
Documentation Archived
  ***   ***   ***   ***
 
+   Seller reserves the right to implement fixes in software to problems in succeeding Major Releases of that software.
 
1   Available only if considered a Severity 1 or 2 problem.
 
2   Available only if considered a Severity 1 problem.
 
3   Available for attempted recovery only of the most recently DA’ed release, using Customer’s copy of the software. Seller makes no commitment that it can or will provide any fix or workaround by overwrite or any other method. When a Software release reaches DA, Assistance Requests are no longer addressed.
 
4   These are limited to the first year of DA rating.
 
5   Limited to the most recent DA’ed Release. Any Release older than the most recent DA’ed Release will require a Warmstart to migrate to a newer Release.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

16


 

(LOGL)
         
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
5 Customer Responsibilities
Customer shall:
  o   Provide the proper environment, electrical and telecommunication connections in conformance with product technical specifications. This includes maintaining capacity and throughput in accordance with specific guidelines of Maintained Products.
 
  o   Ensure that Maintained Products are in operating condition, and operate on current supported hardware and software releases.
 
  o   Ensure that Maintained Products are maintained with implementation of Software Updates and Class A changes, within a 30-day interval of availability.
 
  o   Maintain maintenance support agreements for 3 rd party platforms that interact with Maintained Products.
 
  o   Ensure that Seller and relevant third party software manufacturer’s applicable installation, operation, administration, and maintenance instructions are complied with.
 
  o   Move Maintained Products only with Seller’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld in the case of movement from one designated processor to another in the same country, and notifying Lucent of the new location of any relocated Maintained Products. Customer may, however, move or change circuit packs or Cells within a Market or inter-Market without such consent or notification.
 
  o   Provide secure VPN access to Maintained Products.
 
  o   Maintain a procedure external to the Software programs for reconstruction of lost or altered files, data, and/or programs.
 
  o   When reporting an AR, include Severity Level of problem and output of any diagnostics, printed logs, already performed to help reproduce the conditions under which the trouble occurred. Identify site ID or contract number, submitter name & location, callback telephone number and/or email address, system name & location, processor location, type and serial number, and alternate contact.
 
  o   Make trained technical staff available for interface to Seller engineers working an AR to report on-site conditions. Any delay time caused by Customer may be deleted from performance objectives.
 
  o   Purchase of Software and Hardware maintenance directly from third party or via Seller resale to maintain non-Seller platforms, which support covered software.
5.1 Customer Responsibilities Concerning Lucent Web Site Access
By accessing any Lucent.com Web site to which Seller affords Customer access, for or in connection with its technical support service, Customer agrees to the following:
  o   Customer shall not enable or permit Lucent.com web site access to any person other than its employees, without Seller’s prior written consent;
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

17


 

(LOGO)
         
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
  o   If requesting such consent, Customer shall identify to Seller any non-employee who Customer would like to have access to the Web site, and if requested by Seller, will provide a copy of a non-disclosure agreement executed between Customer and the non-employee in accordance with the confidentiality terms of the Attachment pursuant to which the Maintained Products were supplied. Such agreement will provide, at a minimum, the level of protection provided in this contract. Seller may refuse consent within its sole discretion;
 
  o   Customer must notify Seller in writing immediately of any change in the employment or authorization status of any personnel having authorized access to the Web site;
 
      All notifications described above should be sent to *** and should contain the following information:
  Ø   Company name
 
  Ø   User’s first and last name
 
  Ø   User’s email address
  o   Customer’s use of any Lucent.com Web site is subject to all Terms of Use then set forth or linked to the Web site. Such Terms of Use shall in no event be construed to increase Seller’s obligations under this Attachment nor to create or modify any performance objectives for the services under this Attachment.
Without limiting Seller’s other rights, Seller may deny access immediately and in the future to individuals using the Web site other than as permitted. Seller shall have no liability to Customer on account of such denial.
6 Exclusions
RTSA in general does not include items not described in this Attachment. Examples of items that are specifically excluded from this Attachment include, but are not limited to:
  o   Equipment certification, as required per Seller’s policy on equipment not installed by Seller, or lapse in RTS coverage that spans more than ***, or equipment that has been moved; However, this exclusion does not apply to circuit packs or Cells that are moved or self-installed by the Customer within a Market or inter-Market or Equipment that has been moved by Seller.
 
  o   Repair or replacement of product components;
 
  o   Lab and trial support;
 
  o   On-site technical support. RTS is typically provided from the TAC or other Seller location that is remote from the site where Customer’s systems are located. At Seller’s discretion, Seller may dispatch personnel and or equipment to Customer’s site for diagnostic purposes. At Customer’s request, and as agreed to by Seller, Seller may provide on-site technical assistance in problem resolution beyond such remote support. On-site assistance is not included in RTS, and will be billed to the Customer at Seller’s then
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

18


 

(LOGL)
         
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
      standard rate plus Travel and Living expenses (T&L), subject to a billing minimum of *** per day;
 
  o   Performing preventive maintenance for the Maintained Products;
 
  o   Deployment services, integration services, or custom modifications;
 
  o   Support for custom software features, that is, any features that are not present in the generally available version of the Maintained Products or software;
 
  o   Support for third-party software not licensed to Customer by Seller;
 
  o   Creating or making corrections to Customer specific reports;
 
  o   Services to implement CTA recommendations or suggested solutions.
 
  o   Loss of any data or the cost of reconstructing data lost during the performance of RTS service. In no case shall Seller be held responsible for such loss;
 
  o   Making specification changes or performing services connected with installation or relocation of the Maintained Products;
 
  o   Work external to the Maintained Products, whether or not on the designated processor used in conjunction with the Maintained Products;
 
  o   Assistance, including without limitation, modification or replacement of the Maintained Products, repair of damage, or increase in service time caused by or required as a result of any of the following:
  Ø   Failure to continually provide a suitable operational environment with all facilities prescribed by the applicable product specifications document including, but not limited to, the failure to provide or the failure of, adequate electrical power, air conditioning, or humidity control;
 
  Ø   Use of the Maintained Products in a manner not in accordance with its published specifications, operating instructions, capacity guidelines, or license-to-use;
 
  Ø   Failure to properly maintain or backup Covered Software on the system, to observe operating guidelines, to maintain Third-party platforms, software or equipment as described in Section 5.
 
  Ø   Force Majeure Events, including accident; disaster, which shall include, but not be limited to, fire, flood, earthquake, water, wind or lightning; transportation difficulties; terrorism or other hostile action; neglect; or misuse; except as follows: In the event of a service interruption caused by a Force Majeure Event Seller will make every commercially reasonable attempt to restore service on the Maintained Products. If, however, service is not restored within 12 hours, Seller and Customer will mutually agree on next steps to be taken, which may include the purchase of disaster recovery services to restore service. Additionally, the commercially reasonable efforts contemplated by the provision do not include the provision of new or additional
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

19


 

(PICTURE)
         
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
      hardware or software or performance of on-site services, which if available would require payment of additional charges;
 
  Ø   Modifications, maintenance, or repair performed by other than Seller designated personnel, including charges not authorized by Seller in the Maintained Product or software or the hardware or the software environment in which the Maintained Product or software operates, including without limitation the introduction of updates of third party software or hardware that have not been validated by Seller;
 
  Ø   Attachment of unspecified, non-recommended or non-approved products to the Maintained Products, or repairs required as a direct result of failure of a processor or other equipment or software not maintained by Seller, or failure of removable or rotating storage media;
 
  Ø   Database problems: If the condition is determined to be the result of corruption of the Maintained Product’s database, and such corruption is not the direct result of the Maintained Products, the condition will be referred back to Customer. However, if corruption is the result of, or caused by, Seller’s Maintained Products, Seller shall manage the resolution of the problem, at no additional charge;
 
  Ø   Hardware/firmware problems: When a condition has been isolated to a hardware or firmware problem on a product that is not covered under this Attachment, the condition will be referred back to Customer for disposition under whatever maintenance arrangements Customer may have for such hardware or firmware;
 
  Ø   Other/interfacing systems problems: If the condition is determined to be caused by systems other than the Maintained Products, including, but not limited to, systems that interface with the Maintained Products, the condition will be referred to Customer for corrective action unless the other system(s) has been furnished by Seller and is covered under this Attachment, in which case Seller shall manage the resolution of the problem.
7 Assumptions/Eligibility For RTSA
7.1 Equipment Manufactured, and Installed by or Purchased from Seller
RTSA is offered only for software purchased from Seller residing on equipment manufactured by Seller or for Seller pursuant to specifications controlled by Seller. Standard Base Software Releases furnished by Seller are eligible for updating and related services under BRSS without initial evaluation by Seller, provided BRSS commences not later than the end of the applicable warranty period for the respective software.
Equipment and Covered Software in the Covered System must have been purchased directly from Seller or a Seller authorized supplier, installed and/or integrated by Seller, or installed by Customer where Self-Install Agreement is required, as described in Attachment I. Equipment and software in the Covered System not meeting these criteria, with the exception of circuit packs, is subject to Seller observation and/or eligibility test. Such observation and eligibility test will be available only at a separate fee and will be billed at Seller’s then standard rate.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

20


 

\

(LOGO)
         
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
7.2 Other Situations
In all other situations, software shall not be eligible for RTSA until Seller, at its option, has made an initial evaluation to determine whether modifications are required to make the software eligible. Billing to Customer for such observations will be on a time and material basis. If, in Seller’s judgment, modifications are required for eligibility, Seller will provide an estimate to Customer of the costs of making such modifications, including the price for updating the software to a current, supported Standard Base Software Release. Upon Customer’s acceptance of the estimate, Customer will be billed based on Seller’s estimate for such evaluation, and any such modifications furnished by Seller. Software will not be eligible for RTSA unless Seller determines that the software is in good working order in accordance with its specifications and can be maintained in such condition.
7.3 Customer’s Warranties of Authority
Customer warrants, as a condition of eligibility, that Customer is the owner or lessor of any equipment that runs the software for which RTSA will be provided under this Attachment, or that Customer has the equipment owner’s written authorization to operate such equipment and obtain such support services under this Attachment. Customer further warrants that Customer is the licensee of the software for which BRSS will be provided under this Attachment and is complying with the terms of the license.
AMPS/PCS System Level Support RTSA Service is available only on a system basis as defined by Maintained Products in Section 9.1. Customer must maintain the same support coverage under this Attachment for all of the Maintained Products in all of its markets; and each system must be operating on a Standard Base Software Release as defined in Section 11.
7.4 Support For Relocated Software
Software to be supported by Seller under this Attachment, which is moved by Seller to another Designated Processor of Customer within the Territory, and Software which is moved by Seller together with its Designated Processor to another location of Customer’s within the Territory, shall continue to be covered by Customer’s BRSS.
Should Software be moved and/or de-installed and/or re-installed by a Party other than the Seller or Seller’s Subcontractor, Customer agrees to the following:
  o   Provide Seller with (30) days prior written notice of such relocation
 
  o   Pay additional charges if the move increases Seller’s costs or expenses of providing BRSS
 
  o   Seller reserves the right to inspect (one time) the software as installed at the new location to determine its eligibility for support as provided in Section 7.5 of this Attachment.
 
  o   Seller further reserves the right to supervise the unloading (if any) of the Software from the processor and the reinstallation of the Software at the new installation location. If Seller chooses to perform the above stated inspection and/or supervisions, Seller shall be entitled to be compensated for such services at Seller’s then standard rate.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

21


 

(LOGL)
         
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
7.5 Commencement of RTSA
7.5.1 General.
Certain of the RTSA program benefits are subject to allocation as provided in Section 9.2.
This general provision is subject to certain special rules set forth in this section.
7.5.2 First System
***
Upon payment of the Initial Operating Fees, Customer shall be entitled to BRSS upon system’s In Revenue Service date until the end of the period specified in Attachment A and Attachment C. Following such period, BRSS coverage will be extended to such system(s) only after Customer has submitted a Purchase Order for the applicable remaining calendar months or next calendar year, and Seller has received payment based on the pricing and terms described in Attachment A and Attachment C. If Seller does not install all of the system, such support will be provided only upon written request of Customer made within thirty (30) days of completion of installation of the system and after the system has been deemed eligible for such support, as provided in Section 7.2 above.
7.5.3 Additional Systems
If Customer has existing systems covered by RTS, any new Seller manufactured or furnished system, deployed by Customer whether or not purchased from Seller under this Agreement, shall receive RTS coverage ***. Following such period, RTS coverage will be extended to such system(s) only after Customer has submitted a Purchase Order ***, and Seller has received payment based on the pricing and terms described in Attachment J. ***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

22


 

(LOGO)
         
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
7.5.4 Addition of Existing Systems
Notwithstanding Section 7.5.3 above, if Customer obtains from any third party additional existing systems by purchase, lease, merger or otherwise, such acquired systems shall not automatically be included in the group of Customer’s systems covered by RTSA. However, upon request of Customer, which Lucent shall not unreasonably withhold or delay, and subject to mutual agreement as to fees and other appropriate terms and conditions, such existing systems may be so included. This support starts only after the existing system has been deemed eligible for such support, as provided in Section 7.2 above.
8 General Terms
Unless otherwise stated in previous sections of this Attachment, the following applies to all services. Additional terms and conditions are per the Agreement.
8.1 Conditions
  o   Seller reserves the right to determine which personnel to assign to perform Services. Seller personnel shall at all times be subject to the employment conditions of Seller and not those of Customer, but all such employees shall be qualified and certified on the Products and Software.
 
  o   Seller may use proprietary tools and Software for providing this service. The stated price does not include the sale, licensing or transfer of such tools or software to Customer.
 
  o   All work will be performed during normal business hours — 8:OOAM to 5:OOPM, local time, Monday through Friday — unless different working hours/schedule have been noted in the appropriate Service Description section.
8.2 Change Management
Change Management shall be performed in accordance with the terms and conditions of Attachment F.
8.3 Acceptance
Acceptance shall occur in accordance with Section 2.10 of the Agreement.
8.4 Warranty
Warranty shall be in accordance with Section 4.7 of the Agreement.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

23


 

(LOGO)
         
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
9 Pricing Section
9.1 Determination of Pricing Units
*** Promptly following June 30 th and December 31 st of each calendar year, Customer shall provide to Seller in writing a count of the covered ECPs and RNCs, which shall serve as the Pricing Units used for calculating RTS fees as described in Attachment J. Promptly following December 31 st of each calendar year, or as stated otherwise in Attachment A or Attachment C, Customer shall provide to Seller in writing a count of the covered MSCs, which shall serve as the Pricing Units used for the calculating BRSS fees as described in Attachment A and Attachment C. Such count is subject to verification by Seller, and to certain special rules set forth in Sections 7.5. Customer grants Seller the right to use any information learned by Seller in performing services under this Attachment in connection with any verification activities.
9.2 Pricing Notes:
  o   All prices are in $US, unless stated otherwise.
 
  o   Seller will invoice Customer for RTSA services prior to the commencement of services for the calendar year, and will invoice subsequent year in advance prior to the start of each year. ***
 
  o   Unused services in a calendar year will not be carried over to a subsequent year.
 
  o   When a RTSA program is provided for less than a full year, the following adjustments apply:
  Ø   Customer will be entitled to 1/12th of the annual Consulting services hours for each full month during which the Customer will be receiving RTSA program Service.
  o   ***
 
  o   Additional charges incurred at Seller’s then standard rate as provided in this Attachment are separately billable and may be invoiced monthly by Seller or at the time of completion.
 
  o   Addition of Existing Software: If Customer obtains from any third party additional existing systems then providing service to the public, by purchase, lease, merger or otherwise, such acquired systems shall not automatically be included in the group of Customer’s systems, if any, then covered by RTSA. Upon request of Customer, Lucent will provide Customer a quotation including such acquired systems in the RTSA service.
 
  o   Seller may upon notice to Customer suspend performance of any RTSA service under this Attachment during any period when an invoice rendered hereunder for RTSA service
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

24


 

LOGL)
         
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
      remains unpaid past its due date.
 
  o   Pricing for RTS service is detailed in Attachment J. Pricing for BRSS is detailed in Attachment A and Attachment C.
 
  o   The annual RTSA services pricing is valid through the end of the Initial Term ***. Customer agrees to reimburse Seller for all reasonable travel, living, and other related out-of-pocket expenses associated with all RTSA services provided by Seller to the extent any travel is requested by Customer or is necessary to provide any requested Services.
 
  o   Prices are based upon purchase of RTSA for the entire agreed Term. Accordingly, and notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement, there is no right by Customer to terminate this Attachment for convenience during the course of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term.
10 Pricing
10.1 Maintained Products for RTS and BRSS
The services described in this Attachment are for the following software products used in Customer’s PCS network. The pricing and terms of support of software not described in this section, including software developed by Seller, for Seller pursuant to Seller specifications, or Third-party software resold by Seller may be added to this Attachment or covered under a separate Attachment as mutually agreed between the parties.
10.1.1 Maintained Products
  o   ***
 
  o   ***
 
  o   ***
 
  o   ***
 
  o   ***
 
  o   ***
 
  o   ***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

25


 

(LOGO)
         
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
  o   Software Updates and Software Upgrades to the software packages set forth above.
 
  o   Such other software as Seller may agree in writing.
10.1.2 1 XEVDO Maintained Products
The Maintained Products also include the following 1xEV-DO software if present in the Covered Systems:
  o   ***
 
  o   ***
 
  o   ***
 
  o   ***
 
  o   ***
 
  o   ***
10.1.3 Optional Feature Support
RTSA covers the on-going maintenance of Optional Software Features for those features, and for which the Customer has paid the applicable separate license fee. This maintenance is available for all Optional Software Features.
11 GLOSSARY
Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement unless otherwise defined in this Attachment. For purposes of this Attachment, the following additional definitions shall apply:
“1xEVDO” means 1x Evolution (Data Only), a high-speed data solution supporting data rates up to 2.4mbits/second.
“7X24X365” means seven days a week, 24 hours a day and 365 days a year.
“Assistance Request” and “AR” means a request for RTS support, as described in Section 4.1 of this Attachment.
“BRSS Program” and “BRSS” means the optional program under which Seller offers to Customer, Major Releases, Point Releases, Software Updates and Crafts for software for which Customer has paid the applicable Fee, as more particularly described, as more particularly described in this Attachment.
“Cell” means a PCS or AMPS base station installed in any of Customer’s commercial AMPS/PCS systems in the Covered Systems that has a unique identifier to a Customer Mobile Switching Center (MSC) or 1xEV-DOR NC, such as a cell ID (identification) number, whether or not such
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

26


 

(LOGO)
         
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
base station was manufactured, installed or sold by Seller. For example, two AMPS cells in one physical location (co-located) constitute two cells if they are uniquely identified to the MSC(s) serving them except for base stations used to provide sector service. Similarly, if AMPS or PCS cell is split for capacity or other reasons, the cell count will be increased based on the cell IDs generated by the split except for base stations used to provide sector service. And, for example, if a PCS cell is added at a location where an existing AMPS cell exists and generates another cell ID, the PCS cell constitutes a cell for purposes hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Seller-manufactured Microcell will be counted as a “cell” in determining fees for RTS Programs. The term “Cell” as used herein includes comparable equipment manufactured by a third party manufacturer.
“Covered Systems” means those PCS systems operated by Customer in the Franchised Area that, at the time of determination for purposes of this Attachment, are served by ECPs and is limited to the Maintained Products.
“Craft” means a small Software release containing a collection of minor software changes, to a Major Release. Typically a Craft contains less extensive Software changes than those included in Point Releases or Software Updates.
“Customer Technical Advocate” and “CTA” means a person assigned by Seller pursuant to Section 4.2.
“ECD” means equipment configuration database.
“ECP” means a Seller-manufactured executive cellular processor installed in any of Customer’s PCS systems in the Covered Systems, whether or not such ECP was installed by or sold to Customer by Seller, and regardless of the technology supported by such ECP (e.g., analog, and CDMA).
“First System” means the initial equipment in a new market that completes installation and integration, rendering it commercially viable. The initial equipment may comprise of at least one CDMA ECP and its associated Base Station or one 1xEVDO-RNC and its associated Data Cell for which Customer has been invoiced.
“Franchised Area” means the area(s) for which the Federal Communications Commission in the United States or a comparable government agency has granted a permit to construct and operate one or more CDMA system(s), including any non-designated areas contiguous to the Franchise Area, and in which, under such agency’s applicable rules, Customer will be able to provide a wireless telecommunications service in such area(s) utilizing such system(s).
“Initial Operating Fees” (IOF) means those fees paid upon initial provision of software for the right to use such software. Such a fee includes RTSA for the period of time described in Section 7.5
“Major Release” means an issue of software, which significantly adds to, improves or enhances existing base or standard software features and capabilities of the prior Major Release involving more extensive changes to the underlying source code or the user interface than is the case in a Point Release or a Craft. A Major Release may also correct defects in earlier releases. The term “Generic Release” is synonymous with Major Release. A Major Release may also provide new optional software features, which Customer may acquire for additional license fees.
“ODD” means office dependent data.
“OMP-FX” is the Operation and Maintenance Platform for Flexent installed in any of the Customer’s 1xEVDO Data Networks in Covered System.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

27


 

(LOGO)
         
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
“Optional Software Feature” means a feature or functionality of software resident in a Major Release but which is not licensed to Customer as part of BRSS and is available for use by Customer only if Customer pays the applicable separate license fee therefore.
“Pick-A-Pack Program” shall have the same meaning defined in Attachment A and Attachment C.
“Point Release” means a superseding issue of software, which adds to, improves or enhances existing features and capabilities of the Major Release of the software with which it is associated. A Point Release may also correct defects in earlier releases.
“Pricing Units” mean the pricing elements that are used to compute annual fees for the RTSA Service, as described in Section 9.1 of this Attachment.
“Remote Technical Support” “RTS” mean the collection of post-deployment support services provided under this Attachment as defined in this Attachment.
“Retrofit”, means a replacement of an existing Major Release (including any subsequently issued Point Releases) with a Software Upgrade that constitutes a new Major Release. Retrofits require modifications of the ODD and/or the ECD.
“Severity 1”, “Severity 2”, “Severity 3” and “Severity 4” mean the severity levels described in this Attachment.
“Software Update” means a partial update of existing software provided to Customer in consideration of Customer’s payment of BRSS fees, and containing one or more of the following, in any combination: (i) improvement in basic call processing capabilities, as well as basic system operation and maintenance, (ii) changes to maintain compatibility between a new system release and features existing in a prior system release (when initially introduced, a new system release may not always be fully compatible with features available immediately prior to such release), (iii) a platform for optional software features, and (iv) consolidations of periodic fixes and overwrites. A Software Update can also be a Point Release or a Craft, if it meets any of those definitions. Seller does not commit that any Software Updates will ultimately be released, made generally available and therefore provided during the term that Customer subscribes to the BRSS Program. Furthermore, Seller does not warrant that any specific features or functionality will be included in any Software Updates that may be provided under the BRSS Program prior to the time that a Software Update is released and made generally available to all BRSS subscribers
“Software Upgrade” refers to a Major Release provided to Customer in consideration of Customer’s payment of BRSS fees. In addition to the four Software Update criteria mentioned above, a Software Upgrade may also provide infrastructure changes. A Software Upgrade differs from a Software Update in that only a Software Upgrade can provide infrastructure changes. Seller does not commit that any Software Upgrades will ultimately be released, made generally available and therefore provided during the term that Customer subscribes to the BRSS Program. Furthermore, Seller does not warrant that any specific features or functionality will be included in any Software Upgrades that may be provided under the BRSS Program prior to the time that a Software Upgrade is released and made generally available to all BRSS subscribers.
“Standard Base Software Release” means the two most recent Major Releases that have been declared generally available. For example, if Major Release N is the latest generally available release, it and Major Release N-1 are considered Standard Base Software Releases.
“T&M basis” means time and material, at Seller’s then prevailing rates to the extent that applicable rates are not set forth in the Attachments A, C and J.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

28


 

(LOGO)
         
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
“Third Party Software” means software developed and owned by a third party using their own specifications and licensed to Seller. Any third party warranties are a pass through to Customer.
“TAG” means Seller’s Technical Assistance Center or equivalent designated center. Seller reserves the right to provide the services described herein from one or more such centers.
“Warmstart” means the service under which Seller will provide the support services necessary to upgrade (evolve) Customer’s ECP and 5ESS databases if the Covered System is not on the current software release as defined in this Attachment.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

29


 

(LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES LOGO)
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
12   Multivendor Maintenance Service for Sun Products (“Sun MVM”)
12.1 Elements of Work and Lucent Responsibilities
The services described in this Attachment are for the Sun products incorporated into the “Maintained Products”.
Messaging solutions/offers, which contain Sun products, include:
  o   ***
 
  o   ***
 
  o   ***
 
  o   ***
12.1.1 Description
Lucent’s multivendor maintenance service for Sun products (“MVM SUN”) provides the maintenance services listed below for the Sun products incorporated into Lucent-supported products and solutions installed at Customer’s locations in the United States. MVM SUN service consists of:
  o   Hardware repair or replacement of all defective FRUs
 
  o   On-site Dispatched Technician, if no remote solution is available, for hardware repair or replacement
 
  o   Sun software updates and upgrades if and when available, and if Customer is entitled to the update and/or upgrade in accordance with Sun’s software licensing and support policies. Lucent does not commit that any software upgrades will ultimately be released, made generally available and therefore provided during the term that Customer subscribes to this service. Furthermore, Lucent does not warrant that any specific features or functionality will be included in any software upgrades that may be provided under this service.
12.2 Tasks/Deliverables
During the period for which Customer subscribes to MVM SUN service, Lucent will provide the following maintenance services for the Maintained Products.
12.2.1 MVM SUN Response Time Objectives
Lucent will initiate an On-site Repair Request to be performed under the terms of this Attachment only after Lucent acknowledges the Customer-initiated AR that should be submitted under the
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

30


 

(LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES LOGO)
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
RTS service as described in Section 2.2, and the following conditions are met: (1) a Lucent technical support engineer determines a part to be suspected faulty, OR (2) Customer has successfully diagnosed and isolated a faulty part, AND (3) a Lucent technical support engineer acknowledges Customer’s analysis and identifies the suspected faulty part identification number or code.
Response time is defined as: The point in time from when Lucent requests a technician to be dispatched to Customer’s site (On-site Repair Request) to the time of the technician’s arrival at that site.
Response time objectives are:
  o   MVM SUN UPLIFTED SILVER 24x7:
 
  Ø   Severity 1 (System down/urgent) situations: ***
 
 
  Ø   Severity 2 (System impaired) situations: ***
 
 
  Ø   Severity 3 (System operation normal): ***
Response time may be affected by weather or other circumstances not in Lucent’s reasonable control. Response times above apply to systems located within a 30-mile (50 KM) radius of a local service office. Coverage for suburban and rural USA sites over 30 miles from a local service office and non-USA sites is on a case-by-case basis. Please contact your Lucent sales representative for more details regarding availability.
12.2.2 On-site Dispatched Technician
If a problem cannot be resolved remotely, Lucent will send a technician to perform on-site troubleshooting, repair, and testing of the Sun product at Customer’s location to resolve equipment issues.
If the location of the failed FRU is more than 30 miles from the nearest Sun service location additional response time and an increase in the standard service price may be required.
Lucent is responsible for the following activities:
  o   Verification of trouble description with Customer.
 
  o   Review of active alarms and equipment alarm history.
 
  o   Diagnose reported trouble and alarms using available test equipment and tools.
 
  o   For hardware failure of supported product, dispatch technician to repair or replace the defective part and off-line test.
 
  o   For non-supported equipment, refer trouble back to Customer for resolution.
12.2.3 Hardware FRU Repair or Replacement
  o   Repair or replacement of the Sun product FRU as part of MVM SUN service will be available in accordance with the level of service selected. In some cases, Lucent may
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

31


 

(LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES LOGO)
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
      arrange for a courier to deliver the FRU to Customer’s location. In such cases, Lucent may require Customer to attempt to replace the unit prior to Lucent dispatching a technician to Customer’s location.
 
  o   Lucent is responsible for the following activities:
 
  Ø   Dispatch and monitoring of on-site repair technician (if no remote remedy is available)
 
 
  Ø   On-site repair of contracted Sun product hardware.
 
 
  Ø   Provide Sun product FRU(s) as required to restore the unit to original operating condition.
 
 
  Ø   Technician removal of bad FRU(s) for repair.
 
 
  Ø   Provide all mandatory hardware field changes.
12.2.3.1 Hardware Repair Notes:
  o   For non-Sun FRUs not covered under this Attachment, standard Lucent Repair & Exchange Services (RES) are available.
 
  o   Sun hardware repair or replacement availability is dependent upon the availability of spares from the manufacturer.
 
  o   All failed FRUs replaced by Lucent become the property of Lucent or its suppliers.
12.3 Customer Responsibilities
To be eligible for MVM SUN service, Customer is required to maintain a valid Lucent Remote Technical Support (“RTS”) contract on Customer’s applicable Lucent-supported solution, platform or product, including the Maintained Products.
Customer agrees to purchase and maintain a contract with Lucent for Remote Technical Support services for each associated system or product that includes a covered Sun Product that is consistent with the Term and Coverage Period of this MVM SUN service.
Customer will provide to Lucent on Lucent Services Start Form the following product detail for each Maintained Product:
  o   Lucent assigned product identification
 
  o   Product description
 
  o   Product serial numbers (Lucent and Sun)
 
  o   Product address (equipment site)
 
  o   Product configuration (parts listing)
 
  o   Lucent assigned part identification
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

32


 

(LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES LOGO)
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
  o   Major part serial numbers (chassis, external disk unit, removable disk drives, etc.)
In addition, Customer is responsible for the following throughout the term of this Attachment or any extensions:
  o   Provide the Lucent Account Manager/Services Account Manager with a complete listing of all products to be covered under MVM SUN service, in accordance with the service start-up requirements to properly establish service entitlement.
 
  o   Provide a serial number, site ID or contract number when requesting service.
 
  o   Provide the proper environment and electrical and telecommunications connections as specified by Lucent.
 
  o   Provide remote access to the products to enable Lucent or its representatives to perform remote technical support at a time and for a length of time mutually agreeable to both Customer and Lucent.
 
  o   Maintain a procedure external to the Software and host computer for reconstruction of lost or altered files, data, or programs. Lucent will make reasonable efforts to permit data to be saved/retrievable when feasible; however, Lucent will not be responsible for the cost of reconstructing data stored on disk files, tapes, memories, etc. lost during the performance of MVM SUN service.
 
  o   Removal of the defective hardware from active service and mounting rack as required for troubleshooting and repair.
 
  o   Ensure that authorized staff for operation and maintenance is available during the entire support/repair period to provide Lucent or its contractor with information (e.g., model, serial number, current failure symptoms, local procedures and requirements, etc.) upon request so that Lucent can provide Customer with proper support.
 
  o   Maintain software where any modifications made are approved by Lucent. This includes updates from manufactures of third party software.
 
  o   Follow all of Lucent’s installation, operation, software and maintenance instructions.
 
  o   Provide the proper environment and electrical and telecommunications connections as specified by Lucent.
 
  o   Provide access to the defective products to enable Lucent technicians or contractors to perform maintenance, and provide adequate workspace, lighting, and power as required to perform troubleshooting and repairs.
 
  o   Provide temporary adequate communications facilities, workspace and storage space for Lucent spare parts, if required by Lucent or their contractors.
 
  o   Reinstallation of the repaired Sun product or EDU into the mounting rack as required, software restoral and testing, and re-initialization of the component(s) for use.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

33


 

(LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES LOGO)
STARS #   MWS05CM005A1 (RTS)   MWS05UD0003A1 (BRSS)
  o   In addition, Customer is responsible for maintaining the product as follows:
 
  o   Installing all software product updates within a reasonable time, not to exceed sixty (60) days from the date of availability.
 
  o   Following all Lucent’s and relevant third party software manufacturer’s applicable installation, operation, administration, and maintenance instructions.
 
  o   Installing most recent Class A changes.
 
  o   Maintaining associated solution/platform components at current software release.
12.4 Exclusions
The following exclusions apply to MVM SUN service under this Attachment:
  o   The following conditions are not covered under the MVM SUN service under this Attachment if a Lucent Technologies technician or their representative is asked to:
 
  Ø   Remain on Customer’s site after resolution of a problem.
 
 
  Ø   Respond and provide support for equipment moves or changes.
 
 
  Ø   Provision or install hardware upgrades or reprogram to add additional capabilities or functionality to the products covered under the Attachment/Agreement.
  o   Repair for damages or malfunctions caused by: (1) actions of non-Lucent or non-Lucent contracted personnel or the attachment of products not supported by Lucent; (2) failure to follow manufacturer’s installation, operation, or maintenance instructions, including Customer’s failure to permit Lucent timely remote access to their product; (3) failure of products not serviced by Lucent or Lucent’s contractors; (4) abuse, misuse, or negligent acts of non-Lucent authorized personnel (5) repair to products if Customer or Customer-authorized party modified the product in any manner.
 
  o   Consumables, including but not limited to cables/cable assemblies, cords, brackets, fan/fan assemblies, firmware, bezels, rack mounting and other hardware kits, fuses, batteries, handles, filters, transformers, face plates, adapters, blank panels, labels, other accessories, technical documentation or other media are not covered MVM SUN service.
12.5 MVM SUN Definitions
MVM SUN Definitions:
“FRU”: Field Replaceable Unit. FRUs are components that are identified by Sun Microsystems as items that can be removed and replaced at Customer’s location. FRUs include, but are not limited to, disk drives, power supplies, and cards contained within the product chassis.
“EDU”: External Disk Unit.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

34


 

Attachment E
RESPONSIBILITIES MATRIX FOR SYSTEM ENGINEERING,
IMPLEMENTATION, AND OPTIMIZATION SERVICES
All definitions set forth in the Agreement shall apply to this Attachment E unless otherwise expressly defined herein. Except as may otherwise be provided in the Agreement or in this Attachment E, each of the Services identified as Seller’s responsibilities in this Attachment are offered on a separate billable basis. In the event of any conflicts between the terms set forth in the body of the Agreement and the terms of this Attachment E, the terms set forth in the body of the Agreement shall control.
1. Responsibilities Matrix Overview
This Attachment provides high-level descriptions of required Services (including, but not limited to, engineering Services, operations and maintenance Services, and implementation Services), and outlines the respective responsibilities concerning the supply, installation, and commissioning of the Products, Licensed Materials and Services supplied under the Agreement.
Installation and commissioning of the Products, Licensed Materials and Services shall be performed in accordance with Seller’s reasonable installation and commissioning instructions.
1.1 Seller Responsibilities — General
This section is provided for the convenience of the Parties and shall not be understood to create any specific obligations upon Seller. Seller’s responsibilities, when requested, shall include, but shall not be limited to:
  §   Conducting of analyses to determine the required materials, effort and services necessary for installation and optimization of the network.
 
  §   Installation of certain products, including radio and fixed network equipment (e.g., BTS radio equipment, power plant, associated hardware, 5ESS(FPS) and associated switch equipment).
1.2 Customer Responsibilities — General
Customer’s responsibilities shall include, but shall not be limited to:
  §   Supplying Seller with all capacity requirements;
 
  §   Site search and evaluation; and
 
  §   Site acquisition and spectrum clearing.
The responsibilities in this Attachment are grouped into two (2) categories: base transceiver stations (BTS) and switching systems. Both of these categories are further divided into services and materials.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

1


 

2. Base Transceiver Station (BTS) Responsibilities
This section outlines the responsibilities for services and materials for the BTS products. Radio network design is separated into two (2) series of activities: preliminary radio network design and implementation radio network design.
2.1 BTS Services
Note: The following responsibilities are based upon the assumption that Lucent performs radio network design and installation, and Customer performs Site acquisition. In the event that this assumption should change, the Parties will capture the revised assumption in the associated purchase documents and the responsibilities matrix (below), will be updated accordingly.
2.1.1 Radio Network Design
             
        Customer   Seller
1 .
  Define coverage and capacity requirements.   ***   ***
 
           
2.
  Provide coverage and capacity data to Seller.   ***   ***
2.1.2 Implementation Radio Network Design
                 
            Customer   Seller
1.   Prepare forecast and location of demand for service.   ***   ***
 
               
2.   Define coverage and capacity requirements.   ***   ***
 
               
3.   Develop phase coverage objectives.   ***    
 
               
4.   Develop coverage plan to meet phase coverage objectives (Only if Lucent performs RF Engineering Design Services).   ***   ***
 
               
5.   Prepare a detailed data sheet for each base station. Information in the data sheet shall include, but is not limited to:   ***   ***
 
               
 
      a) Antenna description and configuration        
 
               
 
      b) Effective radiated power        
 
               
 
      c) Antenna radiation center above ground level        
 
               
 
      d) Sector/omni antenna, simplex/duplex, 60 /120 sector and orientations        
 
               
 
      e) Maximum transmission line loss acceptable        
 
               
 
      f) Vertical beam width (optional)        
 
               
 
      g) Down tilt angle (if used), mechanical/electrical        
 
               
 
      h) All relevant BTS parameters        
 
               
 
      i) Site name, Site code and numbers        
 
               
 
      j) Location of base station        
 
               
 
      k) Scheduled in-service date.        
 
               
6.   Revise predicted coverage and performance as to reflect actual Sites and design. Provide documentation (Only if Lucent performs RF Engineering Design Services. If this is not the case, this shall be a Customer responsibility).   ***   ***
 
               
7.   Review data sheet against equipment capabilities   ***   ***
 
               
8.   Notify Seller of discrepancies, verify accuracy of calculations   ***   ***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

2


 

             
        Customer   Seller
 
  associated with Seller-provided equipment.        
 
           
9.
  Clear microwave spectrum for Customer’s use.   ***   ***
 
           
10.
  Notify appropriate regulatory agency of frequency use, obtain coordination approval.   ***   ***
 
           
11 .
  Notify appropriate regulatory agency of adjacent channel use, obtain coordination approval.   ***   ***
 
           
12.
  File appropriate notices with FCC.   ***   ***
 
           
13.
  File appropriate notices with FAA for antenna structure lighting and marking.   ***   ***
 
           
14.
  Design and conduct coverage tests (not part of acceptance testing)   ***   ***
 
           
15.
  Provide interference guidelines.   ***   ***
 
           
16.
  Compare the coverage of the design, as built, with requirements, (only if Lucent performs RF Optimization Services).   ***   *** 1
2.1.3 Site Search
             
        Customer   Seller
1.
  Release search ring maps.   ***   ***
 
           
2.
  Survey area for possible Sites and prepare Site data files.   ***   ***
 
           
3.
  Evaluate and rank proposed Sites.   ***   ***
 
           
4.
  Drive test candidate Sites.   ***   ***
 
           
5.
  Evaluate drive test results.   ***   ***
 
           
6.
  Approve or reject selected Site.   ***   ***
 
           
7.
  Identify and evaluate Site access and security.   ***   ***
 
           
8.
  Provide Seller with appropriate escort or written permission to proceed without escort as needed at Customer’s Sites.   ***   ***
 
           
9.
  Negotiate lease with Site owners.   ***   ***
 
           
10.
  Approve and conclude lease contract.   ***   ***
2.1.4 Site Preparation
             
        Customer   Seller
1 .
  Provide specific technical requirements for base station design to Customer based on Radio Network Design.   ***   ***
 
           
2.
  Prepare Civil Engineering Design for Site construction and provide copy of layout drawings to Seller.   ***   ***
 
           
3.
  Use layout drawings to prepare Bill of Material.   ***   ***
 
           
4.
  Order material per approved Bill of Material   ***   ***
 
           
5.
  Obtain all necessary permits from authorities including, but not limited to zoning approvals and building permits.   ***   ***
 
           
6.
  Submit all required environmental impact statements.   ***   ***
 
1   Where both Customer and Seller are indicated in the matrix, both Parties shall cooperate until a successful solution is achieved.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

3


 

             
        Customer   Seller
7.
  Complete Site data file.   ***   ***
 
           
8.
  Evaluate and select construction contractors.   ***   ***
 
           
9.
  Schedule construction work (including building improvements, AC power, leased lines).   ***   ***
 
           
10.
  Supervise Site construction.   ***   ***
 
           
11.
  Furnish estimated Site Ready for Installation (SRI) inspection date.   ***   ***
 
           
12.
  Supply Site ready for installation.   ***   ***
 
           
13.
  Conduct inspection of completed construction.   ***   ***
 
           
14.
  Participate in SRI inspection at Site.   ***   ***
2.1.5 BTS Equipment Shelters and Antenna Mounting
             
        Customer   Seller
1 .
  Provide design recommendations for equipment shelters.   ***   ***
 
           
2.
  Plan and design outdoor equipment shelters.   ***   ***
 
           
3.
  Produce civil works drawings.   ***   ***
 
           
4.
  Plan and design non-standard support masts.   ***   ***
 
           
5.
  Provide mechanical details (antennas and cable mounting) for structural review and permitting.   ***   ***
 
           
6.
  Produce non-standard support masts drawings and provide to Customer.   ***   ***
 
           
7.
  Perform structural analysis of building.   ***   ***
 
           
8.
  Provide floor space (if indoor Site) or pad/plinth (if outdoor Site).   ***   ***
 
           
9.
  Provide adequate HVAC (if indoor Site).   ***   ***
 
           
10.
  Provide adequate AC power supply.   ***   ***
 
           
11.
  Provide proper electrical grounding at each Site 4 .   ***   ***
 
           
12.
  Review locations for special requirements, e.g. fireproof cables in elevator shafts.   ***   ***
 
           
13.
  Deliver BTS equipment to Site.   ***   ***
 
           
14.
  Receive and inventory equipment at Site.   ***   ***
 
           
15.
  Install outdoor equipment shelters.   ***   ***
 
           
16.
  Specify and design custom brackets and other hardware needed for the antenna and transmission lines.   ***   ***
 
           
17.
  Install custom brackets and other hardware for the antenna and transmission lines   ***   ***
 
2   Grounding is to be completed in accordance with standard grounding practices, as documented in the Modcell Installation Manual 401-703-300, or in accordance with other Seller approved alternatives.
 
3   All activities that require special hauling/hoisting and handling are billable to Customer if performed by Seller (including rooftops).
 
***    
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

4


 

             
        Customer   Seller
18.
  Specify and install standard masts with any necessary structural reinforcement.   ***   ***
 
           
19.
  Install non-standard masts and any structural reinforcements, where necessary.   ***   ***
 
           
20.
  Coordinate government inspections.   ***   ***
 
           
21.
  Clean up Site, remove temporary works and staging , clean all duct work and ventilation. 4   ***   ***
2.1.6 BTS Site Equipment
(NOTE: X = Seller performs installation; Y = Customer performs installation; X Y = Responsibility is independent of which Party performs installation)
Seller shall be responsible for the factory testing, packing, delivery of equipment, installation, testing and commissioning of the BTS equipment and antenna systems.
Seller shall commence implementation and optimization Services at each Site (provided that Customer has received all the necessary permits, including, but not limited to, zoning approval, building permits and regulatory approvals, has made the necessary modifications to prepare the Site, and has made the Site available to Seller as described in this Attachment).
             
        Customer   Seller
1.
  Issue Purchase Order to Seller.   ***   ***
 
           
2.
  Review and accept Purchase Order as provided in Agreement.   ***   ***
 
           
3.
  Provide BTS Site equipment Site Preparation Guidelines to Customer, including Ancillary Equipment. 4   ***   ***
 
           
4.
  Provide Site equipment documentation, including all documentation for Ancillary Equipment. 4   ***   ***
 
           
5.
  Procure tools and test equipment for acceptance testing. 1   ***   ***
 
           
6.
  Provide any Seller proprietary connectors or Software that is needed for Acceptance Testing.   ***   ***
 
           
7.
  Unpack BTS equipment at Site.   ***   ***
 
           
8.
  Obtain special installation permits (e.g. crane, street blocking).   ***   ***
 
           
9.
  Obtain any special manpower (e.g. flag-man to direct traffic around crane).   ***   ***
 
           
10.
  Supply skilled manpower, equipment and tools for installation. 4   ***   ***
 
           
11.
  Install radio equipment. 4   ***   ***
 
           
12.
  Install and test batteries. 4   ***   ***
 
           
13.
  Connect equipment to grounding systems.   ***   ***
 
           
14.
  Connect external alarms to BTS.   ***   ***
 
           
15.
  Terminate antenna feeders onto BTS equipment. 4   ***   ***
 
           
16.
  Provide connection from BTS to telco connection point.   ***   ***
 
           
17.
  Perform (as a minimum) voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR) and/or time domain reflectometer (TDR) test for all coaxial lines and antennas separately and together as specified.   ***   ***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

5


 

             
        Customer   Seller
18.
  Label each line with identifiers and weatherproof both ends.   ***   ***
 
           
19.
  Weather-proof all outdoor connections with material suggested by manufacturer. 5   ***   ***
 
           
20.
  Load frequency and other parameters into equipment. 4   ***   ***
 
           
21.
  Supply replacement spare parts during installation following Acceptance and within Warranty Period per Agreement.   ***   ***
If Seller is notified by Customer that a Site is ready and finds upon arrival that the Site is not in material compliance with the criteria indicated in the Site Readiness Checklist, on the form generally used by Seller for such purpose, or other agreement made by the Parties, (an “Erroneous Dispatch”) Customer shall pay to Lucent an additional fee of *** for each such Erroneous Dispatch. If Lucent incurs extraordinary costs due to an Erroneous Dispatch, Customer agrees to negotiate in good faith appropriate compensation for such extraordinary costs.
2.2 Materials — BTS
2.2.1 BTS Equipment Shelters and Antenna Mounting
(Note: a = Seller performs installation; b = Customer performs installation)
(Note: C = CUSTOMER responsibility; S = SELLER responsibility)
                 
        Supply   Install   Test
1.
  Tower / shelter foundation   ***   ***   ***
 
               
2.
  Tower or building mounting steelworks   ***   ***   ***
 
               
3.
  Lightning protection   ***   ***   ***
 
               
4.
  External feeder routes   ***   ***   ***
 
               
5.
  Grounding system 2   ***   ***   ***
 
               
6.
  Hazard lighting and other associated items onto tower   ***   ***   ***
 
               
7.
  Fences around shelters   ***   ***   ***
 
               
8.
  Paint for antennas and outdoor equipment   ***   ***   ***
 
               
9.
  Main AC power   ***   ***   ***
 
               
10.
  Main AC power distribution panel   ***   ***   ***
 
               
11.
  Equipment room/shelter lighting   ***   ***   ***
 
               
12.
  Wall sockets for general use   ***   ***   ***
 
               
13.
  Air conditioning   ***   ***   ***
 
               
14.
  Temperature alarm system !   ***   ***   ***
 
               
15.
  Fire/smoke alarm system 5   ***   ***   ***
 
               
16.
  Cable entry ducts (feed through)   ***   ***   ***
 
               
17.
  Intruder alarm system 5   ***   ***   ***
 
               
18.
  Fire extinguisher   ***   ***   ***
 
5   Seller will punch down any alarms supplied by Seller and help test alarm to switch.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

6


 

                 
        Supply   Install   Test
19.
  Suitable floor coating (anti-static)   ***   ***   ***
 
               
20.
  Document shelves and other furniture   ***   ***   ***
 
               
21.
  Site inspection exception reports   ***   ***   ***
 
2.2.2 BTS Site Equipment
(Note: a = Seller performs installation; b = Customer performs installation)
                 
        Supply   Install   Test
1.
  Batteries with rack (Lucent provided)   ***   ***   ***
 
               
2.
  BTS equipment   ***   ***   ***
 
               
3.
  ***   ***   ***   ***
 
               
4.
  Alarm distribution panel for external alarms   ***   ***   ***
 
               
5.
  Antenna, coaxial cables, and all associated hardware.   ***   ***   ***
 
               
6.
  Duct feed-through boots for waterproofing   ***   ***   ***
 
               
7.
  External alarm cabling from alarm panel to BTS (Lucent supplies one cable only)   ***   ***   ***
 
               
8.
  Alarm cabling from detectors to alarm panel   ***   ***   ***
 
               
9.
  Alarm cabling from DDF to network element (NE)   ***   ***   ***
 
               
10.
  Cable from BTS to grounding system 2 (Install only)   ***   ***   ***
 
               
11.
  Grounding kits and clamps 2 (Install only)   ***   ***   ***
 
               
12.
  Rectifier system   ***   ***   ***
 
               
13.
  DC distribution and (fuse cabinet 6 ) 4   ***   ***   ***
 
               
14.
  Power cabling to BTS (from “bays” to cabinet only)   ***   ***   ***
 
               
15.
  Battery cabling and termination hardware   ***   ***   ***
3. Switching Responsibilities
This section outlines the responsibilities for services and materials for the switching systems.
3.1 Services — Switching Systems
This section is separated into two (2) sets of activities: switching network element design and implementation switching network element design.
The switching network element design shall include Customer’s switching requirements and Seller’s initial network design.
The implementation switching network element design shall include all subsequent Customer modifications to Seller’s switching network element design.
 
6   Fuse cabinet supplied by Customer if in a building.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

7


 

3.1.1 Switching Network Element Design (MSC//BTS/OMC/NMC) 7
             
        Customer   Seller
1.
  Define switching requirements.   ***   ***
 
           
2.
  Provide switching requirement data to Seller.   ***   ***
 
           
3.
  Prepare detailed, warranted infrastructure requirement lists and provide to Customer. 4   ***   ***
 
           
4.
  Provide Customer with reports and information. 4   ***   ***
3.1.2 Implementation Switching Network Element Design (MSC/BTS/OMC/NMC)
(NOTE: X = Seller performs installation; Y = Customer performs installation; XY = Responsibility is independent of which Party performs installation)
             
        Customer   Seller
1.
  Provide input from RF design.   ***   ***
 
           
2.
  Provide equipment Specifications, e.g., interfaces, capacity, etc. 4   ***   ***
 
           
3.
  Provide infrastructure Specifications (leased lines). 4   ***   ***
 
           
4.
  Approve infrastructure Specifications (leased lines).   ***   ***
 
           
5.
  Provide telco interconnect Specifications.   ***   ***
 
           
6.
  Approve telco interconnect Specifications.   ***   ***
 
           
7.
  Provide fixed network design Specification, e.g., GOS, MTBF, etc.   ***   ***
 
           
8.
  Conduct economic study of MSC/BTS/OMC configuration.   ***   ***
 
           
9.
  Design and size MSC/BTS/OMC configuration and provide copy to Customer. 4   ***   ***
 
           
10.
  Review and approve MSC/ BTS/OMC design, including equipment and interface compatibility.   ***   ***
 
           
11.
  Revise network design if required. 4   ***   ***
 
           
12.
  Produce civil works drawings for OMC and NMC   ***   ***
 
           
13.
  Provide equipment and Software for OMC. 4   ***   ***
 
           
14.
  Install OMC equipment and Software. 4   ***   ***
 
           
15.
  Test OMC installation. 4   ***   ***
 
           
16.
  Approve OMC installation.   ***   ***
 
           
17.
  Provide equipment and Software for NMC. 4   ***   ***
 
           
18.
  Install NMC equipment and Software. 4   ***   ***
 
           
19.
  Test NMC installation. 4   ***   ***
 
           
20.
  Approve NMC installation.   ***   ***
 
7 MSC: Mobile Switching Center; BTS: Base Transceiver Station; OMC: Operations Maintenance Center; NMC: Network Maintenance  Center    
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

8


 

3.1.3 Site Search
             
        Customer   Seller
1.
  Search for and identify possible Sites.   ***   ***
 
           
2.
  Pre-survey selected locations.   ***   ***
 
           
3.
  Hold technical review at Sites with fixed network engineer, Site acquisition and preparation specialists and Seller representative to identify all technical requirements from all Parties to determine feasibility of Site.   *** ***
 
           
4.
  Examine Site for suitability, noting ease of access to equipment. 4   ***   ***
 
           
5.
  Make Site selection or perform Site search again.   ***   ***
 
           
6.
  Identify and evaluate Site access and security.   ***   ***
 
           
7.
  Negotiate terms and conditions of lease with Site owners.   ***   ***
 
           
8.
  Finalize lease contract.   ***   ***
3.1.4 Site Preparation
In the event Customer elects to contract with Lucent to provide engineering and construction of the facility which will house the switch and access manager, the following matrix will be restructured:
             
        Customer   Seller
1.
  Define technical system requirements for floor space, floor loading, heat load. 4   ***   ***
 
           
2.
  Determine overhead or floor cabling.   ***   ***
 
           
3.
  Determine raised floor or not.   ***   ***
 
           
4.
  Select air conditioning system to be used.   ***   ***
 
           
5.
  Obtain requirements for equipment rooms, power, standard connectors, levels, impedance’s etc. and provide copy to Seller.   ***   ***
 
           
6.
  Design and furnish equipment room or space for telco line connections and provide layout drawings to Seller.   ***   ***
 
           
7.
  Provide layout design for equipment installation. 4   ***   ***
 
           
8.
  Produce civil works drawings.   ***   ***
 
           
9.
  Review and approve typical layout plan for supplier equipment.   ***   ***
 
           
10.
  Complete detailed installation designs for each MSC/OMC. 4   ***   ***
 
           
11.
  Obtain all necessary permissions from authorities.   ***   ***
 
           
12.
  Prepare request for proposal documents for construction bids.   ***   ***
 
           
13.
  Evaluate and select construction contractors.   ***   ***
 
           
14.
  Supervise Site construction.   ***   ***
 
           
15.
  Provide fire protection system with alarms.   ***   ***
 
           
16.
  Install security alarms.   ***   ***
 
           
17.
  Install external alarms.   ***   ***
 
           
18.
  Provide alarm panel.   ***   ***
 
           
19.
  Determine emergency power back-up requirements based on size, market requirements, and reserve capacity.   ***   ***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

9


 

             
        Customer   Seller
20.
  Provide backup power system   ***   ***
 
           
21.
  Provide any particular design requirements for power plant to Customer. 4   ***   ***
 
           
22.
  Perform all civil works preparation for power plant.   ***   ***
 
           
23.
  Provide leased lines to telco termination point (telco to provide).   ***   ***
 
           
24.
  Provide main power.   ***   ***
 
           
25.
  Approve completed Site construction.   ***   ***
 
           
26.
  Inspect buildings for readiness and approve completed Sites.   ***   ***
3.1.5 Switching Hardware and Software
Seller shall be responsible for the factory testing, packing, delivery, unpacking, installation, testing and commissioning of MSC and OMC hardware and software. Customer shall be responsible for acceptance testing Customer wishes to perform.
Prior to delivery of any equipment, Customer must first issue a Purchase Order. Seller must then review and accept the Purchase Order as provided in the Agreement.
             
        Customer   Seller
1.
  Specify MSC equipment per Site based on approved fixed network design, including trunk and slot assignments. 4   ***   ***
 
           
2.
  Prepare plan for testing of network element integration and provide to Customer for review. 4   ***   ***
 
           
3.
  Review test plan, agree to changes and approve test plans.   ***   ***
 
           
4.
  Perform integration tests. 4   ***   ***
 
           
5.
  Record results of tests for review. 4   ***   ***
 
           
6.
  Review test results.   ***   ***
 
           
7.
  Connect fire, security, and external alarms to alarm panel.   ***   ***
 
           
8.
  Connect alarm panel to NE.   ***   ***
 
           
9.
  Provide schedule with building-ready dates.   ***   ***
 
           
10.
  Provide for temporary storage of incidental equipment.   ***   ***
 
           
11.
  Provide for warehouse storage.   ***   ***
 
           
12.
  Provide Customer with schedule of equipment delivery dates. 4   ***   ***
 
           
13.
  Establish start of work and completion dates.   ***   ***
 
           
14.
  Review, change or approve installation schedule and plans.   ***   ***
 
           
15.
  Deliver, inventory and unpack all MSC equipment to Sites 4   ***   ***
 
           
16.
  Provide Site preparation guidelines for the MSC equipment. Guidelines shall include, but shall not be limited to: telco and Tl Link requirements; DC, AC, and emergency power requirements; floor space requirements; HVAC requirements; grounding and lightning protection specifications; alarm interface requirements. 4   ***   ***
 
           
17.
  Provide Site preparation guidelines for the MSC equipment (subject to Customer’s approval). Guidelines shall include but shall not be limited to:   ***   ***
 
  BTS-MSC link requirements; DC, AC,        
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

10


 

             
 
  and emergency power requirements; floor space requirements; HVAC requirements; antenna and combiner requirements; tower requirements; grounding and lightening protection specifications; alarm interface requirements. 4        
        Customer   Seller
 
           
18 .
  Install all MSC equipment. 4   ***   ***
 
           
19.
  Provide Site preparation guidelines for the OMC equipment. 4   ***   ***
 
           
20.
  Install all OMC hardware and Software. 4   ***   ***
 
           
21 .
  Arrange for hauling and hoisting (including special permits for parking, street closures, etc.).   ***   ***
 
           
22.
  Furnish installation tools, test equipment and supplies. 4   ***   ***
 
           
23.
  Load test batteries. 4   ***   ***
 
           
24.
  Maintain clean room during installation.   ***   ***
 
           
25.
  Clean floor area & blow out air conditioning system.   ***   ***
 
           
26.
  Maintain security during installation.   ***   ***
 
           
27.
  Provide access and leased line test point to telco (monitor test points to telco).   ***   ***
 
           
28.
  Provide test procedures for routing of all access and leased lines to Customer for review. 4   ***   ***
 
           
29.
  Review test procedures (change or approve).   ***   ***
 
           
30.
  Perform access and leased line tests and record results.   ***   ***
 
           
31 .
  Request repair as necessary.   ***   ***
 
           
32.
  Escalate repair request as necessary to get results.   ***   ***
 
           
33 .
  Perform tests and record results. 4   ***   ***
 
           
34.
  Participate in testing.   ***   ***
 
           
35.
  Review test results.   ***   ***
 
           
36.
  Accept or reject test results.   ***   ***
 
           
37.
  Define non-Seller supplied administrative system requirements, i.e., billing system, network management system.   ***   ***
 
           
38.
  Provide written status reports during installation. 4   ***   ***
 
           
39.
  Provide material list to Customer for the Site. 4   ***   ***
 
           
40.
  Provide manuals, drawings, and non-proprietary documentation for all equipment to the satisfaction of Customer. Includes manual, drawings, and non-proprietary for third party equipment used in all network elements supplied by Seller.   ***   ***
 
           
41.
  Accept documentation as provided or request changes, additions.   ***   ***
 
           
42.
  Prepare Punch List.   ***   ***
 
           
43 .
  Correct deficiencies in Punch List. 4   ***   ***
 
           
44.
  Accept equipment.   ***   ***
 
           
45.
  Turn up equipment for service.   ***   ***
 
           
46.
  Monitor performance.   ***   ***
 
           
47.
  Perform corrective action as necessary.   ***   ***
 
           
48.
  Develop and install non-Seller administrative system interfaces and software to meet Customer requirements.   ***   ***
 
           
49.
  Provide interface documentation with regard to Seller-provided equipment. 4   ***   ***
 
           
50.
  Develop test plan for interface testing of administrative systems.   ***   ***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

11


 

             
        Customer   Seller
51 .
  Review and comment on interface testing of administrative systems.   ***   ***
 
           
52.
  Perform interface tests according to test plan (not part of Acceptance Tests).   ***   ***
 
           
53.
  Supply replacement spare parts during installation-following acceptance and within Warranty Period per Agreement. 4   ***   ***
3.1.6 Leased Lines
             
        Customer   Seller
1.
  Identify traffic capacity of network elements. 4   ***   ***
 
           
2.
  Identify end points for lease lines.   ***   ***
 
           
3.
  Identify diverse routing requirements.   ***   ***
 
           
4.
  Provide dimensioning rules and interface requirements.   ***   ***
 
           
5.
  Develop schedule of required in-service date for each circuit.   ***   ***
 
           
6.
  Enter lease line orders to telco and conduct follow-up.   ***   ***
 
           
7.
  Notify Seller if schedules change due to telco delay.   ***   ***
 
           
8.
  Provide access and oversee telco installation of leased lines.   ***   ***
 
           
9.
  Perform short-term (approximately 15 minutes) bit error rate and other line testing. (Lucent recommendation would be that these test should be taken for 8 hours or above at minimum)   ***   ***
 
           
10.
  Review test results and determine problem resolution.   ***   ***
3.2 Materials — Switching
(Note: a = Seller performs installation; b = Customer performs installation)
(Note: C = CUSTOMER responsibility; S = SELLER responsibility)
3.2.1 Switching Site Equipment (MSC/HLR/OMC/NMC)
                 
        Supply   Install   Test
1.
  MSC/HLR/ hardware and software   ***   ***   ***
 
               
2.
  OMC and NMC hardware and software   ***   ***   ***
 
               
3.
  Standby generator and no break & transfer switch   ***   ***   ***
 
               
4.
  Main power, including power plant   ***   ***   ***
 
               
5.
  Lighting   ***   ***   ***
 
               
6.
  Wall sockets for general use   ***   ***   ***
 
               
7.
  Grounding system   ***   ***   ***
 
               
8.
  AC Distribution   ***   ***   ***
 
               
9.
  Cable trays and supporting steelworks or raised floor   ***   ***   ***
 
               
10.
  Alarm distribution panel for external alarms   ***   ***   ***
 
               
11.
  Cabling between NEs and MSC   ***   ***   ***
 
               
12.
  Cabling between MSC and Telco termination point   ***   ***   ***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

12


 

                 
        Supply   Install   Test
13.
  Workstation and printer cabling to network elements   ***   ***   ***
 
               
14.
  Rectifiers, batteries, cabling   ***   ***   ***
 
               
15.
  Modem cabling from PDE racks   ***   ***   ***
 
               
16.
  Modem   ***   ***   ***
 
               
17.
  External alarm cabling from MSC to alarm panel   ***   ***   ***
 
               
18.
  Alarm cabling from PDE racks   ***   ***   ***
 
               
19.
  Ground cabling 8   ***   ***   ***
 
               
20.
  Rectifier system   ***   ***   ***
 
               
21.
  DC distribution and fuse cabinet   ***   ***   ***
 
               
22.
  Power cabling to the switching equipment   ***   ***   ***
 
               
23.
  Batteries with rack   ***   ***   ***
 
               
24.
  Battery cabling and termination   ***   ***   ***
 
               
25.
  UPS system for the Switches and peripheral devices   ***   ***   ***
 
               
26.
  Battery load testing   ***   ***   ***
 
8   Equipment supplied by Customer must conform to Lucent MSC grounding practices, as documented in ED-5D022- 11.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

13


 

Attachment F
CHANGE MANAGEMENT PROCESS
The change management process set forth in this Attachment F (“ Change Management Process ” ) supplements the terms set forth in Sections 1.7 and 1.8 of the Agreement and, together with the terms set forth in such Sections, sets forth the only authorized mechanism to request and approve changes to accepted Purchase Orders. The persons authorized to request and/or approve changes for and on behalf of each party are identified in Attachment 2 to this Attachment F. All work identified and performed through the Change Management Process will be governed by the terms and conditions of the Agreement.
For Customer- or Seller-initiated change requests (each, a “Change Request”), the following process will be followed:
1.   CUSTOMER-INITIATED CHANGE REQUESTS
a)   To request a change, Customer’s authorized person will prepare and submit a Change Order Request and Authorization form, a sample copy of which is attached hereto as Attachment 1 (the “CORA”), to Seller’s designated individual, normally the Program Manager (the “PM”). Once Customer completes the CORA and submits it to Seller, it shall constitute a Change Request. In the event that a Change Request has been directed to someone other than the PM, the recipient will facilitate linkage to the PM in a timely manner. The CORA form is the sole document used for initiating a Change Request and recording changes to a Purchase Order.
 
b)   Upon receipt of a Change Request, the PM will provide Seller’s contract administration manager (the “CAM”) a copy of the Change Request. The PM will determine the impact of the change (pricing, scheduling, etc.), if any, utilizing the appropriate Seller personnel (i.e., Seller’s technical consultants, engineering, installation, etc.). Seller’s personnel will provide the appropriate feedback to the PM or return the completed Change Request for review and signature by the PM. The PM will sign (on behalf of Seller) and forward the Change Request to Customer. Seller’s response to the Change Request (the “Change Response”) will be provided to Customer in a timely manner, but not longer than *** Business Days following Seller’s receipt of the Change Request from Customer, unless otherwise mutually agreed to by both Parties. If necessary, Customer’s authorized person and the PM will negotiate any open issues relative to the Change Request. If Customer accepts and agrees to the Change Response, Customer will execute the Change Response and return it to the PM. Such Change Response, after execution by Customer’s authorized person, shall be deemed a “Change Order”. Electronic acceptance of a Change Response will be binding on Customer notwithstanding the absence of a signature.
 
c)   The Change Order authorizes Seller to implement the changes described therein and to invoice for such work. Execution of a Change Order by one of Customer’s authorized persons and the PM means the individual signing has the authority to authorize the changes described therein, including pricing changes, if any.
 
d)   Upon receipt of the Change Order, the PM will notify the appropriate Seller personnel to proceed with the requirements set forth in the Change Order. Upon completion of its requirements, Seller shall invoice the Customer.
 
e)   If the Parties cannot agree on a Change Response, the procedures outlined in Section 1.7(b) of the Agreement shall apply.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

1


 

2   SELLER-INITIATED CHANGE REQUESTS
 
a)   To request a change (which Seller shall have the right to do only as provided in Section 1.8(a) of the Agreement), Seller’s authorized person will prepare and submit a CORA form to Customer for review and approval. Once Seller completes and submits the CORA to Customer, it shall constitute a Change Request.
 
b)   Upon receipt of the Change Request, Customer will evaluate it and, if accepted, Customer’s authorized person will execute the Change Request. Once Customer executes the Change Request and submits it to Seller, it shall constitute a Change Order. Execution of a Change Request by Customer’s authorized person means the individual signing has the authority to authorize the changes described therein including pricing changes, if any. Customer will accept or reject any Seller-initiated Change Request as soon as practical, but no later than *** Business Days from Customer’s receipt of the Change Request from Seller, unless otherwise mutually agreed to by both Parties. Upon receipt of the Change Order, the PM will notify the appropriate Seller personnel to proceed with the requirements set forth in the Change Order and, upon completion, invoice Customer.
 
c)   If Customer rejects any Seller Change Request, a written explanation detailing the reasons for the rejection will be provided by Customer to Seller within *** Business Days after receipt of the Change Request by Customer. The PM may meet with Customer to resolve such rejection. If the Parties still cannot agree on the Seller Change Request, the procedures outlined in Section 1.8(b) of the Agreement shall apply
 
3.   CHANGE ORDER TRACKING
The Seller CAM will be responsible for tracking all Change Requests throughout the entire process from the point of origination through the invoicing and payment cycle.
Attachment — 1 CHANGE ORDER REQUEST & AUTHORIZATION FORM
[Attached Hereto]
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

2


 

THIS CHANGE REQUEST IS:
o Customer Initiated
o Lucent Initiated
ATTACHMENT 1
CHANGE ORDER REQUEST & AUTHORIZATION FORM — 1
Agreement No.                                          
             
Change Request Tracking No:
    Date of Request:    
 
           
 
           
Requester’s Name:
      Telephone:    
 
           
 
           
Customer:
      Orig. Customer PO No:    
 
           
 
           
Address:
      Customer Request Date:    
 
           
 
           
Lucent Order No:
      Project/Office Name:    
 
           
Type of Change :
         
o Engineering Only
  o Engineering / Material   o Material Only
o Installation Only
  o Engineering / Material / Installation   o Installation /Material
o Engineering / Installation
  o Other:                                
Description of Work / Change:
      
 
 
         
Customer Required Material / Services Interval:
o Standard Interval
  o Expedited Interval   o Not Applicable
Customer Required Transportation Level :
o Standard Shipment
  o Premium Shipment   o Not Applicable
Schedule Impact:
                 
    Original Completion Date:                              Revised Completion Date :                           
 
               
Price:
  Engineering       Bill To:
 
               
 
               
 
  Material            
 
               
 
               
 
  Installation            
 
               
 
               
 
  Transportation            
 
               
 
               
 
  Other*       Ship To:    
 
               
 
               
 
               
 
               
 
               
 
  *See Attached for Details  
                 
 
  Price:            
 
     
 
       
Customer hereby acknowledges that this change order request is either a change to the original order or is an addition to the work to which the parties have already agreed. The terms and conditions of the Agreement identified above will cover the work provided herein. Customer understands and acknowledges that the price of this work is not covered under any purchase order or included in the Agreement identified above. Customer agrees that this fully executed change order request will serve as the authorization for work and for payment. Customer certifies that he/she has the authority to authorize this work and the additional cost.
o the signature below indicates that lucent is hereby authorized to proceed with the change
Authorization & Approval
             
Customer:
          Lucent Technologies Inc.
 
 
 
       
 
           
Signed:
      Signed:    
 
           
 
           
Name (Print):
      Name (Print) :    
 
           
 
           
Title:
      Title:    
 
           
 
           
Date:
      Date:    
 
           
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

3


 

Attachment — 2 PERSONS AUTHORIZED TO REQUEST AND ACCEPT CHANGE REQUESTS
For Customer:
Sheila Teter
For Seller:
Lucent Program Manager for the local market
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

4


 

Attachment G
REPAIR AND EXCHANGE SERVICES
Capitalized terms used in this Attachment shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement unless otherwise defined in this Attachment.
1. MAINTENANCE DEFINITIONS
“Coverage Period” shall mean the times of day and the days of the week during which Repair & Exchange Services (“RES”) will be provided, which is 12:00:01 AM Sunday through 11:59:59 PM Saturday, including holidays.
2. REPAIR & EXCHANGE SERVICES
RES involves Seller’s repair or exchange of defective, Customer-owned, Seller-manufactured and Seller-supplied non-Lucent manufactured hardware and Parts.
RES are priced and sold on a per-system basis; such pricing is set forth in Attachment J . All Parts that comprise the covered system will carry the same Coverage Period and Response Time levels.
The RES program only provides for the repair or exchange of Parts and does not include any accompanying technical or installation services of any kind.
(A) RES DEFINITIONS
“Part” , also referred to as a “Field Replaceable Unit” or “FRU”, shall mean the Product assembly or subassembly that can reasonably be removed from service and/or installed without the use of uncommon tools and/or methods. Seller, acting reasonably, shall define the composition of Parts to be exchanged or Repaired. Each type of Part will be assigned an identifier to distinguish it for a particular Function or purpose. This Part identifier will be used in communications between Customer and Seller when discussing Part(s) to be Repaired or exchanged. All replacement Parts will be like-for-like, except where Seller reasonably determines that a replacement Part of a different type is fully-compatible with the Form, Fit, Function and performance capabilities of the defective Part being replaced. Each Part will also have an assigned serial number to uniquely identify and distinguish it from other Parts of similar type. Customer must always return the Part reported as suspected faulty and requested for exchange.
“Part Request” or “PR” shall mean a record created by Seller that evidences Seller’s authorization for a Part to be repaired or exchanged according to the terms of this Attachment.
“Repair” shall mean the diagnosis and replacement or reconfiguration of components necessary to restore Part(s) to their original published operating specifications. Repair may include, in Seller’s reasonable discretion, the replacement of the entire Part with a like-for-like replacement Part. Replacement Parts may be new, remanufactured, refurbished or used and certified as
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

1


 

meeting like-new operating standards. Any returned Part will become the property of Seller (and the replacement Part shall become the property of Customer).
“Response Time” shall mean the elapsed time during the Coverage Period from when Seller determines that a Part is suspected faulty until the replacement Part is delivered to Customer or until an attempt is made to deliver the replacement Part per Customer’s instructions.
(B) RES REQUIREMENTS
***
Except where Products are covered under RES at the commencement date of this Agreement, no less than forty-five (45) days prior to the commencement of the Agreement, Customer will provide to Seller on Seller’s service start form the following Product detail for each Product to be supported:
    Seller assigned Product identification
 
    Product description
 
    Product serial number
 
    Product address (equipment site)
 
    Product configuration (Parts listing)
 
    Seller assigned Part identification
 
    Part serial number
Seller will initiate a Part Request only after: (1) a Seller technical support engineer determines that a Part is suspected to be (or actually is) faulty; (2) Customer has successfully diagnosed and isolated a faulty Part, OR (3) a Seller technical support engineer acknowledges Customer’s analysis and identifies the suspected faulty Part identification number or code.
(C) RES EXCLUSIONS
The following items and conditions are excluded from RES:
    Conditions in the Product or its Parts that existed prior to the term of the Agreement, unless such condition existed during the term of a prior agreement between Customer and Seller. However, such prior agreement must have been continuous, without any lapse of coverage, up until this Agreement.
 
    Defects or malfunctions caused solely by: (1) actions of non-Lucent personnel and/or Subcontractors; (2) failure to follow the manufacturer’s published installation, operation, or maintenance instructions; (3) failure of products not serviced by Seller; (4) abuse, misuse, or negligent acts of non-Lucent personnel and/or Subcontractors.
 
    Defects or malfunctions that include: (1) modifications made by non-Lucent personnel and/or Subcontractors; or (2) defects or malfunctions caused by the attachment of products not supplied or recommended by Seller.
 
    Passive and mounting hardware including, but not limited to, cables, cable assemblies, cords, brackets, bezels, face plates, adapters, panels, or labels.
 
    Consumables including, but not limited to, fuses, batteries, air filters, or transformers.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

2


 

    Documentation or software in all media forms.
In addition, Radio Frequency Units (RFU) are specifically excluded from coverage under RES.
3. ADVANCED EXCHANGE
Seller will provide, upon receiving and accepting Customer’s PR, a replacement Part in advanced exchange of receiving a reported-defective Part from Customer ( “Advanced Exchange” ). Seller will arrange for the delivery of replacement Part(s) to Customer’s equipment site within the Response Time period specified in Attachment D.
Customer may direct Seller to deliver Advanced Exchange material to a location other than the equipment site, provided Customer identifies the alternate ship-to location before the PR is accepted by Seller.
Upon receiving the replacement Part, Customer will return the reported defective Part to Seller within ***. Seller will provide shipping instructions and pre-paid shipping labels for this purpose. Customer will follow the shipping instructions for returning defective Parts to Seller, and will use the return label that Seller or its authorized logistics agent has provided. Customer’s failure to follow the return instructions and/or use the provided return label will be treated by Seller as an unreturned Part.
Customer is responsible for including all mutually agreed documentation with returned Parts including failure description, diagnostic test results, or some other indication suggesting that a Part was suspected to be (or actually is) faulty or in need of replacement. Exchanged parts returned to Seller without such accompanying documentation may be subject to additional charges for diagnostic testing.
Customer is responsible for providing adequate packing material to protect against a reasonable risk of damage that might occur during shipping by common carrier. If Customer fails to return the reported defective Part to Seller within *** or returns a Part that was damaged during shipping due to improper packing, Customer agrees to pay Seller the applicable price under this Agreement for the Advanced Exchange item(s) and US *** in restocking fees.
Prior to the commencement of any Advanced Exchange services, Customer agrees to provide a blanket Purchase Order to Seller as payment authorization for unreturned defective Parts or other charges as specified in this Attachment.
NEXT DAY ADVANCED EXCHANGE (AE-ND) (Response Times)
Seller will provide Advanced Exchange services the next calendar day following receipt of a PR as determined by the time zone of the equipment location during the Coverage Period provided that the PR is opened and accepted prior to 5:00 PM local time as determined by the time zone of the equipment location. Parts Requests that are received and accepted after 5:00 PM will be considered received on the following day. Parts that require custom configuration or software installation will be shipped for delivery on *** following the PR.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

3


 

PRICING
Please see Attachment J.
DISCLAIMER
No obligation to provide the Service described in this Attachment arises unless a Purchase Order for the Service has been placed by Customer and accepted by Seller. This Attachment will in no event create or imply any obligations with respect to work activities that are not specified in this Attachment. Any additional Services or assistance requested by Customer that are not specified in this Attachment must be ordered separately and billed at the then-applicable rates under the Agreement.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

4


 

Attachment H
PRODUCT STANDARD INTERVALS
Seller’s Standard Intervals are predicated on Customer’s forecasting Product needs in accordance with Section 1.5 of the Agreement, entitled PLANNING INFORMATION.
Seller reserves the right to modify, amend, or change the Standard Interval objectives at any time, provided Seller is doing so in the course of its normal business for all of its customers, however, in no event will any such modified, amended, or changed Standard Interval apply to Purchase Orders that have been issued and accepted in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. For Products not identified below, Seller shall provide Customer with Standard Intervals for such Product upon Customer’s request and this Attachment H shall be updated accordingly.
The intervals in the following tables shall apply to Purchase Orders for new Product sales only. Intervals for moves, de-installations, combinations or migrations of existing products shall be as mutually agreed between the Parties. In addition, the following conditions shall apply:
  The *** interval for Quote Preparation begins when Customer has provided information necessary for Seller to prepare the Quote, or when the Parties have agreed to configurations. Any change to such information or configuration would reset the Quote Preparation interval.
 
  Products must be generally available and quotable
 
  The Standard Intervals set forth below shall not apply to items that are not standard orderable items (e.g., sub-components) or items that do not have assigned comcodes.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

1


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
                             
    TIME IN WEEKS    
                        INSTALL   TOTAL
LUCENT   QUOTE   LUCENT   LUCENT   LUCENT   NORMAL   (INCLUDING   INTERVAL
PRODUCT   PREPARATION   PO   ENGINEERING   MANUFACTURING   SHIP   INTEGRATION)   WEEKS
 
                           
 
                           
 
                           
 
                           
 
          ***                 
 
                           
 
                           
 
                           
 
                           
 
                           
 
                           
 
                           
 
                           
 
                           
 
                           
 
                           
 
                           
 
                           
 
                           
 
                           
 
                           
 
                           
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Draft #2
May 16, 2005
34vl

-2-


 

***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

3


 

Attachment I
CELL SITE SELF-INSTALL AGREEMENT
INFORMATION LICENSE TERMS
CONCERNING SELF-INSTALLATION
Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement unless otherwise defined in this Attachment. In case of any conflict between the provisions of this Attachment and of the Agreement or any other Attachment, the provisions of this Attachment shall take precedence, but only with respect to the INFORMATION and its use.
ARTICLE I
ITEMS TO BE FURNISHED
1.01   Seller shall furnish to Customer technical information, including Software, if any, relating to installation and testing of Seller’s Products as set forth in the Schedule to this Attachment ( “IN-INFORMATION” ). With the delivery of the INFORMATION, Customer shall also be furnished a list, which identifies the INFORMATION delivered. Seller and Customer shall promptly notify each other of any inaccuracies in the list. All information specified on said list shall be deemed to be part of the INFORMATION with the following qualification: if, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the list, Customer shall give Seller written notice specifying particular INFORMATION identified therein which was not actually received, Seller promptly shall deliver such INFORMATION to Customer, but such specified information shall be deemed excluded from the list until such information is actually received by Customer.
ARTICLE II
GRANT OF RIGHTS TO USE INFORMATION
2.01   Seller grants to Customer and its Affiliates a personal temporary nontransferable (except as provided in Section 1.27 of the Agreement) and nonexclusive right to use the INFORMATION solely to install and test wireless base stations listed in the Schedule for Customer during the Term of the Agreement, including Renewal Terms, and during the Transition Period, provided that Seller is the breaching party. With respect to any Software that is part of the INFORMATION, the license herein granted is limited to use on a Designated Processor or, temporarily on any comparable replacement, if the 3.04 Designated Processor becomes inoperative, until the Designated Processor is restored to operational status. This Attachment does not give Customer the right to furnish or sublicense the INFORMATION to third parties or to use the INFORMATION for any purpose or any third parties other than as specified in this Attachment. Customer may not disclose the INFORMATION to its consultants or contractors. For purposes hereof, “Affiliate” of Customer shall be as defined in the Agreement.
 
2.02   Customer agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of Seller, transmit, directly or indirectly, the INFORMATION, or any portion thereof, to any country outside of the United States. Customer agrees that its obligation under this Section 2.02 shall survive and continue after any termination of Customer’s rights under this Attachment and after expiration of this Attachment. In the event that use in another country is authorized by Seller, Customer shall be responsible for compliance with all U.S. export rules and regulations applicable to any transmission, direct or indirect, of the INFORMATION to such country.
ARTICLE III
FEES AND PAYMENT
3.01   For the rights in INFORMATION granted under this Attachment by Seller to Customer, Customer shall pay to Seller the fees and/or other charges set forth in the Schedule. Such fees and/or other charges are not inclusive of applicable transportation charges and taxes.
 
3.02   Customer shall pay invoiced amounts as set forth in Section 1.10 of the Agreement.
 
3.03   The payment of taxes shall be as set forth in Section 1.16 of the Agreement.
 
3.04   Unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing by Seller, expenses for any transportation and insurance of all INFORMATION arranged and initially paid for by Seller shall be billed to
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

-1-


 

Customer as a separate item and shall be paid by Customer.
ARTICLE IV
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
4.01   The terms of the Agreement, including this Attachment, shall prevail in the event of any conflicting terms or legends which may appear on the INFORMATION furnished under this Attachment.
 
4.02   Except as Seller may otherwise agree in writing, neither the execution of the Agreement nor anything in it or in the INFORMATION shall be construed as an obligation upon Seller to furnish any person, including Customer, any assistance of any kind whatsoever, or any information other than the INFORMATION, or to revise, supplement or elaborate upon the INFORMATION. If Seller makes available training and/or other assistance with respect to use of the INFORMATION , unless otherwise agreed in writing, such Services shall be provided according to the terms and conditions of the Agreement. Customer shall furnish to Seller the CLLI code and the commonly referred to name of the MSC (in case of wireless) or the central office that the equipment is connected to or in when requesting assistance.
 
4.03   Customer acknowledges that Seller has not attempted to ascertain Customer’s technical ability to properly use the INFORMATION.
 
4.04   Seller represents and warrants to Customer that the INFORMATION to be furnished under this Attachment will be true and accurate, but Seller shall not be liable for errors or omissions therein. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THIS ATTACHMENT AND THE AGREEMENT, SELLER MAKES NO WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS, EXPRESSLY OR IMPLIEDLY, REGARDING THE INFORMATION AND, BY THE WAY OF EXAMPLE BUT NOT LIMITATION, SELLER MAKES NO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 
    Customer agrees to indemnify Seller and hold Seller harmless against any claim by Customer, their employees, and any third party on account of, or arising from, the use by Customer of the INFORMATION or any portion thereof. Such indemnification shall include reimbursement of legal fees incurred by Seller relative to any such claim.
 
4.05   Customer agrees:
  (i)   That Customer will not use the INFORMATION except as provided in the Agreement, including this Attachment:
 
  (ii)   That the INFORMATION is “Licensed Material” under the Agreement, and Customer shall keep the INFORMATION confidential and abide by the provisions applicable to Licensed Materials under Article III of the Agreement, except for portions of the INFORMATION, if any, (a) which were previously known to Customer free of any obligation to keep confidential, or (b) which Seller agrees in writing have become generally known to the public, provided that such public knowledge was not the result of any acts attributable to Customer;
 
  (iii)   That Customer will not, without Seller’s express written permission, represent, directly or indirectly, that any Product installed or tested in whole or in part with the use of any of the INFORMATION is installed or tested by Seller or any of its Affiliates;
 
  (iv)   That Customer will not, without, Seller’s express written permission, make or have made, or permit to be made, any copies of any of the INFORMATION;
 
  (v)   That Customer will not modify, decompile, or disassemble software furnished as object code to generate corresponding source code;
 
  (vi)   That, as between Seller and Customer, all INFORMATION furnished under this Attachment shall be deemed the property of Seller, and that upon termination of all rights granted to Customer under this agreement pursuant to Article IV hereof, Customer shall immediately cease all use of the INFORMATION, shall immediately render unusable all portions of the INFORMATION which may have been placed in any storage apparatus and shall upon request deliver to Seller all documents containing any of the INFORMATION furnished under this agreement then under its control;
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

-2-


 

  (vii)   To restrict disclosure of the INFORMATION solely to those of its employees with a need to know to exercise the specific license rights granted above and not disclose the INFORMATION or any part thereof to any other party;
 
  (viii)   To advise those employees of their obligations with respect to the INFORMATION;
 
  (ix)   That when the INFORMATION is no longer needed by Customer for the installation and testing of the Products, Customer shall return all copies of the INFORMATION to Seller or insure that all copies of the INFORMATION are destroyed;
 
      That the obligations of Customer under this Article IV shall survive and continue after expiration or termination of this agreement and after any termination of rights under this agreement.
To give Seller, upon at least *** notice, access during usual business hours to the premises of Customer where a cell site is installed or tested by Customer in order that Seller may inspect and verify compliance by Customer with its obligations under this Attachment and the Agreement.
4.06   Nothing contained in this Attachment shall be construed as conferring by implication, estoppel or otherwise any license or right under any patent, whether or not the exercise of any right granted in this Attachment necessarily employs an invention of any existing or later issued patent.
 
4.07   Customer shall not assign any right or interest under this agreement, or delegate any work or other obligation to be performed or owned by Customer under this agreement. Any attempted assignment or delegation in contravention of the above provision shall be void and ineffective.
 
4.08   Neither party shall use any identification of, or reference to, any code, drawing, specification, trade name, trademark, trade device, insignia, service mark, symbol, or any abbreviation, construction, or simulation thereof, of the other party in any advertising or promotional efforts relating to the INFORMATION provided under this Attachment without such other party’s prior written approval.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

-3-


 

Schedule
***
         
Product   Description   License Fees
         
    ***    
***
         
Product   Description   License Fees
         
    ***    
***
         
Product   Description   License Fees
         
    ***    
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

-4-


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
Schedule
***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

-5-


 

DRAFT — Subject to legal review and approval by the Parties
Schedule
***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

-6-


 

Attachment J
SERVICES
1.1 Scope. This Attachment contains additional terms and conditions , which together with the terms and conditions of the Agreement, are applicable with respect to orders for the services identified herein (“ Services ”). The Services to be provided shall be as described in, and may be ordered only after Seller has provided, a Statement of Work (“ SOW ”). The SOW will either be signed by the Parties or subject to acceptance by Seller following receipt of Customer’s Purchase Order. Each SOW will be governed by this Attachment. To the extent of any inconsistency between a specific term of this Agreement and a specific term in an SOW, the specific term of the Agreement shall govern.
1.2 Responsibilities of the Parties. Responsibilities of Seller, Customer and any third parties for engineering, Site preparation, installation and optimization Services and for all other Services shall be set forth in the applicable SOW. Furthermore, Seller shall have no responsibility or liability with respect to Services performed by third parties retained by Customer. Customer shall provide Seller with such information and reasonable assistance as is timely requested by Seller in order to satisfy its obligations.
1.3 Term of Services. The term for completion of Services shall be set forth in the applicable SOW. In the event that any SOW obligations extend beyond the expiration date of the Agreement, the terms of the Agreement, this Attachment and the applicable SOW shall continue to apply until all such obligations have been satisfied.
1.4 Warranty. The warranty(s) for Services shall be those set forth in Section 4.7 of the Agreement, entitled SERVICES WARRANTIES.
1.5 Prices and Fees. The prices and fees for Services performed by Seller are as set forth in the applicable SOW, but shall be based on the rates set forth in this Attachment and/or in Attachment A, except for Section 1.7.2, which is for informational purposes only. Customer will reimburse Seller for actual out-of-pocket expenses in accordance with Seller’s travel and expense policy, but in no event shall Customer reimburse Seller for entertainment expenses. Expense invoices will include a summary of expenses by major category and expenses will be invoiced on a monthly basis.
1.7 Pricing.
1.7.1 RTS Pricing and Service Level
  §   RTS pricing ***, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Attachment D
 
  §   In addition to the above, Customer may elect RTS ***, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Attachment D.
 
  §   Customer has chosen Premium Service *** as further described in Attachment D
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

1


 

  §   ***
1.7.2 Engineering, Installation and Integration Pricing
The following pricing model is for informational purposes only. Actual pricing for such Services shall be set forth in a mutually agreed SOW(s).
SAMPLE MODEL 4SM (Switch Module) Configuration New Start
                                         
                            Professional    
Product   Engineering   Installation   Integration   Services   Total
***
    ***       ***               ***     ***  
***
  ***     ***                       ***  
***
    ***       ***                       ***  
***
    ***       ***                       ***  
***
                    ***               ***  
Total
                                    ***  
         
***
       
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
***
    ***  
 
Total
    ***  
 
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

2


 

1.7.3 Pricing for Growth Elements — Services
The following pricing model for Growth Elements is the contract pricing for the specific configuration described below. Any deviation from this model will require revised pricing to be set forth in a mutually agreed upon SOW(s).
                                 
Product   Engineering     Installation     Integration/pm     Total  
    Pricing is as engineered, please see the sample pricing provided on the previous page for reference numbers
 
                               
***
 
                             
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
                               
 
1 Service pricing may not apply should Customer chose to self-install. In such case, Product would be quoted to Customer as furnish only.
 
2 Prices for the installation and integration of additional pair(s) is based on the assumption that the work is being performed in the same trip as the initial pair
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

3


 

      1.7.4 ModCell Installation Pricing
     Modcell Installation Pricing
***
***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

4


 

1.7.5 RES Pricing
Pricing for RES Next Day Advanced Exchange as described in Attachment G is:
    ***
 
    ***
 
    ***
 
    ***
***
***
    ***
 
    ***
***
Coverage may be required for third-party product (i.e., Sun) as described in Attachment D.
All Riverstone, Juniper, and Cisco coverage to be quoted as Customer’s future network design may require.
1.7.6 Pricing for Extended Product Support
Pursuant to Section 2.6 of the Agreement, Customer may elect to extend the period for which Seller provides repair services and repair parts ***.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

5


 

Attachment K

CO-MARKETING
Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement unless otherwise defined in this Attachment.
This Attachment provides for application of Seller’s co-marketing program ( “Program” ) to assist customers of Seller in the promotion of their services in conjunction with Seller and Seller’s products in accordance with the terms of this Attachment and the Program Documentation ( “Program Documentation” is defined as the “Co-Marketing Program Guidelines,” “Co-Marketing Program Brand & Logo Usage Guidelines,” and other documentation regarding the Program as that documentation may exist now or in the future); however, in the event of any conflict between the terms of the Agreement (including this Attachment K ) and the terms of the Program Documentation, the terms of the Agreement (including this Attachment K ) shall control. Customer shall not be liable or responsible for, or bound by, any changes in the Program Documentation unless it is provided to Customer in writing.
Program Credits:
Seller’s co-operative marketing credits ( “Co-op Credits” ) are calculated and achieved based on Customer’s total paid invoices for qualified Products and Software. Qualified Products and Software include PCS CDMA Products only.
Co-op Credits will accrue as set forth in Attachments A or C, as applicable. Co-op Credits are available for use by Customer upon being credited to Customer’s Program records and shall expire if not used prior to the termination or expiration of this Agreement; provided, however, that at a minimum Customer shall have *** in which to use such Co-op Credits. Co-op Credits may be utilized, as explained below, only after Customer’s completion of qualified Program activities, which must be submitted to and approved by Seller as detailed in the Program Documentation.
Credit Utilization:
On a periodic basis, Customer will receive credit memos ( “Credit Memos” ) from Lucent detailing the value of earned Co-op Credits that will be usable only in connection with Customer’s future purchase/license of Seller’s Products and Software after Customer has submitted the appropriate documentation to Seller and Seller has verified each qualified Program activity as detailed within the Program Documentation. Credit Memos may not be deducted from Customer’s current invoices; nor may they be used to bring a delinquent account current. Seller shall send the Credit Memos to:
Mr. Braxton Carter
Chief Financial Officer
MetroPCS Wireless, Inc.
8144 Walnut Hill Lane, Suite 800
Dallas, TX 75231
***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

1


 

In no event shall Customer have any right or entitlement to the payment of any monies with respect to the Co-op Credits or Credit Memos. All Co-op Credits and Credit Memos are contingent on and subject to Customer’s compliance with all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Attachment K and in the Program Documentation. If use of Co-op Credits meets the aforementioned terms and conditions in full, Seller will pay up to *** of the cost of a Customer-proposed marketing program. No Co-op Credits will accrue, and no Credit Memos may be used, if a Customer Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (unless and until such time as the Event of Default has been cured by Customer) or if the Agreement has expired or was terminated prior to the accrual and use of such Co-op Credits and/or use of such Credit Memos. Seller also reserves the right, at its reasonable discretion and until mutually agreeable resolution, to disallow Customer’s use of Co-op Credits based on the aggregate balance of past due Seller invoices previously issued to Customer.
Notices:
All notices under this Attachment shall be in writing and shall be given by confirmed facsimile, by nationally recognized overnight courier or by certified or registered mail, addressed to the addresses set forth immediately below or to such other address as either Party may designate by notice pursuant hereto. Such notices shall be deemed to have been given: (a) upon transmission if sent via confirmed facsimile; (b) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier; or (c) three (3) Business Days after deposit in the United States certified or registered mail.
     
To Lucent:   To MetroPCS:
 
   
Mark Gardner
  Diane McKenna
Regional Sales Director
  Director of Advertising
Lucent Technologies Inc.
  MetroPCS Wireless, Inc.
TX0035
  8144 Walnut Hill Lane, Suite 800
2400 Dallas Parkway
  Dallas, TX 75231
Plano, TX 75093-4370
  ***
***
  ***
***
   
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

2


 

Lucent Co-Marketing Program
Co-Operative Marketing
Program Guidelines
Purpose
Seller created this Program to assist Customer in the promotion of its services to its customers in conjunction with Seller and Seller’s products. This Program consists of Co-op Credit records, as well as marketing expertise, assistance and/or consultation. Seller’s goal is to help Customer increase sales to its customers of products and services derived from its network, through creative and timely use of Seller-sponsored marketing resources.
How the Program Works
Customer will be contacted by the Seller to discuss and provide contact information for both Seller and Customer. The Program record will then be established and Customer will be notified of record activation based on the contact information provided to Seller. The Program record is a password-protected extranet site and available for Customer to view at any time. The site contains Program financial data, and guidelines (this guide or as amended and updated from time to time).
In order to utilize Co-op Credits, Customer must abide by terms and conditions set forth in this Attachment and the Program Documentation.
Required Forms
The Program Guidelines include samples of each of the forms Customer must complete as required by Seller to remain an active participant in the Program.
Credit Utilization Steps
1.   Plan the Marketing Activity: Customer and a Seller customer team representative will participate in regular planning sessions to develop a plan for the utilization of Co-op Credits. Jointly, they will determine appropriate programs and campaigns supporting the objectives of the Program and complete a “Planning Form” to document each session. Seller reserves the right to limit the level of Co-Op support for any promotion. Customer must detail the activity’s objective, estimated costs and the Seller product or solutions to promote. Seller will review and approve, modify or deny the activity.
 
    Please note that pre-approvals of marketing activities do not guarantee Credit use, as final Credit use approval will be based on submission of required supporting documentation (see Step 3 below), and on Customer’s Program record balance and payment history on the date of submission of Request for Credit. For activities that require usage of the Program Logo, Customer should refer to the section of this document entitled “Co-Marketing Logo Usage” for further details. Appropriate uses of Co-op Credits are included within this document.
 
2.   Customer must execute the pre-approved marketing activity and remember to document it according to the requirements. Customer must pay its promotional/advertising vendors directly, as Seller will not make payments to Customer’s vendors.
 
3.   Submit the Request for Credit Form and the required supporting documentation: After the promotion takes place, Customer must complete a co-marketing request for credit form within sixty (60) days
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

3


 

    after the activity has taken place or the “pre-approval” will automatically expire. For convenience, Customer may include multiple promotions on a single Request for Credit Form, provided they have already been approved through the pre-approval process outlined above. Customer should attach copies of vendor or in-house invoices and other required supporting documentation as required and as specified below, attach proof of performance, including samples of the promotional piece, send completed request form with all supporting documentation to the address listed on the Request for Credit Form for further processing.
 
    Note: If production is done in-house, Customer must include a letter on company letterhead stating the cost breakdown, description and signature from Seller’s representative. For future in-house productions of the same nature, please include a copy of the signed letter.
 
4.   Credit reimbursement from Seller: Seller will make the credit reimbursement available to Customer within 30-45 days of Customer’s request based on the total amount of credits available to Customer at the time of processing. If a Request for Credit Form submitted has a valid pre-approval number and the required supporting documentation, but the Customer does not have sufficient Co-op Credits at the time to cover the full amount requested, Seller will adjust records up to the available balance and automatically issue a second credit reimbursement once the remaining Co-op Credits are achieved. There is no need for the Customer to submit a second request for the remaining balance due.
 
5.   Marketing Results: Seller will send the Program Results Form to Customer’s contact via email within sixty (60) days after the pre-approval activity end date to notify Customer that program results are due. Completion of this form provides both Customer and Seller with ongoing access to marketing effectiveness, cost effectiveness, and on-going planning efforts.
Co-Marketing Logo Usage
Guidelines for Program brand and logo usage are set forth within this document and in the document entitled “Co-Marketing Program Brand and Logo Usage Guidelines” (“Program Brand and Logo Guidelines”).
Customer must abide by Program Brand and Logo Guidelines. In addition, Seller has the right-of-review/right-of-refusal for all promotional materials identified under the Program. Seller also has the right in its sole discretion to modify or replace the Program Brand and Logo Guidelines at any time.
All marketing communications (including, but not limited to print and broadcast advertising and direct mail) that incorporate the Seller Program logo and/or Seller brand and trademarks shall be submitted no less than five (5) Business Days in advance to Seller’s Brand Group (current representatives listed below):
     
Mark Alan Miller
  Bob Cort
Lucent Technologies
  Lucent Technologies
600-700 Mountain Avenue
  600-700 Mountain Avenue
3B-443
  3A-405
Murray Hill, New Jersey 07974
  Murray Hill, New Jersey 07974
***
  ***
***
  ***
In addition, the placement and programming context in which the Seller Program logo and/or Seller brand and trademarks appear must be in good taste and represent the policies and philosophies of Seller, as determined by Seller in its sole discretion. Any misuse of the Seller Program logo and/or Seller brand and trademarks will result in immediate suspension from the Program.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

4


 

Before Customer wishes to utilize the Program Logo, Seller brand, and/or product trademarks, Customer must submit to Seller a creative approval form with a copy of the final creative pieces for approval prior to production. Customer expressly agrees not to use such Indicia unless and until Seller grants such approval. Customer acknowledges it has no ownership or other interest in the Indicia and shall make no claim to such indicia.
In the event Customer’s use of indicia is withdrawn as provided above or its potential to achieve Co-op Credits is otherwise terminated as provided under the Program Documentation, Customer shall immediately cease use of indicia and return to Seller or, at Seller’s request, destroy all promotional materials that may contain Seller indicia within thirty (30) days. Customer acknowledges that the Indicia constitute a valuable property right of Seller and that use of such without Seller’s permission or in violation of the Program Documentation may cause irreparable harm to Seller and that Seller shall be entitled to injunctive relief to cease use of such indicia in such circumstances.
Customer acknowledges that Seller is the owner of the Program logo and all goodwill attached thereto. This Attachment does not give Customer any interest in the Program logo except the right to use the logo in accordance with the terms of this Attachment and the Agreement. Customer agrees not to attempt to register the Program logo nor to adopt or register anywhere in the world marks that are the same as or confusingly similar to the Program logo.
Customer recognizes Seller’s exclusive and discretionary right to initiate and maintain any legal or administrative proceedings against third parties relative to the protection and defense of the Program logo including the settlement of any dispute with third parties relating to the logo. Customer agrees to cooperate fully with Seller in the protection, maintenance and defense of the Program logo, if sought, and waives any claim it may have against Seller as a result of its exercise of or failure to exercise its exclusive and discretionary right hereunder.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

5


 

ACTIVITIES ELIGIBLE FOR CO-OP CREDIT MEMOS
AND REQUIRED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION
             
Qualified
Activity
  Expenses Covered   Required Documentation and Proof of Performance   Expenses
NOT Covered
 
           
Market
Reserch
  ***
***
  All supporting paid invoices
Copy of final report
  ***
 
  ***   Analysis of final results    
 
  ***        
 
           
Lead
Generation
Programs
  ***
***
***
***
  All supporting paid invoices
Copy of scripts
Copy of report/results from the lead generation
  ***
***
 
           
Sales Tools &
End-User
Models
  ***
***
***
  All supporting paid invoices
Original sample of piece
Analysis of sales results
  ***
 
           
Direct Mail
  ***
***
***
  Sample of piece
Copy of paid invoices
Copy of postage receipt
Copy of results report of direct mail piece
  ***
 
           
Print
Advertising
(including
newspaper)
  ***
***
***
  Original, actual-sized tear sheet or photocopy    showing publication name, date and location
Copy of publisher invoice
Copy of paid layout/design, photography invoices
Analysis of marketing results
  ***
 
           
Indoor,
Outdoor and
Vehicle Signage
  ***
***
  Copy of paid invoice indicating where advertising    was posted
Photo of ad
Copy of paid invoice for layout/design
Analysis of promotional results
  ***
 
           
Radio and TV
  ***
***
  Copy of paid invoice showing length of
   commercial, dates and times of spots,
   where aired, cost per spot, and total
   cost
Station affidavit and a copy of the
  ***
 
           
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

6


 

             
 
         video/audio tape
Copy of paid invoice for production work
Analysis of promotional results
   
 
           
Service
Provider
Created Sales
Literature
  ***
***
  Original sample of piece
Copy of paid invoices
Sales/usage results
Success criteria and analysis of results
  ***
 
           
Trade Shows
and Seminars
  ***
***
***
***
***
  Photo of display
All supporting paid invoices
Dates of participation
Analysis of promotional results
  ***
***
 
           
In-House
Incentive
Programs
  ***
***
  All supporting paid invoices
Copy of promotional piece
Copy of incentive plan
Sales results
  ***
 
           
Point of Purchase Materials
  ***
***
  All supporting paid invoices
Copy of supporting materials
Analysis of promotional results
  ***
 
           
Information
about
Your Services
on Your Web Site
  ***
***
  All supporting paid invoices
Hard copy of how it appears on your site
Must appear on web site for consecutive months
   Sales/usage results
  ***
***
***
 
           
Other
Approved Promotional
Activity
  ***   All supporting paid invoices
Copy of all materials
Promotional results
  ***
***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

7


 

(LOGO)
         
 
  Co-Marketing Program    
 
  Co-Operative Marketing    
Request for Credit Form
Company
Information

Company Name
 
Business Address
 
                     
City
      State       Zip    
 
                   
Lucent Contract Number
 
     
Lucent Demand Creation
Contact
   
Date of Request
 
Program Quarter:
 
     
Primary
   
Contact
   
 
   
     
Title
   
 
   
             
Phone
      Fax    
 
           
     
E-mail
   
 
   


Type of
Promotions

     
o
  Market Research Lead Generation Programs
o
  Print Advertising Point of Purchase Materials
o
  Info. about Your Services on your Web Site
o
  Co-branding
o
  Direct Mail
o
  Indoor, Outdoor, and Vehicle Signage
     
o
  Radio and TV
o
  Trade Shows and Seminars Service Provider Created Sales Literature In-House Incentive Program


Request Details
     Please identify and itemize expenses associated with this project below. (Attach additional expenses as required)

                                                 
    Pre-Approval     Vendor     Date of     Expense     Invoiced     Amount  
    Activity Number Invoice No.     Promotion     Description     Amount     Requested  
 
                                               
1
                                               
 
                                   
 
                                               
2
                                               
 
                                   
 
                                               
3
                                               
 
                                   
 
                                               
4
                                               
 
                                   
 
                                               
5
                                               
 
                                   
         
 
  Total Requested Amount $  
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS ANDLUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

8


 

DON’T FORGET
  Attach required documentation with your request (see Program Guidelines).
  Please include copies of all relevant Creative Approval and Planning Forms with your request. Keep a copy for your records.
  Pre-approvals of marketing activities do not guarantee credit memos, as final approval will be based on submission of required supporting documentation, and on Customer’s Program records balance on the date of submission of Request for Credit.
  Requests must be received within 90 days of the activity date.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS ANDLUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

9


 

(LOGO)
         
 
  Co-Marketing Program    
 
  Co-Operative Marketing    
Planning and Creative Approval Form
Company
Information

Company Name
 
Business Address
 
                     
City
      State       Zip    
 
                   
Lucent Contract Number
 
     
Lucent Demand Creation
Contact
   
Date of Request
 
Program Quarter:
 
     
Primary
   
Contact
   
 
   
     
Title
   
 
   
             
Phone
      Fax    
 
           
     
E-mail
   
 
   


Activity
Description
Advertising Media Type (check all that apply)

     
o
  Market Research Lead Generation Programs
o
  Print Advertising
o
  Point of Purchase Materials Info. about Your Services on your Web Site
o
  Co-branding
o
  Direct Mail
     
o
  Indoor, Outdoor, and Vehicle Signage
o
  Radio and TV
o
  Trade Shows and Seminars Service Provider Created Sales Literature In-House Incentive Program


                                                 
                    Activity Description             Lucent     Amount  
    Start Date     End Date     (include media name     Objective     Contribution     Requested  
 
                                               
1
                                               
 
                                   
 
                                               
2
                                               
 
                                   
 
                                               
3
                                               
 
                                   
 
                                               
4
                                               
 
                                   
         
 
  Total Planned Expenditures    $  

DON’T FORGET
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS ANDLUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

10


 

  Include creative with the completed form for approval.
 
  All creative bearing the Lucent Program logo, name and/or Lucent product trademarks must be approved prior to placing the creative in any media.
 
  When Lucent requires modifications to meet the approved guidelines, all required revisions must be made and resubmitted to Lucent for final approval.
 
  Complete performance (e.g. tearsheet) must be submitted to CoAMS, Inc. upon completion of promotional activity.

     
Lucent Technologies Inc.
 
   
By:
   
 
   
     
Name:
   
 
   
     
Title:
   
 
   
     
Customer
 
   
By:
   
 
   
     
Name:
   
 
   
     
Title:
   
 
   


PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS ANDLUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

11


 

(LOGO)
        Lucent Technologies
        Sell Lab Industries
         
        Co-Marketing Program
        Co-Operative Marketing
    Program Results Form    
Company        
Information        
     
Company Name
  Date of Request
 
   
Business Address
  Program Quarter:
 
   
City                                           State                       Zip                      
   
 
  Primary Contact                                                                             
 
  Title                                                                                                  
Lucent Contract Number
  Phone                                                                Fax                           
 
   
Lucent Demand Creation Contact                                                    
  E-mail                                                                                              
Program
Effectiveness
Describe the Marketing Program
Target Audience:
What problem was the goal of the Marketing Program??
Project Objectives
Did this marketing program meet the objectives? o Yes      o No
Please detail the results of the project in relation to the objectives.
Please detail the key success factors of the marketing program; , why was this program successful or not successful?
If you ran the same program again in the future, what would do differently?
On a scale of 1-10, please rate the
effectiveness this marketing project.
(l=poor, 5=fair, 10=excellent)
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

12


 

             
 
           
 
  Customer Rating (1 -10)        
 
           
 
  Lucent Rating (1-10)        
 
           
     
DON'T FORGET   SUBMIT RESULTS TO:
Submit Marketing Results Form within 60 days of Program end.
  Your Lucent Representative as indicated in the Pre-Approval Form
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

13


 

Lucent Co-Marketing Program
Co-Operative Marketing
Brand & Logo Usage Guidelines
Seller’s Co-Marketing Program objective is to combine the Seller brand with the Customer’s in a way that builds on the strengths of each. Contribution branding creates a third, bigger brand that benefits both Parties. The Program is intended to support Seller and Customer images, strengthen Seller and Customer relationship, and convey Seller and Customer mutual brand messages to customers.
Leveraging the Seller brand and Program logos provides a significant advantage for service providers who have built their networks with Seller. While Seller intends for Customer to use Seller’s brand as a point of competitive differentiation, Seller will not allow Customer to use Seller’s brand to directly position themselves against other customers of Seller.
Requirements and Standards
Customer must complete the Creative Approval form and have it approved by Seller for each Program logo usage.
Marketing communications that incorporate the Program logo and/or other Seller trademarks and the context in which they appear must be in good taste and represent the policies and philosophies of Seller. Seller will not reimburse Customer for communications that do not meet these standards: any misuse of the logos/trademarks will result in suspension from the Program.
General Guidelines
Seller has the right to refuse approval of materials. The Program logos must never be altered and must be reproduced from the Seller provided logo sheets or diskettes. Participation in the Program shall not be presented as approval by Seller of any brand, product or company name. Material must not misrepresent features and/or benefits of Seller. Customer must acknowledge all Seller trademarks. All material must comply with the applicable law.
Composed Program logos are available on diskette and logo sheets and can be ordered through the Seller co-marketing program office. Customer must use the following acknowledgement to identify the logo as a trademark of Seller: The Lucent co-marketing logo is a trademark of Lucent Technologies.
Seller Program Logo Elements
Linking Phrase: Agreed upon by both the Customer and Seller that accurately describes the relationship. Examples include “Network built by...”, “Wireless Technology provided by...”, “Network by...”, and “Enabled by...”. There must be at least one mention of Seller that describes its part of the relationship.
Innovation Ring: Key component of the Lucent Technologies corporate signature
Lucent Technologies logotype. The Lucent Technologies brand must always accompany the Bell Labs name. The logo can be placed on a screened background as long as the logo is clearly visible and the background is of high contrast
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

14


 

     
Network
  Linking Phrase
Built by
   
(LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES LOGO)
  Innovation Ring
 
  Logotype
Print Usage Guidelines
Logo Size: To determine the Program logo size, apply the formula (L x W)/2 to CUSTOMER logo. Program logo must be at least one (1) inch in width. Vertical height must be less than 50% of the Customer’s logo measured diagonally or vertically, whichever is greater. Do not enlarge or reduce the logo from existing art. Use the correct size provided on the logo sheet
Logo Position: Must appear in the lower left or right corners of the advertisement, or embedded in the copy block. May not be part of the visual element of the promotional material. There should be a space of at least 1/4 of the height of the innovation ring between the entire signature and any edge of the printed surface.. The area surrounding the logo should be even, un-patterned, and free from typography, illustration or other graphic elements.
Logo Color: The innovation ring must always be printed in Pantone 186*; process mix CO, M100, Y70. The logo may be reproduced in black or reversed in white of a high-contrast background color.
Usage Guidelines
Television, Inflight, and Infomercials: Program logo must be incorporated into the broadcast in appropriate context. Program logo must appear for at least three (3) seconds in a :30 second commercial. Minimum of a five (5) word voice-over copy mention must be included and may not appear in legal disclaimer tag.
Radio Advertising: Must be at least one mention of Lucent Technologies and/or products per 60-second spot and may not appear in legal disclaimer tag.
Screen Placement: Must be completely within the title-safe area and must not be less than 50% of the Customer’s logo measure vertically or diagonally, whichever is greater.
Outdoor Advertising: Program logo must not be less than 50% of the Customer’s logo measured vertically or diagonally, whichever is greater.
Final Review and Approval
Seller reserves the right-of-review and right-of refusal for approval for all marketing communications under this program prior to printing and or publication.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

15


 

Attachment L
MESSAGING
1.1 Scope. This Attachment and the following Appendices contain the prices and additional terms and conditions, which together with the terms and conditions of the Agreement, are applicable to Purchase Orders for Seller’s Messaging Products and Services identified herein. To the extent of any inconsistency between a specific term of this Attachment and a specific term of the Agreement, the term of this Attachment shall govern, but only with respect to the Products and Services described herein.
Appendix 1 Prices
Appendix 2 Integration Services
Appendix 3 Microsoft End User License Agreement
1.2 Definitions. In addition to the definitions set forth in Section 1.1 of the Agreement, the following terms in this Attachment shall have the meanings ascribed to them below.
1.2.1 “Capacity On Demand (COD) Software”, “COD Software” or “Software with COD” means Software that determines the capacity of Seller’s Messaging Products to, among other things, store messages, create mailboxes and add functionality to mailboxes. Software with COD may be enabled at the time of manufacture or remotely after installation, in incremental units of capacity, for the prices set forth in Appendix 1.
1.2.2 “Enablement Date” and “Day of Enablement” means the date on which Seller remotely activates COD Software.
1.2.3 “Messaging Product” means a voice, text or multimedia Product described or listed in this Attachment.
1.2.4 “Messaging Software” means voice, text or multimedia Software described or listed in this Attachment.
1.2.5 “Messaging Services” means Services (integration, maintenance, data migration, etc.) related to Messaging Products or Messaging Software.
1.2.6 “System” means, collectively, any Messaging Product (or component thereof) and Messaging Software composing a voice messaging system, such as the AnyPath ® System.
1.3 Warranty. For COD Software, the Warranty Period begins ***. The Warranty Period for any Messaging Product or Messaging Software is the Warranty Period set forth in the Agreement. The Warranty Period for any Messaging Product or Messaging Software (or part thereof) repaired or replaced under the warranty provisions of the Agreement is the unexpired portion of the original Warranty Period or ***, whichever is longer. Warranty for Services shall be as set forth in Section 4.7 of the Agreement. During the Warranty Period for Messaging Products and Messaging Software ***.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

1


 

Seller makes no warranty with respect to defective conditions or non-conformities resulting from a software application not provided by, recommended in writing by or not developed by Seller (“Non-Lucent Supplied Application”) , including, but not limited to, any application developed using any Seller service creation environment product. In addition, Seller shall have no liability whatsoever for any failure, harm or loss to the extent caused by any Non-Lucent Supplied Application.
Customer may order certain COD Software features, such as password reset, conference mailbox, skip password, magistrate mailbox and monitor mailbox, which when enabled could be improperly used in violation of privacy laws. By ordering such features, Customer assumes all responsibility for assuring the proper and lawful use of such features by its employees, agents and contractors, but not for improper or unlawful use by Lucent’s employees, agents, contractors or third parties and all liability for any improper or unlawful use of such features by its employees, agents and contractors, but not for improper or unlawful use by Lucent’s employees, agents, contractors or third parties.
1.4 Post-Warranty Maintenance. After the applicable Warranty Period, Customer may order maintenance Services, including remote support Services, for Messaging Products and Messaging Software under Attachment D to the Agreement for the prices stated in Appendix 1 to this Attachment.
1.5 Prices and Fees. The prices and fees for Messaging Products and Messaging Software provided by Seller are as set forth in Appendix 1 to this Attachment. *** Transportation fees shall be charged in accordance with Section 1.12 of the Agreement.
1.6 Orders for COD Software. Purchase Orders for Messaging Products, Messaging Software and COD Software will be placed with Seller in accordance with Section 1.6 of the Agreement and paid for in accordance with Section 1.10 of the Agreement. Except for COD Software installed by Seller, shipment, delivery, and installation of remotely enabled COD Software will be deemed to have occurred on the Date of Enablement. Seller will provide Customer with written notification that the COD Software has been remotely enabled within two (2) business days following the Date of Enablement. Orders for COD Software may not be canceled on or after the Date of Enablement.
1.7 Integration Services, Training and Documentation. At Customer’s request, Seller will provide any or all of the installation, engineering, integration and data migration Services for the AnyPath System. A general description of such Services is included in Appendix 2, “Integration Services”. The specific Messaging Services to be performed for Customer and associated fees will be described in one or more written statements of work based upon the scope of Messaging Services required by Customer. Each statement of work will be signed by representatives of both parties and will be deemed to incorporate the terms of the Agreement, including this Attachment.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

2


 

Unless otherwise noted in the applicable Purchase Order, Customer will select, and Seller will provide to Customer the training, consultation Services and documentation included in the integration services described in Appendix 2, “Integration Services” at the prices stated in Appendix 1, “Prices”.
1.8 Site Requirements. Seller will furnish specifications for power, physical and environmental requirements for the equipment room where Messaging Products and Messaging Software will be installed. Customer is responsible for ensuring that these specifications are met. In addition, Customer is responsible for complying with all building and electrical codes applicable to the equipment room unless Seller has undertaken this responsibility in writing, e.g., in a statement of work.
1.9 Technical Support Center.
During the Warranty Period for the Messaging Products and Messaging Software, Seller will provide Customer with access to Seller’s technical support services center (“ TSSC ”), staffed by Seller-certified technicians, for 24-hour, 7 days a week problem reporting and resolution (1-866-Lucent88). The TSSC will provide analysis for System malfunctions, including actions to verify a problem and the conditions under which the problem exists or recurs, and corrections.
1.10 Availability of Products, Maintenance Service and Parts. Continuing Product support for Messaging Products shall be in accordance with Section 2.6 of the Agreement.
1.11 Additional Software License Terms. In addition to the applicable Software license provisions of the Agreement, the following additional terms and conditions shall apply to Messaging Software:
1.11.1 COD Software. Each incremental unit of capacity for COD Software will be considered a separate item of Messaging Software that is licensed in object code form to Customer pursuant to the terms of the applicable Software license provisions of the Agreement. Only that COD Software that has been properly ordered from Seller, paid for by Customer, and whose enablement has been authorized and directed by Seller, will be licensed to Customer.
1.11.2 Only Seller May Enable Software Features. Only Seller is entitled to authorize the enablement of any COD Software. Customer shall not enable or attempt to enable any COD Software or features or capabilities inherent in the COD Software, and Customer shall not permit or assist any third party to do so. Seller represents and warrants to Customer that Seller will authorize and enable all features and/or capabilities of the COD Software ordered in the applicable Purchase Order.
1.11.3 Conditions for Enablement of Software Feature Products. As a condition of Seller’s enablement of COD Software features and capabilities, Customer shall make available remote System-level access to Customer’s Systems at a time and for a length of time mutually agreeable to both Customer and Seller. ***
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

3


 

***
1.11.4 Third Party Software. Customer agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of Appendix 3 to this Attachment. With regard to other third party software licensed to Customer under this Attachment, if the scope of the license and restrictions on use stated in the Agreement and Appendix 3 differ from the terms of any license agreement packaged with Software developed by a third party, the terms and conditions of the packaged license agreement shall take precedence. Appendix 1 contains a list of third-party Software that is bundled with the AnyPath System.
1.12 Internet Access. Customer acknowledges that the use of and connection to the Internet is inherently insecure and that connection to the Internet provides opportunity for unauthorized access by a third party to Customer’s computer systems, networks and any and all information stored therein. Without limiting Seller’s express warranties to Customer, Customer acknowledges and agrees that Seller makes no express or implied warranty or condition that its Systems are immune from or prevent fraudulent intrusion, unauthorized use or disclosure or loss of proprietary information. If Customer chooses to connect the Messaging Systems to the Internet, Customer does so at its own risk and is strongly advised to take steps to minimize unauthorized access though any Internet connection. SELLER SHALL NOT HAVE ANY LIABILITY WHATSOEVER FOR ANY FAILURE, HARM OR LOSS CAUSED BY OR ARISING FROM: (I) ANY UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS THROUGH AN INTERNET CONNECTION, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER A FIREWALL OR OTHER INTERNET SECURITY FEATURE IS INCLUDED WITH THE MESSAGING PRODUCT OR SOFTWARE; OR (II) CUSTOMER’S USE OF THE INTERNET INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ACCESSING AND DOWNLOADING ANY MATERIALS AVAILABLE ON THE INTERNET FOR USE ON OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MESSAGING PRODUCT OR SOFTWARE. IN ADDITION, SELLER SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DEGRADATION IN SYSTEM OR PRODUCT PERFORMANCE CAUSED DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY BY AN INTERNET CONNECTION.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

4


 

Appendix 1
Prices for AnyPath ® Systems  
Lucent will provide Customer with an Initial AnyPath ® System at ***.
        This initial system will configured as follows:
  §   AnyPath R7 Mainstream software
 
  §   1 Telephony Front End cabinet
 
  §   2 High Density Telephony Servers (HDTS)
 
  §   2 Front-End LAN switches
 
  §   1 Back-End cabinet
 
  §   2 Message Servers (MS)
 
  §   2 Back-End LAN switches
 
  §   SS7 Integration
 
  §   American English, American Spanish and Mandarin (if applicable) languages
 
  §   702 bi-directional ports
 
  §   200,000 basic voice mailboxes (based on ***)
 
  §   30,000 Megabytes of Storage (based on ***)
 
      Note: This initial system pricing does not include spares (optional pricing for spares provided upon request).
Lucent will provide Customer growth pricing at ***. Any telephony server, message server, and/or additional cabinetry hardware required to support the additional Basic Voice mailbox capacity is also included.
    Lucent will provide Customer a quote for services pricing including engineering, installation, and integration based on specified configuration(s) at the time of deployment.
 
    Lucent will provide Customer with a ***.
For the avoidance of doubt, Customer may change/switch customers associated with mailboxes without charge.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

5


 

Prices for Maintenance Services
Following are the prices for Remote Technical Support (“RTS”) Service and Repair & Exchange Service (“RES”) Advanced Exchange—Next Day for AnyPath Systems, including Sun maintenance Service. The scope of such Services is described in Attachment D.
             
Service — Option   Price ($) per Year   Per   Ordering Instructions
 
      ***    
 
      ***    
***
      ***    
***
      ***    
***
  ***   ***   300780335
***
      ***    
***
      ***    
 
      ***    
 
           
 
      ***    
 
      ***    
***
           
***
      ***    
***
  ***   ***   300780335
***
      ***    
***
      ***    
 
      ***    
 
      ***    
 
           
***
           
***
  ***   ***   300780335
***
           
 
           
 
  ***   ***   300780335
Pricing Notes:
    ***
 
    If there are more than 1.6M voice messaging subscribers on an AnyPath System in a given Market, an additional back-end cabinet is required.
 
    All prices are in $US, unless stated otherwise.
 
    If Customer purchases additional Products or Software licenses of the same type for which RTS is in effect or additional license capacity during the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, Customer will pay ***.
 
    The list of AnyPath parts covered under Advanced Exchange is included as Schedule 1, “Supported Parts List (SPL) for Advanced Exchange”.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

6


 

Third Party Software
The following third-party Software programs are bundled with the AnyPath R7 System:
     
Supplier   Program
Microsoft Licensing Inc.
  Windows
 
   
Nuance Communications Inc.
  Nuance8 ASR for SM, Nuance8 ASR tier A,
Nuance8 ASR tier B, Nuance VAD
 
   
Rogue Wave Software Inc.
  SourceProC++ and SourcePro Net
 
   
ScanSoft, Inc.
  Eloquence version 6.0.1.2 TTS, Speechify version 2.1.0, OSR (ASR)
 
   
The SCO Group
  UNIXWARE 7.1.1, UNIXWARE 7 Online Data Manager 3.2
 
   
SNMP Research
  BRASS, Emanate Master Agent, Emanate Host Resources MIB Subagent, Emanate for UNIXWARE Master Agent and Subagents from DK, Emanate for UNIXWARE MIB Subagent
 
   
Sun Microsystems Inc.
  SunOne Web Server, SunOne Directory Server 5.1
 
   
Versant Corporation
  POET OO DBMS 5.1
 
   
Versant Ltd.
  OO DBMS 6.0.1.1
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

7


 

Appendix 2
Integration Services
A. AnyPath Installation/Engineering and Integration Services
OVERVIEW
Deployment of AnyPath consists of two services groupings: engineering/installation and integration. Each service grouping may be purchased separately. Because of the variations in purchased AnyPath configurations, integration parameters and Customer’s network structure, the Services that Seller provides for each deployment are specific to each Customer. Seller will provide engineering, installation, integration and/or data migration services as determined by Customer’s requirements and as defined within the relevant statement of work. Deliverables listed below are applicable to AnyPath Basic Voice Mail and AnyPath Unified Messaging (UM) configurations. UM may have additional, optional, Services corresponding to UM optional functions purchased. Additional UM Services will follow the Basic Voice Mail/UM format listed below, applied to any additional UM functionality purchased. Briefly stated, general deliverables for each of the offered services are as follows:
      Engineering/Installation
  §   Site survey (joint effort with Customer)
 
  §   Subsequent detailed engineering of physical requirements
 
  §   Ordering and delivery of required cable and connectors and miscellaneous hardware
 
  §   Unpacking of equipment
 
  §   Placement/mounting of equipment
 
  §   Cabling and connection of cables
      Integration
  §   Project management
 
  §   Internal cabinet connections
 
  §   Switch/network consultation as it applies to the VPMOD
 
  §   Power up sequencing
 
  §   Database and operating Software verification
 
  §   Purchased functionality testing
 
  §   Integration testing
 
  §   System operational testing
 
  §   Cut-over
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

8


 

INSTALLATION DETAIL
Installation begins with a site survey as part of the preparation process. Customer, in consultation with Seller’s installation group, performs the site survey by completing the Seller-provided “Network Integration Assessment” document in conjunction with the “New Systems Installation Topics Guide” which describes how to complete the Network Integration document. When completed, the documentation is provided to Seller for technical assessment and subsequent engineering. The technical assessment will be presented to and discussed with Customer to address necessary site requirements. Installation will include physical site preparation requirements to ready the AnyPath System for implementation. Typical installation detail and responsibilities (of Seller unless specified) are as follows:
Develop Pre Installation Checklist to include:
  §   AnyPath equipment dimensions — site clearances
 
  §   AnyPath equipment location (Seller and Customer)
 
  §   Verification that installation of equipment is completed
 
  §   Power and grounding cables / lugs; required circuit breakers for A/B power spec.
 
  §   Tl cable information — connector type/pin outs and quantities
 
  §   AC service outlet requirements and location (Customer provided parts and installation)
 
  §   l0BaseT Lan cable information — connector type/pin outs and quantities (Seller and Customer)
 
  §   SS7 link information — A or F links, SSN (Seller and Customer)
 
  §   Phones for each switch and/or HLR, to be used for testing (Customer provided)
 
  §   Access to facilities protocol (Customer provided)
Physical Location Determination and Installation
  §   Foot print designation for AnyPath complex
 
  §   AnyPath Complex Rack Bolt Down
DC Power and Grounding (PDU) connections and cabling
Telephony Server Front End Cabinet and Message Server Back End Cabinet not each element.
  §   “3” Power drops -48VDC / 70 Amps (or as specified). Power is 2 Drops per TS Front End Cabinet and 4 Drops per MS Back End Cabinet
 
  §   “3” Grounding drops Same numbers as above
 
  §   Termination points (provided by Customer)
T1 Physical Cabling and Connections
  §   “x” RJ-45 Lucent 5ESS (or equivalent)
 
  §   Tl Continuity Testing (Loop back RJ-45)
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

9


 

ACS Cabling
  §   TCP/IP Ethernet Cables RJ-45 x2 (1per ACS)
INTEGRATION DETAIL
Integration will include project management, coordination, planning, consultation, configuration & integration testing of the AnyPath System by Seller to Customer’s network, as well as turn up/cut-over support.
Project Management
Typically, as part of Project Management, Seller works with Customer to enable Customer to provide or define:
  §   Placement of AnyPath network elements
 
  §   Inbound and outbound trunk groups — agree on CIC or MLHG assignments.
 
  §   Assigned IP addresses for Anypath. Define subnet, gateway, default router, DHCP
 
  §   IP address and bind info for the SMSC
 
  §   Pointcodes — Anypath, STP’s, HLR’s int./ext./both, MSC’s, Global Title
 
  §   Multi Line Hunt Groups
 
  §   Best option for remote access to AnyPath complex
Seller provides project management from project definition through program completion. Project managers develop the Statement of Work that outlines roles and responsibilities, the Project Plan, and Test Plan. Subject to approval by Customer, the project managers coordinate Project Plans and manage the resources during the project life cycle. The project manager’s work with Customer representative(s) to achieve on-time service delivery. The project managers use proven industry-standard project management processes and procedures.
Initial On-site Integration
  §   Power up all AnyPath components
 
  §   Configure database — system options, COS provisioning and mailbox profiles
 
  §   Verify T1 spans, SS7 links, and bind to SMSC are up
Perform Call Test Plan Integration
  §   Build test mailboxes on each Message Server (MS)
 
  §   Verify integration to personal greeting for different call cases
  ¡   No answer
 
  ¡   Busy
 
  ¡   Multiple Greetings
 
  ¡   Phone off, local, for phones each HLR
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

10


 

  ¡   Phone on, roaming, for phones each HLR
 
  ¡   Phone off, roaming, for phones each HRL
  §   Verify mailbox locator application for each MS.
 
  §   Verify integration to each HDTS.
Out-call Tests
  §   Outcall to pager/phone — verify pager sequences and re-try schedule
 
  §   Call Sender / Rebound (if applicable)
 
  §   Fax outcall
 
  §   Speech Dialing/Speech Messaging, etc. application access (if applicable)
MWI / Notification Testing
  §   Verify phone gets update of proper ICON, Text Message and/or M/W Count
 
  §   SMS M/W count notification to the SMSC
 
  §   SMPP cut through page to SMSC
 
  §   SS7 IS41 TCAP notification — INFODIR or MSGDIR. Test Global Title to each HLR if multiple HLR’s in network. Verify with INET that the HLR’s send acknowledgment message back to AnyPath
 
  §   SS7 ISUP notification
 
  §   SMDI Notification
CDR’s, Reports, Logs and Alarms
  §   Verify CDR events are generated
 
  §   Verify reports function
 
  §   Verify logs and alarms
Test SS7 Signaling ANSI-41 (determine and test)
  §   56 K Ports SS7 A-Link assignments to STP
 
  §   56KV.35 1 per ACS
 
  §   SS7 Point Code assignment definitions (STP GTT Routing)
 
  §   ACS SS7 DPC assignment for HLR /switch
Test Sample Switch Translations
  §   Seller 5ESS (or appropriate switch) translations for Call Forwarding on Busy and No Answer
 
  §   Support of outdialing from AnyPath to Seller 5ESS (or appropriate switch)
Determine and Test TCP/IP
  §   TCP/IP Hub/Switch assignment position
 
  §   ACS TCP/IP address assignment
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

11


 

  §   TS and MS TCP/IP address assignment
 
  §   SMS-C TCP/IP address assignment
 
  §   Provisioning TCP/IP address assignment
 
  §   Subnet TCP/IP assignments
 
  §   TCP/IP Routing assignments
 
  §   TCP/IP Address assignment for SMS-C
Test Operator Web User Interface (OWUI) — I/O Service terminal functionality
  §   Verify HTTP access to AnyPath
 
  §   Verify interfaces
 
  §   Cut-through
 
  §   Command line interface (CLI)
 
  §   Voice express menus (Vex)
 
  §   Command line
 
  §   Verify On Line Documentation access
Provide In-Service/Cut-Over Support
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

12


 

SCHEDULE 1
Supported Parts List for Advanced Exchange
             
      ADVANCED    
      EXCHANGE    
SYSTEM     COMCODE   Description
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
         
*** 
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

13


 

             
      ADVANCED    
      EXCHANGE    
SYSTEM     COMCODE   Description
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
         
*** 
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

14


 

             
      ADVANCED    
      EXCHANGE    
SYSTEM     COMCODE   Description
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
***
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

15


 

             
      ADVANCED    
      EXCHANGE    
SYSTEM     COMCODE   Description
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
         
*** 
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

16


 

Appendix 3
Microsoft End User License Agreement
Microsoft Licensing Inc. has contractually obligated Lucent Technologies Inc. to include the following terms, conditions and disclaimers in any agreement for the supply of a bundled product incorporating software licensed from Microsoft Licensing Inc. or its affiliates (“MS”).
Upon delivery of the AnyPath System, you, Customer, will have acquired a device (“Device”) that includes software licensed by Lucent Technologies Inc. from MS. Those installed products of MS origin, as well as associated media, printed materials, and “online” or electronic documentation (“SOFTWARE”) are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties. The SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. All rights reserved.
IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (“EULA”), DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR COPY THE SOFTWARE. INSTEAD, PROMPTLY CONTACT LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC. FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON RETURN OF THE UNUSED DEVICE(S) FOR A REFUND. ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO USED ON THE DEVICE, WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT).
GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE.   This EULA grants you the following license:
  Ø   You may use the SOFTWARE only on the DEVICE.
 
  Ø   NOT FAULT TOLERANT. THE SOFTWARE IS NOT FAULT TOLERANT. LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES HAS INDEPENDENTLY DETERMINED HOW TO USE THE SOFTWARE IN THE DEVICE, AND MS HAS RELIED UPON LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES TO CONDUCT SUFFICIENT TESTING TO DETERMINE THAT THE SOFTWARE IS SUITABLE FOR SUCH USE.
 
  Ø   ***
 
  Ø   Note on Java Support. The SOFTWARE may contain support for programs written in Java.   Java technology is not fault tolerant and is not designed, manufactured, or intended for use or resale as online control equipment in hazardous environments requiring fail-safe performance, such as in the operation of nuclear facilities, aircraft navigation or communication systems, air traffic
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

17


 

      control, direct life support machines, or weapons systems, in which the failure of Java technology could lead directly to death, personal injury, or severe physical or environmental damage. Sun Microsystems, Inc. has contractually obligated MS to make this disclaimer.
 
  Ø   No Liability for Certain Damages. EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, MS SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE.   THIS LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVENT IF ANY REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL MS BE LIABLE FOR ANY AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF ***.
 
  Ø   Limitation on Reverse Engineering, Decompilation, and Disassembly. You may not reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble the SOFTWARE, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation.
 
  Ø   SOFTWARE TRANSFER ALLOWED BUT WITH RESTRICTIONS. You may permanently transfer rights under this EULA only as part of a permanent sale or transfer of the Device, and only if the recipient agrees to this EULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade, any transfer must also include all prior versions of the SOFTWARE.
 
  Ø   EXPORT RESTRICTIONS. You acknowledge that SOFTWARE is of US- origin. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE, including the U.S. export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use and country destination restrictions issued by U.S. and other governments. For additional information on exporting the SOFTWARE, see http://www.microsoft.com/exporting/.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

18


 

Attachment M
INTELLIGENT NETWORK
Scope. This Attachment contains additional terms and conditions, which together with the terms and conditions of the Agreement, are applicable with respect to orders for intelligent network (“ IN ”) products. To the extent of any inconsistency between a specific term of this Attachment and a specific term of the Agreement, the specific term of this Attachment shall govern, but only with respect to IN products. Capitalized terms used in this Attachment shall have the meanings defined in the Agreement unless specifically defined herein.
Warranty Period. The Warranty Period is *** for IN Licensed Materials and *** for IN products.
Pricing Assumptions: IN Products
Pricing for IN products is set forth in Attachment A. In addition, the following assumptions shall apply to purchases of all IN products:
  §   Total maximum number of subscribers supported on a given platform will vary based on application. Engineering evaluation is necessary to determine the appropriate configuration based on Customer-specific performance and capacity requirements.
 
  §   Engineering factors supporting a capacity model will be used to determine IN Product sizing (e.g., number of subscribers, busy hour call attempts (transactions) or completions, call holding time, SS7 link utilization percentage, service type and typical transaction mix, etc.).
 
  §   All applications are the current off-the-shelf releases. Off-the-shelf releases provide base release with optional features available at additional pricing.
 
  §   Pricing is based on subscribers or transactions supported by each individual application and minimum subscriber requirements on each individual application. The list price changes with increasing subscriber or transaction volume.
 
  §   Discount levels can also vary based on dollar volume or subscriber levels committed.
 
  §   Customer will provide recommended third-party hardware and software if required for customer care center and recharge card management system.
 
  §   Seller reserves the right to modify the platform and/or application architecture without prior notice, but will notify Customer within a reasonable time prior to such modification being made effective.
 
  §   Seller reserves the right to modify the platform and/or application roadmap without prior notice, but will notify Customer within a reasonable time prior to such modification being made effective.
 
  §   Pricing does not include migration of subscriber data.
 
  §   Pricing does not include any associated switch/mobile switching center, handheld devices, or peripheral equipment software.
 
  §   Pricing does not include engineering and installation.
 
  §   Pricing does not include any custom work required to interface with Customer’s other systems.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

1


 

  §   Pricing does not include Systems integration testing (“ SIT ”). SIT is required when two (2) or more IN applications may be deployed on the same platform.
 
  §   Pricing does not include any interoperability testing with third-party network elements such as but not limited to, MSC, HLR, SMSC, billing and network management systems, back-office provisioning and customer care systems.
 
  §   Application prices do not include any products, middleware, maintenance, training, CORBA consultancy, engineering, installation, content or NPI (new product introduction). Product price includes product warranty only. Maintenance is available and quoted separately.
 
  §   Product pricing does not include spares. Maintenance contracts are available which include spares and exchange ( “SES” ) program. With SES program, Customer is required to buy minimum recommended spares.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

2


 

Mobility IN Software Release Upgrade
(SRU) Policy
COMPAS ID: 112947
Version 5.0
1.0 INTRODUCTION
This document sets forth the terms and conditions applicable if Customer is participating in the Mobility IN ( “Mobility IN” ) SRU Program. SRU is available in all regions and is comprised of two (2) components: Standard Base Release Software and Software Release Upgrade Service, as more fully described below.
2.0 COVERED SOFTWARE
The SRU Program is available for the following intelligent network (“ IN ”) Software:
  §   MiLife Applications Server Platform Software
 
  §   eCS Platform Software
 
  §   eSM Platform Software
 
  §   eMRS Platform Software
 
  §   eCAM Platform Software
 
  §   ASM-III Platform Software
 
  §   PacketIN Platform Software
 
  §   eCS LE Platform Software
 
  §   3G eSAE Platform Software
 
  §   SurePay Suite Application Software
  §   eCGS application software
 
  §   RMS application software
 
  §   CCS application software
 
  §   Content Charging application software
  §   IS Application Software
 
  §   WIN IP Application Software
 
  §   SHLR Application Software
 
  §   SDHLR Application Software
 
  §   eVPN Application Software
 
  §   MiRingback Application Software
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

3


 

  §   Mobility IN provided Decision Graphs
 
  §   Mobility IN provided Software Tools; customer specific tools are included.
 
  §   Optional Feature Software over and above the base feature Software included in the respective operating Software packages set forth above.
 
  §   Software Updates and Software Upgrades to the Software packages set forth above.
 
  §   Such other Software as Mobility IN may agree in writing.
Nothing herein shall be deemed to deny Mobility IN the right to discontinue products or Software with prior written notice to Customer in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.
3.0 ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR SRU
3.1 Installation Performed by Mobility IN
Standard Base Software Releases made available by Mobility IN are eligible for updating and related services under SRU by Mobility IN. For new customers, SRU shall commence no later than *** following the completion date of initial Software deployment. For existing customers, the SRU offer shall commence upon the expiration of existing IN maintenance agreements and/or the Parties’ agreed-upon date of conversion to the SRU Program. All SRU offers presume Customer has a maintenance agreement in place with Lucent RTS for the same period as SRU covers.
3.2 Other Situations
In all situations not described in Section 3.1 above, Software shall not be eligible for SRU until Mobility IN has made an initial evaluation to determine whether modifications are required to make the IN Software eligible. If, in Mobility IN’s reasonable judgment, modifications are required for this purpose, Mobility IN will provide an estimate to Customer of the costs of making such modifications, including the price for updating the IN Software to a current, supported, Standard Base Software Release. Upon Customer’s written acceptance of the estimate, as evidenced by Customer’s issuance of a Purchase Order, Customer will be billed for any such modifications furnished by Mobility IN in accordance with terms then agreed to by the Parties.
3.3 Customer’s Warranties of Authority
Customer warrants, as a condition of eligibility for the SRU Program, that Customer (or one of its Affiliates) is the owner or lessor of any products that runs the IN Software for which SRU will be provided, or that Customer has the product owner’s written authorization to operate such product and obtain such support services. Customer further warrants that Customer (or one of its Affiliates) is the licensee of the Software for which SRU will be provided.
3.4 Additional Requirements
The SRU Program is offered only for:
  §   Products manufactured by Mobility IN
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

4


 

  §   Products manufactured for Mobility IN pursuant to specifications controlled by Mobility IN
 
  §   Products manufactured by contracted third-party vendors and certified by Mobility IN
 
  §   Products supplied by Mobility IN.
The SRU Program is available only on a system basis. To be eligible for the SRU Program, a system must:
  §   Have been installed by Mobility IN
 
  §   If not installed by Mobility IN, it must pass an acceptance test to the satisfaction of Mobility IN (unless Mobility IN elects to waive compliance with this requirement in writing).
 
  §   Will be operating on a Standard Base Software Release as defined in Section 11 below.
All Mobility IN systems in Customer’s network must be under the same SRU Program. Some components of the network may be excluded from the SRU Program on a specific case basis.
The SRU Program must be subscribed to continuously in order to continuously receive the benefits from Mobility IN, i.e. Customer must sign up for the SRU Program every year in order to continuously receive the benefits from Mobility IN; provided, however, that the Parties agree that Customer is not required to subscribe to the SRU Program at any time and Customer may cancel its subscription to the SRU Program at any time.
4.0 STANDARD BASE RELEASE SOFTWARE — UPDATES AND UPGRADES
During any period for which Customer has paid the applicable SRU Program fees, or for which the SRU Program is provided at no additional charge under the terms of this Attachment, Mobility IN will:
  §   Provide to Customer all Software Updates and Software Upgrades that are made generally available by Mobility IN during such period.
 
  §   Notify Customer of the availability of each Software Update and Software Upgrade. Such notifications shall include a description of the content of the Software Update and Software Upgrade to be provided by Mobility IN, including a list of all new Optional Software Features.
 
  §   Notify Customer of preconditions (e.g., additional hardware) for installing each Software Update and Software Upgrade and/or use of any such new Optional Software Features. The fulfillment of all such preconditions shall be the responsibility of Customer.
Mobility IN shall also update Documentation to incorporate new or revised operating procedures resulting from issuance of Software Update and Software Upgrades. Access to web based Documentation shall be ordered separately for the prices set forth in Attachment A.
If Customer has purchased SRU for Mobility IN platforms and Mobility IN applications, actual Software Updates and Software Upgrades applied to the platforms shall be governed by the respective Mobility IN application software upgrade plan and the Agreement.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

5


 

Software Updates and Software Upgrades are individually warranted, and Customer shall have a right to possess and use Software Updates and Software Upgrades, as provided in the Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, if Customer fails to pay any applicable SRU fees for Software Updates and Software Upgrades, the following applies:
  §   Licenses granted to Customer under the Agreement for Licensed Software, including prior Software Updates and Software Upgrades properly in Customer’s possession, for which Customer has fully paid all applicable SRU fees, shall not be voided.
 
  §   Customer acknowledges that if Customer fails to continue to pay SRU fees, Customer shall not receive any permanent warranty fixes embodied in subsequent Software Updates and/or Software Upgrades, but nothing herein shall be deemed to deprive Customer of any program corrections, work around procedures or other temporary or permanent fixes to which Customer may be entitled in respect of Software warranty defects noticed to Mobility IN during the applicable Warranty Period or under any RTS program.
Mobility IN shall not be deemed to be in breach of its Software warranty obligations under the Agreement with respect to an identified defect if Mobility IN has furnished or intends to furnish, within a reasonable timeframe, a permanent warranty fix in a no-cost Software Update or Software Upgrade available to Customer, and Customer shall have no claim for refund or credit under such warranty provisions in such circumstances. Nothing herein shall excuse Mobility IN of any obligation Mobility IN may have under applicable warranty provisions or RTS program to use all reasonable efforts to effect such a temporary fix pending availability of a permanent fix.
SRU entitles Customer to use the features and functionality delivered with Software Updates and Software Upgrades, including, but not necessarily limited to:
  §   Software to support base system improvements, including performance and operations
 
  §   Compatibility of existing features with the new release
 
  §   New base/standard Software features and functionalities
 
  §   Permanent and/or temporary fixes of problems in prior Software releases
When purchasing SRU, Customer is not entitled to the following:
  §   Use of Optional Software Features resident in a Software Update or Software Upgrade, except to the extent that Customer has separately paid the applicable license fees for the use thereof.
In the event that Customer elects not to install Software Update(s) or Software Upgrade(s), upon expiration of product life cycle, Customer shall be responsible for paying a separate fee for integration, testing, installation and any other applicable services to the extent such services are requested by Customer.
Nothing in this Attachment shall be deemed to require Mobility IN to make any new specific Software features and/or enhancements of Software available as part of Mobility IN’s Software Updates or Software Upgrades. ALL Software Updates and Software Upgrades that may be
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

6


 

provided by Mobility IN under the SRU Program are provided as available. Mobility IN shall have the sole right to determine whether a new functionality shall be a new Base Software Feature or functionality or an Optional Software Feature. Further, Mobility IN has the sole right to determine the Software release level in which any feature/functionality is made available, and shall have no obligation to implement new functionality on an older software release.
Mobility IN reserves the right to determine the number of Software Updates and Software Upgrades that will be issued each calendar year for each type of Software covered by SRU. Mobility IN does not commit that any Software Updates and Software Upgrades will ultimately be released, made generally available and, therefore, provided during the term that Customer subscribes to the SRU Program. Mobility IN does not warrant that any specific features or functionality will be included in any Software Updates and Software Upgrades that may be provided under the SRU Program prior to the time that a Software Update and Software Upgrade is released and made generally available to all SRU subscribers.
ALL Software Updates or Software Upgrades provided by Mobility IN under the SRU Program may have performance/capacity impacts to systems. Customer shall not hold the same expectations to the performance/capacity of systems after a Software Update or Software Upgrade has been carried out to the extent that Mobility IN has notified Customer in writing of such performance/capacity impacts. Mobility IN SRU Program does not cover any additional hardware requirements due to reengineering the performance/capacity of systems.
Nothing contained in this Section 4.0 shall limit Lucent’s warranty obligations to Customer.
5.0 SOFTWARE RELEASE UPGRADE SERVICE
5.1 Software Delivery
Upon receipt of notice of availability of a Software Update or Software Upgrade, Customer may indicate its desire to obtain the update as follows:
5.1.1 Software Upgrade
Software Upgrades must be scheduled. Customer may request Software Upgrades through its customer team sales representative.
5.1.2 Software Update
Customer may install Software Updates using Mobility IN-provided Operations, Administration and Maintenance documentation and release notes. If requested by Customer, Software Updates can be supported by NPI/integration Services and/or RTS under a separate arrangement with Customer.
5.1.3 Medium of Delivery
Software Updates and Software Upgrades shall be delivered by Mobility IN in such medium (e.g., CD-ROMs, DVD-ROMS, or tapes), as Mobility IN shall determine at its reasonable discretion.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

7


 

5.2 Pre-Installation Support
Mobility IN shall furnish to Customer Documentation relating to Software Updates and Software Upgrades that contains information regarding the preconditions to installation that must be fulfilled by Customer and instructions to be followed during installation. It is Customer’s obligation to become familiar with this material prior to commencing any self-installation of a Software Update or Software Upgrade.
5.3 Software Upgrade Support
In addition to standard pre-installation and installation support, Mobility IN will provide to Customer additional tools as needed to support a Software Upgrade under the SRU Program. A Software Upgrade may require the use of specialized software tools and procedures to evolve existing databases or translations in order to make a product ready to receive and operate a new Major Release. Software Upgrade procedures will vary from Major Release to Major Release.
6.0   COMMENCEMENT OF SRU PROGRAM
6.1 General
SRU is subscribed for a *** *** and then annually thereafter.
In accordance with the terms set forth in Attachment A to the Agreement, the SRU Program fee for a *** period will be determined based on the Mobility IN platforms deployed and application Subscribers existing on *** of the previous year.
6.2 Newly Purchased Mobility IN Systems
If Mobility IN supplies to Customer Newly Purchased System(s) comprised of Mobility IN’s equipment, then Customer shall in consideration of payment of the SRU pricing when the system(s) is deployed be entitled to SRU. This support starts on the day that installation and integration of the system is complete, when Mobility IN performs the installation of the system. If Mobility IN does not install all of the system, such support will be provided only upon written request of Customer made within *** of completion of installation of the system and after the system has been deemed eligible for such support.
6.3 Additional Mobility IN Systems
If Customer has existing systems covered by SRU, any new Mobility IN-manufactured or furnished system deployed by Customer, whether or not it is purchased directly from Mobility IN, shall receive SRU coverage, at an additional charge based on incremental Mobility IN platforms and applications deployed, for the remainder of the SRU Program cycle in which the deployment occurs. This support starts on the day that installation and
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

8


 

integration of the system is complete, when Mobility IN performs the installation of the system. If Mobility IN does not install all of the system, such support will be provided only upon written request of Customer made within thirty (30) days of completion of installation of the system and after the system has been deemed eligible for such support.
6.4 Additions of Non-Lucent Systems/Software
If Customer obtains from any third party additional systems then providing service to the public, by purchase, lease, merger or otherwise, such acquired systems shall not automatically be included in the group of Customer’s systems covered by SRU.
If non-Lucent Software is installed on any of the Mobility IN platforms, the SRU Program cannot guarantee there will be no impact on non-Lucent Software once Software Update or Software Upgrade under SRU is carried out.
7.0   RENEWALS
For as long as Mobility IN continues to offer SRU as described in this Attachment, Customer’s SRU may be renewed at the end of a *** period or the exhaust date of the current SRU program. Unless Customer notifies Mobility IN in writing to the contrary no later than *** prior to the end of their current maintenance or SRU program, Customer’s existing SRU Program shall automatically be renewed at the SRU pricing in effect in the current contractual period if all conditions are the same as the current contractual period. If the SRU Program is allowed to expire within the same calendar year, upon reinstatement, the prorated SRU payment for the expired period set forth in Attachment A will be assessed to restart the SRU Program.
8.0   SRU CHARGES AND INVOICING
8.1 Standard Charges for SRU
SRU is based on an annual fee, specified in Attachment A to the Agreement, that is payable in advance. Annual fees are based on Mobility IN platforms deployed and applications Subscribers. A quarterly payment option is supported.
8.2 Invoicing
All invoices rendered for SRU shall be due in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. Customer will receive the SRU Program invoice *** prior to the expiration date of the then-current SRU Program. SRU will be terminated if Customer fails to pay the invoice as provided in the Agreement.
9.0   TERMINATION OF SRU PROGRAM
Customer may terminate any effective SRU Program, but no such termination and no modification shall be effective except upon *** prior written notice to Mobility IN. In the event of any such termination by Customer as described herein, a pro-rated refund of the applicable fees previously paid or due for such calendar year shall be payable to Customer within
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

9


 

thirty (30) days of termination. Nothing herein shall be deemed to excuse Mobility IN from any general support obligation set forth elsewhere in the Agreement.
10.0   SOFTWARE UPGRADE SUPPORT POLICY
10.1 Normal Progression/Skipping
Mobility IN’s Software is designed for sequential Software Upgrades progression (for example, eCS Major Release X to eCS Major Release X+l). Under the annual SRU Program, no Major Release can be skipped.
10.2 Major Release Life Cycle Ratings
Software ratings apply to Major Releases. SRU does not alter these ratings. Once a Major Release becomes generally available to Mobility IN customers, it begins to migrate through three (3) product ratings during its life cycle: Standard Availability (SA), Limited Availability (LA), and Discontinued Availability (DA) . Different rated Major Releases are subject to different levels of support and use. The length of time that a Major Release remains at each product rating varies depending upon Mobility IN’s schedule for issuing new Major Releases.
When a Software release has been declared generally available, it moves into the SA stage and remains in that classification until the next sequential Major Release has been declared generally available, at which time the original release moves down in rating. For example, once made generally available, Major Release X will remain SA until Major Release X+l is issued. At that time, Major Release X will move down one rating to LA. With issuance of Major Release X+2, Major Release X will move down to the final DA rating.
Any Software Update that is issued during a rating period will not change or otherwise affect the rating of a Major Release. For example, if while eCS Major Release X is rated SA, Mobility IN issues a Software Update for that release, Major Release X shall retain its SA rating. Such Software Update shall be considered part of the Major Release and will have the same rating as that Major Release.
10.3 Support Available for Differently Rated Major Releases
SRU will only apply to releases that are orderable. Customers are required to upgrade their component software to the Standard Base Software Release during the term of the Software support life cycle.
11.0   TERMINOLOGY
For purposes of this Attachment, the following additional definitions shall apply:
“SRU Program” and “SRU” means the optional program under which Mobility IN offers to Customer Software Updates and Software Upgrades for which Customer has paid the applicable fee, as more particularly described in this Attachment.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

10


 

“Newly Purchased Systems” means the initial equipment or Mobility IN application deployed by Customer in a market for which installation and integration has been completed, rendering it commercially viable.
“Optional Software Feature” means a feature or functionality of Software resident in a Software Update or Software Upgrade but which is not licensed to Customer as part of SRU and is available for use by Customer only if Customer pays the applicable separate license fee therefore.
“Software Release Upgrade Service” means the Services described in Section 5.0 above.
“Standard Base Software Release” means the two (2) most recent Major Releases that have been declared generally available. For example, if Major Release X is the latest generally available release, it and Major Release X-l are considered Standard Base Software Releases.
“Subscriber” means a user of Customer’s wireless telecommunications services
“Standard Availability” or “SA” means:
  §   A Software release has become generally available
 
  §   Fixes for non-service-affecting engineering complaints (EC) will be provided in the next standard release.
 
  §   Retrofit and growth will be supported
 
  §   Software support levels include remedies for Severity Level 1 through 4 problems.
 
  §   Periodic Software Updates will be provided to Customer with corrections requested by Customer as well as corrections requested by other customers.
“Limited Availability” “LA” means:
  §   LA rating is applied near the end of the software life cycle and designates when Mobility IN product is no longer orderable for a newly purchased system.
 
  §   Transitional support, depending upon customer need and resource availability, will vary with each service and release
 
  §   Retrofits and terminal growth services are available
“Discontinued Availability” (“DA”) means:
  §   Customer receives one year notice of DA prior to effective date
 
  §   Software is isolated from current updates and any Software Update activity
 
  §   No updates will be issued unless otherwise agreed upon and limited to ***.
 
  §   No request will be honored unless otherwise agreed upon and is a billable item.
 
  §   Information on DA’d release can be de-archived only within the first year of becoming discontinued.
 
  §   Availability of services (such as growth) that require archived information is limited to the first year after a product has DA status
 
  §   Growth is provided only for the most recent release with a DA rating.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

11


 

  §   Engineering complaints (EC’s) are no longer addressed.
 
  §   Lucent does not retain test laboratories for releases within a DA rating.
 
  §   Any fix or work around provided within this rating is tested in Customer’s system.
 
  §   Essential support attempts to provide a workaround fix or a retrofit-based workaround for an outage, call processing, or billing problem.
 
  §   There is no assurance that a workaround or a fix will be available for a problem.
 
  §   A workaround fix would be applied by a craft or overwrite only and the customer copy of the Software release is the sole vehicle of any fix or work around.
 
  §   Any support may be billable to Customer.
 
  §   On older than most current DA Release will have to follow a different process as migration is no longer supported as a standard product. The customer will need to contract Lucent to develop a custom migration plan.
Notes:
  1.   Any service that is not offered for a DA’d release will be a billable service.
 
  2.   In-hours support is limited to information and resources available for a DA’d release.
 
  3.   Out-of-hours support for a DA’d release is restricted to outage situations only.
“End of Life” means:
  §   *** after effective DA
 
  §   Software no longer supported in any manner
“Severity Levels” shall have the meanings set forth in Attachment D.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

12

 

Exhibit 10.5(b)
(LOGO)
September 30, 2005
Mr. Roger Linquist
MetroPCS Wireless, Inc.
8144 Walnut Hill Lane, Suite 800
Dallas, TX 75234
Amendment No. 1 (this “Amendment”) to the General Purchase Agreement between MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Lucent Technologies Inc. effective June 6,2005 (Contract No.: LNM01NMDK02005) (the “Agreement”)
Dear Mr. Linquist:
     This Amendment to the Agreement by and between MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Lucent Technologies Inc. is effective June 6, 2005, and sets forth the Parties’ agreement to amend Attachment A to the Agreement by adding the following text under the box heading *** and under the listing *** in Section 4.A.(i) (capitalized terms used herein which are not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement):
     ***
 
***   Where this marking appears throughout this Exhibit 10.5(b), information has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and such information has been filed with the SEC separately.

 


 

September 30, 2005
Page 2
***
     This Amendment shall be effective for all Purchase Orders placed on or after June 6, 2005.
     Except as provided herein, all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement, including all Attachments thereto, shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect. In case of any conflict between the provisions of this Amendment and those of the Agreement, the provisions of this Amendment will take precedence. This Amendment and the non-conflicting terms and conditions of the Agreement constitute the entire agreement, and supersede all previous and contemporaneous understandings (both written and oral), between Seller and Customer regarding the subject matter.
                     
METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.       LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Roger D. Linquist       By:   /s/ Mark Gardner    
 
 
 
         
 
   
Name:
  Roger D. Linquist       Name:   Mark Gardner    
 
                   
Title:
  President & CEO       Title:   Regional Sales Director    
 
                   
Date:
  10/10/05       Date:   10/28/05    
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO METROPCS AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

 

 

Exhibit 10.5(c)
Amendment No. 2 to the
General Purchase Agreement Contract No.: LNM01NMDK02005 (the “GPA”)
This Amendment No. 2 (the “Amendment”) to the GPA is entered into on November     10       ,2005 (the “Amendment Effective Date”) between MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. (“MetroPCS”) and Lucent Technologies Inc. (“Lucent”).
RECITALS:
WHEREAS, the Parties previously entered into the GPA effective June 6, 2005, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated September 30, 2005 (collectively, the “Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, the undersigned Parties now wish to modify the Agreement as provided herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned Parties agree to the following:
1.  Scope. Lucent shall sell, and MetroPCS shall purchase, the Products, Software licenses and Services described in the document entitled “METROPOLIS ® DMX/MANAGED SERVICES OFFER” and its appendices which are attached to this Amendment as Attachment N and incorporated by this reference. In addition, MetroPCS shall sublease from Lucent the Leased Fiber, subject to the terms described in Section 3.
2.  Defined Terms. For purposes of this Amendment, the following capitalized terms have the meanings ascribed to them:
(a) “Customer Locations” mean any or all of the following:
  (i)   ***
 
  (ii)   ***
 
  (iii)   ***
 
  (iv)   ***
(b) “Delivery” or “Delivered” means the Lessor’s turnover of the Leased Fiber and testing results demonstrating compliance with its specifications and Lucent’s acceptance of same,
(c) “Leased Fiber” means two non-zero-dispersion shifted fiber strands in a four node ring configuration illustrated in the diagram attached as Exhibit 1.
(d) “Lease Term” means a period of *** following Delivery plus any and all renewal periods described in Section 3(a).
(e) “Lessor” means AboveNet Communications, Inc.
(f) “Monthly Charge” means the monthly sublease fee for the Leased Fiber shown in Exhibit 2.
Proprietary and Confidential to MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Lucent Technologies Inc.
 
***   Where this marking appears throughout this Exhibit 10.5(c), information has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and such information has been filed with the SEC separately.

1


 

All other capitalized terms used in this Amendment have the same meanings that are defined in the Agreement, unless otherwise expressly defined here or in Attachment N.
3.  Fiber Sublease.
(a) Lucent shall sublease the Leased Fiber to MetroPCS during the Lease Term, and MetroPCS shall pay the fees for the Leased Fiber which are set forth in Exhibit 2, including Monthly Charges for the entire Lease Term. The Lease Term will automatically renew on a month-to-month basis for a total period of *** at the current rate unless MetroPCS notifies Lucent not less than *** prior to the end of the Lease Term then in effect.
(b) To facilitate implementation of the project, a portion of the Leased Fiber may be Delivered prior to Delivery of the Leased Fiber at all four Customer Locations. Upon partial Delivery, Lucent may begin invoicing, in which case MetroPCS shall pay, *** of the Monthly Charge described in Exhibit 2 for each Customer Location where there is Delivery. The Lease Term will commence upon partial Delivery and will recommence upon full Delivery of the Leased Fiber.
(c) MetroPCS represents and warrants that the communications traffic to be carried on the Leased Fiber will be jurisdictionally interstate, pursuant to the Federal Communications Commission’s mixed-used “10% rule” (47 CFR 36.154,4 FCC Rcd. 1352).
(d) MetroPCS shall be responsible to obtain and maintain, for the Lease Term any necessary third party licenses, approvals or permissions (“Location Licenses”) for the Lessor to connect the Leased Fiber from the public rights-of-way to the Customer Location *** (the “Winderest Customer Location”) and to install and/or utilize the necessary inside plant facilities, including, without limitation, power, riser conduit and fiber optics. Such Location Licenses must extend to the installation, maintainarice and retrieval of the Leased Fiber and any equipment of the Lessor. Lucent shall be responsible for obtaining Location Licenses at the other three Customer Locations, and MetroPCS: shall reimburse Lucent for any and all actual fees (i) associated with obtaining and maintaining such rights, and (ii) assessed by any building owner, landlord or other third party for the necessary license, approval and/or permission to install and maintain Leased Fiber to a Customer Location.
(e) If Delivery of the Leased Fiber is delayed as a result of (i) MetroPCS’s failure to obtain the Location Licenses for the Winderest Customer Location or (ii) MetroPCS ‘s delay in reviewing and approving an agreement with a LEC as described in Section 5, Lucent may begin invoicing, arid MetroPCS shall pay, Monthly Charges for the Leased Fiber.
(f) The Leased Fiber is for MetroPCS’s exclusive use. Except to an Affiliate, MetroPCS may not sublease, swap, assign, license, sublicense, sell or share the Leased Fiber. MetroPCS shall indemnify the Lessor for MetroPCS’s use of the Leased Fiber as provided in Exhibit 3. As soon as practicable after the Amendment Effective Date, MetroPCS shall execute and deliver a letter substantially in the form attached as Exhibit 3 to this Amendment.
(g) The Lessor has agreed to Obtain all material and applicable authorizations, leases, licenses, easements, rights of way, franchises, approvals, permits, orders, consents, and all other rights
Proprietary and Confidential to MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Lucent Technologies Inc.

2


 

required for Lessor to operate and maintain the Lessor’s network and provide the Leased Fiber (collectively the “Authorizations”) and to use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain or renew all such Authorizations throughout the Lease Term. If any Authorizations are modified or terminated, threatening to cause or causing material financial harm to Lessor, or preventing or materially interfering with Lessor’s control, possession and/or use of Lessor’s network, then Lessor has agreed, at its expense, to use commercially reasonable efforts to provide comparable Leased Fiber on alternate portions of Lessor’s then existing network or on networks of third parties. If the foregoing is not possible, MetroPCS acknowledges that the sublease will terminate, upon notice which is reasonably practicable, with respect to the affected Leased Fiber without further obligation or liability to MetroPCS, except that Lucent will refund to MetroPCS any charges paid by MetroPCS for periods of use extending beyond the date of termination.
4.  Relocation of Leased Fiber.
(a) MetroPCS acknowledges and agrees that the Lessor may relocate all or any portion of the Lessor’s network segments or any of the facilities required to provide MetroPCS with the Leased Fiber: (i) if a third party with legal authority orders or threatens to order such relocation (e.g., through eminent domain, nationalization, or expropriation), (ii) in order to comply with applicable laws, (iii) to reduce governmental fees or taxes assessed against it or Lucent, or (iv) for bonafide operational reasons. Lessor has agreed to provide Lucent *** prior notice of a relocation, if reasonably feasible, and Lucent will in turn immediately notify MetfoPCS. MetroPCS further acknowledges that Lessor has the right to direct such relocation, including the right to determine the extent of, the timing of, and methods to be used for such relocation, provided that any relocation: (y) is constructed and tested in accordance with the specifications for the Leased Fiber; (vi) does not result in a Materially adverse change to the operations, performance, or connection points with MetroPCS’s network; and (vii) does not interrupt service on the Leased Fiber.
(b) Lessor has agreed to use its commercially reasonable efforts to: secure an agreement for reimbursement from any third party requiring a relocation. If, despite using such efforts, Lessor is unable to obtain such reimbursement, Lessor has agreed to provide Lucent an estimate of the relocation costs of any relocation pursuant to Section 4 (a) (i), (ii) or (iii) for which it is not receiving reimbursement and to the extent Lessor shall not be reimbursed by the requesting third party, Lucent shall notify MetroPCS of the pro rata share of those costs which shall be the ratio of the number of Leased Fibers to the number of total relocated fiber strands in such relocated segment. MetroPCS may elect to pay the pro rata share of such costs or not. If MetroPCS elects not to pay the pro rata share, Lessor, in its sole discretion may either undertake the relocation at no cost, or terminate the lease agreement with respect to the affected Customer Locations without further liability.
5.  Co-location.
(a) MetroPCS hereby appoints Lucent to be its agent to manage and administer all arrangements with Local Exchange Carriers (LECs) (a) for co-locating certain of MetroPCS’s Products in the Customer Locations and(b) for establishing or changing switch and analog services including long distance interlata service, intralata toll service, local service, 911, operator services and
Proprietary and Confidential to MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Lucent Technologies Inc.

3


 

network ordering service, in, between or for the Customer Locations. In its capacity as agent, Lucent has the following authority:
  (i)   to negotiate and contract on MetroPCS’s behalf with LECs to lease co-location space in their central offices;
 
  (ii)   to negotiate order services, change, and disconnect activity via service requests; and
 
  (iii)   to deal directly with LECs to initiate report troubles and receive service resolution status.
(b) Lucent’s authority to act as agent is conditioned upon MetroPCS’s review and approval of the terms and conditions (excluding the cost to Lucent) of the lease and services agreement with the LEC prior to Lucent’s executing it on behalf of MetroPCS. Within five (5) business days of receiving the agreement from Lucent, MetroPCS shall review the terms and conditions and advise Lucent whether or not it approves them. MetroPCS acknowledges that any delay in reviewing and approving the agreement and any request by MetroPCS to modify the terms and conditions may cause a delay in the project.
(c) Upon execution of this Amendment, MetroPCS shall sign and deliver the letter of agency in the form attached here as Exhibit 4.
6.  Entire Agreement; Order of Precedence. Except as provided herein, all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement, including all Attachments thereto, remain unmodified and in full force and effect, In case of any conflict among the provisions of this Amendment, Attachment N and the Agreement, the following order of precedence applies: (a) first, Attachment N, (b) second, this Amendment, and ( c ) third, the Agreement, This Amendment and the non-confliBting terms and conditions of the Agreement constitute the entire agreement, and supersede and merge all previous and contemporaneous understandings (both written arid oral, between Luent and MetroPCS regarding the subject matter. This Amendment may be modified only in a writing signed by an authorized representative of each Party.
IN WITNESS; WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the Amendment Effective Date.
                     
METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.       LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.    
 
                   
By:
  /S/ ROGER D. LINQUIST       By:        
 
 
 
         
 
   
Name:
  Roger D Linquist       Name:        
 
                   
Title:
  President and CEO       Title:   Account Executive    
Proprietary and Confidential to MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Lucent Technologies Inc.

4


 

Exhibit 1
Diagram of Leased Fiber
See attached.
Proprietary and Confidential to MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Lucent Technologies Inc.

5


 

Exhibit 2
Fees for Leased Fiber
*** ***
***
*** ***
***
The above charges do not include applicable cross connect charges, which Lucent will invoice separately. MetroPCS will pay all relevant FCC and state Public Utilities Commission taxes and fees.
Proprietary and Confidential to MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Lucent Technologies Inc.

6


 

Exhibit 3
Indemnity
( METROPCS LOGO )
November 10, 2005
AboveNet Communications, Inc.
360 Hamilton Avenue
White Plains, NY 10601.
Attention: Senior Vice President- General Counsel
RE: Leased Fiber Order No. ABV05-038630-00
Dear Sir or Madam:
***
Sincerely,
MetroPCS Wireless, Inc.
         
By:
  /S/ Roger D. Linquist    
 
 
 
   
 
  [Name & Title of Authorized Representative]    
 
       
 
  Roger D. Linquist    
     
cc:
  Ms. Cynthia B. Roberts
 
  Corporate Counsel
 
  Lucent Technologies Inc.
 
  ***
 
  ***
Proprietary and Confidential to MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Lucent Technologies Inc

7


 

Exhibit 4
Letter of Agency
(METROPCS LOGO)
November 10, 2005
Mr. Ed Geiss
Lucent Technologies Inc.
2400 Dallas Parkway, Suite 505
Piano, Texas 75093
RE: MetroPCS’s appointment of Lucent as its agent
To whom it may concern:
This letter confirms that MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. (“MetroPCS”) has appointed Lucent Technologies Inc. (“Lucent”) as its agent to manage and administer all arrangements with Local Exchange Carriers (LECs) (a) for co-locating equipment owned by MetroPCS (“the Equipment”) in the locations specified below and (b) for establishing or changing switch and analog services including long distance iriterlata service, intralata toll service, local service, 911, operator services and network ordering service, in, between or for the locations specified below:
  o   ***
 
  o   ***
 
  o   ***
 
  o   ***
Pursuant to the terms of Amendment No. 2 to the General Purchase Agreement between Lucent and MetroPCS, for the four (4) locations specified above, in its capacity as agent Lucent may:
    negotiate and contract on MetroPCS’s behalf with LECs to lease co-loeation space in their central offices;
 
    negotiate order services, change, and disconnect activity via service requests; and
 
    deal directly with LECs to initiate report troubles and receive service resolution status.
We affirm that Lucent will pay all charges relating to leased space and services provided by the LECs in accordance with the contract, on behalf of MetroPCS, but such charges are ultimately the responsibility of MetroPCS.
Proprietary and Confidential to MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Lucent Technologies Inc

8


 

This authorization does not preclude MetroPCS’s ability to act on our own behalf when we deem it necessary. This authorization will remain in effect until further notice from MetroPCS.
Sincerely.
MetroPCS-Wireless, Inc.
         
By:
       
 
 
 
   
 
  [Name and Title of MetroPCS Representative]    
 
       
 
 
 
   
Proprietary and Confidential to MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Lucent Technologies Inc.

9


 

Attachment N
METROPOLIS ® DMX/MANAGED SERVICES OFFER
The Metropolis ® DMX/Managed Services offer is comprised of the following Products, Software and Services components.
Products and Software:
Metropolis ® DMX — 4 ring nodes equipped with the following. (Please see Appendix A: DMX 10052005.xls for detailed configurations for each site.)
    OC-192 high-speed optics
 
    Applicable per site low-speed optics (OC-3 or DS-3)
 
    Commons
 
    System cables
 
    Critical Spares
 
    Element Management System (“EMS”)
Product and Software Pricing:
Initial purchase: ***
Growth (OC-48 growth/year estimate): See Appendix B Price sheet for Growth examples. ***
Services:
Lucent will perform the following Services which are more specifically described in the statement of work included as Appendix C (the “SOW”) to this Attachment:
The network management Services described in the SOW support the following Products only:
Table 1 — Network Element List
                 
Equipment Type   Quantity   Network Location   Service(s) Delivered
Lucent Metropolis DMX
    1     ***   RNMS
Lucent Metropolis DMX
    1     ***   RNMS
Lucent Metropolis DMX
    1     ***   RNMS
Lucent Metropolis DMX
    1     ***   RNMS
Proprietary and Confidential to MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Lucent Technologies Inc

10


 

The prices for the above-described Products, Software and Services are stated in Appendix B. The discounts extended in Appendix B are conditioned upon a five-year fiber lease.
Fiber Lease:
Lucent will use commercially reasonable efforts to negotiate a *** lease with a fiber vendor to provide MetroPCS with access to leased fiber links as defined in the SOW.
Proprietary and Confidential to MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Lucent Technologies Inc

11


 

(MAP)

 

Exhibit 10.6
AMENDED AND RESTATED
SERVICES AGREEMENT
by and between
METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.
and
ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS, LLC
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES
 
***   Where this marking appears throughout this Exhibit 10.6, information has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and such information has been filed with the SEC separately.


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
    1  
1.1 Definitions
    1  
1.2 Capitalized Terms
    8  
ARTICLE II AUTHORITY
    8  
2.1 Control of Royal Street
    8  
2.2 Specific Limitations
    8  
2.3 Bank Accounts
    9  
2.4 Checks
    9  
2.5 Excluded Services
    9  
ARTICLE III SERVICE AND SUPPORT OBLIGATIONS OF METROPCS
    10  
3.1 General
    10  
3.2 Specific Responsibilities
    10  
ARTICLE IV ASSISTANCE OF METROPCS IN PREPARING BUDGETS AND BUSINESS PLANS
    11  
4.1 General
    11  
4.2 Support With Annual Budgets
    11  
4.3 Support With Business Plans
    11  
ARTICLE V TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE TO BE OFFERED BY METROPCS
    11  
5.1 Build Out
    11  
5.2 Telephone Numbers
    14  
5.3 Reciprocal Roaming Arrangements
    15  
5.4 Interconnection Agreements
    15  
5.5 Interexchange Service
    16  
ARTICLE VI OTHER UNDERSTANDINGS
    16  
6.1 Service Interruptions
    16  
6.2 Customer Relations
    16  
6.3 Calling Plans
    16  
6.4 Performance Standards
    17  
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE VII REPORTS AND AUDITS
    17  
7.1 Alarm Monitoring and Reports
    17  
7.2 Traffic Reports
    17  
7.3 Billing Information
    17  
ARTICLE VIII METROPCS’S PERSONNEL
    18  
8.1 General
    18  
8.2 Independent Contractors
    18  
ARTICLE IX APPROVALS
    19  
9.1 Royal Street Supervisor
    19  
9.2 Time Schedule for Approval
    19  
9.3 Failure to Approve
    19  
ARTICLE X COMPENSATION TO METROPCS
    20  
10.1 Reimbursement
    20  
10.2 Support Services Fees
    21  
10.3 Offsets
    21  
ARTICLE XI ROYAL STREET PROVISION OF WHOLESALE SERVICES TO METROPCS
    22  
11.1 Coordination of System Capacity
    22  
11.2 Expansion of System Capacity
    22  
11.3 Allocation of Capacity
    22  
11.4 Royal Street’s Right to Sell Wholesale PCS Service
    22  
11.5 Royal Street Responsibility for Royal Street Customers
    23  
11.6 MetroPCS Responsibility for MetroPCS Customers
    23  
ARTICLE XII FEES FOR WHOLESALE SERVICE
    23  
12.1 Wholesale Services Fees
    23  
12.2 Fees Exclusive of Taxes and Other Assessments
    24  
12.3 Most Favored Nation
    24  
ARTICLE XIII
    24  
13.1 Wholesale Services Payment Procedures
    24  
13.2 MetroPCS Support Services Payment Procedures
    25  
13.3 Out-Of-Pocket Expenses
    25  
13.4 Disputes
    25  
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

ii


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
13.5 Suspension of Services
    25  
13.6 Audits
    25  
ARTICLE XIV APPLICABLE TAXES
    26  
14.1 Payment of Taxes
    26  
14.2 Taxes on Royal Street’s Lease of Equipment and Facilities and MetroPCS’s Pro vision of Services
    26  
14.3 Taxes on MetroPCS’s Purchase of MetroPCS Wholesale Services
    27  
14.4 Cooperation
    27  
ARTICLE XV ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
    28  
15.1 Books and Records
    28  
ARTICLE XVI TERM AND TERMINATION
    28  
16.1 Term
    28  
16.2 Termination
    29  
16.3 Transition
    31  
16.4 Remedies in Lieu of Termination
    31  
ARTICLE XVII INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND TRADEMARKS
    32  
ARTICLE XVIII COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS
    32  
18.1 Compliance with the Communications Act
    32  
18.2 No Violation
    32  
18.3 Preservation of Control
    32  
18.4 Regulatory Submissions
    32  
18.5 Modification or Amendment of this Agreement
    33  
ARTICLE XIX INDEMNIFICATION
    33  
19.1 General
    33  
19.2 Indemnification Procedure
    34  
19.3 Mitigation of Damages
    35  
19.4 Claim of Infringement
    35  
ARTICLE XX REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
    35  
20.1 Organization, Standing and Authority
    35  
20.2 No Violation
    36  
20.3 Consents and Approvals
    36  
20.4 Regulatory Compliance of Facilities
    36  
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

iii


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
20.5 MetroPCS’s Covenant of Workmanlike Quality
    36  
ARTICLE XXI LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
    37  
21.1 Limitations of Responsibility
    37  
21.2 Limitations of Damages
    37  
21.3 Limitations of Liability
    37  
21.4 Further Limitations
    38  
ARTICLE XXII CONFIDENTIALITY
    38  
22.1 General
    38  
22.2 Obligation to Protect Proprietary Information
    38  
22.3 Judicial or Administrative Proceedings
    39  
22.4 Loss or Unauthorized Use
    39  
22.5 Nondisclosure Agreements
    39  
22.6 Termination
    39  
22.7 Irreparable Injury by Disclosure to Competitors
    39  
22.8 Survival of Nondisclosure Obligations
    40  
ARTICLE XXIII GENERAL PROVISIONS
    40  
23.1 Americans With Disabilities Act
    40  
23.2 Amendment
    40  
23.3 Assignment
    40  
23.4 Attachments
    40  
23.5 Cooperation
    40  
23.6 Costs, Expenses and Attorneys’ Fees
    41  
23.7 Dispute Resolution
    41  
23.8 Entire Agreement
    41  
23.9 Execution
    41  
23.10 Force Majeure
    41  
23.11 Good Faith Performance
    41  
23.12 Governing Law
    42  
23.13 Insurance
    42  
23.14 Joint Work Product
    42  
23.15 Labor Relations
    42  
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

iv


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
23.16 No Waiver
    42  
23.17 Nonexclusive Dealings
    43  
23.18 Notices
    43  
23.19 Publicity
    44  
23.20 Regulatory Filings
    44  
23.21 Relationship of Parties
    44  
23.22 Rules of Construction
    44  
23.23 Severability
    45  
23.24 Third Party Warranties
    45  
23.25 Third Party Beneficiaries
    45  
23.26 Use of Contractors and Agents
    45  
23.27 Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial
    46  
 
       
APPENDIX A
       
 
       
Master Equipment and Facilities Lease Agreement
       
 
       
APPENDIX B
       
 
       
Wholesale Services Fees
       
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

v


 

SERVICES AGREEMENT
     This Amended and Restated Services Agreement (this “Agreement”) is executed on December 15, 2005 as of November 24, 2004, by and between Royal Street Communications, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal offices located at 611 Hill Street, Southampton, NY 11968 (“Royal Street”), and MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with its principal offices located at 8144 Walnut Hill Lane, Suite 800, Dallas, Texas (“MetroPCS”). Individually, each of Royal Street and MetroPCS is a “Party” and collectively they are “Parties.”
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, Royal Street and MetroPCS desire to enter into an agreement pursuant to which MetroPCS agrees, upon request and at all times subject to Royal Street’s oversight, review, supervision and control, to provide support services in connection with the design, construction, maintenance and operation of a broadband PCS System that is technically and operationally compatible with systems owned and operated by MetroPCS in the event that Royal Street is a Successful Bidder in Auction No. 58;
     WHEREAS, Royal Street has concluded that it is in Royal Street’s best interest to devote a portion of its network capacity to the sale of PCS Service to MetroPCS on a wholesale basis, and MetroPCS wishes to enter into an agreement to facilitate this Royal Street plan;
     WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend and restate in its entirety the Services Agreement, which originally was entered into as of November 24, 2004, by and between Royal Street and MetroPCS;
     WHEREAS, Royal Street and MetroPCS desire to enter into this Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, the Parties hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
1.1 Definitions
     For purposes of this Agreement, and in addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement and in the LLC Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

 


 

      “Act” or “Communications Act” means the Communications Act of 1934, as amended by, inter alia, the Telecommunications Act of 1996, codified at 47 U.S.C. § 15l , et seq., as it may be amended in the future, including the rules, regulations and policies of the FCC.
      “Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Person directly or indirectly Controlling, Controlled by, or under Common Control with such other Person at any time during the period for which the determination of affiliation is being made. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Control” (including the correlative meanings of the terms “Controlled by” and “under Common Control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
      “Agreement” means this Services Agreement entered into between MetroPCS and Royal Street, and any amendments thereto.
      “Ancillary Agreements” shall mean the Services Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the related agreements appended thereto.
      “Annual Budget” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(a) of the LLC Agreement.
      “Applicable Law” means, with respect to any Person, any federal, state, local or foreign law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, order, injunction, decree, arbitration award, agency requirement, franchise, license or permit of, or any interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by, any Governmental Entity, whether in effect as of the date hereof or thereafter, and in each case as amended, applicable to such Person or its Affiliates or their respective assets.
      “Associated MetroPCS CMRS System” means a MetroPCS CMRS System with which the Royal Street System is compatible.
      “Auction No. 58” means the Broadband PCS Auction conducted by the FCC as described in Public Notice, DA-04-3005 (rel. Sep. 16, 2004).
      “Auction Process” means the process and procedure through which those Licenses being auctioned by the FCC in Auction No. 58 were offered to qualified bidders commencing with preparation and filing of FCC Form 175 for Auction No. 58 through the award of any License for which Royal Street is the Successful Bidder.
      “Breach Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.2(a)(i)(A) of this Agreement.
      “BTS” means a Base Transceiver Station.
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

2


 

      “Budget Officer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(a) of the LLC Agreement.
      “Build-Out” means the construction of a Commercial Mobile Radio Service system in accordance with Applicable Law and the rules and regulations promulgated by the FCC.
      “Business Plan ” shall have meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) of the LLC Agreement.
      “CALEA” means the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act of 1994 (47 U.S.C. § 1001 et seq.).
      “CDMA” shall refer to the Code Division Multiple Access broadband technology.
      “Cell Site” means the physical location of Cell Site Equipment.
      “Cell Site Equipment” means the physical facilities, including, but not limited to, any real property interests, transmitters, receivers, transceivers, transceiver cabinets, antenna systems, transmission lines, BTSs, RF combining and filtering equipment, multi-carrier channel amplifiers, power supplies, outdoor cabinets and/or shelters, environmental conditioning equipment, alarm and monitoring equipment and other miscellaneous equipment and facilities located at a Cell Site or BTS, as the case may be, and used to transmit and receive wireless communications in connection with a CMRS System and to alarm and monitor the CMRS System.
      “Chief Executive Officer” or “CEO” shall refer to the chief executive officer of Royal Street as designated by the Management Committee pursuant to the LLC Agreement.
      “Claims” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 19.1 of this Agreement.
      “Commercial Mobile Radio Service” or “CMRS” means a commercial mobile radio service as defined in 47 C.F.R. § 20.3.
      “Commercial Service” shall mean the provision in exchange for consideration of wholesale or retail PCS service by a licensee to at least one unaffiliated customer or subscriber.
      “Construction Group” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 (a) of this Agreement.
      “Construction Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(c) of this Agreement.
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

3


 

      “Construction Schedule” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 (a) of this Agreement.
      “Credit Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement by and between MetroPCS and Royal Street executed on December 15, 2005 as of December 22, 2004, as that agreement may be amended from time to time.
      “Effective Date” means the date of the release of a Public Notice by the FCC announcing that Royal Street was the high bidder on any license or licenses that were subject to auction in Auction No. 58.
      “Equipment and Facilities” means such equipment, facilities, databases, data processing services, software, and such other Intellectual Property, hardware, functions, real property, and services employed in the operation of a CMRS System.
      “Equipment and Facilities Lease Agreement” means the form of Master Equipment and Facilities Lease Agreement set forth in Appendix A hereto.
      “Failed Services” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.4 of this Agreement.
      “FCC” means the Federal Communications Commission created pursuant to the Act, or any successor agency.
      “Final Order” means an order as to which the time for filing a request for administrative or judicial relief, or for instituting administrative review sua sponte, shall have expired without any such filing having been made or notice of review having been issued; or, in the event of such filing or review sua sponte, as to which such filing or review shall have been disposed of favorably to the order and the time for seeking further relief with respect thereto shall have expired without any request for such further relief having been filed.
      “GAAP” shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time.
      “Governmental Entity” means any government or political subdivision thereof, including without limitation, any state, regional or municipal authority, any governmental department, ministry, commission, board, bureau, agency, regulatory authority, instrumentality, judicial, or administrative body, having jurisdiction over the matter or matters in question.
      “Indemnified Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 19.1 of this Agreement.
      “Indemnifying Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 19.1 of this Agreement.
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

4


 

      “Independent Contractor” means a Person unaffiliated with MetroPCS who provides services involved in operating the Royal Street Systems.
      “Intellectual Property” means ideas, patents, patent applications, copyrights, trade secrets, software and technology, but specifically excludes trademarks, service marks, trade names, and brands.
      “LLC Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Royal Street Communications, LLC, executed on December 15, 2005 as of November 24, 2004, by and among MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., GWI PCS1, Inc. and C9 Wireless, LLC, as that agreement may be amended from time to time.
      “License” means any license for which Royal Street is a Successful Bidder.
      “Licensed Area” means the Cellular Geographic Service Area, the Major Trading Area or the Basic Trading Area (as those terms are defined in the FCC’s rules) in which Royal Street or MetroPCS is licensed by the FCC to provide CMRS Service.
      “Management Committee” means the governing committee of Royal Street as set forth in the LLC Agreement.
      “Market” means the geographic area(s) in which Royal Street is authorized by the FCC to provide Commercial Mobile Radio Service.
      “MetroPCS Brand Wireless Services” means retail CMRS Services marketed under the MetroPCS trademark(s), whether by MetroPCS or by Royal Street.
      “MetroPCS CMRS System” means any CMRS System owned or operated by MetroPCS or used by MetroPCS to provide a MetroPCS Brand Wireless Service, except that it shall not include any of the Royal Street Systems.
      “MetroPCS Wholesale Service” means the wholesale PCS Service that Royal Street provides to MetroPCS in the Royal Street Licensed Area.
      “MetroPCS Wholesale Services Fee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.1 of this Agreement.
      “Monthly Fee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(a) of this Agreement.
      “Network” means the telecommunications infrastructure, whether leased or owned, that Royal Street uses to provide MetroPCS Wholesale Service.
      “Network Service” means the services provided by MetroPCS to Royal Street under this Agreement that Royal Street uses to provide PCS Service in the Royal Street Licensed Area using the spectrum licensed by the FCC to Royal Street.
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

5


 

      “Other Network Service” means the Network Services that Royal Street uses to provide Wholesale Services to Other Royal Street Customers in the Royal Street Licensed Area.
      “Other Royal Street Customer” means a customer other than MetroPCS to PCS Service provided by Royal Street on a wholesale basis and a customer other than MetroPCS that has entered into a contract to take PCS Service from Royal Street on a wholesale basis.
      “Other Wholesale Services” means the Wholesale PCS Services that Royal Street provides to Other Royal Street Customers in the Royal Street Licensed Area.
      “Out-of-Pocket Expenses” shall have the meaning given in Section 10.1.
      “PCS” or “PCS Service” means the personal communications services and related telecommunications services authorized by Part 24 of the FCC’s rules.
      “PCS System” means the radio frequency and associated Equipment and Facilities necessary to permit mobile or portable PCS customer premises equipment to communicate with the PSTN or other interconnected telecommunications network for the provision of PCS Service.
      “PSTN” means the Public Switched Telephone Network.
      “Party” means either Royal Street or MetroPCS. “Parties” means Royal Street and MetroPCS.
      “Person” means any natural person or any sole proprietorship, corporation, limited liability corporation or company, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, joint venture, or other business entity, but shall not include any Governmental Entity or organization.
      “Planning Group” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) of the LLC Agreement.
      “Proprietary Information” means information of a confidential and proprietary nature that a Party has the right to possess, and that the Party maintains in confidence.
      “Remitting” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.1 of this Agreement.
      “Royal Street Equipment and Facilities” means the Equipment and Facilities, whether owned or leased, employed by Royal Street in the operation of its CMRS systems as such Equipment and Facilities may change from time to time, including, but not limited to, Cell Sites, Cell Site Equipment, switches, transport facilities, interconnection services and transport service.
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

6


 

      “Royal Street System(s)” means the CMRS system(s) licensed to, constructed and operated by Royal Street in each of the Markets.
      “Successful Bidder” means any Person that is awarded one (1) or more license(s) by the FCC pursuant to the Auction Process related to Auction No. 58.
      “Support Services” means the services provided by MetroPCS to Royal Street to assist in the construction, maintenance and operation of a broadband PCS System as set forth in greater detail in Articles I through X of this Agreement.
      “Support Services Fee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(a) of this Agreement.
      “System Capacity” means the total number of minutes of use that the Royal Street System in a Market is designed to provide at the bouncing busy hour, as that capacity may be determined through Royal Street’s business and budget planning process.
      “Systems Contact” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1 (a) of this Agreement.
      “Tax” means any federal, state, local or foreign income, profits, franchise, gross receipts, environmental, customs duty, stamp, payroll, sales, employment, disability, use, property, withholding, excise, production, value added, occupancy or other tax, duty or assessment of any nature whatsoever, including Universal Service Charge contributions or fees, together with all interest, penalties and additions imposed with respect to such amounts.
      “Technical Services Plan” shall have the meaning given in Section 5.1(e).
      “Trademark” means trademark, service mark, trade name, logo, brand or similar distinguishing mark.
      “Unfettered Access” means such physical access by Royal Street as is in accordance with the rules, regulations and published decisions of the FCC.
      “Voting Securities” means any securities or other interests entitled to vote in the ordinary course in the election of directors or of Persons serving in similar governing capacity of any Person, including the voting rights attached to such securities or other interests.
      “Wholesale Commitment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.3 of this Agreement.
      “Wholesale Services” means the provision of PCS Service by Royal Street on a wholesale basis to MetroPCS or to Other Royal Street Customers.
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

7


 

1.2 Capitalized Terms
     Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the LLC Agreement.
ARTICLE II
AUTHORITY
2.1 Control of Royal Street
     MetroPCS shall have responsibility for the day-to-day operations of Royal Street subject to the direction and control of the Management Committee. In accordance with the foregoing, it is the Parties’ express intention, understanding and agreement that the Management Committee and officers of Royal Street, acting pursuant to the authority granted them under the LLC Agreement or by the Management Committee, shall retain authority and ultimate control over the day-to-day operations of Royal Street; the determination and implementation of policy and business strategy; the preparation and filing of all materials with the FCC and other Governmental Entities; the employment, supervision and dismissal of all personnel providing services under this Agreement; the payment of all financial obligations and operating expenses (except for Out-of-Pocket Expenses); and the negotiation of all contracts to be entered into by Royal Street. The Parties agree that Royal Street shall retain Unfettered Access to all Equipment and Facilities associated with the Royal Street Systems and shall receive all monies and profits and bear the risk of loss from the operation of the Royal Street Systems.
2.2 Specific Limitations
  (a)   In addition to those matters elsewhere listed in this Agreement for which Royal Street’s prior approval is required, MetroPCS shall not have authority to undertake any of the following actions without Royal Street’s prior written authority:
  (i)   modify or take actions inconsistent with the Annual Budget, Business Plan, Construction Schedule, Construction Plan or Technical Services Plan as approved by the Management Committee;
 
  (ii)   establish or alter the terms and conditions upon which Royal Street offers CMRS;
 
  (iii)   initiate or settle any legal action or litigation in the name of Royal Street or the Royal Street Systems
 
  (iv)   prepare any filings with the FCC or any other Governmental Entity with respect to any Royal Street System.
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

8


 

  (b)   In no circumstances shall MetroPCS have authority to undertake any of the following actions:
  (i)   sell, trade or surrender any of the Licenses, or attempt to materially modify any of the Licenses;
 
  (ii)   sign or make any filings with the FCC or any other Governmental Entity with respect to any Royal Street System; or
 
  (iii)   cause Royal Street to incur any debt for borrowed money or to grant a security interest in or to hypothecate any assets of any Royal Street System.
2.3 Bank Accounts
     All expenses associated with the operation of the Royal Street Systems, except for Out-of-Pocket Expenses, shall be paid from Royal Street’s accounts. There shall be no commingling of Royal Street’s and MetroPCS’s funds.
2.4 Checks
     Royal Street may by written designation authorize a MetroPCS representative to sign checks or send wire payments for non-recurring expenses in amounts less than *** and to sign other checks or send other wire payments in amounts less than *** for recurring expenses, provided all such expenditures are in accordance with the approved Annual Budget. MetroPCS shall promptly send to Royal Street copies of all such checks written or wire payments sent for the Royal Street Systems, along with accompanying invoices.
2.5 Excluded Services
     The Parties acknowledge and agree that Royal Street will be wholesaling certain network telecommunications services to MetroPCS and that MetroPCS will utilize the purchased services to provide retail telecommunications services to end users. Royal Street also is reserving certain system capacity to enable it to wholesale network telecommunications services to Persons other than MetroPCS and, if the Management Committee so determines, to sell retail services to the public. This Agreement is not intended and shall not be construed to prevent Royal Street from offering PCS Service on a retail basis. Royal Street shall ensure that the reserved percentage of the capacity is available for Other Royal Street Customers. The Parties agree to negotiate in good faith on the terms and conditions, including price, under which MetroPCS shall, upon request of Royal Street, provide support services on commercially reasonable terms with respect to Royal Street provision of capacity to such Other Royal Street Customers, provided that the price agreed to shall not exceed ***.
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

9


 

ARTICLE III
SERVICE AND SUPPORT OBLIGATIONS OF METROPCS
3.1 General
     MetroPCS shall upon the request of Royal Street, in accordance with directions and guidance from Royal Street and subject to the limitations on MetroPCS’s authority described in ARTICLE II, assist Royal Street in the construction and operation of the Royal Street Systems. To this end, MetroPCS shall, upon request, assist Royal Street by providing or arranging for: (i) administrative, accounting, billing, credit, collection, insurance, purchasing, clerical and such other general services as may be necessary to administer the Royal Street Systems; (ii) operational, engineering, maintenance, repair and such other technical services as may be necessary to operate the Royal Street Systems; and (iii) if requested by Royal Street in accordance with Section 2.2 (a)(iv), assistance in the preparation of filings with regulatory authorities. Royal Street shall compensate MetroPCS for its services in accordance with the terms of ARTICLE X of the Agreement.
3.2 Specific Responsibilities
     MetroPCS shall, upon request of Royal Street, in accordance with directions and guidance from Royal Street and the Royal Street-approved Business Plan and Annual Budgets and subject to the limitations on MetroPCS’s authority described in ARTICLE II, assist Royal Street in supervising, directly or through agents or subcontractors, day-to-day operations of the Royal Street Systems, and such additional activities integral to the operation of the Royal Street Systems such as:
  (a)   negotiating, as agent for Royal Street, such agreements as may be necessary for the provision of services, supplies, office or other types of space, utilities, insurance, concessions and the like;
 
  (b)   constructing the Royal Street System in accordance with the Technical Services Plan to be developed by Royal Street;
 
  (c)   maintaining the Royal Street Systems and monitoring the performance of the Royal Street Systems in accordance with MetroPCS’s established procedures and practices;
 
  (d)   implementing roaming agreements; and
 
  (e)   at Royal Street’s request assisting Royal Street in accordance with Section 2.2(a)(iv) in the preparation of filings, applications, reports and other matters with Governmental Entities.
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

10


 

ARTICLE IV
ASSISTANCE OF METROPCS IN PREPARING
BUDGETS AND BUSINESS PLANS
4.1 General
  (a)   In developing the Royal Street Systems and the related Annual Budgets, Royal Street intends to establish Royal Street Systems capable of providing service of high quality that are fully competitive with any other provider of like Commercial Mobile Radio Service in each Market.
 
  (b)   In connection with the development of the Business Plan and Annual Budgets, Royal Street shall inform MetroPCS of the nature and type of services that the Royal Street Systems shall offer, the terms upon which such services shall be offered, and the prices to be charged with respect to such services.
 
  (c)   The services provided by MetroPCS to Royal Street under this Agreement are based upon Royal Street’s intention to provide wholesale carrier-to- carrier services rather than retail carrier-to-end user services. If the Management Committee decides to provide retail services to the public, the Parties shall, upon request of Royal Street, negotiate in good faith to modify the services provided by MetroPCS accordingly.
4.2 Support With Annual Budgets
     Upon request of Royal Street, MetroPCS shall provide the Budget Officer with information useful in his preparation of the initial Annual Budget and subsequent Annual Budgets including, but not limited to, reports, data and other information.
4.3 Support With Business Plans
     Upon request of Royal Street, MetroPCS shall provide the Planning Group with information useful in the preparation of the Royal Street Business Plan including, but not limited to, reports, data, and other information.
ARTICLE V
TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE TO BE OFFERED BY METROPCS
5.1 Build-Out
  (a)   Within thirty (30) days of the release of the Public Notice by the FCC announcing that Royal Street is the Successful Bidder for any license issued pursuant to Auction No. 58, Royal Street and MetroPCS shall
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

11


 

      endeavor to meet to discuss plans for the construction of the system or systems that the FCC has announced will be awarded to Royal Street. The Management Committee shall select a group of officers and management level persons, (the “Construction Group”), to develop in accordance with the directions provided by the Management Committee, a schedule for the construction and installation of the Royal Street Systems in each of the Markets in which Royal Street is the Successful Bidder, provided that the majority of such persons are employees of Royal Street or representatives of C9 Wireless and not employees or representatives of the MetroPCS Parties. Upon the request of Royal Street, MetroPCS shall provide information to the Construction Group that may be helpful in its preparation of such schedule including, but not limited to, reports and data. The schedule shall include (i) the order in which each of the Markets in which Royal Street is the Successful Bidder will be built and (ii) the date by which the Markets will be ready for testing and ready for service (“Construction Schedule”). The Construction Schedule shall include appropriate benchmarks for completion of the construction in each of the Markets in which Royal Street is the Successful Bidder, but in all events, each of those Markets shall be Built-Out in a timely fashion as may be required by the FCC rules such that no License is subject to being reclaimed by the FCC and no penalties may be imposed on Royal Street.
 
  (b)   As promptly as practicable after receipt of the Construction Schedule, the Management Committee shall review the Construction Schedule and approve, modify or return the Schedule to the Construction Group for modification in accordance with the Management Committee’s direction. The Construction Group shall revise the Construction Schedule in accordance with the Management Committee’s directions.
 
  (c)   Upon approval of the Construction Schedule, the Construction Group shall develop a Construction Plan for each Market, which shall set forth the plans for construction of the specific Market, including (i) the location of the proposed Cell Sites, (ii) the vendors for switches and base stations, and the facilities and vendors to be used to interconnect the Cell Sites, (iii) the budget for the construction and implementation, (iv) the manner in which the system will be interconnected to the landline telephone network, and (v) such other specifications as the Construction Group may include (the “Construction Plan”). Royal Street may, in its sole discretion, request that MetroPCS provide information to the Construction Group that may be useful in its preparation of the Construction Plan. The Construction Plan for each Market shall be submitted to the Management Committee for its approval in sufficient time for construction of the system in that Market to be completed in accordance with the Construction Schedule.
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

12


 

  (d)   The Management Committee shall review the Construction Plan as promptly as is practicable after receipt, and approve, modify or return the Plan to the Construction Group for modification in accordance with the Management Committee’s direction. The Construction Group shall resubmit promptly thereafter any returned Proposal to the Management Committee for approval. As promptly as practicable following receipt of the revised Construction Plan, the Management Committee shall approve or modify the Plan and may direct MetroPCS to implement the Construction Plan as specified by the Management Committee.
 
  (e)   The Construction Plan will implement a technical services plan (the “Technical Services Plan”) to be developed by the Construction Group and the Management Committee. Based upon the independent technology platform assessment conducted by Royal Street and Royal Street’s business determination that it is in its interest to maintain nationwide compatibility and interoperability with other systems owned or operated by MetroPCS, the Plan will be designed to maximize the benefits that Royal Street and MetroPCS, collectively, may obtain from the other CMRS systems owned, controlled or operated by MetroPCS. To that end, the Parties agree, subject to the understandings reflected in this Section 5.1, to cooperate to assure technical and operational compatibility between the Royal Street Systems and the CMRS systems owned, controlled or operated by MetroPCS with respect to the following matters, among others:
  (i)   The technology-based platforms of the Royal Street Systems will be compatible and interoperable with those of MetroPCS, as the Parties may specify in each Market, in order to permit nationwide, and where appropriate, worldwide roaming among the systems;
 
  (ii)   The Royal Street Systems will be capable of offering subscribers and roamers with the services, features, and functions offered by the CMRS systems owned, controlled or operated by MetroPCS that use the same technology, i.e. CDMA;
 
  (iii)   To the extent technically feasible, the digital technology standards used by the Royal Street Systems will permit seamless interoperation and roaming with the digital systems owned, controlled or operated by MetroPCS; and
 
  (iv)   The Royal Street Systems will satisfy all applicable construction and other service requirements imposed by the FCC.
  (f)   The Technical Services Plan also will address matters related to interconnect fees and standards for coverage, quality of coverage, dropped calls, customer service and reliability.
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

13


 

  (g)   Upon request of Royal Street, MetroPCS will assist in the construction and installation of the Royal Street Systems to be deployed in the Markets in which Royal Street is the Successful Bidder. MetroPCS’s performance shall be subject to review, oversight and direction of the Management Committee.
 
  (h)   In order to permit Royal Street to have the benefit of MetroPCS’ discounts from vendors of telecommunications infrastructure, and in order to enhance the purchasing power of MetroPCS with vendors by increasing the volume of the MetroPCS purchases from the vendors, the Equipment and Facilities required by Royal Street to operate the Royal Street Systems in accordance with the Business Plan shall, at Royal Street’s request, be acquired by MetroPCS and leased to Royal Street pursuant to a Master Equipment and Facilities Lease Agreement substantially in the form of Appendix A hereto. The terms of the Master Equipment and Facilities Lease Agreement shall be commercially reasonable taking into consideration the useful life of the leased equipment, its salvage value at the end of the lease term, and the parties’ expectation that MetroPCS ***. Notwithstanding the fact that Royal Street is the lessee rather than the beneficial owner of the Equipment and Facilities, Royal Street shall have Unfettered Access to the Equipment and Facilities at all times.
5.2 Telephone Numbers
  (a)   MetroPCS shall, upon Royal Street’s request, assist Royal Street in acquiring telephone numbers for any PCS Service that Royal Street sells to MetroPCS and programming such telephone numbers into the appropriate switch. Except as may otherwise be agreed to by the Parties pursuant to Section 2.5 of this Agreement, MetroPCS shall have no responsibility for assisting Royal Street in acquiring telephone numbers for any PCS Service that Royal Street sells to any Other Royal Street Customer.
 
  (b)   MetroPCS shall, upon Royal Street’s request, program the switches and take other reasonably necessary actions to permit Other Royal Street Customers to utilize numbers with NXX Codes assigned to Royal Street or the Other Royal Street Customers in the Market.
 
  (c)   The PCS Service that Royal Street provides in the Markets shall permit each telephone number to be associated with only one handset, unless Royal Street and MetroPCS otherwise agree.
 
  (d)   MetroPCS shall assist Royal Street to activate a telephone number of any retail or wholesale customer of any Other Royal Street Customers upon a written request made by Royal Street. MetroPCS shall fulfill orders to
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

14


 

      activate numbers for any Other Royal Street Customer in accordance with the same performance metrics as MetroPCS employs for fulfilling its own orders.
 
  (e)   If Royal Street desires to modify or terminate PCS Service to a telephone number assigned to one of its Other Royal Street Customers, Royal Street shall provide MetroPCS written or electronic notice, in accordance with such procedures as the Parties may adopt. If Royal Street reasonably believes that the telephone number is being used fraudulently or that the handset has been lost or stolen and electronic notification systems have not been deployed by the Parties to effect terminations, Royal Street may provide MetroPCS with oral notice of termination, which shall be confirmed in writing within the earlier of four (4) hours during normal business hours or twelve (12) hours during other times. MetroPCS shall modify or terminate service to the notified number as quickly, on average, as it would do so for itself or any third party, on average, but in any event within the earlier of four (4) hours during normal business hours or twelve (12) hours during other times, after receipt of the notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Royal Street shall remain responsible, financially and otherwise, for its Other Royal Street Customers until the modification or termination of service is complete.
5.3 Reciprocal Roaming Arrangements
  (a)   Upon request, MetroPCS will make commercially reasonable efforts to help Royal Street in reaching roaming arrangements that are commercially reasonable and no less favorable than those offered to or received from similarly situated carriers.
 
  (b)   Upon request, MetroPCS will make commercially reasonable efforts to help Royal Street become a party to roaming arrangements between MetroPCS and other wireless telecommunications carriers as long as MetroPCS retains an equity interest in Royal Street.
5.4 Interconnection Agreements
  (a)   At Royal Street’s request and subject to its approval, MetroPCS will negotiate on behalf of Royal Street interconnection agreements with the local exchange carriers in each of the Markets in which Royal Street acquires a license that will assure interconnection to the landline telecommunications network on terms and conditions that are at least comparable to those obtained by other similarly situated CMRS operators in the Market. At Royal Street’s request, MetroPCS shall administer the interconnection agreement on behalf of Royal Street and negotiate such modifications or other arrangements for interconnection as the Management Committee may direct.
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

15


 

  (b)   At Royal Street’s request, where a Royal Street System is in a Market in which MetroPCS owns or operates another CMRS system, MetroPCS shall, to the extent possible and necessary, arrange for the modification of MetroPCS’s interconnection agreements with the local exchange carrier to include the Royal Street System managed by MetroPCS in those interconnection agreements.
5.5 Interexchange Service
  (a)   MetroPCS will make commercially reasonable efforts to negotiate with other providers at Royal Street’s request, and obtain on behalf of Royal Street interexchange telecommunications services for Royal Street and for resale to its customers which will permit Royal Street to offer interexchange telecommunications services that are competitive with the interexchange telecommunications of other CMRS providers in the Market. Any agreements to obtain interexchange telecommunications services shall be approved by Royal Street prior to their execution.
ARTICLE VI
OTHER UNDERSTANDINGS
6.1 Service Interruptions
     The Parties agree and acknowledge that, given the complex nature of the Royal Street Systems, service interruptions may occur. The Parties shall use their best efforts to avoid any unnecessary service interruptions and to work with each other to plan and coordinate necessary service interruptions so as to minimize disruptions to their customers.
6.2 Customer Relations
     Each Party shall be responsible for its dealings with its customers and shall act in a manner consistent with the highest standards of honesty, integrity and fair dealings and shall not do anything that would discredit, dishonor, reflect adversely upon or in any manner injure the reputation of the other Party or its Affiliates. Each Party shall refrain, and shall cause its agents to refrain, from any business practices or promotional activity which may be injurious or detrimental to the other Party or its Affiliates, provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall be construed to limit each Party’s ability to compete freely with the other to the extent that MetroPCS and Royal Street are providing competing services.
6.3 Calling Plans
     At Royal Street’s request, MetroPCS shall research and inform Royal Street of any national or other wide area service plans that Royal Street may choose to offer in its
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

16


 

markets. Royal Street, at its sole discretion, shall decide whether to cause the Royal Street Systems or a portion of them to participate in any such plans.
6.4 Performance Standards
     At Royal Street’s request, MetroPCS shall assist Royal Street in developing performance standards that satisfy the service objectives set by Royal Street for the Royal Street Systems, with the understanding that Royal Street intends the quality of the products and services offered by Royal Street to be at least as high as the quality of similar products and services provided by a majority of the CMRS systems owned, controlled or operated by MetroPCS modified or adjusted as appropriate for the specific Markets in which Royal Street is the Successful Bidder. Royal Street may review and adjust these performance standards periodically so that the Royal Street Systems remain competitive with other CMRS operators in the Market and nationwide.
ARTICLE VII
REPORTS AND AUDITS
7.1 Alarm Monitoring and Reports
     Upon the request of Royal Street, MetroPCS shall monitor the performance of the Royal Street Systems and shall provide Royal Street periodically, in accordance with such procedures normally employed by MetroPCS with respect to its CMRS Systems, unless modified by the Parties, a list of alarms and outages. Upon the request of Royal Street, MetroPCS shall respond to any alarm affecting Royal Street’s PCS Service in accordance with such procedures as the Parties may agree upon from time to time consistent with the performance metrics applicable to the Royal Street Systems.
7.2 Traffic Reports
     Upon the request of Royal Street, MetroPCS shall provide Royal Street with monthly reports for the Royal Street Systems with such operational data and details as Royal Street may request. Those reports may include such operational data and details as are customarily maintained in the ordinary course of a PCS business and will permit Royal Street reasonably to evaluate the quality of the Royal Street Systems and the accuracy of the charges assessed.
7.3 Billing Information
     Upon the request of Royal Street, MetroPCS shall provide Royal Street, at least once per calendar month on such date as the Parties may agree, detailed call data information in the same standard electronic format as MetroPCS employs for the MetroPCS CMRS System and as may be reasonably necessary for Royal Street to issue bills for services to its Other Royal Street Customers in the Market. Royal Street shall bear the costs of billing its subscribers, including any costs of converting call data
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

17


 

information provided by MetroPCS into bills. Upon request of Royal Street, MetroPCS will negotiate in good faith with Royal Street to provide billing support services on commercially reasonable terms for the Other Royal Street Customers, provided that the price agreed to shall not exceed ***.
ARTICLE VIII
METROPCS’S PERSONNEL
8.1 General
  (a)   Subject to Section 8.1(c), MetroPCS shall designate one or more employees who are experienced in the construction and operation of CMRS systems to serve as the point or points of contact responsible for the performance of MetroPCS’s functions under this Agreement with respect to all the Royal Street Systems or a specific Royal Street System for each or several Markets (the “Systems Contact”), and may change these individuals at its discretion and upon written notice to Royal Street.
 
  (b)   MetroPCS shall provide Royal Street, upon the Effective Date and on such periodic basis thereafter as Royal Street may reasonably request, a list of the individuals employed by MetroPCS in management and supervisory positions in connection with the services provided in connection with the Royal Street Systems, and shall provide Royal Street any such information as Royal Street may reasonably require concerning their qualifications to perform the functions assigned.
 
  (c)   Subject to Applicable Law, Royal Street shall have the right to require, upon reasonable notice, (i) the replacement of any Systems Contact for any Royal Street System, or (ii) the reassignment of any MetroPCS employee assigned to work on any Royal Street System such that the employee no longer works on any Royal Street System.
 
  (d)   MetroPCS shall provide Royal Street with its personnel policies, which policies shall include reasonable provisions to assure the honesty, integrity and character of all of the personnel that MetroPCS assigns to perform its responsibilities under this Agreement, and shall make such reasonable changes and modifications in those policies with respect to the Royal Street Systems as Royal Street may request.
8.2 Independent Contractors
     Upon prior written notice to Royal Street given in sufficient time and detail to allow Royal Street to object, MetroPCS may engage qualified Independent Contractors to perform specific services, necessary to construct, maintain, and operate the Royal Street
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

18


 

Systems. Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to Applicable Law, Royal Street shall have the unfettered right, to require that MetroPCS discharge any Independent Contractor performing services under this Agreement, or to bar MetroPCS from hiring any specific Independent Contractor to perform services under this Agreement. Royal Street shall indemnify MetroPCS for any wrongful discharge of an Independent Contractor engaged without objection from Royal Street following proper notice from MetroPCS in accordance with this Section 8.2, and Royal Street shall, in these circumstances, bear any costs or expenses lawfully charged by such Independent Contractor associated with such termination.
ARTICLE IX
APPROVALS
9.1 Royal Street Supervisor
     In order to facilitate Royal Street’s oversight, supervision and ultimate control of the Royal Street Systems, Royal Street specifies its Chief Executive Officer as the individual to whom MetroPCS shall report and request approvals required under this Agreement, unless the CEO delegates such responsibility to another officer or employee of Royal Street. Royal Street may change these individuals at any time by prior written notice to MetroPCS. Where the CEO delegates the responsibilities under this Section 9.1 to another officer or employee, MetroPCS may rely on any approvals or consents given by such delegatee.
9.2 Time Schedule for Approval
  (a)   Royal Street shall notify MetroPCS in writing as soon as practicable, after Royal Street receives a request for an approval required to be obtained under this Agreement, whether Royal Street approves or disapproves the request. Any disapproval shall include an explanation why Royal Street has rejected the recommendation such that MetroPCS may address Royal Street’s concerns.
 
  (b)   Royal Street acknowledges that time may be of the essence in connection with certain filings, including FCC applications, reports and other filings, and hereby covenants and agrees that it will exercise appropriate diligence to prepare, execute and file FCC applications and reports in a timely fashion and that the CEO or his delegatee will be available to consult with and assist MetroPCS in connection with any such applications, reports, and other filings which Royal Street has requested in writing that MetroPCS assist Royal Street to prepare.
9.3 Failure to Approve
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

19


 

  (a)   In the event that a request of MetroPCS for approval is time sensitive, has not been acted upon by Royal Street on a timely basis, and the failure to act may have an adverse effect on the business, MetroPCS may so notify Royal Street and request that Royal Street act upon the request for approval within a specified time frame that is reasonably related to the deadline. Any such MetroPCS request under this section that Royal Street act within a specified time frame shall be in writing.
 
  (b)   MetroPCS shall be indemnified and held harmless with respect to any damages or injury resulting from the failure of Royal Street to act in a timely manner upon a request of MetroPCS for approval, provided that Royal Street has actual notice of the time sensitive nature of the request.
ARTICLE X
COMPENSATION TO METROPCS
10.1 Reimbursement
     Except as provided in Section 10.1(c), Royal Street shall reimburse MetroPCS at cost for all expenses reasonably incurred by MetroPCS in the performance of its responsibilities under this Agreement which are agreed by the Parties to be Out-of-Pocket Expenses (“Out-of-Pocket Expenses”).
  (a)   Out-of-Pocket Expenses include, but are not limited to, costs incurred by MetroPCS in the execution and fulfillment of its obligations under this Agreement, such as: (i) administrative, accounting, billing, credit, collection, insurance, purchasing, clerical and such other general services as may be necessary to administer the Royal Street Systems; (ii) operational, engineering, maintenance, repair and such other technical services as may be necessary to operate the Royal Street Systems; (iii) occupancy; (iv) the salary and associated expenses of the Systems Contact of any Royal Street System to the extent their services relate to the construction and operation of the Royal Street System as provided in Section 8.1(a); (v) Independent Contractors; and (vi) MetroPCS’s non- managerial and non-supervisory employees. A more specific categorization of Out-of-Pocket Expenses, including which categories of employees are non-managerial and non-supervisory, shall be set forth in the Annual Budget.
 
  (b)   With respect to costs of services for non-managerial and non-supervisory employees of MetroPCS who devote a portion, but not all, of their time to performing MetroPCS’s obligations under this Agreement, such costs shall include ***. Such costs shall be calculated at hourly rates determined on the basis of the individual
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

20


 

      employees’ annual salaries, taxes, insurance and benefits, plus an additional *** of those amounts to cover administrative overhead and other compensation associated with such employees.
 
  (c)   The Parties acknowledge and agree that MetroPCS is not obligated to provide at cost under this Agreement the additional services in support of Other Royal Street Customers that are contemplated by Section 2.5. Rather, MetroPCS shall be obligated to provide such services, upon request, ***.
10.2 Support Services Fees
  (a)   Subject to such adjustments negotiated by the Parties in good faith as may be appropriate in light of the number of Licenses (if any) that Royal Street may acquire and the amount of spectrum represented by such Licenses and in addition to Out-of-Pocket Expenses, Royal Street shall pay MetroPCS an additional services fee (the “Support Services Fee”) for the performance of its responsibilities under this Agreement in an amount equal to *** (collectively, the “Monthly Fee”) beginning with the License grant date and continuing up to the commencement of Support Services, at which time the Support Services Fee shall become the greater of the Monthly Fee or ***.
 
  (b)   The Support Services Fee shall be payable in equal monthly installments due on the last business day of each month beginning on the License grant date.
 
  (c)   The Parties will review the Support Services Fee specified in Section 10.2(a) after the close of Auction No. 58 with a view to revising the fee, as may be appropriate, in light of the results of the auction. Among the factors to be considered with respect to any adjustment in the Support Services Fee are the number of Markets in which Royal Street is the Successful Bidder, the number of POPs and the amount of spectrum involved, the number of Markets acquired by Royal Street in which MetroPCS owns or operates CMRS systems and the number of Markets in which MetroPCS does not own or operate such systems.
10.3 Offsets
     Each Party agrees that notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the other Party may offset any amounts due from such other Party, or its Affiliates, with any amounts due to such other Party, or its Affiliates.
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

21


 

ARTICLE XI
ROYAL STREET PROVISION OF
WHOLESALE SERVICES TO METROPCS
11.1 Coordination of System Capacity
     The Parties shall consult, in connection with Royal Street’s budgeting and business planning process or such other processes as the Parties may mutually adopt, so that the Royal Street Systems have sufficient capacity to meet, to the extent commercially reasonable, both MetroPCS’s projections of its demand for Wholesale Service from Royal Street and Royal Street’s projections of its demand for services from Other Royal Street Customers. The Parties shall, in developing these plans for each Market, consult to avoid building excessive capacity in any Market.
11.2 Expansion of System Capacity
     The Parties shall consult, in connection with Royal Street’s budgeting and business planning process or such other processes as the Parties may adopt, with respect to the expansion of the Royal Street Systems capacity in any Market in order to meet the reasonable projected demands of Royal Street. Where Royal Street reasonably believes that, when taking into account the Wholesale Commitment, its needs for Other Network Service in any Market will exceed the capacity of the existing or planned network, whether because of volume constraints, location, or otherwise, MetroPCS shall, upon request of Royal Street, take commercially reasonable steps to provide such additional Equipment and Facilities as is necessary to meet such projected demand and to provide such Equipment and Facilities to Royal Street ***. For the purpose of this Section 11.2, the provision of such additional Equipment and Facilities on terms ***.
11.3 Allocation of Capacity
     The Parties shall cooperate in the development of a network plan for each Market that will enable MetroPCS to utilize *** of the System Capacity of each Royal Street System in each Market in which Royal Street has commenced providing (or has commenced planning in connection with the budgeting and business planning process to provide) PCS Service, as those Royal Street Systems may be expanded from time to time (“Wholesale Commitment”). Royal Street will retain the right to utilize *** of the System Capacity in each Market, as those Royal Street Systems may be expanded from time to time, to provide Wholesale Services to carriers other than MetroPCS, or if authorized by the Management Committee, retail services to Other Royal Street Customers.
11.4 Royal Street’s Right to Sell Wholesale PCS Service
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

22


 

     Subject to Royal Street’s meeting the Wholesale Commitment, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude Royal Street from selling Wholesale Service in any Market to Other Royal Street Customers; provided, however, that prior to Royal Street offering Wholesale Services in any Market to Other Royal Street Customers, Royal Street and MetroPCS shall enter into a technical capacity sharing agreement specifying how the Parties will utilize their respective capacity of the Royal Street Systems without interfering with the other Party’s right to the capacity set forth in Section 11.3.
11.5 Royal Street Responsibility for Royal Street Customers
     Royal Street shall be solely responsible for relations, financial and otherwise, with its Other Royal Street Customers, including sole responsibility for any and all payments due from such Other Royal Street Customers. Upon activation of any telephone number for such Other Royal Street Customers and until the earlier of four (4) hours after receipt by MetroPCS during normal business hours, or twelve (12) hours after receipt during other times, of notice from Royal Street to discontinue the provision of PCS Service to that telephone number, Royal Street shall be solely responsible for any and all fees or charges associated with that telephone number, including, but not limited to, any fixed or recurring charges for roamer charges, toll charges, directory assistance and operator charges and any charges occasioned by a fraudulent use. Nothing in this Agreement shall create any contractual or other obligation on the part of MetroPCS to any Other Royal Street Customer or for MetroPCS to provide any services to Royal Street to support such Other Royal Street Customers.
11.6 MetroPCS Responsibility for MetroPCS Customers
     MetroPCS shall be solely responsible for relations, financial and otherwise, with its customers, including sole responsibility for any and all payments due from such customers. Upon activation of a telephone number by MetroPCS and until the discontinuance of the provision of PCS Service to that telephone number, MetroPCS shall be solely responsible for any and all fees or charges associated with that telephone number, including, but not limited to, any fixed or recurring charges for Wholesale Services, roamer charges, toll charges, directory assistance and operator charges and any charges occasioned by a fraudulent use. Nothing in this Agreement shall create any contractual or other obligation on the part of Royal Street to any customer of MetroPCS.
ARTICLE XII
FEES FOR WHOLESALE SERVICE
12.1 Wholesale Services Fees
     Subject to such adjustments negotiated by the Parties in good faith as may be appropriate in light of the number of Licenses (if any) that Royal Street may acquire and the amount of spectrum represented by such Licenses, MetroPCS shall pay Royal Street on a monthly basis the fees set forth in Appendix B for the MetroPCS Wholesale
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

23


 

Services (the “MetroPCS Wholesale Services Fees”). Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, the MetroPCS Wholesale Services Fees shall commence in each Market as of ***. The fees set forth in Appendix B shall, unless otherwise adjusted by mutual consent of the Parties, remain in effect for an initial period of ***. After that initial period, the fees will be reviewed during Royal Street’s annual budgeting process and may be adjusted to reflect changes in wholesale wireless capacity pricing in comparable markets, provided, however, that the MetroPCS Wholesale Services Fees shall not be adjusted more than once during each successive *** period and may not be increased by more than ***.
12.2 Fees Exclusive of Taxes and Other Assessments
     The MetroPCS Wholesale Services Fees are exclusive of any applicable Taxes (other than general income or property taxes), whether charged to or against MetroPCS or Royal Street, associated with MetroPCS Wholesale Services. All such Taxes shall be in addition to all other charges provided for under this Agreement.
12.3 Most Favored Nation.
     Royal Street agrees that it shall offer to provide Wholesale Services to MetroPCS on a most favored nation basis. ***
ARTICLE XIII
PAYMENT PROCEDURES
13.1 Wholesale Services Payment Procedures
     Royal Street shall provide MetroPCS with a monthly invoice for all fees due under this Agreement not later than the thirtieth (30 th ) day after the monthly billing cycle in which the usage is recorded. Such invoice shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days after receipt of the invoice. Any undisputed amount not paid by the due date will bear interest at the lesser of one and one-half percent (1.5%) per month or the maximum rate permitted by Applicable Law.
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

24


 

13.2 MetroPCS Support Services Payment Procedures
     MetroPCS shall provide Royal Street with a monthly invoice for all service fees due to MetroPCS under this Agreement not later than the thirtieth (30 th ) day after the close of each month. Such invoice shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days after receipt of the invoice. Any undisputed amount not paid by the due date will bear interest at the lesser of one and one-half percent (1.5%) per month or the maximum rate permitted by Applicable Law.
13.3 Out-Of-Pocket Expenses
     Following the Effective Date, MetroPCS shall, within thirty (30) days of the last day of each month in which the Agreement is in effect, provide to Royal Street a statement of Out-of-Pocket Expenses incurred during that month, together with such documentation for the Out-of-Pocket Expenses as Royal Street may reasonably request. In addition, within thirty (30) days of the last day of each month in which the Agreement is in effect, MetroPCS shall provide to Royal Street a statement of total receipts for the Royal Street Systems during that month. Such invoice shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days after receipt of the invoice.
13.4 Disputes
     If either Party disputes the amount of an invoice, it shall notify the other Party in writing before payment is due, and if the matter cannot be resolved informally between the Parties, either Party may invoke the dispute resolution provisions referenced in ARTICLE 17 of the LLC Agreement.
13.5 Suspension of Services
     If either Party does not receive payment in full of undisputed amounts from the other Party within sixty (60) days following the due date for any payment, the unpaid Party shall have the right, in addition to whatever other rights it may have under this Agreement or at law and in equity, to suspend its provision of all or any portion of the services for which it has not been paid on ten (10) days written notice, except that neither Party shall have the right to suspend service under this Section 13.5 if the failure to pay is attributable to any act or omission of the unpaid Party.
13.6 Audits
     Where either Party believes that the other Party has improperly charged it under this Agreement, the charged Party shall have the right, if the Parties cannot resolve the matter amicably without resort to the dispute resolution provisions in this Agreement, to request (but not more than once per calendar year) an independent audit of the applicable books and records to verify the accuracy of the charges assessed. The Parties shall appoint an independent auditor mutually agreeable to both Parties and shall specify the scope and define the terms of the auditor’s engagement. Royal Street shall reasonably
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

25


 

cooperate with the auditor and its representatives in connection with any audit, providing reasonable access to any and all relevant books and records and causing its employees, accountants and other representatives and agents to cooperate with the auditor. The cost of the audit shall be borne by the charged Party unless the audit indicates that the charging Party has overcharged the charged Party by more than five percent (5%) of the total dollar amount of billings covered by the audit, in which event, the charging Party shall pay for the audit and shall give the charged Party a credit in the amount of any overcharge.
ARTICLE XIV
APPLICABLE TAXES
14.1 Payment of Taxes
     Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Party shall be fully responsible for calculating and remitting any Taxes that Applicable Law requires such Party to pay, including filing all returns, submitting such information as Applicable Law may require and responding to inquires concerning such Taxes (“Remitting”).
14.2   Taxes on Royal Street’s Lease of Equipment and Facilities and MetroPCS’s Provision of Services
  (a)   MetroPCS shall be responsible for Remitting any Taxes imposed in connection with MetroPCS’s receipt of payments from Royal Street for the lease of Equipment and Facilities and MetroPCS’s provision of services.
 
  (b)   Royal Street shall pay to MetroPCS an amount equal to all Taxes that MetroPCS is required to Remit in connection with Royal Street’s lease of Equipment and Facilities and MetroPCS’s provision of services (other than general income or property taxes). MetroPCS shall state all such Taxes as separate items on its invoices and shall indicate the jurisdiction imposing the Taxes.
 
  (c)   Royal Street shall not be required to pay to MetroPCS any Tax described in this Section if Royal Street provides MetroPCS with a certificate evidencing exemption from payment for liability for such Tax. If Applicable Law provides an exemption from any Tax described in this Section, but does not also provide a procedure for issuing exemption certificates, then MetroPCS shall not collect such Tax if Royal Street furnishes MetroPCS a letter from an officer, a senior level management official of Royal Street or outside counsel describing the exemption, identifying the provision of Applicable Law that both allows such exemption and does not provide for an exemption certificate, and
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

26


 

certifying that Royal Street has complied with the requirements of Applicable Law in order to avail itself of the exemption.
14.3 Taxes on MetroPCS’s Purchase of MetroPCS Wholesale Services
  (a)   Royal Street shall be responsible for Remitting any Taxes imposed in connection with Royal Street’s receipt of payments from MetroPCS for MetroPCS Wholesale Services.
 
  (b)   MetroPCS shall pay to Royal Street an amount equal to all Taxes that Royal Street is required to Remit in connection with MetroPCS’s purchase of MetroPCS Wholesale Services (other than general income or property taxes). Royal Street shall state all such Taxes as separate items on its invoices and shall indicate the jurisdiction imposing the Taxes.
 
  (c)   MetroPCS shall not be required to pay to Royal Street any Tax described in this section if MetroPCS provides Royal Street with a certificate evidencing exemption from payment for liability for such Tax. If Applicable Law provides an exemption from any Tax described in this section, but does not also provide a procedure for issuing exemption certificates, then Royal Street shall not collect such Tax if MetroPCS furnishes Royal Street a letter from an officer, a senior level management official of MetroPCS or from outside counsel describing the exemption, identifying the provision of Applicable Law that both allows such exemption and does not provide for an exemption certificate, and certifying that MetroPCS has complied with the requirements of Applicable Law in order to avail itself of the exemption.
14.4 Cooperation
     The Parties shall cooperate with respect to any planning to minimize Taxes, and with respect to any Tax audit, Tax controversy, Tax refund matter, claim, action or similar proceeding by a Governmental Entity. The degree of cooperation contemplated by this Section is to enable any tax inquiry or controversy to be resolved expeditiously and includes, but is not limited to, assisting with responses to audit inquiries and producing documents and information. A Party receiving a Tax audit inquiry from a Governmental Entity shall promptly notify the other Party. The Party Remitting any Tax shall be responsible for managing any Tax audit associated with that Tax.
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

27


 

ARTICLE XV
ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
15.1 Books and Records
     MetroPCS shall, upon request, provide to Royal Street on a timely basis such information concerning the operation of the Royal Street Systems pursuant to the Agreement that is in its possession and that will enable Royal Street to fulfill its duties with respect to the books and records of the Royal Street Systems.
15.2 Meetings
     Representatives of Royal Street and MetroPCS shall meet periodically to discuss the status of the operation of the Royal Street Systems. During the first twelve (12) months after the Effective Date, such meeting shall be held monthly; thereafter, such meetings shall be held at least every other month. Such meetings may be conducted by teleconference.
15.3 Cooperation of MetroPCS’s Employees
     The employees of MetroPCS shall cooperate with and respond to any inquiries made by Royal Street’s designated representatives concerning the operation of the Royal Street Systems, and the Systems Contact for each of the Royal Street Systems shall respond to directions from Royal Street’s designated representatives. In the event any Systems Contact for a Royal Street System believes that the directions of Royal Street’s representatives are not in the best interests of Royal Street, the Systems Contact shall consult with Royal Street’s CEO, or delegatee, in order to resolve the matter. If they cannot resolve the matter, it shall be referred to the Management Committee of Royal Street for resolution.
15.4 Taxes, Fees and Filings
     Upon Royal Street’s written request, MetroPCS shall provide Royal Street with reasonable support in connection with the timely preparation of any Federal, state and local tax returns, and any returns relating to other fees and assessments, including any fees imposed by the FCC, as well as any applications and filings required to be submitted to the FCC. It being agreed and understood that all filings by Royal Street with any Governmental Entity shall be made by Royal Street or C9 Wireless and not by MetroPCS on behalf of Royal Street.
ARTICLE XVI
TERM AND TERMINATION
16.1 Term
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

28


 

     Subject to the termination provisions set forth in Section 16.2, this Agreement shall have an initial term commencing on the Effective Date and ending on ***. After the initial term, this Agreement will automatically renew for successive *** terms on the same terms and conditions unless either Party gives notice of its intention not to renew in accordance with this Section 16.1. Either Party must give written notice of an intention not to renew no less than twenty-four (24) months prior to the end of the initial term and no less than twelve (12) months prior to the end of a renewal term.
16.2 Termination
     In addition to their other rights at law or equity, this Agreement may be terminated in the following circumstances:
  (a)   Either Party may terminate this Agreement:
  (i)   on thirty (30) days written notice, if there has been a material non-monetary breach of this Agreement by the non-terminating party which has not been cured by the conclusion of the following dispute resolution process:
  (A)        The terminating party shall notify the non-terminating party in writing (“Breach Notice”) of the events which it reasonably believes constitute a material non-monetary breach and representatives of the parties shall meet promptly in a good faith effort to resolve the dispute in a mutually acceptable fashion.
 
  (B)        In the event the discussions between the Parties required by Section 16.2(a)(i)(A) have failed to resolve the dispute within 20 days, either of the Parties may request, in writing, that such matter be referred to the CEO (or his or her management level delegatee other than the representative previously involved in the discussions) of each of the Parties for an appropriate negotiated resolution. Upon such a request, the CEOs of each of the Parties (or their delegatees) shall meet in a good faith effort to resolve the dispute in a mutually agreeable fashion within 10 days following the referral to the CEOs.
 
  (C)        In the event that the CEOs are unable to resolve the dispute in accordance with the procedure contemplated by Section 16.2(a)(i)(B), the terminating party may notify the non-terminating party in writing (the “Cure Notice”) that the Breach Notice remains unresolved and that the non-
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

29


 

      terminating party has thirty (30) days to cure the alleged breach.
  (ii)   on thirty (30) days notice if a party is in material default under any monetary obligation of this Agreement and such non-terminating party has not cured such monetary default within ten (10) days of written notice;
 
  (iii)   on five (5) days written notice, in the event the non-terminating party: (A) ceases to do business as a going concern; (B) is unable or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due; (C) commences or authorizes a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization, suspension of payments or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or fails to pay a substantial portion of its debts as they become due, or takes any corporate action to authorize any of the foregoing, is insolvent, bankrupt or the subject of a receivership; or (D) has any substantial part of its property subjected to any levy, seizure, assignment or sale for or by any creditor or governmental agency without such levy, seizure, assignment or sale being released, lifted, reversed or satisfied within ten (10) days; and
 
  (iv)   in accordance with the provisions of Section 18.5.
  (b)   Royal Street may terminate this Agreement:
  (i)   on thirty (30) days written notice in the event of an FCC Final Order revoking, terminating or canceling any material License or refusing to renew such License due to any act or omission by MetroPCS;
 
  (ii)   In addition to its other rights at law and in equity, Royal Street may terminate this Agreement on sixty (60) days written notice if MetroPCS deploys or announces its intention to deploy equipment or facilities that will preclude Royal Street from providing seamless and interoperable PCS Service in a Market, will cause interference to the operation of the Royal Street System, or will materially degrade the quality of Royal Street PCS Service.
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

30


 

  (iii)   on five (5) days notice, if MetroPCS is found by the FCC in a Final Order to lack the qualifications to be the licensee of a Commercial Mobile Radio Service system;
  (c)   Royal Street may terminate the Support Services at will on *** advance written notice and, upon the effective date of such termination, Royal Street will be relieved of the obligation to pay the compensation to MetroPCS set forth in Article X. The termination of Support Services pursuant to this paragraph shall not alter the obligation of Royal Street to provide Wholesale Services to MetroPCS pursuant to this Agreement.
     Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, during any notice or cure period provided in (a) through (c) above, both Parties shall continue to perform their obligations hereunder.
16.3 Transition
  (a)   After receipt of written notice of termination, but prior to the effective date of such termination, the Parties hereby agree to cooperate in developing and implementing an orderly and efficient transition plan of the termination on the ability of end users to continue to receive uninterrupted service. The obligation to cooperate during the transition shall not be construed to require either party of continue to provide services for which the party is not being paid. Each party will act in good faith to minimize any adverse effects associated with transition to a new provider for the terminated services, including, among other things, (i) to provide the new provider with such operational and other information as the new provider may require, (ii) to provide the new provider access to the equipment and facilities, (iii) to assist in the transfer of such data, including billing and operating information, as may be reasonably necessary to permit the new provider to assume operation of the systems, and (iv) otherwise assist in a reasonable manner in effecting an orderly transition that will permit end users to continue receiving quality service.
 
  (b)   MetroPCS shall be entitled to all amounts accrued for Support Services Fees, Out-of-Pocket Expenses, and any other charges for services related to Support Services provided to Royal Street for Other Royal Street Customers pursuant to section 2.5 that are due and payable prior to the effective date of termination, including expenses incurred in connection with implementing the transition plan. Royal Street shall be entitled to all amounts accrued for Wholesale Services Fees.
16.4 Remedies in Lieu of Termination
     If MetroPCS fails to provide any of the services required under this Agreement and fails to cure the non-performance within sixty (60) days after written notice of its
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

31


 

non-performance from Royal Street (“Failed Services”), Royal Street may, in addition to all other remedies it may have under this Agreement or at law and in equity, take any and all action necessary to cause the Failed Services to be performed, including retaining third parties to provide the Failed Services, or otherwise. In that event, MetroPCS shall reimburse Royal Street any and all reasonable charges, fees, costs and expenses incurred by Royal Street in obtaining the Failed Services. In addition, MetroPCS shall refund to Royal Street any and all charges, fees, costs and expenses paid to MetroPCS for performance of the Failed Services.
ARTICLE XVII
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND TRADEMARKS
     Nothing in this Agreement shall grant or convey to either Party any rights or license under any present or future Intellectual Property or Trademarks disclosed or arising pursuant to this Agreement.
ARTICLE XVIII
COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS
18.1 Compliance with the Communications Act
     The Parties acknowledge that the activities and relationships addressed by this Agreement are subject to Applicable Law, including without limitation the Communications Act and the regulations promulgated by the FCC.
18.2 No Violation
     Nothing in this Agreement will obligate a Party to take any action that violates Applicable Law. In no event will a Party be obligated to perform any acts or to abstain from performing any act if, in the Party’s reasonable legal and/or business judgment, after consulting with the other Party, performance or non-performance will violate the Act or any Applicable Law, any regulation, Final Order or policy of the FCC, any antitrust laws or any other Federal or state law or regulation.
18.3 Preservation of Control
     Nothing in this Agreement permits, or will be deemed to permit, MetroPCS to exercise de facto or de jure control over Royal Street or its operations.
18.4 Regulatory Submissions
     In the event that either Party reasonably concludes that it is necessary or advisable to file this Agreement with a Governmental Entity or that a Governmental Entity is required to approve or review this Agreement or the arrangement between the Parties, the
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

32


 

other Party will cooperate fully in the preparation and filing of any regulatory filings which may be necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation, providing such information as may reasonably be necessary or which is requested by the Governmental Entity. Where one Party believes that information to be filed with a Governmental Entity is proprietary or sensitive business information, the Parties will cooperate to obtain such confidential treatment from the Governmental Entity as may reasonably be secured.
18.5 Modification or Amendment of this Agreement
     In the event a Governmental Entity with jurisdiction over a Party or both Parties or over this Agreement determines that one or more provisions of this Agreement are unlawful, contrary to public policy or otherwise unenforceable, the Parties will negotiate in good faith to amend the Agreement in order to comply with any such applicable regulatory requirements or policies while preserving the business objectives of both Parties. In the event the Parties cannot reach agreement as to new or revised provisions that will comply with the applicable regulatory requirements or policies and preserve their business objectives, this Agreement will terminate upon ninety (90) days written notice from one Party to the other, subject to the transition provisions of Section 16.3. Either Party may, without the consent of the other Party, appeal or seek reconsideration of any decision or Final Order which holds one or more provisions of this Agreement unlawful, contrary to public policy or otherwise unenforceable, but such appeal or request for reconsideration will not affect the obligations of the Parties under this Section to negotiate in good faith, unless a stay of the decision or Final Order is obtained and the terms and conditions of the stay are acceptable to both Parties. In such event, the obligations of the Parties to negotiate under this Section will attach at such time as the stay is lifted and the adverse decision or Final Order is reinstated or becomes effective or the stay is modified in a manner that a Party reasonably finds unsatisfactory.
ARTICLE XIX
INDEMNIFICATION
19.1 General
     Each Party (the “Indemnifying Party”) will defend, indemnify and hold harmless the other Party, including any of its Affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents (the “Indemnified Party”), from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities whatsoever, including reasonable legal fees and any damages, (“Claims”) arising out of, caused by, related to or based upon a Claim (a) by a third party for physical property damage, personal injury, or wrongful death, whether sounding in tort or contract, claim of defamation, invasion of privacy or similar claim based on any act or omission of the other Party, its employees, agents or contractors in connection with this Agreement, (b) that the Indemnifying Party’s products or services infringe or violate any copyright, trade secret, trademark or service mark, United States patent or other proprietary right of a third party, or (c) that the claimant was “slammed” or “crammed,”
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

33


 

as those terms are understood in the industry, except where such Claims arise out of the willful misconduct, gross negligence or fraud of the Party seeking indemnification.
19.2 Indemnification Procedure
     In any case under this Agreement where one party has indemnified the other against any Claim or legal action, indemnification shall be conditioned on compliance with the procedure outlined below:
  (a)   Provided that prompt notice is given of a Claim or suit for which indemnification might be claimed, unless the failure to provide such notice does not actually and materially prejudice the interests of the party to whom such notice is to be provided, the indemnifying party promptly will defend, contest, or otherwise protect against any such Claim or suit at its own cost and expense. Such notice shall describe the Claim or suit in reasonable detail and shall indicate the amount (estimated, if necessary) of the loss that has been or may be suffered by the indemnified party.
 
  (b)   The indemnified party may, but will not be obligated to, participate at its own expense in a defense thereof by counsel of its own choosing, but the indemnifying party shall be entitled to control the defense unless the indemnified party has relieved the indemnifying party from liability with respect to the particular matter, provided that the indemnifying party may only settle or compromise the matter subject to indemnification without the consent of the indemnified party if such settlement includes a complete release of all indemnified parties as to the matters in dispute and provided further that the indemnified party will not unreasonably withhold consent to any settlement or compromise that requires its consent.
 
  (c)   In the event the indemnifying party fails to timely defend, contest or otherwise protect against any such Claim or suit, the indemnified party may, but will not be obligated to, defend, contest or otherwise protect against the same, and make any compromise or settlement thereof and recover the entire costs thereof from the indemnifying party, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, disbursements and all amounts paid as a result of such Claim or suit or the compromise or settlement thereof; provided, however, that if the indemnifying party undertakes the defense of such matter, the indemnified party shall not be entitled to recover from the indemnifying party for its costs incurred in the defense thereof other than the reasonable costs of investigation undertaken by the indemnified party and reasonable costs of providing assistance.
 
  (d)   The indemnified party shall cooperate and provide such assistance as the indemnifying party may reasonably request in connection with the defense of the matter subject to indemnification and in connection with recovering from any third parties amounts that the indemnifying party may pay or be
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

34


 

      required to pay by way of indemnification hereunder. The indemnified party shall take commercially reasonable steps to protect its position with respect to any matter that may be the subject of indemnification hereunder in the same manner as it would any similar matter where no indemnification is available.
19.3 Mitigation of Damages
     An indemnified party shall, to the extent practicable and reasonably within its control and at the expense of the indemnifying party, make commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate any damages of which it has adequate notice, provided that the indemnified party shall not be obligated to act in contravention of Applicable Law or in contravention of reasonable and customary practices of a prudent person in similar circumstances. The indemnifying party shall have the right, but not the obligation, and shall be afforded the opportunity by the indemnified party to the extent reasonably possible, to make commercially reasonable efforts to minimize damages before such damages actually are incurred by the indemnified party.
19.4 Claim of Infringement
     In the case of a Claim of infringement of any Intellectual Property or Trademark right, where a court of competent jurisdiction finds such infringement, the Indemnifying Party will, at its option and expense, use all reasonable efforts either (a) to procure for the Indemnified Party the right to continue to use the product, service or other item as provided for herein, (b) to modify the infringing product, service or other item so that it is noninfringing, without materially altering its performance or function, (c) to replace the infringing product, service or other item with a substantially equivalent noninfringing item, or (d) to refund the price paid for the use of such Intellectual Property or Trademark right, less a reasonable charge for the use prior to the infringement.
ARTICLE XX
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     Each Party hereby represents and warrants to the other Party as of November 24, 2004 as follows:
20.1 Organization, Standing and Authority
     The Party is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction where it is formed, that it has all requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated herein, that all acts and other proceedings required to be taken to authorize the execution, delivery and performance hereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein have been duly and properly taken, and that this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

35


 

of the Party, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.
20.2 No Violation
     The execution and delivery by the Party of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and compliance with the terms hereof will not (a) conflict with or result in any violation of any provision of the organizational documents of the Party, (b) conflict with, result in a violation or breach of, or constitute a default, or give rise to any right of termination, revocation, cancellation, or acceleration, under, any material contract, concession or permit issued to the Party, except for any such conflict, violation, breach, default or right which is not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Party to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (c) conflict with or result in a violation of any judgment, order, decree, writ, injunction, statute, law, ordinance, concession, permit, rule or regulation applicable to the Party or to the property or assets of the Party, except for any such conflict or violation which is not reasonably likely to have such a material adverse effect, or (d) violate any existing contractual arrangement to which the Party is a party or give rise to a Claim against any other Party for inducing a breach of contract or interfering with contractual or other rights, or similar Claim.
20.3 Consents and Approvals
     No consent, approval, license, permit, order or authorization of, registration, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Governmental Entity is required to be obtained or made by or with respect to any Party in connection with the execution and delivery hereof or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, other than those filings that are necessary in order for Royal Street to participate in the Auction Process and prosecute the applications where it is the Successful Bidder. The Parties have or will obtain all necessary consents, approvals, authorizations and permits necessary to perform fully hereunder.
20.4 Regulatory Compliance of Facilities
     Any equipment, facilities and services provided pursuant to this Agreement, including the attachments hereto, comply or will comply with all applicable rules or standards adopted by the FCC or other Governmental Entities including but not limited to those with respect to E-911, number portability, number conservation, CALEA, RF radiation hazard standards, universal service, privacy methodologies and access by persons with disabilities.
20.5 MetroPCS’s Covenant of Workmanlike Quality
     MetroPCS hereby covenants and agrees that it will exercise reasonable care in performing the services performed pursuant to this Agreement and that such services will
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

36


 

be performed in a diligent, professional, commercially reasonably and workmanlike manner, consistent with industry standards for the wireless telecommunications industry. This covenant is given in lieu of any other warranty, express or implied, including without limitation, implied with warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Royal Street’s sole remedy for a breach of this Agreement shall be (a) Royal Street’s right to have MetroPCS re-perform the services in a workmanlike manner and (b) Royal Street’s right to terminate the Agreement as set forth in Section 16.
ARTICLE XXI
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
21.1 Limitations of Responsibility
     Each Party will be responsible only for services and facilities which are provided by that Party, its Affiliates, authorized agents, subcontractors or others retained by such persons, and no Party will bear any responsibility for the services and facilities provided by the other Party, the other Party’s Affiliates, agents, subcontractors or other persons retained by such Persons. No Party will be liable for any act or omission of another telecommunications carrier (other than an Affiliate) providing a portion of a service.
21.2 Limitations of Damages
     The Parties will not be liable to each other for any indirect, incidental consequential, reliance or special damages (including, without limitation, damages for harm to business, lost revenues, lost savings or lost profits suffered by such other parties), regardless of the form of action, whether in contract, warranty, strict liability, or tort, including without limitation negligence of any kind whether active or passive, and regardless of whether the Parties knew of the possibility that such damages could result. The Parties hereby release each other and their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, and agents from any such Claim. Nothing contained in this section will limit one Party’s liability to another Party for (i) willful or intentional misconduct (including gross negligence) or (ii) bodily injury, death, or damage to tangible real or tangible personal property proximately caused by a Party’s negligent act or omission or that of their respective agents, subcontractors or employees, nor will anything contained in this section limit the Parties’ indemnification obligations under this Agreement.
21.3 Limitations of Liability
     Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, neither Party shall be (i) liable to the other Party for the failure to perform an obligation under this Agreement (nor shall either Party be in default or in breach of any provision of this Agreement) where the failure to perform is the result of the other Party’s failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement, nor (ii) required to perform its obligations under this Agreement when such Party’s performance is contingent upon the other
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

37


 

Party’s performance and the other Party fails to perform its obligations under this Agreement.
21.4 Further Limitations
  (a)   The Parties hereto waive as against each other any claims to consequential, special, exemplary or punitive damages except to the extent consequential, special, exemplary or punitive damages are awarded to a third party against an indemnified party in circumstances in which such indemnified party is entitled to indemnification hereunder. ***
 
  (b)   In calculating any Damages to be paid under ARTICLE XIX or XXI, there shall be deducted ***.
ARTICLE XXII
CONFIDENTIALITY
22.1 General
     Each Party will hold in confidence and withhold from third parties (other than as permitted below) any and all Proprietary Information received pursuant to this Agreement, and all Proprietary Information used in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. Each Party will use such Proprietary Information only to fulfill its obligations or enforce its rights hereunder and for no other purposes unless the disclosing Party will otherwise agree in writing.
22.2 Obligation to Protect Proprietary Information
     Each Party will use commercially reasonable efforts to safeguard any Proprietary Information received pursuant to this Agreement from theft, loss or disclosure to others, and to limit access to Proprietary Information to those officers, directors and employees within the receiving Party’s organization, and subcontractors, consultants, investors, advisors, attorneys, service providers, business partners and others who reasonably require access in order to accomplish the aforesaid purposes. Proprietary Information will be protected hereunder only if it is in written or other permanent form and identified as proprietary when provided. Any such information in other than written or other permanent form when disclosed will be considered Proprietary Information that is protected hereunder, unless the Party disclosing such information advises the other Party that it is not Proprietary. The receiving Party will not be liable for unauthorized use or
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

38


 

disclosure of any such Proprietary Information if it can establish that the same: (i) is or becomes public knowledge or part of the knowledge or literature within the telecommunications industry without breach of this Agreement by the receiving Party; (ii) is known to the receiving Party without restriction as to further disclosure when received; (iii) is independently developed by the receiving Party as demonstrated by written records; or (iv) is or becomes known to the receiving Party from a third party who had a lawful right to disclose it without breach of its contractual obligations. Specific Proprietary Information will not be deemed to be available to the public or in the possession of the receiving Party merely because it is included within more general information so available or in the receiving Party’s possession.
22.3 Judicial or Administrative Proceedings
     Should the receiving Party be faced with judicial or administrative governmental action to disclose Proprietary Information received hereunder, said receiving Party will use commercially reasonable efforts to notify the originating Party in sufficient time to permit the disclosing Party to intervene in response to such action.
22.4 Loss or Unauthorized Use
     The receiving Party agrees promptly to notify the disclosing Party of the loss or unauthorized use or disclosure of any Proprietary Information.
22.5 Nondisclosure Agreements
     Each Party will have any third party or Person to whom it provides the Proprietary Information of any other Party agree in writing to be bound to protect such Proprietary Information on the same conditions as set forth herein.
22.6 Termination
     Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Parties will cease use of all Proprietary Information furnished by any other Party and will, at the direction of the furnishing Party, return or destroy all such Proprietary Information, together with all copies made hereof, except to the extent that the receiving Party retains a license to use such Proprietary Information. Upon request, the receiving Party will send the other Party a destruction certificate.
22.7 Irreparable Injury by Disclosure to Competitors
     Specifically, but without limiting the foregoing, each Party agrees and acknowledges that the disclosure by a Party of any Proprietary Information to any competitor of a Party could cause irreparable harm to such Party, and agrees not to make such a disclosure. Each Party will have the right to enforce the provision of this Section by injunctive relief, including specific performance. Personnel of one Party or its Affiliates present at the premises of one of the other Parties or its Affiliates will refrain
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

39


 

from obtaining access to information that is proprietary to the customers of such other Party or its Affiliates. Such personnel will comply with the other Party’s or its Affiliates’ reasonable measures established to restrict such access.
22.8 Survival of Nondisclosure Obligations
     The obligations set forth in this ARTICLE XXII will survive the termination of this Agreement for ***.
ARTICLE XXIII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
23.1 Americans With Disabilities Act
     The Parties agree to coordinate any activities taken collectively which may be subject to the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq.) and with the network disclosure rules adopted by the FCC in proceedings to implement that Act or any amendments to that Act.
23.2 Amendment
     No amendment of this Agreement will be valid or binding on the Parties unless such amendment will be in writing and duly executed by an authorized representative of each Party.
23.3 Assignment
     No Party may assign or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, provided, that (a) MetroPCS may subcontract its rights and obligations to an Affiliate without the consent of Royal Street, so long as MetroPCS remains responsible for compliance with the rights and obligations under this Agreement, (b) MetroPCS may assign its rights and obligation to an Affiliate with the consent of Royal Street, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned and (c) MetroPCS may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee or transferee of all or a substantial portion of the MetroPCS CMRS Systems provided that the licensee qualifications of the assignee or transferee have been approved by the FCC.
23.4 Attachments
     Any attachments to this Agreement are incorporated into the Agreement and governed by the terms hereof. In the event of any conflict between an attachment and this Agreement, the attachment will control.
23.5 Cooperation
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

40


 

     Each Party will use its respective commercially reasonable efforts to perform all actions or refrain from performing any action, in either case as reasonably requested by any other Party, in connection with the performance of the activities contemplated by this Agreement.
23.6 Costs, Expenses and Attorneys’ Fees
     Each Party will be responsible for its own expenses arising under this Agreement, including the preparation of this Agreement, except as set forth herein.
23.7 Dispute Resolution
     All disputes will be resolved as provided for in ARTICLE 17 of the LLC Agreement.
23.8 Entire Agreement
     This Agreement, the LLC Agreement and Ancillary Agreements referenced in the LLC Agreement constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matters contained therein. To the extent there is a conflict between this Agreement and the LLC Agreement, the LLC Agreement will control.
23.9 Execution
     This Agreement may be executed in counterparts each of which copies will be deemed an original.
23.10 Force Majeure
     Neither Party will be liable for any delay or failure in performance of any part of this Agreement from any cause beyond its control and without its fault or negligence including, without limitation, acts of nature, acts of civil or military authority, government regulations, embargoes, epidemics, terrorist acts, riots, insurrections, fires, explosions, earthquakes, nuclear accidents, floods, work stoppages, failures by common carriers or suppliers, equipment failure, cable cuts, power blackouts, volcanic action, other major environmental disturbances or unusually severe weather conditions. In such event, the Party affected will, upon giving prompt notice to the other Party, be excused from such performance on a day-to-day basis to the extent of such interference (and the other Party will likewise be excused from performance of its obligations on a day-to-day basis to the extent such Party’s obligations are related to the performance so interfered with). Good Faith Performance
23.11 Good Faith Performance
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

41


 

     Each Party will act in good faith in its performance under this Agreement and, in each case in which a Party’s consent or agreement is required or requested hereunder, such Party will not unreasonably withhold or delay such consent or agreement.
23.12 Governing Law
     This Agreement will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to choice of law provisions.
23.13 Insurance
     At all times during the term of this Agreement each Party will keep and maintain in force at its own expense, and covering the other Party as an additional insured, all insurance required by Applicable Law, including, but not limited to, workers’ compensation insurance, and general liability insurance in an amount to be determined promptly following the Effective Date for personal injury or death, property damage, and automobile liability with coverage for bodily injury and property damage. Upon request by the other Party, a Party will provide to the other Party evidence of such insurance (which may be provided through a program of self-insurance). Each Party must give the other Party at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of termination of any of the foregoing insurance policies.
23.14 Joint Work Product
     This Agreement is the joint work product of the Parties and has been negotiated by the Parties and their respective counsel and will be fairly interpreted in accordance with its terms. In the event of any ambiguities, no inferences will be drawn against either Party.
23.15 Labor Relations
     Each Party will be responsible for labor relations with its own employees. Each Party agrees to notify the other Party as soon as practicable whenever such Party has knowledge that a labor dispute concerning its employees is delaying or threatens to delay such Party’s timely performance of its obligations under this Agreement and will minimize impairment of service to the other Party (e.g., by using its management personnel to perform work or by other means) to the extent permitted by Applicable Law.
23.16 No Waiver
     The failure of any Party to insist upon or enforce strict performance by any other Party of any provision of this Agreement or to exercise any right under this Agreement will not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment to any extent of such Party’s right to assert or rely upon any such provision or right in that or any other instance; rather, the same will be and remain in full force and effect.
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

42


 

23.17 Nonexclusive Dealings
     This Agreement does not prevent either Party from operating Commercial Mobile Radio Service systems on its own, or with other Persons.
23.18 Notices
     Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by any Party to any other Party under any section of this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed given upon receipt if delivered personally or by telex or facsimile, the next day if by express mail or three (3) days after being sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the following addresses (or at such other address for a Party as will be specified by like notice provided that such notice will be effective only after receipt thereof):
     
If to MetroPCS:
  MetroPCS Wireless, Inc.
 
  8144 Walnut Hill Lane
 
  Suite 800
 
  Dallas, Texas 75231
 
  Attention: Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
 
  Telephone: 214-265-2550
 
   
With a copy (which will not
  Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP
constitute notice) to:
  875 15th Street N.W.
 
  Twelfth Floor
 
  Washington, DC 20005
 
  Attention: Carl. W. Northrop
 
  Telephone: 202-551-1725
 
   
If to Royal Street:
  Royal Street Communications, LLC
 
  PO Box 2365
 
  Southampton, NY 11969
 
  Attention: Robert Gerard
 
  Telephone: 631-283-9153
 
   
With a copy (which will not
  Schulte, Roth & Zabel LLP
constitute notice) to:
  919 Third Avenue
 
  New York, NY 10022
 
  Attention: Paul N. Roth, Michael R. Littenberg
 
  Telephone: 212-593-5955
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

43


 

23.19 Publicity
     The Parties agree to cooperate in the preparation and dissemination of publicity concerning this Agreement. No Party will make a public announcement about this Agreement or the Parties’ discussions related to any aspect of it, without the written consent of the other Party, which consent will not be unreasonably refused, delayed, or conditioned. Any Party may at any time make announcements which are required by Applicable Law, regulatory bodies, or stock exchange or stock association rules, so long as the Party so required to make the announcement notifies in advance the other Party of such requirement and promptly discusses with the other Party in good faith the wording of any such announcement.
23.20 Regulatory Filings
     Each Party will cooperate to the extent reasonably practicable in the preparation and filing of any regulatory filings necessary or advisable to permit the performances and operations set forth in this Agreement, including, without limitation, the provision of any information as may reasonably be necessary therefore.
23.21 Relationship of Parties
     Each Party shall perform services hereunder as an independent contractor and nothing herein shall be construed as creating any other relationship between the Parties. The relationship established by this Agreement will not be construed to create a partnership, joint venture or any other form of legal entity, nor establish any fiduciary relationship among the Parties or any affiliate of any Party. The provision of the services described in this Agreement does not establish any joint undertaking, joint venture, pooling arrangement, partnership, fiduciary relationship or formal business organization of any kind. Except as provided in this Agreement, no Party shall act as or hold itself out as agent for the other Party or create or attempt to create liabilities for any other Party.
23.22 Rules of Construction
     For purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, (a) words used in this Agreement, regardless of the gender and number specifically used, will be deemed and construed to include any other gender and any other number as the context requires; (b) as used in this Agreement, the word “including” is not limiting, and the word “or” is not exclusive; (c) except as specifically otherwise provided in this Agreement in a particular instance, a reference to a Section, Schedule, Attachment, Appendix or Exhibit is a reference to a Section of this Agreement or a Schedule, Attachment, Appendix or Exhibit hereto, and the terms “this Agreement,” “hereof,” “herein,” and other like terms refer to this Agreement as a whole, including the Schedules, Attachments, Appendices and Exhibits to this Agreement, and not solely to any particular part of this Agreement; (d) the descriptive headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement; (e) this Agreement will be construed to
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

44


 

refer to the provision of services in the United States of America; and (f) as used in this Agreement, unless otherwise specifically noted herein, the word “day” or “days” means a calendar day or days, respectively, including weekends and holidays.
23.23 Severability
     In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a court or other authority of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision hereof and the Agreement will be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein and, in lieu of each such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of the Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable, it being the intent of the Parties to maintain the benefit of the bargain for all Parties. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any Person or any circumstance, is found by the FCC to violate applicable FCC rules, regulations or policies, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to agree on a suitable and equitable provision to be substituted therefore in order to preserve the benefits to the respective Parties contemplated by and the purposes of this Agreement.
23.24 Third Party Warranties
     Each Party will enforce any rights, warranties, licenses, terms and conditions and other benefits accruing to it under each of its agreements with third parties participating in or providing equipment, software or other services used in connection with the provision of services under the Agreement wherever and whenever such Party’s failure to enforce any such rights, warranties, licenses, terms, conditions and other benefits could materially impair its ability to provide such services in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement.
23.25 Third Party Beneficiaries
     This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the Parties and their permitted assigns, and nothing herein expressed or implied will create or be construed to create any third-party beneficiary rights hereunder, other than to permitted assigns. Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement will constitute a Party as a legal representative or agent of the other Party, nor will a Party have the right or authority to assume, create or incur any liability or any obligation of any kind, express or implied, against or in the name or on behalf of the other Party unless otherwise expressly permitted by such other Party.
23.26 Use of Contractors and Agents
     Each Party will be fully responsible for the actions and conduct of their contractors, subcontractors, consultants, agents and others employed to undertake or
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

45


 

perform any act or function under this Agreement as if the Party undertook or performed the act or function through its directors, officers and employees.
23.27 Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial
  (a)   THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AND THE FEDERAL COURT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA LOCATED IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE SOLELY IN RESPECT OF THE INTERPRETATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, AND WAIVE, AND AGREE NOT TO ASSERT, AS A DEFENSE IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING FOR THE INTERPRETATION OR ENFORCEMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR OF ANY SUCH DOCUMENT, THAT IT IS NOT SUBJECT THERETO OR THAT SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING MAY NOT BE BROUGHT OR IS NOT MAINTAINABLE IN SAID COURTS OR THAT THE VENUE THEREOF MAY NOT BE APPROPRIATE OR THAT THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY SUCH DOCUMENT MAY NOT BE ENFORCED IN OR BY SUCH COURTS, AND THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY AGREE THAT ALL CLAIMS WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH A DELAWARE STATE OR FEDERAL COURT. THE PARTIES CONSENT TO AND GRANT ANY SUCH COURT JURISDICTION OVER THE PERSON OF SUCH PARTIES AND OVER THE SUBJECT MATTER OF SUCH DISPUTE.
 
  (b)   EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (II) EACH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (III) EACH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (IV) EACH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

46


 

      ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 23.27.
[signatures follow on next page]
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

47


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Services Agreement to be executed by their respective authorized representatives as of the date and year first above written.
                     
METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.       ROYAL STREET
COMMUNICATIONS, LLC
   
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Roger D. Linquist       By:   /s/ Robert A. Gerard      
 
                   
Name:
  Roger D. Linquist       Name:   ROBERT A. GERARD      
Title:
  President and CEO       Title:   CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER      

 


 

APPENDIX A
Master Equipment and Facilities Lease Agreement
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF GWI PCS1, METROPCS, C9 WIRELESS AND ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS NOT TO BE DISCLOSED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT OF SUCH PARTIES

 


 

MASTER EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES LEASE AGREEMENT
by and between
METROPCS WIRELESS, INC. and ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS, LLC
     
LESSEE:
  Royal Street Communications, LLC
Address:
  PO Box 2365
 
  Southampton, NY 11969
 
   
LESSOR:
  MetroPCS Wireless, Inc.
Address:
  8144 Walnut Hill Lane
 
  Suite 800
 
  Dallas, TX 75231
Lease Number:                     
     1. AGREEMENT. Lessor agrees to lease to Lessee and Lessee agrees to lease from Lessor the Equipment and Facilities as more fully described in any schedule (individually a “Schedule” and collectively the “Schedules”) that is or are incorporated by reference into this Master Equipment and Facilities Lease Agreement (the “Agreement”). Each Schedule shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement by listing the above-referenced Lease Number thereon and shall upon such incorporation be deemed to become part of a single integrated agreement governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, as well as by the terms and conditions set forth in the applicable Schedule. Each Schedule, when taken with this Agreement and all other Schedules, shall constitute the entire agreement. All capitalized terms herein which are not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Services Agreement, dated as of November 24, 2004, between MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Royal Street Communications, LLC (the “Services Agreement”).
     2. APPOINTMENT OF LESSOR AS PURCHASING AGENT. Lessee has delivered to Lessor copies of the Construction Plan and Technical Services Plan (collectively, the “Plans”) that have been duly approved by the Management Committee of Royal Street. Together, the Plans specify the Equipment and Facilities to be utilized in the construction and operation of the Royal Street Systems. Lessee authorizes Lessor to act as Lessee’s agent to issue a purchase order to any third party for the Equipment and Facilities (each, a “Seller”) and for necessary related goods and services in accordance with the Plans. Such purchase order shall be subject to this Section 2 and all references in this Agreement to Purchase Documents shall include such purchase order. By executing the applicable Schedule, Lessee represents and warrants that Lessee has reviewed, approved and received a copy of the applicable Purchase Documents.
     3. DELIVERY; ACCEPTANCE. Lessor shall cause the Equipment and Facilities to be delivered, at Lessee’s expense, to Lessee at the Equipment and Facilities Location (as specified in the applicable Schedule) and Lessee shall accept the Equipment and Facilities upon the later of (a) the installation of the Equipment and Facilities or (b) the satisfaction of the acceptance criteria, if

 


 

any, specified in the applicable Purchase Documents. In any event, Lessee shall evidence its acceptance of the Equipment and Facilities and commencement of this Agreement with respect thereto by executing and delivering to Lessor a commencement certificate (the “Commencement Certificate”) in a form acceptable to Lessor within five (5) business days after delivery. By executing and delivering a Commencement Certificate to Lessor, Lessee represents and warrants that it has irrevocably accepted such Equipment and Facilities under this Agreement. Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for any late payment, interest on late payment or any other similar fee or charge imposed by Seller as the result of Lessee’s failure to timely furnish its acceptance and all pertinent lease documentation.
     4. PURCHASE OF EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES. Provided that no Event of Default (as defined in Section 18) exists, and no event has occurred and is continuing that with notice or the lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default, Lessor shall be obligated to purchase the Equipment and Facilities from Seller and to lease the Equipment and Facilities to Lessee if and only if Lessor receives on or before the Latest Commencement Date (as specified in the applicable Schedule) the related Commencement Certificate and Schedule executed by Lessee, and such other documents or assurances as Lessor may reasonably request.
     5. TERM. The initial term of each Schedule shall begin on the date specified as the Commencement Date on the Commencement Certificate with respect to such Schedule and shall, unless otherwise specified in the Schedule, continue for a period of *** (the “Initial Term”) with *** renewal terms (each a “Renewal Term”), at Royal Street’s written election, beginning on the expiration of, as applicable, the Initial Term or any preceding Renewal Term (collectively, the “Term”). At any time after *** following the Commencement Date of a Schedule, Lessee may terminate such Schedule prior to the end of its Term upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to Lessor (“Termination Notice”) provided that no such Termination Notice shall be effective unless, prior to or on the effective date of such Termination Notice, Lessee shall have paid Lessor the Lessor’s Return (as hereinafter defined) for the Equipment and Facilities set forth in such Schedule. Lessee’s failure to pay the Lessor’s Return prior to or on the effective date of such Termination Notice shall render such Termination Notice ineffective and Lessee shall continue to make the Rental Payments set forth in such Schedules.
     6. RENT; LATE CHARGES. Lessee shall pay Lessor the first Rental Payment (as specified in the applicable Schedule) for the Equipment and Facilities on or before the Commencement Date of the applicable Schedule and shall pay Lessor the remaining periodic Rental Payments on or before the periodic payment dates specified in the applicable Schedule. If, pursuant to this Agreement or the applicable Schedule, the Term is extended, Lessee shall also pay all Rental Payments required with respect thereto. In the case of a breach or an Event of Default on the part of Lessee under this Agreement or any Schedule, all Rental Payments shall become immediately due and payable by Lessee without demand or notice, without any court order or other process of law and without liability to Lessee for any damages occasioned by such action, and all Equipment and Facilities are to be immediately returned to Lessor’s possession in the same condition provided to the Lessee, less reasonable wear and tear. Lessor is under no duty to mitigate any damages caused by Lessee’s breach or Event of Default. All Rental Payments will be sent to Lessor’s above-referenced address, or to such other address as specified by Lessor in writing. Lessee agrees to pay Lessor interest at the rate of *** per month (or such lesser rate as is the

 


 

maximum rate allowable under applicable law) on any Rental Payment (or other amount due hereunder) that is not paid within ten (10) days of its due date.
     7. INSURANCE. At its own expense, Lessee shall provide and maintain the following insurance: (a) insurance against the loss or theft of or damage to the Equipment and Facilities for the greater of the Stipulated Loss Value (computed as described in the applicable Schedule) or full replacement value thereof, naming Lessor as a loss payee; and (b) public liability and third-party property damage insurance, naming Lessor as an additional insured. Such insurance shall be in a form, amount and with companies reasonably satisfactory to Lessor, shall contain the insurer’s agreement to give Lessor thirty (30) days’ prior written notice before cancellation or material change thereof, and shall be payable to Lessor regardless of any act, omission or breach by Lessee. Lessee shall deliver to Lessor the insurance policies or copies thereof or certificates of such insurance on or before the Commencement Date of the applicable Schedule, and at such other times as Lessor may reasonably request. If no Event of Default exists, and no event has occurred and is continuing that with notice or the lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default, the proceeds of any insurance required under clause (a) hereof that have been paid to Lessor shall be applied against Lessee’s obligations to Lessor under Section 12 hereof.
     8. TAXES. Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for (or pay directly, but only if instructed by Lessor) all taxes, fees, and assessments that may be imposed by any taxing authority on the Equipment and Facilities, on its purchase, ownership, delivery, possession, operation, rental, lease, return to Lessor or its purchase by Lessee (collectively, “Taxes”); provided, however, that Lessee shall not be liable for any such Taxes (whether imposed by the United States of America or by any other domestic or foreign taxing authority) imposed on or measured by Lessor’s net income or tax preference items. Lessee’s obligation includes, but is not limited to, the obligation to pay all license and registration fees and all sales, use, excise, personal property and other taxes and governmental charges, together with any penalties, fines and interest thereon, that may be imposed during the Term of the applicable Schedule. Lessee is liable for these Taxes whether they are imposed upon Lessor, Lessee, the Equipment and Facilities, this Agreement or the applicable Schedule. If Lessee is required by law or administrative practice to make any report or return with respect to such Taxes, Lessee shall promptly advise Lessor thereof in writing and shall cooperate with Lessor to ensure that such reports are properly filed and accurately reflect Lessor’s interest in the Equipment and Facilities. Lessor has no obligation to contest any such Taxes; however, Lessee may do so provided that: (a) Lessee does so in its own name and at its own expense; (b) the contest does not and will not result in any lien attaching to any Equipment and Facilities or otherwise jeopardize Lessor’s right to any Equipment and Facilities; and (c) Lessee indemnifies, defends, and holds harmless Lessor for all expenses (including legal fees and costs), liabilities and losses that Lessor incurs as a result of any such contest.
     9. REPAIRS; USE; LOCATION; LABELS. Lessee shall: (a) at its own expense, keep the Equipment and Facilities in good repair, condition and working order and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended engineering and maintenance standards by personnel certified to work on such Equipment and Facilities; (b) use the Equipment and Facilities lawfully and exclusively in connection with its business operations and for the purpose for which the Equipment and Facilities was designed and intended; and (c) without Lessor’s prior written consent, not move the Equipment and Facilities from the Equipment and Facilities Location. If

 


 

Lessor supplies Lessee with labels stating that the Equipment and Facilities is owned by Lessor, Lessee shall affix such labels to the Equipment and Facilities pursuant to Lessor’s instructions.
     10. ACCESS; MAINTENANCE; INSPECTION; ALTERATIONS. Lessee shall have Unfettered Access to the Equipment and Facilities. At its own expense, Lessee shall: (a) enter into and maintain a maintenance agreement for the Equipment and Facilities with the manufacturer or other party certified to maintain such Equipment and Facilities who is acceptable to Lessor; (b) maintain the Equipment and Facilities in the same condition as when delivered, subject only to ordinary wear and tear, and in good operating order and appearance; (c) make all alterations or additions to the Equipment and Facilities that may be required or supplied by the Seller, the manufacturer, applicable regulatory agencies, or which is otherwise legally necessary; and (d) make no other alterations or additions to the Equipment and Facilities (except for alterations or additions that will not impair the value or performance of the Equipment and Facilities and that are readily removable without damage to the Equipment and Facilities). Any modifications, alterations, repairs, or additions that Lessee makes to the Equipment and Facilities (except as permitted by Section 10(d) above) shall become Lessor’s property and shall also be deemed to be Equipment and Facilities. Upon request, Lessor, or any party designated by Lessor, shall have the right to inspect the Equipment and Facilities and Lessee’s applicable maintenance agreement and records at any reasonable time.
     11. PERSONAL PROPERTY; LIENS AND ENCUMBRANCES; TITLE. The Equipment and Facilities shall at all times remain personal property, notwithstanding that the Equipment and Facilities, or any part thereof, may be (or becomes) affixed or attached to real property or any improvements thereon. Except for the interest of Lessor, Lessee shall keep the Equipment and Facilities free and clear of all levies, liens and encumbrances of any nature whatsoever. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the Equipment and Facilities shall at all times remain the property of Lessor and Lessee shall have no right, title or interest therein.
     12. RISK OF LOSS. As between Lessor and Lessee, Lessee shall bear the entire risk of loss, theft, destruction or damage to the Equipment and Facilities from any cause whatsoever or requisition of the Equipment and Facilities by any governmental entity or the taking of title to the Equipment and Facilities by eminent domain or otherwise (collectively, a “Loss”). Lessee shall advise Lessor in writing within ten (10) days of any such Loss. Except as provided below, no such Loss shall relieve Lessee of the obligation to pay Lessor Rental Payments and all other amounts owed hereunder. In the event of any such Loss, Lessor, at its option, may: (a) if the Loss has not materially impaired the Equipment and Facilities (in Lessor’s reasonable judgment), require Lessee, upon Lessor’s demand, to place the Equipment and Facilities in good condition and repair reasonably satisfactory to Lessor; or (b) if the Loss has materially impaired the Equipment and Facilities (in Lessor’s reasonable judgment), require Lessee, upon Lessor’s demand, to pay Lessor ***. Upon Lessor’s full receipt of such Lessor’s Return: (y) the applicable Schedule shall terminate, and except as provided in Section 24, Lessee shall be relieved of all

 


 

obligations under the applicable Schedule; and (z) Lessor shall transfer all of its interest in the Equipment and Facilities to Lessee “AS IS, WHERE IS,” and without any warranty, express or implied from Lessor, other than the absence of any liens or claims by, through, or under Lessor. Notwithstanding clause (b) in this Section 12, Lessor may, at its option, elect to have Lessee continue Rental Payments under the applicable Schedule, without interruption, and replace the damaged Equipment and Facilities with Equipment and Facilities of identical model, manufacturer and condition (“Replacement Equipment and Facilities”), in which case Lessee shall cause the Replacement Equipment and Facilities to be delivered to a location acceptable to Lessor and shall convey title (lien free) to the Lessor whereupon the Replacement Equipment and Facilities shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the applicable Schedule.
     13. NON-CANCELABLE NET LEASE. Except as provided in Section 5 hereof, all leases hereunder shall be non-cancelable net leases, and Lessee agrees that it has an unconditional obligation to pay all rental payments and other amounts when due. Lessee may abate or reduce rental payments or any other amounts due, or may set off any charges against those amounts, provided, such abatement, reduction or set off is for obligations between Lessor and Lessee. Lessee is not entitled to recoupments, cross-claims, counterclaims or any other defenses to any rental payments or other amounts due hereunder, whether those defenses arise out of claims by Lessee against Lessor, Seller, this Agreement, any schedule or otherwise. Neither defects in Equipment and Facilities, damage to it, nor its loss, destruction or late delivery, shall terminate this Agreement or any schedule, or affect Lessee’s obligations hereunder. Unless Lessee’s obligation to pay rental payments and other amounts has been terminated pursuant to the express terms of this Agreement, all rental payments and other amounts shall continue to be due and payable hereunder.
     14. LESSOR DISCLAIMERS; LIMITATION OF REMEDIES. It is specifically understood and agreed that: (a) Lessor shall not be deemed to have made any representation, warranty or promise made by Seller, neither Seller nor Lessor shall act as, or be deemed to be, an agent of the other, and Lessor shall not be bound by, or liable for, any representation or promise made by Seller; (b) Lessor shall not be liable for any failure of any Equipment and Facilities or any delay in its delivery or installation; (c) Lessor shall not be liable for any breach of any warranty that Seller may have made; (d) Lessee has selected all Equipment and Facilities; (e) Lessor is not a manufacturer of any Equipment and Facilities; and (f) the Equipment and Facilities are provided by Lessor “AS-IS” without any warranties of any kind from Lessor and Lessor has not made and does not now make any representation or warranty, express or implied, with respect to the design, compliance with specifications, operation, or condition of any Equipment and Facilities (or any part thereof), the merchantability or fitness of Equipment and Facilities for a particular purpose, or issues regarding patent infringement, title and the like. It is further agreed that Lessor shall have no liability to Lessee, Lessee’s customers, or any third parties for any direct, indirect, special, punitive, treble, or consequential damages arising out of this Agreement or any schedule or concerning any Equipment and Facilities, or for any damages based on strict or absolute tort liability; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall deprive Lessee of any rights it may have against any person other than Lessor. Lessee shall look solely to Seller for any and all claims and warranties relating to the Equipment and Facilities. Lessor hereby assigns to Lessee for the term of the applicable schedule the right to enforce, provided no Event of Default then exists under this Agreement and such enforcement is pursued in Lessee’s name, any representations, warranties and agreements made by Seller pursuant to the purchase documents, and Lessee may retain any

 


 

recovery resulting from any such enforcement efforts. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Lessee waives any and all rights and remedies conferred upon a Lessee by Article 2a of the UCC and any rights now or hereinafter conferred by statute or otherwise that may limit or modify Lessor’s rights as described in this section or other sections of this Agreement. In the event of any breach of any warranty or obligation under this Agreement, Lessee’s sole remedy shall be for Lessor to reperform the obligation hereunder. LESSEE’S SOLE REMEDIES AGAINST LESSOR OR LESSOR’S SUPPLIERS FOR LOSS OR DAMAGE RESULTING FROM, ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH, OR CAUSED BY, EITHER DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, DEFECTIVE ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES, OR PARTIAL OR TOTAL FAILURE OF THE EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, SHALL BE LESSEE’S RIGHT TO RECEIVE THE SELLER’S REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT SERVICE DESCRIBED IN ITS LIMITED WARRANTY. The foregoing shall be Lessee’s sole and exclusive remedies at law or in equity, except for Lessee’s right to claim damages for bodily injury to any person caused by the negligence of Lessor. The parties further agree that the foregoing allocation of risk shall, in the event of Seller’s inability, despite good faith efforts, to meet its warranty obligations hereunder, remain in effect regardless of whether the exclusive remedies provided for under this Section 14 then satisfy the essential purposes for which they were intended, or otherwise provide Lessee with a fair quantum of relief.
     15. LESSEE WARRANTIES. Lessee represents, warrants and covenants to Lessor that: (a) Lessee is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under applicable law; (b) Lessee has the power and authority to enter into this Agreement, all Schedules and all other related instruments or documents hereunder (collectively, the “Fundamental Agreements”); (c) such Fundamental Agreements are enforceable against Lessee in accordance with their terms and do not violate or create a default under any instrument or agreement binding on Lessee; (d) there are no pending or threatened actions or proceedings before any court or administrative agency that would have a material adverse effect on Lessee or any Fundamental Agreement, unless such actions are disclosed to Lessor and consented to in writing by Lessor; (e) Lessee shall comply in all material respects with all Federal, state and municipal laws and regulations the violation of which could have a material adverse effect upon the Equipment and Facilities or Lessee’s performance of its obligations under any Fundamental Agreement; (f) Lessee shall obtain all governmental approvals necessary for it to enter into and perform each Fundamental Agreement; (g) each Fundamental Agreement shall be effective against all creditors of Lessee under applicable law, including fraudulent conveyance and bulk transfer laws, and shall raise no presumption of fraud; (h) financial statements and other related information furnished by Lessee shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and shall present Lessee’s financial position as of the dates given on such statements; (i) Lessee shall furnish Lessor with its certified financial statements, opinions of counsel, resolutions, and such other information and documents as Lessor may reasonably request; (j) all Equipment and Facilities is leased for business purposes only, and not for personal, family or household purposes; and (k) all Equipment and Facilities is tangible personal property and shall not become a fixture or real property under Lessee’s use thereof. Lessee shall be deemed to have reaffirmed the foregoing warranties each time it executes any Fundamental Agreement.

 


 

     16. GENERAL INDEMNITY. Lessee shall indemnify, hold harmless, and, if so requested by Lessor, defend Lessor against all claims (“Claims”) directly or indirectly arising out of or connected with the Equipment and Facilities or any Fundamental Agreement. Claims refers to all losses, liabilities, damages, penalties, expenses (including legal fees and costs), claims, actions, and suits, whether based on a theory of strict liability of Lessor or otherwise, and includes, but is not limited to, matters regarding: (a) the selection, manufacture, purchase, acceptance, rejection, ownership, delivery, lease, possession, maintenance, use, condition, return or operation of the Equipment and Facilities; (b) any latent defects or other defects in any Equipment and Facilities, whether or not discoverable by Lessor or by Lessee; (c) any patent, trademark, or copyright infringement; and (d) the condition of any Equipment and Facilities arising or existing during Lessee’s use.
     17. SURRENDER; EXTENSION OF TERM. Unless Lessee purchases the Equipment and Facilities or renews the Term pursuant to the applicable Schedule, or acquires the Equipment and Facilities pursuant to Section 12 hereof, Lessee shall, at its expense, deinstall, inspect and properly pack the Equipment and Facilities, and return the Equipment and Facilities at the expiration of the Term, free of all liens and rights of others, by delivering it on board such common carrier as Lessor may specify with freight prepaid to any destination within the United States of America specified by Lessor. The Equipment and Facilities shall be accompanied by an original copy of the relocation inventory or other applicable form completed by the agent performing the deinstallation. If Lessor so requests, Lessor and its agents shall have the right to enter upon any premises where Equipment and Facilities may be located at a reasonable time to perform any of Lessee’s tasks noted above in this Section 17, and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for all costs and expenses Lessor incurs in fulfilling such tasks. Lessee agrees that the Equipment and Facilities, when returned to Lessor, shall be in the same condition as when delivered to Lessee, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and certified as being eligible for the manufacturer’s generally available maintenance contract at then prevailing rates, without Lessor incurring any expense to repair, rehabilitate or certify such Equipment and Facilities (Lessee shall be liable for all costs and expenses Lessor incurs to place the Equipment and Facilities in such condition). If requested by Lessor, Lessee, at its expense, shall store the Equipment and Facilities on its premises for a reasonable period, not to exceed ten (10) business days during which period the Equipment and Facilities shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, except for the obligation to make Rental Payments. In all instances where Lessee is returning Equipment and Facilities to Lessor, Lessee shall give Lessor written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of the applicable Schedule. If Lessee fails to provide the aforementioned notice or return the Equipment and Facilities to Lessor in the time and manner provided above, the Term shall be extended in accordance with the terms of the applicable Schedule. If any Schedule is extended pursuant to the preceding sentence, Lessee shall continue to pay the higher of the periodic Rental Payments in effect prior to the expiration of the then existing term of the applicable Schedule (whether it be the Initial Term or any Renewal Term) or such other periodic rental payment amount as is specified for such extension period in the Schedule, and all other provisions of this Agreement shall continue to apply.
     18. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement and all Schedules: (a) Lessee fails to pay any Rental Payment or any other amount payable to Lessor hereunder within ten (10) days after its due date; or (b) Lessee fails to

 


 

perform or observe any other representation, warranty, covenant, condition or agreement to be performed or observed by Lessee hereunder or in any other agreement with Lessor, or in any agreement with any other person that in Lessor’s sole opinion is a material agreement, and Lessee fails to cure any such breach within ten (10) days after notice thereof; or (c) any representation or warranty made by Lessee hereunder, or in any other instrument provided to Lessor by Lessee, proves to be incorrect in any material respect when made; or (d) Lessee makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, whether voluntary or involuntary; or (e) a proceeding under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement of debts, insolvency or receivership law is filed by or against Lessee or Lessee takes any action to authorize any of the foregoing matters; or (f) Lessee becomes insolvent or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, the Equipment and Facilities are levied against, seized or attached, or Lessee seeks to effectuate a bulk sale of Lessee’s inventory or assets; or (g) Lessee voluntarily or involuntarily dissolves or is dissolved, or terminates or is terminated; or (h) any guarantor under this Agreement is the subject of an event listed in clauses (b) through (g) above; or (i) any letter of credit required pursuant to any Schedule is breached, canceled, terminated or not renewed during the Term of any such Schedule.
     19. REMEDIES. If an Event of Default occurs, Lessor may, in its sole discretion, exercise one or more of the following remedies: (a) terminate this Agreement or any or all Schedules; or (b) take possession of, disable or render unusable, any Equipment and Facilities wherever the Equipment and Facilities may be located, without demand or notice, without any court order or other process of law and without liability to Lessee for any damages occasioned by such action, and no such action shall constitute a termination of any Schedule; or (c) require Lessee to deliver the Equipment and Facilities at a location designated by Lessor; or (d) declare the Lessor’s Return (as defined in Section 12 hereof and calculated by Lessor as of the date of the Event of Default) for each applicable Schedule due and payable as liquidated damages for loss of a bargain and not as a penalty and in lieu of any further Rental Payments under the applicable Schedule; or (e) proceed by court action to enforce performance by Lessee of any Schedule and/or to recover all damages and expenses incurred by Lessor by reason of any Event of Default; or (f) terminate any other agreement that Lessor may have with Lessee; or (g) exercise any rights available to Lessor under the Uniform Computer Information Transactions Act (h) exercise any other right or remedy available to Lessor at law or in equity. Also, Lessee shall pay Lessor all costs and expenses (including legal fees and costs and fees of collection agencies) incurred by Lessor in enforcing any of the terms, conditions or provisions of this Agreement. Upon repossession or surrender of any Equipment and Facilities , Lessor shall lease, sell or otherwise dispose of the Equipment and Facilities in a commercially reasonable manner, with or without notice and at public or private sale, and apply the net proceeds thereof (after deducting all expenses, including legal fees and costs, incurred in connection therewith) to the amounts owed to Lessor hereunder; provided, however, that Lessee shall remain liable to Lessor for any deficiency that remains after any sale or lease of such Equipment and Facilities. Lessee agrees that with respect to any notice of a sale required by law to be given ten (10) days’ notice shall constitute reasonable notice. These remedies are cumulative of every other right or remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, and may be enforced concurrently therewith or from time to time.
     20. LESSOR’S PERFORMANCE OF LESSEE’S OBLIGATIONS. If Lessee fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder, Lessor may perform any act or make any payment that

 


 

Lessor deems reasonably necessary for the maintenance and preservation of the Equipment and Facilities and Lessor’s interests therein; provided , however , that the performance of any act or payment by Lessor shall not be deemed a waiver of, or release Lessee from, the obligation at issue. All sums so paid by Lessor, together with expenses, including legal fees and costs, incurred by Lessor in connection therewith, shall be paid to Lessor by Lessee immediately upon demand.
     21. FINANCING OF ADDITIONS. If, under any Schedule, Lessee intends to make any addition to the Equipment and Facilities, Lessee may, in writing, request Lessor to finance the costs of such addition. Lessee shall provide Lessor with the terms under which it hopes to obtain the financing, and upon receiving such a request Lessor shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether to provide such financing. Lessor is under no obligation to make or finance additions to the Equipment and Facilities.
     22. ASSIGNMENT BY LESSOR. Lessor shall have the unqualified right to assign, pledge, transfer, mortgage or otherwise convey any of its interests hereunder or in any Schedule or any Equipment and Facilities, in whole or in part, without notice to, or consent of, Lessee. If any Schedule is assigned, Lessee shall: (a) unless otherwise specified by the Lessor and the assignee specified by Lessor (the “Assignee”), pay all amounts due under the applicable Schedule to such Assignee, notwithstanding any defense, setoff or counterclaim whatsoever that Lessee may have against Lessor or Assignee; (b) not permit the applicable Schedule to be amended or the terms thereof waived without the prior written consent of the Assignee; (c) not require the Assignee to perform any obligations of Lessor, other than those that are expressly assumed in writing by such Assignee; and (d) execute such acknowledgments thereto as may be requested by Lessor. It is further agreed that: (x) each assignee shall be entitled to all of Lessor’s rights, powers and privileges under the applicable Schedule, to the extent assigned; (y) any Assignee may reassign its rights and interest under the applicable Schedule with the same force and effect as the assignment described herein; and (z) any payments received by the Assignee from Lessee with respect to the assigned portion of the Schedule shall, to the extent thereof, discharge the obligations of Lessee to Lessor with respect to the assigned portion of the Schedule. Lessee acknowledges that any assignment or transfer by Lessor or any assignee shall not materially change Lessee’s obligations under the assigned schedule.
     23. ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASE BY LESSEE. Without Lessor’s prior written consent, Lessee shall not assign this Agreement or any Schedule or assign its rights in or sublet the Equipment and Facilities or any interest therein and any such assignment or sublease without Lessor’s consent shall be void; provided, however, that Lessee may sublease or assign a Schedule to an affiliate or a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lessee if: (a) Lessee and such sublessee or assignee execute and deliver to Lessor a writing (to be provided by Lessor) whereby the sublessee or assignee agrees to assume joint and several liability with Lessee for the full and prompt payment, observance and performance when due of all of the obligations of the Lessee under such Schedule; and (b) Lessor consents to such sublease or assignment, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. In no event, however, shall any such sublease or assignment discharge or diminish any of Lessee’s obligations to Lessor under such Schedule, nor shall Lessee move or relocate any of the Equipment and Facilities, in whole or in part, without Lessor’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Lessor’s sole discretion.

 


 

     24. SURVIVAL; QUIET ENJOYMENT. All representations, warranties and covenants made by Lessee hereunder shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall remain in full force and effect. All of Lessor’s rights, privileges, and indemnities, to the extent they are fairly attributable to events or conditions occurring or existing on or prior to the termination of this Agreement, shall survive such termination and be enforceable by Lessor and any successors and assigns. So long as no Event of Default exists, and no event has occurred and is continuing that with notice or the lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default, neither Lessor nor any Assignee will interfere with Lessee’s quiet enjoyment of the Equipment and Facilities.
     25. FILING FEES; FURTHER ASSURANCES; NOTICES. Lessee will promptly reimburse Lessor for any filing or recordation fees or expenses (including lien search fees, legal fees and costs) incurred by Lessor in perfecting or protecting its interests in the Equipment and Facilities and under this Agreement. Lessee shall promptly execute and deliver to Lessor such documents and take such further action as Lessor may from time to time reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement and to protect the rights and remedies of Lessor created or intended to be created hereunder. All notices under this Agreement shall be sent to the respective party at its address set forth on the front page of this Agreement or on the applicable Schedule or at such other address as the parties may provide to each other in writing from time to time. Any such notice mailed to said address shall be effective when deposited in the United States mail, duly addressed and with first-class postage prepaid.
     26. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL; SUCCESSORS. Lessee and Lessor each irrevocably waive all right to trial by jury in any lawsuit, proceeding, counterclaim or any other litigation or proceeding upon, arising out of, or related to, this Agreement, any other fundamental agreement, or the dealings or relationship between or among Lessor, Lessee, Seller or any other person. This Agreement and all Schedules inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the permitted successors or assigns of Lessor and Lessee.
     27. NO WAIVER; LESSOR APPROVAL. Any failure of Lessor to require strict performance by Lessee, or any written waiver by Lessor of any provision hereof, shall not constitute consent or waiver of any other breach of the same or any other provision hereof. Neither this Agreement nor any other Fundamental Agreement shall be binding upon Lessor unless and until executed by Lessor.
     28. CAPTIONS; COUNTERPARTS; LESSOR’S AFFILIATES. The captions contained in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. Only one counterpart of the Schedule shall be marked “Original” (the “Original”), and all other counterparts thereof shall be marked as, and shall be, duplicates. To the extent that any Schedule constitutes chattel paper (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any applicable jurisdiction), no security interest in such Schedule may be created through the transfer or possession of any counterpart other than the Original. Lessee understands and agrees that MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. or any affiliate or subsidiary thereof, may, as Lessor, execute Schedules under this Agreement, in which event the terms and conditions of the applicable Schedule and this Agreement as it relates to the Lessor under such Schedule shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of such entity executing such Schedule as Lessor, as well as any successors or assigns of such entity.

 


 

     29. CHOICE OF LAW; INTEGRATION; ENTIRE AGREEMENT. Each lease under this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws (as opposed to conflicts of law provisions) of the state of Delaware. If any provision of this Agreement or such Schedule shall be prohibited by or invalid under that law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement or such Schedule. Lessor and Lessee consent to the jurisdiction of any local, state or Federal court located within the State, and waive any objection relating to improper venue or forum non conveniens to the conduct of any proceeding in any such court. This Agreement and all other Fundamental Agreements executed by both Lessor and Lessee constitute the entire agreement between Lessor and Lessee relating to the leasing of the Equipment and Facilities, and supersede all prior agreements relating thereto, whether written or oral, and may not be amended or modified except in a writing signed by the parties hereto.
[signature page to follow]

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the ___ day of                      , 200___.
                     
ROYAL STREET       METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.    
COMMUNICATIONS, LLC       (Lessor)    
(Lessee)                
 
                   
By:
          By:        
 
                   
(Lessee Authorized Signature)       (Lessor Authorized Signature)    
 
                   
 
                   
             
(Type/Print Name)       (Type/Print Name)    
 
                   
 
                   
             
(Title)       (Title)    
 
                   
 
                   
             
(Date)       (Date)    

 


 

APPENDIX B
Wholesale Services Fees
1.   Rounding
 
    Voice services call lengths will be measured on a per call basis to the *** and the aggregate number of minutes will be rounded to the next whole minute once every month. Voice services calls will be rated at ***, and rounded to ***.
 
2.   Airtime Rates
 
    Royal Street will charge MetroPCS *** set forth below for the total minutes of *** voice PCS Service. The rates include domestic toll rates and any applicable interconnection charges.
***
3.   Minimum Volume
 
    If by the end of the first *** term MetroPCS has not generated voice service MOUs in any *** greater than or equal to *** of the engineered capacity of the system during the peak usage period on the most heavily utilized cell site, then the arrangement shall be converted for the following *** to a take or pay arrangement where MetroPCS pays for *** of the engineered peak usage capacity regardless of its actual traffic volumes.
 
    If by the end of the second *** term MetroPCS has not generated voice service MOUs in any *** greater than or equal to *** of the engineered capacity of the system during the peak usage period on the most heavily utilized cell site, then the arrangement shall be converted for the following *** to a take or pay arrangement where MetroPCS pays for *** of the engineered peak usage capacity regardless of its actual traffic volumes
 
    If by the end of the third *** term MetroPCS has not generated voice service MOUs in any *** greater than or equal to *** of the engineered capacity of the system during the peak usage period on the most heavily utilized cell site, then the arrangement shall be converted for the

 


 

    following *** to a take or pay arrangement where MetroPCS pays for *** of the engineered peak usage capacity regardless of its actual traffic volumes.
 
    The Parties shall negotiate in good faith to agree upon the minimum volume for which MetroPCS will pay inn order to meet the minimum percentages specified in this section. In the absence of agreement, the minimum volume will be set utilizing the dispute resolution procedures set forth in this Agreement.
 
4.   Included Features
 
    Call Waiting
Three Way Calling
Caller ID
Caller ID Blocking
Basic Network Fraud Monitoring
Voicemail
Toll Blocking

 

 

Exhibit 10.7
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
CREDIT AGREEMENT
by and between
METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.
and
ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS, LLC
 
***   Where this marking appears throughout this Exhibit 10.7, information has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and such information has been filed with the SEC separately.

 


 

SECOND AMENDED AND
RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
     This Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (this “Credit Agreement”) is executed on December 15,2005 (the “Amendment Effective Date”) as of December 22, 2004, by and between MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Lender” or “MetroPCS”), and Royal Street Communications, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Borrower”).
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, Borrower and MetroPCS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”) entered into that certain Credit Agreement dated as of December 22, 2004 (the “Original Agreement”) and certain ancillary documents related thereto, including a Promissory Note, Security Agreement and Pledge Agreement (the “Original Ancillary Documents”);
     WHEREAS, Borrower and Holdings agreed to amend and restate the Original Agreement pursuant to the terms and conditions of that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of January 24, 2005 (the “Existing Credit Agreement”), and agreed to amend and restate the Original Ancillary Documents, among other Loan Documents (as defined in each of the Original Agreement), pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement);
     WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2005 (the “Assignment Agreement”), Holdings assigned all of its right, title and interest in and to the Loans (as defined in each of the Original Agreement and the Existing Credit Agreement), the Original Agreement, the Existing Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as defined in each of the Original Agreement and the Existing Credit Agreement) to MetroPCS, and MetroPCS assumed all of the obligations of Holdings in respect of the foregoing, thereby becoming the Lender (as defined in the each of the Original Agreement and the Existing Credit Agreement) for all purposes in respect of the Loans (as defined in each of the Original Agreement and the Existing Credit Agreement), the Original Agreement, the Existing Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as defined in each of the Original Agreement and the Existing Credit Agreement);
     WHEREAS, Borrower and MetroPCS desire to amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement to provide for, among other things, an increase in the Loan Commitment Amount;
     WHEREAS, Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the security interest granted to Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents (as defined in each of the Original Agreement and the Existing Credit Agreement) shall remain outstanding and in full force and effect, without interruption or impairment of any kind, in accordance with their terms, as renewed, amended or restated pursuant to the Loan Documents (as defined herein), and shall continue to secure (i) the due and punctual payment of (A) the principal and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Note (as defined herein), when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, and (B) all other monetary obligations, including but not limited to, fees, costs,

 


 

expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of Borrower under any of the Loan Documents (as defined herein), and (ii) the due and punctual performance of all covenants, agreements, obligations and liabilities of Borrower under or pursuant to the Loan Documents (as defined herein). (The items in clauses (i) and (ii) are collectively the “Obligations.”);
     WHEREAS, Borrower acknowledges and confirms that (i) the Obligations represent, among other things, the amendment, restatement, and modification of all indebtedness, liabilities, borrowings and advances arising in connection with the Original Agreement, the Existing Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as defined in each of the Original Agreement and the Existing Credit Agreement); (ii) all liens and encumbrances evidenced by the Loan Documents (as defined in each of the Original Agreement and the Existing Credit Agreement) are hereby ratified, confirmed and continued as modified, amended or restated under the Loan Documents (as defined herein); (iii) this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as defined herein) are intended to restate, renew, extend, consolidate, amend and modify the Original Agreement, the Existing Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as defined in each of the Original Agreement and the Existing Credit Agreement) in their entirety; and (iv) this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as defined herein) are not intended to constitute, and shall not constitute, a novation and shall in no way adversely affect or impair the priority of the liens granted in connection with the Original Agreement, the Existing Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as defined in each of the Original Agreement and the Existing Credit Agreement).
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree to amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement in its entirety and further agree as follows:
Section 1: Defined Terms
     In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Credit Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings in this Credit Agreement:
      “Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to a Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling, Controlled by or under Common Control with such Person at any time during the period for which the determination of affiliation is being made.
      “Applicable Law” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any federal, state, local or foreign law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, Judgment, order, injunction, decree, arbitration award, agency requirement, franchise, license or permit of, or any interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by, any Governmental Entity, whether in effect as of the Effective Date or thereafter, and in each case as amended, applicable to such Person or its Affiliates or their respective assets.

-2-


 

      “Auction” shall mean that Broadband PCS Auction No. 58 conducted by the FCC as described in Public Notice, DA-04-3005 (rel. Sept. 16, 2004), as the same may be rescheduled or modified by the FCC.
      “Borrower” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
      “Borrower Change in Control Event” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) there shall be consummated, or if Borrower enters into any agreement which would result in (x) any consolidation or merger of Borrower in which Borrower is not the continuing or surviving entity, other than a merger of Borrower in which the holders of the equity securities of Borrower immediately prior to the merger have the same proportionate ownership of the equity securities entitled to vote for members of Borrower’s Board of Directors (or equivalent governing body) of the surviving entity immediately after the merger, or (y) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of Borrower or (ii) the members of Borrower approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Borrower.
      “Build-Out” shall mean the construction by the Borrower of a Commercial Mobile Radio Service system in accordance with the FCC Rules, 47 C.F.R. § 24.203.
      “Business Day” shall mean a day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday or (ii) a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed in New York City.
      “Closing Date” shall mean each date on which Lender makes a Loan to Borrower.
      “Commercial Mobile Radio Service” or “CMRS” shall mean a commercial mobile radio service as defined in 47 C.F.R. § 20.3.
      “Commitment Period” shall mean the period commencing on the Effective Date and expiring on the earliest to occur of ***.
      “Control” (including the correlative meanings of the terms “Controlled by,” “Controlling” and “under Common Control with”) as used with respect to any Person, shall

-3-


 

mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
      “Credit Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
      “Effective Date” shall mean December 22, 2004.
      “Equipment and Facilities Lease Agreement” means that certain Equipment and Facilities Lease Agreement entered into between MetroPCS and Borrower, as amended.
      “Event of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.
      “FCC” means the Federal Communications Commission or any successor thereto.
      “FCC Rules” shall mean any applicable rules and regulations of the FCC.
      “Financing Statements” shall mean such UCC financing statements and other instruments reasonably required by the Lender to create, perfect and/or maintain the security interests granted under the Pledge Agreement and the Security Agreement.
      “GAAP” shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles, as in effect from time to time.
      “Governmental Entity” shall mean any government or political subdivision thereof, including without limitation, any regional or municipal authority, any governmental department, ministry, commission, board, bureau, agency, regulatory authority, instrumentality, judicial or administrative body, having jurisdiction over the matter or matters in question.
      “GWI” shall mean GWIPCS1, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
      “Holdings” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
      “Holding Subsidiary” shall mean a corporation or LLC formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, all of the capital stock or LLC units of which shall be owned by Borrower, which corporation or LLC shall have as its sole purpose to hold the License(s) and assets in a given Market (as such term is defined in the LLC Agreement) to be used by Borrower in connection with the Royal Street System in such Market.
      “Judgment” shall mean any judgment, writ, order, injunction, award or decree of any court, judge, justice or magistrate, including any bankruptcy court or arbiter, and any order of or by any other Governmental Entity.
      “Lease” shall mean any license, easement or other agreement pursuant to which Borrower acquires rights to possess, occupy and/or use real property, including without limitation as a tenant, licensee or beneficiary of an easement.

-4-


 

      “Leasehold Mortgages” shall mean one or more leasehold mortgages in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, or such other documentation reasonably required by Lender from time to time to ensure that Lender shall have a first priority lien on all Leases and other real property interests of Borrower.
      “Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
      “Lender Credit Facility” shall mean any loan commitment, and credit, loan, or other agreement, entered into by Lender or any Affiliate of Lender and a third party wherein such third party loans to Lender, and Lender borrows from such third party, funds or other monies which are used to make Loans to Borrower.
      “License” shall mean any license issued by the FCC for which Borrower or a Holding Subsidiary is a Successful Bidder or any other license issued by the FCC now or hereafter held by the Borrower or a Holding Subsidiary.
      “Litigation” shall mean any claim, action, suit, proceeding, arbitration, investigation, hearing or other activity or procedure that could result in a Judgment, and any notice of any of the foregoing.
      “LLC Agreement” shall mean the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Royal Street Communications, LLC by and among GWI, MetroPCS and C9 Wireless, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, executed on December 15, 2005 as of November 24, 2004, as amended from time to time.
      “Loan Commitment Amount” shall mean the amount of the Loans needed to permit Borrower to acquire the Licenses and to construct and operate the Royal Street System, provided, however, that (i) in no event shall the Loan be less than $293,599,250; and (ii) in no event shall any Loan over and above $293,599,250 exceed the lesser of $50,000,000 or the maximum amount in excess of $293,599,250 that Lender is permitted to lend to Borrower pursuant to the Lender Credit Facility.
      “Loan Documents” shall mean this Credit Agreement, the Note, the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement and any separate written agreement entered into between the Borrower and Lender or any agent of Lender, and all other agreements, instruments, certificates and other documents at any time executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection herewith or therewith, as the same may be supplemented, amended or otherwise modified from time to time after the Amendment Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Loan Documents shall not include the LLC Agreement, the Services Agreement or any agreement, instrument, certificate or other document at any time executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the LLC Agreement or the Services Agreement as the same may be supplemented, amended or otherwise modified from time to time after the Amendment Effective Date.
      “Loan Repayment Commencement Date” shall mean, with respect to the Note, the earlier to occur of (i) the Substantial Completion Date or (ii) the date on which the Services Agreement has been terminated (other than by Borrower in accordance with its terms due to a default by MetroPCS) with respect to the Borrower.

-5-


 

      “Loans” shall mean the loans to Borrower evidenced by the Note, not to exceed the Loan Commitment Amount. Each advance made under the Note is a Loan.
      “Mandatory Prepayment Date” shall mean the date on which Borrower receives a Refund of all funds (less any amounts retained by the FCC) deposited by Borrower with the FCC for the purpose of permitting Borrower to participate in the Auction if (i) Borrower is not the Successful Bidder for any License or (ii) Borrower is the Successful Bidder for Licenses and the FCC does not grant to Borrower at least one License for which Borrower was a Successful Bidder as a result of the disposition of any appeals of FCC actions or any judicial decisions, whether relating to appeals from FCC decisions or otherwise, affecting the authorizations being auctioned in the Auction.
      “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean a material adverse effect on the business, properties, assets, liabilities, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
      “Maturity Date” shall mean with respect to all Loans made to the Borrower, the date that is ***.
      “MetroPCS” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
      “Note” shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Promissory Note executed on December 15, 2005 as of December 22, 2004 in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, executed by Borrower in favor of Lender and delivered by Borrower to Lender in accordance with the terms of this Credit Agreement.
      “Permitted Liens” shall mean (i) any and all liens and security interests created pursuant to any of the Loan Documents, (ii) liens for taxes, fees, assessments and governmental charges not delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided, however, that the Borrower shall have set aside on its books and shall maintain adequate reserves for the payment of same in conformity with GAAP, (iii) liens, deposits or pledges made to secure statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, or bonds for the release of attachments or for stay of execution, or to secure the performance of bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of borrowed money), leases or for purposes of like general nature in the ordinary course of business, (iv) purchase money liens on tangible personal property in the nature of office equipment utilized in the normal operation of the business of Borrower, (v) liens for indebtedness permitted under the terms of Section 5.10(b), so long as such liens (a) are subject to and subordinate in all respects to the liens and security interests created pursuant to any of the Loan Documents and (b) would not have a material adverse effect on the Lender’s ability to realize on the full value of the collateral upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and (vi) liens for indebtedness permitted under the terms of Section 5.10(c); provided, however, that “Permitted Liens” shall in all events include a first priority purchase money security interest in telecommunication equipment purchased by Borrower as a result of Lender’s or its Affiliates’ breach under this Credit Agreement or the Equipment and Facilities Lease Agreement.

-6-


 

      “Person” shall mean any natural person, corporation, firm, unincorporated organization, association, partnership, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, joint venture organization, entity or business of any kind.
      “Pledge Agreement” shall mean the Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement executed on December 15, 2005 as of December 22, 2004 in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit F pursuant to which the Borrower shall pledge to Lender all of the membership interests or other equity interests in its respective Holding Subsidiaries as security for the repayment of the Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents.
      “Refund” shall be any amounts that Borrower paid in accordance with FCC Rules to become eligible to participate in the Auction and that thereafter are refunded to Borrower.
      “Refund Date” shall mean the date on which the Borrower receives a Refund other than by reason of the fact that (i) Borrower is not the Successful Bidder for any License or (ii) Borrower is the Successful Bidder for Licenses and the FCC does not grant to Borrower at least one License for which Borrower was a Successful Bidder as a result of the disposition of any appeals of FCC actions or any judicial decisions, whether relating to appeals from FCC decisions or otherwise, affecting the authorizations being auctioned in the Auction.
      “Required Capital Contributions” the capital contributions required to be made to Borrower by the Members of Borrower pursuant to Section 9.1 (a) of the LLC Agreement.
      “Royal Street System” shall mean the Commercial Mobile Radio Service system(s) operated pursuant to the Licenses.
      “Security Agreement” shall mean the Amended and Restated Security Agreement executed on December 15, 2005 as of December 22, 2004 by and between Borrower and Lender in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.
      “Services Agreement” shall mean the Amended and Restated Services Agreement, executed on December 15, 2005 as of November 24, 2004, by and between Borrower and MetroPCS, as amended from time to time.
      “Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any legal entity, any other corporation, limited liability company, general or limited partnership, limited liability partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity of which the outstanding capital stock possessing a majority of voting power in the election of directors or their equivalent is owned or controlled by such entity, directly or indirectly.
      “Subsidiary Security Agreement” shall mean the Security Agreement by and between each Holding Subsidiary and Lender in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.
      “Substantial Completion Date” shall mean the date on which the Build-Out of the Royal Street System satisfies the construction requirements of Section 24.203 of the FCC Rules.

-7-


 

      “Successful Bidder” shall mean an entity that is awarded one or more Licenses in the Auction by the FCC and successfully qualifies to be a licensee for such Licenses under applicable FCC Rules.
Section 2: Terms of Loan
      2.1 The Loans.
     Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth in this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Lender agrees to make Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the Commitment Period in a principal amount not to exceed, at any time outstanding, the Loan Commitment Amount. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in no event shall Lender be required to make Loans to Borrower where such Loans would violate any covenants, representations, warranties, or other terms and conditions of any Lender Credit Facility.
      2.2 Procedure for Borrowing.
          a. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Credit Agreement, the Lender shall advance to Borrower the amount of any Loan requested by Borrower to pay for the costs of acquiring Licenses for which Borrower is the Successful Bidder up to the Loan Commitment Amount. Borrower shall use the proceeds of any Loan made pursuant to this Section 2.2(a) for the purpose of timely making any such payments in accordance with FCC Rules.
          b. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Credit Agreement, after the Borrower is designated by the FCC by a Public Notice as the high bidder on any license or licenses offered for sale in Auction No.58, the Borrower or any Holding Subsidiary may from time to time, but no more than once each quarter, borrow any undrawn portion of the Loan Commitment Amount under this Credit Agreement during the Commitment Period by giving notice to the Lender specifying the amount to be borrowed and the purpose therefore. Any Loan made pursuant to this Section 2.2(b) may be used only for (i) the Build-Out and operation of the Royal Street System, or (ii) for any expenses related thereto, as contemplated by the LLC Agreement and the Services Agreement. Lender shall advance to Borrower or Holding Subsidiary, as the case may be, (i) up to Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) once each quarter until the designation of Borrower as the Successful Bidder on the Licenses; and, (ii) after the Licenses are granted to Borrower by the FCC, the amount of any Loan requested by Borrower or Holding Subsidiary up to the amount budgeted in Borrower’s Annual Budget for the succeeding three (3) month period in immediately available funds within five (5) Business Days following the date of such written request, provided that Borrower or Holding Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall have delivered to Lender evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lender that the proceeds of such Loan will be applied in accordance with the LLC Agreement. No Loan shall be made to Borrower or Holding Subsidiary if the making of such Loan would cause the aggregate principal amount outstanding hereunder to exceed the Loan Commitment Amount or violate the Lender Credit Facility. Each Loan made hereunder, including each Loan made pursuant to Sections 2.2(a) and 2.2(b) hereof, shall be deemed to be part of, borrowed and drawn under, and subject to the terms of, the Note.

-8-


 

          c. The Lender’s obligation to make Loans to Borrower shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of (i) expiration of the Commitment Period, (ii) the date on which neither MetroPCS nor any of its Affiliates is a Member of Borrower, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of Borrower’s assets or (iv) the Mandatory Prepayment Date.
          d. The Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Loans, in whole or in part but limited to increments of no less than $25,000 per prepayment, without premium or penalty, upon at least three (3) Business Days’ advance notice to Lender, specifying the date and amount of prepayment. If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice, together with accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the amount prepaid, shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Amounts prepaid or repaid may not be reborrowed. Partial or total prepayments of the Loans shall be credited first to any charges or other amounts due to Lender under the terms of this Credit Agreement, then to accrued interest due and payable on the Loans, then to the principal balance outstanding.
          e. Within three (3) Business Days after the Mandatory Prepayment Date, Borrower shall prepay to Lender the entire principal amount of the Loans. Borrower shall have no obligation to pay any unpaid accrued interest on the Mandatory Prepayment Date.
          f. Within three (3) Business Days after the Refund Date, Borrower shall prepay to Lender the entire amount of any Refund, up to the aggregate principal amount of all Loans previously made to Borrower hereunder.
          g. In the event that Borrower receives a Refund from the FCC with respect to the Auction, Borrower shall, within three (3) Business Days of receipt of such Refund, make a prepayment under this Credit Agreement in an amount equal the principal amount of the Loans outstanding under this Credit Agreement as of such date less the aggregate amount of payments already made and still owed to the FCC with respect the Licenses for which Borrower was a Successful Bidder.
      2.3 Interest Rates and Payments.
          a. Interest shall accrue on the aggregate principal balance from time to time outstanding hereunder at a rate equal to 11% per annum, compounded quarterly commencing on the last day of the first calendar quarter following the Effective Date. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a year with three hundred sixty (360) days, and the actual number of days elapsed.
          b. All payments by the Borrower hereunder and under the Loan Documents shall be made to the Lender, at its address as set forth in Section 7.10 in immediately available funds on the date on which such payment shall be due.
          c. Until the Loan Repayment Commencement Date, all interest accrued on the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Loans shall be added to and become a part of the outstanding principal amount of the Loans on and as of the last day of each calendar quarter.
          d. Commencing on the Loan Repayment Commencement Date, Borrower shall make equal monthly consecutive payments to Lender in an amount sufficient to fully amortize the outstanding principal balance of the Loans, all interest accrued thereon, and all other amounts

-9-


 

then due and owing under this Credit Agreement, the Note or any of the other Loan Documents from such date until the Maturity Date.
             e. As long as any payment due under this Credit Agreement, the Note, or any of the other Loan Documents remains past due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) for five (5) days or more, such overdue amount shall accrue interest from the earlier of the due date of such payment due at a rate equal to eighteen percent (18%) per annum, in each case from the date of such non-payment until such overdue amount is paid in full (whether after or before judgment).
      2.4 Conditions Precedent to Lender’s Obligation to Make Any Loan.
             a. Lender shall not be required to make any Loan to Borrower under this Credit Agreement unless as of the applicable Closing Date, each of the following conditions has been satisfied to Lender’s satisfaction:
  (i)   Borrower shall have executed and delivered to Lender the Note, the Security Agreement and the Pledge Agreement;
 
  (ii)   Borrower shall have executed and delivered such Financing Statements and other instruments required by the Lender to create, perfect and/or maintain the security interests created pursuant to the Pledge Agreement and the Security Agreement;
 
  (iii)   Lender shall have a perfected first priority security interest in all of the membership interests in Borrower’s Holding Subsidiaries;
 
  (iv)   Lender shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that the Financing Statements and other instruments delivered to the Lender have been filed in all appropriate filing offices and that such filed Financing Statements perfect first priority security interests, subject to any Permitted Lien, in favor of the Lender in the property described therein;
 
  (v)   Lender shall have received customary reports of searches of filings made with government agencies showing that there are no liens on the assets of the Borrower other than the Permitted Liens;
 
  (vi)   Lender shall have received from Borrower’s counsel (which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to Lender) such legal opinions as to such customary matters (including without limitation, enforceability, due authorization, execution and delivery, but not as to FCC regulatory matters) as Lender shall reasonably request;
 
  (vii)   Borrower shall have delivered to Lender an officer’s certificate signed by an officer of Borrower certifying that as of such Closing Date:
  (A)   The representations and warranties of Borrower contained in Section 4 are true and correct in all material respects at and as of the Closing Date as though then made;

-10-


 

  (B)   Borrower is in full compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 5;
 
  (C)   Borrower has taken all action necessary to authorize it to incur the Loan, such Loan is permitted under the terms of the LLC Agreement, and such Loan does not conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, the LLC Agreement or any other agreement to which Borrower is a party or to which any assets of Borrower may be bound;
 
  (D)   No Event of Default (or other event which if not timely cured or corrected would, with the passage of time, become an Event of Default) shall have occurred or be continuing;
 
  (E)   No Litigation is pending against Borrower which would reasonably be expected to result in any Borrower Material Adverse Effect; and
 
  (F)   All consents required to be received in connection with the Loan from any Governmental Entity or other Person shall have been received.
  (viii)   Borrower shall have delivered to Lender a written certification of the uses to which the borrowed funds will be put, which uses shall be in accordance with (A) this Credit Agreement; and, (B) after the grant of the Licenses by the FCC to Borrower, the Annual Budget, the Construction Plan, and Annual Business Plan as approved by the Royal Street Management Committee pursuant to the Services Agreement; and
 
  (ix)   such other documents relating to the Loan as Lender may reasonably request.
      2.5    Security Agreement; Leasehold Mortgages.
              a. The Loans and all amounts outstanding from time to time under the Loan Documents shall be secured by:
  (i)   A first priority security interest (subject to the Permitted Liens) in all tangible and intangible property and assets of Borrower, including, but not limited to, chattel paper, general intangibles, instruments, documents and all other rights relating to or arising out of such accounts, and all inventory, equipment and fixtures wherever located, now owned or acquired in the future by the Borrower, all Licenses (but solely only to the extent if any permitted by Applicable Law), and all proceeds and products of such property. The Lender’s security interest in the foregoing shall be created by and subject to the provisions of the Security Agreement.
 
  (ii)   A first priority security interest in the membership interests in each Holding Subsidiary of Borrower. The Lender’s security interest in the foregoing shall be created by and subject to the provisions of the Pledge Agreement.

-11-


 

  (iii)   A first priority lien on all real property interests of Borrower, including without limitation all Leases, including capital leases, and all real property owned by Borrower in fee simple. The Lender’s liens in the foregoing shall be created by and subject to the provisions of one or more Leasehold Mortgages, substantially in the form of Exhibit D, entered with respect to each Lease, parcel of real property or other real property interest.
  (iv)   A first priority lien on all proceeds of all Licenses (whether from the sale or other disposition thereof or otherwise) held by any Holding Subsidiary and, solely to the extent if any permitted by Applicable Law, all such Licenses. The Lender’s security interest in the foregoing shall be created by and subject to the provisions of the Security Agreement, and where applicable, the Subsidiary Security Agreement.
      Section 3: Representations and Warranties of Lender
     Lender hereby represents and warrants to Borrower as follows:
      3.1 Organization and Standing.
     Lender is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Credit Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder.
      3.2 Authorization by Lender.
          a. This Credit Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Lender and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Lender enforceable against Lender in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or (ii) general principles of equity.
          b. Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Credit Agreement by Lender nor the consummation by Lender of the transactions contemplated herein will, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, (i) violate any Applicable Laws to which Lender is subject, (ii) conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, the articles of incorporation or bylaws of Lender or any material agreement or commitment to which Lender is a party or by which Lender or any of Lender’s assets, may be bound or affected, or (iii) except with respect to the exercise of certain of Lender’s remedies under the Loan Documents, require Lender to obtain any authorization, consent, approval or waiver from, or to make any filing with, any Governmental Entity or non-governmental third party other than those that have been made as of the Effective Date.
      3.3 Litigation.
     There is no Litigation pending against Lender, or, to the knowledge of Lender, a basis for Litigation or threatened Litigation against Lender which seeks to enjoin or obtain damages in respect of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

-12-


 

Section 4: Representations and Warranties of Borrower
     Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Lender as follows:
      4.1 Organization and Standing of Borrower.
     Borrower is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware with all requisite power and authority to own its properties, and conduct its business as now being conducted, and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign limited liability company in good standing in each jurisdiction where the ownership of its properties or the conduct of its business makes such qualification necessary, except in those jurisdictions where failure so to qualify will not permanently impair title to a material amount of its properties, permits or licenses or its rights to enforce in all material respects contracts against others or expose it to substantial liabilities in such jurisdictions.
      4.2 Authorization by Borrower; Consents.
          a. Borrower has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Credit Agreement, the Note and all other Loan Documents to which it is a party. Borrower has taken all action necessary to authorize this Credit Agreement, the Note and all other Loan Documents to which it is a party, and all such documents have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Borrower and are legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or (ii) general principles of equity.
          b. Neither the execution, delivery and performance of this Credit Agreement, the Note or the other Loan Documents by Borrower nor the consummation by Borrower of the transactions contemplated herein or therein will, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, (i) violate any Applicable Laws to which Borrower is subject, (ii) conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, the LLC Agreement, any license or permit of Borrower or any material contract to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower may be bound or affected, or (iii) except with respect to the exercise of certain of Lender’s remedies under the Loan Documents, require Borrower to obtain any authorization, consent, approval or waiver from, or to make any filing with, any Governmental Entity or non-governmental third party.
      4.3 Litigation.
     There is no Litigation pending against Borrower, or, to the knowledge of Borrower, a basis for Litigation or threatened Litigation against Borrower which (a) seeks to enjoin or obtain damages in respect of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or (b) has or could have a Material Adverse Effect on the Borrower.

-13-


 

      4.4 Compliance with Applicable Laws.
     Borrower has complied and presently is in compliance with all Applicable Laws except to the extent that failure to comply with the same does not or will not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Borrower.
      4.5 Subsidiaries.
     Except for any Holding Subsidiaries of Borrower, Borrower has no Subsidiaries.
      4.6 Absence of Defaults.
     Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary of Borrower is in material default under or in material violation in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any provision of its constitutive documents or contained in any other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its properties is subject, and neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary of Borrower is in material violation of any statute, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over it or any of its properties.
      4.7 Indebtedness.
     As of the Effective Date, Borrower has no indebtedness outstanding except the indebtedness permitted pursuant to the terms of this Credit Agreement, and obligations under the Loan Documents; none of such indebtedness is in default.
      4.8 Accuracy and Completeness of Information.
     No representation or warranty of the Borrower contained in this Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not materially misleading. There is no fact known to the Borrower which materially adversely affects its business, operations, property, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) which has not been disclosed herein or in such other documents, certificates and statements furnished to the Lender for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
Section 5: Covenants of Borrower
     Borrower hereby covenants and agrees with Lender as follows:
      5.1 Use of Proceeds.
     Borrower shall use 100% of the Loan proceeds solely for the following purposes: (i) to make payments for the Licenses in accordance with the Auction; and, (ii) to finance the Build-Out and operation of the Royal Street System and for any expenses related thereto as contemplated by the LLC Agreement and the Services Agreement.

-14-


 

      5.2 Compliance with Agreements; Borrower Status.
     The Borrower shall at all times observe and perform all of the covenants, conditions and obligations required to be performed by it under the Services Agreement.
      5.3 Payment.
     Borrower shall promptly pay to Lender with interest the obligations due or to become due at the times and places and in the amount and manner specified in this Credit Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents.
      5.4 Subsidiaries.
          a. As soon as practicable after the date on which the Licenses are granted to Borrower, or prior to the date on which the Licenses are granted to Borrower if Borrower can amend its pending FCC application to substitute an affiliated company as the applicant without causing material delay in the processing of the Auction No. 58 long form application, Borrower shall form one or more Holding Subsidiaries. Borrower shall contribute one or more of such Licenses to each of the Holding Subsidiaries, as contemplated by Section 2.5(d) of the LLC Agreement. Lender shall require each Holding Subsidiary to become a party to this Agreement and to be jointly and severally liable for all obligations of Borrower hereunder by executing a copy of the form of counterpart signature page substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto and made a part thereof.
      5.5 Existence.
          a. The Borrower shall maintain (a) its limited liability company existence under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation and (b) its good standing and its right to carry on its business and operations in the jurisdiction of its formation or incorporation and in each other jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or leased by it or the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary and the failure to be in good standing would permanently preclude the Borrower from enforcing its rights with respect to any material assets or expose the Borrower to any material liability.
          b. The Borrower shall cause each of the Holding Subsidiaries to maintain (a) its existence under the laws of the State of Delaware and (b) its good standing and its right to carry on its business and operations in the State of Delaware and in each other jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or leased by such Holding Subsidiaries makes such qualification necessary.
      5.6 Compliance with Laws, Taxes, Etc.
     The Borrower shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, comply in all material respects with all Applicable Laws, such compliance to include, without limitation, paying before the same become delinquent all taxes, assessments and governmental charges imposed upon it or upon its property except to the extent contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which any reserves required by GAAP have been established. In the event the Borrower fails, or fails to cause any of its Subsidiaries, to satisfy its obligations under this Section 5.6, as to taxes,

-15-


 

assessments and governmental charges, the Lender may, but is not obligated to, satisfy such obligations in whole or in part and any payments made and expenses incurred in doing so shall constitute principal indebtedness hereunder governed by the terms of the Note and shall be paid or reimbursed by the Borrower upon demand by Lender.
      5.7 Books and Records.
     The Borrower shall at all times keep proper books and records of accounts in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of its transactions in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.
      5.8 Assets and Insurance.
     The Borrower shall maintain in full force and effect (a) a usual and customary errors and omissions insurance policy, (b) such other insurance coverage, on all properties of a character usually insured by organizations engaged in the same or similar business against loss or damage of a kind customarily insured against by such organizations, (c) adequate public liability insurance against tort claims which may be asserted against the Borrower and (d) such other insurance coverage for other hazards as Lender may from time to time reasonably require to protect its rights and benefits under this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. All commercial general liability and property damage insurance policies and any other insurance policies required to be carried hereunder shall (i) be issued by insurance companies with a then-current Alfred M. Best Company, Inc. (or if no longer in existence, a comparable rating service) general policy holder’s rating of “A” or better and financial size category of Class XII or higher and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Lender; (ii) designate Lender as additional insured; (iii) be written as primary policy coverage and not contributing with or in excess of any coverage which Lender may carry; (iv) provide for thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender of any cancellation or nonrenewal of such policy; and (v) contain contractual liability coverage insuring performance by Borrower of the indemnity provisions of the Loan Documents. Borrower shall promptly deliver to Lender upon receipt and from time to time upon Lender’s request either a copy of each such policies of insurance or certificates evidencing the coverages required hereunder.
      5.9 Financial Statements and Other Reports.
     The Borrower shall maintain a system of accounting (as to its own operations and financial condition) established and administered in accordance with sound business practices such as to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP and furnish or cause to be furnished to the Lender:
          a. Annual Statements. Commencing in 2005, as soon as practicable following the end of each fiscal year, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, Borrower shall cause to be prepared and delivered to Lender the audited statement of income and statement of cash flows for such fiscal year, audited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year, and accompanying notes to financial statements, on a consolidated basis, prepared in accordance with GAAP.

-16-


 

     b.  Quarterly Statements. As soon as practicable following the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of such quarter, Borrower shall cause to be prepared and delivered to Lender, an unaudited statement of income and statement of cash flows for such quarter and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such quarter on a consolidated basis, prepared in accordance with GAAP.
     c.  Monthly Statements. As soon as possible following the end of each calendar month in each fiscal year, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of such month, (i) Borrower shall cause to be prepared and delivered to Lender, an unaudited statement of income and statement of cash flows for such month and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such month on a consolidated basis, prepared in accordance with GAAP, and (ii) Borrower shall provide Lender with a monthly report of significant operating and financial statistics including, to the extent applicable, number of subscribers, subscriber churn statistics, minutes of use, average revenues per subscriber, acquisition costs and capital expenditure efficiency statistics and such additional statistics and information as may be approved for internal use by the Borrower.
     d. Within five (5) Business Days after their occurrence, notice of each of the following events:
  (i)   the commencement of any Litigation against the Borrower or any material development in any Litigation pending or threatened against the Borrower.
 
  (ii)   any Event of Default or other breach by Borrower of any covenant or agreement of Borrower in this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.
 
  (iii)   notice of any event that could have a Material Adverse Effect on the Borrower.
      5.10 Indebtedness.
     The Borrower shall not, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume, guarantee or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to any indebtedness, except:
          a. the indebtedness created under this Credit Agreement;
          b. indebtedness (i) that is subordinate in right of payment to all indebtedness evidenced by the Note, (ii) the incurrence of which would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Borrower and (iii) the lender of which enters into an intercreditor agreement with Lender in form and substance satisfactory to Lender;
          c. purchase money financing of telecommunications equipment if the terms of such financing are more favorable to Borrower than the terms of the Loans or if Lender or its Affiliates are in breach under this Credit Agreement or the Equipment and Facilities Lease Agreement;
          d. current obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not overdue (unless the same are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves are maintained therefor in accordance with GAAP), not to exceed in the

-17-


 

aggregate an amount to be determined by Lender in its reasonable discretion within one (1) year after the Amendment Effective Date;
          e. renewals, extensions, replacements, refinancings or refundings of any of the foregoing.
      5.11 Investments.
     The Borrower shall not, directly or indirectly, make or own any investment in any Person, except: investments in (i) Holding Subsidiaries of Borrower, (ii) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States Government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof, (iii) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having the highest rating obtainable from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., (iv) commercial paper maturing no more than 270 days from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having the highest rating obtainable from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and (v) time deposits maturing within one (1) year from the date of creation thereof with, including certificates of deposit issued by, any office located in the United States of any bank or trust company that is organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof and whose certificates of deposit are rated P-l or better by Moody’s or A-l or better by S&P.
      5.12 Leasehold Mortgages.
          a. Borrower shall enter into, execute and deliver to Lender a Leasehold Mortgage, substantially in the form of Exhibit D, securing the repayment by Borrower of the Note in each case in which Borrower enters into a Lease. In the event that Borrower acquires any rights in real property other than pursuant to a Lease, then Borrower shall promptly notify Lender of such acquisition and shall promptly execute and deliver such mortgages, documents and other instruments as are reasonably requested by Lender to ensure that Lender has a first priority lien on such real property rights.
          b. Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each Lease to expressly permit the granting of a Leasehold Mortgage with respect to such Lease by the Borrower, as applicable to the Lender, and the exercise of the remedies thereunder by the Lender.
          c. At Lender’s election, Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Waiver and Consent, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E, from the lessor of any real property leased to Borrower as to which lease Borrower is obligated under Section 5.12(a) to execute a Leasehold Mortgage.

-18-


 

      5.13 Negative Covenants.
     Borrower shall not take any of the actions set forth in this Section 5.13 without the prior written approval of Lender, which approval may be withheld in Lender’s sole and absolute discretion.
          a. Sell, lease, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of its property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired except in the ordinary course of business substantially consistent with industry practice, except for transfers of Licenses to the Holding Subsidiaries.
          b. Conduct, transact or otherwise engage in, or commit to transact, conduct or otherwise engage in, any business or operations other than the acquisition of the Licenses, the Build-Out and the operation of the Royal Street System, or any portion thereof, and the exercise of rights, the performance of obligations and the conduct of other activities arising out of or in connection with or directly related to the foregoing.
          c. Enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, all or substantially all of its business or property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or, except as expressly permitted under the terms of this Credit Agreement, acquire by purchase or otherwise all or substantially all the business or property of, or stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of, any Person, or acquire, purchase, redeem or retire any shares of its capital stock now or hereafter outstanding for value.
          d. Create or permit to exist at any time, any mortgage, lien, security interest, pledge, charge or other encumbrance against any of its property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect thereof except for the Permitted Liens, and shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly take all such action as may be necessary duly to discharge, or cause to be discharged all such mortgages, liens, security interests, pledges, charges or other encumbrances.
          e. Become liable, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, for any obligation of any other Person by endorsement, guaranty, surety or otherwise.
          f. Enter into any agreement containing any provision that would be violated or breached by any borrowing hereunder or by the performance of its obligations hereunder or under any document executed pursuant hereto.
          g. Own, lease, manage or otherwise operate any properties or assets other than in connection with the Build-Out and operation of the Royal Street System, or incur, create, assume or suffer to exist any indebtedness or other consensual liabilities or financial obligations other than as may be incurred, created or assumed or as may exist in connection with the Build-Out and operation of the Royal Street System (including without limitation the Loans and other obligations incurred by the Borrower hereunder). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower may invest excess funds in investments permitted under Section 5.11.

-19-


 

          h. Make any distributions under Section 10.2(a) of the LLC Agreement until Borrower has first paid any accrued interest, if any, and principal borrowed under this Credit Agreement.
      5.14 Further Assurances.
     At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of the Lender, and at the expense of the Borrower, the Borrower shall promptly and duly execute and deliver such further instruments and documents and take such further action as the Lender may reasonably determine in its sole discretion to be necessary or advisable to further carry out and consummate the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and to perfect or protect the full benefits of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
      5.15 Independence of Covenants.
     All covenants hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or be otherwise within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of an Event of Default if such action is taken or condition exists.
Section 6: Events of Default and their Effect
      6.1 Events of Default.
     Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Credit Agreement and the Note (each, an “Event of Default”):
          a. Failure to Pay. Borrower fails to pay when due any principal payment, interest or other payment required under the terms of the Note that is not cured within five (5) days after the date on which such payment is due and payable; or
          b. Breaches of Other Covenants. Borrower fails to observe or perform any covenant, obligation, condition or agreement contained in this Credit Agreement or any covenant, obligation, condition or agreement under any of the other Loan Documents and such failure shall continue for ten (10) days after notice thereof from Lender or Borrower shall fail to transfer the Licenses to Holding Subsidiaries as required in Section 5.4 hereof; or
          c. Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. Borrower (i) applies for or consents to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) is unable, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (iv) is dissolved or liquidated in full or in part, (v) is adjudicated as a bankrupt or insolvent (as such terms may be defined or interpreted under any applicable statute), (vi) commences a voluntary case or other proceeding, or an involuntary petition is filed and not dismissed within sixty (60) days of filing, seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consents to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an

-20-


 

involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (vii) takes any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or
          d. Representations and Warranties. Any representation or warranty made by Borrower herein or in any other Loan Document is breached and not cured prior to the expiration of any applicable cure period or is false or misleading in any material respect; or
          e. Change in Control. The occurrence of any Borrower Change in Control Event; or
          f. Material Adverse Effect. The occurrence of any event having a Material Adverse Effect on the Borrower; or
          g. Breach of Certain Covenants. The breach by C9 Wireless, LLC (or its successors or assigns) of the terms of Section 4.1(b) of the LLC Agreement; or
          h. Termination of LLC Agreement. The LLC Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms.
      6.2 Remedies Upon Event of Default.
          a. If any Event of Default shall occur, then the Lender may do any or all of the following: (i) terminate the commitment of the Lender to make Loans to the Borrower under this Credit Agreement, (ii) declare all obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the Note to be immediately due and payable, whereupon the obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the Note shall immediately become due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything in this Credit Agreement or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding, and (iii) enforce its rights under any one or more of the Loan Documents in accordance with Applicable Law.
          b. If an Event of Default described in Section 6.1 (c) above shall occur, then each of the following shall automatically occur without any further action by Lender: (i) the commitment of the Lender to make Loans to the Borrower under this Credit Agreement shall immediately terminate, and (ii) all obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the Note shall be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything in this Credit Agreement or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.
          c. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default and at any time thereafter so long as any Event of Default shall be continuing, the Lender may proceed to protect and enforce this Credit Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents by suit or suits or proceedings in equity, at law or in bankruptcy, and whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement herein contained or in execution or aid of any power herein granted, or for foreclosure hereunder, or for the appointment of a receiver or receivers for the collateral subject to the applicable Security Agreements and Pledge Agreements or for the recovery of judgment for the indebtedness secured thereby or for the enforcement of any other proper, legal or equitable remedy available under Applicable Law.

-21-


 

          d. The Borrower shall pay to the Lender forthwith upon demand any and all expenses, costs and other amounts due hereunder or under the other Loan Documents before, after or during the exercise of any of the foregoing remedies, including without limitation all reasonable legal fees and other reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Lender by reason of the occurrence of any Event of Default, the enforcement of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and/or the preservation of the Lender’s rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.
Section 7: Miscellaneous
      7.1 Entire Agreement; Amendment.
     This Credit Agreement (including the attached Exhibits) constitutes the sole understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements, commitments or understandings with respect to such matters. No amendment, modification or alteration of the terms or provisions of this Credit Agreement shall be binding unless the same shall be in writing and duly executed by the parties hereto.
      7.2 Successors and Assigns.
     This Credit Agreement may not be assigned by Borrower without the consent of the Lender. Lender may assign any or all of the Loan Documents to (i) an Affiliate of Lender, or (ii) Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. or any Affiliate thereof, without the consent of Borrower, provided that such assignee of Lender agrees to be bound by all of the terms hereof. No such permitted assignment shall relieve any party hereto of any liability for a breach of this Credit Agreement by such party or its assignee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may assign its rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement to any Holding Subsidiary. This Credit Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs or successors in interest.
      7.3 Rights and Remedies.
     Unless otherwise provided herein, the rights and remedies of the Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall not be mutually exclusive, and the exercise of one or more remedies by the Lender pursuant to this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or Applicable Law shall not preclude the exercise by the Lender of any other remedy.
      7.4 Indemnity; Reimbursement of Lender.
          a. The Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Lender harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, judgments and liabilities (including but not limited to, liabilities for penalties) of any nature (“Claims”), and to reimburse the Lender for all reasonable costs and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees and expenses, arising from the Loan Documents or the exercise of any right or remedy granted to the Lender hereunder other than Claims arising from Lender’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud. In no event shall the Lender be liable for any matter or thing in connection with the Loan Documents other than to account for moneys actually received by the Lender in accordance with the terms hereof.

-22-


 

          b. All indemnities contained in this Section 7.4 and elsewhere in this Credit Agreement shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Credit Agreement.
      7.5 Highest Lawful Rate.
     Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of the Borrower on the Note shall be subject to the limitation that payments of interest shall not be required, for any period for which interest is computed hereunder, to the extent that contracting for or receipt thereof would be contrary to provisions of any law applicable to the Lender limiting the highest rate of interest which may be lawfully contracted for, charged or received by the Lender.
      7.6 Counterparts.
     This Credit Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute the same instrument.
      7.7 Modification and Waiver.
     The parties by mutual written agreement may (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other parties hereto, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties contained herein of the other Party or in any document delivered pursuant hereto by the other Party, or (c) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions contained herein. Any agreement on the part of a party hereto to any such extension or waiver shall only be valid if set forth in an instrument in writing signed on behalf of such party. No waiver by Lender in any one case shall require the Lender to give any subsequent waiver.
      7.8 Payments on Business Days.
     Whenever any payment to be made hereunder or under any Note shall be stated to be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall in such case be included in computing interest, if any, in connection with such payment.
      7.9 Expenses.
     Except as specifically provided herein, each Party hereto shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by it or on its behalf in connection with this Credit Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, fees and expenses of its own consultants, accountants and counsel. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall pay, immediately when due, all present and future stamp and other like duties and applicable taxes, if any, to which this Credit Agreement may be subject or give rise.
      7.10 Notices.
     All notices and other communications given to or made upon any party hereto in connection with this Credit Agreement shall, except as otherwise expressly herein provided, be

-23-


 

in writing and mailed via certified mail, sent by Federal Express or other similar express delivery service for next day delivery or faxed (with a confirming copy sent by such express delivery service for next day delivery) to the respective parties, as follows:
     
If to Lender:
  MetroPCS Wireless, Inc.
 
  8144 Walnut Hill Lane
 
  Suite 800
 
  Dallas, TX 75231
 
  Attention: Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
 
  Facsimile: 972-860-2682
 
   
With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:
  Paul Hastings, Janofsky & Walker, LLP
 
  875 15th Street, N.W.
 
  Twelfth Floor
 
  Washington, DC 20005
 
  Attention: Carl W. Northrop
 
  Facsimile: 202-551-1725
 
   
 
  Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc.
 
  383 Madison Avenue, 8 th Floor
 
  New York, New York 10179
 
  Attention: Kevin Cullen
 
  Facsimile: 212-272-9184
 
   
If to Borrower:
  Royal Street Communications, LLC
 
  PO Box 2365
 
  Southampton, NY 11969
 
  Attention: Robert Gerard
 
  Facsimile: 631-283-9153
 
   
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
  Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP
 
  919 Third Avenue
 
  New York, New York 10022
 
  Attention: Paul N. Roth, Michael R. Littenberg
 
  Facsimile: 212-593-5955
or in accordance with any subsequent written direction delivered in accordance with this section from the recipient party to the sending party. All such notices and other communications shall, except as otherwise expressly herein provided, be effective upon delivery if delivered by hand; in the case of certified mail, three (3) Business Days after the date sent; in the case of any fax, when

-24-


 

received; or in the case of express delivery service, the day after delivery of the notice to such service with charges prepaid.
      7.11 Severability.
     In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Credit Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a court or other authority of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof and this Credit Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein and, in lieu of each such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision, there shall be added automatically as a part of this Credit Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable, it being the intent of the parties to maintain the benefit of the bargain for all parties.
      7.12 Governing Law.
     This Credit Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed wholly within such jurisdiction.
      7.13 Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial.
          a. THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE FEDERAL COURT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA LOCATED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK SOLELY IN RESPECT OF THE INTERPRETATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE PROVISIONS OF THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, AND HEREBY WAIVE, AND AGREE NOT TO ASSERT, AS A DEFENSE IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING FOR THE INTERPRETATION OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF OR OF ANY SUCH DOCUMENT, THAT IT IS NOT SUBJECT THERETO OR THAT SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING MAY NOT BE BROUGHT OR IS NOT MAINTAINABLE IN SAID COURTS OR THAT THE VENUE THEREOF MAY NOT BE APPROPRIATE OR THAT THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT, OR ANY SUCH DOCUMENT MAY NOT BE ENFORCED IN OR BY SUCH COURTS, AND THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AGREE THAT ALL CLAIMS WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH STATE OR FEDERAL COURT. THE PARTIES HEREBY CONSENT TO AND GRANT ANY SUCH COURT JURISDICTION OVER THE PERSON OF SUCH PARTIES AND OVER THE SUBJECT MATTER OF SUCH DISPUTE.
          b. EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS

-25-


 

CREDIT AGREEMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (i) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (ii) EACH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (iii) EACH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (iv) EACH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 7.13.
      7.14 Lender’s Discretion.
     Unless this Credit Agreement shall otherwise expressly provide, Lender shall have the right to make any decision, grant or withhold any consent, and exercise any other right or remedy hereunder in its sole and absolute discretion.
      7.15 Capitalized Terms.
     Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the LLC Agreement.
      7.16 Headings.
     The descriptive headings in this Credit Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Credit Agreement.
      7.17 Amendment and Restatement.
     This Credit Agreement amends and restates in its entirety the Original Agreement and the Existing Credit Agreement, and from and after the Effective Date hereof, and subject to the terms hereof, the terms and provisions of the Original Agreement and the Existing Credit Agreement shall be superseded by the terms and provisions of this Credit Agreement. In addition to the premises set forth above, the Borrower hereby agrees that (i) the indebtedness, borrowings, advances and liabilities under the Original Agreement and the Existing Credit Agreement and the promissory notes executed and delivered in connection therewith, shall be deemed to be indebtedness and liabilities of the Borrower outstanding and governed by this Credit Agreement, and (ii) all liens, encumbrances and security interests securing the indebtedness and Obligations under the Original Agreement and the Existing Credit Agreement and related promissory notes executed and delivered in connection therewith shall continue in full force and effect to secure the indebtedness and obligations of Borrower under this Credit Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents.
[remainder of page intentionally blank; signature page follows]

-26-


 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
     IN WITNESS WHER OF, the parties hereto have-signed this Credit Agreement, or have caused this Credit Agreement to be signed in their respective names by an officer, hereunto duly authorized, on the Amendment Effective Date.
             
    METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.    
 
           
    a Delaware corporation    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Roger D. Linquist    
 
           
 
           
 
  Name:   Roger D. Linquist    
 
           
 
  Title:   President and CEO    
 
           
    ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS, LLC,
 
       
    a Delaware limited liability company
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Robert A. Gerard
 
       
 
       
 
  Name:   ROBERT A. GERARD
 
       
 
  Title:   CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 


 

Exhibits to
Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
by and between
MetroPCS Wireless, Inc.
and
Royal Street Communications, LLC
EXHIBITS:
  A.   FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED NOTE
 
  B.   FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENT
 
  C.   COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
 
  D.   LEASEHOLD MORTGAGE
 
  E.   WAIVER AND CONSENT
 
  F.   FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED PLEDGE AGREEMENT


 

EXHIBIT A
FORM OF NOTE
AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. IT MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SAID ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE SATISFACTORY TO THE BORROWER THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.
                     , 200___
     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), promises to pay to the order of METROPCS WIRELESS, INC. (the “Holder”) at its principal office at 8144 Walnut Hill Lane, Suite 800, Dallas, TX 75231, or at such other place as the Holder may from time to time designate in writing, or to its assigns, the principal sum equal to the Loans, or so much thereof as may be advanced from time to time and remain outstanding, together with interest on the unpaid principal balance, at the rate of 11% per annum, compounded quarterly commencing on the last day of the first calendar quarter following the Effective Date. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a year with three hundred sixty (360) days, and the actual number of days elapsed. This Note is issued pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of even date herewith by and among Borrower, Holder and certain other persons that become parties thereto under the terms thereof as the same may be amended from time to time (“Credit Agreement”).
     1.  Defined Terms. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
     2.  Payments. Payments of interest and principal shall be due and payable at such times and in such amounts as set forth in the Credit Agreement. All payments made hereunder shall be made in lawful tender of the United States in immediately available funds on the date on which such payment shall be due.
     3.  Payment at Maturity. The entire outstanding principal balance of this Note, all interest accrued thereon, and all other amounts then due and owing under this Note and the Loan Documents shall be due and payable in full on the Maturity Date.
     4.  Default. The following shall be Events of Default under this Note: (each, an “Event of Default”):

 


 

     a. The failure by Borrower to pay any amount when due under this Note, which failure shall remain uncured for a period of five (5) days after delivery of written notice of such failure; or
     b. The occurrence of an “Event of Default” as defined in the Credit Agreement.
     5.  Rights of Holder Upon Default. Upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, Holder may declare the entire principal sum of this Note, together with all unpaid accrued interest thereon, and all unpaid fees, charges, costs and expenses, if any, owed by Borrower to Holder hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, to be immediately due and payable. In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default, Holder may exercise any other right, power or remedy permitted to it by law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.
     6.  Prepayment.
     a. Prepayment. Upon compliance with Section 6(b) below, the Borrower shall have the right, at any time and from time to time, to prepay this Note, without premium or penalty, either in whole or in part but limited to increments of no less than $25,000 per prepayment, by payment of the principal amount of this Note, or portion thereof to be prepaid, and accrued interest thereon to the date of such prepayment. Partial or total prepayments of this Note shall first be credited to accrued interest due, then to the principal balance outstanding.
     b. Notice of Prepayment. The Borrower shall give notice to Holder of any prepayment of this Note pursuant to Section 6(a) at least three Business Days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment specifying (a) the date of prepayment, and (b) the principal amount to be prepaid on such date. Notice of prepayment having been so given, the principal amount of this Note to be prepaid as specified in the notice, together with accrued interest thereon shall become due and payable on the prepayment date specified in such notice.
     7.  Security. Borrower’s obligations under this Note are secured by, among other things, an Amended and Restated Security Agreement (“Security Agreement”) of even date herewith by and between Borrower and Holder creating a lien and security interest on Borrower’s assets.
     8.  Waivers and Rights of Holder. Except as may be otherwise expressly set forth in this Note, Borrower hereby (i) waives demand, presentment for payment, protest, notice of nonpayment, notice of protest, notice of dishonor, and any and all exemption rights which it holds at law or in equity with respect to the indebtedness evidenced by this Note, and (ii) agrees that enforcement by Holder of any security for the performance of the terms of this Note shall not constitute an election by it of remedies so as to preclude the exercise of any other remedy available to it.

-2-


 

     9.  Default Rate. As long as any payment due under this Note remains past due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) for five (5) days or more, interest under this Note shall accrue on such overdue payment from the earlier of the due date of such payment at a rate (the “Default Rate”) equal to Eighteen Percent (18.00%) per annum, in each case from the date of such non-payment until such amount is paid in full (whether after or before judgment).
     10.  Payment of Expenses. From and after the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall pay, on demand, all reasonable costs and expenses of collection of this Note (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees), whether or not any suit or other legal proceedings shall be instituted.
     11.  Rights Cumulative. All rights and remedies of Holder under this Note, under any security given to secure Borrower’s performance of the terms of this Note (including, without limitation, the Security Agreement) and under applicable law, are cumulative and not alternative. Failure of Holder at any time to exercise any such rights or remedies shall neither constitute a waiver of such rights or remedies nor bar the future exercise of any such rights or remedies.
     12.  No Usury. In the event that any payment under this Note shall exceed the amount permitted by applicable law, such payment shall be reduced to the maximum amount permitted by law and the excess shall be applied in reduction of the principal amount of this Note. In the event that any such excess exceeds the principal amount, the amount of such excess over the principal amount shall be refunded to Borrower.
     13.  Business Day. In the event that the date for performance of any obligation under this Note falls on other than a Business Day, then such obligation shall be performed on the next succeeding business day.
     14.  Successors and Assigns. The rights and obligations of the Borrower and the Holder of this Note shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and permitted transferees of the parties.
     15.  Entire Agreement; Amendments;Waiver. This Note, together with the Credit Agreement, contains the entire agreement between Borrower and Holder relating to the subject matter hereof. No amendment, modification, termination, release, surrender or discharge of this Note shall be of any force or effect except by an agreement in writing signed by Borrower and Holder. No purported waiver of any of the provisions of this Note shall be valid or effective unless the same is in writing and signed by the party against whom it is sought to be enforced.
     16.  Assignment by the Borrower. Except as expressly provided in the Credit Agreement, neither this Note nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, in whole or in part, by the Borrower, without the prior written consent of the Holder.

-3-


 

     17.  Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Note shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal and unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof.
     18.  Notices. All notices required or permitted under this Note shall be in writing and shall be sufficient if given in the manner described in the Credit Agreement.
     19.  No Setoff. Payments on this Note shall be made without setoff, counterclaim or deduction, and without further notice or demand to Borrower or any other party.
     20.  Records. Records of all borrowings evidenced by this Note and all payments and prepayments of the principal hereof and interest hereon and the respective dates thereof shall be maintained by the Lender, and such records shall, absent manifest error, be conclusive and binding.
     21.  Governing Law. This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of that or of any other state.
     22.  Time of Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of each and every term and provision of this Note.
     23.  Amendment and Restatement. This Note amends and restates in their entirety (but does not cancel or extinguish the indebtedness and liability evidenced by, and shall not constitute a novation of) that certain Promissory Note dated December 22, 2004 executed by Borrower in favor of MetroPCS (as successor lender to Holdings) and that certain Promissory Note dated January 24, 2005 executed by Borrower in favor of MetroPCS (as successor lender to Holdings), in the original principal amount of the Loan Commitment Amount as defined in each of the Original Agreement and the Existing Credit Agreement.
[remainder of page intentionally blank; signature page follows]

 


 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Note to be issued as of the date first written above.
             
    ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS, LLC,    
 
           
    a Delaware limited liability Company    
 
           
 
  BY:   /s/ Robert A. Gerard    
 
           
 
  Name:   ROBERT A. GERARD    
 
  Title:   CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER    

 


 

EXHIBIT B
FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENT
     THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) executed on December 15, 2005 as of December 22, 2004, is made between ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Grantor”), and METROPCS WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Lender”).
RECITALS
     A. Grantor and the Lender have entered into that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement executed on even date herewith (as the same may be amended from time to time “Credit Agreement”) pursuant to which Lender has agreed, subject to the terms and conditions therein, to make certain loans in an aggregate amount set forth in the Credit Agreement (the “Loans”) and Grantor has executed and delivered an amended and restated promissory note executed on even date herewith evidencing amounts advanced by the Lender under the Credit Agreement (the “Note”).
     B. In order to induce the Lender to enter into the Credit Agreement and to continue to make the Loans, and in consideration therefor, the Grantor has agreed to execute and deliver this Agreement to amend and restate that certain Security Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2004 (the “Original Security Agreement”), and that certain Security Agreement, dated as of January 24, 2005 (the “Existing Security Agreement”), each between the Grantor and the Lender (as successor lender to Holdings), pursuant to which the Grantor has granted to the Lender a perfected lien on and security interest in all of the Collateral (as defined in each of the Original Security Agreement and the Existing Security Agreement) to secure the Obligations (as defined in each of the Original Security Agreement and the Existing Security Agreement).
     C. It is a condition precedent to the making of any further Loans that the Grantor execute and deliver this Agreement to, among other things, amend and restate the Original Security Agreement and the Existing Security Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
     NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the covenants and provisions set forth herein, and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree to amend and restate the Original Security Agreement and the Existing Security Agreement and further agree as follows:
     1.  Grant of Security Interest. As security for the Obligations, the Grantor hereby transfers, conveys, assigns, pledges and grants a continuing and unconditional security interest to the Lender, and its successors and assigns, in and to:
     a. all equipment (including all “Equipment” as defined in Section 9-102(a)(33) of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York, such code, together with any other successor or applicable adoption of the

 


 

Uniform Commercial Code in any applicable jurisdiction, the “Code”), machinery, vehicles, fixtures, improvements, supplies, office furniture, fixed assets, all as now owned or hereafter acquired by the Grantor or in which the Grantor has or hereafter acquires any interest, and any items substituted therefor as replacements and any additions or accessions thereto;
     b. all goods (including all “Goods” as defined in Section 9-102(a)(44) of the Code) and all inventory (including all “Inventory” as defined in Section 9-102(a)(48) of the Code) of the Grantor, now owned or hereafter acquired by the Grantor or in which the Grantor has or hereafter acquires any interest, including but not limited to, raw materials, scrap inventory, work in process, products, packaging materials, finished goods, all documents of title, chattel paper and other instruments covering the same and all substitutions therefor and additions thereto (all of the property described in this clause (b) being hereinafter collectively referred to as “Inventory”);
     c. all present and future accounts in which the Grantor has or hereafter acquires any interest (including all “Accounts” as defined in Section 9-102(a)(2) of the Code), contract rights (including all rights to receive payments and other rights under all equipment and other leasing contracts) and rights to payment and rights or accounts receivable evidencing or representing indebtedness due or to become due the Grantor on account of goods sold or leased or services rendered, claims, instruments and other general intangibles (including tax refunds, royalties and all other rights to the payment of money of every nature and description), including but not limited to, any such right evidenced by chattel paper, and all liens, securities, guaranties, remedies, security interests and privileges pertaining thereto (all of the property described in this clause (c) being hereinafter collectively referred to as “Accounts”);
     d. all investment property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Grantor, including, without limitation, all securities (certificated and uncertificated), partnership, membership or other ownership interests or profits interest owned by Grantor in or with regard to any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity, securities accounts, securities entitlements, commodity contracts and commodity accounts, including, without limitation, any shares, equity securities, partnership, membership or other ownership interests owned by Grantor (the “Securities”);
     e. all general intangibles now owned or hereafter acquired by the Grantor or in which the Grantor has or hereafter acquires any interest, (including all “General Intangibles” as defined in Section 9-102(a)(42) of the Code) including but not limited to, choses in action and causes of action and all licenses and permits (to the extent the collateral assignment of such licenses and permits is not prohibited by Applicable Law), registrations, franchises, corporate or other business records, systems, designs, software, goodwill, logos, indicia, business identifiers, inventions, processes, production methods, proprietary information, know-how, trade-secrets, customer and client lists (to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law), and all trade-names, copyrights, patents, trademarks (including service marks) or patent or trademark applications and contract rights (including but not limited to all rights to receive payments and other rights under all equipment and other leasing contracts, instruments and documents owned or used by the Grantor, and any goodwill relating thereto);

-2-


 

     f. all other property owned by the Grantor or in which the Grantor has or hereafter acquires any interest, wherever located, and of whatever kind or nature, tangible or intangible, excluding, except to the extent set forth in clause j below, any Licenses now or hereafter issued by the FCC;
     g. all insurance policies of any kind maintained in effect by the Grantor, now existing or hereafter acquired, under which any of the property referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above is insured, including but not limited to, any proceeds payable to the Grantor pursuant to such policies;
     h. all monies, cash collateral, chattel paper, checks, notes, bills of exchange, documents of title, money orders, negotiable instruments, commercial paper, and other securities, instruments, documents, deposit accounts, deposits and credits from time to time whether or not in the possession of or under the control of the Lender;
     i. any consideration received when all or any part of the property referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above is sold, transferred, exchanged, leased, collected or otherwise disposed of, or any value received as a consequence of possession thereof, including but not limited to, all products, proceeds (including all “Proceeds” as defined in Section 9-102(a)(64) of the Code), cash, negotiable instruments and other instruments for the payment of money, chattel paper, security agreements or other documents, insurance proceeds or proceeds of other proceeds now or hereafter owned by the Grantor or in which the Grantor has an interest; and
     j. all “Proceeds” as defined in Section 9-102(a)(64) of the Code of all Licenses now or hereafter issued by the Federal Communications Commission or any successor thereto, and solely to the extent if any permitted by Applicable Law, all such licenses and permits.
     The property set forth in clauses (a) through (j) of the preceding sentence, together with property of a similar nature which the Grantor hereafter owns or in which the Grantor hereafter acquires any interest, is referred to herein as the “Collateral.”
     2.  Representations and Warranties. The Grantor represents, warrants and agrees that:
     a. Grantor has and shall have good and marketable title to all the Collateral, wherever and whenever acquired, free and clear of any lien except as permitted by the Credit Agreement, and the Grantor has not filed, nor is there on record, a financing statement under the Code (or similar statement or instrument of registration under the law of any jurisdiction) covering any Collateral except as permitted by the Credit Agreement;
     b. Grantor has the requisite limited liability company power and authority and legal right to pledge the Collateral to Lender as provided herein;

-3-


 

     c. Grantor has paid when due all taxes, fees, assessments and other charges now or hereafter imposed upon the Collateral except for any tax, fee, assessment or other charge the validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and which may not result in any material impairment of the lien of the Lender on such Collateral and, except for any tax, fee, assessment or other charges assessed subsequent to the Lender’s foreclosure on such Collateral pursuant to the Loan Documents;
     d. as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the filing of any financing statements or other documents necessary to assure, preserve and perfect the security interest created hereby, and except as permitted by the Credit Agreement, the Lender shall have a valid, perfected, enforceable lien on, and a continuing security interest in, the Collateral, enforceable and superior, subject to Permitted Liens, as such as against creditors and purchasers (other than purchasers of Inventory in the ordinary course of business) and as against any owner of real property where any of the equipment or Inventory is located and as against any purchaser of such real property and any present or future creditor obtaining a mortgage or other lien on such real property, and such lien shall be superior and prior to all other liens on the Collateral;
     e. the chief executive office of the Grantor is at PO Box 2365, Southampton, New York 11969, and the Grantor maintains its books of account and records only at such address; and
     f. none of the Collateral is held by a third party in any location as assignee, trustee, bailee, consignee or in any similar capacity.
All representations, warranties and agreements of the Grantor contained in this Agreement shall survive the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement until the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 13 hereof.
     3.  Covenants. The Grantor hereby covenants to and agrees with the Lender that so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect or any Obligations shall remain unpaid or unperformed:
     a. The Grantor shall promptly give written notice to the Lender of any levy or attachment, execution or other process against any of the Collateral;
     b. The Grantor at its sole cost and expense shall take any and all actions reasonably necessary or desirable to defend the Collateral against the claims and demands of all persons other than the Lender and holders of adverse liens permitted by the Credit Agreement and to defend the security interest of the Lender in the Collateral and the priority thereof against any adverse lien of any nature not permitted by the Credit Agreement;
     c. The Grantor shall keep all tangible Collateral properly insured in the manner and form required under the Credit Agreement and in good order and repair (normal wear and tear excepted) and promptly notify the Lender of any event causing any material loss, damage or depreciation in value of the Collateral and of the extent of such loss, damage or depreciation;

-4-


 

     d. The Grantor shall mark any Collateral that is chattel paper with a legend showing the Lender’s lien and security interest therein;
     e. The Grantor shall not (i) amend or terminate any contract or other document or instrument constituting part of the Collateral, except for transactions in the ordinary course of business substantially consistent with industry practice; or (ii) voluntarily or involuntarily exchange, lease, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Collateral, except as otherwise permitted under the Credit Agreement;
     f. The Grantor at all times shall keep accurate and complete records of the Collateral and, upon the reasonable request of the Lender, shall furnish the Lender a schedule or schedules, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, describing such Collateral as the Lender may require;
     g. The Lender, or any of its agents, shall have the right to call at the Grantor’s place or places of business during normal business hours at intervals to be determined by the Lender and without hindrance or delay after notice to the Grantor, to inspect the Collateral and to inspect, audit, verify, check and make extracts from the books, records, journals, orders, receipts, correspondence and other data relating to the Collateral;
     h. If any of the Accounts or General Intangibles of the Grantor arise out of contracts with the United States or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof, the Grantor shall promptly notify the Lender in writing and execute any instruments and take any steps required by the Lender in order that all monies due and to become due under such contracts shall be assigned to the Lender and notice thereof given to the United States Government under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act;
     i. Without the prior written consent of the Lender or except as otherwise permitted by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement, the Grantor will not (1) pledge, assign or grant a security interest in any of the Collateral to anyone except the Lender, (2) permit any lien or encumbrance to attach to any of the Collateral, (3) permit any levy to be made on the Collateral or (4) permit any financing statement (except any financing statements executed by Grantor for the benefit of Lender as secured party) to be on file with respect to any Collateral; provided , however, that in the event that Lender or its Affiliates are in breach under the Credit Agreement or the Equipment and Facilities Lease Agreement, then Borrower shall be permitted to purchase equipment from a third party seller and to issue such third party seller a first priority purchase money security interest solely in the acquired equipment;
     j. The Grantor shall pay and discharge when due all taxes, levies and other charges on the Collateral, unless such tax, levy or other charge is being contested in good faith and with respect to which adequate reserves (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) have been established and are being maintained and unless such tax, levy or other charge is assessed subsequent to the Lender’s foreclosure on such Collateral pursuant to the Loan Documents;

-5-


 

     k. If any Inventory or Equipment shall become in the possession or control of any third party, the Grantor shall notify such third party of the security interest created hereby and instruct such third party to hold such Inventory and Equipment for the Lender’s account and subject to the Lender’s instructions. If any Collateral is subject to a certificate of title at any time, the Grantor shall deliver such certificate of title to the Lender together with such documents as shall be necessary to cause the security interest of the Lender to be noted thereon;
     l. If at any time Grantor shall receive any shares of stock or stock certificates, or any other instruments evidencing Securities, Grantor shall promptly deliver any such instruments to Lender as additional security for the Obligations, all of which additional security shall constitute Collateral. With respect to any Collateral that is an “uncertificated security” for purposes of the Code (other than any “uncertificated securities” credited to a Securities Account under the control of the Lender), Grantor shall cause the issuer of such uncertificated security to either (i) register the Lender as the registered owner thereof on the books and records of the issuer or (ii) execute an agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender pursuant to which such issuer agrees to comply with the Lender’s instructions with respect to such uncertificated security without further consent by such Grantor; or
     m. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, any dividends or other distributions received by Grantor on account of the Collateral shall be held in trust by Grantor for the benefit of the Lender, and Grantor shall immediately notify Lender in writing, and shall, if Lender so instructs, immediately pay over such dividends or other distributions to Lender as Collateral.
     4.  Events of Default. Each of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” hereunder:
     a. The occurrence of a default or an “Event of Default” under the Note or the Credit Agreement; or
     b. [Intentionally Removed].
     5.  Remedies Upon Default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, after any applicable cure period, and at any time thereafter, Lender may (but shall not be required to) take any or all of the following actions simultaneously or in any order which it may choose:
     a. The Lender may from time to time take whatever action at law or in equity may appear necessary or desirable in order to collect the monies payable hereunder or secured hereby or to enforce performance and observance of any obligation, agreement or covenant hereunder.
     b. The Lender may foreclose its security interest in any of the Collateral in any way permitted by law; and the Lender may thereupon, or at any time thereafter, in its sole discretion, without notice or demand (except such notice as may be specifically required by law) and with or without having the Collateral at the time or place of sale,

-6-


 

sell or otherwise dispose of the Collateral, or any part thereof, at one or more public or private sales, at any time or place, at such price or prices and upon such terms, either for cash, credit or future delivery, as the Lender may elect. In the exercise of such remedy, the Lender may sell all of the Collateral as a unit even though the sales price thereof may be in excess of the amounts remaining unpaid on the Obligations. To the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law, the Lender is authorized at any sale or other disposition of the Collateral, if it deems it advisable so to do, to restrict (with respect to any Securities that are part of the Collateral) the prospective bidders or purchasers thereof to persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing for their own account for investment, and not with a view to the distribution or resale of any of the Collateral. At any such public sale the Lender may bid for and become the purchaser of all or any part of the Collateral, and such sale or sales may be held without demand of performance, notice of intention to sell, the time or place of sale or any other matter, except for such notice as may be specifically required by law; and the purchaser at any such sale or other disposition shall thereafter hold the Collateral sold absolutely free from any claim or right of the Grantor of whatsoever kind, including any right of redemption of the Grantor, all such rights being hereby expressly waived and released by the Grantor to the extent permitted by law.
     c. The Lender may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. The Grantor hereby assents to the passage of a decree for the sale of any of the Collateral by any court having jurisdiction. In any action hereunder, the Lender shall be entitled to the appointment of a receiver without notice, to peaceably take possession of all or any portion of the Collateral and to exercise such powers as the court shall confer upon the receiver. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Lender shall be entitled to apply, without notice to the Grantor, any cash or cash items constituting Collateral in its possession to payment of the Obligations.
     d. Lender shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to apply for and have a receiver appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction in any action taken by Lender to enforce its rights and remedies hereunder in order to manage, protect and preserve the Collateral and continue the operation of the business of Grantor and to collect all revenues and profits thereof and apply the same to the payment of all expenses and other charges of such receivership, including but not limited to the compensation of the receiver, until a sale or other disposition of such Collateral shall be finally made and consummated. Lender and Grantor acknowledge and agree that in connection with any exercise by the Lender of its rights hereunder to dispose of or operate under certain of the Collateral, it may be necessary to obtain the prior consent or approval of certain governmental authorities. Upon the exercise by Lender of any power, right, privilege or remedy pursuant to this Agreement which requires any consent or approval of any governmental authority, Grantor will execute and deliver, or will cause the execution and delivery of, all applications, certificates and other documents which may reasonably be required to obtain such approval or consent. Grantor shall cooperate in good faith with Lender and any purchaser of the Collateral in obtaining any such approvals or consents.

-7-


 

     e. The Grantor hereby authorizes and empowers the Lender to sell its interest in the Collateral in accordance with any Applicable Law. Such Collateral or any interest therein may be sold upon such terms and in as many lots as the person conducting the sale may, in his sole discretion, elect. No readvertisements of any sale shall be required if the sale is adjourned by announcement, at the time or place set therefor, of the date, time or place to which the same is to be adjourned.
     f. The Lender may, to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law, exercise any and all rights of conversion, exchange or subscription and any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to any of the Collateral, as if the Lender were the absolute owner thereof, including (without limitation) the right to exchange, at its discretion, any and all of the Collateral upon the merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other readjustment of any subsidiary of Grantor.
     g. The Lender may take possession of the Collateral pursuant hereto without legal process and without incurring liability to the Grantor therefor for the purpose of exercising its rights hereunder.
     h. The Lender may (1) notify all or any of the makers, account debtors or any person obligated to the Grantor for any amount with respect to an Account or General Intangible (collectively, the “obligors” and individually, an obligor”) that the Accounts and the General Intangibles have been assigned to the Lender and to request confirmation from any obligor of the amount shown by the Accounts or the General Intangibles to be payable or any other matter stated therein or relating thereto, and such notices may be given by the Lender in its own name or in the name of the Grantor; (2) demand, collect or compromise for any and all sums that are now or may hereafter become due or owing on any Account or General Intangible; (3) enforce payment of any Account or General Intangible either in its own name or in the name of the Grantor; and (4) endorse in the name of the Grantor, and to collect, any instruments tendered or received in payment of any Account or General Intangible. The Lender under no circumstances shall be under any duty to act in regard to any of the foregoing matters. The Grantor appoints the Lender, and any officer or employee of the Lender as the Lender from time to time may designate, as attorneys-in-fact for the Grantor, to sign and endorse in the name of the Grantor, to give notices in the name of the Grantor and to perform all other actions necessary or desirable in the reasonable discretion of the Lender to effect these provisions and carry out the intent hereof. This power, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable so long as any Account or General Intangible assigned to the Lender remains unpaid and this Agreement has not been terminated in accordance with the terms hereof.
     i. At the option of the Lender, the Grantor agrees that, upon receipt of all checks, drafts, cash and other remittances in payment or on account of the Accounts or the General Intangibles (collectively, the “payments” and individually, a “payment”), the Grantor will deposit the same in a special bank account designated by Lender, over which the Lender has the exclusive right of withdrawal, and will designate with each such deposit the particular Account or General Intangible upon which the payment was made. The funds in such special account shall be held by the Lender as security for the Obligations. The payments shall be deposited in precisely the form received except for

-8-


 

the endorsement of the Grantor where necessary to permit collection of such items, which endorsement the Grantor agrees to make, and which the Lender is authorized to make on the Grantor’s behalf. Pending such deposit, the Grantor agrees that it will not commingle any payments with any of the Grantor’s funds or property, but will hold them separate and apart therefrom and upon an express trust for the Lender until deposit thereof is made in the special account. The Lender, at any time and from time to time after the occurrence of an Event of Default, in its sole discretion, may apply any part of the credit balance in the special account to the payment of the Obligations.
     j. The Lender may exercise any other right or remedy with respect to any of the Collateral given to secured parties under the applicable Code or other Applicable Law.
     k. Any notification required by Section 9-611 of the Code shall be deemed reasonably and properly given if mailed, certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Grantor, at least ten (10) days before any sale or disposition of any of the Collateral which is subject to the Code. Any advertisement of the sale or other disposition of such Collateral shall be deemed to be reasonable if such advertisement is placed in a newspaper of general circulation in or about the location of the chief executive offices or principal place of business of Grantor or the location of the sale at least once in each of the two (2) calendar weeks immediately preceding the sale.
     l. At the request of Lender, the Grantor shall deliver to the Lender all original and other documents evidencing and relating to the sale and delivery of Inventory or Accounts, including but not limited to, all original orders, invoices and shipping receipts. The Grantor shall also furnish to the Lender, promptly upon the request of the Lender, such reports, reconciliations and aging balances regarding Accounts as the Lender may request from time to time.
     All of Lender’s rights and remedies hereunder, under the Note and under any of the other Loan Documents shall be cumulative and not exclusive, and shall be enforceable alternatively, successively or concurrently as Lender may, in its sole discretion, deem expedient. Lender shall have no obligation to preserve rights in the Collateral or marshal any of the Collateral for the benefit of any person or entity. The Obligations are recourse obligations. Accordingly, the exercise of Lender’s remedies hereunder, or any of them, including, without limitation, foreclosure on the Collateral, shall not result in a satisfaction or discharge of the Obligations or otherwise limit Lender’s ability to exercise its other remedies hereunder.
     6.  Application of Proceeds. Any proceeds received from the exercise of any remedy hereunder, after deducting therefrom any and all costs and expenses reasonably incurred in securing possession of any Collateral, in shipping and storing the Collateral, in preparing the Collateral for sale or otherwise dealing with Collateral prior to any sale or other disposition thereof and in connection with the sale or other disposition thereof (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees and brokers’ commissions), shall be applied toward the payment of any and all amounts due under or with respect to the Obligations, including interest, and all other costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Lender in connection with this Agreement which are then due and payable, in such order and amounts as the Lender, in its

-9-


 

sole discretion, may elect. If such net proceeds should be insufficient to pay all of the amounts due under or with respect to the Obligations, including interest, that are due and payable and all such other costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Lender, and a deficiency shall result, the Grantor shall nevertheless remain liable for such deficiency; and if such net proceeds should be more than sufficient to pay the same, such surplus shall be accounted for and, if any Obligations remain outstanding but are not yet due and payable, retained by the Lender, who shall hold the same as security for the Obligations; and if no Obligations remain outstanding, such surplus shall be paid over to the Grantor or whomever a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine to be entitled thereto.
     7.  Powers of Attorney. The Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints the Lender (and any officer or agent of the Lender) as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with power of substitution for and in the name of the Lender or otherwise, for the use and benefit of the Lender, effective upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law: (i) to receive, endorse the name of the Grantor upon and deliver any notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment that may come into the possession of the Lender with respect to the Collateral; (ii) to cause the Grantor’s mail to be transferred to the Lender’s own offices and to receive and open all mail addressed to the Grantor for the purposes of removing any such notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment; (iii) to demand, collect and receive payment in respect of the Collateral and to apply any such payments directly to the payment of the Obligations; (iv) to receive and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (v) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction, to collect or otherwise realize on all or any part of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect thereof; (vi) to sign the name of the Grantor on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any of the Collateral; (vii) to send verification of any Accounts to any account debtor or customer; (viii) to notify any account debtor or other obligor of the company with respect to any Collateral to make payment to the Lender; (ix) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating or pertaining to all or any of the Collateral; (x) to take any action for purposes of carrying out of the terms of this Agreement; (xi) to enforce all of the Grantor’s rights and powers under and pursuant to any and all agreements with respect to the Collateral; and (xii) generally to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral, and to do all other acts and things necessary to carry out this Agreement, as fully and completely as though the Lender were the absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Lender to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Lender, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered thereby, and no action taken by the Lender or omitted to be taken with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof shall give rise to any defense, counterclaim or offset in favor of the Grantor or to any claim or action against the Lender. It is understood and agreed that the power of attorney granted to the Lender for the purposes set forth above in this Section 7 is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable and the Grantor hereby ratifies all actions taken by its attorney-in-fact by virtue hereof. The provisions of this Section 7 shall in no event relieve the Grantor of any of its obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or impose any obligation on the Lender to proceed in

-10-


 

any particular manner with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof, or in any way limit the exercise by the Lender of any other or further right which it may have on the date of this Agreement or hereafter, whether hereunder, under any of the other Loan Documents, by law or otherwise.
     8.  Collateral Reserve Account. If requested by the Lender to do so on or at any time after an Event of Default has occurred and during its continuance, Grantor shall establish and thereafter maintain with the Lender or its designee a demand deposit account for the concentration and collection of proceeds of certain Collateral (the “Collateral Reserve Account”) into which the Grantor shall transfer and deliver all cash, checks, drafts, items and other instruments for the payment of money which it now has or may at any time hereafter receive in full or partial payment for the Collateral or otherwise as proceeds of the Collateral and, pending such transfer and delivery, Grantor shall be deemed to hold same in trust for the benefit of the Lender. Grantor shall not be entitled to withdraw funds on deposit in the Collateral Reserve Account after its inception without the prior written consent of the Lender; provided, however, that, at any time during which collected funds exist on deposit in the Collateral Reserve Account, the Lender may withdraw such deposits, or any portion thereof, therefrom, for application against the Obligations in such manner as the Lender, in its sole discretion, may determine.
     9.  Collections. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Lender may, in its sole discretion, in its name or in the name of the Grantor, or otherwise, (a) demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable on account of or in exchange for, or make any compromise or settlement deemed desirable with respect to any of the Collateral, but shall be under no obligation to do so, or (b) extend the time of payment, arrange for payment in installments, or otherwise modify the term of, or release, any of the Collateral, without thereby incurring responsibility to, or discharging or otherwise affecting any liability of, the Grantor, other than to discharge the Grantor in so doing with respect to liabilities of the Grantor to the extent that the liabilities are paid or repaid. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any money, checks, notes, bills, drafts, or commercial paper received by the Grantor shall be held in trust for the Lender and any other Lender having rights thereto senior to the Lender and shall be promptly turned over to the Lender or any other Lender having rights thereto senior to the Lender as their interest shall appear. The Lender may make such payments and take such actions as the Lender, in its sole discretion, deem necessary to protect its security interest in the Collateral or the value thereof, and the Lender is hereby unconditionally and irrevocably authorized (without limiting the general nature of the authority hereinabove conferred) to pay, purchase, contest or compromise any liens which in the judgment of the Lender appear to be equal to, prior to or superior to its security interest in the Collateral and any liens not expressly permitted by this Agreement, the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents.
     10.  Expenses. The Grantor shall pay, when due, any and all reasonable fees, taxes or (other than taxes based on the income of Lender) other charges imposed in connection with the granting of the security interests hereunder including, without limitation, any fees imposed in connection with recordation of instruments necessary or desirable in order to reflect, effectuate or release such security interests.

-11-


 

     11.  Notices. All notices and other communications given to or made upon any party hereto in connection with this Agreement shall, except as otherwise expressly herein provided, be in writing and mailed via certified mail, sent by Federal Express or other similar express delivery service for next day delivery, faxed (with a confirming copy sent by such a express delivery service for next day delivery) or hand delivered to the respective parties to their respective addresses set forth or referenced in Section 7.10 of the Credit Agreement, or in accordance with any subsequent written direction delivered in accordance with this section from the recipient party to the sending party. All such notices and other communications shall, except as otherwise expressly herein provided, be effective upon delivery if delivered by hand; in the case of certified mail, three Business Days after the date sent; in the case of any fax, when received; or in the case of express delivery service, the day after delivery of the notice to such service with charges prepaid.
     12.  Assignability and Parties in Interest. This Agreement shall not be assignable by Grantor without the written consent of Lender. Lender shall have the right to assign this Agreement without Grantor’s consent to any person at Lender’s sole discretion, including to Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. or any Affiliate thereof. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
     13.  Termination. This Agreement shall terminate and the Security Interest shall be released upon the earliest to occur of (i) the payment and satisfaction in full of the Note and all of the Obligations relating to the Note; or (ii) the mutual agreement of Grantor and Lender.
     14.  Certain Waivers; Grantor Not Discharged. The Grantor expressly and irrevocably waives (to the extent permitted by Applicable Law) presentment, demand of payment and protest of nonpayment in respect of its Obligations under this Agreement. The obligations and duties of the Grantor hereunder are irrevocable, absolute, and unconditional and shall not be discharged, impaired or otherwise affected by (a) the failure of the Lender to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Grantor or any waiver, consent, extension, indulgence or other action or inaction in respect thereof, (b) any extension or renewal of any part of the Obligations, (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, (d) the release of any liens on or security interests in any part of the Collateral or the release, sale or exchange of or failure to foreclose against any security held by or for the benefit of the Lender for payment or performance of the Obligations, (e) the bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Grantor or any grantee or any other persons, (f) the invalidity or unenforceability of the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, (g) any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of the Grantor or any grantee or any restructuring or refinancing of all or any portion of the Obligations, or (h) any other event which under law would discharge the obligations of a surety.
     15. Transfer of Security Interest. The Lender may transfer to any other person all or any part of the liens and security interests granted hereby, and all, or any part of the Collateral which may be in the Lender’s possession after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or, if to a successor Lender in accordance with the Credit Agreement, at any time. Upon such transfer, the transferee shall be vested with all the rights and powers of the Lender hereunder with respect to such of the Collateral as is so transferred, but, with respect to

-12-


 

any of the Collateral not so transferred, the Lender shall retain all of their rights and powers (whether given to it in this Agreement, or otherwise). The Lender may, at any time, assign all or any portion of its rights as the Lender hereunder to any person in the Lender’s discretion, including without limitation Bear Stearns & Co. Inc. or any Affiliate thereof, and upon notice to the Grantor, but without any requirement for consent or approval by or from Grantor, and any such assignment shall be valid and binding upon the Grantor, as fully as it had expressly approved the same.
     16.  Indemnity; Reimbursement of Lender. The Grantor agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Lender harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, judgments and liabilities (including but not limited to, liabilities for penalties) of any nature, and to reimburse the Lender for all reasonable costs and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees and expenses, arising from this Agreement or the exercise of any right or remedy granted to the Lender hereunder, except to the extent such claims arise out of Lender’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud. In no event shall the Lender be liable for any matter or thing in connection with this Agreement other than to account for moneys actually received by the Lender in accordance with the terms hereof. All indemnities contained in this Section 16 and elsewhere in this Agreement shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.
     17.  No Liability for Collateral. Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody of any Collateral, the Lender shall not, under any circumstance or in any event whatsoever, have any liability for any part of the Collateral, nor shall the Lender have any liability for any error or omission or delivery of any kind incurred in the good faith settlement, collection or payment of any of the Collateral or any monies received in payment therefor or for any damages resulting therefrom, nor shall this Agreement impose upon the Lender any obligation to perform any obligation with respect to the Collateral. The costs of collection, notification and enforcement, including but not limited to, attorneys’ fees and out-of-pocket expenses, shall be borne solely by the Grantor, whether the same are incurred by the Grantor or the Lender.
     18.  Definitions. Any capitalized terms used herein which are not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Credit Agreement.
     19.  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws principles, except to the extent that the perfection and the effect of perfection or non-perfection of any security interests created hereby is governed by the laws of a jurisdiction other than the State of New York.
     20.  Complete Agreement. This Agreement and the Credit Agreement contain the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated herein and, except as provided herein, supersede all previous oral and written and all contemporaneous oral negotiations, commitments, writings and understandings.
     21.  Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement may be amended only by a writing signed by the Grantor and Lender. No delay or omission on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right

-13-


 

hereunder or operate to constrain the rights of any other parties hereunder. No waiver of any one right shall operate as a waiver of any subsequent right.
     22.  Interpretation. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
     23.  Continuing Lien. It is the intent of the parties hereto that (a) this Agreement shall constitute a continuing agreement as to any and all future, as well as existing transactions, between the Grantor and the Lender under or in connection with the Notes, and (b) the security interest provided for herein shall attach to after-acquired as well as existing Collateral and the Obligations covered by this Agreement shall include any future advances under or in connection with the Credit Agreement.
     24.  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute but one contract, and shall become effective when copies hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the parties hereto shall be delivered or mailed to the Lender.
     25.  Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any material respect, such provision shall be replaced with a provision which is as close as possible in effect to such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision, and still be valid, legal and enforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, unless the parties otherwise so provide.
     26.  Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial.
     a. THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE FEDERAL COURT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA LOCATED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK SOLELY IN RESPECT OF THE INTERPRETATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, AND HEREBY WAIVE, AND AGREE NOT TO ASSERT, AS A DEFENSE IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING FOR THE INTERPRETATION OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF OR OF ANY SUCH DOCUMENT, THAT IT IS NOT SUBJECT THERETO OR THAT SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING MAY NOT BE BROUGHT OR IS NOT MAINTAINABLE IN SAID COURTS OR THAT THE VENUE THEREOF MAY NOT BE APPROPRIATE OR THAT THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY SUCH DOCUMENT MAY NOT BE ENFORCED IN OR BY SUCH COURTS, AND THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AGREE THAT ALL CLAIMS WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH A STATE OR FEDERAL COURT. THE PARTIES HEREBY CONSENT TO AND GRANT ANY SUCH COURT JURISDICTION OVER THE PERSON OF SUCH PARTIES AND OVER THE SUBJECT MATTER OF SUCH DISPUTE.

-14-


 

     b. EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (i) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (ii) EACH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (iii) EACH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (iv) EACH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 26(b).
     27.  Further Assurances. Grantor agrees, from time to time, at its expense, to do such further things, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions as the Lender may from time to time reasonably request for the better assuming and preserving of the security interests and rights and remedies created hereby, including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of such financing statements or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, as may be necessary or desirable, or as Lender may request in order to perfect and preserve the security interests granted hereby. Grantor hereby authorizes Lender or its agent to file such financing statements and/or such continuation statements and amendments thereto relating to all or any part of the Collateral without its signature, where permitted by law. A carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Agreement or any financing statement covering the collateral granted hereby or any part thereof shall be sufficient as a financing statement where permitted by law.
     28.  Amendment and Restatement. This Agreement amends and restates in their entirety the Original Security Agreement and the Existing Security Agreement, and from and after the Effective Date hereof, and subject to the terms hereof, the terms and provisions of the Original Security Agreement and the Existing Security Agreement shall be superseded by the terms and provisions of this Agreement. The Grantor hereby agrees that (i) the liens and security interest granted by Grantor under the Original Security Agreement and the Existing Security Agreement shall be deemed to be liens and security interests securing the indebtedness, Obligations, borrowings, advances and liabilities under the Credit Agreement and shall remain outstanding and governed by this Agreement, and shall not constitute a novation, and (ii) all liens and security interests securing the indebtedness, Obligations, borrowings, advances and liabilities under the Original Agreement and the Existing Credit Agreement shall continue in full force and effect to secure the indebtedness and Obligations of Borrower under the Credit Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents.
[remainder of page intentionally blank; signature page follows]

-15-


 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENT
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor and Lender have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.
             
    GRANTOR:    
 
           
    ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS, LLC,    
 
           
    a Delaware limited liability, company    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Robert A. Gerard    
 
           
 
  Name:   ROBERT A. GERARD    
 
  Title:   CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER    
 
           
    LENDER:    
 
           
    METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.,    
 
           
    a Delaware corporation    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Roger D. Linquist    
 
           
 
  Name:   Roger D. Linquist    
 
  Title:   President and CEO    

 


 

EXHIBIT C
FORM OF COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE
COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE
TO
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
     1.  Agreement to be Bound. The undersigned (the “Holding Subsidiary”) hereby agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, executed on December 15, 2005 as of the December 22, 2004, by and between MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Royal Street Communications, LLC, and the Holding Subsidiaries that from time to time become parties thereto (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”).
     2.  Capitalized Terms. All capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement; provided that all references to Borrower in the Credit Agreement and in this Counterpart Signature Page (this “Agreement”) shall mean Borrower and Holding Subsidiary.
     3. [Intentionally Deleted].
     4.  Notice Address. The notice address of the undersigned for purposes of Section 7.10 of the Credit Agreement is as follows:
         
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
 
 
   
     5.  Representations and Warranties. Holding Subsidiary hereby represents and warrants to Lender as follows:
     a. Holding Subsidiary is [a limited liability company] [corporation] duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware with all requisite power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as now being conducted, and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign limited liability company in good standing in each jurisdiction where the ownership of its properties or the conduct of its business makes such qualification necessary, except in those jurisdictions where failure so to qualify will not permanently impair title to a material amount of its properties or its rights to enforce in all material respects contracts against others or expose it to substantial liabilities in such jurisdictions.
     b. Holding Subsidiary has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the

 


 

other Loan Documents to which it is a party. Holding Subsidiary has taken all action necessary to authorize this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party. This Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Holding Subsidiary and are the legal, valid and binding obligations of Holding Subsidiary enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or (ii) general principles of equity.
     c. Neither the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents by Holding Subsidiary nor the consummation by Holding Subsidiary of the transactions contemplated herein or therein will, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, (i) violate any Applicable Laws to which Holding Subsidiary is subject, (ii) conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, the organizational documents of Holding Subsidiary, any license or permit of such Holding Subsidiary, or any material contract to which Holding Subsidiary is a party or by which Holding Subsidiary may be bound or affected, or (iii) except with respect to the exercise of certain of Lender’s remedies under the Loan Documents, require Holding Subsidiary to obtain any authorization, consent, approval or waiver from, or to make any filing with, any Governmental Entity or non-governmental third party.
     d. There is no Litigation pending against Holding Subsidiary, or, to the knowledge of Holding Subsidiary, a basis for Litigation or threatened Litigation against Holding Subsidiary which (a) seeks to enjoin or obtain damages in respect of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or (b) has or could have a Holding Subsidiary Material Adverse Effect.
     e. Holding Subsidiary has complied and presently is in compliance with all Applicable Laws except to the extent that failure by Holding Subsidiary to comply with Applicable Laws does not and will not have a Holding Subsidiary Material Adverse Effect.
     f. [Intentionally Deleted].
     g. Holding Subsidiary is not in material default under or in material violation in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any provision of its constitutive documents or contained in any other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its properties is subject, and Holding Subsidiary is not in material violation of any statute, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over it or any of its properties.
     h. As of the date of this Agreement, Holding Subsidiary has no indebtedness outstanding except its obligations under the Loan Documents and the indebtedness permitted pursuant to the terms of Loan Documents; none of such Indebtedness is in

-2-


 

default.
     i. Holding Subsidiary holds the License(s) listed on Schedule 1 hereto.
     j. No representation or warranty of the Holding Subsidiary contained in this Agreement, the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not materially misleading. There is no fact known to the Holding Subsidiary which materially adversely affects its business, operations, property, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) which has not been disclosed herein or in such other documents, certificates and statements furnished to the Lender for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned hereby executes the Credit Agreement as of                                           .
             
         
    a Delaware [limited liability company] [corporation]
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
  Name:        
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
     
 
   

-3-


 

Schedule 1
Holding Subsidiary Licenses

-4-


 

EXHIBIT D
FORM OF LEASEHOLD MORTGAGE
      THIS LEASEHOLD MORTGAGE (“Leasehold Mortgage”) is made as of the                      day of                                           , by and between ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Grantor”) and METROPCS WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Lender”).
RECITALS:
     A. Pursuant to the terms of that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, executed on December 15, 2005 as of December 22, 2004 (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) by and among Lender, Grantor and certain other parties thereto, Grantor agreed to grant to the Lender a leasehold mortgage in any and all leases that Grantor enters into from time to time.
     B. Pursuant to that certain Lease (the “Lease”) dated                      , by and between Grantor and                                           (“Landlord”), Grantor has a leasehold interest (the “Leasehold”) in and to that certain parcel of real property located in                      and more particularly described on Exhibit A (the “Land”, and together with all improvements located thereon (“Improvements”), and all the estate, right, title, interest, and claim, either at law or in equity, of the Grantor, of, in, to, or out of such parcel and/or Improvements, the “Premises”).
     C. Grantor desires to grant this Leasehold Mortgage for the benefit of Lender on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
1. GRANTING CLAUSES
     1.1 For and in consideration of the sum of $10.00 and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and in order to secure the obligations of the Grantor under the Credit Agreement and the Promissory Note dated as of                      , 200___ made by Grantor for the benefit of Lender (the “Note”) (collectively, “Obligations”), Grantor does hereby grant, bargain, sell, convey, assign, transfer and set over unto Lender, and its successors and assigns, with power of sale and right of entry and possession, the following (collectively, the “Mortgaged Property”):
          1.1.1. the Leasehold and all other rights of Grantor in, to and under the Lease;
          1.1.2. the right, title and interest of Grantor under all leases, licenses, concession agreements or other agreements for use or occupancy of any portion of the Land or the Improvements, and any extensions, renewals or modifications thereof (“Leases”);

 


 

          1.1.3. all contracts from time to time executed by Grantor or its agent on its behalf relating to the ownership, construction, maintenance, repair, operation, occupancy, leasing, sale or financing of the Premises or any part thereof (collectively, “Contracts”);
          1.1.4. all proceeds from any compensation, awards, damages, rights of action, payments and proceeds arising from any condemnation or taking of the Premises or any part thereof by any governmental entity or other person having power and authority to condemn or take by eminent domain, and any conveyance or transfer of any portion of the Premises in lieu of such condemnation or taking;
          1.1.5. all payments, proceeds, settlements or other compensation heretofore or hereafter made, including any interest thereon, and the right to receive the same, from any and all insurance policies covering the Mortgaged Property or any portion thereof; and
          1.1.6. all proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing.
     1.2. Habendum. TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Mortgaged Property unto the Lender and its successors and assigns forever, for and during all the rest, residue and remainder of the unexpired term of the Lease and all renewals and extensions thereof.
     1.3. Purpose . This conveyance is made for the purpose of securing the following:
          1.3.1. the debt evidenced by the Note, together with interest on such principal amount and any and all renewals and/or extensions of such indebtedness;
          1.3.2. payment, performance and observance by Grantor of all the covenants, agreements, terms, conditions and provisions of the Credit Agreement, the Note, this Leasehold Mortgage, and the other Loan Documents.
     1.4. Reconveyance. Should the obligations secured by this Leasehold Mortgage be paid and performed in full, then this Leasehold Mortgage shall be released of record and Lender shall transfer and deliver up to Grantor any property at the time subject to this Leasehold Mortgage which may then be in Lender’s possession.
2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     Grantor hereby represents and warrants that Grantor is the owner of legal title to the Leasehold, and is lawfully possessed of the Leasehold, free from all liens, charges and encumbrances except the Lease, this Leasehold Mortgage and any rights held under statutes by providers of services in connection with the Improvements (the “Permitted Encumbrances”). Grantor has the right and authority to convey the Leasehold and does hereby warrant specially, and agrees to defend, the Leasehold and the title thereto, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, against all claims and demands by any person.

-2-


 

3. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
     3.1. The Grantor, for itself and its successors and assigns, covenants and agrees as part of this Leasehold Mortgage, as follows:
          3.1.1. Grantor shall (i) promptly make when due and payable all payments required to be made by Grantor under the Lease, (ii) perform all other covenants and obligations required to be performed by Grantor under the terms of the Lease and (iii) pay all taxes and assessments and all other charges of every nature that may be assessed, levied or imposed against Grantor or the Mortgaged Property.
          3.1.2. Grantor shall maintain the Premises in good and safe order and condition (consistent with the best practices of similarly situated companies) and in a rentable and tenantable state of repair, and will make or cause to be made, as and when necessary, all repairs, renewals and replacements, structural and nonstructural, exterior and interior, ordinary and extraordinary.
          3.1.3. In the event the ownership of the Leasehold becomes vested in a person other than the Grantor, the Lender may, without notice to the Grantor, deal with such successor or successors in interest with reference to this Leasehold Mortgage and the indebtedness secured hereby in the same manner as with the Grantor, and any extension of the time of the payment of the indebtedness or any other modification of the terms of the indebtedness at the instance of the then owner shall not relieve the Grantor of its liability on the Note or the Credit Agreement or from the performance of any of the covenants contained herein whether such extension or modification be made with or without the consent of the Grantor.
          3.1.4. Grantor shall keep proper books of record and account relating to the Mortgaged Property. Grantor shall permit representatives of the Lender to visit and inspect the Premises at any reasonable time after delivery by Lender of prior written notice.
          3.1.5. Grantor shall promptly notify Lender in writing of any event of default by Grantor in the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions on the part of Grantor to be performed under the Lease. Grantor shall promptly deliver to Lender copies of any notices to be given by the Grantor to the Landlord pursuant to the Lease simultaneously with the giving of such notices by the Grantor.
          3.1.6. Grantor shall (i) notify Lender in writing within five (5) days of the receipt by Grantor of any notice claiming that Grantor is in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions to be performed or observed by Grantor under the terms of the Lease, and (ii) promptly cause a copy of each such notice received by the Grantor to be delivered to the Lender.
          3.1.7. If Grantor shall fail to make any payment required to be made under the Lease as and when required or shall fail to perform or observe any other term, covenant, agreement or obligation required to be performed or observed by the Grantor under the Lease, Lender shall have the right, at its option, to make any such payment or to perform any other act

-3-


 

or take such actions as may be appropriate to cause such other term, covenant, agreement or obligation to be promptly performed or observed on behalf of Grantor to the end that Grantor’s rights under the Lease be kept unimpaired and free from default. Grantor shall reimburse Lender on demand for moneys expended in connection with Lender’s exercise of its rights as provided in this subsection, with interest at the rate set forth in the Credit Agreement for advances thereunder, and the same shall be secured by this Leasehold Mortgage.
4. NEGATIVE COVENANTS
          4.1. Grantor shall not create or suffer to exist any lien, charge or encumbrance on the Mortgaged Property or any part thereof, whether superior or subordinate to the lien of this Leasehold Mortgage, except for (i) the Lease, (ii) the lien of this Leasehold Mortgage, (iii) the Permitted Encumbrances, and (iv) liens for taxes and other assessments not delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.
          4.2. Grantor shall not, without the prior written consent of Lender, (i) sell, assign, transfer or convey all or any portion of the Mortgaged Property, or any interest therein, either voluntarily or by operation of law or (ii) Grantor shall not modify, release, surrender, or terminate the Lease.
5. CONDEMNATION
     5.1. In the event of any proceedings, negotiations or receipt of notice of any permanent or temporary condemnation or taking of all or any portion of the Premises by eminent domain, alteration of the grade of any street, or other injury to or decrease in the value of the Premises by any public or quasi-public authority or corporation (a “Taking”), Grantor shall notify Lender promptly in writing of such Taking.
     5.2. Lender is hereby authorized, at its option, to appear in any condemnation proceedings affecting the Premises. Grantor shall not settle or compromise any claim in connection with any taking through condemnation without the prior written consent of Grantor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
     5.3. In the event of a Taking, all proceeds, awards or other compensation for such Taking that are payable to Grantor (“Awards”) are hereby assigned and shall be payable by the authority in question directly to Lender for application as set forth herein. Lender shall have the right to retain and apply such Awards to the payment of the Obligations, to restoration of the property not taken or damaged, or both.
6. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION
     6.1. Grantor shall promptly give notice to Lender upon obtaining knowledge that any material portion of the Premises is damaged or destroyed by any casualty. Grantor shall restore, repair, replace or rebuild the Premises to substantially the condition the Premises were in immediately prior to such damage or destruction.

-4-


 

     6.2. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of any damage or destruction the insurance proceeds shall be turned over to Lender, and Lender, at its option, may apply such proceeds to the payment of the Obligations or make such proceeds available to pay restoration costs.
7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT
     The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default”:
     7.1. If Grantor shall fail to pay any sum required under this Leasehold Mortgage, the Credit Agreement or the Note on the date such sum is due and payable, and such failure shall continue uncured for five (5) business days following the giving of notice of such failure by Lender to Grantor.
     7.2. If Grantor shall fail to pay any sum required under the Lease or if Grantor shall fail to perform any other covenant or obligation to be performed by Grantor under the terms of the Lease after the expiration of all applicable cure periods thereunder.
8. REMEDIES
     8.1. Upon occurrence of any Event of Default, (i) the entire principal balance, all unpaid interest accrued thereon and all other sums secured by this Leasehold Mortgage shall at the option of Lender become immediately due and payable without presentment, notice, protest or demand, and/or (ii) Lender may pursue any and all remedies available under the Note, this Leasehold Mortgage or applicable law.
     8.2. Upon occurrence of any Event of Default, Lender shall have the following rights and remedies:
          8.2.1. Commence, with or without entry, proceedings to foreclose this Leasehold Mortgage as a mortgage, or to sell the Mortgaged Property under the judgment or decree of a court or courts of competent jurisdiction.
          8.2.2. Sell the Mortgaged Property at public auction at some convenient place in Maryland or in such other place or places as may be permitted or required by law, at such time, in such manner and upon such terms as may be specified in the notice of sale, which notice of sale shall state the time when, and the place where, the same is to be made, shall contain a brief general description of the property to be sold, and shall be sufficiently given if published once a week for three (3) successive weeks prior to such sale in at least one newspaper, if any, printed in the English language and customarily published at least once a week in the place or places where such sale is to take place, and in such other manner as may be required by law, and such sale may be adjourned by announcement at the time and place appointed for such sale or for such adjourned sale or sales, and, without further notice of publication, such sale may be made at the time and place to which the same shall be so adjourned.

-5-


 

          8.2.3. Assume and perform prospectively all of Grantor’s rights and interest under the Lease. Lender also shall have the right (but not the obligation) to cure any defaults by Grantor under the Lease and to exercise any options granted to Grantor under the Lease.
          8.2.4 Exercise any other right or remedy available under applicable law.
     8.3. If Grantor should (i) fail to pay any insurance premium, sums due under any Permitted Encumbrance or any other sums required hereunder to be paid by Grantor, or (ii) fail to make necessary repairs, or permit waste, or fail to cure any default under any Permitted Encumbrance or fail to perform any other covenant or obligation set forth herein, Lender shall have the right, but not the obligation, in Grantor’s name or in its own name, to make any payment and take any action which Grantor should have made or taken, or which Lender deems advisable to protect the security of this Leasehold Mortgage, without prejudice to any of Lender’s rights or remedies available hereunder or otherwise, at law or in equity. No such advance or performance shall be deemed to have cured any default or Event of Default. All such sums advanced by Lender, and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by Lender in taking such actions, shall be due and payable by Grantor immediately upon demand, shall be secured hereby and the lien therefor shall relate back to the date of this Leasehold Mortgage.
     8.4. Grantor and Lender agree that upon any sale of all or any portion of the Mortgaged Property, whether under the above assent to a decree, power of sale or otherwise, the proceeds of sale shall be applied as follows, unless otherwise required by law: (i) to the payment of all costs and expenses incident to such sale, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and a commission to the person making such sale equal to two percent (2%) of the gross proceeds of sale; (ii) to the discharge of all Impositions, with costs and interest, if they have priority over the lien of the Leasehold Mortgage; (iii) to the payment in full of the Obligations, including without limitation principal, interest and other charges, in such order as Lender may elect; (iv) to the payment of all claims of the Lender hereunder whether the same shall have then matured or not, including interest thereon at the rate set forth herein; and (v) the balance, if any, to the persons lawfully entitled to receive the same.
9. MISCELLANEOUS
     9.1. Further Assurances. Grantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and perform such further acts as may be reasonably requested by Lender from time to time to confirm the provisions of this Leasehold Mortgage, to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Leasehold Mortgage, or to confirm the priority of the lien created by this Leasehold Mortgage on any property, rights or interest encumbered or intended to be encumbered by this Leasehold Mortgage.
     9.2. Severability and Savings Clauses. If any provision of this Leasehold Mortgage is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of this Leasehold Mortgage, and the same provision as applied in other circumstances, shall remain in full force and effect and shall be liberally construed in favor of Lender in order to effect the intent of this Leasehold Mortgage.

-6-


 

     9.3. Notices and Communications. All notices and other communications given to or made upon any party hereto in connection with this Agreement shall, except as otherwise expressly herein provided, be in writing and mailed via certified mail, sent by Federal Express or other similar express delivery service for next day delivery, faxed (with a confirming copy sent by such a express delivery service for next day delivery) or hand delivered to the respective parties, as follows:
     If to Grantor:
     If to Lender:
MetroPCS Wireless, Inc.
8144 Walnut Hill Lane
Suite 800
Dallas, TX 75231
Attention: Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Facsimile: (972) 860-2682
     9.4. Modification, Amendment and Waiver. This Leasehold Mortgage cannot be modified or amended except by agreement in writing signed by Grantor and Lender. No waiver of any term or terms hereof shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the party against whom it is sought to be enforced.
     9.5. Applicable Law. This Leasehold Mortgage is made and delivered in the jurisdiction in which the Premises are located, and the terms hereof shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such jurisdiction. Grantor hereby (i) agrees that any suit arising out of or relating to this Leasehold Mortgage may at the option of Lender be brought in a court of record in such jurisdiction or in the courts of the United States of America located in such state, (ii) consents to the jurisdiction of each such court in any such suit, and (iii) waives any objection which it may have to the laying of venue in any such suit in any such courts.
     9.6. Counterparts; Interpretation. This Leasehold Mortgage may be executed in any number of counterparts, and all such counterparts shall constitute but one instrument. The use of any gender shall include all genders, as the context may require. The singular number shall include the plural and the plural the singular as the context may require. The captions in this Leasehold Mortgage are for convenience of reference only and shall be referred to in construing this Leasehold Mortgage. Time is of the essence with respect to performance by Grantor of each of the Obligations and the covenants set forth in this Leasehold Mortgage.
     9.7 Definitions. Any capitalized terms used herein which are not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such term in the Credit Agreement.

-7-


 

[Signatures on the following page]

-8-


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Grantor has executed this Leasehold Mortgage under seal on the date first above written.
                 
WITNESS:   GRANTOR:        
     
         
 
  By:       (SEAL)    
 
               
 
  Name:            
 
  Its:            

 


 

                 
 
    )          
 
    )     ss:    
 
    )          
      BEFORE ME , a Notary Public in and for the jurisdiction aforesaid, personally appeared this date                                           , personally well known (or satisfactorily proven) to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing and annexed Leasehold Mortgage
bearing date as of                                           , who, being by me first duly sworn, did depose and state that he is the                                            of                                                                 , a                                                                which entity is a party to the foregoing and annexed Leasehold Mortgage and that he, being duly authorized so to do, executed said Leasehold Mortgage on behalf of said entity and acknowledged the same as its free act and deed for the uses and purposes therein contained.
      WITNESS my hand and official seal this ___ day of                      .
         
 
 
 
Notary Public
   
 
       
[Notarial Seal ]
       
 
       
 
  My Commission Expires:    
 
       
 
 
 
   

 


 

EXHIBIT “A”
Description of Land

 


 

EXHIBIT E
FORM OF WAIVER AND CONSENT
      THIS WAIVER AND CONSENT (“Consent”), made and entered into this                       day of                                              , by and between                                              a                                             (“Landlord”) and METROPCS WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Lender”).
BACKGROUND:
     A. Landlord is the owner of the land and improvements described on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Premises”).
     B. Landlord has leased the Premises to                                             (“Tenant”) pursuant to that certain Lease dated by                                             and between Landlord and Tenant (as such lease may be amended from time to time the “Lease”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.
     C. Lender has made or may make loans to Tenant for the purpose of financing Tenant’s business, including the acquisition by Tenant of certain telecommunications equipment (the “Equipment”), which constitutes the personal property of the Tenant and which the Tenant may remove under the terms of the Lease to the extent permitted thereunder. The Equipment may be located on the Premises. The portion of the Equipment that Tenant may remove under the Lease is hereinafter referred to as the “Removable Collateral”.
     D. Lender has required, among other things, that Tenant grant to Lender security interests in the Equipment, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, a portion of which is and may hereafter be located on or about the Premises, and that Tenant execute a leasehold mortgage, conveying to Lender Tenant’s leasehold interest in the Premises as collateral for the loans to be made by Lender to Tenant.
     NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Lender hereby agree as follows:
     1. Landlord hereby consents to Tenant’s granting to Lender a lien on Tenant’s leasehold interest in the Premises and executing a leasehold mortgage, leasehold deed of trust, or collateral assignment of lease in favor of Lender (the “Leasehold Mortgage”).
     2. Landlord consents to Tenant’s granting Lender a security interest in the Equipment. Lender’s security interest and liens in that portion of the Equipment consisting of Tenant’s nonremovable fixtures shall be subordinate to the title or interest that the Landlord may at any time have therein. Lender’s security interests and liens in the Removable Collateral shall be superior to any title or interest that the Landlord may at any time have therein. During the term of this Consent, Landlord will not assert against any of the Removable Collateral any title or any statutory, common law, contractual or possessory lien, including, without limitation, rights of levy or distraint for rent, all of which Landlord hereby subordinates in favor of Lender.

 


 

     3. Landlord hereby disclaims any and all right, title, interest or claim in or to the Removable Collateral and any cash or non-cash proceeds of the Removable Collateral. The Removable Collateral may be affixed to or used in conjunction with the Premises, but shall remain the Tenant’s personal property and subject to Lender’s security interest and liens. Landlord agrees not to impound or remove any of the Removable Collateral from the Premises as long as this Consent is in effect.
     4. Landlord agrees that during the term of the Lease, Lender may conduct public or private sales of the Equipment at the Premises and that interested parties will be permitted access to the Premises during normal business hours, with reasonable advance notice to Landlord, for the purpose of inspecting the Equipment prior to any such sale and for the purpose of removing the Removable Collateral from the Premises.
     5. Landlord agrees that during the 60-day period following expiration of the Lease, Lender may, at its discretion, remove, sell or otherwise dispose of the Removable Collateral as Lender may elect, as long as Landlord shall have received all payments to which it is entitled under the Lease. Any Removable Collateral still located in the building at the end of the 60-day period shall be deemed to have been abandoned by the Lender (or by the purchaser of the same at any public or private sale), and shall no longer be subject to the Lender’s security interest and lien.
     6. In the event that Tenant defaults in its obligations under the Lease, Landlord hereby agrees to give Lender written notice of default under the Lease, at the same time and in the same manner as such notice is given to Tenant and further agrees that Lender may, but shall not be obligated to, cure such defaults, at its option, within the applicable notice and cure periods and/or assume the Lease in place of Tenant. Unless and until Lender expressly notifies Landlord of Lender’s assumption of the Lease to the exclusion of Tenant, Lender assumes no duty, liability or obligation whatsoever under the Lease.
     7. Lender shall have no obligations under the Lease unless and until Lender delivers to Landlord written notice of assumption, if Lender elects to assume the Lease. Upon delivery of such written notice of assumption to Landlord, then Lender (or its designee) shall be entitled to all rights and benefits of the Lease, and shall be obligated for all of Tenant’s obligations thereunder. Landlord agrees that, in the event that a default occurs under the Leasehold Mortgage and Lender, or any agent or designee of Lender, takes possession of the Premises or forecloses and sells Tenant’s leasehold interest in the Premises, Lender, and its designees, successors, assigns or transferees shall be permitted to use the Premises for any purpose permitted under the Lease and applicable law.
     8. Landlord agrees and acknowledges that, in the event of a default under the Leasehold Mortgage, Lender may exercise any of the remedies contained therein and may assume or transfer to a third party the Tenant’s interest in the Lease (including any purchase option, access rights, utility easements and rights of way) pursuant to the terms of the Leasehold Mortgage. Any transfer of the Lease shall be subject to Landlord’s rights under the Lease.

-2-


 

     9. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Lease to the contrary, all of Lender’s right, title and interest in and to the Lease and any obligations thereunder may be assigned and transferred to an affiliate or successor of Lender without notice to Landlord, and to other parties with notice to Landlord.
     10. The provisions of this Consent may not be modified or terminated orally, and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Landlord, and upon any successor owner or transferee of the Premises and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Lender and its successors and assigns.
     11. All notices shall be in writing and shall be mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, as follows:
  (a)   If to Lender:
MetroPCS Wireless, Inc.
8144 Walnut Hill Lane
Suite 800
Dallas, TX 75231
Attention: Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Facsimile: (972) 860-2682
  (b)   If to Landlord:
     12. This document shall in all respects be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State in which the Premises are located.
[signature page follows]

-3-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Lender has each executed this Waiver and Consent on the date first above written.
             
    LANDLORD:    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
 
 
   
 
           
 
  Title:        
             
 
           
    LENDER:    
 
           
    METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
 
 
   
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
     
 
   

 


 

EXHIBIT F
FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED PLEDGE AGREEMENT
     THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED PLEDGE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) executed on December 15, 2005 as of December 22, 2004, is entered into by and between ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Grantor”), and METROPCS WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Lender”).
W I T N E S S E T H :
      WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, by and between Grantor and Lender (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), Lender has agreed to make one or more loans to Grantor in accordance with the terms therewith;
      WHEREAS, in order to induce the Lender to enter into the Credit Agreement and to continue to make the Loans, and in consideration therefor, the Grantor has agreed to execute and deliver this Agreement to amend and restate that certain Pledge Agreement dated as of December 22, 2004 (the “Original Pledge Agreement”) and that certain Pledge Agreement dated as of January 24, 2005 (the “Existing Pledge Agreement”), each between Grantor and Lender (as successor lender to Holdings), pursuant to which Grantor has granted to Lender a first-priority perfected security interest in all of the membership or other equity interests, now owned or hereafter acquired by the Grantor or in which the Grantor has or hereafter acquires any interest (the “Pledged Securities”), in each Holding Subsidiary to secure Grantor’s obligations under the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents; and
      WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the making of any further Loans that the Grantor execute and deliver this Agreement to, among other things, amend and restate the Original Pledge Agreement and the Existing Pledge Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein;
      NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the covenants and provisions set forth herein, and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree to amend and restate the Original Pledge Agreement and the Existing Pledge Agreement and further agree as follows:
     1.   DEFINED TERMS. As used in this Agreement, capitalized terms defined in the Credit Agreement that are not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them therein, and the following terms shall have the following meanings:
     “Collateral” shall mean the Pledged Securities, including Pledged Securities in which the Grantor hereafter acquires any interest, and all proceeds thereof.

 


 

     “Obligations” shall mean all indebtedness, obligations, fees and liabilities of any kind of the Grantor to the Lender under or pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Note (as defined in the Credit Agreement), this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
     2.   PLEDGE. Grantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably pledges, collaterally assigns and grants to Lender a continuing lien on and security interest in and to the Collateral (the “Security Interest”) to secure the payment and performance of the Obligations. The Security Interest is a first priority lien on the Collateral effective as of the date hereof without the need to execute any further instruments, agreements or documents other than as specifically set forth herein.
     3.   CONTINUING SECURITY. This Agreement shall operate as a continuing security between Lender and Grantor:
     a. irrespective of any sum or sums which may be paid to the credit of any account of Grantor with Lender;
     b. notwithstanding the appointment, retirement or removal, at any time, of a receiver for Grantor;
     c. notwithstanding the exercise by Lender or a receiver of any power conferred by this Agreement, by any other agreement or document or by law; and
     d. notwithstanding any settlement of account or any other matter or thing whatsoever;
and shall remain in full force and effect and extend to cover all of the Obligations until a final release of this Agreement has been executed by Lender.
     4.   CERTIFICATES, VOTING, ETC. Upon execution and delivery of this Agreement, Grantor shall deliver to Lender any and all certificates representing all of the Collateral with a transfer executed in blank. If at any time, any Holding Subsidiary shall issue any additional or substitute units, shares of stock, or any other instruments evidencing an interest in or an obligation of such Holding Subsidiary to Grantor in respect of the Pledged Securities, Grantor shall promptly pledge, mortgage and deposit with Lender such additional certificates, instruments or documents as additional security for the Obligations, all of which additional security shall constitute Collateral (and shall be included within the definition of “Collateral” hereunder). With respect to any Collateral that is an “uncertificated security” for purposes of the Code (other than any “uncertificated securities” credited to a Securities Account under the control of the Lender), Grantor shall cause the issuer of such uncertificated security to either (i) register the Lender as the registered owner thereof on the books and records of the issuer or (ii) execute an agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender pursuant to which such issuer agrees to comply with the Lender’s instructions with respect to such uncertificated security without further consent by such Grantor. Lender shall hold the Collateral solely as security for the payment and performance of the Obligations. Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Grantor shall have the right to vote the Collateral on all

 


 

questions on which the Collateral entitles Grantor to vote and, if necessary, upon written request of Grantor, Lender shall execute due and timely proxies, powers of attorney and consents in favor of Grantor as necessary to facilitate such voting; provided however, that Grantor shall not vote the Collateral in support of any proposal or in any other manner which is inconsistent with the terms of the Credit Agreement, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or which is otherwise inconsistent with the Grantor’s full and timely performance of the Obligations.
     5.   DISTRIBUTIONS. Unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Grantor shall have the right to receive and to retain all cash dividends and other cash distributions which are paid on account of the Collateral.
     6.   RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER. Grantor shall not sell or otherwise dispose of, grant any option with respect to, or create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or otherwise), preference, priority or other security agreement of any kind or nature whatsoever on (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any financing or similar statement or notice filed under the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction) all or any portion of the Collateral.
     7.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Grantor hereby represents and warrants to Lender as follows:
     a. Grantor has good and marketable title to the Collateral, free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances, except liens granted to Lender pursuant to this Agreement, and full power, authority and legal right to pledge such Collateral to Lender as provided herein;
     b. The pledge, assignment and delivery of the Collateral pursuant to Section 2 will create a valid, perfected lien on and a valid perfected first priority security interest in the Collateral in favor of Lender under the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York (the “UCC”), subject to no prior lien (whether consensual, nonconsensual, statutory or otherwise) and to no agreement purporting to grant any third party any security interest or other interest in any of the Collateral; no additional actions by any entity are necessary to create or perfect the Security Interest; and
     c. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Grantor will not (a) contravene any law, statute, rule or regulations, or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality, (b) conflict or be inconsistent with or result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants or conditions or provisions of or constitute a default under, any indenture, credit agreement or other agreement, contract or instrument to which Grantor is a party, or (c) conflict or be inconsistent with or result in a breach of the terms of the Grantor’s organizational documents.
     8.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder:

 


 

     a. The occurrence of an “Event of Default” under the Credit Agreement or the Note; or
     b. [Intentionally Removed].
     9.   REMEDIES UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, after any applicable cure period, and at any time thereafter, Lender may (but shall not be required to) take any or all of the following actions simultaneously or in any order which it may choose:
     a. The Lender may from time to time take whatever action at law or in equity may appear necessary or desirable in order to collect the monies payable hereunder or secured hereby or to enforce performance and observance of any obligation, agreement or covenant hereunder;
     b. The Lender may foreclose its security interest in any of the Collateral in any way permitted by law; and the Lender may thereupon, or at any time thereafter, in its sole discretion, without notice or demand (except such notice as may be specifically required by law) and with or without having the Collateral at the time or place of sale, sell or otherwise dispose of the Collateral, or any part thereof, at one or more public or private sales, at any time or place, at such price or prices and upon such terms, either for cash, credit or future delivery, as the Lender may elect. In the exercise of such remedy, the Lender may sell all of the Collateral as a unit even though the sales price thereof may be in excess of the amounts remaining unpaid on the Obligations. To the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law, the Lender is authorized at any sale or other disposition of the Collateral, if it deems it advisable so to do, to restrict (with respect to any securities that are part of the Collateral) the prospective bidders or purchasers thereof to persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing for their own account for investment, and not with a view to the distribution or resale of any of the Collateral. At any such public sale the Lender may bid for and become the purchaser of all or any part of the Collateral, and such sale or sales may be held without demand of performance, notice of intention to sell, the time or place of sale or any other matter, except for such notice as may be specifically required by law; and the purchaser at any such sale or other disposition shall thereafter hold the Collateral sold absolutely free from any claim or right of the Grantor of whatsoever kind, including any right of redemption of the Grantor, all such rights being hereby expressly waived and released by the Grantor to the extent permitted by law;
     c. The Lender may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. The Grantor hereby assents to the passage of a decree for the sale of any of the Collateral by any court having jurisdiction. In any action hereunder, the Lender shall be entitled to the appointment of a receiver without notice, to peaceably take possession of all or any portion of the Collateral and to exercise such powers as the court shall confer upon the receiver. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of

 


 

Default shall occur and be continuing, the Lender shall be entitled to apply, without notice to the Grantor, any cash or cash items constituting Collateral in its possession to payment of the Obligations;
     d. The Lender shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to apply for and have a receiver appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction in any action taken by Lender to enforce its rights and remedies hereunder in order to manage, protect and preserve the Collateral and continue the operation of the business of Grantor and to collect all revenues and profits thereof and apply the same to the payment of all expenses and other charges of such receivership, including but not limited to the compensation of the receiver, until a sale or other disposition of such Collateral shall be finally made and consummated. Lender and Grantor acknowledge and agree that in connection with any exercise by the Lender of its rights hereunder to dispose of or operate under the station covered hereby, it may be necessary to obtain the prior consent or approval of certain governmental authorities. Upon the exercise by Lender of any power, right, privilege or remedy pursuant to this Agreement which requires any consent or approval of any governmental authority, Grantor will execute and deliver, or will cause the execution and delivery of, all applications, certificates and other documents which may reasonably be required to obtain such approval or consent. Grantor shall cooperate in good faith with Lender and any purchaser of the Collateral in obtaining any such approvals or consents;
     e. The Lender may sell its interest hi the Collateral in accordance with any Applicable Law. Such Collateral or any interest therein may be sold upon such terms and in as many lots as the person conducting the sale may, in his sole discretion, elect. No readvertisements of any sale shall be required if the sale is adjourned by announcement, at the time or place set therefor, of the date, time or place to which the same is to be adjourned;
     f. The Lender may, to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law, exercise any and all rights of conversion, exchange or subscription and any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to any of the Collateral, as if the Lender were the absolute owner thereof, including (without limitation) the right to exchange, at its discretion, any and all of the Collateral upon the merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other readjustment of any subsidiary of Grantor;
     g. The Lender may exercise any remedies available to a secured party under the UCC, regardless of whether or not the UCC actually applies;
     h. The Lender may vote or otherwise exercise any rights accruing to the owner of the Collateral without notice to or consent of Grantor;
     i. The Lender may commence and prosecute an action, at law or in equity, in any court of competent jurisdiction, seeking money damages, injunctive or declaratory relief or any other relief available under applicable law, and take all such actions as may be necessary or desirable to enforce any order or judgment entered in connection with such action; and/or

 


 

     j. The Lender may exercise any other remedies afforded to Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
     All of Lender’s rights and remedies hereunder, under the Credit Agreement and under any and all other Loan Documents, shall be cumulative and not exclusive, and shall be enforceable alternatively, successively or concurrently as Lender may, in its sole discretion, deem expedient. Lender shall have no obligation to preserve rights in the Collateral or marshall any of the Collateral for the benefit of any person or entity.
     10.   EXPENSES. Grantor shall pay, when due, any and all reasonable fees, taxes or other charges imposed in connection with the Security Interest including, without limitation, any fees imposed in connection with recordation of instruments necessary or desirable in order to reflect, effectuate or release the Security Interest.
     11.   APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS. Any proceeds received from the exercise of any remedy hereunder, after deducting therefrom any and all costs and expenses reasonably incurred in securing possession of any Collateral, in shipping and storing the Collateral, in preparing the Collateral for sale or otherwise dealing with Collateral prior to any sale or other disposition thereof and in connection with the sale or other disposition thereof (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees and brokers’ commissions), shall be applied toward the payment of any and all amounts due under or with respect to the Obligations, including interest, and all other costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Lender in connection with this Agreement which are then due and payable, in such order and amounts as the Lender, in its sole discretion, may elect. If such net proceeds should be insufficient to pay the same and a deficiency shall result, the Grantor shall nevertheless remain liable for such deficiency; and if such proceeds should be more than sufficient to pay the same, then in case of a surplus, such surplus shall be accounted for and, if any amounts due under the Obligations remain outstanding, retained by the Lender, who shall hold the same as security for the payment of the Obligations; otherwise, such surplus shall be paid over to the Grantor or to whomsoever a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine to be entitled thereto.
     12.   NOTICES. All notices and other communications given to or made upon any party hereto in connection with this Agreement shall, except as otherwise expressly herein provided, be in writing and mailed via certified mail, sent by Federal Express or other similar express delivery service for next day delivery, faxed (with a confirming copy sent by such a express delivery service for next day delivery) or hand delivered to the respective parties, as follows:
     If to the Lender:
MetroPCS Wireless, Inc.
8144 Walnut Hill Lane
Suite 800
Dallas, TX 75231
Attention: Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
     If to Grantor:

 


 

Royal Street Communications, LLC
PO Box 2365
Southampton, NY 11969
Attention: Robert Gerard
or in accordance with any subsequent written direction delivered in accordance with this section from the recipient party to the sending party. All such notices and other communications shall, except as otherwise expressly herein provided, be effective upon delivery if delivered by hand; in the case of certified mail, three Business Days after the date sent; in the case of any fax, when received; or in the case of express delivery service, the day after delivery of the notice to such service with charges prepaid.
     13.   ASSIGNABILITY AND PARTIES IN INTEREST. This Agreement shall not be assignable by Grantor without the written consent of Lender. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
     14.   TERMINATION. This Agreement shall terminate and the Security Interest shall be released upon the earlier to occur of (i) the payment and satisfaction in full of the Note and all of the Obligations relating to the Note; or (ii) the mutual agreement of Grantor and Lender.
     15.   CERTAIN WAIVERS; GRANTOR NOT DISCHARGED. The Grantor expressly and irrevocably waives (to the extent permitted by Applicable Law) presentment, demand of payment and protest of nonpayment in respect of its Obligations under this Agreement. The obligations and duties of the Grantor hereunder are irrevocable, absolute, and unconditional and shall not be discharged, impaired or otherwise affected by (a) the failure of the Lender to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Grantor or any waiver, consent, extension, indulgence or other action or inaction in respect thereof, (b) any extension or renewal of any part of the Obligations, (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, (d) the release of any liens on or security interests in any part of the Collateral or the release, sale or exchange of or failure to foreclose against any security held by or for the benefit of the Lender for payment or performance of the Obligations, (e) the bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Grantor or any grantee or any other persons, (f) the invalidity or unenforceability of the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, (g) any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of the Grantor or any grantee or any restructuring or refinancing of all or any portion of the Obligations, or (h) any other event which under law would discharge the obligations of a surety.
     16.   TRANSFER OF SECURITY INTEREST. The Lender may transfer to any other person all or any part of the liens and security interests granted hereby, and all, or any part of the Collateral which may be in the Lender’s possession after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or, if to a successor Lender in accordance with the Credit Agreement, at any time. Upon such transfer, the transferee shall be vested with all the rights and powers of the Lender hereunder with respect to such of the Collateral as is so transferred, but, with respect to any of the Collateral not so transferred, the Lender shall retain all of their rights

 


 

and powers (whether given to it in this Agreement, or otherwise). The Lender may, at any time, assign all or any portion of its rights as the Lender hereunder to any person, in the Lender’s discretion, including without limitation Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. or any Affiliate thereof, and upon notice to the Grantor, but without any requirement for consent or approval by or from Grantor, and any such assignment shall be valid and binding upon the Grantor, as fully as it had expressly approved the same.
     17.   INDEMNITY; REIMBURSEMENT OF LENDER. The Grantor agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Lender harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, judgments and liabilities (including but not limited to, liabilities for penalties) of any nature, and to reimburse the Lender for all reasonable costs and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees and expenses, arising from this Agreement or the exercise of any right or remedy granted to the Lender hereunder, except to the extent such claims arise out of Lender’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud. In no event shall the Lender be liable for any matter or thing in connection with this Agreement other than to account for moneys actually received by the Lender in accordance with the terms hereof. All indemnities contained in this Section 17 and elsewhere in this Agreement shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.
     18.   NO LIABILITY FOR COLLATERAL. Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody of any Collateral, the Lender shall not, under any circumstance or in any event whatsoever, have any liability for any part of the Collateral, nor shall the Lender have any liability for any error or omission or delivery of any kind incurred in the good faith settlement, collection or payment of any of the Collateral or any monies received in payment therefor or for any damages resulting therefrom, nor shall this Agreement impose upon the Lender any obligation to perform any obligation with respect to the Collateral. The costs of collection, notification and enforcement, including but not limited to, attorneys’ fees and out-of-pocket expenses, shall be borne solely by the Grantor, whether the same are incurred by the Grantor or the Lender.
     19.   GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws principles, except to the extent that the perfection and the effect of perfection or non- perfection of any security interests created hereby is governed by the laws of a jurisdiction other than the State of New York.
     20.   COMPLETE AGREEMENT. This Agreement and the Credit Agreement contain the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated herein and, except as provided herein, supersede all previous oral and written and all contemporaneous oral negotiations, commitments, writings and understandings.
     21.   AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS. This Agreement may be amended only by a writing signed by the Grantor and Lender. No delay or omission on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right hereunder or operate to constrain the rights of any other parties hereunder. No waiver of any one right shall operate as a waiver of any subsequent right.

 


 

     22.   INTERPRETATION. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
     23.   CONTINUING LIEN. It is the intent of the parties hereto that (a) this Agreement shall constitute a continuing agreement as to any and all future, as well as existing transactions, between the Grantor and the Lender under or in connection with the Notes, and (b) the security interest provided for herein shall attach to after-acquired as well as existing Collateral and the Obligations covered by this Agreement shall include any future advances under or in connection with the Credit Agreement.
     24.   COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute but one contract, and shall become effective when copies hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the parties hereto shall be delivered or mailed to the Lender.
     25.   SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any material respect, such provision shall be replaced with a provision which is as close as possible in effect to such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision, and still be valid, legal and enforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, unless the parties otherwise so provide.
26. VENUE; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.
     a. THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE FEDERAL COURT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA LOCATED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK SOLELY IN RESPECT OF THE INTERPRETATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, AND HEREBY WAIVE, AND AGREE NOT TO ASSERT, AS A DEFENSE IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING FOR THE INTERPRETATION OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF OR OF ANY SUCH DOCUMENT, THAT IT IS NOT SUBJECT THERETO OR THAT SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING MAY NOT BE BROUGHT OR IS NOT MAINTAINABLE IN SAID COURTS OR THAT THE VENUE THEREOF MAY NOT BE APPROPRIATE OR THAT THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY SUCH DOCUMENT MAY NOT BE ENFORCED IN OR BY SUCH COURTS, AND THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AGREE THAT ALL CLAIMS WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH A STATE OR FEDERAL COURT. THE PARTIES HEREBY CONSENT TO AND GRANT ANY SUCH COURT JURISDICTION OVER THE PERSON OF SUCH PARTIES AND OVER THE SUBJECT MATTER OF SUCH DISPUTE.
     b. EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY

 


 

CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (i) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (ii) EACH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (iii) EACH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (iv) EACH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 26(b).
     27.   FURTHER ASSURANCES. Grantor agrees, from time to time, at its expense, to do such further things, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions as the Lender may from time to time reasonably request for the better assuming and preserving of the security interests and rights and remedies created hereby, including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of such financing statements or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, as may be necessary or desirable, or as Lender may request in order to perfect and preserve the security interests granted hereby. Grantor hereby authorizes Lender or its agent to file such financing statements and/or such continuation statements and amendments thereto relating to all or any part of the Collateral without its signature, where permitted by law. A carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Agreement or any financing statement covering the collateral granted hereby or any part thereof shall be sufficient as a financing statement where permitted by law.
     28.   AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT. This amends and restates in its entirety the Original Pledge Agreement and the Existing Pledge Agreement, and from and after the date hereof, and subject to the terms hereof, the terms and provisions of the Original Pledge Agreement and the Existing Pledge Agreement shall be superseded by the terms and provisions of this Agreement. The Grantor hereby agrees that (i) the liens and security interest granted by Grantor under the Original Pledge Agreement and the Existing Pledge Agreement shall be deemed to be liens and security interests securing the indebtedness and Obligations under the Credit Agreement shall remain outstanding and governed by this Agreement, and shall not constitute a novation, and (ii) all liens and security interests securing the indebtedness and Obligations under the Original Pledge Agreement and the Existing Credit Agreement shall continue in full force and effect to secure the indebtedness and obligations of Borrower under the Credit Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents.
[remainder of page intentionally blank; signature page follows]

 


 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED PLEDGE AGREEMENT
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.
             
    GRANTOR:    
 
           
    ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS, LLC    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Robert A. Gerard
 
   
 
  Name:   ROBERT A. GERARD    
 
  Title:   CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER    
 
           
    LENDER:    
 
           
    METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Roger D. Linquist
 
   
 
  Name:   Roger D. Linquist    
 
  Title:   President and CEO    

 


 

EXECUTION COPY
FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
      THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into, as of November 2, 2006, by and between ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Royal Street ”), and METROPCS WIRELESS, INC. , a corporation (“ Lender ” or “ MetroPCS ”).
WITNESSETH:
     WHEREAS, Royal Street and the Lender are parties to that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement executed on December 15, 2005 as of December 22, 2004 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”); and
     WHEREAS, Royal Street has requested, and MetroPCS has agreed, to amend the Credit Agreement to provide, among other things, for an increase in the principal amount of the Loan Commitment Amount from $343,599,250 to $500,000,000 in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth above, the terms and conditions contained herein and other good valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree, subject to the conditions precedent to this Amendment and intending to be legally bound, to amend the Credit Agreement as follows:
     1.  Capitalized Terms . All capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, except as otherwise defined or limited herein.
     2.  Amendments to Section 1.
                (a) Section 1 of the Credit Agreement Defined Terms is hereby modified and amended by adding the following new definitions in appropriate alphabetical order:
     “ License Subsidiary ” shall mean any limited liability company Holding Subsidiary that has as its sole purpose holding the License(s) in a given Market (as such term is defined in the LLC Agreement) to be used by Borrower in connection the Royal Street System in such Market.
     “ Lien ” shall mean any interest in assets or property securing an obligation owed to, or a claim by, a Person other than the owner of the asset or property, whether such interest is based on the common law, statute or contract, and whether such obligation or claim is fixed or contingent, and including but not limited to the lien or security interest arising from a mortgage encumbrance, pledge, security agreement, conditional sale or trust receipt of a lease, consignment or bailment for security purposes. For the purposes of this

 


 

Agreement, Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be the owner of any assets or property which it has acquired or holds subject to a conditional sale agreement, or leases under a financing lease or other arrangement pursuant to which title to the assets or property has been retained by or vested in some other Person in a transaction intended to create a financing.
      “Operating Subsidiary” shall mean any limited liability company Holding Subsidiary that has as its sole purpose holding and operating the Royal Street System and the other assets (other than the License(s)) in a given Market (as such term is defined in the LLC Agreement).
      “Royal Street” shall mean Royal Street Communications, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
               (b) Section 1 of the Credit Agreement, Defined Terms , is hereby further modified and amended by deleting the definition of “Borrower” in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:
            “Borrower” shall mean, for purposes of this Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents (except to the extent that the contest otherwise clearly requires), individually and collectively, jointly and severally, Royal Street and all Holdings Subsidiaries that shall execute and deliver a Counterpart Signature Page in the form of Exhibit C to this Credit Agreement.
               (c) Section 1 of the Credit Agreement Defined Terms , is hereby further modified and amended by adding the following at the end of clause (i) of the definition of “Borrower Change in Control Event”:
     “, except for agreements which would result in a Transfer to GWI in accordance with Article 5 of the LLC Agreement”
               (d) Section 1 of the Credit Agreement, Defined Terms , is hereby further modified and amended by adding the following new clause (iii) at the end of the definition of “Borrower Change in Control Event”:
     “, or (iii) Royal Street shall fail to own and control, directly or indirectly, one hundred (100%) of the membership or other equity interests of each of its Subsidiaries, except any transfers to GWI of membership or other equity interests of Royal Street’s Subsidiaries pursuant to Article 5 of the LLC Agreement.”
               (e) Section 1 of the Credit Agreement, Defined Terms , is here further modified and amended by deleting the definition of “Holding Subsidiary” in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof;
            “Holding Subsidiary” shall mean a Person formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, all of the capital stock, partnership interests, member interest,

-2


 

or other equity interests of which shall be owned, directly or indirectly, by Borrower.
               (f) Section 1 of the Credit Agreement, Defined Terms , is hereby further modified and amended by deleting the definition of “Loan Commitment Amount” in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:
      “Loan Commitment Amount” shall mean $500,000,000 or the maximum amount that Lender is permitted to lend to Borrower pursuant to the Lender Credit Facility.
               (g) Section 1 of the Credit Agreement, Defined Terms , is hereby further modified and amended by adding the phrase “any Leasehold Mortgages,” immediately following the reference to “the Pledge Agreement” in the definition of “Loan Documents”.
               (h) Section 1 of the Credit Agreement, Defined Terms , is hereby further modified and amended by adding the phrase “or other equity interests” immediately following the reference to “capital stock” in the definition of “Subsidiary”.
               (i) Section 1 of the Credit Agreement, Defined Terms , is hereby further modified and amended by replacing the term “Borrower” with “Royal Street” in each of (i) clauses (ii) and (iii) of the definition of “Commitment Period”, (ii) the definition of “Equipment and Facilities Lease”, (iii) the definition of “Required Capital Contribution” and (iv) the definition of “Services Agreement”.
     3. Amendments to Section 2.2.
               (a) Section 2.2 of the Credit Agreement, Procedure for Borrowing , is hereby further modified and amended by (i) deleting each reference to “Holding Subsidiary” from clause (b) of such Section, and (ii) adding the following sentence at the end of clause (b) of such Section:
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Credit Agreement, all Loans requested under this Credit Agreement shall be requested by Administrative Borrower as agent for Borrowers, and all proceeds of such Loans shall be paid to Administrative Borrower as agent for Borrowers.
               (b) Section 2.2 of the Credit Agreement, Procedure for Borrowing , is hereby further modified and amended by adding the following new clause (h) at the end of such Section:
     h. Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Royal Street as the borrowing agent and attorney-in-fact for all Borrowers ( Administrative Borrower ) which appointment shall remain in full force and effect unless and until Lender shall have received prior written notice signed by each Borrower that such appointment has been revoked and that another Borrower has been appointed Administrative Borrower. Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes Administrative Borrower (i) to provide Lender with all notices with respect to Loans obtained for the benefit of any Borrower and all other notices

-3


 

and instructions under this Credit Agreement and (ii) to take such action as Administrative Borrower deems appropriate on its behalf to obtain Loans and to exercise such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto to carry out the purposes of this Agreement. It is understood that the handling of the Loans and collateral of Borrower in a combined fashion, as more fully set forth herein, is done solely as an accommodation to Borrower in order to utilize the collective borrowing powers of Borrower in the most efficient and economical manner and at their request, and that Lender shall not incur liability to any Borrower as a result hereof. Each Borrower expects to derive benefit, directly or indirectly, from the handling of the Loans and the collateral in a combined fashion since the successful operation of each Borrower is dependent on the continued successful performance of the integrated group.
     4.  Amendment to Section 2.4 . Section 2.4 of the Credit Agreement Conditions Precedent to Lender’s Obligation to Make Any Loan , is hereby modified and amended by deleting clause (iii) of such Section and substituting the following in lieu thereof:
     Lender shall have a perfected first priority security interest in all of the membership interests in all of Borrower’s Subsidiaries.
     5.  Amendment to Section 2.5 . Section 2.5 of the Credit Agreement, Security Agreement; Leasehold Mortgages , is hereby modified and amended by deleting clause (a)(iii) of such Section in its entirety and by substituting the following in lieu thereof:
     To the extent required by Lender in writing, a first priority lien on all real property interests of Borrower, including, without limitation, all Leases, including capital leases, and all real property owned by Borrower in fee simple. Lender’s liens in the foregoing shall be created by and subject to the provisions of one or more Leasehold Mortgages, substantially in the form of Exhibit D, entered, to the extent required by Lender in writing, with respect to each Lease, parcel of real property or other real property interest of Borrower.
     6.  Amendment to Section 5.4 . Section 5.4 of the Credit Agreement, Subsidiaries , is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
      5.4 Subsidiaries.
     a. Royal Street shall form one or more direct or indirect Operating Subsidiaries and License Subsidiaries. As soon as practicable after receipt of any and all required FCC approvals, Royal Street shall contribute one or more of such Licenses to each of the License Subsidiaries, as contemplated by Section 2.5(d) of the LLC Agreement, and Royal Street shall contribute all of the other assets to each Operating Subsidiary in accordance with the Market to be served by such License Subsidiary.

-4


 

     b. Royal Street shall cause each of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries to become a party to this Credit Agreement, the Security Agreement and the Pledge Agreement and to be jointly and severally liable for all obligations of Borrower hereunder by executing a copy of the form of counterpart signature page substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto (or in such other form as may be agreed by Borrower and Lender) and made a part thereof.
     7.  Amendment to Section 5.12. Section 5.12 of the Credit Agreement, Leasehold Mortgages , is hereby modified and amended by (i) inserting the phrase “To the extent required by Lender,” at the beginning of clause (a) of such Section and (ii) adding the fallowing sentence at the end of clause (c) of such Section;
To the extent Borrower is not required by Lender to execute a Leasehold Mortgage with respect to any real property leased to Borrower, at the written request of Lender Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a landlord’s waiver and collateral access agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, with respect to each such leased real property.
     8.  Amendment to Section 5.13 . Section 5.13 of the Credit Agreement, Negative Covenants , is hereby modified and amended by deleting the phrase “except for transfers of Licenses to Holding Subsidiaries” from clause (a) of such Section and by substituting “except for transfers of Licenses to the License Subsidiaries and transfers of other assets to Operating Subsidiaries” in lieu thereof.
     9.  Amendments to Sections 6.1 . Section 6.1 of the Credit Agreement, Events of Default , is hereby further modified and amended by deleting “or Borrower shall fail to transfer the Licenses to Holding Subsidiaries as required in Section 5.4 hereof” in clause (b) of such Section, Breaches of Other Covenants , and by substituting “Borrower shall fail to transfer the Licenses to License Subsidiaries or the other assets Operating Subsidiaries, in each case, as required in Section 5.4 hereof” in lieu thereof.
     10.  No Other Amendments . Except for the amendments, releases, authorizations and waivers set forth above, the text of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.
     11.  Conditions to Effectiveness . This Amendment will be effective as of the date first written above (the “ Effective Date ”), subject to the occurrence of each of the following on or before such date:
     (a) Lender shall have received counterparts hereof duly executed by Borrower;
     and
     (b) All of the representations and warranties of Borrower set forth in the Credit Agreement and this Amendment shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the Effective Date as though made on and as of such date.

-5


 

     12.  Representations and Warranties . Royal Street agrees, represents favor of Lender as follows:
               (a) This Amendment has been executed and delivered by a duly authorized representative of Royal Street, and the Credit Agreement, as modified and amended by this Amendment, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Royal Street and is enforceable against Royal Street in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws or (ii) general principles of equity;
                (b) Except as reflected on Exhibit 1, each representation or warranty of Royal Street set forth in the Credit Agreement is hereby restated and reaffirmed as true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Effective Date, and after giving effect to this Amendment, as if such representation or warranty were made on and as of the Effective Date of, and after giving effect to, this Amendment;
               (c) No Event of Default (or other event which if not timely cured or corrected would with the passage of time become an Event of Default) with respect to Royal Street has occurred and is continuing; and
               (d) As of the date hereof, Royal Street is solvent after giving effect to the transactions contemplated herein.
     13.  Effect on the Credit Agreement . Except is specifically provided herein, the Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect, and is hereby ratified, reaffirmed and confirmed. This Amendment shall be deemed to be a Loan Document for all purposes.
     14.  Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of separate counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, taken together, shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. In proving this Amendment in any judicial proceedings, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by the party against whom such enforcement is sought. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Amendment by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Amendment.
     15.  Law of Contract . This Amendment shall be governed and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws principles.

-6


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been duly executed as of the day and year first written above.
         
BORROWER:   ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
 
 
  By:   /s/ Robert A. Gerard    
    Name:   Robert A. Gerard   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Management Committee   
 
         
Lender:   METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Roger D. Linquist    
    Name:   Roger D. Linquist   
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer   

-7


 

         
EXHIBIT 1 TO FIRST AMENDMENT TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
CREDIT AGREEMENT
MetroPCS Communications, Inc., an affiliate of Royal Street’s largest current customer, MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. (“MetroPCS”), was recently sued for patent infringement in United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, Marshall Division, Leap Wireless International, Inc. et al v. MetroPCS Communications, Inc., Case No. 2:062CV240-TJW (Jury). MetroPCS or an affiliate thereof has begun offering wireless service in portions of Florida using capacity purchased from Royal Street on wireless systems owned by Royal Street (“the Royal Street Systems”) which are technically and operationally compatible with the MetroPCS wireless systems that are the basis for the pending suit. Based on the above-identified lawsuit, the then imminent, and now actual, launch of the Royal Street Systems, and the technical similarity between the accused MetroPCS systems and the Royal Street Systems, Royal Street expects, but is not certain, that it will be (1) named as a defendant in the above-identified, pending patent infringement suit, or (2) sued separately for alleged infringement of the same patent that is at issue in that suit. To date, however, Royal Street has received no notice of any such suit and no such suit is currently pending against Royal Street. Royal Street filed a declaratory judgment action on September 22, 2006 in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida. The defendants therein, Leap Wireless International, Inc. and Cricket Communications, Inc., have filed a motion to dismiss that declaratory action or in the alternative to transfer the declaratory judgment section to the Eastern District of Texas, which motion remains pending.

-8

 

Exhibit 10.8
AMENDED AND RESTATED PLEDGE AGREEMENT
     THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED PLEDGE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) executed on December 15, 2005 as of December 22, 2004, is entered into by and between ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Grantor”), and METROPCS WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Lender”).
WITNESSETH:
      WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, by and between Grantor and Lender (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), Lender has agreed to make one or more loans to Grantor in accordance with the terms therewith;
      WHEREAS, in order to induce the Lender to enter into the Credit Agreement and to continue to make the Loans, and in consideration therefor, the Grantor has agreed to execute and deliver this Agreement to amend and restate that certain Pledge Agreement dated as of December 22, 2004 (the “Original Pledge Agreement”) and that certain Pledge Agreement dated as of January 24, 2005 (the “Existing Pledge Agreement”), each between Grantor and Lender (as successor lender to Holdings), pursuant to which Grantor has granted to Lender a first-priority perfected security interest in all of the membership or other equity interests, now owned or hereafter acquired by the Grantor or in which the Grantor has or hereafter acquires any interest (the “Pledged Securities”), in each Holding Subsidiary to secure Grantor’s obligations under the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents; and
      WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the making of any further Loans that the Grantor execute and deliver this Agreement to, among other things, amend and restate the Original Pledge Agreement and the Existing Pledge Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein;
      NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the covenants and provisions set forth herein, and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree to amend and restate the Original Pledge Agreement and the Existing Pledge Agreement and further agree as follows:
     1.   DEFINED TERMS . As used in this Agreement, capitalized terms defined in the Credit Agreement that are not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them therein, and the following terms shall have the following meanings:
     “Collateral” shall mean the Pledged Securities, including Pledged Securities in which the Grantor hereafter acquires any interest, and all proceeds thereof.
     “Obligations” shall mean all indebtedness, obligations, fees and liabilities of any kind of the Grantor to the Lender under or pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Note (as defined in the Credit Agreement), this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
     2.   PLEDGE . Grantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably pledges, collaterally assigns and grants to Lender a continuing lien on and security interest in and to the Collateral

 


 

(the “Security Interest”) to secure the payment and performance of the Obligations. The Security Interest is a first priority Lien on the Collateral effective as of the date hereof without the need to execute any further instruments, agreements or documents other than as specifically set forth herein.
     3.   CONTINUING SECURITY . This Agreement shall operate as a continuing security between Lender and Grantor:
     a. irrespective of any sum or sums which may be paid to the credit of any account of Grantor with Lender;
     b. notwithstanding the appointment, retirement or removal, at any time, of a receiver for Grantor;
     c. notwithstanding the exercise by Lender or a receiver of any power conferred by this Agreement, by any other agreement or document or by law; and
     d. notwithstanding any settlement of account or any other matter or thing whatsoever;
          and shall remain in full force and effect and extend to cover all of the Obligations until a final release of this Agreement has been executed by Lender.
     4.   CERTIFICATES, VOTING, ETC. Upon execution and delivery of this Agreement, Grantor shall deliver to Lender any and all certificates representing all of the Collateral with a transfer executed in blank. If at any time, any Holding Subsidiary shall issue any additional or substitute units, shares of stock, or any other instruments evidencing an interest in or an obligation of such Holding Subsidiary to Grantor in respect of the Pledged Securities, Grantor shall promptly pledge, mortgage and deposit with Lender such additional certificates, instruments or documents as additional security for the Obligations, all of which additional security shall constitute Collateral (and shall be included within the definition of “Collateral” hereunder). With respect to any Collateral that is an “uncertificated security” for purposes of the Code (other than any “uncertificated securities” credited to a Securities Account under the control of the Lender), Grantor shall cause the issuer of such uncertificated security to either (i) register the Lender as the registered owner thereof on the books and records of the issuer or (ii) execute an agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender pursuant to which such issuer agrees to comply with the Lender’s instructions with respect to such uncertificated security without further consent by such Grantor. Lender shall hold the Collateral solely as security for the payment and performance of the Obligations. Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Grantor shall have the right to vote the Collateral on all questions on which the Collateral entitles Grantor to vote and, if necessary, upon written request of Grantor, Lender shall execute due and timely proxies, powers of attorney and consents in favor of Grantor as necessary to facilitate such voting; provided however, that Grantor shall not vote the Collateral in support of any proposal or in any other manner which is inconsistent with the terms of the Credit Agreement, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or which is otherwise inconsistent with the Grantor’s full and timely performance of the Obligations.

 


 

     5.   DISTRIBUTIONS . Unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Grantor shall have the right to receive and to retain all cash dividends and other cash distributions which are paid on account of the Collateral.
     6.   RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER . Grantor shall not sell or otherwise dispose of, grant any option with respect to, or create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or otherwise), preference, priority or other security agreement of any kind or nature whatsoever on (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any financing or similar statement or notice filed under the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction) all or any portion of the Collateral.
     7.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . Grantor hereby represents and warrants to Lender as follows:
     a. Grantor has good and marketable title to the Collateral, free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances, except liens granted to Lender pursuant to this Agreement, and full power, authority and legal right to pledge such Collateral to Lender as provided herein;
     b. The pledge, assignment and delivery of the Collateral pursuant to Section 2 will create a valid, perfected lien on and a valid perfected first priority security interest in the Collateral in favor of Lender under the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York (the “UCC”), subject to no prior lien (whether consensual, nonconsensual, statutory or otherwise) and to no agreement purporting to grant any third party any security interest or other interest in any of the Collateral; no additional actions by any entity are necessary to create or perfect the Security Interest; and
     c. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Grantor will not (a) contravene any law, statute, rule or regulations, or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality, (b) conflict or be inconsistent with or result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants or conditions or provisions of or constitute a default under, any indenture, credit agreement or other agreement, contract or instrument to which Grantor is a party, or (c) conflict or be inconsistent with or result in a breach of the terms of the Grantor’s organizational documents.
     8.   EVENTS OF DEFAULT . Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder:
     a. The occurrence of an “Event of Default” under the Credit Agreement or the Note; or
     b. [Intentionally Removed].
     9.   REMEDIES UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, after any applicable cure period, and at any time thereafter, Lender may (but shall not be required to) take any or all of the following actions simultaneously or in any order which it may choose:

 


 

     a. The Lender may from time to time take whatever action at law or in equity may appear necessary or desirable in order to collect the monies payable hereunder or secured hereby or to enforce performance and observance of any obligation, agreement or covenant hereunder;
     b. The Lender may foreclose its security interest in any of the Collateral in any way permitted by law; and the Lender may thereupon, or at any time thereafter, in its sole discretion, without notice or demand (except such notice as may be specifically required by law) and with or without having the Collateral at the time or place of sale, sell or otherwise dispose of the Collateral, or any part thereof, at one or more public or private sales, at any time or place, at such price or prices and upon such terms, either for cash, credit or future delivery, as the Lender may elect. In the exercise of such remedy, the Lender may sell all of the Collateral as a unit even though the sales price thereof may be in excess of the amounts remaining unpaid on the Obligations. To the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law, the Lender is authorized at any sale or other disposition of the Collateral, if it deems it advisable so to do, to restrict (with respect to any securities that are part of the Collateral) the prospective bidders or purchasers thereof to persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing for their own account for investment, and not with a view to the distribution or resale of any of the Collateral. At any such public sale the Lender may bid for and become the purchaser of all or any part of the Collateral, and such sale or sales may be held without demand of performance, notice of intention to sell, the time or place of sale or any other matter, except for such notice as may be specifically required by law; and the purchaser at any such sale or other disposition shall thereafter hold the Collateral sold absolutely free from any claim or right of the Grantor of whatsoever kind, including any right of redemption of the Grantor, all such rights being hereby expressly waived and released by the Grantor to the extent permitted by law;
     c. The Lender may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. The Grantor hereby assents to the passage of a decree for the sale of any of the Collateral by any court having jurisdiction. In any action hereunder, the Lender shall be entitled to the appointment of a receiver without notice, to peaceably take possession of all or any portion of the Collateral and to exercise such powers as the court shall confer upon the receiver. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Lender shall be entitled to apply, without notice to the Grantor, any cash or cash items constituting Collateral in its possession to payment of the Obligations;
     d. The Lender shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to apply for and have a receiver appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction in any action taken by Lender to enforce its rights and remedies hereunder in order to manage, protect and preserve the Collateral and continue the operation of the business of Grantor and to collect all revenues and profits thereof and apply the same to the payment of all expenses and other charges of such receivership, including but not limited to the compensation of the receiver, until a sale or other disposition of such Collateral shall be finally made and

 


 

consummated. Lender and Grantor acknowledge and agree that in connection with any exercise by the Lender of its rights hereunder to dispose of or operate under the station covered hereby, it may be necessary to obtain the prior consent or approval of certain governmental authorities. Upon the exercise by Lender of any power, right, privilege or remedy pursuant to this Agreement which requires any consent or approval of any governmental authority. Grantor will execute and deliver, or will cause the execution and delivery of, all applications, certificates and other documents which may reasonably be required to obtain such approval or consent. Grantor shall cooperate in good faith with Lender and any purchaser of the Collateral in obtaining any such approvals or consents;
     e. The Lender may sell its interest in the Collateral in accordance with any Applicable Law. Such Collateral or any interest therein may be sold upon such terms and in as many lots as the person conducting the sale may, in his sole discretion, elect. No readvertisements of any sale shall be required if the sale is adjourned by announcement, at the time or place set therefor, of the date, time or place to which the same is to be adjourned;
     f. The Lender may, to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law, exercise any and all rights of conversion, exchange or subscription and any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to any of the Collateral, as if the Lender were the absolute owner thereof, including (without limitation) the right to exchange, at its discretion, any and all of the Collateral upon the merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other readjustment of any subsidiary of Grantor;
     g. The Lender may exercise any remedies available to a secured party under the UCC, regardless of whether or not the UCC actually applies;
     h. The Lender may vote or otherwise exercise any rights accruing to the owner of the Collateral without notice to or consent of Grantor;
     i. The Lender may commence and prosecute an action, at law or in equity, in any court of competent jurisdiction, seeking money damages, injunctive or declaratory relief any other relief available under applicable law, and take all such actions as may be necessary or desirable to enforce any order or judgment entered in connection with such action; and/or
     j. The Lender may exercise any other remedies afforded to Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
     All of Lender’s rights and remedies hereunder, under the Credit Agreement and under any and all other Loan Documents, shall be cumulative and not exclusive, and shall be enforceable alternatively, successively or concurrently as Lender may, in its sole discretion, deem expedient. Lender shall have no obligation to preserve rights in the Collateral or marshall any of the Collateral for the benefit of any person or entity.
     10.   EXPENSES . Grantor shall pay, when due, any and all reasonable fees, taxes or other charges imposed in connection with the Security Interest including, without limitation, any

 


 

fees imposed in connection with recordation of instruments necessary or desirable in order to reflect, effectuate or release the Security Interest.
     11.   APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS . Any proceeds received from the exercise of any remedy hereunder, after deducting therefrom any and all costs and expenses reasonably incurred in securing possession of any Collateral, in shipping and storing the Collateral, in preparing the Collateral for sale or otherwise dealing with Collateral prior to any sale or other disposition thereof and in connection with the sale or other disposition thereof (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees and brokers’ commissions), shall be applied toward the payment of any and all amounts due under or with respect to the Obligations, including interest, and all other costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Lender in connection with this Agreement which are then due and payable, in such order and amounts as the Lender, in its sole discretion, may elect. If such net proceeds should be insufficient to pay the same and a deficiency shall result, the Grantor shall nevertheless remain liable for such deficiency; and if such proceeds should be more than sufficient to pay the same, then in case of a surplus, such surplus shall be accounted for and. if any amounts due under the Obligations remain outstanding, retained by the Lender, who shall hold the same as security for the payment of the Obligations; otherwise, such surplus shall be paid over to the Grantor or to whomsoever a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine to be entitled thereto.
     12.   NOTICES . All notices and other communications given to or made upon any party hereto in connection with this Agreement shall, except as otherwise expressly herein provided, be in writing and mailed via certified mail, sent by Federal Express or other similar express delivery service for next day delivery, faxed (with a confirming copy sent by such a express delivery service for next day delivery) or hand delivered to the respective parties, as follows:
If to the Lender:
MetroPCS Wireless, Inc.
8144 Walnut Hill Lane
Suite 800
Dallas, TX 75231
Attention: Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
If to Grantor:
Royal Street Communications, LLC PO
Box 2365 Southampton, NY 11969
Attention: Robert Gerard
          or in accordance with any subsequent written direction delivered in accordance with this section from the recipient party to the sending party. All such notices and other communications shall, except as otherwise expressly herein provided, be effective upon delivery if delivered by hand; in the case of certified mail, three Business Days after the date sent; in the case of any fax, when received; or in the case of express delivery service, the day after delivery of the notice to such service with charges prepaid.

 


 

     13.   ASSIGNABILITY AND PARTIES IN INTEREST . This Agreement shall not be assignable by Grantor without the written consent of Lender. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
     14.   TERMINATION. This Agreement shall terminate and the Security Interest shall be released upon the earlier to occur of (i) the payment and satisfaction in full of the Note and all of the Obligations relating to the Note; or (ii) the mutual agreement of Grantor and Lender.
     15.   CERTAIN WAIVERS; GRANTOR NOT DISCHARGED. The Grantor expressly and irrevocably waives (to the extent permitted by Applicable Law) presentment, demand of payment and protest of nonpayment in respect of its Obligations under this Agreement. The obligations and duties of the Grantor hereunder are irrevocable, absolute, and unconditional and shall not be discharged, impaired or otherwise affected by (a) the failure of the Lender to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Grantor or any waiver, consent, extension, indulgence or other action or inaction in respect thereof, (b) any extension or renewal of any part of the Obligations, (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, (d) the release of any liens on or security interests in any part of the Collateral or the release, sale or exchange of or failure to foreclose against any security held by or for the benefit of the Lender for payment or performance of the Obligations, (e) the bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Grantor or any grantee or any other persons, (f) the invalidity or unenforceability of the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, (g) any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of the Grantor or any grantee or any restructuring or refinancing of all or any portion of the Obligations, or (h) any other event which under law would discharge the obligations of a surety.
     16.   TRANSFER OF SECURITY INTEREST . The Lender may transfer to any other person all or any part of the Liens and security interests granted hereby, and all, or any part of the Collateral which may be in the Lender’s possession after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or, if to a successor Lender in accordance with the Credit Agreement, at any time. Upon such transfer, the transferee shall be vested with all the rights and powers of the Lender hereunder with respect to such of the Collateral as is so transferred, but, with respect to any of the Collateral not so transferred, the Lender shall retain all of their rights and powers (whether given to it in this Agreement, or otherwise). The Lender may, at any time, assign all or any portion of its rights as the Lender hereunder to any person, in the Lender’s discretion, including without limitation Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. or any Affiliate thereof, and upon notice to the Grantor, but without any requirement for consent or approval by or from Grantor, and any such assignment shall be valid and binding upon the Grantor, as fully as it had expressly approved the same.
     17.   INDEMNITY; REIMBURSEMENT OF LENDER . The Grantor agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Lender harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, judgments and liabilities (including but not limited to, liabilities for penalties) of any nature, and to reimburse the Lender for all reasonable costs and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees and expenses, arising from this Agreement or the exercise of any right or remedy granted to the Lender hereunder, except to the extent such claims arise out of Lender’s

 


 

gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud. In no event shall the Lender be liable for any matter or thing in connection with this Agreement other than to account for moneys actually received by the Lender in accordance with the terms hereof. All indemnities contained in this Section 17 and elsewhere in this Agreement shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.
     18.   NO LIABILITY FOR COLLATERAL . Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody of any Collateral, the Lender shall not, under any circumstance or in any event whatsoever, have any liability for any part of the Collateral, nor shall the Lender have any liability for any error or omission or delivery of any kind incurred in the good faith settlement, collection or payment of any of the Collateral or any monies received in payment therefor or for any damages resulting therefrom, nor shall this Agreement impose upon the Lender any obligation to perform any obligation with respect to the Collateral. The costs of collection, notification and enforcement, including but not limited to, attorneys’ fees and out-of-pocket expenses, shall be borne solely by the Grantor, whether the same are incurred by the Grantor or the Lender.
     19.   GOVERNING LAW . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws principles, except to the extent that the perfection and the effect of perfection or non- perfection of any security interests created hereby is governed by the laws of a jurisdiction other than the State of New York.
     20.   COMPLETE AGREEMENT . This Agreement and the Credit Agreement contain the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated herein and, except as provided herein, supersede all previous oral and written and all contemporaneous oral negotiations, commitments, writings and understandings.
     21.   AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS . This Agreement may be amended only by a writing signed by the Grantor and Lender. No delay or omission on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right hereunder or operate to constrain the rights of any other parties hereunder. No waiver of any one right shall operate as a waiver of any subsequent right.
     22.   INTERPRETATION . The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
     23.   CONTINUING LIEN . It is the intent of the parties hereto that (a) this Agreement shall constitute a continuing agreement as to any and all future, as well as existing transactions, between the Grantor and the Lender under or in connection with the Notes, and (b) the security interest provided for herein shall attach to after-acquired as well as existing Collateral and the Obligations covered by this Agreement shall include any future advances under or in connection with the Credit Agreement.
     24.   COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together

 


 

shall constitute but one contract, and shall become effective when copies hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the parties hereto shall be delivered or mailed to the Lender.
     25.   SEVERABILITY . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any material respect, such provision shall be replaced with a provision which is as close as possible in effect to such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision, and still be valid, legal and enforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, unless the parties otherwise so provide.
     26.   VENUE; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .
     a. THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE FEDERAL COURT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA LOCATED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK SOLELY IN RESPECT OF THE INTERPRETATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, AND HEREBY WAIVE, AND AGREE NOT TO ASSERT, AS A DEFENSE IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING FOR THE INTERPRETATION OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF OR OF ANY SUCH DOCUMENT, THAT IT IS NOT SUBJECT THERETO OR THAT SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING MAY NOT BE BROUGHT OR IS NOT MAINTAINABLE IN SAID COURTS OR THAT THE VENUE THEREOF MAY NOT BE APPROPRIATE OR THAT THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY SUCH DOCUMENT MAY NOT BE ENFORCED IN OR BY SUCH COURTS, AND THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AGREE THAT ALL CLAIMS WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH A STATE OR FEDERAL COURT. THE PARTIES HEREBY CONSENT TO AND GRANT ANY SUCH COURT JURISDICTION OVER THE PERSON OF SUCH PARTIES AND OVER THE SUBJECT MATTER OF SUCH DISPUTE.
     b. EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (i) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (ii) EACH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (iii) EACH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (iv) EACH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS,

 


 

     THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 26(b).
     27.   FURTHER ASSURANCES . Grantor agrees, from time to time, at its expense, to do such further things, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions as the Lender may from time to time reasonably request for the better assuming and preserving of the security interests and rights and remedies created hereby, including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of such financing statements or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, as may be necessary or desirable, or as Lender may request in order to perfect and preserve the security interests granted hereby. Grantor hereby authorizes Lender or its agent to file such financing statements and/or such continuation statements and amendments thereto relating to all or any part of the Collateral without its signature, where permitted by law. A carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Agreement or any financing statement covering the collateral granted hereby or any part thereof shall be sufficient as a financing statement where permitted by law.
     28.   AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT . This amends and restates in its entirety the Original Pledge Agreement and the Existing Pledge Agreement, and from and after the date hereof, and subject to the terms hereof, the terms and provisions of the Original Pledge Agreement and the Existing Pledge Agreement shall be superseded by the terms and provisions of this Agreement. The Grantor hereby agrees that (i) the liens and security interest granted by Grantor under the Original Pledge Agreement and the Existing Pledge Agreement shall be deemed to be liens and security interests securing the indebtedness and Obligations under the Credit Agreement shall remain outstanding and governed by this Agreement, and shall not constitute a novation, and (ii) all liens and security interests securing the indebtedness and Obligations under the Original Pledge Agreement and the Existing Credit Agreement shall continue in full force and effect to secure the indebtedness and obligations of Borrower under the Credit Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents.
[remainder of page intentionally blank; signature page follows]

 


 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED PLEDGE AGREEMENT
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.
         
    GRANTOR:
 
       
    ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS, LLC
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Robert A. Gerard
 
       
 
       
 
  Name:   ROBERT A. GERARD
 
       
 
  Title:   CHAIRMAN & CEO
 
       
    LENDER:
 
       
    METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Roger D. Linquist
 
       
 
       
 
  Name:   Roger D. Linquist
 
       
 
  Title:   President and CEO

 

 

Exhibit 10.9
AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENT
     THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) executed on December 15, 2005 as of December 22, 2004, is made between ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Grantor”), and METROPCS WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Lender”).
RECITALS
     A. Grantor and the Lender have entered into that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement executed on even date herewith (as the same may be amended from time to time “Credit Agreement”) pursuant to which Lender has agreed, subject to the terms and conditions therein, to make certain loans in an aggregate amount set forth in the Credit Agreement (the “Loans”) and Grantor has executed and delivered an amended and restated promissory note executed on even date herewith evidencing amounts advanced by the Lender under the Credit Agreement (the “Note”).
     B. In order to induce the Lender to enter into the Credit Agreement and to continue to make the Loans, and in consideration therefor, the Grantor has agreed to execute and deliver this Agreement to amend and restate that certain Security Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2004 (the “Original Security Agreement”), and that certain Security Agreement, dated as of January 24, 2005 (the “Existing Security Agreement”), each between the Grantor and the Lender (as successor lender to Holdings), pursuant to which the Grantor has granted to the Lender a perfected lien on and security interest in all of the Collateral (as defined in each of the Original Security Agreement and the Existing Security Agreement) to secure the Obligations (as defined in each of the Original Security Agreement and the Existing Security Agreement).
     C. It is a condition precedent to the making of any further Loans that the Grantor execute and deliver this Agreement to, among other things, amend and restate the Original Security Agreement and the Existing Security Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
     NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the covenants and provisions set forth herein, and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree to amend and restate the Original Security Agreement and the Existing Security Agreement and further agree as follows:
     1.   Grant of Security Interest . As security for the Obligations, the Grantor hereby transfers, conveys, assigns, pledges and grants a continuing and unconditional security interest to the Lender, and its successors and assigns, in and to:
     a. all equipment (including all “Equipment” as defined in Section 9-102(a)(33) of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York, such code, together with any other successor or applicable adoption of the Uniform Commercial Code in any applicable jurisdiction, the “Code”), machinery, vehicles, fixtures, improvements, supplies, office furniture, fixed assets, all as now owned or hereafter acquired by the Grantor or in which the Grantor has or hereafter

 


 

acquires any interest, and any items substituted therefor as replacements and any additions or accessions thereto;
     b. all goods (including all “Goods” as defined in Section 9-102(a)(44) of the Code) and all inventory (including all “Inventory” as defined in Section 9-102(a)(48) of the Code) of the Grantor, now owned or hereafter acquired by the Grantor or in which the Grantor has or hereafter acquires any interest, including but not limited to, raw materials, scrap inventory, work in process, products, packaging materials, finished goods, all documents of title, chattel paper and other instruments covering the same and all substitutions therefor and additions thereto (all of the property described in this clause (b) being hereinafter collectively referred to as “Inventory”);
     c. all present and future accounts in which the Grantor has or hereafter acquires any interest (including all “Accounts” as defined in Section 9-102(a)(2) of the Code), contract rights (including all rights to receive payments and other rights under all equipment and other leasing contracts) and rights to payment and rights or accounts receivable evidencing or representing indebtedness due or to become due the Grantor on account of goods sold or leased or services rendered, claims, instruments and other general intangibles (including tax refunds, royalties and all other rights to the payment of money of every nature and description), including but not limited to, any such right evidenced by chattel paper, and all liens, securities, guaranties, remedies, security interests and privileges pertaining thereto (all of the property described in this clause (c) being hereinafter collectively referred to as “Accounts”);
     d. all investment property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Grantor, including, without limitation, all securities (certificated and uncertificated), partnership, membership or other ownership interests or profits interest owned by Grantor in or with regard to any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity, securities accounts, securities entitlements, commodity contracts and commodity accounts, including, without limitation, any shares, equity securities, partnership, membership or other ownership interests owned by Grantor (the “Securities”);
     e. all general intangibles now owned or hereafter acquired by the Grantor or in which the Grantor has or hereafter acquires any interest, (including all “General Intangibles” as defined in Section 9-102(a)(42) of the Code) including but not limited to, choses in action and causes of action and all licenses and permits (to the extent the collateral assignment of such licenses and permits is not prohibited by Applicable Law), registrations, franchises, corporate or other business records, systems, designs, software, goodwill, logos, indicia, business identifiers, inventions, processes, production methods, proprietary information, know-how, trade-secrets, customer and client lists (to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law), and all trade-names, copyrights, patents, trademarks (including service marks) or patent or trademark applications and contract rights (including but not limited to all rights to receive payments and other rights under all equipment and other leasing contracts, instruments and documents owned or used by the Grantor, and any goodwill relating thereto);
     f. all other property owned by the Grantor or in which the Grantor has or

 


 

hereafter acquires any interest, wherever located, and of whatever kind or nature, tangible or intangible, excluding, except to the extent set forth in clause j below, any Licenses now or hereafter issued by the FCC;
     g. all insurance policies of any kind maintained in effect by the Grantor, now existing or hereafter acquired, under which any of the property referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above is insured, including but not limited to, any proceeds payable to the Grantor pursuant to such policies;
     h. all monies, cash collateral, chattel paper, checks, notes, bills of exchange, documents of title, money orders, negotiable instruments, commercial paper, and other securities, instruments, documents, deposit accounts, deposits and credits from time to time whether or not in the possession of or under the control of the Lender;
     i. any consideration received when all or any part of the property referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above is sold, transferred, exchanged, leased, collected or otherwise disposed of, or any value received as a consequence of possession thereof, including but not limited to, all products, proceeds (including all “Proceeds” as defined in Section 9-102(a)(64) of the Code), cash, negotiable instruments and other instruments for the payment of money, chattel paper, security agreements or other documents, insurance proceeds or proceeds of other proceeds now or hereafter owned by the Grantor or in which the Grantor has an interest; and
     j. all “Proceeds” as defined in Section 9-102{a)(64) of the Code of all Licenses now or hereafter issued by the Federal Communications Commission or any successor thereto, and solely to the extent if any permitted by Applicable Law, all such licenses and permits.
     The property set forth in clauses (a) through (j) of the preceding sentence, together with property of a similar nature which the Grantor hereafter owns or in which the Grantor hereafter acquires any interest, is referred to herein as the “Collateral.”
     2.   Representations and Warranties . The Grantor represents, warrants and agrees that:
     a. Grantor has and shall have good and marketable title to all the Collateral, wherever and whenever acquired, free and clear of any lien except as permitted by the Credit Agreement, and the Grantor has not filed, nor is there on record, a financing statement under the Code (or similar statement or instrument of registration under the law of any jurisdiction) covering any Collateral except as permitted by the Credit Agreement;
     b. Grantor has the requisite limited liability company power and authority and legal right to pledge the Collateral to Lender as provided herein;
     c. Grantor has paid when due all taxes, fees, assessments and other charges now or hereafter imposed upon the Collateral except for any tax, fee, assessment or other charge the validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and which may not result in any material impairment of the lien of the Lender on such

 


 

Collateral and, except for any tax, fee, assessment or other charges assessed subsequent to the Lender’s foreclosure on such Collateral pursuant to the Loan Documents;
     d. as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the filing of any financing statements or other documents necessary to assure, preserve and perfect the security interest created hereby, and except as permitted by the Credit Agreement, the Lender shall have a valid, perfected, enforceable lien on, and a continuing security interest in, the Collateral, enforceable and superior, subject to Permitted Liens, as such as against creditors and purchasers (other than purchasers of Inventory in the ordinary course of business) and as against any owner of real property where any of the equipment or Inventory is located and as against any purchaser of such real property and any present or future creditor obtaining a mortgage or other lien on such real property, and such lien shall be superior and prior to all other liens on the Collateral;
     e. the chief executive office of the Grantor is at PO Box 2365, Southampton, New York 11969, and the Grantor maintains its books of account and records only at such address; and
     f. none of the Collateral is held by a third party in any location as assignee, trustee, bailee, consignee or in any similar capacity.
          All representations, warranties and agreements of the Grantor contained in this Agreement shall survive the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement until the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 13 hereof.
     3.   Covenants . The Grantor hereby covenants to and agrees with the Lender that so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect or any Obligations shall remain unpaid or unperformed:
     a. The Grantor shall promptly give written notice to the Lender of any levy or attachment, execution or other process against any of the Collateral;
     b. The Grantor at its sole cost and expense shall take any and all actions reasonably necessary or desirable to defend the Collateral against the claims and demands of all persons other than the Lender and holders of adverse liens permitted by the Credit Agreement and to defend the security interest of the Lender in the Collateral and the priority thereof against any adverse lien of any nature not permitted by the Credit Agreement;
     c. The Grantor shall keep all tangible Collateral properly insured in the manner and form required under the Credit Agreement and in good order and repair (normal wear and tear excepted) and promptly notify the Lender of any event causing any material loss, damage or depreciation in value of the Collateral and of the extent of such loss, damage or depreciation;
     d. The Grantor shall mark any Collateral that is chattel paper with a legend showing the Lender’s lien and security interest therein;

 


 

     e. The Grantor shall not (i) amend or terminate any contract or other document or instrument constituting part of the Collateral, except for transactions in the ordinary course of business substantially consistent with industry practice; or (ii) voluntarily or involuntarily exchange, lease, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Collateral, except as otherwise permitted under the Credit Agreement;
     f. The Grantor at all times shall keep accurate and complete records of the Collateral and, upon the reasonable request of the Lender, shall furnish the Lender a schedule or schedules, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, describing such Collateral as the Lender may require;
     g. The Lender, or any of its agents, shall have the right to call at the Grantor’s place or places of business during normal business hours at intervals to be determined by the Lender and without hindrance or delay after notice to the Grantor, to inspect the Collateral and to inspect, audit, verify, check and make extracts from the books, records, journals, orders, receipts, correspondence and other data relating to the Collateral;
     h. If any of the Accounts or General Intangibles of the Grantor arise out of contracts with the United States or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof, the Grantor shall promptly notify the Lender in writing and execute any instruments and take any steps required by the Lender in order that all monies due and to become due under such contracts shall be assigned to the Lender and notice thereof given to the United States Government under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act;
     i. Without the prior written consent of the Lender or except as otherwise permitted by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement, the Grantor will not (1) pledge, assign or grant a security interest in any of the Collateral to anyone except the Lender, (2) permit any lien or encumbrance to attach to any of the Collateral, (3) permit any levy to be made on the Collateral or (4) permit any financing statement (except any financing statements executed by Grantor for the benefit of Lender as secured party) to be on file with respect to any Collateral; provided , however , that in the event that Lender or its Affiliates are in breach under the Credit Agreement or the Equipment and Facilities Lease Agreement, then Borrower shall be permitted to purchase equipment from a third party seller and to issue such third party seller a first priority purchase money security interest solely in the acquired equipment;
     j. The Grantor shall pay and discharge when due all taxes, levies and other charges on the Collateral, unless such tax, levy or other charge is being contested in good faith and with respect to which adequate reserves (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) have been established and are being maintained and unless such tax, levy or other charge is assessed subsequent to the Lender’s foreclosure on such Collateral pursuant to the Loan Documents;
     k. If any Inventory or Equipment shall become in the possession or control of any third party, the Grantor shall notify such third party of the security interest created hereby and instruct such third party to hold such Inventory and Equipment for the

 


 

Lender’s account and subject to the Lender’s instructions. If any Collateral is subject to a certificate of title at any time, the Grantor shall deliver such certificate of title to the Lender together with such documents as shall be necessary to cause the security interest of the Lender to be noted thereon;
     l. If at any time Grantor shall receive any shares of stock or stock certificates, or any other instruments evidencing Securities, Grantor shall promptly deliver any such instruments to Lender as additional security for the Obligations, all of which additional security shall constitute Collateral. With respect to any Collateral that is an “uncertificated security” for purposes of the Code (other than any “uncertificated securities” credited to a Securities Account under the control of the Lender), Grantor shall cause the issuer of such uncertificated security to either (i) register the Lender as the registered owner thereof on the hooks and records of the issuer or (ii) execute an agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender pursuant to which such issuer agrees to comply with the Lender’s instructions with respect to such uncertificated security without further consent by such Grantor; or
     m. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, any dividends or other distributions received by Grantor on account of the Collateral shall be held in trust by Grantor for the benefit of the Lender, and Grantor shall immediately notify Lender in writing, and shall, if Lender so instructs, immediately pay over such dividends or other distributions to Lender as Collateral.
     4.   Events of Default . Each of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” hereunder:
     a. The occurrence of a default or an “Event of Default” under the Note or the Credit Agreement; or
     b. [Intentionally Removed].
     5.   Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, after any applicable cure period, and at any time thereafter, Lender may (but shall not be required to) take any or all of the following actions simultaneously or in any order which it may choose:
     a. The Lender may from time to time take whatever action at law or in equity may appear necessary or desirable in order to collect the monies payable hereunder or secured hereby or to enforce performance and observance of any obligation, agreement or covenant hereunder.
     b. The Lender may foreclose its security interest in any of the Collateral in any way permitted by law; and the Lender may thereupon, or at any time thereafter, in its sole discretion, without notice or demand (except such notice as may be specifically required by law) and with or without having the Collateral at the time or place of sale, sell or otherwise dispose of the Collateral, or any part thereof, at one or more public or private sales, at any time or place, at such price or prices and upon such terms, either for cash, credit or future delivery, as the Lender may elect. In the exercise of such remedy,

 


 

the Lender may sell all of the Collateral as a unit even though the sales price thereof may be in excess of the amounts remaining unpaid on the Obligations. To the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law, the Lender is authorized at any sale or other disposition of the Collateral, if it deems it advisable so to do, to restrict (with respect to any Securities that are part of the Collateral) the prospective bidders or purchasers thereof to persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing for their own account for investment, and not with a view to the distribution or resale of any of the Collateral. At any such public sale the Lender may bid for and become the purchaser of all or any part of the Collateral, and such sale or sales may be held without demand of performance, notice of intention to sell, the time or place of sale or any other matter, except for such notice as may be specifically required by law; and the purchaser at any such sale or other disposition shall thereafter hold the Collateral sold absolutely free from any claim or right of the Grantor of whatsoever kind, including any right of redemption of the Grantor, all such rights being hereby expressly waived and released by the Grantor to the extent permitted by law.
     c. The Lender may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. The Grantor hereby assents to the passage of a decree for the sale of any of the Collateral by any court having jurisdiction. In any action hereunder, the Lender shall be entitled to the appointment of a receiver without notice, to peaceably take possession of all or any portion of the Collateral and to exercise such powers as the court shall confer upon the receiver. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Lender shall be entitled to apply, without notice to the Grantor, any cash or cash items constituting Collateral in its possession to payment of the Obligations.
     d. Lender shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to apply for and have a receiver appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction in any action taken by Lender to enforce its rights and remedies hereunder in order to manage, protect and preserve the Collateral and continue the operation of the business of Grantor and to collect all revenues and profits thereof and apply the same to the payment of all expenses and other charges of such receivership, including but not limited to the compensation of the receiver, until a sale or other disposition of such Collateral shall be finally made and consummated. Lender and Grantor acknowledge and agree that in connection with any exercise by the Lender of its rights hereunder to dispose of or operate under certain of the Collateral, it may be necessary to obtain the prior consent or approval of certain governmental authorities. Upon the exercise by Lender of any power, right, privilege or remedy pursuant to this Agreement which requires any consent or approval of any governmental authority, Grantor will execute and deliver, or will cause the execution and delivery of, all applications, certificates and other documents which may reasonably be required to obtain such approval or consent. Grantor shall cooperate in good faith with Lender and any purchaser of the Collateral in obtaining any such approvals or consents.
     e. The Grantor hereby authorizes and empowers the Lender to sell its interest in the Collateral in accordance with any Applicable Law. Such Collateral or any interest

 


 

therein may be sold upon such terms and in as many lots as the person conducting the sale may, in his sole discretion, elect. No readvertisements of any sale shall be required if the sale is adjourned by announcement, at the time or place set therefor, of the date, time or place to which the same is to be adjourned.
     f. The Lender may, to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law, exercise any and all rights of conversion, exchange or subscription and any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to any of the Collateral, as if the Lender were the absolute owner thereof, including (without limitation) the right to exchange, at its discretion, any and all of the Collateral upon the merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other readjustment of any subsidiary of Grantor.
     g. The Lender may take possession of the Collateral pursuant hereto without legal process and without incurring liability to the Grantor therefor for the purpose of exercising its rights hereunder.
     h. The Lender may (1) notify all or any of the makers, account debtors or any person obligated to the Grantor for any amount with respect to an Account or General Intangible (collectively, the “obligors” and individually, an obligor”) that the Accounts and the General Intangibles have been assigned to the Lender and to request confirmation from any obligor of the amount shown by the Accounts or the General Intangibles to be payable or any other matter stated therein or relating thereto, and such notices may be given by the Lender in its own name or in the name of the Grantor; (2) demand, collect or compromise for any and all sums that are now or may hereafter become due or owing on any Account or General Intangible; (3) enforce payment of any Account or General Intangible either in its own name or in the name of the Grantor; and (4) endorse in the name of the Grantor, and to collect, any instruments tendered or received in payment of any Account or General Intangible. The Lender under no circumstances shall be under any duty to act in regard to any of the foregoing matters. The Grantor appoints the Lender, and any officer or employee of the Lender as the Lender from time to time may designate, as attorneys-in-fact for the Grantor, to sign and endorse in the name of the Grantor, to give notices, in the name of the Grantor and to perform all other actions necessary or desirable in the reasonable discretion of the Lender to effect these provisions and carry out the intent hereof. This power, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable so long as any Account or General Intangible assigned to the Lender remains unpaid and this Agreement has not been terminated in accordance with the terms hereof.
     i. At the option of the Lender, the Grantor agrees that, upon receipt of all checks, drafts, cash and other remittances in payment or on account of the Accounts or the General Intangibles (collectively, the “payments” and individually, a “payment”), the Grantor will deposit the same in a special bank account designated by Lender, over which the Lender has the exclusive right of withdrawal, and will designate with each such deposit the particular Account or General Intangible upon which the payment was made. The funds in such special account shall be held by the Lender as security for the Obligations. The payments shall be deposited in precisely the form received except for the endorsement of the Grantor where necessary to permit collection of such items, which endorsement the Grantor agrees to make, and which the Lender is authorized to make on

 


 

the Grantor’s behalf. Pending such deposit, the Grantor agrees that it will not commingle any payments with any of the Grantor’s funds or property, but will hold them separate and apart therefrom and upon an express trust for the Lender until deposit thereof is made in the special account. The Lender, at any time and from time to time after the occurrence of an Event of Default, in its sole discretion, may apply any part of the credit balance in the special account to the payment of the Obligations.
     j. The Lender may exercise any other right or remedy with respect to any of the Collateral given to secured parties under the applicable Code or other Applicable Law.
     k. Any notification required by Section 9-611 of the Code shall be deemed reasonably and properly given if mailed, certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Grantor, at least ten (10) days before any sale or disposition of any of the Collateral which is subject to the Code. Any advertisement of the sale or other disposition of such Collateral shall be deemed to be reasonable if such advertisement is placed in a newspaper of general circulation in or about the location of the chief executive offices or principal place of business of Grantor or the location of the sale at least once in each of the two (2) calendar weeks immediately preceding the sale.
     l. At the request of Lender, the Grantor shall deliver to the Lender all original and other documents evidencing and relating to the sale and delivery of Inventory or Accounts, including but not limited to, all original orders, invoices and shipping receipts. The Grantor shall also furnish to the Lender, promptly upon the request of the Lender, such reports, reconciliations and aging balances regarding Accounts as the Lender may request from time to time.
     All of Lender’s rights and remedies hereunder, under the Note and under any of the other Loan Documents shall be cumulative and not exclusive, and shall be enforceable alternatively, successively or concurrently as Lender may, in its sole discretion, deem expedient. Lender shall have no obligation to preserve rights in the Collateral or marshal any of the Collateral for the benefit of any person or entity. The Obligations are recourse obligations. Accordingly, the exercise of Lender’s remedies hereunder, or any of them, including, without limitation, foreclosure on the Collateral, shall not result in a satisfaction or discharge of the Obligations or otherwise limit Lender’s ability to exercise its other remedies hereunder.
     6.   Application of Proceeds . Any proceeds received from the exercise of any remedy hereunder, after deducting therefrom any and all costs and expenses reasonably incurred in securing possession of any Collateral, in shipping and storing the Collateral, in preparing the Collateral for sale or otherwise dealing with Collateral prior to any sale or other disposition thereof and in connection with the sale or other disposition thereof (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys” and accountants’ fees and brokers’ commissions), shall be applied toward the payment of any and all amounts due under or with respect to the Obligations, including interest, and all other costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Lender in connection with this Agreement which are then due and payable, in such order and amounts as the Lender, in its sole discretion, may elect. If such net proceeds should be insufficient to pay all of the amounts due under or with respect to the Obligations, including interest, that are due and payable and all

 


 

such other costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Lender, and a deficiency shall result, the Grantor shall nevertheless remain liable for such deficiency; and if such net proceeds should be more than sufficient to pay the same, such surplus shall be accounted for and, if any Obligations remain outstanding but are not yet due and payable, retained by the Lender, who shall hold the same as security for the Obligations; and if no Obligations remain outstanding, such surplus shall be paid over to the Grantor or whomever a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine to be entitled thereto.
     7.   Powers of Attorney . The Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints the Lender (and any officer or agent of the Lender) as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with power of substitution for and in the name of the Lender or otherwise, for the use and benefit of the Lender, effective upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law: (i) to receive, endorse the name of the Grantor upon and deliver any notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment that may come into the possession of the Lender with respect to the Collateral; (ii) to cause the Grantor’s mail to be transferred to the Lender’s own offices and to receive and open all mail addressed to the Grantor for the purposes of removing any such notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment; (iii) to demand, collect and receive payment in respect of the Collateral and to apply any such payments directly to the payment of the Obligations; (iv) to receive and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (v) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction, to collect or otherwise realize on all or any part of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect thereof; (vi) to sign the name of the Grantor on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any of the Collateral; (vii) to send verification of any Accounts to any account debtor or customer; (viii) to notify any account debtor or other obligor of the company with respect to any Collateral to make payment to the Lender; (ix) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating or pertaining to all or any of the Collateral; (x) to take any action for purposes of carrying out of the terms of this Agreement; (xi) to enforce all of the Grantor’s rights and powers under and pursuant to any and all agreements with respect to the Collateral; and (xii) generally to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral, and to do all other acts and things necessary to carry out this Agreement, as fully and completely as though the Lender were the absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Lender to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Lender, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered thereby, and no action taken by the Lender or omitted to be taken with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof shall give rise to any defense, counterclaim or offset in favor of the Grantor or to any claim or action against the Lender. It is understood and agreed that the power of attorney granted to the Lender for the purposes set forth above in this Section 7 is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable and the Grantor hereby ratifies all actions taken by its attorney-in-fact by virtue hereof. The provisions of this Section 7 shall in no event relieve the Grantor of any of its obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or impose any obligation on the Lender to proceed in any particular manner with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof, or in any way limit the exercise by the Lender of any other or further right which it may have on the date of this

 


 

Agreement or hereafter, whether hereunder, under any of the other Loan Documents, by law or otherwise.
     8.   Collateral Reserve Account . If requested by the Lender to do so on or at any time after an Event of Default has occurred and during its continuance, Grantor shall establish and thereafter maintain with the Lender or its designee a demand deposit account for the concentration and collection of proceeds of certain Collateral (the “Collateral Reserve Account”) into which the Grantor shall transfer and deliver all cash, checks, drafts, items and other instruments for the payment of money which it now has or may at any time hereafter receive in full or partial payment for the Collateral or otherwise as proceeds of the Collateral and, pending such transfer and delivery, Grantor shall be deemed to hold same in trust for the benefit of the Lender. Grantor shall not be entitled to withdraw funds on deposit in the Collateral Reserve Account after its inception without the prior written consent of the Lender; provided, however, that, at any time during which collected funds exist on deposit in the Collateral Reserve Account, the Lender may withdraw such deposits, or any portion thereof, therefrom, for application against the Obligations in such manner as the Lender, in its sole discretion, may determine.
     9.   Collections . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Lender may, in its sole discretion, in its name or in the name of the Grantor, or otherwise, (a) demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable on account of or in exchange for, or make any compromise or settlement deemed desirable with respect to any of the Collateral, but shall be under no obligation to do so, or (b) extend the time of payment, arrange for payment in installments, or otherwise modify the term of, or release, any of the Collateral, without thereby incurring responsibility to, or discharging or otherwise affecting any liability of, the Grantor, other than to discharge the Grantor in so doing with respect to liabilities of the Grantor to the extent that the liabilities are paid or repaid. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any money, checks, notes, bills, drafts, or commercial paper received by the Grantor shall be held in trust for the Lender and any other Lender having rights thereto senior to the Lender and shall be promptly turned over to the Lender or any other Lender having rights thereto senior to the Lender as their interest shall appear. The Lender may make such payments and take such actions as the Lender, in its sole discretion, deem necessary to protect its security interest in the Collateral or the value thereof, and the Lender is hereby unconditionally and irrevocably authorized (without limiting the general nature of the authority hereinabove conferred) to pay, purchase, contest or compromise any liens which in the judgment of the Lender appear to be equal to, prior to or superior to its security interest in the Collateral and any liens not expressly permitted by this Agreement, the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents.
     10.   Expenses . The Grantor shall pay, when due, any and all reasonable fees, taxes or (other than taxes based on the income of Lender) other charges imposed in connection with the granting of the security interests hereunder including, without limitation, any fees imposed in connection with recordation of instruments necessary or desirable in order to reflect, effectuate or release such security interests.
     11.   Notices . All notices and other communications given to or made upon any party hereto in connection with this Agreement shall, except as otherwise expressly herein provided, be in writing and mailed via certified mail, sent by Federal Express or other similar express

 


 

delivery service for next day delivery, faxed (with a confirming copy sent by such a express delivery service for next day delivery) or hand delivered to the respective parties to their respective addresses set forth or referenced in Section 7.10 of the Credit Agreement, or in accordance with any subsequent written direction delivered in accordance with this section from the recipient party to the sending party. All such notices and other communications shall, except as otherwise expressly herein provided, he effective upon delivery if delivered by hand; in the case of certified mail, three Business Days after the date sent; in the case of any fax, when received; or in the case of express delivery service, the day after delivery of the notice to such service with charges prepaid.
     12.  ASSIGNABILITY AND PARTIES IN INTEREST . This Agreement shall not be assignable by Grantor without the written consent of Lender. Lender shall have the right to assign this Agreement without Grantor’s consent to any person at Lender’s sole discretion, including to Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. or any Affiliate thereof. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
     13.  TERMINATION . This Agreement shall terminate and the Security Interest shall be released upon the earliest to occur of (i) the payment and satisfaction in full of the Note and all of the Obligations relating to the Note; or (ii) the mutual agreement of Grantor and Lender.
     14.  CERTAIN WAIVERS; GRANTOR NOT DISCHARGED . The Grantor expressly and irrevocably waives (to the extent permitted by Applicable Law) presentment, demand of payment and protest of nonpayment in respect of its Obligations under this Agreement. The obligations and duties of the Grantor hereunder are irrevocable, absolute, and unconditional and shall not be discharged, impaired or otherwise affected by (a) the failure of the Lender to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Grantor or any waiver, consent, extension, indulgence or other action or inaction in respect thereof, (b) any extension or renewal of any part of the Obligations, (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, (d) the release of any liens on or security interests in any part of the Collateral or the release, sale or exchange of or failure to foreclose against any security held by or for the benefit of the Lender for payment or performance of the Obligations, (e) the bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Grantor or any grantee or any other persons, (f) the invalidity or unenforceability of the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, (g) any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of the Grantor or any grantee or any restructuring or refinancing of all or any portion of the Obligations, or (h) any other event which under law would discharge the obligations of a surety.
     15.  TRANSFER OF SECURITY INTEREST . The Lender may transfer to any other person all or any part of the liens and security interests granted hereby, and all, or any part of the Collateral which may be in the Lender’s possession after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or, if to a successor Lender in accordance with the Credit Agreement, at any time. Upon such transfer, the transferee shall be vested with all the rights and powers of the Lender hereunder with respect to such of the Collateral as is so transferred, but, with respect to any of the Collateral not so transferred, the Lender shall retain all of their rights and powers (whether given to it in this Agreement, or otherwise). The Lender may, at any time, assign all or any portion of its rights as the Lender hereunder to any person in the Lender’s discretion,

 


 

including without limitation Bear Steams & Co. Inc. or any Affiliate thereof, and upon notice to the Grantor, but without any requirement for consent or approval by or from Grantor, and any such assignment shall be valid and binding upon the Grantor, as fully as it had expressly approved the same.
     16.  Indemnity; Reimbursement of Lender . The Grantor agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Lender harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, judgments and liabilities (including but not limited to, liabilities for penalties) of any nature, and to reimburse the Lender for all reasonable costs and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees and expenses, arising from this Agreement or the exercise of any right or remedy granted to the Lender hereunder, except to the extent such claims arise out of Lender’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud. In no event shall the Lender be liable for any matter or thing in connection with this Agreement other than to account for moneys actually received by the Lender in accordance with the terms hereof. All indemnities contained in this Section 16 and elsewhere in this Agreement shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.
     17.  No Liability for Collateral . Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody of any Collateral, the Lender shall not, under any circumstance or in any event whatsoever, have any liability for any part of the Collateral, nor shall the Lender have any liability for any error or omission or delivery of any kind incurred in the good faith settlement, collection or payment of any of the Collateral or any monies received in payment therefor or for any damages resulting therefrom, nor shall this Agreement impose upon the Lender any obligation to perform any obligation with respect to the Collateral. The costs of collection, notification and enforcement, including but not limited to, attorneys’ fees and out-of-pocket expenses, shall be borne solely by the Grantor, whether the same are incurred by the Grantor or the Lender.
     18.  Definitions . Any capitalized terms used herein which are not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Credit Agreement.
     19.  Governing Law . This Agreement shall he governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws principles, except to the extent that the perfection and the effect of perfection or non- perfection of any security interests created hereby is governed by the laws of a jurisdiction other than the State of New York.
     20.  Complete Agreement. This Agreement and the Credit Agreement contain the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated herein and, except as provided herein, supersede all previous oral and written and all contemporaneous oral negotiations, commitments, writings and understandings.
     21.  Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be amended only by a writing signed by the Grantor and Lender. No delay or omission on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right hereunder or operate to constrain the rights of any other parties hereunder. No waiver of any one right shall operate as a waiver of any subsequent right.

 


 

     22.  Interpretation. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
     23.  Continuing Lien. It is the intent of the parties hereto that (a) this Agreement shall constitute a continuing agreement as to any and all future, as well as existing transactions, between the Grantor and the Lender under or in connection with the Notes, and (b) the security interest provided for herein shall attach to after-acquired as well as existing Collateral and the Obligations covered by this Agreement shall include any future advances under or in connection with the Credit Agreement.
     24.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute but one contract, and shall become effective when copies hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the parties hereto shall be delivered or mailed to the Lender.
     25.  Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any material respect, such provision shall be replaced with a provision which is as close as possible in effect to such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision, and still be valid, legal and enforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, unless the parties otherwise so provide.
     26.  Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial .
     a. THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE FEDERAL COURT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA LOCATED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK SOLELY IN RESPECT OF THE INTERPRETATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, AND HEREBY WAIVE, AND AGREE NOT TO ASSERT, AS A DEFENSE IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING FOR THE INTERPRETATION OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF OR OF ANY SUCH DOCUMENT, THAT IT IS NOT SUBJECT THERETO OR THAT SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING MAY NOT BE BROUGHT OR IS NOT MAINTAINABLE IN SAID COURTS OR THAT THE VENUE THEREOF MAY NOT BE APPROPRIATE OR THAT THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY SUCH DOCUMENT MAY NOT BE ENFORCED IN OR BY SUCH COURTS, AND THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AGREE THAT ALL CLAIMS WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH A STATE OR FEDERAL COURT. THE PARTIES HEREBY CONSENT TO AND GRANT ANY SUCH COURT JURISDICTION OVER THE PERSON OF SUCH PARTIES AND OVER THE SUBJECT MATTER OF SUCH DISPUTE.
     b. EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES

 


 

ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (i) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (ii) EACH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (iii) EACH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (iv) EACH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 26(b).
     27.  Further Assurances . Grantor agrees, from time to time, at its expense, to do such further things, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions as the Lender may from time to time reasonably request for the better assuming and preserving of the security interests and rights and remedies created hereby, including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of such financing statements or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, as may be necessary or desirable, or as Lender may request in order to perfect and preserve the security interests granted hereby. Grantor hereby authorizes Lender or its agent to file such financing statements and/or such continuation statements and amendments thereto relating to all or any part of the Collateral without its signature, where permitted by law. A carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Agreement or any financing statement covering the collateral granted hereby or any part thereof shall be sufficient as a financing statement where permitted by law.
     28.  Amendment and Restatement . This Agreement amends and restates in their entirety the Original Security Agreement and the Existing Security Agreement, and from and after the Effective Date hereof, and subject to the terms hereof, the terms and provisions of the Original Security Agreement and the Existing Security Agreement shall be superseded by the terms and provisions of this Agreement. The Grantor hereby agrees that (i) the liens and security interest granted by Grantor under the Original Security Agreement and the Existing Security Agreement shall be deemed to be liens and security interests securing the indebtedness, Obligations, borrowings, advances and liabilities under the Credit Agreement and shall remain outstanding and governed by this Agreement, and shall not constitute a novation, and (ii) all liens and security interests securing the indebtedness, Obligations, borrowings, advances and liabilities under the Original Agreement and the Existing Credit Agreement shall continue in full force and effect to secure the indebtedness and Obligations of Borrower under the Credit Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents.
[remainder of page intentionally blank; signature page follows]

 


 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENT
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor and Lender have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.
         
    GRANTOR:
 
       
    ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS, LLC,
 
       
    a Delaware limited liability company
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Robert A. Gerard
 
       
 
       
 
  Name:   ROBERT A. GERARD
 
       
 
  Title:   CHAIRMAN & CEO
 
       
    LENDER:
 
       
    METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.,
 
       
    a Delaware corporation
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Roger D. Linquist
 
       
 
       
 
  Name:   Roger D. Linquist
 
       
 
  Title:   President and CEO

 

 

Exhibit 10.10
 
AMENDED AND RESTATED
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF
ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS, LLC
by and between
C9 WIRELESS, LLC
and
GWIPCS1, INC.
and
METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.
 
 
***   Where this marking appears throughout this Exhibit 10.10, information has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and such information has been filed with the SEC separately.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
ARTICLE 1 Definitions
    1  
1.1. Certain Definitions
    1  
1.2. Construction
    14  
ARTICLE 2 Royal Street and its Business
    14  
2.1. Formation; Effectiveness
    14  
2.2. Company Name
    14  
2.3. Term
    14  
2.4. Filing of Certificate and Amendments
    14  
2.5. Purpose and Business; Powers; Scope of Members’ Authority
    15  
2.6. Principal Office; Registered Agent
    15  
2.7. Names and Addresses of Members
    15  
2.8. Partnership Treatment
    16  
2.9. Annual Budgets
    16  
2.10. Business Plans
    17  
ARTICLE 3 Representations and Warranties
    18  
3.1. Representations and Warranties of C9 Wireless, GWI and the MPCS Member
    18  
3.2. Representations and Warranties of C9 Wireless
    19  
3.3. Representations and Warranties of GWI and the MPCS Member
    19  
ARTICLE 4 Covenants
    20  
4.1. Eligible Entrepreneur and Very Small Business
    20  
4.2. Maintenance of Financing
    21  
4.3. [Intentionally deleted]
    21  
4.4. Successful Bidder
    21  
4.5. Third Party Financing
    21  
4.6. Competition
    21  
4.7. Cooperation
    22  
4.8. Compliance With Law
    22  
ARTICLE 5 Transfer Restrictions
    23  
5.1. Transfers
    23  
 -i-

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page
5.2. Right of First Refusal for Transfer of LLC Units
    24  
5.3. Right of First Refusal in Event of Disposition of Royal Street Assets
    26  
5.4. C9 Wireless’ Put Rights
    28  
5.5. [Intentionally deleted]
    31  
5.6. Allocation Between Transferor and Transferee
    31  
ARTICLE 6 Management of Royal Street
    31  
6.1. Management of Royal Street
    31  
6.2. Place of Management Committee Meetings
    35  
6.3. Meetings
    35  
6.4. Telephonic Meetings
    35  
6.5. Notice of Meetings
    35  
(a) Written notice of a Management Committee Meeting shall state the place, date and hour of such Management Committee Meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted
    35  
6.6. Waivers
    35  
6.7. Quorum
    36  
6.8. Proxies
    36  
6.9. Voting Power
    36  
6.10. Written Consent
    36  
6.11. Compensation
    36  
6.12. Officers
    36  
6.13. Liability
    37  
6.14. Indemnification with Respect to Managers and Officers
    37  
6.15. Insurance
    38  
ARTICLE 7 Members
    38  
7.1. Powers of Members
    38  
7.2. Partition
    38  
7.3. Place of Members’ Meetings
    38  
7.4. Meetings
    38  
7.5. Telephonic Meetings
    38  
7.6. Notice of Meetings
    38  
 -ii-

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page
7.7. Waivers
    39  
7.8. Quorum
    39  
7.9. Proxies
    39  
7.10. Written Consent
    39  
7.11. Designation of Tax Matters Member; Tax Matters
    39  
ARTICLE 8 Additional Members
    40  
8.1. Admission
    40  
8.2. Acceptance of Prior Acts
    40  
ARTICLE 9 Capital Contributions and Capital Accounts
    40  
9.1. Capital Contributions
    40  
9.2. Status of Capital Contributions
    42  
9.3. Capital Accounts
    42  
9.4. No Withdrawals
    42  
9.5. LLC Units Upon Execution of the Agreement and at the Funding Date
    42  
9.6. Other Rights
    42  
9.7. Return of Capital
    42  
9.8. Redemption
    43  
ARTICLE 10 Allocations and Distributions
    43  
10.1. Allocation Rules
    43  
10.2. Distributions
    47  
10.3. Distribution upon Dissolution
    47  
10.4. Limitations on Distributions
    47  
ARTICLE 11 Financial Reports; Books and Records
    48  
11.1. Financial Reports
    48  
11.2. Books and Records
    48  
ARTICLE 12 Indemnification
    49  
12.1. Indemnification by C9 Wireless
    49  
12.2. Indemnification by GWI
    49  
12.3. Loss of Entrepreneur and Very Small Business Status; Other Transfers of LLC Units
    50  
 -iii-

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page
12.4. Limitations on Indemnification Obligations
    51  
12.5. Indemnification Procedure
    52  
12.6. Mitigation of Damages
    53  
ARTICLE 13 Termination of Royal Street; Liquidation and Distribution of Assets
    53  
13.1. No Dissolution
    53  
13.2. Events Causing Dissolution
    53  
13.3. Winding Up
    54  
13.4. Distribution Upon Liquidation
    54  
13.5. Distributions to Members. (a)
    55  
13.6. Claims of the Members
    55  
ARTICLE 14 Withdrawal of a Member
    55  
14.1. Withdrawal of a Member
    55  
14.2. Effect of Withdrawal
    55  
ARTICLE 15 Confidentiality
    55  
15.1. General
    55  
15.2. Obligation to Protect Proprietary Information
    55  
15.3. Judicial or Administrative Proceedings
    56  
15.4. Loss or Unauthorized Use
    56  
15.5. Nondisclosure Agreements
    56  
15.6. Termination
    56  
15.7. Irreparable Injury by Disclosure to Third Parties
    56  
15.8. Survival of Nondisclosure Obligations
    57  
ARTICLE 16 Miscellaneous
    57  
16.1. Certificates
    57  
16.2. Governing Law
    58  
16.3. VENUE; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
    58  
16.4. Notices
    58  
16.5. Severability
    61  
16.6. Counterparts
    61  
16.7. Successors and Assigns
    61  
 -iv-

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page
16.8. Entire Agreement; Amendment; Waiver
    61  
16.9. Further Assurances; Controlled Subsidiaries
    61  
16.10. THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES
    62  
16.11. Exculpation
    62  
16.12. Joint Work Product
    62  
16.13. Expenses
    62  
16.14. Publicity
    62  
16.15. Regulatory Filings
    63  
16.16. No Brokers or Finders
    63  
16.17. [Intentionally deleted]
    63  
ARTICLE 17 Dispute Resolution
    63  
17.1. Informal Discussions
    63  
17.2. Arbitration
    63  
 -v-

 


 

          THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS, LLC (this “Agreement”) is executed on December 15, 2005 as of November 24, 2004, by and between C9 WIRELESS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“C9 Wireless”), GWI PCS1, INC., a Delaware corporation (“GWI”), and MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. (as an authorized assignee of MetroPCS, Inc.’s LLC Interest), a Delaware corporation (the “MPCS Member”).
          WHEREAS, C9 Wireless, GWI and the MPCS Member have caused the formation of a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as amended (the “Act”), to be known as Royal Street Communications, LLC (“Royal Street”) for the purposes of participating as a bidder and obtaining Licenses offered in Auction No. 58 (as hereinafter defined), and to Build-Out and operate the Royal Street System on the terms and conditions set forth herein;
          WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend and restate in its entirety the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Royal Street, which originally was entered into as of November 24, 2004, by and among C9 Wireless, GWI and MPCS Member’s predecessor in interest;
          WHEREAS, it is the intention of Royal Street, and the parties hereto that this Agreement be considered in conjunction with the Services Agreement (as hereinafter defined) as part of a single, integrated transaction, it being understood and agreed that they offer greater value when considered together rather than individually.
          NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
Definitions
     1.1. Certain Definitions . For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
           “Act” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
           “Additional Member” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1 (a).
           “Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” shall mean, with respect to any Member, the deficit balance, if any, in such Member’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant Fiscal Year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:
               (a) Credit to such Capital Account any amounts such Member is obligated to restore or is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(l) and 1.704-2(i)(5); and
               (b) Debit to such Capital Account the items described in Regulations Sections 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6).

 


 

The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account Deficit is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
      “Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Person directly or indirectly Controlling, Controlled by, or under Common Control with such other Person at any time during the period for which the determination of affiliation is being made. Affiliates of GWI shall include the MPCS Member and their respective Affiliates. In no event shall any lender or other provider of the Financing be deemed an Affiliate of Royal Street, C9 Wireless or GWI for any purposes hereunder or under any of the Ancillary Agreements.
      “Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
      “Ancillary Agreements” shall mean the Services Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the Equipment and Facilities Lease Agreement, and all attachments thereto.
      “Annual Budget” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(a) of this Agreement.
      “Annual Business Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(c) of this Agreement.
      “Applicable Law” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any federal, state, local or foreign law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, order, injunction, decree, arbitration award, agency requirement, franchise, license or permit of, or any interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing, by any Governmental Entity, whether in effect as of the date hereof or thereafter, and in each case as amended, applicable to such Person or its Affiliates or their respective assets.
      “Auction No. 58” shall mean the Broadband PCS Auction to be conducted by the FCC as described in Public Notice, DA-04-3005 (rel. Sept. 16, 2004), as the same may be rescheduled or modified by the FCC.
      “Auction Process” shall mean the process and procedure through which those licenses being auctioned by the FCC in Auction No. 58 are being offered to qualified bidders, qualified bidders bid on, and Successful Bidders are ultimately awarded licenses, as amended by the FCC from time-to-time.
      “Auction Schedule” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.4.
     A Person shall be deemed the “Beneficial Owner,” and to have “Beneficial Ownership” of, and to “Beneficially Own,” any securities as to which such Person is or may be deemed to be the beneficial owner pursuant to Rule 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, as such rules are in effect on the date of this Agreement, as well as any securities as to which such Person has the right to become Beneficial Owner (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time or the occurrence of conditions) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities), or upon the

-2-


 

exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, rights, warrants or options, put or call rights, or otherwise; provided , however , that no Initial Member shall be deemed the “Beneficial Owner” or to have “Beneficial Ownership” of, or to “Beneficially Own,” any LLC Units owned by the other Initial Member solely by virtue of the rights set forth in this Agreement.
           “Bidding Credit” shall mean a “bidding credit” as defined in the FCC Rules at 47 C.F.R. § 1.2110(f) and as applied by the FCC in Auction No. 58.
           “Bona Fide Offer” shall mean a written offer for Royal Street’s Assets or a Member’s LLC Interest Units made at arm’s length by a Person who is not an Affiliate of C9 Wireless with the capacity to consummate the offer, which offer shall set forth (i) the name and address of the offeror, (ii) the price and other material terms of the offer, and (ii) a description of any financing arrangements related to the transaction.
           “Budget Officer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(c) of this Agreement.
           “Build-Out” shall mean the construction of a Commercial Mobile Radio Service system in accordance with the FCC Rules, 47 C.F.R. § 24.203, as the same may be amended from time to time.
           “Business” shall mean the provision of wholesale CMRS services utilizing code division multiple access technology or such other business as Royal Street may conduct in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
           “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks in New York City are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
           “Business Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) of this Agreement.
           “Capital Account” shall mean, with respect to any Member, the Capital Account maintained for such Member in accordance with the following provisions:
          (a) To each Member’s Capital Account there shall be credited such Member’s Capital Contributions, such Member’s distributive share of Profits and any items in the nature of income or gain which are specially allocated pursuant to Section 10.1(c), and the amount of any Royal Street liabilities assumed by such Member or secured by any Royal Street Asset distributed to such Member.
          (b) To each Member’s Capital Account there shall be debited the amount of cash and the Gross Asset Value of any Royal Street Asset distributed to such Member pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, such Member’s distributive share of Losses and any items in the nature of expenses or losses that are specially allocated pursuant to Section 10.1(c), and the amount of any liabilities of such Member assumed by Royal Street or secured by any property contributed by such Member to Royal Street.

-3-


 

          (c) In the event any interest in Royal Street is properly assigned or transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the transferee shall succeed to the Capital Account of the transferor to the extent it relates to the transferred interest in Royal Street.
          (d) In determining the amount of any liability for purposes of this definition, there shall be taken into account Code Section 752(c) and any other applicable provisions of the Code and Regulations.
The foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations.
           “Capital Contribution” shall mean, with respect to any Member, the amount of money and the initial Gross Asset Value of any property (other than money) contributed to Royal Street with respect to the interest in Royal Street held by such Member or the value of any liabilities of Royal Street assumed by a Member. The principal amount of a promissory note that is not readily traded on an established securities market and that is contributed to Royal Street by the maker of the note shall not be included in the Capital Account of any Member until Royal Street makes a taxable disposition of the note or until (and to the extent) principal payments are made on the note, all in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1 (b)(2)(iv)(d)(2).
           “CEO” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.12(a).
           “Certificate of Formation” shall mean the Certificate of Formation of Royal Street filed pursuant to the Act with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, as the same may hereafter be amended and/or restated from time to time.
           “Chairman” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b).
           “Change of Control” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any transaction or series of transactions, occurring after the date that it becomes subject to this Agreement, pursuant to which another Person gains Control of such other Person. For purposes of this Agreement, a change of de facto or de jure control shall be deemed a “Change of Control” hereunder.
           “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
           “Commercial Mobile Radio Service” or “CMRS” shall mean a commercial mobile radio service as defined in the FCC Rules at 47 C.F.R. § 20.3.
           “Contracts” shall mean all agreements, contracts, leases and subleases, purchase orders, arrangements, commitments, non-governmental licenses, notes, mortgages, indentures or other obligations.
           “Control” (including the correlative meanings of the terms “Controlling,” “Controlled by” and “under Common Control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power in fact or in law to direct or cause the direction of management policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of Voting Securities, by contract or otherwise.

-4-


 

           “C9 Wireless” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
           “C9 Wireless Indemnified Party” shall mean C9 Wireless and its officers, directors, employees and agents.
           “C9 Wireless Managers” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(c).
           “Credit Agreement” shall mean that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement by and between MetroPCS Wireless and Royal Street executed on December 15, 2005 as of December 22, 2004, as it may be further amended from time to time, including the agreements and other documents attached thereto.
           “Damages” shall mean, with respect to a Person, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, proceedings, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs of investigation, fines, judgments and amounts paid in settlement) actually incurred by such Person.
           “Depreciation” shall mean, for each Fiscal Year or other period, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to an asset for such year or other period, except that if the Gross Asset Value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such year or other period, Depreciation shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Gross Asset Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such year or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided, however, that if the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such year is zero, Depreciation shall be determined with reference to such beginning Gross Asset Value using any reasonable method under Code Section 704(c) selected by the Management Committee.
           “Disposition” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(a).
           “Disposition Assets” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(b).
           “Disposition Election Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(c).
           “Disposition Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(b).
           “Disposition ROFR Termination Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(d).
           “Disputing Members” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.1.
           “Distributable Cash” shall mean, with respect to any Fiscal Year, the excess, if any, of (A) the sum of (x) the amount of all cash received by Royal Street during such Fiscal Year and (y) any cash and cash equivalents held by Royal Street at the start of such Fiscal Year over (B) the sum of (x) all cash amounts paid or payable (without duplication) in such Fiscal

-5-


 

Year by Royal Street and (y) the net amount of cash needs for Royal Street set forth in the budget for the following Fiscal Year.
           “Effective Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.
           “Election Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(b).
           “Entrepreneur” shall mean an “entrepreneur” in accordance with the “eligibility requirements” stated in the FCC Rules at 47 C.F.R. § 24.709(a) and as applied by the FCC in Auction No. 58.
           “Equipment and Facilities Lease Agreement” shall mean that certain Master Equipment and Facilities Lease Agreement by and between MetroPCS Wireless and Royal Street, entered into pursuant to Section 5.1(h) of the Services Agreement.
           “Excess Cash” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(b).
           “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
           “Exercise Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(c).
           “Exiting Member” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a).
           “Fair Market Value” shall mean, with respect to any asset, as of the date of determination, the cash price at which a willing seller would sell, and a willing buyer would buy, each being apprised of all relevant facts and neither acting under compulsion, such asset in an arm’s length, negotiated transaction with an unaffiliated third party without time constraints.
           “FCC” shall mean the Federal Communications Commission or any successor agency thereof.
           “FCC Rules” shall mean any applicable rules and regulations of the FCC as the same may be amended from time to time.
           “Fifth Anniversary” shall mean the date that is the first Business Day immediately following the fifth anniversary of the License Grant Date for each License granted to Royal Street in Auction No. 58, provided, however, that if Royal Street or a Holding Subsidiary holds multiple Licenses that have more than one License Grant Date, then the Fifth Anniversary shall mean the first Business Day immediately following the fifth anniversary for the last such License granted.
           “Final Order” shall mean an order as to which the time for filing a request for administrative or judicial relief, or for instituting administrative review sua sponte , shall have expired without any such filing having been made or notice of review having been issued; or, in the event of such filing or review sua sponte , as to which such filing or review shall have been disposed of favorably to the order and the time for seeking further relief with respect thereto shall have expired without any request for such further relief having been filed.

-6-


 

           “Financing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(d).
           “Fiscal Year” shall mean the fiscal year of Royal Street, which shall be the period commencing on January 1 in any year and ending on December 31 in such year, or such other fiscal year that the Management Committee shall determine is required under the Code.
           “GAAP” shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time.
           “Governmental Entity” shall mean any government or political subdivision thereof, including any regional or municipal authority, any governmental department, ministry, commission, board, bureau, agency, regulatory authority, instrumentality, judicial or administrative body, having jurisdiction over the matter or matters in question.
           “Gross Asset Value” shall mean, with respect to any asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:
          (a) The initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to Royal Street shall be the gross Fair Market Value of such asset, as determined by the contributing Member and Royal Street;
          (b) The Gross Asset Values of all Royal Street Assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross Fair Market Values, as determined by the Management Committee, as of the following times: (i) the acquisition of an additional interest in Royal Street by any new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution; (ii) the distribution by Royal Street to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of Royal Street Assets as consideration for an interest in Royal Street; and (iii) the liquidation of Royal Street within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g); provided, however, that the adjustments pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above shall be made only if the Management Committee reasonably determines that such adjustments are necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in Royal Street;
          (c) The Gross Asset Value of any Royal Street Asset distributed to any Member shall be the gross Fair Market Value of such asset on the date of distribution; and
          (d) The Gross Asset Values of Royal Street Assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or 743 (b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1 (b)(2)(iv)(m) and Section 10.1(c)(vii); provided, however, that Gross Asset Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this clause (d) to the extent the Management Committee determines that an adjustment pursuant to clause (b) above is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this clause (d).
          If the Gross Asset Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to clause (a), (b) or (d) above, such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the

-7-


 

Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Profits and Losses.
           “GWI” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
           “GWI Manager” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(c).
           “Holding Subsidiary” shall mean an LLC formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, all of the LLC units of which shall be owned by Royal Street, which LLC shall have as its sole purpose to hold the License(s) and assets in a given Market to be used by Royal Street in connection with the Royal Street System in such Market.
           “Holding Subsidiary Put” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(a)(ii).
           “Indemnified Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.14(a).
           “Initial Member” shall mean each of C9 Wireless, GWI and the MPCS Member and their permitted Affiliates, successors or assigns.
           “IRS” shall mean the Internal Revenue Service or any successor agency thereof.
           “License” shall mean any license for which Royal Street is a Successful Bidder.
           “License Grant Date” shall mean the grant date set forth on any license granted to Royal Street by the FCC in Auction No. 58.
           “Lien” shall mean any mortgage, pledge, lien, deed of trust, hypothecation, claim, security interest, title defect, encumbrance, burden, tax lien (as used in Section 6321 of the Code, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or similarly by any State, local, or foreign tax authority), charge, or other similar restriction, title retention agreement, option, easement, covenant, encroachment or other adverse claim.
           “Liquidation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.4.
           “LLC Interest” shall mean a Member’s entire limited liability company interest in Royal Street at any particular time, including such Member’s share of the profits and losses of Royal Street and right to receive distributions of Royal Street’s assets, and all other benefits to which a Member may be entitled, all in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Act, together with the obligations of such Member to comply with all the terms and provisions of this Agreement.
           “LLC Unit” shall mean a fractional, undivided share of the LLC Interests of all Members issued pursuant hereto.
           “Major Trading Area” or “MTA” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the FCC rules at 47 C.F.R. Section 24.202(a).
           “Management Committee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b).

-8-


 

           “Management Committee Meeting” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.
           “Manager” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b).
           “Market” shall mean the geographic area(s) in which Royal Street is authorized by the FCC to provide Commercial Mobile Radio Service.
           “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean a material adverse effect on the financial condition, properties, Business or results of operations, including Liquidation, of Royal Street, C9 Wireless or GWI, as the case may be, or any of their respective Subsidiaries, other than effects arising out of (i) general changes in economic conditions of the United States, (ii) changes affecting the Commercial Mobile Radio Service industry, generally, and (iii) changes to the FCC Rules, including changes to the Auction Process.
           “Material Spectrum License” shall mean any License which (a) has a Fair Market Value in excess of ***; (b) which pertains to a Market where Royal Street has completed its initial construction and is offering commercial service on a wholesale basis; or (c) is immediately adjacent to a License which meets (a) or (b).
           “Member” shall initially mean each of C9 Wireless, GWI and the MPCS Member, and shall include thereafter their respective successors and permitted transferees, and any other members admitted to Royal Street in accordance with Section 8.1.
           “Member Minimum Gain” shall mean an amount, with respect to each Member Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Minimum Gain that would result if such Member Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i).
           “Member Nonrecourse Debt” shall mean “partner nonrecourse debt” as described in Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4).
           “Member Nonrecourse Deductions” shall mean “partner nonrecourse deductions” as described in Regulations Section 1.704-2(i). The amount of Member Nonrecourse Deductions with respect to a Member Nonrecourse Debt for a Fiscal Year equals the excess, if any, of the net increase, if any, in the amount of Member Minimum Gain attributable to such Member Nonrecourse Debt during that Fiscal Year over the aggregate amount of any distributions during that Fiscal Year to the Member that bears the economic risk of loss for such Member Nonrecourse Debt to the extent such distributions are from the proceeds of such Member Nonrecourse Debt and are allocable to an increase in Member Minimum Gain attributable to such Member Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2).
           “Members’ Meeting” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.
           “MetroPCS” shall mean MetroPCS, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

-9-


 

           “MetroPCS Communications” shall mean MetroPCS Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
           “MetroPCS Wireless” shall mean MetroPCS Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
           “MetroPCS Indemnified Parties” shall mean MetroPCS Communications and its Affiliates, and their respective parents, subsidiaries, sister companies, and all of their officers, directors, employees and agents.
           “MetroPCS Parties” shall mean MetroPCS Wireless, GWI and their Affiliates.
           “Minimum Gain” shall mean “partnership minimum gain” as described in Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and (d).
           “MPCS Member” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
           “Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(l) and (c). The amount of Nonrecourse Deductions for a Fiscal Year equals the excess, if any, of the net increase, if any, in the amount of Minimum Gain during that Fiscal Year over the aggregate amount of any distributions during that fiscal year of proceeds of a Nonrecourse Liability that are allocable to an increase in Minimum Gain, determined according to the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-2(c).
           “Nonrecourse Liability” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.752-1(a)(2).
           “Officers” shall mean such officers of Royal Street as shall from time to time be appointed by the Management Committee until such time as any such Officer is removed in accordance with the terms of his or her appointment.
           “PCS” shall mean personal communications services as defined in the FCC Rules at 47 C.F.R. § 24.5.
           “Parties” shall initially mean C9 Wireless, GWI and the MPCS Member, and shall thereafter include any other Person executing a counterpart of this Agreement.
           “Percentage Interest” shall mean a Member’s aggregate economic percentage interest in Royal Street as determined by dividing the number of LLC Units owned by such Member by the number of LLC Units then owned by all Members. The Percentage Interests of the Members as of the date hereof are set forth in Section 9.5.
           “Person” shall mean any natural person, corporation, firm, unincorporated organization, association, partnership, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, joint venture organization, entity or business of any kind.
           “Planning Group” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) of this Agreement.

-10-


 

           “POPs” shall refer to the population within a Market calculated in accordance with the then-governing standard in the United States Commercial Mobile Radio Services industry.
           “Profits” and “Losses” shall mean, for each Fiscal Year or other period, an amount equal to Royal Street’s taxable income or loss for such year or period, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(l) shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments:
          (a) Any income of Royal Street that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this definition shall be added to such taxable income or loss;
          (b) Any expenditures of Royal Street described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this definition, shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;
          (c) In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Royal Street Asset is adjusted pursuant to clause (b) or (c) of the definition of Gross Asset Value, the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Profits or Losses;
          (d) Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of a Royal Street Asset with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the asset disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such asset differs from its Gross Asset Value;
          (e) In lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation for such Fiscal Year or other period, computed in accordance the definition of Depreciation; and
          (f) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this definition, any items that are specially allocated pursuant to Section 10.1(c) shall not be taken into account in computing Profits or Losses.
           “Proprietary Information” shall mean information of a confidential and proprietary nature that a Party has the right to possess, and that the Party maintains in confidence.
           “Put” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(a)(ii).
           “Put Closing Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(d)(i).
           “Put Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(d)(i).

-11-


 

           “Refund” shall be any amounts that Royal Street paid in accordance with FCC Rules to become eligible to participate in the Auction No. 58 and that thereafter are refunded to Royal Street.
           “Regulations” shall mean the Income Tax Regulations, including Temporary Regulations, promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).
           “Representatives” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.1.
           “ROFR Termination Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(c).
           “Royal Street” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
           “Royal Street Assets” shall mean all right, title and interest of Royal Street whether now or hereafter existing, in and to all or any portion of the assets of Royal Street and any applicable Holding Subsidiary, including the Licenses and any property (real or personal) or estate acquired in exchange therefor or in connection therewith.
           “Royal Street Indemnified Parties” shall mean Royal Street and its Affiliates, and their respective parent, subsidiary, sister companies, and all of their respective officers, directors, employees and agents.
           “Royal Street Put” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(a)(i).
           “Royal Street Products and Services” shall mean the creation and provision by Royal Street of Commercial Mobile Radio Services and any activities related thereto.
           “Royal Street System” shall mean the Commercial Mobile Radio Service using CDMA system(s) constructed and operated by Royal Street in each of the Markets pursuant to the Licenses.
           “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
           “Seventh Anniversary” shall mean the date that is two calendar years after the Fifth Anniversary.
           “Services Agreement” shall mean the Services Agreement by and between MetroPCS Wireless and Royal Street, executed on December 15, 2005 as of November 24, 2004, as it may be amended from time to time.
           “Sixth Anniversary” shall mean the date that is one calendar year after the Fifth Anniversary.
           “Subsidiary” shall mean, as to any Person, any Person (i) of which such Person directly or indirectly owns securities or other equity interests representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the aggregate voting power, (ii) of which such Person possesses fifty percent (50%) or

-12-


 

more of the right to elect directors or Persons holding similar positions or (iii) which such Person Controls directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries.
           “Substantial Completion Date” shall mean the date on which the Build-Out of the Royal Street System satisfies the construction requirements of Section 24.203 of the FCC Rules.
           “Successful Bidder” shall mean a Person that is awarded one or more licenses by the FCC pursuant to the Auction Process related to Auction No. 58 and successfully qualifies to be a licensee for such license(s) under applicable FCC Rules.
           “Tax” shall mean any federal, state, local or foreign income, profits, franchise, gross receipts, environmental, customs duty, stamp, payroll, sales, employment, disability, use, property, withholding, excise, production, value added, occupancy or other tax, duty or assessment of any nature whatsoever, together with all interest, penalties and additions imposed with respect to such amounts.
           “Tax Matters Member” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.11.
           “Transfer” shall mean any direct or indirect sale, transfer, assignment, pledge (other than in connection with the Financing, and, subject to Section 5.1(e), any foreclosures resulting therefrom), hypothecation, mortgage, or other disposition or encumbrance, of any beneficial or economic interest in any LLC Units, including those by operation or succession of law, merger, change in control or otherwise, but a Change of Control of GWI or the MPCS Member shall not be deemed to be a Transfer.
           “Transfer Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a)
           “Transferred Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a).
           “United States” shall mean the United States of America, including the forty-eight contiguous states, Hawaii, Alaska, the District of Columbia and all of its territories and possessions.
           “Unjust Enrichment Payment” shall mean a payment required to be made to the FCC to reimburse Bidding Credits in accordance with the FCC Rules at 47 C.F.R. § 1.2111, as the same may be amended from time to time.
           “Very Small Business” shall mean a “very small business” as defined in FCC Rules at 47 C.F.R. § 24.720(b), and as applied by the FCC in Auction No. 58.
           “Voting Securities” shall mean any securities entitled to vote in the ordinary course in the election of directors or of Persons serving in a similar governing capacity of any partnership, limited liability company or other Person, including the voting rights attached to such securities.
           “Withdrawal Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.1.

-13-


 

     1.2. Construction. For purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, (a) words used in this Agreement, regardless of the gender and number specifically used, will be deemed and construed to include any other gender and any other number as the context requires; (b) as used in this Agreement, the word “including” is not limiting, and the word “or” is not exclusive; (c) except as specifically otherwise provided in this Agreement in a particular instance, a reference to a Section, Schedule, Attachment, Appendix or Exhibit is a reference to a Section of this Agreement or a Schedule, Attachment, Appendix or Exhibit hereto, and the terms “this Agreement,” “hereof,” “herein,” and other like terms refer to this Agreement as a whole, including the Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement, and not solely to any particular part of this Agreement; (d) the descriptive headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement; (e) as used in this Agreement, unless otherwise specifically noted herein, the word “day” or “days” means a calendar day or days, respectively, including weekends and holidays; and (f) any reference to any Law or Governmental Entity shall be deemed to also refer to any successor thereof.
ARTICLE 2
Royal Street and its Business
     2.1. Formation; Effectiveness. Royal Street has been formed as a limited liability company under the provisions of the Act by the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Pursuant to Section 18-201(d) of the Act, this Agreement is effective as of November 24, 2004 (the “Effective Date”).
     2.2. Company Name. The business of Royal Street initially shall be conducted in the State of Delaware under the name Royal Street Communications, LLC and under such name or such assumed names as the Management Committee deems necessary or appropriate to comply with the requirements of any other jurisdiction in which Royal Street may be required to qualify.
     2.3. Term. The term of Royal Street shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue in full force and effect until the earlier of the *** or the earlier dissolution, winding up and termination of Royal Street in accordance with Article 13 of this Agreement. The existence of Royal Street as a separate legal Person shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.
     2.4. Filing of Certificate and Amendments. Subject to the restrictions set forth in this Agreement, the Management Committee or any Person designated by the Management Committee shall (and shall have the power and authority to) execute and file or cause to be executed and filed any amendments to the Certificate of Formation that are required pursuant to this Agreement or Applicable Law and do all other acts requisite for the constitution of Royal Street as a limited liability company pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware or any other Applicable Law and for enabling Royal Street or its Subsidiaries to conduct business in each applicable jurisdiction.

-14-


 

     2.5. Purpose and Business; Powers; Scope of Members’ Authority.
          (a) Royal Street has been organized for the purpose of conducting the Business. Subject to the restrictions set forth in this Agreement, Royal Street is empowered to effect any purposes for which it was formed, including the exercise of all powers granted under the Act.
          (b) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement and notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, no Member shall have any authority to bind or act for, or assume any obligations or responsibility on behalf of, any other Member.
          (c) Except as otherwise provided in the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of Royal Street, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of Royal Street, and no Member shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of Royal Street solely by reason of being a Member.
          (d) The Parties acknowledge and agree that, for business and operational purposes, each License secured by Royal Street will be assigned or transferred to a separate Holding Subsidiary, which shall be a disregarded entity for United States federal income tax purposes. Licenses that are found by the Management Committee to be economically or geographically related may be assigned or transferred to a single Holding Subsidiary.
          (e) Royal Street shall maintain its own bank accounts. All receipts and profits associated with the operation of the Royal Street Systems shall be deposited in Royal Street’s bank accounts.
     2.6. Principal Office; Registered Agent. The principal office of Royal Street shall be at PO Box 2365, Southampton, New York 11969. Subject to the terms hereof, Royal Street may change its place of business to such location or locations as may at any time or from time to time be determined by the Management Committee. The mailing address of Royal Street shall be such address as may be selected from time to time by the Management Committee. Royal Street shall maintain a registered office at The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name and address of Royal Street’s registered agent for service of process is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.
     2.7. Names and Addresses of Members. The names and addresses of the Initial Members are as follows:
C9 WIRELESS, LLC
PO Box 2365
Southampton, NY 11969
Attention: Robert Gerard
GWIPCS1,INC. 8144
Walnut Hill Lane

-15-


 

Suite 800
Dallas, TX 75231
Attention: Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.
8144 Walnut Hill Lane
Suite 800
Dallas, TX 75231
Attention: Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
     2.8. Partnership Treatment. It is intended that Royal Street will be treated as a partnership for United States federal, state and local income tax purposes rather than as an association taxable as a corporation. The Members agree to take any action requested by Royal Street that may be desirable to ensure that Royal Street is so treated. No Member shall take any action that is inconsistent with such treatment.
     2.9. Annual Budgets.
          (a) An employee of Royal Street designated by the Management Committee (“Budget Officer”) shall prepare the initial annual budget (the “Annual Budget”) for the twelve (12) month period beginning on the Effective Date, or such other period as the Management Committee may specify, and submit it to the Management Committee for its approval. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, only the Management Committee, acting by majority vote, shall have the authority to modify the proposed Annual Budget on a line-by-line basis and shall endeavor to approve the Annual Budget within thirty (30) days of its submission (or such other time period as the Management Committee may establish).
          (b) For all Annual Budgets subsequent to the initial Annual Budget, the Budget Officer shall prepare and submit to the Management Committee at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the twelve (12) month period covered by the immediately preceding Annual Budget, or such other date as the Management Committee shall direct in writing, a proposed Annual Budget for the following twelve (12) month period. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the Management Committee, acting by majority vote, shall have the authority to modify the proposed Annual Budget on a line-by-line basis and shall endeavor to approve the Annual Budget within thirty (30) days of its submission (or such other time period as the Management Committee may establish). If the Management Committee does not approve an Annual Budget before the then-current Annual Budget expires, the Royal Street Systems shall be operated in accordance with the Annual Budget for the prior twelve (12) month period until such time as the Management Committee approves a new Annual Budget.
          (c) Each proposed Annual Budget shall set forth, in reasonable detail, the projected items of cost and expenses of operating the Royal Street Systems during the relevant period, including capital expenditures, expenses, as well as the projected revenues, by source, for that period. In addition, the Annual Budget shall set forth the various items of capital expense projected for the relevant period, including, but not limited to, costs of site construction, improvements in technical facilities, expansion of system capacity and introduction of new services.

-16-


 

          (d) The Management Committee may, in its discretion, adopt Annual Budgets on a fiscal year basis. To the extent necessary to employ a fiscal year Annual Budget and planning process, the Management Committee may, during the transition period, employ an Annual Budget or planning period of more than or less than twelve (12) months.
     2.10. Business Plans.
          (a) Royal Street shall establish a Planning Group (the “Planning Group”) consisting of such officers and management level persons as the Management Committee may select, provided that the majority of such members shall be employees of Royal Street or representatives of C9 Wireless and not employees or representatives of the MetroPCS Parties. The Planning Group shall prepare a business plan for the *** period commencing on the License Grant Date (“Business Plan”), in accordance with such direction as the Management Committee shall provide. Separate business plans may be developed for individual Markets, groups of Markets, or different market situations as the Management Committee shall direct. The Business Plan shall include appropriate schedules for deployment of the CMRS systems, capital and operating budgets and such other detail as the Management Committee shall specify. The Business Plan shall be designed to make the Royal Street Systems competitive in each of the Markets. The Business Plan shall be submitted to the Management Committee for its approval in accordance with such schedule as the Management Committee shall specify, but in all events the Planning Group shall submit the overall Business Plan for Royal Street to the Management Committee within sixty (60) days of the Effective Date. The Management Committee may approve the Business Plan as submitted, make such modifications as the Management Committee deems appropriate or require the Planning Group to revise the proposal and resubmit it to the Management Committee in accordance with such guidance and at such time as the Management Committee shall set.
          (b) At least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of each twelve (12) month period covered by the Business Plan, the Planning Group shall prepare and submit to the Management Committee any proposed revisions to the Business Plan(s) which the Planning Group believes should be made in order to better achieve the goals for the Royal Street Systems, or any one or more of them. The Management Committee shall have the authority to approve, modify on a line-by-line basis or return the proposed revisions to the Planning Group for further revision. The Planning Group shall resubmit a revised Business Plan to the Management Committee within fifteen (15) days after its return to the Planning Group for revision.
          (c) The Planning Group also shall prepare and submit to the Management Committee a proposed Annual Business Plan (“Annual Business Plan”) for the twelve (12) month period beginning on the License Grant Date or such other period as the Management Committee may specify. Thereafter, the Planning Group shall prepare and submit to the Management Committee at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the then-current Annual Business Plan, or such other date as the Management Committee shall direct in writing, a proposed Annual Business Plan for the following year or such other period as the Management Committee may decide. The Management Committee shall endeavor to approve, modify or return the proposed Annual Business Plan to the Planning Group for revision, within thirty (30) days of its submission by the Planning Group. The Planning Group shall resubmit any revised

-17-


 

proposed Annual Business Plan within fifteen (15) days after its return to the Planning Group for revision.
          (d) Each proposed Annual Business Plan shall set forth in reasonable detail the goals and objectives for the forthcoming year (or agreed upon period).
ARTICLE 3
Representations and Warranties
     3.1. Representations and Warranties of C9 Wireless. GWI and the MPCS Member.
          As of the Effective Date hereof, each of C9 Wireless, GWI and the MPCS Member represents and warrants to the other that:
          (a) it has all requisite power and authority and has taken all action necessary in order to execute and deliver this Agreement and all of the Ancillary Agreements;
          (b) this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements being executed as of even date herewith has been duly executed and delivered by it and is a valid and binding agreement of it enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles;
          (c) no notices, reports or other filings are required to be made by it with, nor are any consents, registrations, approvals, permits or authorizations required to be obtained by it from, any Governmental Entity, in connection with its execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements being executed as of even date herewith, except those that have been made or obtained or that the failure to make or obtain are not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably likely to (x) result in a Material Adverse Effect on Royal Street or (y) prevent, materially delay or materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements being executed as of even date herewith;
          (d) the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements being executed as of even date herewith does not, and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated thereby will not, constitute or result in (i) a breach or violation of, or a default under, its charter, by-laws and other constitutive documents, (ii) a breach of or violation of or a default under, or the acceleration of any obligations of or the creation of a Lien on its assets (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) pursuant to, any Contracts binding upon it or any Applicable Law or governmental or non-governmental permit or license to which it is subject or (iii) any change in the rights or obligations of any party under any of such Contracts to which it is a party, except, in the case of clause (ii) or (iii) above, for any breach, violation, default, acceleration, creation or change that, individually or in the aggregate, is not reasonably likely to (x) result in a Material Adverse Effect on Royal Street or (y) prevent, materially delay or materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements being executed as of even date herewith; and
          (e) there is no (i) legal action, claim, proceeding, investigation or controversy pending or, to its knowledge threatened against it, or (ii) judgment, order, award or consent-decree outstanding against or affecting it, which in either event is reasonably likely to

-18-


 

(x) result in a Material Adverse Effect on Royal Street or (y) materially delay or materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements being executed as of even date herewith.
     3.2. Representations and Warranties of C9 Wireless.
          As of the Effective Date hereof, C9 Wireless represents and warrants to GWI that:
          (a) C9 Wireless is a duly organized limited liability company, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware;
          (b) Schedule 3.2(b) hereto contains a complete and accurate listing of: (i) all “affiliates” of C9 Wireless within the meaning of the FCC Rules, specifically 47 C.F.R. Section 1.2110(c)(5); (ii) all “controlling interests” of C9 Wireless within the meaning of the FCC Rules, specifically 47 C.F.R. Section 1.2110(c)(2); (iii) all “affiliates of controlling interests of C9 Wireless within the meaning of the FCC Rules, specifically 47 C.F.R. Section 1.2110(b)(l); (iv) the “gross revenues” of C9 Wireless within the meaning of the FCC Rules, specifically 47 C.F.R. Section 1.2110(n) for each of the last three years; (v) the “total assets” of C9 Wireless within the meaning of the FCC Rules, specifically 47 C.F.R. Section 1.2110(o); and (vi) the “gross revenues” as previously defined in this Section 3.2(b)) of all “affiliates”, “controlling interests”, and “affiliates of controlling interests” (all as previously defined in this Section 3.2(b)) for each of the last three years;
          (c) Schedule 3.2(b) hereto sets forth, as of the Effective Date, any and all Persons or Entities having either a direct or indirect ownership interest in C9 Wireless;
          (d) C9 Wireless has access to sufficient funds (the “Financing”) to enable it to make the Capital Contributions required of it under Section 9.1. There are no conditions to the Financing other than conditions also set forth herein and other conditions customary for facilities of such type. C9 Wireless has no knowledge that the Financing will not be available on a timely basis when, as and if required pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.1;
          (e) C9 Wireless qualifies as an Entrepreneur and as a Very Small Business under the FCC Rules;
          (f) C9 Wireless is legally, technically, financially and otherwise qualified to hold PCS licenses; and
          (g) After the Effective Date, no Person shall be admitted as a member of C9 Wireless without the consent of GWI.
     3.3. Representations and Warranties of GWI and the MPCS Member.
          As of the Effective Date hereof, each of GWI and the MPCS Member represents and warrants to C9 Wireless that it is a duly organized corporation, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

-19-


 

ARTICLE 4
Covenants
     4.1. Eligible Entrepreneur and Very Small Business.
          (a) The Parties acknowledge that they intend for Royal Street to qualify as an Entrepreneur and a Very Small Business under the FCC Rules, and accordingly agree to cooperate in good faith with each other and to use reasonable efforts to make all necessary filings and other communications with the FCC which the Parties believe are reasonably necessary or appropriate to facilitate the processing and grant of any application for any License (provided that nothing contained in this Section 4.1 (a) shall (i) require any Party to agree to the amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, any of the Ancillary Agreements or any other agreements entered into by any of the Parties in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) require the expenditure of funds by any Party other than as expressly provided for herein or in the Ancillary Agreements or (iii) impose any incremental substantive obligations on any Party which are not otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements).
          (b) C9 Wireless hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the ***, before it or any direct or indirect Affiliate undergoes a Change of Control, acquires a new interest or investment in, or assumes a new officer, director or key management position with, any Person that may reasonably be expected to result in C9 Wireless’ loss or threatened loss of its status as an Entrepreneur or Very Small Business, once so qualified, it will consult with GWI concerning the Change of Control, acquisition, investment or position and shall not permit or make such Change of Control, acquisition, investment or assume such position where GWI reasonably concludes, and so notifies C9 Wireless in writing within ten (10) days following such initial consultation (and GWI shall be deemed to have consented to such action absent C9 Wireless’ receipt of such written notice within such period), that such action will result in C9 Wireless’ loss of its Entrepreneur or Very Small Business status.
          (c) Prior to the ***, neither C9 Wireless nor any Person that owns, directly or indirectly, any ownership interest in C9 Wireless, shall permit any direct or indirect Change of Control, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge (other than pledges of equity of C9 Wireless as permitted by Section 5.1 (d), and, subject to Section 5.1 (d), any foreclosures resulting therefrom), hypothecation, mortgage or other disposal or encumbrance of any beneficial or economic interest in its Voting Securities without the prior written consent of GWI, which consent may be withheld by GWI in its sole discretion.
          (d) During the term of this Agreement, the business of C9 Wireless shall be limited to activities related to the wireless telecommunications business in connection with C9 Wireless’ investment in Royal Street and, prior to the ***, C9 Wireless shall not undertake any actions or activities, nor permit any of its investors, shareholders, members or Affiliates to undertake any actions or activities, which could result in a loss of Royal Street’s status as an Entrepreneur and Very Small Business.

-20-


 

     4.2. Maintenance of Financing.
          C9 Wireless shall (a) use all commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the availability of the Financing; (b) identify the sources of the Financing to GWI at the earliest practicable date; (c) provide written evidence of the Financing to GWI, which may include commitment letters or binding letters of intent, at any time and from time to time, as reasonably requested by GWI; (d) provide such additional information regarding the Financing as GWI or its advisors may reasonably request, and (e) not assume any indebtedness except indebtedness that: (i) would not jeopardize C9 Wireless’ or Royal Street’s status as an Entrepreneur or a Very Small Business or otherwise adversely affect the designated entity qualifications of Royal Street pursuant to Section 4.1(d) or (ii) is not secured by any Liens or interests in property that would be in derogation of MetroPCS Wireless’ security interests or would violate the Financing. The Parties acknowledge and agree that in no event shall any lender to C9 Wireless or other provider of the Financing be deemed to have or be given any control under this Agreement, any of the Ancillary Agreements, the constituent documents of C9 Wireless or otherwise to control Royal Street, C9 Wireless or any of their respective Affiliates.
     4.3. [Intentionally deleted]
     4.4. Successful Bidder. If Royal Street is a Successful Bidder, as soon as practicable following the conclusion of Auction No. 58, the Members shall cause Royal Street to create a schedule, which schedule shall be subject to the approval of the Initial Members (the “Auction Schedule”), setting forth (i) each License granted to Royal Street in Auction No. 58, (ii) the purchase price paid by Royal Street for such License, and (iii) the amount of each Bidding Credit granted to Royal Street in Auction No. 58 in connection with such License.
     4.5. Third Party Financing. If Royal Street requires financing over and above the amounts available to it under the Credit Agreement, and MetroPCS Wireless is unwilling or unable to provide such financing on terms reasonably acceptable to Royal Street, then Royal Street will use reasonable efforts to secure such financing from unaffiliated third parties on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with Section 4.2 hereof.
     4.6. Competition.
          (a) During the term of this Agreement, neither C9 Wireless nor any of its Affiliates (other than Royal Street), directly or indirectly, shall:
               (i) participate in Auction No. 58 other than through Royal Street in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;
               (ii) participate in any other auction for, or otherwise acquire, wireless spectrum allocated for telecommunications services in the United States; or
               (iii) engage in any retail CMRS activity that would be competitive with GWI’s or MetroPCS’s products and services or Royal Street’s Products and Services in any of the markets in which any MetroPCS Party is the licensee of a CMRS system, or is a lessee of PCS spectrum or reseller of PCS.

-21-


 

          (b) The Parties acknowledge that the MetroPCS Parties currently engage in, and will in the future engage in, activities that are competitive with Royal Street Products and Services, and agree that nothing in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement shall preclude the MetroPCS Parties from continuing to engage in any such activity without restriction. The Parties further acknowledge that the MetroPCS Parties from time to time might obtain FCC licenses through the acquisition of entities that hold FCC licenses or otherwise, and agree that nothing in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement shall preclude the MetroPCS Parties from continuing to engage in any such acquisitions or activity outside of Auction No. 58 without any obligation or liability to Royal Street or to any of its Members.
          (c) The Parties further acknowledge and agree that investors in the MetroPCS Parties may have, or from time to time may acquire, interests in other companies that hold FCC licenses, or are seeking to acquire FCC licenses, or access to spectrum through auction, lease, acquisition or otherwise, and that such companies may engage in activities that are competitive with Royal Street products and services.
          (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the MetroPCS Parties may enter into a joint venture, alliance or other cooperative relationship with an Entrepreneur or Very Small Business other than C9 Wireless.
          (e) Neither Royal Street nor any Member shall have any right, by virtue of this Agreement, to share or participate in such other investments or activities of the other Members described in this Section 4.6 or to the income or proceeds derived therefrom. Except as otherwise provided herein, no Member shall incur any liability to Royal Street or to any other Member as a result of engaging in any other business or venture.
     4.7. Cooperation. The Parties hereby covenant and agree that if the participation of any of them as a Member of Royal Street or their performance of their obligations hereunder results in a regulatory limitation on any Member’s ability to pursue its business objectives outside Royal Street, including regulatory limitations on the amount of spectrum in which any Party may have an interest, the Members shall cooperate in good faith in reasonable respects to resolve any such regulatory limitation in a manner that is in the best long term interests of Royal Street and the Members (provided that nothing contained in this section shall (A) require any Party to agree to the amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, any of the Ancillary Agreements or any other agreements entered into by any of the Parties in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or (B) require the expenditure of funds by any Party other than as expressly provided for herein or in the Ancillary Agreements).
     4.8. Compliance With Law. C9 Wireless covenants and agrees that, as the controlling Member of Royal Street, C9 Wireless will not knowingly allow or cause Royal Street to materially violate applicable FCC Rules (including FCC Rules pertaining to status as an Entrepreneur or Very Small Business).
     4.9 Maintenance of Records. C9 Wireless shall maintain its records, books of account and bank accounts separate and apart from those of the shareholder(s), principals and Affiliates of C9 Wireless, the Affiliates of the shareholder of C9 Wireless or any other Person, and shall observe such formalities as are necessary to preserve the separate identity of C9

-22-


 

Wireless from that of its shareholders, principals and Affiliates, the Affiliates of the shareholder(s) of C9 Wireless or any other Person.
ARTICLE 5
Transfer Restrictions
     5.1. Transfers.
          (a) Subject to Sections 5.l(b), (c) and (d), each Member agrees that it shall not Transfer, directly or indirectly, or permit any Transfer of, directly or indirectly, in any single transaction or series of related transactions, any or all of the LLC Units that are Beneficially Owned by it until the ***, except (i) with the written approval of the Initial Members, (ii) pursuant to the Put (if exercisable prior thereto in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 5.4), or (iii) pursuant to the exercise by GWI of its Rights of First Refusal in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 5.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any Member Transfer, directly or indirectly, or permit any Transfer of, directly or indirectly, in any single transaction or series of related transactions, less than all of the LLC Units that are Beneficially Owned by it.
          (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 5.1 (a), any Initial Member may at any time Transfer all, but no less than all, of its LLC Units to one or more of its Affiliates without the prior written consent of any other Initial Member; provided, that (i) contemporaneously with any such Transfer of LLC Units any such Affiliate becomes a party to a counterpart of this Agreement, (ii) such Transfer will not result in a termination of Royal Street under Code Section 708(b)(l)(B), (iii) any required consent or approval from a Governmental Entity has been obtained, if prior consent or approval is required, or sought, if consent or approval may be obtained after the fact, (iv) such Affiliate shall remain an Affiliate during the term of this Agreement, and (v) such Transfer does not adversely affect the qualifications of Royal Street under the FCC Rules as an “Entrepreneur” or as a “Very Small Business”.
          (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 5.1 (a), GWI shall be free to Transfer its LLC Units without the consent of any Member to any Person to which GWI is assigning or transferring all or substantially all of the FCC authorizations issued to GWI provided such assignment or transfer has been approved by the FCC and provided further, that (i) contemporaneously with any such Transfer of LLC Units any transferee of GWI’s LLC Units becomes a party to a counterpart of this Agreement, and (ii) any required consent or approval from a Governmental Entity has been obtained, if prior consent or approval is required, or sought, if consent or approval may be obtained after the fact.
          (d) C9 Wireless may pledge any or all of its LLC Units to a lender, subject to the condition that (i) such lender may not in any event foreclose upon its security interest in such LLC Units (either directly or through a foreclosure on the equity interests in C9 Wireless) at any time prior to the *** if such foreclosure would result in the loss of any License or a requirement by Royal Street to make any Unjust Enrichment Payment which would not otherwise have been lost or made, respectively, (ii) lender must provide C9 Wireless and GWI prior written notice of its intention to foreclose at least ten (10) days prior to taking any action,

-23-


 

and (iii) lender must agree to allow C9 Wireless ten (10) days, following receipt of notice by both C9 Wireless and GWI, to cure any default.
          (e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement that might be construed to the contrary, C9 Wireless agrees that it shall not transfer or offer to transfer any portion of its LLC Units to a non-Member prior to the expiration of the *** and subject to the GWI rights of first refusal established in Sections 5.2 and 5.3.
     5.2. Right of First Refusal for Transfer of LLC Units.
          (a) Subject to Section 5.4(f), in the event that any Member other than a MetroPCS Party (the “Exiting Member”) has received a Bona Fide Offer from a third party to, and proposes to, Transfer its LLC Units to such third party, in accordance with and subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5.1, then, prior to Transferring such LLC Units (the “Transferred Securities”), the Exiting Member shall promptly deliver a written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) to Royal Street and the other Members stating that the Exiting Member proposes to Transfer the Transferred Securities. The Transfer Notice shall (i) specify the proposed purchase price for, and all other material terms with respect to, the sale of the Transferred Securities, (ii) identify the proposed purchaser, (iii) specify the date scheduled for the Transfer (which date shall not be less than sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered), and (iv) have attached thereto a copy of such Bona Fide Offer, and any ancillary agreements or documents, containing all of the material terms and conditions on which the Transferred Securities are to be sold.
          (b) By written notice (an “Election Notice”) delivered to Royal Street, the Exiting Member and the other Members within sixty (60) days after receipt of a Transfer Notice, GWI shall have the right to purchase all or a portion of the Transferred Securities on terms and conditions equal to the proposed purchase price of the Transferred Securities; provided, that if the Exiting Member proposes to transfer the Transferred Securities in a transaction that would qualify in whole or in part as a tax-free exchange, then the Exiting Member and GWI shall use commercially reasonable efforts to structure the acquisition by GWI of the Transferred Securities to receive similar tax-free treatment; provided , further, that the inability of an Exiting Member and GWI to so structure the acquisition by GWI of the Transferred Securities shall not relieve the Exiting Member from its obligation to Transfer the Transferred Securities to GWI, and GWI shall have no obligation to pay any resulting Tax; provided , finally, that if the Transfer of the Transferred Securities to the proposed purchaser would trigger an Unjust Enrichment Payment that would not otherwise be triggered if GWI or its designee were the purchaser, then the purchase price shall be reduced by the amount of the Unjust Enrichment Payment. An Exiting Member shall be prohibited from delivering a new Transfer Notice relating to the sale of the Transferred Securities to the purchaser proposed in its initial Transfer Notice, or any Affiliate of such proposed purchaser, until after the sixty (60) day period following GWI’s receipt of the initial Transfer Notice in the event that GWI does not elect to purchase the Transferred Securities, or until after the ROFR Termination Date, as it may be extended in accordance with this Section 5.2, in the event that GWI does elect to purchase the Transferred Securities.
          (c) If GWI shall have elected to purchase the Transferred Securities in accordance with Section 5.2(b), the Exiting Member and GWI shall use reasonable efforts, including reasonable efforts to obtain all regulatory approvals, to consummate the closing of the

-24-


 

purchase of the Transferred Securities as soon as practicable and in any event within *** after the date of the Election Notice in the event that no regulatory approval is required, and within *** after the date of the Election Notice in the event that any regulatory approval is required. In the event that any regulatory approval is required, an application for such regulatory approval shall be filed no later than sixty (60) days following the date of the Election Notice and the closing of the purchase of the Transferred Securities shall occur no later than ten (10) days following receipt of all required regulatory approvals by Final Order, and the “ROFR Termination Date” shall be either (i) the 10 th day following receipt of all required regulatory approvals by Final Order or (ii) the date on which any required regulatory approval is denied by Final Order, whichever occurs first. In the event that the Parties have complied with this Section 5.2(c) but any required regulatory approvals are not obtained within such *** period, the ROFR Termination Date may be extended by either the Exiting Member or GWI until such approvals are received or denied by a Final Order, but in no event for a period of more than an additional ***. Any such closing shall be subject to the condition precedent that any required consent or approval from any Governmental Entity shall have been obtained.
          (d) In the event that GWI does not elect to purchase the Transferred Securities, GWI may designate another Person to purchase the Transferred Securities, and the Exiting Member shall sell the Transferred Securities to such designated purchaser, provided , however , that such designated purchaser shall comply with the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5.2 that would otherwise have applied to GWI; provided , further , that if the Transfer of the Transferred Securities to such designated purchaser would trigger an Unjust Enrichment Payment that would not otherwise be triggered if the Exiting Member sold the Transferred Securities to the proposed purchaser, then the purchase price shall not be reduced by the amount of the Unjust Enrichment Payment.
          (e) In the event that GWI does not elect to purchase the Transferred Securities itself or designate another Person to purchase the Transferred Securities pursuant to Section 5.2(d) (or fails to consummate such purchase prior to the ROFR Termination Date, as it may be extended, due to the failure to obtain regulatory approvals for reasons that are attributable specifically to GWI), the Exiting Member will be free, at any time within *** after the ROFR Termination Date or the expiration of the time in which the Election Notice shall be required to be delivered without delivery thereof, as applicable, to consummate a sale of the Transferred Securities to the proposed purchaser identified in the Transfer Notice on terms not less favorable to the Exiting Member than those set forth therein and at the same price; provided, that the closing of the transaction contemplated by such Election Notice may be extended by the Exiting Member for *** in the event that any required approval or consent from any Governmental Entity shall not have been obtained at such time; provided , further , that such Exiting Member shall not permit the purchaser to Transfer its right to purchase the Transferred Securities to a third party. In the event that no Transfer of such Transferred Securities occurs within the *** deadline (or within the *** deadline if the *** extension is exercised), then the terms and conditions of this Section 5.2 shall be reinstated and GWI may exercise its rights pursuant to this Section 5.2 as if it is the first instance of such exercise.

-25-


 

          (f) The rights and obligations of this Section 5.2 shall apply to any and all Transfers by an Exiting Member or a subsequent purchaser of Transferred Securities.
     5.3. Right of First Refusal in Event of Disposition of Royal Street Assets.
           (a) Until such ***, Royal Street shall not have the right to cause any direct or indirect sale, Transfer or other disposition of any beneficial or economic interest in any Royal Street Assets, except in the ordinary course of the operation of the Royal Street Systems (a “Disposition”).
          (b) After ***, if Royal Street receives a Bona Fide Offer to effect a Disposition of any Royal Street Assets, and the Management Committee votes to accept the offer, then, prior to the Disposition of such Royal Street Assets (the “Disposition Assets”), Royal Street shall promptly deliver a written notice (the “Disposition Notice”) to GWI stating that Royal Street proposes to effect a Disposition of the Disposition Assets. The Disposition Notice shall (i) specify the proposed purchase price for, and all other material terms with respect to the sale of the Disposition Assets, (ii) identify the proposed purchaser, (iii) specify the date scheduled for the transfer of the Disposition Assets (which date shall not be less than sixty (60) days after the date the Disposition Notice is delivered) and (iv) have attached thereto a copy of such Bona Fide Offer, which shall contain all of the material terms and conditions on which the Disposition Assets are to be sold.
          (c) By written notice (a “Disposition Election Notice”) delivered to Royal Street, GWI shall have the right to purchase all or a portion of the Disposition Assets on terms and conditions no less favorable to Royal Street than, and at a price equal to, the proposed purchase price of such Disposition Assets; provided , that if Royal Street proposes to transfer the Disposition Assets in a transaction that would qualify in whole or in part as a tax-free exchange, then Royal Street and GWI shall use commercially reasonable efforts to structure the acquisition by GWI of the Disposition Assets to receive similar tax-free treatment; provided , further , that the inability of Royal Street and GWI to so structure the acquisition by GWI of the Disposition Assets shall not relieve Royal Street from its obligation to transfer the Disposition Assets to GWI, and GWI shall have no obligation to pay any resulting Tax; provided , finally , that if the Disposition of the Disposition Assets to the proposed purchaser would trigger an Unjust Enrichment Payment that would not otherwise be triggered if GWI or its designee were the purchaser, then the purchase price shall be reduced by the amount of the Unjust Enrichment Payment. Royal Street shall be prohibited from delivering a new Disposition Notice relating to the sale of the Disposition Assets to the purchaser proposed in its initial Disposition Notice, or any Affiliate of such proposed purchaser until after the sixty (60) day period following GWI’s receipt of the initial Disposition Notice in the event that GWI does not elect to purchase the Disposition Assets, or until after the Disposition ROFR Termination Date, as it may be extended in accordance with this Section 5.3(d), in the event that GWI does elect to purchase the Disposition Assets.
          (d) If GWI shall have elected to purchase the Disposition Assets in accordance with Section 5.3, Royal Street and GWI shall use reasonable efforts, including reasonable efforts to obtain all regulatory approvals, to consummate the closing of the purchase

-26-


 

of the Disposition Assets as soon as practicable and in any event within sixty (60) days after the date of the Disposition Election Notice in the event that no regulatory approval is required, and within *** after the date of the Disposition Election Notice in the event that any regulatory approval is required. In the event that any regulatory approval is required, an application for such regulatory approval shall be filed no later than sixty (60) days following the date of the Disposition Election Notice and the closing of the purchase of the Disposition Assets shall occur no later than ten (10) days following receipt of all required regulatory approvals by Final Order, and the “Disposition ROFR Termination Date” shall be either (i) the 10 th day following receipt of all required regulatory approvals by Final Order or (ii) the date on which any required regulatory approval is denied by Final Order, whichever occurs first. In the event that the Parties have complied with this Section 5.3(d) but any required regulatory approvals are not obtained within such *** period, the Disposition ROFR Termination Date may be extended by either Royal Street or GWI until such approvals are received or denied by a Final Order, but in no event for a period of more than an additional ***. Any such closing shall be subject to the condition precedent that any required consent or approval from any Governmental Entity shall have been obtained.
          (e) In the event that GWI does not elect to purchase the Disposition Assets, GWI may designate another Person to purchase the Disposition Assets, and Royal Street shall, subject to the receipt of any required approval from a Governmental Entity, sell the Disposition Assets to such designated purchaser, provided, that such designated purchaser shall comply with the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5.3 that would otherwise have applied to GWI.
          (f) In the event that GWI does not elect to purchase the Disposition Assets itself or designate another Person to purchase the Disposition Assets pursuant to Section 5.3(e) (or fails to consummate such purchase prior to the Disposition ROFR Termination Date, as it may be extended, due to the failure to obtain regulatory approvals for reasons that are attributable specifically to GWI), then Royal Street will be free, at any time within *** after the Disposition ROFR Termination Date or the expiration of the time a Disposition Election Notice shall be required to be delivered without delivery thereof, as applicable, to consummate a sale of the Disposition Assets to the proposed purchaser identified in the Disposition Notice on terms not less favorable to Royal Street than those set forth therein and at the same price; provided, that the closing of the transaction contemplated by such Disposition Notice may be extended by Royal Street for *** in the event that any required approval or consent from any Governmental Entity shall not have been obtained at such time; provided, further, that Royal Street shall not permit the purchaser to Transfer its right to purchase the Disposition Assets to a third party. In the event that no Transfer of such Disposition Assets occurs within the *** deadline (or within the *** deadline if the *** extension is exercised), then the terms and conditions of this Section 5.3 shall be reinstated and GWI may exercise its rights pursuant to this Section 5.3 as if it is the first instance of such exercise.

-27-


 

     5.4. C9 Wireless’ Put Rights.
          (a) Right to Sell to GWI. On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Section 5.4, C9 Wireless shall have the following rights and options:
               (i) to sell to GWI, and upon the exercise of such right and option GWI shall purchase from C9 Wireless, all of C9 Wireless’ LLC Interest (the “Royal Street Put”); and
               (ii) to cause Royal Street to sell to GWI, and upon the exercise of such right and option GWI shall purchase from Royal Street, all of Royal Street’s membership interest in a Holding Subsidiary (the “Holding Subsidiary Put”) (the Royal Street Put and the Holding Subsidiary Put, collectively referred to as the “Put”).
          (b) Period for Exercise.
                (i) C9 Wireless may exercise the Royal Street Put by delivery of an Exercise Notice during any of the following periods: (A) during the period beginning on the earlier of (I)***, subject to applicable notice provisions, or (II) the date that is *** prior to the *** , and ending on the date that is *** prior to the *** (“First Put Exercise Period”); (B) during the sixty-day period ending on the date that is *** prior to the *** (“Second Put Exercise Period”); or (C) during the sixty-day period ending on the date that is *** prior to the ***. (“Third Put Exercise Period”); and
               (ii) C9 Wireless may exercise the Holding Subsidiary Put by delivery of an Exercise Notice during any of the periods described in Section 5.4(b)(i) above, provided that such exercise periods shall be determined solely with respect to the Licenses held by such Holding Subsidiary.
          (c) Exercise of Put. C9 Wireless shall exercise the Put by delivering to GWI and Royal Street written notice (“Exercise Notice”) of its exercise of the Put. Any such written notice shall be irrevocable, except as contemplated by Section 5.4(f). In the event that (i) C9 Wireless intends to exercise the Put but is prevented under Applicable Law from delivering the Exercise Notice to GWI for more than sixty (60) days, and (ii) C9 Wireless draws upon the letters of credit described in Section 5.4(h), then C9 Wireless shall be obligated to exercise the Put and deliver the Exercise Notice as soon as practicable under Applicable Law.
          (d) Purchase and Sale of Put Interest:
               (i) Following the exercise of the Put, C9 Wireless or Royal Street shall transfer to GWI its entire LLC Interest or the membership interest in the Holding Subsidiary, as the case may be (the “Put Interest”), and GWI shall purchase the Put Interest for the applicable purchase price determined in accordance with this Section 5.4. The closing of the purchase and sale of the Put Interest shall take place on the later of the date that is (x) ten (10) days after a Final Order approving the transfer of the Put Interest from C9 Wireless or Royal Street to GWI, (y) unless the Parties shall have otherwise expressly elected to permit an earlier closing date, or (z) solely in the event that such closing otherwise would occur prior to the ***

-28-


 

*** and would result in Royal Street being required to make an Unjust Enrichment Payment, the earliest date on which Royal Street would not be required to make any Unjust Enrichment Payment as a result of the transfer of the Put Interest from C9 Wireless or Royal Street, as the case may be, to GWI; provided that if the date described in clause (x) occurs prior to the date described in clause (z), GWI may, at its sole option, elect to close on the later of the date described in clause (x) or the date described in clause (z) (unless the Parties shall have expressly elected to permit the closing to occur prior to the ***, in which event GWI may elect to close on the date described in clause (x)). The date of the closing of the purchase and sale of the Put Interest shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Put Closing Date.” At the Put Closing Date, C9 Wireless or Royal Street, as the case may be, shall deliver to GWI customary written instruments of transfer and assignment of the Put Interest being sold in form reasonably satisfactory to GWI. Any Put Interest so transferred and assigned to GWI shall be transferred and assigned free and clear of all Liens, other than those created hereunder or by GWI, and with customary terms, conditions, representations and warranties pertaining to the Licenses and title to the Licenses. Upon the delivery of such instruments of transfer and assignment, GWI shall pay on the Put Closing Date the applicable purchase price to C9 Wireless or Royal Street, as the case may be, in immediately available funds. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, including without limitation any provision dealing with distributions set forth in Article 10 or Article 13, in the event such funds are paid to Royal Street as a result of the exercise of the Holding Subsidiary Put, Royal Street shall promptly distribute such amounts to C9 Wireless. Upon the closing of any such transfer and assignment, the respective LLC Interests of C9 Wireless and GWI shall be revised, if necessary, to reflect such transfer and assignment to GWI.
               (ii) C9 Wireless and GWI shall use reasonable efforts, including reasonable efforts to obtain all required regulatory approvals, to consummate the closing of the purchase of the Put Interest as soon as practicable and in any event within thirty (30) days after the date of the Exercise Notice in the event that no regulatory approval is required, and within *** after the date of the Exercise Notice in the event that any regulatory approval is required, in each case subject to the timing limitations of Section 5.4(d)(i) above and to avoid taking actions, or failing to take actions that would materially adversely affect the value of the Licenses. In the event that any regulatory approval is required, an application for such regulatory approval shall be filed as soon as practicable, and in any event no later than sixty (60) days following the date of the Exercise Notice and the closing of the purchase of the Put Interest shall occur no later than ten (10) days following receipt of all required regulatory approvals, in each case subject to the timing limitations of Section 5.4(d)(i) above. In the event that any required regulatory approval is not obtained within such *** period, the closing date may be extended by either C9 Wireless or GWI until such approvals are received or denied by a Final Order, subject to Section 5.4(f). Any such closing shall be subject to the condition precedent that any required consent or approval from any Governmental Entity shall have been obtained.
          (e) Purchase Price. The purchase price for the Put Interest shall be calculated as follows:
               (i) If the date of the Exercise Notice is a date falling in the First Put Exercise Period and the Put Closing Date occurs on or after the ***, the

-29-


 

purchase price for the Put Interest shall be ***. If the date of the Exercise Notice is a date falling in the Second Put Exercise Period, the purchase price for the Put Interest shall be ***. If the date of the Exercise Notice is a date falling in the Third Put Exercise Period, the purchase price for the Put Interest shall be ***. In each case, the purchase price shall be ***.
               (ii) If the date of the Exercise Notice is a date falling in the First Put Exercise Period and the Put Closing Date occurs prior to the ***, the purchase price for the Put Interest shall be the amount of ***; provided, that if the Put Closing Date is a date falling on or before the date that is *** after the Effective Date, the purchase price for the Put Interest shall be calculated ***, and, provided further, that if the transaction arising out of the exercise of the Put gives rise to an obligation to make an Unjust Enrichment Payment to the FCC pursuant to Section 1.2111, of the FCC Rules (or any similar rule) then the purchase price for the Put Interest shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Unjust Enrichment Payment.
               (iii) For purposes of subsections (i) and (ii) above, if the Put Interest is a membership interest in a Holding Subsidiary, the Purchase Price shall be calculated by taking into account only that portion of C9 Wireless’ Capital Contribution to Royal Street that is properly allocated to such Holding Subsidiary based on the value of such Holding Subsidiary in proportion to the aggregate value of all the Holding Subsidiaries.
                (iv) At GWI’s sole option, if the common stock of *** is publicly traded on either the NASDAQ National Market System or the New York Stock Exchange on the Put Closing Date, GWI may pay all or a portion of the purchase price for the Put Interest in common stock of *** that is freely transferable under the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws. For purposes of determining the number of shares of common stock required to be delivered on the Put Closing Date, the value of each share of common stock to be delivered shall be the lesser of (A)***

-30-


 

***; provided , however , that GWI may not pay any portion of the purchase price with *** common stock to the extent that the common stock to be delivered exceeds 2% of the total *** common stock held by non-affiliates that is freely transferable under the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws as of the Put Closing Date.
          (f) If any of the events described in Sections 13.2(a)(i), 13.2(a)(ii), 13.2(a)(iii) or 13.2(a)(iv) occur, or if any of the events described in Section 12.3(b) occur, then the provisions (including any pricing provisions) of the relevant subsections of Section 12.3, and not the provisions of Section 5.4, shall apply to any subsequent purchase by GWI of C9 Wireless’ LLC Interest.
          (g) With respect to the exercise of the Put Interest, the parties shall use their best efforts to structure the purchase and sale of the Put Interest so as to minimize the taxes to be paid by C9 Wireless or Royal Street, as the case may be.
          (h) Letter of Credit Agreement. *** to secure GWI’s obligation to purchase the Put Interest upon C9 Wireless’ exercise of the Put, GWI hereby agrees to execute a Letter of Credit Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , pursuant to which a MetroPCS Party shall be required to provide certain letters of credit. C9 Wireless shall provide five (5) days prior written notice to GWI of its intent, if any, to draw on any such letters of credit. ***
     5.5. [Intentionally deleted].
     5.6. Allocation Between Transferor and Transferee. If a Transfer of an interest in Royal Street occurs during any Fiscal Year, Profits, Losses, each item thereof and all other items attributable to such interest for such Fiscal Year shall be divided and allocated between the transferor and the transferee by taking into account their varying interests during the Fiscal Year in accordance with Code Section 706(d), using any conventions permitted by law and selected by the Management Committee.
ARTICLE 6
Management of Royal Street
     6.1. Management of Royal Street.
          (a) It is the intention of the Parties for this Agreement to accord C9 Wireless control of Royal Street as provided in Sections 1.2110 and 24.720 of the FCC Rules. If any provision of this Agreement is deemed by the FCC to be inconsistent with this intention, the Parties shall cooperate in good faith in all reasonable respects to reform this Agreement in a manner that is consistent with the Parties’ intention (provided that nothing contained in this paragraph shall require any Party to agree to the amendment, modification or waiver of any other article of this Agreement or of any of the provisions of the Ancillary Agreements or any other

-31-


 

agreement entered into by any of the Parties in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, or shall require any Party to agree to any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement other than with respect to matters directly relating to the governance of Royal Street as currently contemplated by this Agreement).
          (b) The Members hereby establish a Management Committee (the “Management Committee”) to be composed of such number of individuals as the Members shall from time to time agree. The Management Committee shall consist initially of five (5) individuals (each a “Manager”), who shall be designated as provided in Sections 6.1(c) and 6.1(d). The Members, in such capacity, shall have no part in the management of Royal Street notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, and shall have no authority or right to act on behalf of or bind Royal Street in connection with any matter, except as expressly set forth in the Act, unless duly authorized by the Management Committee pursuant to this Agreement and to the extent permitted by FCC Rules. The Management Committee shall elect from among its members, a Chairman of the Management Committee (the “Chairman”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no officer, director, general partner or employee of any of the MetroPCS Parties shall be appointed as a C9 Wireless Manager (as defined in Section 6.1(c) below).
          (c) Initially, C9 Wireless shall appoint three (3) individuals to serve as Managers (the “C9 Wireless Managers”) and GWI shall appoint two (2) individuals to serve as Managers (the “GWI Managers”); provided , however , that no Member shall appoint any individual that would result in Royal Street not qualifying as an Entrepreneur or Very Small Business. C9 Wireless also shall appoint the Chairman of the Management Committee from among the C9 Wireless Managers. The parties acknowledge and agree that C9 Wireless initially appoints Robert Gerard as one of the C9 Wireless Managers and designates Mr. Gerard as the initial Chairman. Pending the appointment by C9 Wireless of the two (2) remaining C9 Wireless Managers, or in the event of a future vacancy with respect to a C9 Wireless Manager position, the Chairman shall be entitled to vote on behalf of such vacant C9 Wireless Manager or Managers so that the C9 Wireless Manager or Managers shall at all times maintain majority voting rights of the Management Committee, with the further understanding that C9 Wireless shall use its best efforts to fill any such vacancy within ninety (90) days. If the authorized number of Managers on the Management Committee is changed for any reason, C9 Wireless shall be entitled to appoint, at a minimum, a majority of the Managers regardless of the number of Managers comprising the Management Committee at any given tune and GWI shall be entitled to appoint the remainder of such Managers.
          (d) Subject to Section 6.1 (b) , each of C9 Wireless and GWI shall have complete discretion with respect to the designation and replacement of its representatives to the Management Committee, including with respect to the filling of any vacancies. If any Member decides to change any of its representatives, such Member shall provide written notice of such change to Royal Street and the other Members.
          (e) The Management Committee and its designees shall have the power on behalf and in the name of Royal Street to carry out any and all of the objects and purposes of Royal Street contemplated by Section 2.5 and to perform or authorize all acts which they may deem necessary or advisable in connection therewith. Subject to Section 6.1(g), all

-32-


 

determinations, decisions and actions made or taken by the Management Committee in accordance with this Agreement shall be passed by a simple majority vote of the Management Committee.
          (f) Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.1, the Management Committee and its designees shall have the following powers:
               (i) to execute and deliver or to authorize the execution and delivery of real and personal property (whether leased or owned), Contracts, deeds, licenses, instruments of transfer and other documents in the ordinary course of business on behalf of Royal Street;
               (ii) to employ, retain, consult with and dismiss such personnel as may be required;
               (iii) to establish and enforce limits of authority and internal controls with respect to all personnel and functions;
               (iv) to engage attorneys, consultants, accountants and other agents, professionals and representatives of and for Royal Street;
               (v) to develop or cause to be developed accounting procedures for the maintenance of Royal Street’s books of account;
               (vi) to make all Tax elections (except elections under Code Sections 704(c) and 754) in a manner which, unless the Initial Members otherwise agree, will maximize or accelerate Tax deductions or minimize or defer taxable income;
               (vii) to make the selection of the type of technology used in the Business or changes to such technology;
               (viii) to make pricing decisions with respect to products and services offered pursuant to the Business;
               (ix) to change the Fiscal Year of Royal Street;
               (x) to employ, discharge or replace any manager for any or all of the Royal Street Systems;
               (xi) to determine the trademarks under which Royal Street will market its services; and
               (xii) to do all such other acts as shall be specifically authorized in this Agreement or by the Initial Members unanimously in writing from time to time.
          (g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to the other express provisions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including those provisions relating to the transfer of LLC Interests and assets of Royal Street in Sections 5.2, 5.3, 5.4 and 12.3, which shall not require such consent of the GWI Managers), no action shall be taken with respect

-33-


 

to any of the matters enumerated below without the approval of *** of the members of the Management Committee:
               (i) The acquisition by Royal Street of any broadband radio spectrum license that is neither in an MTA in which Royal Street holds a License nor in an MTA adjacent to an MTA in which Royal Street holds a License;
               (ii) Approval of annual financial statements;
               (iii) Changes in the compensation for Royal Street senior management, including the adoption of any equity compensation plan or scheme, except for routine cost-of-living adjustments in the ordinary course of business;
               (iv) So long as no MetroPCS Party is in default under the Credit Agreement, any expenditure, or the incurrence of indebtedness in any single transaction or series of related transactions, in an amount in excess of *** of the aggregate Annual Budget unless such item is included in an approved Annual Budget, or a deviation of more than *** from any line item in an Annual Budget;
               (v) The direct or indirect sale, lease, exchange, transfer, disposal or other disposition of any beneficial or economic interest in any (A) Material Spectrum License, or (B) any Royal Street Asset or Business (except transfers to a Holding Subsidiary and transfers made pursuant to the Put) in any single transaction or series of related transactions with a Fair Market Value in excess of ***;
               (vi) Any material amendments to the organizational documents of Royal Street, any change in the size of the Management Committee, or any fundamental change in Royal Street’s Business or its corporate or capital structure, including a merger, consolidation or dissolution, or conversion to a corporation, excluding those amendments or other changes that do not materially adversely affect MetroPCS;
               (vii) Any transaction not in the ordinary course of business, except as otherwise expressly provided herein;
                (viii) Any deviation of more than *** from the aggregate Annual Budget approved by the Management Committee or any deviation of more than *** from any line item in such Annual Budget;
               (ix) The declaration and amount of any distributions other than those described in Section 10.2(d);

-34-


 

               (x) Subject to Section 8.1, the admission of any Additional Members, the redemption or purchase of any Membership Interests, or the issuance of any new or additional Membership Interests or any option, warrant or other debt or equity interest convertible into or evidencing the right to acquire (whether or not for additional consideration) any Membership Interest in Royal Street, except as contemplated by Sections 5.2 and 5.4(f); and
               (xi) The voluntary initiation or continuation by Royal Street of bankruptcy or Liquidation proceedings or the appointment of a liquidating trustee in the event of the Liquidation of Royal Street.
     6.2. Place of Management Committee Meetings. Meetings of the Management Committee (each, a “Management Committee Meeting”) shall be held at the principal office of Royal Street, or at such other place as the Managers shall mutually agree.
     6.3. Meetings. A Management Committee Meeting may be called by any Manager for any matter which is appropriate for consideration thereat. Management Committee Meetings shall be held from time to time, but no fewer than once in each calendar year. Meetings shall be chaired by the Chairman of Royal Street, and the Secretary of the Management Committee Meeting shall be appointed by the CEO of Royal Street.
     6.4. Telephonic Meetings. Management Committee Meetings may be held through the use of conference telephone or similar communications equipment so long as all Persons participating in such Management Committee Meetings can hear one another at the time of such Management Committee Meeting. Participation in a Management Committee Meeting via conference telephone or similar communications equipment in accordance with the preceding sentence constitutes presence in person at the Management Committee Meeting.
     6.5. Notice of Meetings.
          (a) Written notice of a Management Committee Meeting shall state the place, date and hour of such Management Committee Meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted. Notice shall be given in the manner prescribed in Section 16.4 not fewer than ten (10) days before the date thereof. Such notice shall specify the date, time and place of such meeting and shall set forth an agenda of items to be discussed or acted upon at such meeting. Any substantive item discussed at such meeting that was not specifically set forth as an agenda item as part of the notice in sufficient detail to provide reasonable notice, shall not be acted upon unless the Managers unanimously agree to act.
          (b) Notwithstanding Section 6.5(a), Royal Street shall convene a special Meeting of Management Committee within forty-eight (48) hours of its receipt of a notice, either oral, written or electronic, from GWI requesting a special Meeting of the Management Committee pursuant to Section 6.3(a) of the Services Agreement.
     6.6. Waivers. Notice of a Management Committee Meeting need not be given to any Manager who signs a waiver of notice, in person or by proxy, whether before or after the Management Committee Meeting. The attendance of any Manager at a Management Committee Meeting, in person or by proxy, without protesting prior to the conclusion of such Management Committee Meeting the lack of notice of such Management Committee Meeting, shall constitute

-35-


 

a waiver of notice by such Manager; provided, that such Manager has been given an adequate opportunity at the meeting to protest such lack of notice.
     6.7. Quorum. The attendance in person or by proxy of at least a majority of the C9 Wireless Managers and a majority (or one, if there are only two GWI Managers) of the GWI Managers shall constitute a quorum at a Management Committee Meeting for the transaction of any business; provided, that notice in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall have been duly provided. No action of the Management Committee shall be valid in the absence of a quorum, except as provided by Section 6.8 hereof.
     6.8. Proxies. Every Manager entitled to vote at a Management Committee Meeting may authorize another Person or other Persons to act for it by proxy. Every proxy must be signed by the Manager or his attorney-in-fact. Every proxy shall be revocable in writing at the pleasure of the Manager executing it.
     6.9. Voting Power. Subject to Section 6.1 (c), each Manager shall have one (1) vote on all matters to be voted on by the Management Committee.
     6.10. Written Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any Management Committee Meeting may be taken without a meeting if all Managers then in office consent thereto in writing. Any such written consents shall be filed with the books and records of Royal Street and made part of the minutes of the proceedings.
     6.11. Compensation. The Managers shall ***.
     6.12. Officers.
          (a) Royal Street shall have a Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and such other officers as the Management Committee shall deem appropriate to carry out the business of Royal Street. The initial CEO shall be Robert Gerard.
          (b) Election of a nominee to the applicable office shall require approval of a majority of the members of the Management Committee. Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by a majority vote of the Management Committee. The Management Committee may appoint one person to serve in multiple capacities as an Officer and the compensation paid to such person shall be the compensation of the highest paid office held by such Officer.
          (c) The initial CEO shall receive an annual salary of *** in base annual compensation to be paid quarterly. In addition, all officers shall be entitled to reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their duties as officers, ***.
          (d) [Intentionally deleted].

-36-


 

          (e) No Officer shall take or permit to be taken any action on behalf of or in the name of Royal Street (whether for Royal Street itself or where Royal Street is acting in its capacity as a direct or indirect member, partner or owner of any Subsidiary), or enter into any commitment or obligation binding upon Royal Street, except for (i) actions authorized in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and (ii) actions authorized by the Management Committee in the manner set forth herein. An Officer may delegate in writing the performance of the Officer’s duties to the Royal Street employees that the Officer supervises.
          (f) The Initial Members hereby authorize (i) Royal Street to enter into each of the Ancillary Agreements and any other agreements reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and consistent with the terms hereof and (ii) Robert Gerard, in his capacity as the initial Chairman, to execute and deliver such agreements on behalf of Royal Street.
     6.13. Liability. Except as otherwise provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of Royal Street, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of Royal Street, and no Manager or Member shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of Royal Street solely by reason of being a Manager or Member.
     6.14. Indemnification with Respect to Managers and Officers.
          (a) No Manager or Officer or any employee of Royal Street (each, an “Indemnified Party,” collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to Royal Street, to any third party or to any Member for (i) any act performed or omission within the scope of the authority conferred on the Indemnified Party by this Agreement or otherwise by the Management Committee except for the bad faith, gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct (including any willful violation of the terms of this Agreement) of any Indemnified Party, (ii) the Indemnified Party’s performance of, or failure to perform, any act on the reasonable reliance on advice of legal counsel to Royal Street or (iii) the negligence, dishonesty or bad faith of any agent, consultant or broker of Royal Street selected, engaged or retained in good faith and with reasonable prudence. In any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, each Indemnified Party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be fully protected and indemnified and held harmless by Royal Street against any and all Damages arising out of such action, suit or proceeding by virtue of his or her status as an Indemnified Party or with respect to any action or omission taken or suffered in good faith, other than liabilities and losses resulting from the gross negligence, fraud, breach of fiduciary duty or willful misconduct (including any willful violation of the terms of this Agreement) of any Indemnified Party. The indemnification provided by this Section 6.14 shall be recoverable only out of the assets of Royal Street, and no Member shall have any personal liability on account thereof.
          (b) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnified Party has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to Royal Street, any Member or to any other Indemnified Party, an Indemnified Party acting under this Agreement shall not be liable to Royal Street or to any Member or to any other Indemnified Party for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they

-37-


 

restrict the duties and liabilities of an Indemnified Party otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Parties to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Indemnified Party.
     6.15. Insurance. Royal Street shall maintain in full force and effect (a) an adequate errors and omissions insurance policy, (b) such other insurance coverage, on all properties of a character usually insured by organizations engaged in the same or similar business against loss or damage of a kind customarily insured against by such organizations, (c) adequate public liability insurance against tort claims which may be asserted against Royal Street, and (d) an adequate director and officer insurance policy.
ARTICLE 7
Members
     7.1. Powers of Members. Members shall have only such rights and powers as are granted to Members pursuant to the express terms of this Agreement and the Act. Except as otherwise expressly and specifically provided in this Agreement, no Member, in such capacity, shall have any authority to bind, to act for, to sign for or to assume any obligation or responsibility on behalf of, any other Member or Royal Street.
     7.2. Partition. Each Member waives any and all rights that it may have to maintain an action for partition of Royal Street’s property.
     7.3. Place of Members’ Meetings. Meetings of Members (each, a “Members’ Meeting”) shall be held at the principal office of Royal Street, or at such other place as the Members shall mutually agree.
     7.4. Meetings. A Members’ Meeting may be called by any Member for any matter which is appropriate for consideration thereat. Members’ Meetings shall be held from time to time, but no fewer than once in each calendar year. Meetings shall be chaired by the Chairman of Royal Street, and the Secretary of the Members’ Meeting shall be appointed by the CEO of Royal Street.
     7.5. Telephonic Meetings. Members’ Meetings may be held through the use of conference telephone or similar communications equipment so long as all Persons participating in such Members’ Meetings can hear one another at the time of such Members’ Meeting. Participation in a Members’ Meeting via conference telephone or similar communications equipment in accordance with the preceding sentence constitutes presence in person at the Members’ Meeting.
     7.6. Notice of Meetings. Written notice of a Members’ Meeting shall state the place, date and hour of such Members’ Meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted. Notice shall be given in the manner prescribed in Section 16.4 not fewer than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the date thereof. Such notice shall specify the date, time and place of such meeting and shall set forth an agenda of items to be discussed or acted upon at such meeting.

-38-


 

     7.7. Waivers. Notice of a Members’ Meeting need not be given to any Member who signs a waiver of notice, in person or by proxy, whether before or after the Members’ Meeting. The attendance of any Member at a Members’ Meeting, in person or by proxy, without protesting prior to the conclusion of such Members’ Meeting the lack of notice of such Members’ Meeting, shall constitute a waiver of notice by such Member; provided, that such Member has been given an adequate opportunity at the meeting to protest such lack of notice.
     7.8. Quorum. The attendance in person or by proxy of at least one authorized representative of each Initial Member shall constitute a quorum at a Members’ Meeting for the transaction of any business; provided, that notice in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall have been duly provided. If no quorum is present, holders of a majority of LLC Units present may adjourn the Members’ Meeting and if a quorum is present, holders of at least ninety percent of the LLC Units present may adjourn the Members’ Meeting. An adjournment may include notice of the date, hour and place that the Members shall reconvene. Notice of the adjournment (with the new date, time and place) shall be given to all Members who were absent at the time of the adjournment and, unless such date, hour and place are announced at the Members’ Meeting, to the other Members.
     7.9. Proxies. Every Member entitled to vote at a Members’ Meeting may authorize another Person or other Persons to act for it by proxy. Every proxy must be signed by the Member or his attorney-in-fact. Every proxy shall be revocable in writing at the pleasure of the Member executing it.
     7.10. Written Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any Members’ Meeting may be taken without a meeting if all Members consent thereto in writing. Any such written consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings.
     7.11. Designation of Tax Matters Member; Tax Matters.
          (a) C9 Wireless shall act as the “tax matters partner” of Royal Street, as provided in the regulations pursuant to Code Section 6231 (the “Tax Matters Member”). Each Member hereby approves of such designation and agrees to execute, certify, acknowledge, deliver, swear to, file and record at the appropriate public offices such documents as may be deemed necessary or appropriate to evidence such approval. To the extent and in the manner provided by applicable Code sections and Regulations thereunder, the Tax Matters Member (a) shall furnish the name, address, profits interest and taxpayer identification number of each Member to the IRS and (b) shall inform each Member of administrative or judicial proceedings for the adjustment of Royal Street items required to be taken into account by a Member for income tax purposes. The Tax Matters Member shall not enter into an agreement with the IRS or any other taxing authority to extend the limitation period for assessment of any federal, state or local income, franchise or unincorporated business tax of any Member or owner thereof nor settle with the IRS or any other taxing authority to disallow deductions or increase income from Royal Street with respect to any Member, unless all of the Members shall have agreed thereto. Each Member hereby reserves all rights under Applicable Law, including the right to retain independent counsel of its choice at its expense (which counsel shall receive the full cooperation of Management Committee and shall be entitled to prior review of all submissions by Royal Street in respect of any dispute with the relevant taxing authority).

-39-


 

          (b) On or before May 1 of each year, Royal Street shall provide to each Member (i) a draft IRS Schedule K-l and Form 1065, (ii) information required by such Member to allocate and apportion income for state income tax purposes and (iii) such other information concerning Royal Street reasonably requested by any Member. Each Member shall have the right to object to any amount or information reported on such draft Schedule or Form on or before May 15, and the Management Committee shall promptly take any action deemed appropriate in light of such objection.
          (c) The Tax Matters Member shall not be entitled to make any material elections, including an election under Code Section 754, unless all Members shall have consented thereto.
ARTICLE 8
Additional Members
     8.1. Admission.
          (a) The Initial Members, by unanimous vote, shall have the right to admit any additional members (each, an “Additional Member” and collectively, the “Additional Members”) at any time, to issue LLC Units to such Additional Members, and to determine what, if any, amendments shall be made to this Agreement in connection with the admission of any such Additional Member. In connection with any transfer of LLC Interests otherwise permitted by this Agreement (including transfers as contemplated by Sections 5.2 and 5.4), the transferee shall be admitted as a Member of the LLC without the consent of any Member.
          (b) Each Additional Member shall only be admitted to Royal Street if the Additional Member executes a counterpart of this Agreement and such other documents or related agreements as the Initial Members may require.
     8.2. Acceptance of Prior Acts. Any Person who becomes an Additional Member, by becoming an Additional Member, accepts, ratifies and agrees to be bound by all actions duly taken pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Agreement by Royal Street prior to the date it became an Additional Member and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, specifically ratifies and approves all agreements and other instruments as may have been executed and delivered on behalf of Royal Street prior to said date and which are in force and effect on said date.
ARTICLE 9
Capital Contributions and
Capital Accounts
     9.1. Capital Contributions.
          (a) As their initial Capital Contributions, the Members shall contribute cash to Royal Street in the following amounts:

-40-


 

               (i) On the effective date, (A) C9 Wireless shall make a Capital Contribution in the amount of ***, (B) GWI shall make a Capital Contribution in the amount of ***; and (C) the MPCS Member shall make a Capital Contribution in the amount of ***; and
               (ii) On December 15, 2004, (A) C9 Wireless shall make a Capital Contribution to Royal Street in the amount of ***, (B) GWI shall make a Capital Contribution to Royal Street in the amount of *** and (C) the MPCS Member shall make a Capital Contribution to Royal Street in the amount of ***. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, C9 Wireless shall not be required to make any Capital Contributions pursuant to this Section 9.1(a)(ii) at any time that GWI is in default under the Letter of Credit Agreement.
          (b) At such times that payments are due from Royal Street to the FCC for the submission of an application, upfront payment, a down payment, and/or the final payment of the purchase price of at least one License, and subject to the condition that all of the Ancillary Agreements and any other documents reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and consistent with the terms hereof shall have been duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto, Royal Street may borrow, pursuant to, and subject to any limitations contained within, the Credit Agreement, all amounts in excess of the amounts contributed pursuant to Section 9.1 (a) necessary to permit Royal Street to timely make such appropriate payments to the FCC. In the event that Royal Street receives a Refund, within three (3) Business Days after the date on which Royal Street receives such Refund, Royal Street shall use the entire amount of such Refund to prepay principal amounts of loans, if any, previously made to Royal Street under the Credit Agreement.
          (c) In the event that Royal Street is a Successful Bidder, then, upon the latest License Grant Date of all Licenses, C9 Wireless shall contribute cash of ***. The proceeds of the additional Capital Contribution made pursuant to this Section 9.1(c) shall be used by Royal Street for working capital and for such other general business purposes as the Management Committee shall direct in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, C9 Wireless shall not be required to make any Capital Contributions pursuant to this Section 9.1(c) at any time that GWI is in default under the Letter of Credit Agreement.
          (d) At such time as C9 Wireless makes an additional Capital Contribution, if any, pursuant to Section 9.1(c) above, GWI and the MPCS Member shall contribute cash to Royal Street in an amount sufficient to cause the aggregate amount of Capital Contributions made by GWI and the MPCS Member pursuant to Section 9.1 (a) and this Section 9.1(d) to equal

-41-


 

75% and 10% respectively of the aggregate amount of Capital Contributions made by all the Members pursuant to Sections 9.1(a), 9.1(c) and 9.1(d).
          (e) [Intentionally deleted]
          (f) Except for the Capital Contributions described in Sections 9.1 (a), (c) and (d) hereof, the Parties shall have no obligation to make additional Capital Contributions to Royal Street.
     9.2. Status of Capital Contributions. Except as provided in this Agreement, no Member shall be entitled to the return of its Capital Contributions. No return of a Member’s Capital Contributions shall be made hereunder if such distribution would violate Applicable Law. Under circumstances requiring a return of any Capital Contribution, no Member shall have the right to demand or receive property other than cash, except as may be specifically provided in this Agreement.
     9.3. Capital Accounts. An individual Capital Account shall be established and maintained for each Member.
     9.4. No Withdrawals. No Member shall be entitled to withdraw any part of its Capital Account or Capital Contributions or to receive any distributions from Royal Street except as expressly provided in this Agreement.
9.5. LLC Units Upon Execution of the Agreement and at the Funding Date.
     Upon execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions set forth herein, Royal Street shall issue the following LLC Units to the Initial Members and the Percentage Interest held by each Member shall be as follows:
                 
    LLC Units   Percentage Interest
C9 Wireless
    15       15.00 %
MPCS Member
    10       10.00 %
GWI
    75       75.00 %
 
               
Total:
    100       100.00 %
In the event that the aggregate Capital Contributions of the Parties are made in relative proportions other than as specified in this Section 9.5, the number of LLC Units held by each of them in Royal Street shall not be adjusted to reflect their actual relative Capital Contributions.
     9.6. Other Rights. Holders of LLC Units shall have such other rights as are specified herein.
     9.7. Return of Capital. Subject to Section 9.8 hereof, if the Auction Process is concluded and the Parties have made Capital Contributions in excess of the amount required to purchase the Licenses on which Royal Street was the Successful Bidder, then Royal Street shall return the excess funds to the Parties in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

-42-


 

     9.8. Redemption. In the event that (i) Royal Street is not the Successful Bidder for any License or (ii) Royal Street is the Successful Bidder for Licenses and the FCC does not grant to Royal Street at least one License for which Royal Street was a Successful Bidder as a result of the disposition of any appeals of FCC actions or any judicial decisions, Royal Street shall redeem all (but not less than all) of the LLC Units of C9 Wireless for an amount equal to ***. Upon such redemption, the Percentage Interests of the remaining Members shall be increased by their proportionate shares of C9 Wireless’ Percentage Interest.
ARTICLE 10
Allocations and Distributions
     10.1. Allocation Rules.
          (a) Profits. After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 10.1(c), Profits for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated in the following order of priority:
               (i) First, to the Members, in proportion to and to the extent of the excess, if any, of (A) the cumulative Losses allocated to each Member pursuant to Section 10.1(b)(i)(B) for the current Fiscal Year and all prior Fiscal Years, over (B) the cumulative Profits allocated to such Member pursuant to this Section 10.1(a)(i) for all prior Fiscal Years;
               (ii) Second, to the Members in proportion to and to the extent of the excess, if any, of (A) the aggregate distributions made to such Member pursuant to Section 10.2(a)(ii) hereof for the current Fiscal Year and all prior Fiscal Years, over (B) the cumulative Profits allocated to such Member pursuant to this Section 10.1(a)(ii) for all prior Fiscal Years; and
               (iii) The balance, if any, to the Members in accordance with their Percentage Interests.
               (b)  Losses. After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 10.1(c), Losses for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated as set forth in Section 10.1(b)(i), subject to the limitation in Section 10.1(b)(ii).
               (i) Losses for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated in the following order of priority:
                    (A) First, to the Members in proportion to and to the extent of the excess, if any, of (1) the cumulative Profits allocated to each Member pursuant to Section 10.1(a)(iii) for the current Fiscal Year and all prior Fiscal Years, over (2) the cumulative Losses allocated to such Member pursuant to this Section 10.1 (b)(i)(A) for all prior Fiscal Years;
                    (B) Second, to the Members in proportion to and to the extent
                    of the excess, if any, of (1) the cumulative Profits allocated to each Member pursuant to Section 10.1(a)(ii) for the current Fiscal Year and all prior Fiscal Years, over (2) the cumulative Losses allocated to such Member pursuant to this Section 10.1(b)(i)(B) for all prior Fiscal Years; and

-43-


 

                    (C) The balance, if any, to the Members in accordance with their Percentage Interests.
               (ii) The Losses allocated pursuant to Section 10.1(b)(i) shall not exceed the maximum amount of Losses that can be so allocated without causing any Member to have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at the end of any Fiscal Year. In the event some, but not all, of the Members would have Adjusted Capital Account Deficits as a consequence of an allocation of Losses pursuant to Section 10.1(b)(i) but for this Section 10.1(b)(ii), the limitation set forth in this Section 10.1(b)(ii) shall be applied on a Member by Member basis so as to allocate the maximum permissible Losses to each Member under Regulation Section 1 .704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d).
          (c) Special Allocations. The following special allocations shall be made in the following order:
               (i)  Minimum Gain Chargeback. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 10.1(c), if there is a net decrease in Minimum Gain during any Fiscal Year, then, to the extent required by Regulations Section 1.704-2(f), each Member shall be specially allocated items of Royal Street income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Member’s share of the net decrease in Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)(2). The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-2(f)(6) and 1 .704-2(j). This Section 10.1(c)(i) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Regulations Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
               (ii)  Member Minimum Gain Chargeback. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 10.1(c) except Section 10.1(c)(i), if there is a net decrease in Member Minimum Gain attributable to a Member Nonrecourse Debt during any Fiscal Year, then, to the extent required by Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4), each Member who has a share of the Member Minimum Gain attributable to such Member Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1 .704-2(i)(5), shall be specially allocated items of Royal Street income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Member’s share of the net decrease in Member Minimum Gain attributable to such Member Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4). The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j). This Section 10.1(c)(ii) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
               (iii)  Qualified Income Offset. In the event any Member unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Regulations Sections 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), items of Royal Street income and gain (consisting of a pro rata portion of each item of Royal Street income, including gross income, and gain for such year) shall be specially allocated to such Member in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Regulations, the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit of such Member as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 10.1(c)(iii) shall be made if and only to the extent that such Member would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit after

-44-


 

all other allocations provided for in this Section 10.1(c) have been tentatively made as if this Section 10.1(c)(iii) were not in this Agreement.
               (iv)  Gross Income Allocation. In the event any Member has a deficit Capital Account at the end of any Fiscal Year that is in excess of the sum of (i) the amount such Member is obligated to restore, and (ii) the amount such Member is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5), such Member shall be specially allocated items of Royal Street income and gain (consisting of a pro rata portion of each item of Royal Street income, including gross income, and gain for such year) in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 10.1(c)(iv) shall be made if and only to the extent that such Member would have a deficit Capital Account in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in this Section 10.1(c) have been tentatively made as if Section 10.1(c)(iii) and this Section 10.1(c)(iv) were not in this Agreement.
               (v)  Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse Deductions for any Fiscal Year or other period shall be allocated to the Members in accordance with their Percentage Interests.
               (vi)  Member Nonrecourse Deductions. Any Member Nonrecourse Deductions for any Fiscal Year or other period shall be specially allocated to the Member who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Member Nonrecourse Debt to which such Member Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Regulations Section 1 .704-2(i)(1).
               (vii)  Section 754 Adjustment. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Royal Street Asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or 743(b) is required, pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Members in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Regulations Section.
               (viii)  Curative Allocations. The allocations set forth in the preceding subsections to this Section 10.1(c) (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of the Regulations. It is the intent of the Members that, to the maximum extent possible, all Regulatory Allocations shall be offset either with other Regulatory Allocations or with special allocations of other items of Royal Street income, gain, loss and deduction pursuant to this Section 10.1(c)(viii). Therefore, notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 10 (other than the Regulatory Allocations), the Management Committee shall make such offsetting special allocations in whatever manner it determines appropriate so that, after such offsetting allocations are made, each Member’s Capital Account balance is, to the maximum extent possible, equal to the Capital Account balance such Member would have had if the Regulatory Allocations were not part of the Agreement and all Royal Street items to be reflected in the Members’ Capital Accounts were allocated pursuant to Sections 10.1 (a) and

-45-


 

10.1 (b) without having given effect to such Regulatory Allocations. In exercising its discretion under this Section 10.1(c)(viii), the Management Committee shall take into account future Regulatory Allocations under Section 10.1(c)(i) and 10.1(c)(ii) that, although not yet made, are likely to offset other Regulatory Allocations previously made under Sections 10.1(c)(v) and 10.1(c)(vi).
          (d) Other Allocation Rules.
               (i) For purposes of determining the Profits, Losses or any other items allocable to any period, Profits, Losses and any such other items shall be determined on a daily, monthly or other basis, as determined by the Management Committee using any permissible method under Code Section 706 and the Regulations thereunder.
               (ii) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all items of Royal Street income, gain, loss, deduction and any other allocations not otherwise provided for shall be divided among the Members in the same proportions as they share Profits and Losses, as the case may be, for the year.
               (iii) The Members are aware of the income tax consequences of the allocations made by this Section 10.1 and hereby agree to be bound by the provisions of this Section 10.1 in reporting their shares of Royal Street income and loss for income tax purposes.
               (iv) Solely for purposes of determining a Member’s proportionate share of the “excess nonrecourse liabilities” of Royal Street within the meaning of Regulations Section 1 .752-3(a)(3), the Members’ interests in Royal Street profits shall be their Percentage Interests.
          (e) Tax Allocations: Code Section 704(c)
               (i) In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of Royal Street, solely for tax purposes, shall be allocated among the Members so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to Royal Street for federal income tax purposes and its initial Gross Asset Value (computed in accordance with clause (a) of the definition thereof).
               (ii) In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Royal Street Asset is adjusted pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of Gross Asset Value, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Gross Asset Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder.
               (iii) All Section 704(c) allocations made by Royal Street pursuant to this Section 10.1(e) shall be made by using any generally acceptable method under the Regulations that the Tax Matters Partner elects, in its sole discretion. Allocations pursuant to this Section 10.1(e) are solely for purposes of federal, state and local taxes and shall not affect, or

-46-


 

in any way be taken into account in computing, any Member’s Capital Account or share of Profits, Losses, other items or distributions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.
     10.2. Distributions. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 9.7 and 13.4, distributions to the Members shall be governed by the following provisions:
          (a) Royal Street may, but is not obligated to, make distributions from time to time, as determined by the Management Committee in its sole discretion, to the Members in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.
          (b) Notwithstanding Section 10.2(a) above, within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar year in which Royal Street has Profits for United States federal income tax purposes, Royal Street shall make a distribution to each Member sufficient to provide such Member with an amount equal to the estimated amount of all annual federal, state, local or foreign income tax payments that such Member would be required to make with respect to such calendar year attributable to such Profits, which estimate shall be made by the Management Committee or a Person designated by the Management Committee based on information supplied by each such Member as to the maximum tax rates applicable in the jurisdictions in which such Member is so taxable; provided, that the total amount of such distributions shall not exceed the amount of Excess Cash then held by Royal Street. In the case of any Member that is a pass- through entity for federal income tax purposes, the calculations provided for in the preceding sentence shall be based on the tax rates of the ultimate party or parties that are taxable on Profits allocated to such Member. Any distributions under this Section 10.2(b) shall be treated as an advance against distributions to be made under Section 10.2(a) in accordance with the nature of the event that gave rise to the Profits for which the distribution is being made under this Section 10.2(b). As used herein, “Excess Cash” means all cash and cash equivalents held by Royal Street at the time of determination in excess of such amount that the Management Committee believes is appropriate for Royal Street to retain to satisfy short-term liabilities of Royal Street and provide a reasonable reserve for Royal Street’s then current and future operating expenses.
     10.3. Distribution upon Dissolution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above, in the event of dissolution of the Company pursuant to Article 13 hereof, all distributions shall be made pursuant to Article 13 hereof.
     10.4. Limitations on Distributions. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Royal Street shall not make a distribution to any Member on account of its interest in Royal Street if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or other Applicable Law.

-47-


 

ARTICLE 11
Financial Reports; Books and Records
     11.1. Financial Reports.
          (a) Annual Statements. As soon as practicable following the end of each Fiscal Year, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of the Fiscal Year, Royal Street shall cause to be prepared and delivered to each Member, the audited statement of income and statement of cash flows for such Fiscal Year, audited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year, and accompanying notes to financial statements for Royal Street, on a consolidated basis, prepared in accordance with GAAP and certified by an independent certified public accountant. Such annual statements also shall be presented to the Management Committee for its review and approval.
          (b) Quarterly Statements. As soon as practicable following the end of each fiscal quarter, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of such quarter, Royal Street shall cause to be prepared and delivered to each Member, an unaudited statement of income (including taxable income) and statement of cash flows for such quarter and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such quarter on a consolidated basis, prepared in accordance with GAAP.
          (c) Monthly Statements, (i) As soon as practicable following the end of each calendar month in each Fiscal Year, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of such month, Royal Street shall cause to be prepared and delivered to each Member, an unaudited statement of income and statement of cash flows for such month and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such month on a consolidated basis, prepared in accordance with GAAP, and (ii) Royal Street shall provide the Members with a monthly report of significant operating and financial statistics including, to the extent applicable, number of subscribers, subscriber churn statistics, minutes of use, average revenues per subscriber, acquisition costs and capital expenditure efficiency statistics and such additional statistics and information as may be approved from time to time by the Management Committee for internal use by Royal Street.
          (d) Additional Information. Royal Street shall, upon reasonable notice, give each Initial Member, for so long as it Beneficially Owns LLC Units, during regular business hours, reasonable access to the properties, documents and records, financial and otherwise, of Royal Street, and shall provide copies or extracts of Royal Street’s documents and records as such Initial Member may reasonably request. Royal Street shall permit the Initial Members to discuss its affairs and finances with the principal officers of Royal Street and its respective independent public accountants at such times and during such normal business hours as such Initial Member shall reasonably request.
     11.2. Books and Records.
          (a) At all times during the continuance of Royal Street, Royal Street shall maintain, at its principal place of business, separate books of account for Royal Street that shall show a true and accurate record of all costs and expenses incurred, all charges made, all credits made and received and all income derived in connection with the operation of Royal Street’s

-48-


 

business in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, and, to the extent inconsistent therewith, in accordance with this Agreement.
          (b) The Management Committee or a Person designated by the Management Committee shall prepare and maintain, or cause to be prepared and maintained, the books of account of Royal Street. The Management Committee or its designee shall prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, all applicable federal, state and local tax returns. Such books of account and tax returns, together with a copy of this Agreement, shall at all times be maintained at the principal place of business of Royal Street and shall be open to inspection and examination at reasonable times by each Member and its duly authorized representative for any purpose reasonably related to such Member’s interest in Royal Street. Royal Street shall (i) retain such books of account and tax returns until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations of Royal Street and each Member (and, to the extent a Member notifies Royal Street, any extensions thereof) and (ii) give each Member reasonable written notice prior to transferring, destroying or discarding any such books of account or tax returns and, if the Member so requests, allow such Member to take possession of such books of account or tax returns.
ARTICLE 12
Indemnification
     12.1. Indemnification by C9 Wireless.
          (a) Subject to Section 12.3, C9 Wireless shall save, defend, indemnify and hold harmless the GWI Indemnified Parties and the Royal Street Indemnified Parties from any and all Damages incurred by or assessed against the GWI Indemnified Parties or the Royal Street Indemnified Parties to the extent resulting from:
               (i) The breach of any representations or warranty made by C9 Wireless in Article 3 of this Agreement;
               (ii) Any breach by C9 Wireless of any of its covenants or agreements under this Agreement that has a Material Adverse Effect on Royal Street or GWI.
          (b) Royal Street Indemnified Parties shall only be entitled to seek indemnification hereunder with respect to third Person claims against Royal Street. In the case of any potential indemnification claim by Royal Street under this Section 12.1, including any determination on behalf of Royal Street as to whether such a potential claim exists, GWI shall be deemed to be the real party in interest with respect to such claim and GWI shall have the authority to represent the interests of Royal Street in connection with such claim. In such case, Royal Street shall reimburse GWI for any attorneys’ fees or other expenses reasonably incurred by GWI in its representation of Royal Street’s interests.
     12.2. Indemnification by GWI.
          (a) Subject to Section 12.3, GWI shall save, defend, indemnify and hold harmless the C9 Wireless Indemnified Parties and the Royal Street Indemnified Parties from any

-49-


 

and all Damages incurred by or assessed against the C9 Wireless Indemnified Parties or the Royal Street Indemnified Parties, in an amount no greater than ***, to the extent resulting from:
               (i) The breach of any representations or warranty made by GWI or the MPCS Member in Sections 3.1 or 3.3 of this Agreement;
               (ii) Any breach by GWI or the MPCS Member of any of its covenants or agreements under this Agreement.
          (b) Royal Street Indemnified Parties shall only be entitled to seek indemnification hereunder with respect to third Person claims against Royal Street. In the case of any potential indemnification claim by Royal Street under this Section 12.2, including any determination on behalf of Royal Street as to whether such a potential claim exists, C9 Wireless shall be deemed to be the real party in interest with respect to such claim and C9 Wireless shall have the authority to represent the interests of Royal Street in connection with such claim. In such case, Royal Street shall reimburse C9 Wireless for any attorneys’ fees or other expenses reasonably incurred by C9 Wireless in its representation of Royal Street’s interests.
     12.3. Loss of Entrepreneur and Very Small Business Status: Other Transfers of LLC Units.
          (a) Each Initial Member shall provide prompt written notice to the other Initial Member in the event that they become aware of any occurrence or circumstance that to their actual knowledge does or would result in Royal Street not qualifying as an Entrepreneur or Very Small Business (to the extent not already known to the other Initial Member).
          (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement:
               (i) In the event that Royal Street does not qualify as an Entrepreneur or Very Small Business resulting in the loss of any “closed” License or the requirement of Royal Street to make any Unjust Enrichment Payment as a result of a breach by C9 Wireless of Section 3.2, 4.1, 4.2, 6.1(g), 9.1 or 13.2(b) or Article 5 of this Agreement, then C9 Wireless shall use reasonable best efforts to cure such breach within thirty (30) days of its written notice to GWI of such breach or GWI’s written notice to C9 Wireless of such breach, as the case may be. In the event that C9 Wireless does not cure such breach within such thirty (30) day period and Royal Street does not at the end of such thirty (30) day period qualify as an Entrepreneur or Very Small Business resulting in the actual or potential loss of any “closed” License or the requirement of Royal Street to make any Unjust Enrichment Payment, then C9 Wireless shall, at the election of GWI, sell all of its LLC Units to GWI or a third-party designated by GWI for a purchase price equal to ***. The exercise by GWI of the election to acquire the C9 Wireless interest shall not prevent GWI from exercising any other remedy it may have, at law or in equity, including pursuing an action for breach of representations and warranties by C9 Wireless.
               (ii) In the event that the Services Agreement is terminated in its entirety as to Royal Street by MetroPCS Wireless pursuant to Section 16.2(a)(i) of the Services

-50-


 

Agreement, then C9 Wireless shall have the right, but not the obligation, to require GWI to, and GWI shall purchase, all of C9 Wireless’ LLC Units for a purchase price equal to ***; provided however , that if the purchase of C9 Wireless’ LLC Units under this Section 12.3(b)(ii) gives rise to an obligation to make an Unjust Enrichment Payment to the FCC pursuant to Section 1.2111 of the FCC Rules (or any similar rule) then the purchase price for such LLC Units shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Unjust Enrichment Payment.
               (iii) In the event that the Services Agreement is terminated in its entirety as to Royal Street by Royal Street pursuant to Section 16.2(b)(iii) of the Services Agreement upon the action of the C9 Wireless Managers, then C9 Wireless shall have the right, but not the obligation, to require GWI to, and GWI shall, purchase all of C9 Wireless’ LLC Units for a purchase price equal to ***.
               (iv) In the event of a purchase by GWI of C9 Wireless’ LLC Units pursuant to this Section 12.3(b), C9 Wireless and GWI shall use reasonable efforts, including reasonable efforts to obtain all regulatory approvals, to consummate the closing of the purchase of C9 Wireless’ LLC Units as soon as practicable. The closing of the purchase of C9 Wireless’ LLC Units shall occur no later than ten (10) days following receipt of all required regulatory approvals by Final Order or delivery by C9 Wireless to GWI of a written notice hereunder if no such approvals are required.
     12.4. Limitations on Indemnification Obligations.
          (a) The Parties hereto waive as against each other any claims to consequential, special, exemplary or punitive damages except to the extent consequential, special, exemplary or punitive damages are awarded to a third party against an indemnified party in circumstances in which such indemnified party is entitled to indemnification hereunder. In no event shall any party’s indemnification obligations under this Agreement exceed ***.

-51-


 

          (b) In calculating any Damages to be paid under Sections 12.1 or 12.2, there shall be deducted (i) any insurance recovery in respect thereof (retroactively, if necessary), and (ii) the amount of any tax benefit to the indemnified party with respect to such Damages (after giving effect to the tax effect of receipt of the indemnification payments).
          (c) No indemnified party shall have any right to make any indemnification claim under Sections 12.1 or 12.2 to the extent that payment of any Damages with respect to such claim has been made to such Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 6.14.
     12.5. Indemnification Procedure. Where one Party has indemnified the other against any claim or legal action pursuant to Section 6.14,12.1 or 12.2, indemnification shall be conditioned on compliance with the procedure outlined below:
          (a) Provided that prompt notice is given of a claim or suit for which indemnification might be claimed, except to the extent that the failure to provide such notice does not actually and materially prejudice the interests of the party to whom such notice is to be provided, the indemnifying party promptly will defend, contest, or otherwise protect against any such claim or suit at its own cost and expense. Such notice shall describe the claim or suit in reasonable detail and shall indicate the amount (estimated, if necessary) of the loss that has been or may be suffered by the indemnified party.
          (b) The indemnified party may, but will not be obligated to, participate at its own expense in a defense thereof by counsel of its own choosing, but the indemnifying party shall be entitled to control the defense unless the indemnified party has relieved the indemnifying party from liability with respect to the particular matter, provided that the indemnifying party may only settle or compromise the matter subject to indemnification without the consent of the indemnified party if such settlement includes a complete release of all indemnified parties as to the matters in dispute and provided further that the indemnified party will not unreasonably withhold consent to any settlement or compromise that requires its consent.
          (c) In the event the indemnifying party fails to timely defend, contest, or otherwise protect against any such claim or suit, the indemnified party may, but will not be obligated to, defend, contest, or otherwise protect against the same, and may make any compromise or settlement thereof and recover the entire costs thereof from the indemnifying party, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, disbursements and all amounts paid as a result of such claim or suit or the compromise or settlement thereof; provided , however , that if the indemnifying party undertakes the defense of such matter, the indemnified party shall not be entitled to recover from the indemnifying party for its costs incurred in the defense thereof other than the reasonable costs of investigation undertaken by the indemnified party and reasonable costs of providing assistance.
          (d) The indemnified party shall cooperate and provide such assistance as the indemnifying party may reasonably request in connection with the defense of the matter subject to indemnification and in connection with recovering from any third parties amounts that the indemnifying party may pay or be required to pay by way of indemnification hereunder. The indemnified party shall take commercially reasonable steps to protect its position with respect to

-52-


 

any matter that may be the subject of indemnification hereunder in the same manner as it would any similar matter where no indemnification is available.
     12.6. Mitigation of Damages. An indemnified party under Section 6.14,12.1 or 12.2 shall, to the extent practicable and reasonably within its control and at the expense of the indemnifying party, make commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate any damages of which it has adequate notice, provided that the indemnified party shall not be obligated to act in contravention of Applicable Law or in contravention of reasonable and customary practices of a prudent person in similar circumstances. The indemnifying party under Section 6.14, 12.1 or 12.2 shall have the right, but not the obligation, and shall be afforded the opportunity by the indemnified party to the extent reasonably possible, to make commercially reasonable efforts to minimize damages before such damages actually are incurred by the indemnified party.
ARTICLE 13
Termination of Royal Street; Liquidation
and Distribution of Assets
     13.1. No Dissolution. Royal Street shall not be dissolved as a result of the admission of Additional Members in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, nor in the event there is only one Member as a result of the exercise and consummation of the Put or GWI’s right of first refusal or otherwise.
     13.2. Events Causing Dissolution.
          (a) Royal Street shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following events:
               (i) The unanimous written consent of all Members;
               (ii) The issuance of a decree by any court of competent jurisdiction that Royal Street be dissolved and liquidated;
               (iii) Any event set forth in Section 18-801 of the Act or any successor provision; or
               (iv) By written notice delivered in accordance with Section 4.3(c).
          Upon dissolution, Royal Street shall, subject to the terms hereof, promptly wind up its affairs and shall promptly thereafter be liquidated and a certificate of cancellation of the Certificate of Formation, as required by law, shall be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.
          (b) Each Member covenants and agrees that it will not seek a judicial decree of dissolution with respect to Royal Street or initiate voluntary bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings with respect to Royal Street without the prior written consent of each of the Initial Members.

-53-


 

     13.3. Winding Up.
          (a) In the event of the dissolution of Royal Street pursuant to Section 13.2, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Royal Street’s affairs shall be wound up by the Management Committee in consultation with the Members. Notwithstanding the dissolution of Royal Street, prior to the termination of Royal Street as aforesaid, the business of Royal Street and the affairs of the Members as such, shall continue to be governed by this Agreement.
          (b) Upon dissolution of Royal Street and until the filing of a certificate of cancellation as provided in Section 18-203 of the Act, the Management Committee or a Person designated by the Management Committee may, in the name of, and for and on behalf of, Royal Street, prosecute and defend suits, whether civil, criminal or administrative, gradually settle and close Royal Street’s business, dispose of and convey Royal Street’s property, discharge or make reasonable provision for Royal Street’s liabilities, and distribute to the Members in accordance with Section 13.4 any remaining assets of Royal Street, all without affecting the liability of Members and without imposing liability on the Management Committee or its designee.
          (c) Upon the completion of the winding up of Royal Street, the Management Committee or its designee shall file a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as provided in Section 18-203 of the Act.
     13.4. Distribution Upon Liquidation. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up (collectively, a “Liquidation”) of Royal Street for any reason, a duly appointed trustee or liquidator, as provided in this Agreement, shall promptly proceed with the liquidation of Royal Street and its Subsidiaries and the proceeds of such liquidation shall be applied and distributed in the following order of priority:
          (a) Payment of creditors of Royal Street (other than Members) in the order of priority as provided by law;
          (b) Establishment of reserves as provided by the Management Committee to provide for contingent liabilities, if any;
          (c) Payment of debts of Royal Street to Members, if any, in the order of priority provided by law; and
          (d) The balance, if any, to the Members, in proportion to their positive Capital Account balances as of the date of such distribution, after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.
Whenever the liquidating trustee reasonably determines that any reserves established pursuant to Section 13.4(b) are in excess of the reasonable requirements of Royal Street, the amount determined to be excess shall be distributed to the Members in accordance with the above provisions.

-54-


 

     13.5. Distributions to Members.
          (a) Any distributions to C9 Wireless under this Article 13 in connection with a Liquidation of Royal Street shall be made only in the form of cash. C9 Wireless shall not have any right to a distribution or other transfer to C9 Wireless of any Royal Street Assets, nor shall C9 Wireless have any right to cause the sale of any Royal Street Assets under this Article 13, whether in connection with a Liquidation of Royal Street or C9 Wireless.
          (b) GWI shall be entitled to bid for any indebtedness from Royal Street to GWI in any sale or other disposition of Royal Street’s assets in connection with a Liquidation of Royal Street.
     13.6. Claims of the Members. Subject to the express provisions of this Agreement, the Members and former Members shall look solely to Royal Street’s assets for the return of their Capital Contributions, and if the assets of Royal Street remaining after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of Royal Street are insufficient to return such Capital Contributions, the Members and former Members shall have no recourse against Royal Street, the Management Committee or its designee or any other Member.
ARTICLE 14
Withdrawal of a Member
     14.1. Withdrawal of a Member. Any Member shall automatically cease to be a Member at the time it no longer Beneficially Owns any LLC Units (a “Withdrawal Event”). Immediately after a Withdrawal Event with respect to an Initial Member, such Initial Member shall have no continuing rights or obligations under this Agreement, except as provided herein.
     14.2. Effect of Withdrawal. This Agreement shall continue notwithstanding any withdrawal of an Initial Member and all governance rights set forth herein with respect to the Initial Members shall be exercised by the sole remaining Initial Member. No withdrawal shall relieve a Member from liability for any prior breach of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 15
Confidentiality
     15.1. General. Each Party will hold in confidence and withhold from third parties (other than as permitted below) any and all Proprietary Information received pursuant to and all Proprietary Information used in the preparation and negotiation of, this Agreement. Each Party will use such Proprietary Information only to fulfill its obligations or enforce its rights hereunder, and for no other purposes unless the disclosing Party will otherwise agree in writing.
     15.2. Obligation to Protect Proprietary Information. Each Party will use commercially reasonable efforts to safeguard any Proprietary Information received pursuant to this Agreement from theft, loss or disclosure to others, and to limit access to Proprietary Information to those

-55-


 

officers, directors and employees within the receiving Party’s organization, and subcontractors, consultants, investors, advisors, attorneys, service providers, business partners, financing sources and others who reasonably require access in order to accomplish the aforesaid purposes. Proprietary Information will be protected hereunder if it is in written or other permanent form and identified as proprietary when provided. Any such information in other than written or other permanent form when disclosed will be considered Proprietary Information that is protected hereunder, unless the Party disclosing such information advises the other Party that it is not Proprietary. The receiving Party will not be liable for unauthorized use or disclosure of any such Proprietary Information if it can establish that the same: (i) is or becomes public knowledge or part of the knowledge or literature within the telecommunications industry without breach of this Agreement by the receiving Party; (ii) is known to the receiving Party without restriction as to further disclosure when received; (iii) is independently developed by the receiving Party as demonstrated by written records; or (iv) is or becomes known to the receiving Party from a third party who had a lawful right to disclose it without breach of its contractual obligations.
     15.3. Judicial or Administrative Proceedings. Should the receiving Party be faced with judicial or administrative governmental action to disclose Proprietary Information received hereunder, said receiving Party will use commercially reasonable efforts to notify the disclosing Party in sufficient time to permit the disclosing Party to intervene at its own expense in response to such action.
     15.4. Loss or Unauthorized Use. The receiving Party agrees promptly to notify the disclosing Party of the loss or unauthorized use or disclosure of any Proprietary Information.
     15.5. Nondisclosure Agreements. Each Party will have any third party or Person to whom it provides the Proprietary Information of any other Party agree in writing to be bound to protect such Proprietary Information on the same conditions as set forth herein.
     15.6. Termination. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Parties will cease use of all Proprietary Information furnished by any other Party and will, at the direction of the disclosing Party, return or destroy all such Proprietary Information, together with all copies made hereof, except to the extent necessary to enforce any rights hereunder or as may be necessary in connection with a regulatory proceeding, or to the extent that the receiving Party retains a license to use such Proprietary Information. Upon request, the receiving Party will send the other Party a destruction certificate.
     15.7. Irreparable Injury by Disclosure to Third Parties. Specifically, but without limiting the foregoing, each Party agrees and acknowledges that the disclosure by a Party of any Proprietary Information to any other third party could cause irreparable harm to such Party, and agrees not to make such a disclosure. Each Party will have the right to enforce the provision of this Section by injunctive relief, including specific performance. Personnel of one Party or its Affiliates present at the premises of one of the other Parties or its Affiliates will refrain from obtaining access to information that is proprietary to the customers of such other Party or its Affiliates. Such personnel will comply with the other Party’s or its Affiliates’ reasonable measures established to restrict such access.

-56-


 

     15.8. Survival of Nondisclosure Obligations. The obligations of each Member set forth in this Article 15 will survive for *** following the earlier of (a) the withdrawal of such Member in accordance with the terms hereof, or (b) the termination of this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof.
ARTICLE 16
Miscellaneous
     16.1. Certificates.
          (a) LLC Units shall be represented by a certificate or certificates, setting forth upon the face thereof that Royal Street is a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, the name of the Person to which it is issued and the number of LLC Units which such certificate represents. Such certificates shall be entered in the books of Royal Street as they are issued, and shall be signed by the Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer of Royal Street. Upon any Transfer of LLC Units permitted under this Agreement, the transferring Member shall request Royal Street to (i) issue to the transferee a certificate representing the number of LLC Units so transferred and (ii) surrender to Royal Street the existing certificate and Royal Street shall issue to the transferring Member certificates representing the remaining LLC Units, if any, held by such transferring Member after taking into account such Transfer. All certificates representing LLC Units (unless registered under the Securities Act), shall bear the following legend:
     THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY INTERESTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR ANY SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED, TRANSFERRED, GRANTED AN OPTION WITH RESPECT TO OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF, (I) UNLESS AND UNTIL THEY HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR SUCH SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, ENCUMBRANCE, TRANSFER, OPTION GRANT OR OTHER DISPOSITION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (II) UNLESS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF ROYAL STREET (AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME), A COPY OF WHICH IS AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION AT THE OFFICES OF ROYAL STREET.
          (b) Each LLC Interest shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8-102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the States of Delaware and New York and (ii) the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995.

-57-


 

          (c) Lost or Destroyed Certificates. Royal Street may issue a new certificate for LLC Units in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact, and providing an indemnity in form and subject reasonably satisfactory to Management Committee or its designee by the Person claiming the certificate to be lost or destroyed.
     16.2. Governing Law. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Parties shall be governed by and construed in accordance with and subject to the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to conflicts of laws principles.
     16.3. VENUE; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AND THE FEDERAL COURT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA LOCATED IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE SOLELY IN RESPECT OF THE INTERPRETATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, AND HEREBY WAIVE, AND AGREE NOT TO ASSERT, AS A DEFENSE IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING FOR THE INTERPRETATION OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF OR OF ANY SUCH DOCUMENT, THAT IT IS NOT SUBJECT THERETO OR THAT SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING MAY NOT BE BROUGHT OR IS NOT MAINTAINABLE IN SAID COURTS OR THAT THE VENUE THEREOF MAY NOT BE APPROPRIATE OR THAT THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY SUCH DOCUMENT MAY NOT BE ENFORCED IN OR BY SUCH COURTS, AND THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AGREE THAT ALL CLAIMS WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH A DELAWARE STATE OR FEDERAL COURT. THE PARTIES HEREBY CONSENT TO AND GRANT ANY SUCH COURT JURISDICTION OVER THE PERSON OF SUCH PARTIES AND OVER THE SUBJECT MATTER OF SUCH DISPUTE.
          EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (i) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (ii) EACH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (iii) EACH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (iv) EACH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 16.3.
     16.4. Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (i) on the first Business Day following the date of delivery in person or by telecopy (in each case with telephonic confirmation of receipt

-58-


 

by the addressee) or (ii) on the first Business Day following timely deposit with an overnight courier service, if sent by overnight courier specifying next day delivery, to the Parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a Party as shall be specified by like notice):
If to GWI, to:
GWIPCSl, Inc.
8144 Walnut Hill Lane
Suite 800
Dallas, TX 75231
Attention: Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Facsimile: (972) 860-2682
with copies to:
Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP
875 15th Street N.W.;
Twelfth Floor
Washington, DC 20005
Attention: Carl W. Northrop
Facsimile: (202) 551-1725
If to the MFCS Member, to:
MetroPCS Communications, Inc.
8144 Walnut Hill Lane
Suite 800
Dallas, TX 75231
Attention: Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Facsimile: (972) 860-2682
with copies to:
Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP
875 15th Street NW
Twelfth Floor
Washington, DC 20004
Attention: Carl W. Northrop
Facsimile: (202) 551-1725
If to C9 Wireless, to:
C9 Wireless, LLC
PO Box 2365

-59-


 

Southampton, NY 11969
Attention: Robert Gerard
Facsimile: (631) 283-9153
with a copy to:
Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Attention: Paul N. Roth, Michael R. Littenberg
Facsimile: (212) 593-5955
If to Royal Street, to:
Royal Street Communications, LLC
PO Box 2365
Southampton, NY 11969
Attention: Robert Gerard
Facsimile: (631) 283-9153
with a copy to:
Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Attention: Paul N. Roth, Michael R. Littenberg
Facsimile: (212) 593-5955

-60-


 

     16.5. Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any Person or any circumstance, is invalid or unenforceable, (i) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted here fore in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable without prejudicing or adversely affecting the economic or similar interests of the Parties under this Agreement, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision and (ii) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any Person or any circumstance, is found by the FCC to violate applicable FCC Rules, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to agree on a suitable and equitable amendment to such provision, provided that any such amendment shall not prejudice or adversely affect the economic or similar rights of the Parties under this Agreement.
     16.6. Counterparts. For the convenience of the Parties hereto, this Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which shall together constitute the same agreement.
     16.7. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and shall not be assignable except to the extent expressly permitted hereby. No Transfer or acquisition of any LLC Units in violation of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective to pass any title to,or create any interest in favor of, any Person, and any such purported Transfer or acquisition shall be void, but the Member attempting to effect such Transfer or acquisition shall be deemed to have committed a material breach hereof.
     16.8. Entire Agreement; Amendment: Waiver. This Agreement and all other written agreements between the Parties and between GWI and Royal Street dated as of the Effective Date constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supercedes all prior agreements between the Parties. This Agreement may not be amended, supplemented or modified, and no provisions hereof may be modified or waived, except by an instrument in writing signed by the Party or Parties affected or to be affected thereby; provided, that the consent or approval of any departing Member shall not be required to execute any amendment, supplement or modification of this Agreement unless the departing Member is materially and adversely affected thereby. No waiver of any provisions hereof by any Party shall be deemed a waiver of any other provisions hereof by any such Party, nor shall any such waiver be deemed a continuing waiver of any provision hereof by such Party.
     16.9. Further Assurances; Controlled Subsidiaries. The Parties hereto shall at any time, and from time to time execute and deliver such additional instruments and other documents and shall at any time, and from time to time take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and comply with all of the terms of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (subject to the limitations on obligations to modify or amend the terms hereof as set forth elsewhere herein). In addition to any other obligations set forth in the Agreement, each Party agrees to take such action (including the execution, acknowledgment

-61-


 

and delivery of documents) as may reasonably be requested by any other Party for the implementation or continuing performance of this Agreement. Unless otherwise expressly set forth herein, any agreement by a Party to take or refrain from taking any action shall constitute an agreement by such party to cause each of its controlled subsidiaries to so act or refrain from acting.
      16.10. THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES . NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT,EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IS INTENDED TO CONFER UPON ANY THIRD PARTY ANY RIGHTS OR REMEDIES OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER UNDER OR BY REASON OF THIS AGREEMENT.
     16.11. Exculpation . The Parties agree that the individuals executing this Agreement on behalf of the Members have done so in their respective capacities as officers or trustees of the Members and not individually, and none of the direct or indirect partners, trustees, officers or shareholders of any Initial Member shall be bound or have any personal liability hereunder.
     16.12. Joint Work Product . This Agreement is the joint work product of the Parties and has been negotiated by the Parties and their respective counsel and will be fairly interpreted in accordance with its terms. In the event of any ambiguities, no inferences will be drawn against any Party.
     16.13. Expenses. Each Party shall be responsible for its own expenses arising under this Agreement, except as follows:
          (a) Royal Street shall reimburse C9 Wireless for its reasonable and duly documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by C9 Wireless in connection with the preparation of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, the establishment of Royal Street and C9 Wireless and the Financing, up to a maximum of $35,000; and
          (b) Royal Street shall reimburse GWI for its reasonable and duly documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by GWI in connection with the preparation of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, the establishment of Royal Street and the Financing, in an amount such that the amount reimbursed pursuant to this Section 16.13(b) equals 85% of the aggregate amount reimbursed pursuant to Sections 16.13(a) and (b).
          All amounts reimbursed hereunder shall be paid by Royal Street to the appropriate Member no later than on the earliest to occur of (i) the Effective Date or (ii) the date of the termination of this Agreement.
     16.14. Publicity . The Parties agree to cooperate in the preparation and dissemination of publicity concerning this Agreement. No Party will make a public announcement about this Agreement or the Parties’ discussions related to any aspect of it, without the written consent of the other Party, which consent will not be unreasonably refused, delayed, or conditioned. Any Party may at any time make announcements which are required by Applicable Law, regulatory bodies, or stock exchange or stock association rules, so long as the Party so required to make the announcement notifies in advance the other Party of such requirement and promptly discusses with the other Party in good faith the wording of any such announcement.

-62-


 

     16.15. Regulatory Filings . Each Party will cooperate to the extent reasonably practicable in the preparation and filing of any regulatory filings necessary or advisable to permit the performance of the matters set forth in this Agreement, including the provision of any information as may reasonably be necessary herefore, and Royal Street shall reimburse each Party for its reasonable and duly documented expenses incurred in connection therewith in accordance with Section 16.13.
     16.16. No Brokers or Finders. All negotiations relative to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby have been carried on by the parties directly without the intervention of any Person who may be entitled to any brokerage or finder’s fee or other commission in respect to this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. The parties have incurred no obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise, for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or other similar payment in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
     16.17. [Intentionally deleted].
ARTICLE 17
Dispute Resolution
     17.1. Informal Discussions. Subject to FCC Rules, the Members hereto agree to settle any dispute, controversy or difference which may arise between or among them in connection with this Agreement or any Schedule or Exhibit attached hereto (except as otherwise expressly contemplated by this Agreement or any such Schedule or Exhibit) by good faith discussions between or among representatives (“Representatives”) designated by the Members to the dispute (the “Disputing Members”). During the course of the discussions between or among the Representatives, the Disputing Members will comply with all reasonable requests for access to relevant information.
     17.2. Arbitration.
          (a) In the event that such dispute, controversy or difference is not resolved within thirty (30) days after the commencement of discussion between or among the Representatives or the conclusion in good faith of the Representatives that amicable resolution of the dispute, controversy or difference does not appear likely, whichever is earlier, then the dispute, controversy or difference shall be finally settled by arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association.
          (b) The arbitration shall be held in Wilmington, Delaware or such other location as the Disputing Members shall mutually agree. The arbitration shall be heard by a panel of three arbitrators, each of whom shall be experienced in the resolution of disputes, controversies and differences relating to telecommunications services. If there are two Disputing Members, one such arbitrator shall be selected by one Disputing Member, one such arbitrator shall be selected by the other Disputing Member and the third arbitrator shall be selected by the arbitrators selected by the Disputing Members. If there are more than two Disputing Members, the three arbitrators shall be selected by the President of the American Arbitration Association.

-63-


 

Resolution of the dispute, controversy or difference shall be determined by a majority vote of the arbitration panel.
          (c) The Disputing Members shall bear equally all fees, costs and expenses of the arbitration, and each Disputing Member shall bear its own legal expenses and costs of all experts and witnesses relating thereto; provided , however , that if the claim of any Disputing Member is upheld by the arbitration panel in all material respects, then the arbitration panel may apportion between or among the Disputing Members as such arbitration panel may deem equitable the costs incurred by the prevailing Disputing Member.
          (d) Any award rendered by the arbitration panel shall be final and conclusive upon the Disputing Members and any judgment thereon maybe enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction, unless: (i) the award was procured by corruption, fraud or other manifest undue means; (ii) the arbitrators exceeded their powers (it being acknowledged that the arbitrators are entitled to hear any dispute, controversy or difference relating in any way to this Agreement or any Schedule or Exhibit attached hereto); or (iii) the arbitrators have been guilty of misconduct. The Disputing Member submitting such dispute shall request the American Arbitration Association to: (y) allow for the Disputing Members to request reasonable discovery pursuant to the rules then in effect under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days prior to such arbitration, and (z) require the testimony to be transcribed.
          (e) The fact that arbitration has commenced in accordance with this Article 17 shall not impair the ability of any Member to exercise any termination rights in accordance with Article 13 hereof.
(Signature Pages On Following Pages)

-64-


 

Signature Page, Amended and Restated LLC Agreement
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first written above.
             
    GWI PCS1, INC.:    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Roger D. Linquist
 
   
    Name: Roger D. Linquist    
    Title: President and CEO    
 
           
    C9 WIRELESS, LLC:    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Robert A. Gerard
 
   
    Name: ROBERT A. GERARD    
    Title: MANAGER    
 
           
    METROPCS WIRELE SS, INC.:    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Roger D. Linquist
 
   
    Name: Roger D. Linquist    
    Title: President and CEO    

 


 

EXECUTION COPY
FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY
COMPANY AGREEMENT OF ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS, LLC
      THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS, LLC (this “ Amendment ”) is effective as of January 1, 2007, by and among C9 WIRELESS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ C9 ”), GWI PCS1, INC., a Delaware corporation (“GWI”) and METROPCS WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“MetroPCS” and along with GWI, the “MetroPCS Parties”).
W I T N E S S E T H
     WHEREAS, C9 and MetroPCS Parties are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Royal Street Communications, LLC (“Royal Street”), executed on December 15, 2005 as of November 24, 2004 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ LLC Agreement ”); and
     WHEREAS, C9 and the MetroPCS Parties are the sole parties to the LLC Agreement and the sole members of Royal Street; and
     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 16.8 of the LLC Agreement, the LLC Agreement may be amended by “an instrument in writing signed by the Party or Parties affected or to be affected” by any such amendment; and
     WHEREAS, C9 and the MetroPCS Parties desire to, and have agreed to amend the provision of the LLC Agreement relating to the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer to provide for ***.
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth above, the terms and conditions contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree to amend the LLC Agreement as follows:
     1.    Capitalized Terms . All capitalized terms used herein which are not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the LLC Agreement, as amended hereby.
     2.    Amendment to Section 6.12 . Section 6.12 of the LLC Agreement (Officers) is hereby modified and amended by deleting Subsection (c) of such Section in its entirety and by substituting the following in lieu thereof:
(c) The initial CEO shall receive an annual salary of $*** or such other annual salary as is determined by the Management Committee in accordance with Section 6.1(g) above. In addition, all officers shall be entitled to reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their duties as officers, ***.


 

          3.      No Other Amendments .   Except for the amendments, releases, authorizations and waivers set forth above, the text of the LLC Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.
          4.      Effective Date .   The Amendment will be effective as of the date first written above.
          5.      Representations and Warranties .   Each of C9 and the MetroPCS Parties agrees, represents and warrants in favor of the other that this Amendment has been executed and delivered by a duly authorized representative of such, and the LLC Agreement, as modified and amended by this Amendment, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each such party and is enforceable against each such party in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws or (ii) general principles of equity;
          6.      Effect on the LLC Agreement .   Except as specifically provided herein, the LLC Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and is hereby ratified, reaffirmed and confirmed.
          7.      Counterparts .   This Amendment may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, taken together, shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. In proving this Amendment in any judicial proceedings, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by the party against whom such enforcement is sought. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Amendment.
          8.      Law of Contract .   This Amendment and the rights and obligations of the Parties shall be governed by and construed in accordance with and subject to the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflicts of laws principles.
(signature page follows)


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been duly executed as of the day and year first written above.
         
  C9 WIRELESS, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
 
 
  By:   /s/ Robert A. Gerard    
    Name:   Robert A. Gerard   
    Title:   Sole Member   
 
         
  GWI PCS1, INC.,
a Delaware Corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Roger D. Linquist    
    Name:   Roger D. Linquist   
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
         
  METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.,
a Delaware Corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Roger D. Linquist    
    Name:   Roger D. Linquist   
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer   
 

 

Exhibit 10.11
EXECUTION COPY
MASTER EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES LEASE AGREEMENT
by and between
METROPCS WIRELESS, INC. and ROYAL STREET COMMUNICATIONS, LLC
     
LESSEE:
  Royal Street Communications, LLC
Address:
   7557 Rambler Road
 
  Suite 700
 
  Dallas, TX 75231
 
   
LESSOR:
  MetroPCS Wireless, Inc.
Address:
   8144 Walnut Hill Lane
 
  Suite 800
 
  Dallas, TX 75231
Lease Number: 0001
     1. AGREEMENT. Lessor agrees to lease to Lessee and Lessee agrees to lease from Lessor the Equipment and Facilities as more fully described in any schedule (individually a “Schedule” and collectively the “Schedules”) that is or are incorporated by reference into this Master Equipment and Facilities Lease Agreement (the “Agreement”). Each Schedule shall be incorporated by reference into this Agreement by listing the above-referenced Lease Number thereon and shall upon such incorporation be deemed to become part of a single integrated agreement governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, as well as by the terms and conditions set forth in the applicable Schedule. Each Schedule, when taken with this Agreement and all other Schedules, shall constitute the entire agreement. All capitalized terms herein which are not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Services Agreement, dated as of November 24, 2004, between MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. and Royal Street Communications, LLC (the “Services Agreement”).
     2. APPOINTMENT OF LESSOR AS PURCHASING AGENT. Lessee has delivered to Lessor copies of the Construction Plan and Technical Services Plan (collectively, the “Plans”) that have been duly approved by the Management Committee of Royal Street. Together, the Plans specify the Equipment and Facilities to be utilized in the construction and operation of the Royal Street Systems. Lessee authorizes Lessor to act as Lessee’s agent to issue a purchase order to any third party for the Equipment and Facilities (each, a “Seller”) and for necessary related goods and services in accordance with the Plans. Such purchase order shall be subject to this Section 2 and all references in this Agreement to Purchase Documents shall include such purchase order. By executing the applicable Schedule, Lessee represents and warrants that Lessee has reviewed, approved and received a copy of the applicable Purchase Documents.
     3. DELIVERY; ACCEPTANCE. Lessor shall cause the Equipment and Facilities to be delivered, at Lessee’s expense, to Lessee at the Equipment and Facilities Location (as specified in the applicable Schedule) and Lessee shall accept the Equipment and Facilities upon the later of (a)
 
***   Where this marking appears throughout this Exhibit 10.11, information has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and such information has been filed with the SEC separately.

1


 

the installation of the Equipment and Facilities or (b) the satisfaction of the acceptance criteria, if any, specified in the applicable Purchase Documents. In any event, Lessee shall evidence its acceptance of the Equipment and Facilities and commencement of this Agreement with respect thereto by executing and delivering to Lessor a commencement certificate (the “Commencement Certificate”) in a form acceptable to Lessor within five (5) business days after delivery. By executing and delivering a Commencement Certificate to Lessor, Lessee represents and warrants that it has irrevocably accepted such Equipment and Facilities under this Agreement. Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for any late payment, interest on late payment or any other similar fee or charge imposed by Seller as the result of Lessee’s failure to timely furnish its acceptance and all pertinent lease documentation.
     4. PURCHASE OF EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES. Provided that no Event of Default (as defined in Section 18) exists, and no event has occurred and is continuing that with notice or the lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default, Lessor shall be obligated to purchase the Equipment and Facilities from Seller and to lease the Equipment and Facilities to Lessee if and only if Lessor receives on or before the Latest Commencement Date (as specified in the applicable Schedule) the related Commencement Certificate and Schedule executed by Lessee, and such other documents or assurances as Lessor may reasonably request.
     5. TERM. The initial term of each Schedule shall begin on the date specified as the Commencement Date on the Commencement Certificate with respect to such Schedule and shall, unless otherwise specified in the Schedule, continue for a period of *** (the “Initial Term”) with *** renewal terms (each a “Renewal Term”), at Royal Street’s written election, beginning on the expiration of, as applicable, the Initial Term or any preceding Renewal Term (collectively, the “Term”). At any time after *** following the Commencement Date of a Schedule, Lessee may terminate such Schedule prior to the end of its Term upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to Lessor (“Termination Notice”) provided that no such Termination Notice shall be effective unless, prior to or on the effective date of such Termination Notice, Lessee shall have paid Lessor the Lessor’s Return (as hereinafter defined) for the Equipment and Facilities set forth in such Schedule. Lessee’s failure to pay the Lessor’s Return prior to or on the effective date of such Termination Notice shall render such Termination Notice ineffective and Lessee shall continue to make the Rental Payments set forth in such Schedules.
     6. RENT; LATE CHARGES. Lessee shall pay Lessor the first Rental Payment (as specified in the applicable Schedule) for the Equipment and Facilities on or before the Commencement Date of the applicable Schedule and shall pay Lessor the remaining periodic Rental Payments on or before the periodic payment dates specified in the applicable Schedule. If, pursuant to this Agreement or the applicable Schedule, the Term is extended, Lessee shall also pay all Rental Payments required with respect thereto. In the case of a breach or an Event of Default on the part of Lessee under this Agreement or any Schedule, all Rental Payments shall become immediately due and payable by Lessee without demand or notice, without any court order or other process of law and without liability to Lessee for any damages occasioned by such action, and all Equipment and Facilities are to be immediately returned to Lessor’s possession in the same condition provided to the Lessee, less reasonable wear and tear. Lessor is under no duty to mitigate any damages caused by Lessee’s breach or Event of Default. All Rental Payments will be sent to Lessor’s above-referenced address, or to such other address as specified by Lessor in writing.

2


 

Lessee agrees to pay Lessor interest at the rate of *** per month (or such lesser rate as is the maximum rate allowable under applicable law) on any Rental Payment (or other amount due hereunder) that is not paid within ten (10) days of its due date.
     7. INSURANCE. At its own expense, Lessee shall provide and maintain the following insurance: (a) insurance against the loss or theft of or damage to the Equipment and Facilities for the greater of the Stipulated Loss Value (computed as described in the applicable Schedule) or full replacement value thereof, naming Lessor as a loss payee; and (b) public liability and third-party property damage insurance, naming Lessor as an additional insured. Such insurance shall be in a form, amount and with companies reasonably satisfactory to Lessor, shall contain the insurer’s agreement to give Lessor thirty (30) days’ prior written notice before cancellation or material change thereof, and shall be payable to Lessor regardless of any act, omission or breach by Lessee. Lessee shall deliver to Lessor the insurance policies or copies thereof or certificates of such insurance on or before the Commencement Date of the applicable Schedule, and at such other times as Lessor may reasonably request. If no Event of Default exists, and no event has occurred and is continuing that with notice or the lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default, the proceeds of any insurance required under clause (a) hereof that have been paid to Lessor shall be applied against Lessee’s obligations to Lessor under Section 12 hereof.
     8. TAXES. Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for (or pay directly, but only if instructed by Lessor) all taxes, fees, and assessments that may be imposed by any taxing authority on the Equipment and Facilities, on its purchase, ownership, delivery, possession, operation, rental, lease, return to Lessor or its purchase by Lessee (collectively, “Taxes”); provided , however, that Lessee shall not be liable for any such Taxes (whether imposed by the United States of America or by any other domestic or foreign taxing authority) imposed on or measured by Lessor’s net income or tax preference items. Lessee’s obligation includes, but is not limited to, the obligation to pay all license and registration fees and all sales, use, excise, personal property and other taxes and governmental charges, together with any penalties, fines and interest thereon, that may be imposed during the Term of the applicable Schedule. Lessee is liable for these Taxes whether they are imposed upon Lessor, Lessee, the Equipment and Facilities, this Agreement or the applicable Schedule. If Lessee is required by law or administrative practice to make any report or return with respect to such Taxes, Lessee shall promptly advise Lessor thereof in writing and shall cooperate with Lessor to ensure that such reports are properly filed and accurately reflect Lessor’s interest in the Equipment and Facilities. Lessor has no obligation to contest any such Taxes; however, Lessee may do so provided that: (a) Lessee does so in its own name and at its own expense; (b) the contest does not and will not result in any lien attaching to any Equipment and Facilities or otherwise jeopardize Lessor’s right to any Equipment and Facilities; and (c) Lessee indemnifies, defends, and holds harmless Lessor for all expenses (including legal fees and costs), liabilities and losses that Lessor incurs as a result of any such contest.
     9. REPAIRS; USE; LOCATION; LABELS. Lessee shall: (a) at its own expense, keep the Equipment and Facilities in good repair, condition and working order and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended engineering and maintenance standards by personnel certified to work on such Equipment and Facilities; (b) use the Equipment and Facilities lawfully and exclusively in connection with its business operations and for the purpose for which the Equipment and Facilities was designed and intended; and (c) without Lessor’s prior written

3


 

consent, not move the Equipment and Facilities from the Equipment and Facilities Location. If Lessor supplies Lessee with labels stating that the Equipment and Facilities is owned by Lessor, Lessee shall affix such labels to the Equipment and Facilities pursuant to Lessor’s instructions.
     10. ACCESS; MAINTENANCE; INSPECTION; ALTERATIONS. Lessee shall have Unfettered Access to the Equipment and Facilities. At its own expense, Lessee shall: (a) enter into and maintain a maintenance agreement for the Equipment and Facilities with the manufacturer or other party certified to maintain such Equipment and Facilities who is acceptable to Lessor; (b) maintain the Equipment and Facilities in the same condition as when delivered, subject only to ordinary wear and tear, and in good operating order and appearance; (c) make all alterations or additions to the Equipment and Facilities that may be required or supplied by the Seller, the manufacturer, applicable regulatory agencies, or which is otherwise legally necessary; and (d) make no other alterations or additions to the Equipment and Facilities (except for alterations or additions that will not impair the value or performance of the Equipment and Facilities and that are readily removable without damage to the Equipment and Facilities). Any modifications, alterations, repairs, or additions that Lessee makes to the Equipment and Facilities (except as permitted by Section 10(d) above) shall become Lessor’s property and shall also be deemed to be Equipment and Facilities. Upon request, Lessor, or any party designated by Lessor, shall have the right to inspect the Equipment and Facilities and Lessee’s applicable maintenance agreement and records at any reasonable time.
     11. PERSONAL PROPERTY; LIENS AND ENCUMBRANCES; TITLE. The Equipment and Facilities shall at all times remain personal property, notwithstanding that the Equipment and Facilities, or any part thereof, may be (or becomes) affixed or attached to real property or any improvements thereon. Except for the interest of Lessor, Lessee shall keep the Equipment and Facilities free and clear of all levies, liens and encumbrances of any nature whatsoever. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the Equipment and Facilities shall at all times remain the property of Lessor and Lessee shall have no right, title or interest therein.
     12. RISK OF LOSS. As between Lessor and Lessee, Lessee shall bear the entire risk of loss, theft, destruction or damage to the Equipment and Facilities from any cause whatsoever or requisition of the Equipment and Facilities by any governmental entity or the taking of title to the Equipment and Facilities by eminent domain or otherwise (collectively, a “Loss”). Lessee shall advise Lessor in writing within ten (10) days of any such Loss. Except as provided below, no such Loss shall relieve Lessee of the obligation to pay Lessor Rental Payments and all other amounts owed hereunder. In the event of any such Loss, Lessor, at its option, may: (a) if the Loss has not materially impaired the Equipment and Facilities (in Lessor’s reasonable judgment), require Lessee, upon Lessor’s demand, to place the Equipment and Facilities in good condition and repair reasonably satisfactory to Lessor; or (b) if the Loss has materially impaired the Equipment and Facilities (in Lessor’s reasonable judgment), require Lessee, upon Lessor’s demand, to pay Lessor ***. Upon Lessor’s full receipt of such Lessor’s Return: (y) the applicable

4


 

Schedule shall terminate, and except as provided in Section 24, Lessee shall be relieved of all obligations under the applicable Schedule; and (z) Lessor shall transfer all of its interest in the Equipment and Facilities to Lessee “AS IS, WHERE IS,” and without any warranty, express or implied from Lessor, other than the absence of any liens or claims by, through, or under Lessor. Notwithstanding clause (b) in this Section 12, Lessor may, at its option, elect to have Lessee continue Rental Payments under the applicable Schedule, without interruption, and replace the damaged Equipment and Facilities with Equipment and Facilities of identical model, manufacturer and condition (“Replacement Equipment and Facilities”), in which case Lessee shall cause the Replacement Equipment and Facilities to be delivered to a location acceptable to Lessor and shall convey title (lien free) to the Lessor whereupon the Replacement Equipment and Facilities shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the applicable Schedule.
     13. NON-CANCELABLE NET LEASE. Except as provided in Section 5 hereof, all leases hereunder shall be non-cancelable net leases, and Lessee agrees that it has an unconditional obligation to pay all rental payments and other amounts when due. Lessee may abate or reduce rental payments or any other amounts due, or may set off any charges against those amounts, provided, such abatement, reduction or set off is for obligations between Lessor and Lessee. Lessee is not entitled to recoupments, cross-claims, counterclaims or any other defenses to any rental payments or other amounts due hereunder, whether those defenses arise out of claims by Lessee against Lessor, Seller, this Agreement, any schedule or otherwise. Neither defects in Equipment and Facilities, damage to it, nor its loss, destruction or late delivery, shall terminate this Agreement or any schedule, or affect Lessee’s obligations hereunder. Unless Lessee’s obligation to pay rental payments and other amounts has been terminated pursuant to the express terms of this Agreement, all rental payments and other amounts shall continue to be due and payable hereunder.
     14. LESSOR DISCLAIMERS; LIMITATION OF REMEDIES. It is specifically understood and agreed that: (a) Lessor shall not be deemed to have made any representation, warranty or promise made by Seller, neither Seller nor Lessor shall act as, or be deemed to be, an agent of the other, and Lessor shall not be bound by, or liable for, any representation or promise made by Seller; (b) Lessor shall not be liable for any failure of any Equipment and Facilities or any delay in its delivery or installation; (c) Lessor shall not be liable for any breach of any warranty that Seller may have made; (d) Lessee has selected all Equipment and Facilities; (e) Lessor is not a manufacturer of any Equipment and Facilities; and (f) the Equipment and Facilities are provided by Lessor “AS-IS” without any warranties of any kind from Lessor and Lessor has not made and does not now make any representation or warranty, express or implied, with respect to the design, compliance with specifications, operation, or condition of any Equipment and Facilities (or any part thereof), the merchantability or fitness of Equipment and Facilities for a particular purpose, or issues regarding patent infringement, title and the like. It is further agreed that Lessor shall have no liability to Lessee, Lessee’s customers, or any third parties for any direct, indirect, special, punitive, treble, or consequential damages arising out of this Agreement or any schedule or concerning any Equipment and Facilities, or for any damages based on strict or absolute tort liability; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall deprive Lessee of any rights it may have against any person other than Lessor. Lessee shall look solely to Seller for any and all claims and warranties relating to the Equipment and Facilities. Lessor hereby assigns to Lessee for the term of the applicable schedule the right to enforce, provided no Event of Default then exists under this Agreement and such enforcement is pursued in Lessee’s name, any representations, warranties and

5


 

agreements made by Seller pursuant to the purchase documents, and Lessee may retain any recovery resulting from any such enforcement efforts. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Lessee waives any and all rights and remedies conferred upon a Lessee by Article 2a of the UCC and any rights now or hereinafter conferred by statute or otherwise that may limit or modify Lessor’s rights as described in this section or other sections of this Agreement. In the event of any breach of any warranty or obligation under this Agreement, Lessee’s sole remedy shall be for Lessor to reperform the obligation hereunder. LESSEE’S SOLE REMEDIES AGAINST LESSOR OR LESSOR’S SUPPLIERS FOR LOSS OR DAMAGE RESULTING FROM, ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH, OR CAUSED BY, EITHER DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, DEFECTIVE ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES, OR PARTIAL OR TOTAL FAILURE OF THE EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, SHALL BE LESSEE’S RIGHT TO RECEIVE THE SELLER’S REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT SERVICE DESCRIBED IN ITS LIMITED WARRANTY. The foregoing shall be Lessee’s sole and exclusive remedies at law or in equity, except for Lessee’s right to claim damages for bodily injury to any person caused by the negligence of Lessor. The parties further agree that the foregoing allocation of risk shall, in the event of Seller’s inability, despite good faith efforts, to meet its warranty obligations hereunder, remain in effect regardless of whether the exclusive remedies provided for under this Section 14 then satisfy the essential purposes for which they were intended, or otherwise provide Lessee with a fair quantum of relief.
     15. LESSEE WARRANTIES. Lessee represents, warrants and covenants to Lessor that: (a) Lessee is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under applicable law; (b) Lessee has the power and authority to enter into this Agreement, all Schedules and all other related instruments or documents hereunder (collectively, the “Fundamental Agreements”); (c) such Fundamental Agreements are enforceable against Lessee in accordance with their terms and do not violate or create a default under any instrument or agreement binding on Lessee; (d) there are no pending or threatened actions or proceedings before any court or administrative agency that would have a material adverse effect on Lessee or any Fundamental Agreement, unless such actions are disclosed to Lessor and consented to in writing by Lessor; (e) Lessee shall comply in all material respects with all Federal, state and municipal laws and regulations the violation of which could have a material adverse effect upon the Equipment and Facilities or Lessee’s performance of its obligations under any Fundamental Agreement; (f) Lessee shall obtain all governmental approvals necessary for it to enter into and perform each Fundamental Agreement; (g) each Fundamental Agreement shall be effective against all creditors of Lessee under applicable law, including fraudulent conveyance and bulk transfer laws, and shall raise no presumption of fraud; (h) financial statements and other related information furnished by Lessee shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and shall present Lessee’s financial position as of the dates given on such statements; (i) Lessee shall furnish Lessor with its certified financial statements, opinions of counsel, resolutions, and such other information and documents as Lessor may reasonably request; (j) all Equipment and Facilities is leased for business purposes only, and not for personal, family or household purposes; and (k) all Equipment and Facilities is tangible personal property and shall not become a fixture or real property under Lessee’s use thereof. Lessee shall be deemed to have reaffirmed the foregoing warranties each time it executes any Fundamental Agreement.

6


 

     16. GENERAL INDEMNITY. Lessee shall indemnify, hold harmless, and, if so requested by Lessor, defend Lessor against all claims (“Claims”) directly or indirectly arising out of or connected with the Equipment and Facilities or any Fundamental Agreement. Claims refers to all losses, liabilities, damages, penalties, expenses (including legal fees and costs), claims, actions, and suits, whether based on a theory of strict liability of Lessor or otherwise, and includes, but is not limited to, matters regarding: (a) the selection, manufacture, purchase, acceptance, rejection, ownership, delivery, lease, possession, maintenance, use, condition, return or operation of the Equipment and Facilities; (b) any latent defects or other defects in any Equipment and Facilities, whether or not discoverable by Lessor or by Lessee; (c) any patent, trademark, or copyright infringement; and (d) the condition of any Equipment and Facilities arising or existing during Lessee’s use.
     17. SURRENDER; EXTENSION OF TERM. Unless Lessee purchases the Equipment and Facilities or renews the Term pursuant to the applicable Schedule, or acquires the Equipment and Facilities pursuant to Section 12 hereof, Lessee shall, at its expense, deinstall, inspect and properly pack the Equipment and Facilities, and return the Equipment and Facilities at the expiration of the Term, free of all liens and rights of others, by delivering it on board such common carrier as Lessor may specify with freight prepaid to any destination within the United States of America specified by Lessor. The Equipment and Facilities shall be accompanied by an original copy of the relocation inventory or other applicable form completed by the agent performing the deinstallation. If Lessor so requests, Lessor and its agents shall have the right to enter upon any premises where Equipment and Facilities may be located at a reasonable time to perform any of Lessee’s tasks noted above in this Section 17, and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for all costs and expenses Lessor incurs in fulfilling such tasks. Lessee agrees that the Equipment and Facilities, when returned to Lessor, shall be in the same condition as when delivered to Lessee, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and certified as being eligible for the manufacturer’s generally available maintenance contract at then prevailing rates, without Lessor incurring any expense to repair, rehabilitate or certify such Equipment and Facilities (Lessee shall be liable for all costs and expenses Lessor incurs to place the Equipment and Facilities in such condition). If requested by Lessor, Lessee, at its expense, shall store the Equipment and Facilities on its premises for a reasonable period, not to exceed ten (10) business days during which period the Equipment and Facilities shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, except for the obligation to make Rental Payments. In all instances where Lessee is returning Equipment and Facilities to Lessor, Lessee shall give Lessor written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of the applicable Schedule. If Lessee fails to provide the aforementioned notice or return the Equipment and Facilities to Lessor in the time and manner provided above, the Term shall be extended in accordance with the terms of the applicable Schedule. If any Schedule is extended pursuant to the preceding sentence, Lessee shall continue to pay the higher of the periodic Rental Payments in effect prior to the expiration of the then existing term of the applicable Schedule (whether it be the Initial Term or any Renewal Term) or such other periodic rental payment amount as is specified for such extension period in the Schedule, and all other provisions of this Agreement shall continue to apply.
     18. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement and all Schedules: (a) Lessee fails to pay any Rental Payment or any other

7


 

amount payable to Lessor hereunder within ten (10) days after its due date; or (b) Lessee fails to perform or observe any other representation, warranty, covenant, condition or agreement to be performed or observed by Lessee hereunder or in any other agreement with Lessor, or in any agreement with any other person that in Lessor’s sole opinion is a material agreement, and Lessee fails to cure any such breach within ten (10) days after notice thereof; or (c) any representation or warranty made by Lessee hereunder, or in any other instrument provided to Lessor by Lessee, proves to be incorrect in any material respect when made; or (d) Lessee makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, whether voluntary or involuntary; or (e) a proceeding under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement of debts, insolvency or receivership law is filed by or against Lessee or Lessee takes any action to authorize any of the foregoing matters; or (f) Lessee becomes insolvent or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, the Equipment and Facilities are levied against, seized or attached, or Lessee seeks to effectuate a bulk sale of Lessee’s inventory or assets; or (g) Lessee voluntarily or involuntarily dissolves or is dissolved, or terminates or is terminated; or (h) any guarantor under this Agreement is the subject of an event listed in clauses (b) through (g) above; or (i) any letter of credit required pursuant to any Schedule is breached, canceled, terminated or not renewed during the Term of any such Schedule.
     19. REMEDIES. If an Event of Default occurs, Lessor may, in its sole discretion, exercise one or more of the following remedies: (a) terminate this Agreement or any or all Schedules; or (b) take possession of, disable or render unusable, any Equipment and Facilities wherever the Equipment and Facilities may be located, without demand or notice, without any court order or other process of law and without liability to Lessee for any damages occasioned by such action, and no such action shall constitute a termination of any Schedule; or (c) require Lessee to deliver the Equipment and Facilities at a location designated by Lessor; or (d) declare the Lessor’s Return (as defined in Section 12 hereof and calculated by Lessor as of the date of the Event of Default) for each applicable Schedule due and payable as liquidated damages for loss of a bargain and not as a penalty and in lieu of any further Rental Payments under the applicable Schedule; or (e) proceed by court action to enforce performance by Lessee of any Schedule and/or to recover all damages and expenses incurred by Lessor by reason of any Event of Default; or (f) terminate any other agreement that Lessor may have with Lessee; or (g) exercise any rights available to Lessor under the Uniform Computer Information Transactions Act (h) exercise any other right or remedy available to Lessor at law or in equity. Also, Lessee shall pay Lessor all costs and expenses (including legal fees and costs and fees of collection agencies) incurred by Lessor in enforcing any of the terms, conditions or provisions of this Agreement. Upon repossession or surrender of any Equipment and Facilities , Lessor shall lease, sell or otherwise dispose of the Equipment and Facilities in a commercially reasonable manner, with or without notice and at public or private sale, and apply the net proceeds thereof (after deducting all expenses, including legal fees and costs, incurred in connection therewith) to the amounts owed to Lessor hereunder; provided , however, that Lessee shall remain liable to Lessor for any deficiency that remains after any sale or lease of such Equipment and Facilities. Lessee agrees that with respect to any notice of a sale required by law to be given ten (10) days’ notice shall constitute reasonable notice. These remedies are cumulative of every other right or remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, and may be enforced concurrently therewith or from time to time.

8


 

     20. LESSOR’S PERFORMANCE OF LESSEE’S OBLIGATIONS. If Lessee fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder, Lessor may perform any act or make any payment that Lessor deems reasonably necessary for the maintenance and preservation of the Equipment and Facilities and Lessor’s interests therein; provided , however, that the performance of any act or payment by Lessor shall not be deemed a waiver of, or release Lessee from, the obligation at issue. All sums so paid by Lessor, together with expenses, including legal fees and costs, incurred by Lessor in connection therewith, shall be paid to Lessor by Lessee immediately upon demand.
     21. FINANCING OF ADDITIONS. If, under any Schedule, Lessee intends to make any addition to the Equipment and Facilities, Lessee may, in writing, request Lessor to finance the costs of such addition. Lessee shall provide Lessor with the terms under which it hopes to obtain the financing, and upon receiving such a request Lessor shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether to provide such financing. Lessor is under no obligation to make or finance additions to the Equipment and Facilities.
     22. ASSIGNMENT BY LESSOR. Lessor shall have the unqualified right to assign, pledge, transfer, mortgage or otherwise convey any of its interests hereunder or in any Schedule or any Equipment and Facilities, in whole or in part, without notice to, or consent of, Lessee. If any Schedule is assigned, Lessee shall: (a) unless otherwise specified by the Lessor and the assignee specified by Lessor (the “Assignee”), pay all amounts due under the applicable Schedule to such Assignee, notwithstanding any defense, setoff or counterclaim whatsoever that Lessee may have against Lessor or Assignee; (b) not permit the applicable Schedule to be amended or the terms thereof waived without the prior written consent of the Assignee; (c) not require the Assignee to perform any obligations of Lessor, other than those that are expressly assumed in writing by such Assignee; and (d) execute such acknowledgments thereto as may be requested by Lessor. It is further agreed that: (x) each assignee shall be entitled to all of Lessor’s rights, powers and privileges under the applicable Schedule, to the extent assigned; (y) any Assignee may reassign its rights and interest under the applicable Schedule with the same force and effect as the assignment described herein; and (z) any payments received by the Assignee from Lessee with respect to the assigned portion of the Schedule shall, to the extent thereof, discharge the obligations of Lessee to Lessor with respect to the assigned portion of the Schedule. Lessee acknowledges that any assignment or transfer by Lessor or any assignee shall not materially change Lessee’s obligations under the assigned schedule.
     23. ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASE BY LESSEE. Without Lessor’s prior written consent, Lessee shall not assign this Agreement or any Schedule or assign its rights in or sublet the Equipment and Facilities or any interest therein and any such assignment or sublease without Lessor’s consent shall be void; provided, however, that Lessee may sublease or assign a Schedule to an affiliate or a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lessee if: (a) Lessee and such sublessee or assignee execute and deliver to Lessor a writing (to be provided by Lessor) whereby the sublessee or assignee agrees to assume joint and several liability with Lessee for the full and prompt payment, observance and performance when due of all of the obligations of the Lessee under such Schedule; and (b) Lessor consents to such sublease or assignment, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. In no event, however, shall any such sublease or assignment discharge or diminish any of Lessee’s obligations to Lessor under such Schedule, nor shall Lessee move or relocate any of the

9


 

Equipment and Facilities, in whole or in part, without Lessor’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Lessor’s sole discretion.
     24. SURVIVAL; QUIET ENJOYMENT. All representations, warranties and covenants made by Lessee hereunder shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall remain in full force and effect. All of Lessor’s rights, privileges, and indemnities, to the extent they are fairly attributable to events or conditions occurring or existing on or prior to the termination of this Agreement, shall survive such termination and be enforceable by Lessor and any successors and assigns. So long as no Event of Default exists, and no event has occurred and is continuing that with notice or the lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default, neither Lessor nor any Assignee will interfere with Lessee’s quiet enjoyment of the Equipment and Facilities.
     25. FILING FEES; FURTHER ASSURANCES; NOTICES. Lessee will promptly reimburse Lessor for any filing or recordation fees or expenses (including lien search fees, legal fees and costs) incurred by Lessor in perfecting or protecting its interests in the Equipment and Facilities and under this Agreement. Lessee shall promptly execute and deliver to Lessor such documents and take such further action as Lessor may from time to time reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement and to protect the rights and remedies of Lessor created or intended to be created hereunder. All notices under this Agreement shall be sent to the respective party at its address set forth on the front page of this Agreement or on the applicable Schedule or at such other address as the parties may provide to each other in writing from time to time. Any such notice mailed to said address shall be effective when deposited in the United States mail, duly addressed and with first-class postage prepaid.
     26. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL; SUCCESSORS. Lessee and Lessor each irrevocably waive all right to trial by jury in any lawsuit, proceeding, counterclaim or any other litigation or proceeding upon, arising out of, or related to, this Agreement, any other fundamental agreement, or the dealings or relationship between or among Lessor, Lessee, Seller or any other person. This Agreement and all Schedules inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the permitted successors or assigns of Lessor and Lessee.
     27. NO WAIVER; LESSOR APPROVAL. Any failure of Lessor to require strict performance by Lessee, or any written waiver by Lessor of any provision hereof, shall not constitute consent or waiver of any other breach of the same or any other provision hereof. Neither this Agreement nor any other Fundamental Agreement shall be binding upon Lessor unless and until executed by Lessor.
     28. CAPTIONS; COUNTERPARTS; LESSOR’S AFFILIATES. The captions contained in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. Only one counterpart of the Schedule shall be marked “Original” (the “Original”), and all other counterparts thereof shall be marked as, and shall be, duplicates. To the extent that any Schedule constitutes chattel paper (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any applicable jurisdiction), no security interest in such Schedule may be created through the transfer or possession of any counterpart other than the Original. Lessee understands and agrees that MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. or any affiliate or subsidiary thereof, may, as Lessor, execute Schedules under this Agreement, in which event the terms and conditions of the applicable

10


 

Schedule and this Agreement as it relates to the Lessor under such Schedule shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of such entity executing such Schedule as Lessor, as well as any successors or assigns of such entity.
     29. CHOICE OF LAW; INTEGRATION; ENTIRE AGREEMENT. Each lease under this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws (as opposed to conflicts of law provisions) of the state of Delaware. If any provision of this Agreement or such Schedule shall be prohibited by or invalid under that law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement or such Schedule. Lessor and Lessee consent to the jurisdiction of any local, state or Federal court located within the State, and waive any objection relating to improper venue or forum non conveniens to the conduct of any proceeding in any such court. This Agreement and all other Fundamental Agreements executed by both Lessor and Lessee constitute the entire agreement between Lessor and Lessee relating to the leasing of the Equipment and Facilities, and supersede all prior agreements relating thereto, whether written or oral, and may not be amended or modified except in a writing signed by the parties hereto.
[signature page to follow]

11


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the 17th day of May, 2006.
                     
ROYAL STREET       METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.    
COMMUNICATIONS, LLC       (Lessor)    
(Lessee)                
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Robert A. Gerard       By:   /s/ Roger D. Linquist    
 
                   
(Lessee Authorized Signature)       (Lessor Authorized Signature)    
 
                   
     Robert A. Gerard            Roger D. Linquist    
             
(Name)
          (Name)        
 
                   
     Chairman and CEO            President and CEO    
             
(Title)
          (Title)        
 
                   
     5/17/06            5/17/06    
             
(Date)
          (Date)        

12

 

Exhibit 10.12
EXECUTION VERSION
$1,696,000,000
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of February 20, 2007
among
METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.,
as Borrower,
The Several Lenders
from Time to Time Parties Hereto,
BEAR STEARNS CORPORATE LENDING INC.,
as Administrative Agent and Syndication Agent,
BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.,
as Sole Lead Arranger and Joint Book Runner,
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED
as Joint Book Runner
and
BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC
as Joint Book Runner

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                 
            Page
       
 
       
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS     2  
  1.1.    
Defined Terms
    2  
  1.2.    
Other Definitional Provisions
    38  
  1.3.    
Letter of Credit Amounts
    39  
  1.4.    
Relationship with Original Credit Agreement
    39  
       
 
       
SECTION 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF TERM COMMITMENTS; INCREMENTAL FACILITIES     40  
  2.1.    
Term Commitments
    40  
  2.2.    
Procedure for Tranche B Term Loan Borrowing
    40  
  2.3.    
Repayment of Term Loans
    41  
  2.4.    
Increase in Commitments
    41  
       
 
       
SECTION 3. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF REVOLVING COMMITMENTS     43  
  3.1.    
Revolving Commitments
    43  
  3.2.    
Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing
    43  
  3.3.    
Swingline Commitment
    44  
  3.4.    
Procedure for Swingline Borrowing; Refunding of Swingline Loans
    44  
  3.5.    
Commitment Fees, etc.
    46  
  3.6.    
Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments
    46  
  3.7.    
L/C Commitment
    46  
  3.8.    
Procedure for Issuance of Letter of Credit
    47  
  3.9.    
Fees and Other Charges
    48  
  3.10.    
L/C Participations
    48  
  3.11.    
Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower
    49  
  3.12.    
Obligations Absolute
    49  
  3.13.    
Letter of Credit Payments
    50  
  3.14.    
Applications
    50  
       
 
       
SECTION 4. GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT     50  
  4.1.    
Optional Prepayments
    50  
  4.2.    
Mandatory Offers to Prepay
    51  
  4.3.    
Conversion and Continuation Options
    52  
  4.4.    
Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches
    53  
  4.5.    
Interest Rates and Payment Dates
    53  
  4.6.    
Computation of Interest and Fees
    54  
  4.7.    
Inability to Determine Interest Rate
    54  
  4.8.    
Pro Rata Treatment and Payments
    54  
  4.9.    
Requirements of Law
    56  
  4.10.    
Taxes
    57  

i


 

                 
            Page
  4.11.    
Indemnity
    59  
  4.12.    
Change of Lending Office
    60  
  4.13.    
Replacement of Lenders
    60  
  4.14.    
Evidence of Debt
    60  
  4.15.    
Illegality
    61  
       
 
       
SECTION 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES     61  
  5.1.    
Financial Condition
    61  
  5.2.    
No Change
    62  
  5.3.    
Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law
    62  
  5.4.    
Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations
    63  
  5.5.    
No Legal Bar
    63  
  5.6.    
Litigation
    63  
  5.7.    
No Default
    64  
  5.8.    
Ownership of Property; Liens, Etc.
    64  
  5.9.    
Intellectual Property
    64  
  5.10.    
Taxes
    64  
  5.11.    
Federal Regulations
    65  
  5.12.    
Labor Matters
    65  
  5.13.    
ERISA
    65  
  5.14.    
Investment Company Act
    66  
  5.15.    
Subsidiaries
    66  
  5.16.    
Use of Proceeds
    66  
  5.17.    
Environmental Matters
    67  
  5.18.    
Accuracy of Information, etc.
    67  
  5.19.    
Security Documents
    68  
  5.20.    
Solvency
    68  
  5.21.    
Maintenance of Properties
    68  
  5.22.    
Public Holding Utility Act
    69  
  5.23.    
Certain Fees
    69  
  5.24.    
Certain Documents
    69  
  5.25.    
Regulation H
    69  
       
 
       
SECTION 6. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT     69  
  6.1.    
Conditions to the Restatement Date
    69  
  6.2.    
Conditions to Each Extension of Credit
    72  
       
 
       
SECTION 7. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS     73  
  7.1.    
Financial Statements
    73  
  7.2.    
Certificates; Other Information
    74  
  7.3.    
Payment of Obligations
    76  
  7.4.    
Maintenance of Existence; Compliance
    76  
  7.5.    
Maintenance of Property; Insurance
    77  
  7.6.    
Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions
    77  
  7.7.    
Notices
    78  
  7.8.    
Environmental Laws
    78  
  7.9.    
Interest Rate Protection
    79  

ii


 

                 
            Page
  7.10.    
Additional Collateral, etc.
    79  
  7.11.    
Further Assurances
    80  
  7.12.    
ERISA Compliance
    81  
  7.13.    
Lender Meetings
    81  
  7.14.    
Royal Street Loan Documents
    81  
       
 
       
SECTION 8. NEGATIVE COVENANTS     81  
  8.1.    
Acquisitions
    81  
  8.2.    
Indebtedness
    81  
  8.3.    
Liens
    84  
  8.4.    
Fundamental Changes
    84  
  8.5.    
Disposition of Property
    84  
  8.6.    
Restricted Payments
    85  
  8.7.    
Modifications of Certain Debt Instruments
    87  
  8.8.    
Transactions with Affiliates
    88  
  8.9.    
Sales and Leasebacks
    89  
  8.10.    
Hedge Agreements
    89  
  8.11.    
Changes in Fiscal Year
    89  
  8.12.    
Negative Pledge Clauses; Subsidiary Distributions
    89  
  8.13.    
International Operations; Foreign Subsidiaries
    90  
  8.14.    
Limitation on Leases
    90  
  8.15.    
ERISA Compliance
    90  
  8.16.    
Environmental Matters
    91  
  8.17.    
Subsidiaries
    92  
  8.18.    
Financial Condition Covenants
    92  
  8.19.    
Lines of Business
    93  
       
 
       
SECTION 9. EVENTS OF DEFAULT     93  
       
 
       
SECTION 10. THE AGENTS     96  
  10.1.    
Appointment
    96  
  10.2.    
Delegation of Duties
    97  
  10.3.    
Exculpatory Provisions
    97  
  10.4.    
Reliance by Agents
    97  
  10.5.    
Notice of Default
    98  
  10.6.    
Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders
    98  
  10.7.    
Indemnification
    98  
  10.8.    
Agent in Its Individual Capacity
    99  
  10.9.    
Successor Administrative Agent and Issuing Lender
    99  
  10.10.    
Agents Generally
    100  
  10.11.    
The Lead Arranger
    100  
       
 
       
SECTION 11. MISCELLANEOUS     100  
  11.1.    
Amendments and Waivers
    100  
  11.2.    
Notices
    102  
  11.3.    
No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
    103  
  11.4.    
Survival of Representations and Warranties
    104  

iii


 

                 
            Page
  11.5.    
Payment of Expenses and Taxes
    104  
  11.6.    
Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments
    105  
  11.7.    
Adjustments; Set-off
    108  
  11.8.    
Counterparts
    109  
  11.9.    
Severability
    109  
  11.10.    
Integration
    109  
  11.11.    
GOVERNING LAW
    109  
  11.12.    
Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers
    109  
  11.13.    
Acknowledgments
    110  
  11.14.    
Releases of Guarantees and Liens
    110  
  11.15.    
Confidentiality
    111  
  11.16.    
WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL
    112  
  11.17.    
Delivery of Addenda
    112  
  11.18.    
USA PATRIOT Act
    112  
  11.19.    
Certain Regulatory Requirements
    112  
  11.20.    
Preservation of Priority
    112  

iv


 

ANNEXES :
     
A
  Pricing Grid
SCHEDULES :
     
1.1A
  Existing Liens
3.7
  Existing Letters of Credit
5.3
  Governmental Requirements
5.4
  Consents, Authorizations, Filings and Notices
5.6
  Litigation
5.8
  Title; Liens
5.9
  Intellectual Property
5.15
  Subsidiaries
5.19(a)
  UCC Filing Jurisdictions
5.19(b)
  Mortgage Filing Jurisdictions
8.2(f)
  Existing Indebtedness
EXHIBITS :
     
A
  Form of Reaffirmation Agreement
B
  Form of Compliance Certificate
C
  Form of Restatement Date Certificate
D
  Form of Mortgage
E
  Form of Assignment and Assumption
F
  Form of Legal Opinion of Baker Botts L.L.P.
G-1
  Form of Term Note
G-2
  Form of Revolving Note
G-3
  Form of Swingline Note
H
  Form of Exemption Certificate
I
  Form of Addendum
J
  Form of Solvency Certificate
K
  Form of Secretary’s Certificate

v


 

          AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of February 20, 2007, by and among METROPCS WIRELESS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement (the “ Lenders ”), BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC. (“ Bear ”), as sole lead arranger (in such capacity, the “ Lead Arranger ”) and joint book runner, BEAR STEARNS CORPORATE LENDING INC., as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agent ”), MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED (“ ML ”), as joint book runner, BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC (“ BAS ”), as joint book runner, BEAR STEARNS CORPORATE LENDING INC., as administrative agent (in such capacity and together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and Bank of America, N.A., as issuing lender (in such capacity and together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Issuing Lender ”). Bear, ML and BAS are collectively referred to herein as the “ Joint Book Runners ”.
          WHEREAS, on November 3, 2006 the Borrower, certain of the Lenders, and Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as administrative agent, among others, entered into a Credit Agreement (the “ Original Credit Agreement ”), pursuant to which (a) certain of the Lenders thereunder agreed to extend credit to the Borrower on a revolving credit basis, in the aggregate principal amount of up to One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000) and (b) certain of the Lenders thereunder (the “ Original Term Lenders ”) made term loans to the Borrower on the Closing Date in an aggregate principal amount of One Billion Six Hundred Million Dollars ($1,600,000,000), of which One Billion Five Hundred Ninety Six Million Dollars ($1,596,000,000) is outstanding on the Restatement Date (the “ Original Term Loans ”).
          WHEREAS, the Borrower desires that certain of the Lenders and the other parties hereto agree to amend and restate the Original Credit Agreement in its entirety to: (i) establish Term Loans to be extended hereunder and (ii) make certain other changes as more fully set forth herein, which amendment and restatement shall become effective upon the Restatement Date.
          WHEREAS, pursuant to the final paragraph of Section 11.1 of the Original Credit Agreement and pursuant to the signatures of the Lenders on their signature pages or Addenda hereto, as applicable, constituting at least the Required Lenders, the Lenders have authorized the Administrative Agent to execute this Agreement.
          WHEREAS, the Borrower shall deliver notices to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms of Section 4.1 of the Credit Agreement stating the Borrower’s intent to optionally prepay the Original Terms Loans outstanding under the Original Credit Agreement, contingent upon the Borrower’s receipt (or deemed receipt) of the proceeds of the Tranche B Term Loans on the Restatement Date.
          WHEREAS, the Original Term Lenders party hereto have agreed to extend Tranche B Term Loans hereunder in the amounts of their respective Tranche B Term Commitments in accordance with Section 2.1, the proceeds of which shall be deemed to optionally prepay the Original Term Loans of such Original Term Lenders on the Restatement Date.

 


 

          WHEREAS, it is the intent of the parties hereto that this Agreement not constitute a novation of the obligations and liabilities of the parties under the Original Credit Agreement and that this Agreement amend and restate in its entirety the Original Credit Agreement.
          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS
          1.1. Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the terms listed in this Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section 1.1.
          “ Acquisition ”: a transaction or multiple transactions in which any entity acquires or proposes to acquire by purchase or otherwise all of the capital stock of any Person, more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of stock to vote in elections of Persons or any Person having the power to direct or cause the direction of management and policies thereof, all or substantially all of the assets of any Person, or any division of any Person, or any “business” as defined for purposes of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.
          “ Addendum ”: an instrument, substantially in the form of Exhibit I, by which a Revolving Lender became a party to this Agreement on the Closing Date, or by which a Tranche B Term Lender becomes a party to this Agreement as of the Restatement Date.
          “ Adjustment Date ”: as defined in the Pricing Grid.
          “ Administrative Agent ”: as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.
          “ Affiliate ”: as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, that Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power (i) to vote 20% or more of the Capital Stock having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or (ii) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise; provided that Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc. and its Affiliates shall not be deemed (by reason of ownership of any Capital Stock) to be an Affiliate of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
          “ Agents ”: the collective reference to the Syndication Agent, the Joint Book Runners, the Lead Arranger and the Administrative Agent, which term shall include, for the purposes of Section 10 only, the Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender.
          “ Aggregate Exposure ”: with respect to any Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) with respect to Term Loans, (i) until the Restatement Date, the aggregate amount of such Lender’s Tranche B Term Commitments at such time and (ii) thereafter, the aggregate then unpaid principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loans and (b) the amount of such

2


 

Lender’s Revolving Commitment then in effect or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding.
          “ Aggregate Exposure Percentage ”: with respect to any Lender at any time, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Lender’s Aggregate Exposure at such time to the Aggregate Exposure of all Lenders at such time.
          “ Agreement ”: this Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
          “ Applicable Margin ”: for each Type of Loan, the rate per annum set forth under the relevant column heading below:
                 
    Eurodollar Loans   Base Rate Loans
Revolving Loans
    2.500 %     1.500 %
Swingline Loans
    N/A       1.500 %
Term Loans (other than Other Term Loans)
    2.250 %     1.250 %
          ; provided , that, on and after the first Adjustment Date (as defined in the Pricing Grid) after the Closing Date, when no Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, the Applicable Margin with respect to Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans will be determined pursuant to the Pricing Grid.
          “ Applicable Reserve Requirement ”: at any time for any Eurodollar Loan, the maximum rate, expressed as a decimal, at which reserves (including, without limitation, any basic marginal, special, supplemental, emergency or other reserves) are required to be maintained with respect thereto against “Eurocurrency liabilities” (as such term is defined in Regulation D) under regulations issued from time to time by the Board or other applicable banking regulator. Without limiting the effect of the foregoing, the Applicable Reserve Requirement shall reflect any other reserves required to be maintained by member banks with respect to (i) any category of liabilities which includes deposits by reference to which the applicable Eurodollar Rate or any other interest rate of a Eurodollar Loan is to be determined, or (ii) any category of extensions of credit or other assets which include Eurodollar Loans. A Eurodollar Loan shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency liabilities and as such shall be deemed subject to reserve requirements without benefits of credit for proration, exceptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to the applicable Lender. The rate of interest on Eurodollar Loans shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in the Applicable Reserve Requirement.
          “ Application ”: an application, in such form as the Issuing Lender may specify from time to time, requesting the Issuing Lender to issue a Letter of Credit.
          “ Approved Fund ”: (a) a CLO and (b) with respect to any Lender that is a fund that invests in commercial loans, any other fund that invests in commercial loans and is managed

3


 

or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.
          “ Asset Acquisition ” means: (a) an Investment by the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Consolidated Subsidiary of the Borrower or shall be merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries but only if (x) such Person’s primary business would be permitted under this Agreement if it were a business of the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries and (y) the financial condition and results of operations of such Person are not already consolidated with those of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries immediately prior to such Investment, or (b) an acquisition by the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries of the property and assets of any Person other than the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries that constitute all or substantially all of a division, operating unit or line of business of such Person but only (x) if the property and assets so acquired constitute a business that would be permitted under this Agreement if it were a business of the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries and (y) the financial condition and results of operations of such Person are not already consolidated with those of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries immediately prior to such acquisition.
          “ Asset Disposition ” means the sale or other disposition by the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries other than to the Borrower or another Consolidated Subsidiary of the Borrower of (a) all or substantially all of the Capital Stock owned by the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries of any Consolidated Subsidiary or any Person that is a Permitted Joint Venture Investment or (b) all or substantially all of the assets that constitute a division, operating unit or line of business of the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries.
          “ Asset Sale ”: a sale, lease or sub-lease (as lessor or sublessor), sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition to, or any exchange of property with, any Person (other than the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries), in one transaction or a series of transactions, of all or any part of the Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ businesses or Property (including any equity interests in any Person held by the Borrower or any such Subsidiary, or any issuance of equity by any Subsidiary of the Borrower), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than (i) inventory or other assets sold, leased, sub-leased (as lessor or sublessor), sold and leased back, assigned, conveyed, transferred or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (excluding any such sales by operations or divisions discontinued or to be discontinued), including the disposition of obsolete or worn-out assets in the ordinary course, (ii) arms-length sales, leases or sub leases (as lessor or sublessor), sale and leasebacks, assignments, conveyances, transfers or other dispositions of Property entered into with (A) Royal Street in accordance with the Royal Street Agreements or (B) any Person in which a Permitted Joint Venture Investment has been made or another Investment pursuant to clause (xiv) of the definition of Permitted Investment has been made and which Person shall have granted a Group Member a sole first priority Lien on substantially all of the assets of such Person (except (x) as may be limited by a Requirement of Law or (y) for Other Approved Liens), (iii) a surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims in the ordinary course of business or a grant of a Lien not prohibited by this Agreement, (iv) a Restricted Payment that does not violate this Agreement, (v) licenses and sales of intellectual property in the ordinary course of business, (vi) a Permitted Investment, and (vii) in addition to

4


 

the foregoing, sales, leases, sub-leases, sale and leasebacks, assignments, conveyances, transfers or other dispositions of other assets for aggregate consideration of less than $20,000,000 in the aggregate during any Fiscal Year.
          “ Assignee ”: as defined in Section 11.6(b).
          “ Assignment and Assumption ”: an Assignment and Assumption, substantially in the form of Exhibit E or such other form acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
          “ Auction 58 ”: a public auction for wireless telecommunication licenses held by the FCC, which auction closed on February 15, 2005.
          “ Auction 58 Acquisition ”: the acquisition of wireless telecommunication licenses by Royal Street in Auction 58.
          “ Auction 66 ”: a public auction for wireless telecommunications licenses held by the FCC, which auction closed on September 18, 2006.
          “ Auction 66 Acquisition ”: the acquisition of wireless telecommunication licenses by MetroPCS AWS, LLC in Auction 66.
          “ Authorized Officer ”: any individual holding the position of chairman of the board (if an officer), chief executive officer, president or one of its vice presidents (or the equivalent thereof), chief financial officer or treasurer of any Group Member. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to an Authorized Officer mean an Authorized Officer of the Borrower.
          “ Available Revolving Commitment ”: as to any Revolving Lender at any time, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) such Lender’s Revolving Commitment then in effect over (b) such Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding; provided that, in calculating any Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit for the purpose of determining such Lender’s Available Revolving Commitment pursuant to Section 3.5, the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding shall be deemed to be zero.
          “ Bankruptcy Code ”: Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.
          “ Base Rate ”: for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 0.50%. For purposes hereof: “ Prime Rate ” shall mean the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by the Reference Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City (the Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by the Reference Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors). Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

5


 

          “ Base Rate Loans ”: Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Base Rate.
          “ Benefited Lender ”: as defined in Section 11.7(a).
          “ Board ”: the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America or any successor Governmental Authority.
          “ Borrower ”: as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.
          “ Borrower Credit Agreement Obligations ”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
          “ Borrower Hedge Agreement Obligations ”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
          “ Borrowing Date ”: any Business Day specified by the Borrower as a date on which the Borrower requests the relevant Lenders to make Loans hereunder.
          “ Business Day ”: (i) any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day which is a legal holiday under the laws of the State of New York or is a day on which banking institutions located in such state are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close and (ii) with respect to all notices, determinations, fundings and payments in connection with the Eurodollar Rate or any Eurodollar Loans, the term “ Business Day ” shall mean any day which is a Business Day described in clause (i) and which is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.
          “ Capital Expenditures ”: for any period, with respect to any Person, the aggregate of all expenditures by such Person and its Subsidiaries for the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a Capital Lease) of fixed or capital assets or additions to equipment (including replacements, capitalized repairs and improvements during such period) that should be capitalized under GAAP on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries.
          “ Capital Lease ”: as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee that, in conformity with GAAP, is or should be accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person.
          “ Capital Lease Obligations ”: as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Capital Stock ”: any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation), including, without limitation, partnership interests and

6


 

membership interests, and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase or other arrangements or rights to acquire any of the foregoing.
          “ Cash ”: liquid marketable securities, certificates of deposit, money, currency or a credit balance in any Deposit Account.
          “ Cash Equivalents ” means: (a) United States dollars; (b) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government ( provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition; (c) demand deposits, certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any Lender or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better; (d) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (b) and (c) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (c) above; (e) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or S&P and, in each case, maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; (f) securities issued and fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, or by any political subdivision or agency or instrumentality thereof, rated at least “A” by Moody’s or S&P and having maturities of not more than one year after the date of acquisition; (g) auction rate securities rated “AAA” by S&P or Moody’s and with reset dates of one year or less from the time of purchase; and (h) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (g) of this definition.
          “ Change of Control ”: the occurrence of any of the following: (a) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and its direct and indirect domestic Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) other than a Permitted Holder; (b) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Borrower; (c) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above) other than a Permitted Holder becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting stock of Holdings, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; (d) after a Qualified IPO, the first day more than 90 days after such Qualified IPO on which a majority of the members of the board of directors of Superholdings are not Continuing Directors; (e) if Holdings ceases to own 100% of the voting stock of the Borrower; or (f) any “change of control” as defined in the Senior Note Indenture. For purposes of this Agreement “ Permitted Holder ” means: (i) any direct or indirect beneficial owner of any Loan Party’s equity interests on the Closing Date; (ii) any controlling stockholder, 80% (or more) owned subsidiary, or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of any person referred to in clause (i) of this definition; or (iii) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or persons beneficially owning an 80% or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more persons referred to in

7


 

clause (i) or (ii) of this definition. For purposes of this Agreement “ Continuing Directors ” means: any member of the board of directors of Superholdings who (1) was a member of such board of directors on the date 90 days after a Qualified IPO, or (2) was nominated for election or elected to such board of directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such board of directors at the time of such nomination or election.
          “ CLO ”: any entity (whether a corporation, partnership, trust or otherwise) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and is administered or managed by a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender.
          “ Closing Date ”: November 3, 2006.
          “ Code ”: the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
          “ Collateral ”: all property of the Group Members, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document, and the Capital Stock of the Borrower owned by Holdings.
          “ Commitment ”: as to any Lender, the sum of the Tranche B Term Commitment and the Revolving Commitment of such Lender.
          “ Commitment Fee Rate ”: 0.50% per annum; provided that , on and after the first Adjustment Date occurring after (but not on) the completion of two full fiscal quarters of the Borrower after the Closing Date, when no Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, the Commitment Fee Rate will be determined pursuant to the Pricing Grid.
          “ Compliance Certificate ”: a certificate duly executed by a Financial Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit B or such other form acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
          “ Conduit Lender ”: any special purpose entity organized and administered by any Lender for the purpose of making Loans otherwise required to be made by such Lender and designated by such Lender in a written instrument, subject to the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); provided , that the designation by any Lender of a Conduit Lender shall not relieve the designating Lender of any of its obligations to fund a Loan under this Agreement if, for any reason, its Conduit Lender fails to fund any such Loan, and the designating Lender (and not the Conduit Lender) shall have the sole right and responsibility to deliver all consents and waivers required or requested under this Agreement with respect to its Conduit Lender; and provided , further , that no Conduit Lender shall (a) be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to Section 4.9, 4.10, 4.11 or 11.5 than the designating Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the extensions of credit made by such Conduit Lender or (b) be deemed to have any Commitment.
          “ Confidential Information Memorandum ”: the Confidential Information Memorandum dated October 2006 and made available to the Lenders.
          “ Consolidated EBITDA ”: for any period, the Consolidated Net Income for such period plus , without duplication, (i) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss

8


 

(without duplication) realized by the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus (ii) provision for taxes based on income or profits of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus (iii) the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, to the extent that such Consolidated Interest Expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus (iv) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses or charges (excluding any non-cash expenses to the extent that such expenses represent an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus (v) any after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring (to include customary fees and expenses related to the incurrence of Indebtedness or the issuance of any Capital Stock) or unusual losses, expenses or charges, provided that with respect to each item of loss, expense or charge the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate from a Financial Officer of the Borrower specifying and quantifying such loss, expense or charge and stating that such item of loss, expense or charge is after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual; minus (vi) interest income to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income for such period; minus (vii) any after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains or income (including in connection with an Asset Sale); and minus (viii) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business, in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ”: as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA on a Pro Forma Basis for the four most recent full Fiscal Quarters for which internal financial statements are available prior to such date of determination, minus the aggregate amount actually paid by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period on account of Capital Expenditures other than New Market Capital Expenditures (excluding (i) the principal amount of Indebtedness incurred during such period to finance Capital Expenditures other than New Market Capital Expenditures, but including (ii) any repayments of any Indebtedness incurred during such period or any prior period to finance Capital Expenditures other than New Market Capital Expenditures) to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for the four most recent full Fiscal Quarters for which internal financial statements are available prior to such date of determination.
          “ Consolidated Fixed Charges ”: for any period, the sum (without duplication) of (a) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period; (b) Consolidated Lease Expense for such period; (c) scheduled payments made during such period on account of principal of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (including scheduled principal payments in respect of the Term Loans); and (d) income taxes paid in cash during such period.
          “ Consolidated Interest Expense ”: for any period, the sum, without duplication, of (i) the consolidated interest expense of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance

9


 

costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, legal fees and expenses that would be included as an interest expense of the Borrower in accordance with GAAP, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of payments (if any) pursuant to Hedge Agreements in respect of interest rates (but excluding any and all fees, expenses and prepayment premiums in connection with (x) the Refinancing, (y) the issuance of the Senior Notes, and (z) this Agreement and the other Transactions contemplated hereby, to the extent such amounts are due and payable on or before the Closing Date); plus (ii) the consolidated interest expense of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus (iii) any interest expense on that portion of Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by the Borrower or one of its Consolidated Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of the Borrower or one of its Consolidated Subsidiaries, regardless of whether such guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus (iv) the product of (a) all dividend payments on any series of preferred stock of the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated Lease Expense ”: for any period, the aggregate amount of rentals payable by the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period with respect to leases of real and personal property, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, provided that payments in respect of Capital Lease Obligations shall not constitute Consolidated Lease Expense.
          “ Consolidated Net Income ”: for any period, the Net Income of Superholdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that (i) beginning with the Fiscal Quarter ending December 31, 2006, the Net Income (or loss) of Superholdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries (other than Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries) during such period will be excluded, (ii) the Net Income (or loss) of any Person (other than the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries) in which any other Person (other than the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries) has a joint interest will be excluded, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries by such Person during such period and (iii) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded.
          “ Consolidated Senior Secured Indebtedness ”: with respect to any specified Person as of any date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of:
          (a) the total amount of Secured Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries; plus
          (b) the total amount of Secured Indebtedness of any other Person, to the extent that such Indebtedness has been guaranteed by the referenced Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries;

10


 

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio ”: as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Senior Secured Indebtedness of the Borrower as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis for the four most recent full Fiscal Quarters for which internal financial statements are available prior to such date of determination.
          “ Consolidated Subsidiaries ”: with respect to any Person, each other Person (whether now existing or hereafter created or acquired) the financial statements of which shall be (or should have been) consolidated with the financial statements of such first Person in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated Total Assets ”: with respect to any Person, at any date of determination, the total assets of such Person as set forth on the most recent balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated Total Debt ”: at any date, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness consisting of surety, construction, performance and other similar bonds or letters of credit that would not appear as indebtedness on a consolidated balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP) of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries at such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio ”: at any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt of the Borrower as of such date to (b) the Consolidated EBITDA for the four most recent full Fiscal Quarters for which internal financial statements are available prior to such date of determination, determined on a Pro Forma Basis.
          “ Continuing Lenders ”: each Original Term Lender of Original Term Loans that has delivered a signature page or an Addendum hereto indicating its agreement to continue as a Tranche B Term Lender under this Agreement.
          “ Default ”: any of the events specified in Section 9, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.
          “ Deposit Account ”: a demand, time, savings, passbook or like account with a bank, savings and loan association, credit union or like organization, other than an account evidenced by a negotiable certificate of deposit.
          “ Disqualified Stock ”: any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable for any consideration other than other Capital Stock (which would not constitute Disqualified Stock), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or redeemable for any consideration other than other Capital Stock (which would not constitute Disqualified Stock) at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is one year after the Term Loan Maturity Date.
          “ Documentation Agent ”: as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

11


 

          “ Dollars ” and “ $ ”: dollars in lawful currency of the United States.
          “ Eligible Assignee ”: (i) any Lender, any Affiliate of any Lender and any Approved Fund, and (ii) any commercial bank, insurance company, investment or mutual fund or other entity, that is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act) and which extends credit or buys loans.
          “ environment ”: ambient air, surface water and groundwater (including potable water, navigable water and wetlands), the land surface or subsurface strata, the workplace or as otherwise defined in any Environmental Law.
          “ Environmental Laws ”: any and all applicable Governmental Requirements pertaining in any way to health, safety, the environment or the preservation or reclamation of natural resources, in effect at any time, including without limitation, the Clean Air Act, as amended, the Comprehensive Environmental, Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 (“ CERCLA ”), as amended, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (“ RCRA ”), as amended, the Safe Drinking Water Act, as amended, the Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended, the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, as amended, the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended, and other environmental conservation or protection Governmental Requirements.
          “ ERISA ”: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and any successor statutes, and all regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder.
          “ ERISA Affiliate ”: each trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which together with Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries would (at any relevant time) be deemed to be a “single employer” within the meaning of section 4001(b)(1) of ERISA or subsections (b), (c), (m) or (o) of section 414 of the Code.
          “ ERISA Event ”: (a) a Reportable Event, (b) the withdrawal of the Borrower, a Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate from a Plan during a plan year in which it was a “substantial employer” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, (c) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Plan or the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under section 4041 of ERISA, (d) the institution of proceedings to terminate a Plan by the PBGC, (e) receipt of a notice of withdrawal liability pursuant to Section 4202 of ERISA or (f) any other event or condition which might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan.
          “ Eurodollar Loans ”: Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Eurodollar Rate.
          “ Eurodollar Rate ”: with respect to each day during an Interest Period for a Eurodollar Loan, the rate per annum obtained by dividing (and rounding up to the next whole multiple of one sixteenth of one percent) (i) the rate per annum determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in Dollars for a period equal to such Interest Period commencing on the first day of such Interest Period appearing on Page 3750 of the Telerate screen as of 11:00 A.M., London time, two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period; provided that in the event

12


 

that such rate does not appear on Page 3750 of the Telerate screen (or otherwise on such screen), the “ Eurodollar Rate ” shall be determined by reference to such other comparable publicly available service for displaying eurodollar rates as may be reasonably selected by the Administrative Agent or, in the absence of such availability, by reference to the rate at which the Reference Bank is offered Dollar deposits at or about 11:00 A.M., New York City time, two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period in the interbank eurodollar market where its eurodollar and foreign currency and exchange operations are then being conducted for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period for the number of days comprised therein by (ii) an amount equal to (a) one minus (b) the Applicable Reserve Requirement.
          “ Eurodollar Tranche ”: the collective reference to Eurodollar Loans the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Loans shall originally have been made on the same day).
          “ Event of Default ”: each of the conditions or events set forth in Section 9.
          “ Excepted Liens ”: (a) Liens for Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges, claims or levies which are not delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate action and for which adequate reserves have been maintained in accordance with GAAP; (b) Liens in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other social security, old age pension or public liability obligations which are not delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate action and for which adequate reserves have been maintained in accordance with GAAP; (c) landlord’s liens, operators’, vendors’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, repairmen’s, mechanics’, suppliers’, workers’, materialmen’s, construction or other similar Liens arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of business; (d) banker’s liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies and burdening only deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depository institution, provided that no such deposit account is a dedicated cash collateral account or is subject to restrictions against access by the depositor in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Board and no such deposit account is intended by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to provide collateral to the depository institution; (e) judgment and attachment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default, provided that any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceeding may be initiated shall not have expired and no action to enforce such Lien has been commenced and any Liens that are required to protect or enforce any rights in any administrative, arbitration or other court proceedings in the ordinary course of business; (f) easements, restrictions, servitudes, permits, conditions, covenants, exceptions and reservations that could not in the aggregate reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; (g) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business covering only the Property under lease (plus improvements and accessions to such Property and proceeds or distributions of such Property and improvements and accessions thereto); (h) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by Section 8.2(m), covering only the assets (including the proceeds thereof, accessions thereto and upgrades thereof) acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness; (i) Liens on Property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the Property by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, covering only the assets (including the proceeds thereof, accessions thereto and

13


 

upgrades thereof) so acquired; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to such acquisition and not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition; (j) Liens on Property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to such merger or consolidation and not incurred in contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or such Subsidiary; (k) Liens contained in purchase and sale agreements limiting the transfer of assets pending the closing of transactions (not prohibited by this Agreement) contemplated by such purchase and sale agreements; (l) Liens existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 1.1A; (m) second priority Liens in favor of lenders of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 8.2(n) and subject to the intercreditor agreement required thereby; (n) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Agreement; provided, however , that: (i) the new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same Property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien that secured the Indebtedness being refinanced (plus improvements and accessions to such property and assets and proceeds or distributions of such property and assets and improvements and accessions thereto); and (ii) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (x) the outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness being refinanced, or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced (so long as such greater principal amount is permitted by the Agreement) and (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge; (o) Liens that may be deemed to exist by virtue of contractual provisions that restrict the ability of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from granting or permitting to exist Liens on their respective assets to the extent such restrictions are permitted by Section 8.12; (p) Liens in favor of the trustee under the Senior Note Indenture as provided for in the Senior Note Indenture on money or property held or collected by the trustee in its capacity as trustee, so long as the payment of such money or property to such trustee would be permitted by this Agreement; (q) Liens on Cash or Cash Equivalents securing (i) workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, unemployment insurance or other social security, old age pension, bankers’ acceptances, performance bonds, completion bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds, public liability obligations, or other similar bonds or obligations, or securing any guarantees or letters of credit functioning as or supporting any of the foregoing, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or (ii) letters of credit permitted pursuant to Section 8.2(h); (r) Liens with respect to obligations that do not exceed $5,000,000 at any one time outstanding; (s) Liens in favor of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor; (t) Liens securing Indebtedness in connection with any Hedge Agreement entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as permitted by this Agreement; and (u) Liens on Cash relating to escrows established for an adjustment in purchase price or liabilities or indemnities relating to Asset Sales.
          “ Excluded Indebtedness ”: all Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 8.2.
          “ Existing Letters of Credit ”: means each letter of credit issued under the Original Credit Agreement that is outstanding on the Restatement Date. The Existing Letters of Credit are listed in Schedule 3.7.

14


 

          “ Facility ”: each of (a) the Tranche B Term Commitments and the Tranche B Term Loans made thereunder, (b) the Revolving Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder (the “ Revolving Facility ”), and (c) any series of Incremental Term Loans made pursuant to Section 2.4, if any.
          “ Fair Market Value ”: the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Borrower (unless otherwise provided herein).
          “ FCC ”: the United States Federal Communications Commission and any successor agency which is responsible for regulating the United States telecommunications industry.
          “ Federal Funds Effective Rate ”: for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Reference Bank from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.
          “ Final Order ”: any action or decision of a Governmental Authority (including, without limitation, the FCC) as to which (i) no request for a stay or similar request is pending, no stay is in effect, the action or decision has not been vacated, reversed, set aside, annulled or suspended and any deadline for filing such request that may be designated by statute or regulation has passed without the filing of any such request, (ii) no petition for rehearing or reconsideration or application for review is pending and the time for the filing of any such petition or application has passed, (iii) such Governmental Authority does not have the action or decision under reconsideration on its own motion and the time within which it may effect such reconsideration has passed and (iv) no appeal is pending including other administrative or judicial review, or in effect and any deadline for filing any such appeal that may be designated by statute or rule has passed.
          “ Financial Officer ”: for any Person, the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a Financial Officer means a Financial Officer of the Borrower.
          “ Fiscal Quarter ”: a fiscal quarter of any Fiscal Year.
          “ Fiscal Year ”: the fiscal year of Superholdings and its Subsidiaries ending on December 31 of each calendar year.
          “ Funding Office ”: the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 11.2 or such other office as may be specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its funding office by written notice to the Borrower and the Lenders.

15


 

          “ GAAP ”: subject to the limitations on the application thereof set forth in Section 1.2(f), United States generally accepted accounting principles in effect as of the date of determination thereof.
          “ Governmental Authority ”: any federal, state, municipal, national or other government, governmental department, commission, board, bureau, court, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision thereof, including, but not limited to, the FCC, or any entity or officer exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to any government or any court, in each case whether associated with a state of the United States, the United States, or a foreign entity or government.
          “ Governmental Authorization ”: any permit, license, authorization, plan, directive, consent, permission, consent order or consent decree of or from any Governmental Authority.
          “ Governmental Requirement ”: any applicable law, statute, code, ordinance, order, determination, rule, regulation, common law, judgment, decree, injunction, franchise, Governmental Authorization, certificate, or other directive or requirement, whether now or hereinafter in effect, including, without limitation, Environmental Laws, energy regulations and occupational, safety and health standards or controls, of any Governmental Authority.
          “ Group Members ”: the collective reference to the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors.
          “ Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”: the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement executed and delivered by each Loan Party dated as of the Closing Date.
          “ Guarantee Obligation ”: as to any Person (the “ guaranteeing person ”), any obligation of (a) the guaranteeing person or (b) another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) to induce the creation of which the guaranteeing person has issued a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, in either case guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “ primary obligations ”) of any other third Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided , however , that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such

16


 

primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.
          “ Guarantors ”: the collective reference to Superholdings, Holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors, any other Person required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 8.17, and any other Subsidiary of Superholdings that Superholdings, in its sole discretion, causes to execute the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as a guarantor thereunder.
          “ Hazardous Materials ”: any chemical, material waste or substance, exposure to which is, or which is otherwise, prohibited, limited or regulated by any Governmental Authority or Environmental Law, or which may or could pose a hazard to the health and safety of the owners, occupants or any Persons in the vicinity of any Property or to the indoor or outdoor environment.
          “ Hazardous Materials Activity ”: any past, current, proposed or threatened activity, event or occurrence involving any Hazardous Materials, including the use, manufacture, possession, storage, holding, presence, existence, location, Release, threatened Release, discharge, placement, generation, transportation, processing, construction, treatment, abatement, removal, remediation, disposal, disposition or handling of any Hazardous Materials, and any corrective action or response action with respect to any of the foregoing.
          “ Hedge Agreement ”: any agreement or arrangement with respect to any swap, cap, collar, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement, whether exchange traded, “over-the-counter” or otherwise, involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions.
          “ Holdings ”: MetroPCS V, Inc., a Delaware corporation that was renamed “MetroPCS, Inc.” on the Closing Date.
          “ Incremental Commitment ”: a new or additional commitment permitted by Section 2.4.
          “ Incremental Commitment Agreement ”: an agreement delivered by an Incremental Lender, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and accepted by the Loan Parties, by which an Incremental Lender (approved by the Administrative Agent if such Incremental Lender is not already a Revolving Lender and is to be a Revolving Lender after the effective date of such Incremental Commitment Agreement) confirms its Incremental Commitment.
          “ Incremental Lender ”: a Lender, Approved Fund or other Person that delivers an Incremental Commitment.
          “ Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments ”: the Revolving Loan Commitments made pursuant to Section 2.4.

17


 

          “ Incremental Revolving Loans ”: the Revolving Loans made pursuant to the Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments.
          “ Incremental Term Loan ”: the Term Loans made by one or more Incremental Lender pursuant to Section 2.4, including, without limitation, Other Term Loans.
          “ Incremental Term Percentage ”: as to any Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Incremental Commitment then constitutes of the aggregate Incremental Commitments (or, at any time after the funding of the Incremental Term Loans, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Incremental Term Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the Incremental Term Loans then outstanding).
          “ Indebtedness ”: with respect to any specified Person, without duplication, any indebtedness of such Person, regardless of whether contingent: (a) in respect of borrowed money; (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof); (c) in respect of banker’s acceptances; (d) representing Capital Lease Obligations; (e) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are completed, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or a trade payable; or (f) in respect of Hedge Agreements permitted under this Agreement; in each case, if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and indebtedness in respect of Hedge Agreements permitted under this Agreement) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes (x) all indebtedness of any other Person, of the types described above in clauses (a) through (f), secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (even if such indebtedness is not assumed by the specified Person) but limited to the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination and (ii) the amount of Indebtedness of the other Person so secured) and (b) to the extent not otherwise included, the guarantee by the specified Person of any indebtedness of any other Person, of the types described above in clauses (a) through (f). Indebtedness shall also include any Disqualified Stock of the Borrower and any preferred stock of any Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that the principal amount of any such Indebtedness will be deemed to be equal to the liquidation preference of such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, and the maturity of any such Indebtedness will be deemed to be any mandatory redemption date (including any such mandatory redemption at the option of the holder) of such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not constitute Indebtedness: (1) accrued expenses and trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business; (2) any indebtedness that has been defeased in accordance with GAAP or defeased pursuant to the deposit of Cash (in an amount sufficient to satisfy all obligations relating thereto at maturity or redemption, as applicable, including all payments of interest and premium, if any) in a trust or account created or pledged for the sole benefit of the holders of such indebtedness, and subject to no other Liens, and in accordance with the other applicable terms of the instrument governing such indebtedness; (3) any obligation arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such obligation is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence; and (4) any obligation arising from any agreement providing for

18


 

indemnities, guarantees, purchase price adjustments, holdbacks, contingency payment obligations based on the performance of the acquired or disposed assets or similar obligations (other than guarantees of Indebtedness) incurred by any Person in connection with the acquisition or disposition of assets. For purposes of clause (f) above and clause (n) of Section 9.1, the principal amount of Indebtedness in respect of Hedge Agreements shall equal the amount that would be payable (giving effect to netting) at such time if such Hedge Agreement were terminated.
          “ Indemnitee ”: as defined in Section 11.5.
          “ Intellectual Property ”: the collective reference to all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including copyrights, copyright licenses, patents, patent licenses, trademarks, trademark licenses, technology, know-how and processes, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.
          “ Interest Payment Date ”: (a) as to any Base Rate Loan, the last day of each March, June, September and December to occur while such Loan is outstanding and the final maturity date of such Loan, (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period of three months or less, the last day of such Interest Period, (c) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period longer than three months, each day that is three months, or a whole multiple thereof, after the first day of such Interest Period and the last day of such Interest Period, (d) as to any Loan (other than any Swingline Loan), the date of any repayment or prepayment made in respect thereof (except for prepayments of Original Term Loans made by Continuing Lenders deemed prepaid pursuant to the Refinancing) and (e) as to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be repaid.
          “ Interest Period ”: as to any Eurodollar Loan, (a) initially, the period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its notice of borrowing or notice of conversion, as the case may be, given with respect thereto; and (b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower by irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent no later than 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the date that is three Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; provided that, all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:
          (i) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;
          (ii) the Borrower may not select an Interest Period (A) for Revolving Loans that would extend beyond the Revolving Termination Date, or (B) for Tranche B

19


 

Term Loans or any Incremental Term Loans, that would extend beyond the date final payment is due on the Tranche B Term Loans or any Incremental Term Loans, as the case may be;
          (iii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; and
          (iv) the Borrower shall select Interest Periods so as not to require a payment or prepayment of any Eurodollar Loan during an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Loan.
          “ Investment ”: with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, entertainment, travel, drawing accounts and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business and excluding the purchase of Property or accounts receivables created or acquired in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Capital Stock or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Borrower such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Borrower, the Borrower will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Borrower’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 8.6(b) hereof. The acquisition by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 8.6(b) hereof. The amount of any Investment shall be determined at the time such Investment is made, without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.
          “ ISP ”: the International Standby Practices (ISP98), a publication by the International Chamber of Commerce.
          “ Issuing Lender ”: as defined in the preamble of this Agreement.
          “ Joint Venture ”: a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form; provided , in no event shall any Subsidiary of any Person be considered to be a Joint Venture to which such Person is a party.
          “ L/C Commitment ”: $30,000,000.
          “ L/C Fee Payment Date ”: the last day of each March, June, September and December and the Revolving Termination Date.

20


 

          “ L/C Obligations ”: at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of the then outstanding Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate amount of drawings under Letters of Credit that have not then been reimbursed pursuant to Section 3.11. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.3. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.
          “ L/C Participants ”: the collective reference to all the Revolving Lenders other than the Issuing Lender.
          “ Lead Arranger ”: as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.
          “ Lenders ”: as defined in the preamble to this Agreement; provided , that unless the context otherwise requires, each reference herein to the Lenders shall be deemed to include any Conduit Lender.
          “ Letters of Credit ”: as defined in Section 3.7(a).
          “ Lien ”: any interest in Property securing an obligation owed to, or a claim by, a Person other than the owner of the Property, whether such interest is based on the common law, statute or contract, and whether such obligation or claim is fixed or contingent, and including but not limited to the lien or security interest arising from a mortgage, encumbrance, pledge, security agreement, conditional sale or trust receipt or a lease, consignment or bailment for security purposes. For the purposes of this Agreement, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be the owner of any Property which it has acquired or holds subject to a conditional sale agreement, or leases under a financing lease or other arrangement pursuant to which title to the Property has been retained by or vested in some other Person in a transaction intended to create a financing.
          “ Loan ”: any loan made by any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.
          “ Loan Documents ”: this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Notes, each Incremental Commitment Agreement, the Reaffirmation Agreement and any fee letters entered into with any Agent, each as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.
          “ Loan Parties ”: the collective reference to Superholdings, Holdings and the Group Members.
          “ Majority Facility Lenders ”: with respect to any Facility, the holders of more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans or the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit, as the case may be, outstanding under such Facility (or, in the case of the Revolving Facility, prior to any termination of the Revolving Commitments, the holders of more than 50% of the Total Revolving Commitments).

21


 

          “ Material Adverse Effect ”: a material adverse effect on and/or material adverse developments with respect to (i) the business, assets, property, financial condition, or results of operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the rights or remedies of the Agents or the Lenders hereunder or thereunder, or (iii) the validity, perfection or priority of the Administrative Agent’s Liens on the Collateral.
          “ Material Contractual Obligation ”: as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any material agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its Property is bound, and, in any event with respect to any Group Member, the Royal Street Agreements.
          “ Moody’s ”: Moody’s Investor Services, Inc.
          “ Mortgaged Properties ”: the fee interest in any real property acquired by any of the Group Members after the Closing Date, as to which the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties shall, pursuant to Section 7.10(b), be granted a Lien pursuant to the Mortgages.
          “ Mortgages ”: each of the mortgages and deeds of trust made by any Group Member in favor of, or for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit D (with such changes thereto as shall be advisable under the law of the jurisdiction in which such mortgage or deed of trust is to be recorded).
          “ Multiemployer Plan ”: any employee pension benefit plan, as described in Section 3(2) of ERISA which is a “multiemployer plan,” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which the Borrower, a Subsidiary of the Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate maintains, administers, makes or is obligated to make contributions or at any time during the six consecutive year period ending on the date hereof maintained, administered, made or was obligated to make contributions.
          “ NAIC ”: The National Association of Insurance Commissioners, and any successor thereto.
          “ Net Cash Proceeds ”: (a) with respect to any Asset Sale or Recovery Event, an amount equal to: (i) Cash payments (including any Cash received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received) received by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale or Recovery Event, minus (ii) any bona fide direct costs incurred in connection with such Asset Sale or Recovery Event, including (A) income, sales, gains, transfer or other Taxes payable by the seller as a result of any gain recognized in connection with such Asset Sale or Recovery Event, (B) payment of the outstanding principal amount of, premium or penalty, if any, and interest on any Indebtedness (other than the Term Loans) that is secured by a Lien on the stock or assets in question and that is required to be repaid under the terms thereof as a result of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event, (C) any amounts to be set aside in any reserve established in accordance with GAAP or any amount placed in escrow, in either case for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such properties or assets or for liabilities associated with such Asset Sale or Recovery Event

22


 

and retained by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries until such time as such reserve is reversed or such escrow arrangement is terminated, in which case Net Cash Proceeds shall include the amount of the reserve so reversed or the amount returned to the Borrower or its Subsidiaries from such escrow arrangement, as the case may be, and (D) all legal, accounting and investment banking fees, sales commissions, employee severance costs, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale or Recovery Event, and (b) with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness, the cash proceeds received from such issuance or incurrence, net of attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, accountants’ fees, other professional fees, underwriting discounts and commissions and other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith.
          “ Net Income ”: with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock accretion or dividends, excluding, however, (i) any gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain or loss, realized in connection with (a) any Asset Sale or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries; and (ii) any extraordinary gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain or loss.
          “ New Market Capital Expenditures ”: any Capital Expenditures made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with construction, launch and operations in any New Markets.
          “ New Market Losses ”: for any period, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income during the applicable period, an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss (without duplication) realized by the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries incurred in connection with construction, launch and operations in any New Market for such period, so long as such net losses are incurred on or prior to the date that is twelve full calendar months after the initial commencement of commercial operations in the applicable New Market.
          “ New Market Losses Cap ”: $100,000,000, or, if a Qualified IPO has occurred, $125,000,000.
          “ New Markets ”: the collective reference to any wireless telephone markets other than the metropolitan areas of Atlanta, Georgia; Miami, Florida; Sacramento, California; and San Francisco, California.
          “ Non-Excluded Taxes ”: as defined in Section 4.10(a).
          “ Nonrecourse Lien ”: any Lien (other than Liens created in connection with or in contemplation of acquiring such Property) which limits the holder of such Lien to recourse only against the specific Property securing such Lien and bars the holder of such Lien from action against the other assets of the grantor or its successors or assigns.
          “ Non-Renewed Tranche B Term Loan ”: as defined in Section 2.2(b).

23


 

          “ Non-U.S. Lender ”: as defined in Section 4.10(d).
          “ Notes ”: the collective reference to any promissory note evidencing Loans.
          “ Obligations ”: the collective reference to the unpaid principal of and interest on the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations and all other obligations and liabilities of the Borrower (including, without limitation, interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided hereunder after the maturity of the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations and interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided herein after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) to any Agent or any Lender (or former Agent or Lender), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, or the other Loan Documents or any Letter of Credit, or any other document made, delivered or given in connection therewith, in each case whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including, without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel to the Agents or to the Lenders that are required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant to the terms of any of the foregoing agreements).
          “ OID ”: as defined in Section 2.4(a).
          “ Original Credit Agreement ”: as defined in the recitals hereto.
          “ Original Term Lenders ”: as defined in the recitals hereto.
          “ Original Term Loans ”: as defined in the recitals hereto.
          “ Other Approved Liens ”: (a) Liens which would be Excepted Liens if incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) purchase money Liens which secure indebtedness related to the assets to which such purchase money Lien attaches, (c) Liens, deposits or pledges made to secure statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, or bonds for the release of attachments or for stay of execution, or to secure the performance of bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of borrowed money), leases or for purposes of like general nature in the ordinary course of business, (d) Liens existing on any specific fixed asset prior to the acquisition thereof and not created in contemplation of such acquisition, and (e) such other Liens which would not materially adversely affect the first priority Liens granted to a Loan Party or as the Administrative Agent shall consent to in writing.
          “ Other Taxes ”: any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
          “ Other Term Loans ”: as defined in Section 2.4(a).

24


 

          “ Parent ”: any corporation that directly or indirectly is the beneficial owner of at least 50% of the voting stock of the Borrower, measured by voting power rather than number of shares.
          “ Participant ”: as defined in Section 11.6(c).
          “ PBGC ”: the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor.
          “ Permitted Acquisition ”: (a) the acquisition by the Borrower or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of all of the Capital Stock of Royal Street, (b) the Auction 66 Acquisition, (c) the acquisition by the Borrower or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of all of the Capital Stock of any Person in which a Permitted Joint Venture Investment has been made, so long as such acquisition is permitted under clause (x) of the definition of Permitted Investment, or complies with the provisions of clause (f) below, (d) the acquisition by the Borrower or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of all of the Capital Stock of any Person acquired in an Investment permitted under clause (xiv) of the definition of Permitted Investments, so long as such acquisition is permitted under clause (xiv) of the definition of Permitted Investments, or complies with the provisions of clause (f) below, (e) swap of wireless spectrum by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with a Person in which the Cash portion of the consideration for such swap is less than 50% of the Fair Market Value of the wireless spectrum being swapped by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (f) any acquisition by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, of wireless spectrum or all or substantially all of the assets of, all of the Capital Stock of, or more than 50% of the Capital Stock of and the ability to direct, directly or indirectly, the management and/or policies of, or a business line or unit or a division of, any Person if, in the case of this clause (f):
               (i) both before and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate to such effect given on behalf of the Borrower by an Authorized Officer;
               (ii) such acquisition is made in accordance with all applicable Requirements of Law and Material Contractual Obligations; and all material consents and approvals required by applicable Requirement of Law and Material Contractual Obligations have been obtained;
               (iii) in case of an acquisition of Capital Stock of any Person, such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower as part of the acquisition, and becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder; and
               (iv) the board of directors or equivalent authority of the Person whose assets or Capital Stock are being acquired has approved the transaction.
           provided , that:
               (i) with respect to any Permitted Acquisition or series of related Permitted Acquisitions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10,000,000, the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent a resolution of the Borrower’s or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor’s board of directors (or similar governing body) set forth

25


 

  in an officers’ certificate certifying that such Permitted Acquisition has been approved by the Borrower’s or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor’s board of directors (or similar governing body); and
               (ii) with respect to any Permitted Acquisition or series of related Permitted Acquisitions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50,000,000, the approval of the board of directors (or similar governing body) required by clause (i) above must be based on an opinion or appraisal from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of recognized standing.
          “ Permitted Investments ” means:
               (i) any Investment in the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor;
               (ii) any Investment in Cash or Cash Equivalents;
               (iii) any Investment by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor in a Person, if as a result of such Investment: (a) such Person becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor; or (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, a Subsidiary Guarantor;
               (iv) any Investment consisting of assets useful in the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 8.5;
               (v) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of any Group Member, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer or upon enforcement of any Lien in favor of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; or (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;
               (vi) Investments related to Hedge Agreements permitted by Section 8.10;
               (vii) loans or advances to employees or directors made in the ordinary course of business of any Group Member in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any one time outstanding;
               (viii) advances and prepayments for asset purchases in the ordinary course of business in a line of business permitted by Section 8.19 of any Group Member;
               (ix) Investments existing on the Closing Date;
               (x) Permitted Joint Venture Investments in an aggregate amount that, when taken together with (A) all other Permitted Joint Venture Investments made pursuant to this clause (x) and (B) all Permitted Acquisitions made pursuant to clause (c)

26


 

  of the definition of Permitted Acquisition, do not exceed 10% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries on the date each such Investment is made;
               (xi) accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business;
               (xii) Investments in Royal Street represented by the Royal Street Loan or Investments required or contemplated by the Royal Street Agreements in the geographic markets covered by the FCC licenses acquired pursuant to the Auction 58 Acquisition;
               (xiii) Investments consisting of Permitted Acquisitions; and
               (xiv) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) that, when taken together with (A) all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (xiv) and (B) all Permitted Acquisitions made pursuant to clause (d) of the definition of Permitted Acquisition at the time outstanding, do not exceed $25,000,000.
Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, no Permitted Investment shall be deemed to be a Restricted Payment.
          “ Permitted Joint Venture Investment ” means, with respect to any specified Person, Investments in any other Person engaged in a business permitted by Section 8.19 (a) (i) over which the specified Person has or controls 40% or more of the votes on the management committee or board of directors of such other Person, (ii) with which such specified Person is party to an FCC approved services agreement pursuant to which such specified Person actively participates in the day-to-day management of such other Person, or (iii) over which the specified Person otherwise has operational and managerial control of such other Person, and (b) of which at least 40% of the outstanding Capital Stock of such other Person is at the time owned directly or indirectly by the specified Person.
          “ Permitted Payments to any Parent ” means, without duplication as to amounts: (a) payments to any Parent (directly or through Holdings) to permit any Parent to pay reasonable accounting, legal, investment banking fees and administrative expenses of such Parent when due; and (b) for so long as the Borrower is a member of a group filing a consolidated or combined tax return with any Parent, payments to such Parent in respect of an allocable portion of the tax liabilities of such group that is attributable to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (“ Tax Payments ”). The Tax Payments shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the amount of the relevant tax (including any penalties and interest) that the Borrower would owe if the Borrower were filing a separate tax return (or a separate consolidated or combined return with its Subsidiaries that are members of the consolidated or combined group), taking into account any carryovers and carrybacks of tax attributes (such as net operating losses) of the Borrower and such Subsidiaries from other taxable years and (ii) the net amount of the relevant tax that such Parent actually owes to the appropriate taxing authority. Any Tax Payments received from the Borrower shall be paid

27


 

over to the appropriate taxing authority within 30 days of such Parent’s receipt of such Tax Payments or refunded to the Borrower.
          “ Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness ”: any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor (a) issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease, discharge or otherwise retire for value, in whole or in part, or (b) constituting an amendment, modification or supplement to or a deferral or renewal of ((a) and (b) above, collectively, a “ Permitted Refinancing ”), any other Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor (other than intercompany Indebtedness) in a principal amount not to exceed (after deduction of reasonable and customary fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Permitted Refinancing) the lesser of:
          (1) the principal amount of the Indebtedness so refinanced (plus the amount of premium, if any, fees and expenses paid in connection therewith), and
          (2) if the Indebtedness being refinanced was issued with any original issue discount, the accreted value of such Indebtedness (as determined in accordance with GAAP) at the time of such Permitted Refinancing.
Notwithstanding the preceding, no Indebtedness will be deemed to be Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, unless:
          (1) such Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being refinanced;
          (2) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is Subordinated Indebtedness, such Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness, contractually subordinated or otherwise junior in right of payment to, the Obligations, on terms at least as favorable to the holders of the Obligations as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced at the time of the Permitted Refinancing;
          (3) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is Secured Indebtedness, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is either unsecured or is only secured by those assets securing the Indebtedness being Refinanced, and, in the case of Indebtedness other than Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 8.2(m) the Liens securing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are governed by an intercreditor agreement satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
          (4) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is unsecured, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is unsecured; and
          (5) such Indebtedness is incurred by the Borrower or the Subsidiary Guarantor who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being refinanced.
          “ Person ”: natural persons, corporations, limited partnerships, general partnerships, limited liability companies, limited liability partnerships, joint stock companies,

28


 

Joint Ventures, associations, companies, trusts, banks, trust companies, land trusts, business trusts or other organizations, whether or not legal entities, and Governmental Authorities.
          “ Plan ”: any employee pension benefit plan, as defined in section 3(2) of ERISA that is not a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code and that (a) is currently or hereafter sponsored, maintained or contributed to by the Borrower, a Subsidiary or an ERISA Affiliate or (b) was at any time during the six consecutive year period ending on the date hereof, sponsored, maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or a Subsidiary or an ERISA Affiliate.
          “ Pricing Grid ”: the pricing grid attached hereto as Annex A.
          “ Pro Forma Basis ”: with respect to any calculation for any period, a determination of such calculation on a pro forma basis after giving effect to all Asset Acquisitions and Asset Dispositions made by the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries from the beginning of such period through and including such date of determination (the “ Calculation Date ”) (including any related financing transactions and the application of proceeds of any Asset Disposition) as if such Asset Acquisitions and Asset Dispositions (and related financing transactions and the application of proceeds of any Asset Disposition) had occurred at the beginning of such period, plus, if any New Market Losses are incurred for such period, the amount of such New Market Losses up to the New Market Losses Cap. In addition, (i) the Consolidated EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded; (ii) any Person that is a Consolidated Subsidiary of the Borrower on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Consolidated Subsidiary of the Borrower at all times during such period; (iii) any Person that is not a Consolidated Subsidiary of the Borrower on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Consolidated Subsidiary of the Borrower at any time during such period; (iv) pro forma effect shall be given to asset dispositions and asset acquisitions (including giving pro forma effect to any related financing transactions and the application of proceeds of any asset disposition) that have been made by any Person that has become a Consolidated Subsidiary of the Borrower or has been merged with or into the Borrower or any Consolidated Subsidiary of the Borrower during such period that would have constituted an Asset Disposition or Asset Acquisition had such transactions occurred when such Person was a Consolidated Subsidiary of the Borrower, as if such asset dispositions or asset acquisitions were Asset Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions that occurred on the first day of such period; and (v) such pro forma effect shall be determined in good faith on a reasonable basis by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower.
          “ Projections ”: as defined in Section 7.2(b).
          “ Property ”: any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible, including, without limitation, cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.
          “ Qualified Counterparty ”: with respect to any Specified Hedge Agreement, any counterparty thereto that, at the time such Specified Hedge Agreement was entered into, was a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Agent or an Affiliate of an Agent.

29


 

          “ Qualified IPO ”: one or more issuances and sales of common stock of Superholdings in offerings registered with the SEC (other than any such offerings registered on Form S-4 or S-8) generating aggregate net proceeds that have been contributed to the Borrower of at least $400,000,000.
          “ Reaffirmation Agreement ”: the Reaffirmation Agreement to be executed by the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit A .
          “ Recovery Event ”: any settlement of or payment in respect of any property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to any asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in excess of $5,000,000.
          “ Reference Bank ”: The Bank of New York.
          “ Refinanced Indebtedness ”: the Original Term Loans.
          “ Refinancing ”: the permanent repayment in full or deemed repayment in full with the proceeds of the Tranche B Term Loans of all Obligations (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) outstanding in connection with the Refinanced Indebtedness except for accrued but unpaid interest owed to the Continuing Lenders with respect to the Original Term Loans that are deemed to be Tranche B Term Loans.
          “ Refunded Swingline Loans ”: as defined in Section 3.4.
          “ Refunding Date ”: as defined in Section 3.4.
          “ Register ”: as defined in Section 11.6(b)(iv).
          “ Regulation U ”: Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.
          “ Reimbursement Obligation ”: the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.11 for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit.
          “ Reinvestment Deferred Amount ”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection therewith that are not applied to prepay the Loans pursuant to Section 4.2(b) as a result of the delivery of a Reinvestment Notice.
          “ Reinvestment Event ”: any Asset Sale or Recovery Event in respect of which the Borrower has delivered a Reinvestment Notice.
          “ Reinvestment Notice ”: a written notice executed by an Authorized Officer stating that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and that the Borrower (directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary) intends and expects to use all or a specified portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale or Recovery Event to acquire or repair assets useful in the business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or to make Permitted Acquisitions.

30


 

          “ Reinvestment Prepayment Amount ”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the Reinvestment Deferred Amount relating thereto less any amount expended prior to the relevant Reinvestment Prepayment Date to acquire or repair assets useful in the business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor.
          “ Reinvestment Prepayment Date ”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the earlier of (a) the date occurring one year after such Reinvestment Event and (b) the date on which the Borrower shall have determined not to, or shall have otherwise ceased to, acquire or repair assets useful in the business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor with all or any portion of the relevant Reinvestment Deferred Amount.
          “ Release ”: any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, pouring, injection, escaping, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, dumping, leaching or migration of any Hazardous Material into the indoor or outdoor environment (including the abandonment or disposal of any barrels, containers or other closed receptacles containing any Hazardous Material), including the movement of any Hazardous Material through the air, soil, surface water or groundwater.
          “ Remedial Work ”: as defined in Section 7.8(a)(iv).
          “ Reportable Event ”: any of the events set forth in Section 4043 of ERISA, other than those events as to which the thirty day notice period is waived under subsections .27, .28, .29, .30, .31, .32, .34 or .35 of PBGC Reg. § 4043.
          “ Required Lenders ”: at any time, the holders of more than 50% of (a) until the Restatement Date, the Commitments then in effect and (b) thereafter, the sum of (i) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding and (ii) the Total Revolving Commitments then in effect or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding.
          “ Required Prepayment Date ”: as defined in Section 4.2(d).
          “ Requirement of Law ”: as to any Person, any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.
          “ Restatement Date ”: the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6.1 shall have been satisfied or waived (in accordance with Section 11.1).
          “ Restricted Investment ”: any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
          “ Restricted Payment ”: (a) the declaration or payment of any dividend or the making of any other payment or distribution on account of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries’ Capital Stock (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ Capital Stock in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Capital Stock (other than Disqualified

31


 

Stock) of the Borrower and other than dividends or distributions payable to the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor); (b) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Borrower) of, any Capital Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect Parent; (c) any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redemption, defeasement or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries) or the Senior Notes, except a payment of interest or principal at the stated maturity thereof or in connection with a Permitted Refinancing thereof; or (d) any Restricted Investment.
          “ Restricted Payment Cap ”: as of the date of any determination thereof, the sum of:
          (A) 100% of the Consolidated EBITDA (taken as one accounting period) since the beginning of the Fiscal Quarter in which the Closing Date occurs to the end of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, plus , if any New Market Losses are incurred for the four Fiscal Quarter period for which internal financial statements are available prior to the date of determination, the amount of such New Market Losses for such four Fiscal Quarter period up to the New Market Losses Cap, less the product of 1.50 multiplied by Consolidated Interest Expense since the beginning of the Fiscal Quarter in which the Closing Date occurs; plus
          (B) 100% of, without duplication, (i)(a) the aggregate net cash proceeds, or (b) the Fair Market Value, as the case may be, of (x) marketable securities (other than marketable securities of the Borrower) of an Affiliate of the Borrower, (y) Capital Stock of a Person (other than the Borrower or an Affiliate of the Borrower) engaged primarily in any business permitted by Section 8.19; provided that Person becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor, or is a Person in which an Investment pursuant to clause (x) or (xiv) of the definition of Permitted Investment has been made and which Person shall have granted a Group Member a sole first priority Lien on substantially all of the assets of such Person (except (x) as may be limited by a Requirement of Law or (y) for Other Approved Liens), and (z) other assets used in any business permitted by Section 8.19, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), received by the Borrower since the Closing Date as a contribution to its common equity capital, or from the issue or sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any Parent and contributed to the Borrower or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of any Parent that have been converted into or exchanged for such Capital Stock (other than Capital Stock (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of Holdings), (ii) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor is reduced on the Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange after the Closing Date of any such Indebtedness into or for Capital Stock of any Parent (other than Disqualified Stock), and (iii) the aggregate net cash proceeds, if any, received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor upon any conversion or exchange described in clause (ii) above; plus
          (C) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the Closing Date is sold for Cash or Cash Equivalents, or is otherwise liquidated or repaid for Cash or Cash Equivalents, an amount equal to such Cash or Cash Equivalents, but not to exceed the initial amount of such Restricted Investment; plus

32


 

          (D) 100% of any Cash dividends or Cash distributions actually received directly or indirectly by the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor after the Closing Date from a Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, to the extent that such dividends or distributions were not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower; plus
          (E) $25,000,000.
          “ Restructuring ”: that certain restructuring in which MetroPCS IV, Inc., MetroPCS III, Inc., MetroPCS II, Inc. and MetroPCS, Inc., were merged with and into the Borrower and the name of MetroPCS V, Inc. was changed to MetroPCS, Inc.
          “ Revolving Commitment ”: as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make Revolving Loans and participate in Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit in an aggregate principal and/or face amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “Revolving Commitment” on such Lender’s Addendum or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender became a party hereto, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof, including through any Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments pursuant to Section 2.4. The amount of the Total Revolving Commitments is $100,000,000 as of the Restatement Date, and such amount may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof, including through any Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments made pursuant to Section 2.4.
          “ Revolving Commitment Period ”: the period from and including the day after the Closing Date to the Revolving Termination Date.
          “ Revolving Extensions of Credit ”: as to any Revolving Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans held by such Lender then outstanding, (b) such Lender’s Revolving Percentage of the L/C Obligations then outstanding and (c) such Lender’s Revolving Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding.
          “ Revolving Lender ”: each Lender that has a Revolving Commitment or that holds Revolving Loans.
          “ Revolving Loans ”: as defined in Section 3.1(a).
          “ Revolving Percentage ”: as to any Revolving Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Revolving Commitment then constitutes of the Total Revolving Commitments (or, at any time after the Revolving Commitments shall have expired or terminated, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Loans then outstanding).
          “ Revolving Termination Date ”: November 3, 2011.
          “ Royal Street ”: Royal Street Communications, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

33


 

          “ Royal Street Agreements ”: the Royal Street Credit Agreement, the Royal Street Letter of Credit Agreement, the Royal Street Equipment and Facilities Lease Agreement, the Royal Street LLC Agreement, the Royal Street Pledge Agreement, the Royal Street Promissory Note, the Royal Street Security Agreement and the Royal Street Services Agreement.
          “ Royal Street Credit Agreement ”: the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, executed on December 15, 2005 as of December 22, 2004, by and between Royal Street and the Borrower, as amended from time to time, as in effect on the date hereof, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time to the extent not prohibited hereunder.
          “ Royal Street Equipment and Facilities Lease Agreement ”: the Master Equipment and Facilities Lease Agreement executed as of May 17, 2006, by and between Royal Street and the Borrower, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.
          “ Royal Street Letter of Credit Agreement ”: the Letter of Credit Agreement, dated November 24, 2004, by GWI PCS1, Inc. to and for the benefit of C9 Wireless II, LLC, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.
          “ Royal Street LLC Agreement ”: the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Royal Street, executed on December 15, 2005 as of November 24, 2004 by and between C9 Wireless, LLC, GWI PCS1, Inc., and the Borrower, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.
          “ Royal Street Loan ”: the aggregate amount of loans by the Borrower to Royal Street in order to fund the purchase by Royal Street of the Auction 58 Acquisition and the build-out of the Royal Street systems and the operations of Royal Street, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.
          “ Royal Street Pledge Agreement ”: the Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement, executed on December 15, 2005 as of December 22, 2004, by and between Royal Street and the Borrower, as amended from time to time, as in effect on the date hereof, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time to the extent not prohibited hereunder.
          “ Royal Street Promissory Note ”: the Amended and Restated Promissory Note, executed on December 15, 2005 as of December 22, 2004, by Royal Street to the order of the Borrower, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.
          “ Royal Street Security Agreement ”: the Amended and Restated Security Agreement, executed on December 15, 2005 as of December 22, 2004, by and between Royal Street and the Borrower, as amended from time to time, as in effect on the date hereof, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time to the extent not prohibited hereunder.
          “ Royal Street Services Agreement ”: the Amended and Restated Services Agreement, executed on December 15, 2005 as of November 24, 2004, by and between Royal Street and the Borrower, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.
          “ S&P ”: Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw Hill Corporation.

34


 

          “ SEC ”: the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor Governmental Authority.
          “ Secured Indebtedness ”: with respect to any specified Person, any Indebtedness of such Person that is secured by a Lien on the assets of such Person, plus any Indebtedness of any other Person to the extent that such Indebtedness is secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person (but if such Indebtedness is not assumed by the specified Person, limited to the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination and (ii) the amount of Indebtedness of the other Person so secured).
          “ Secured Parties ”: the collective reference to the Lenders, the Agents, the Qualified Counterparties, the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender.
          “ Securities Act ”: the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.
          “ Security Documents ”: the collective reference to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the Mortgages and all other security documents hereafter delivered to the Administrative Agent granting or perfecting a Lien on any property of any Person to secure the obligations and liabilities of any Loan Party under any Loan Document.
          “ Senior Note Indenture ”: the Indenture, dated as of November 3, 2006, entered into by Superholdings, Holdings, the Borrower and certain of its Subsidiaries in connection with the issuance of the Senior Notes, together with all instruments and other agreements entered into by Superholdings, Holdings, the Borrower or such Subsidiaries in connection therewith.
          “ Senior Notes ”: the Borrower’s 9 1/4% Senior Notes due 2014 issued pursuant to the Senior Note Indenture.
          “ Significant Subsidiary ”: any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as such regulation is in effect on the Closing Date.
          “ Solvent ”: with respect to any Group Member, that as of the date of determination, both (i) (a) the sum of such Group Member’s Indebtedness (including contingent liabilities) does not exceed the present fair saleable value of such Group Member’s present assets; (b) such Group Member’s capital is not unreasonably small in relation to its business as contemplated on the Restatement Date or with respect to any transaction contemplated herein to be undertaken after the Restatement Date; and (c) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to incur, or believe (nor should it reasonably believe) that it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise); and (ii) such Person is “solvent” within the meaning given that term and similar terms under applicable laws relating to fraudulent transfers and conveyances. For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 5).

35


 

          “ Specified Interest Hedge Agreement ”: any Specified Hedge Agreement entered into with respect to interest payments on the Loans.
          “ Specified Hedge Agreement ”: any Hedge Agreement (a) entered into by (i) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (ii) any Qualified Counterparty, as counterparty and (b) that has been designated by such Qualified Counterparty and the Borrower, by notice to the Administrative Agent, as a Specified Hedge Agreement provided , that (i) subject to Section 11.14, obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary under any Specified Hedge Agreement shall be secured and guaranteed pursuant to the Security Documents and (ii) any release of Collateral or Guarantors effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall not require the consent of holders of obligations under Specified Hedge Agreements. The designation of any Hedge Agreement as a Specified Hedge Agreement shall not create in favor of any Qualified Counterparty that is a party thereto any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or of the obligations of any Guarantor under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement except as provided in Section 11.14.
          “ Subordinated Indebtedness ”: any unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor, no part of the principal of which is required to be paid (whether by way of mandatory sinking fund, mandatory redemption or mandatory prepayment), prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date (it being understood that any required offer to purchase such Indebtedness as a result of a change of control or asset sale shall not violate the foregoing restriction) and the payment of principal and interest of which and other obligations of the Borrower or such Subsidiary in respect thereof are subordinated to the prior payment in full of the Obligations on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders. Notwithstanding the fact that intercompany Indebtedness permitted by Section 8.2(c) is contractually subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to the Subordinated Intercompany Note, such intercompany Indebtedness shall not constitute “Subordinated Indebtedness”.
          “ Subordinated Intercompany Note ”: the promissory note dated as of November 3, 2006, evidencing Indebtedness owed by any Group Member to any Loan Party.
          “ Subsidiary ”: with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of stock or other ownership interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Person or Persons (whether directors, managers, trustees or other Persons performing similar functions) having the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; provided , in determining the percentage of ownership interests of any Person controlled by another Person, no ownership interest in the nature of a “qualifying share” of the former Person shall be deemed to be outstanding. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a Subsidiary mean a Subsidiary of the Borrower.
          “ Subsidiary Guarantor ”: each domestic Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a Guarantor as of the date hereof or that becomes a Guarantor hereunder or that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the terms hereof.

36


 

          “ Superholdings ”: MetroPCS Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
          “ Swingline Commitment ”: the obligation of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 3.3 in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $20,000,000.
          “ Swingline Lender ”: Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., in its capacity as the lender of Swingline Loans.
          “ Swingline Loans ”: as defined in Section 3.3.
          “ Swingline Participation Amount ”: as defined in Section 3.4.
          “ Syndication Agent ”: as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.
          “ Tax ”: any present or future tax, levy, impost, duty, assessment, charge, fee, deduction or withholding of any nature and whatever called, by whomsoever, on whomsoever and wherever imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed; provided , “Tax on the overall net income” of a Person (or similar words or phrases) shall be construed as a reference to a tax imposed by the jurisdiction in which that Person is organized or in which that Person’s applicable principal office (and/or, in the case of a Lender, its lending office) is located or in which that Person (and/or, in the case of a Lender, its lending office) is deemed to be doing business on all or part of the net income, profits or gains (whether worldwide, or only insofar as such income, profits or gains are considered to arise in or to relate to a particular jurisdiction, or otherwise) of that Person (and/or, in the case of a Lender, its applicable lending office).
          “ Term Loan Maturity Date ”: the seventh anniversary of the Closing Date.
          “ Term Loans ”: the collective reference to Tranche B Term Loans and the Incremental Term Loans (including Other Term Loans), if any.
          “ Total Revolving Commitments ”: at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments then in effect.
          “ Total Revolving Extensions of Credit ”: at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Extensions of Credit of the Revolving Lenders outstanding at such time.
          “ Tranche B Term Commitment ”: as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make a Tranche B Term Loan to the Borrower hereunder in a principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “Tranche B Term Commitment” on such Lender’s Addendum or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender became a party hereto. The aggregate amount of the Tranche B Commitments as of the Restatement Date is $1,596,000,000.
          “ Tranche B Term Lender ”: each Lender that has a Tranche B Term Commitment or that holds Tranche B Term Loans.
          “ Tranche B Term Loan ”: as defined in Section 2.1.

37


 

          “ Tranche B Term Percentage ”: as to any Tranche B Term Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Tranche B Term Commitment then constitutes of the aggregate Tranche B Term Commitments (or, at any time after the funding of the Tranche B Term Loans, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Tranche B Term Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the Tranche B Term Loans then outstanding).
          “ Transactions ”: collectively, the Refinancing and the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents.
          “ Transferee ”: any Assignee or Participant.
          “ Type ”: as to any Loan, its nature as a Base Rate Loan or Eurodollar Loan.
          “ United States ”: the United States of America.
          “ Waivable Mandatory Prepayment ”: as defined in Section 4.2(d).
          “ Weighted Average Life to Maturity ”: when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (x) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (y) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.
          “ Wholly Owned Subsidiary ”: any Subsidiary of which all of the outstanding Capital Stock (other than any directors’ qualifying shares mandated by applicable law), on a fully-diluted basis, is owned by the Borrower or one or more of the Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of the Borrower.
          1.2. Other Definitional Provisions . (a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.
          (b) As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (i) the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”, (ii) the word “incur” shall be construed to mean incur, create, issue, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist (and the words “incurred” and “incurrence” shall have correlative meanings), and (iii) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including Cash, Capital Stock, securities, revenues, accounts, leasehold interests and contract rights, and (iv) references to agreements or other Material Contractual Obligations shall, unless otherwise specified, be deemed to refer to such agreements or Material Contractual Obligations as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time (subject to any applicable restrictions hereunder).

38


 

          (c) The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.
          (d) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.
          (e) The expressions, “payment in full,” “paid in full” and any other similar terms or phrases when used herein with respect to the Obligations shall mean the payment in full, in immediately available funds, of all the Obligations.
          (f) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in conformity with GAAP. Financial statements and other information required to be delivered by the Borrower to Lenders pursuant to Section 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect at the time of such preparation (and delivered together with the reconciliation statements provided for in Section 7.1(c), if applicable).
          1.3. Letter of Credit Amounts . Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided, however , that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Letter of Credit, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time (the difference between the stated amount in effect at such time and the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit, the “Additional Stated LC Amount”).
          1.4. Relationship with Original Credit Agreement .
          (a) This Agreement amends and restates the provisions of the Original Credit Agreement and (i) all of the terms and provisions of the Original Credit Agreement shall continue to apply for the period from the Closing Date to the Restatement Date, including any determinations of payment dates, interest rates, Events of Default or any amount that may be payable to any Agent or any Lender (or their assignees or replacements), (ii) the obligations under the Original Credit Agreement which have not been repaid or deemed repaid shall from and after the Restatement Date continue to be owing in accordance with, and subject to, the terms of this Agreement, and (iii) the obligations under the Original Credit Agreement which have been repaid or deemed repaid shall be terminated as of the date of repayment, except for accrued but unpaid interest owed to the Continuing Lenders with respect to the Original Term Loans that are deemed to be Tranche B Term Loans. On and after the Restatement Date, all references in any Loan Document to (i) the “Credit Agreement” shall be deemed to include references to this Agreement and (ii) the “Lenders” or a “Lender” or the “Administrative Agent” shall mean such terms as defined in this Agreement. As to all periods occurring on or after the Restatement Date, all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Original Credit Agreement shall be of no further force and effect, it being understood that all obligations of each Loan Party

39


 

under the Original Credit Agreement and related Loan Documents, after giving effect to the Refinancing, shall be governed by this Agreement and the related Loan Documents from and after the Restatement Date.
          (b) The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that all principal, interest, fees, costs, reimbursable expenses and indemnification obligations accruing or arising under or in connection with the Original Credit Agreement which remain unpaid and outstanding as of the Restatement Date shall be and remain outstanding and payable as an Obligation under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
SECTION 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF
TERM COMMITMENTS; INCREMENTAL FACILITIES
          2.1. Term Commitments . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof:
          (a) Each Tranche B Term Lender severally agrees to make (or be deemed to have made) a term loan to the Borrower in Dollars (each, a “ Tranche B Term Loan ”) on the Restatement Date in the amount of the Tranche B Term Commitment of such Tranche B Term Lender. The Term Loans may from time to time be Eurodollar Loans or Base Rate Loans, as determined by the Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 4.3.
          (b) Each of the Continuing Lenders agrees that the Original Term Loans made by such Continuing Lender under the Original Credit Agreement shall remain outstanding on and after the Restatement Date as Tranche B Term Loans made pursuant to this Agreement, and shall be deemed to constitute Tranche B Term Loans made in satisfaction of its obligation to make Tranche B Term Loans on the Restatement Date in accordance with Section 2.1(a) in an amount equal to the amount of such Original Term Loans. Such Original Term Loans shall on and after the Restatement Date have all of the rights and benefits of Tranche B Term Loans as set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, all such Tranche B Term Loans deemed so made hereunder on the Restatement Date pursuant to this Section 2.1 that are Eurodollar Loans will have initial Interest Periods ending on the same dates as the Interest Periods applicable on the Restatement Date to the Original Term Loans of such Continuing Lenders.
          2.2. Procedure for Tranche B Term Loan Borrowing .
          (a) Not later than 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the Restatement Date each Tranche B Term Lender that is not a Continuing Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office an amount in immediately available funds equal to the Tranche B Term Loan to be made by such Tranche B Term Lender. The Administrative Agent shall promptly make available to the Borrower on the Restatement Date, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated in writing by the Borrower, the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Tranche B Term Lenders in immediately available funds.
          (b) On the Restatement Date, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the definition of Interest Periods, Interest Periods with respect to the Tranche B

40


 

Term Loans shall be as follows: (i) Tranche B Term Loans shall be made, or deemed made, as Eurodollar Loans in an amount equal to the amount of the Original Term Loans then outstanding as Eurodollar Loans (such Tranche B Term Loans to correspond in amount to Original Term Loans of a given Interest Period), (ii) Interest Periods for the Tranche B Term Loans described in clause (i) above shall end on the same dates as the Interest Periods applicable for the corresponding Original Term Loans described in clause (i) above, and the Eurodollar Rates applicable to such Tranche B Term Loans during such Interest Periods shall be the same as those applicable to such Original Term Loans, (iii) Tranche B Term Loans shall be made or deemed made as Base Rate Loans in amount equal to the amount of Original Term Loans then outstanding as Base Rate Loan, and (iv) Borrower will not be required to make any payments under Section 4.11 of the Original Credit Agreement to Original Term Lenders that become Tranche B Term Lenders in connection with the exchange of their Original Term Loans for Tranche B Term Loans, except to the extent that any Tranche B Term Lender’s Tranche B Term Loans are less than such Tranche B Term Lender’s Original Term Loans (such amount, a “ Non-Renewed Tranche B Term Loan ”), in which case the Borrower shall be required to make payments under Section 4.11 of the Original Credit Agreement to each applicable Tranche B Term Lender based on the amount of such Tranche B Term Lender’s Non-Renewed Tranche B Term Loan.
          2.3. Repayment of Term Loans . The Tranche B Term Loan of each Tranche B Lender shall mature in 27 consecutive quarterly installments, commencing on March 31, 2007, each of which shall be in an amount equal to (a) such Lender’s Tranche B Term Percentage multiplied by the initial aggregate principal amount of the Original Term Loans multiplied by (b) 0.25%, with the remainder due on the Term Loan Maturity Date, each such installment being subject to any reduction pursuant to Section 4.2(c). In the event that any Incremental Term Loans (including Other Term Loans) are made, the Incremental Term Loan of each Incremental Lender shall not amortize unless specifically stated in an Incremental Commitment Agreement.
          2.4. Increase in Commitments . (a) The Borrower may request (in writing) Incremental Commitments in an aggregate amount not to exceed, in the aggregate, $750,000,000, in increments of no less than $75,000,000 (or such lesser amount if the remaining available Incremental Commitment pursuant to this Section 2.4 is less than $75,000,000) at any one time, from one or more Incremental Lenders (approved by the Administrative Agent if such Incremental Lender is not already a Revolving Lender and is to be a Revolving Lender after the effective date of the applicable Incremental Commitment Agreement) willing to provide such Incremental Commitments. Requests for such Incremental Commitments may be, at the Borrower’s option, for Incremental Revolving Loans (at any time prior to the Revolving Termination Date) and/or Incremental Term Loans. In the event the Borrower shall request Incremental Term Loans, such request shall set forth (i) the amount of the Incremental Term Loans being requested, (ii) the date on which such Incremental Term Loans are requested to be made, (iii) any requested differences between the Incremental Term Loans and the existing Term Loans (which shall not be effective until set forth in an executed Incremental Commitment Agreement executed by the Group Members and each applicable Incremental Lender), provided , that in any event (A) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of all Incremental Term Loans shall be no shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Tranche B Term Loans at the time of the borrowing of such Incremental Term Loan, and (B) the Maturity Date of any

41


 

Incremental Term Loans shall be no shorter than the final maturity of the Tranche B Term Loans, and (iv) whether such Incremental Term Loans are to have the same interest rate margin as the Tranche B Term Loans or whether such Incremental Term Loans are to have a different interest rate margin than the Tranche B Term Loans (“ Other Term Loans ”); provided , that, if the interest rate margin in respect of any Other Term Loan exceeds the Applicable Margin for the Tranche B Term Loans (it being understood that any such increase may take the form of original issue discount (“ OID ”), with OID being equated to the interest rates in a manner determined by the Administrative Agent based on an assumed four-year life to maturity), such Applicable Margin shall be increased so that the interest rate margin in respect of such Other Term Loan (giving effect to any OID issued in connection with such Other Term Loan) is no higher than the Applicable Margin for the Tranche B Term Loans. All Incremental Term Loans (including Other Term Loans) shall be made on substantially identical terms as the Tranche B Term Loans, except as set forth in any applicable Incremental Commitment Agreement, and, in the case of Other Term Loans, with respect to the interest rate margin applicable thereto. No Agent or Lender shall be obligated to deliver or fund any Incremental Commitment. The Borrower may borrow under the Incremental Commitments only five times during the term of this Agreement.
          (b) No Incremental Commitment shall be effective unless the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent an Incremental Commitment Agreement executed and delivered by the Loan Parties and the proposed Incremental Lenders and such other documentation relating thereto as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request. Each Incremental Commitment Agreement shall, upon due execution, constitute a Loan Document and, to the extent set forth therein, an amendment of this Agreement, and such amendment shall be effective when and as set forth therein and need not be executed, delivered or consented to by any other Agent or Lender. In addition, each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Commitment Agreements, this Agreement shall be amended automatically to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Incremental Term Loans. Any such amendment may be memorialized in writing by the Administrative Agent with the Borrower’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) and furnished to the other parties hereto.
          (c) The terms and provisions of any Incremental Revolving Loans shall be identical to the Revolving Loans. On any date on which Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments are effected, subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions in this Section 2.4, (i) each of the Revolving Lenders shall assign to each of the Incremental Lenders with an Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment, and each of the Incremental Lenders shall purchase from each of the Revolving Lenders, at the principal amount thereof (together with accrued interest), such interests in the Revolving Loans outstanding on such date as shall be necessary in order that, after giving effect to all such assignments and purchases, such Revolving Loans will be held by existing Revolving Lenders and Incremental Lenders ratably in accordance with their Revolving Loan Commitments after giving effect to the addition of such Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments to the existing Revolving Loan Commitments, (ii) each Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment shall be deemed for all purposes a Revolving Loan Commitment and each Incremental Revolving Loan made thereunder shall be deemed, for all purposes, a Revolving Loan and (iii) each Incremental Lender shall become a Lender with respect to the Incremental Revolving Loan Commitment and all matters relating thereto.

42


 

          (d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender whenever any Incremental Commitment becomes effective.
          (e) No Incremental Commitment Agreement shall become effective unless the Administrative Agent has received (i) a certificate executed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower to the effect that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and (ii) such additional Security Documents, legal opinions, board resolutions, certificates and other documentation as may be required by such Incremental Commitment Agreement or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.
          (f) Each Incremental Commitment Agreement shall contain representations and warranties by the Borrower substantially in the form of those made by the Borrower in this Agreement, except for any exceptions, disclosures or modifications reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Incremental Lender(s) making a Loan pursuant to such Incremental Commitment Agreement.
SECTION 3. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF REVOLVING COMMITMENTS
          3.1. Revolving Commitments .
          (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Revolving Lender severally agrees to make revolving credit loans (“ Revolving Loans ”) to the Borrower from time to time during the Revolving Commitment Period in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding which, when added to such Lender’s Revolving Percentage of the sum of (i) the L/C Obligations then outstanding and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the Swingline Loans then outstanding, does not exceed the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment. During the Revolving Commitment Period the Borrower may use the Revolving Commitments by borrowing, prepaying and reborrowing the Revolving Loans in whole or in part, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. The Revolving Loans may from time to time be Eurodollar Loans or Base Rate Loans, as determined by the Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 3.2 and 4.3.
          (b) The Borrower shall repay all outstanding Revolving Loans on the Revolving Termination Date.
          3.2. Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing . The Borrower may borrow under the Revolving Commitments during the Revolving Commitment Period on any Business Day, provided that the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, (a) three Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, or (b) one Business Day prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Base Rate Loans) ( provided that any such notice of a borrowing of Base Rate Loans to finance payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.5 may be given not later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the date of the proposed borrowing), specifying (i) the amount and Type of Revolving Loans to be borrowed, (ii) the requested Borrowing Date and (iii) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the respective amounts of each such Type of Loan and the respective lengths of the initial Interest Period therefor. Each borrowing under the Revolving Commitments shall be in an amount equal

43


 

to (x) in the case of Base Rate Loans, $1,000,000 or a whole multiple thereof (or, if the then aggregate Available Revolving Commitments are less than $1,000,000, such lesser amount) and (y) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; provided , that (x) the Swingline Lender may request, on behalf of the Borrower, borrowings under the Revolving Commitments that are Base Rate Loans in other amounts pursuant to Section 3.4 and (y) borrowings of Base Rate Loans pursuant to Section 3.11 shall not be subject to the foregoing minimum amounts. Upon receipt of any such notice from the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Lender thereof. Each Revolving Lender will make the amount of its pro rata share of each borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Borrower at the Funding Office prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the Borrowing Date requested by the Borrower in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent. Such borrowing will then be made available to the Borrower on such Borrowing Date by the Administrative Agent crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of such office with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Revolving Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.
          3.3. Swingline Commitment .
          (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swingline Lender agrees to make a portion of the credit otherwise available to the Borrower under the Revolving Commitments from time to time during the Revolving Commitment Period by making swing line loans (“ Swingline Loans ”) to the Borrower; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans outstanding at any time shall not exceed the Swingline Commitment then in effect (notwithstanding that the Swingline Loans outstanding at any time, when aggregated with the Swingline Lender’s other outstanding Revolving Loans hereunder, may exceed the Swingline Commitment then in effect) and (ii) the Borrower shall not request, and the Swingline Lender shall not make, any Swingline Loan if, after giving effect to the making of such Swingline Loan, the aggregate amount of the Available Revolving Commitments would be less than zero. During the Revolving Commitment Period, the Borrower may use the Swingline Commitment by borrowing, repaying and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. Swingline Loans shall be Base Rate Loans only.
          (b) The Borrower shall repay all outstanding Swingline Loans on the Revolving Termination Date.
          3.4. Procedure for Swingline Borrowing; Refunding of Swingline Loans .
          (a) Whenever the Borrower desires that the Swingline Lender make Swingline Loans it shall give the Swingline Lender irrevocable telephonic notice confirmed promptly in writing (which telephonic notice must be received by the Swingline Lender not later than 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on the proposed Borrowing Date), specifying (i) the amount to be borrowed and (ii) the requested Borrowing Date (which shall be a Business Day during the Revolving Commitment Period). Each borrowing under the Swingline Commitment shall be in an amount equal to $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Not later than 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Borrowing Date specified in a notice in respect of Swingline Loans, the Swingline Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent at

44


 

the Funding Office an amount in immediately available funds equal to the amount of the Swingline Loan to be made by the Swingline Lender. The Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Swingline Loan available to the Borrower on such Borrowing Date by depositing such proceeds in the account of the Borrower with the Administrative Agent on such Borrowing Date in immediately available funds.
          (b) The Swingline Lender, at any time and from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion may, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably directs the Swingline Lender to act on its behalf), on one Business Day’s notice given by the Swingline Lender no later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, request each Revolving Lender to make, and each Revolving Lender hereby agrees to make, a Revolving Loan, in an amount equal to such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Percentage of the aggregate amount of the Swingline Loans (the “ Refunded Swingline Loans ”) outstanding on the date of such notice, to repay the Swingline Lender. Each Revolving Lender shall make the amount of such Revolving Loan available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office in immediately available funds, not later than 10:00 A.M., New York City time, one Business Day after the date of such notice. The proceeds of such Revolving Loans shall be immediately made available by the Administrative Agent to the Swingline Lender for application by the Swingline Lender to the repayment of the Refunded Swingline Loans. The Borrower irrevocably authorizes the Swingline Lender to charge the Borrower’s accounts with the Administrative Agent (up to the amount available in each such account) in order to immediately pay the amount of such Refunded Swingline Loans to the extent amounts received from the Revolving Lenders are not sufficient to repay in full such Refunded Swingline Loans.
          (c) If prior to the time a Revolving Loan would have otherwise been made pursuant to Section 3.4(b), one of the events described in Section 9(f) or 9(g) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Borrower or if for any other reason, as determined by the Swingline Lender in its sole discretion, Revolving Loans may not be made as contemplated by Section 3.4(b), each Revolving Lender shall, on the date such Revolving Loan was to have been made pursuant to the notice referred to in Section 3.4(b) (the “ Refunding Date ”), purchase for cash an undivided participating interest in the then outstanding Swingline Loans by paying to the Swingline Lender an amount (the “ Swingline Participation Amount ”) equal to (i) such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Percentage times (ii) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding that were to have been repaid with such Revolving Loans.
          (d) Whenever, at any time after the Swingline Lender has received from any Revolving Lender such Lender’s Swingline Participation Amount, the Swingline Lender receives any payment on account of the Swingline Loans, the Swingline Lender will distribute to such Lender its Swingline Participation Amount (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s participating interest was outstanding and funded and, in the case of principal and interest payments, to reflect such Lender’s pro rata portion of such payment if such payment is not sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on all Swingline Loans then due); provided , however , that in the event that such payment received by the Swingline Lender is required to be returned, such Revolving Lender will return to the Swingline Lender any portion thereof previously distributed to it by the Swingline Lender.

45


 

          (e) Each Revolving Lender’s obligation to make the Loans referred to in Section 3.4(b) and to purchase participating interests pursuant to Section 3.4(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Revolving Lender or the Borrower may have against the Swingline Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Section 6; (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower; (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by the Borrower, any other Group Member or any other Revolving Lender; or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.
          3.5. Commitment Fees, etc.
          (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a commitment fee for the period from and including the Closing Date to the last day of the Revolving Commitment Period, computed at the Commitment Fee Rate on the average daily amount of the Available Revolving Commitment of such Lender during the period for which payment is made, payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December and on the Revolving Termination Date, commencing on the first of such dates to occur after the date hereof.
          (b) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent the fees in the amounts and on the dates previously agreed to in writing by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
          (c) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Lead Arranger the fees in the amounts and on the dates previously agreed to in writing by the Borrower and the Lead Arranger.
          3.6. Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments . The Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than three Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the Revolving Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the amount of the Revolving Commitments; provided that no such termination or reduction of Revolving Commitments shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans made on the effective date thereof, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit would exceed the Total Revolving Commitments. Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to $1,000,000, or a whole multiple thereof, and shall reduce permanently the Revolving Commitments then in effect.
          3.7. L/C Commitment .
          (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Issuing Lender, in reliance on the agreements of the other Revolving Lenders set forth in Section 3.10(a), agrees to issue letters of credit (“ Letters of Credit ”) for the account of the Borrower on any Business Day during the Revolving Commitment Period in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Issuing Lender; provided that the Issuing Lender shall have no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance, (i) the L/C Obligations would exceed the L/C

46


 

Commitment or (ii) the aggregate amount of the Available Revolving Commitments would be less than zero. Each Letter of Credit shall (i) be denominated in Dollars, (ii) have a face amount of at least $5,000 (unless otherwise agreed by the Issuing Lender) and (iii) expire no later than the earlier of (x) the first anniversary of its date of issuance and (y) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Termination Date, provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year term may provide for the auto extension thereof for additional one-year periods (which shall in no event extend beyond the date referred to in clause (y) above). On the Restatement Date, the Existing Letters of Credit will automatically, without any action of any Person, be deemed to be Letters of Credit issued hereunder for the account of the Borrower for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
          (b) The Issuing Lender shall not at any time be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit hereunder if such issuance would conflict with, or cause the Issuing Lender or any L/C Participant to exceed any limits imposed by, any applicable Requirement of Law.
          (c) The Issuing Lender shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:
               (i) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Issuing Lender from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Governmental Requirement applicable to the Issuing Lender or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Issuing Lender shall prohibit, or request that the Issuing Lender refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular, or shall impose upon the Issuing Lender any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the Issuing Lender in good faith deems material to it; or
               (ii) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the Issuing Lender applicable to all letters of credit issued by the Issuing Lender.
          3.8. Procedure for Issuance of Letter of Credit . The Borrower may from time to time request that the Issuing Lender issue a Letter of Credit by delivering to the Issuing Lender at its address for notices specified herein an Application therefor, with a copy to the Administrative Agent, completed to the satisfaction of the Issuing Lender, and such other certificates, documents and other papers and information as the Issuing Lender may request. Upon receipt of any Application, the Issuing Lender will notify the Administrative Agent of the amount, the beneficiary and the requested expiration of the requested Letter of Credit, and upon receipt of confirmation from the Administrative Agent that after giving effect to the requested issuance, the Available Revolving Commitments would not be less than zero, the Issuing Lender will process such Application delivered to it in connection therewith in accordance with its customary procedures and shall promptly issue the Letter of Credit requested thereby (but in no event shall the Issuing Lender be required to issue any Letter of Credit earlier than three Business Days after its receipt of the Application therefor) by issuing the original of such Letter of Credit to the beneficiary thereof or as otherwise may be agreed to by the Issuing Lender and the Borrower. The Issuing Lender shall furnish a copy of such Letter of Credit to the Borrower

47


 

(with a copy to the Administrative Agent) promptly following the issuance thereof. The Issuing Lender shall promptly furnish to the Administrative Agent, which shall in turn promptly furnish to the Lenders, notice of the issuance of each Letter of Credit (including the amount thereof).
          3.9. Fees and Other Charges .
          (a) The Borrower will pay to the Administrative Agent a fee on all outstanding Letters of Credit at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Margin then in effect with respect to Eurodollar Loans under the Revolving Facility, shared ratably among the Revolving Lenders and payable quarterly in arrears on each L/C Fee Payment Date after the issuance date. In addition, the Borrower shall pay to the Issuing Lender for its own account a fronting fee on the undrawn and unexpired amount of each Letter of Credit as agreed by the Borrower and the Issuing Lender, payable quarterly in arrears on each L/C Fee Payment Date after the Issuance Date. Any fees paid for Existing Letters of Credit will automatically, without any action by any Person, be deemed paid for Letters of Credit issued hereunder.
          (b) In addition to the foregoing fees, the Borrower shall pay or reimburse the Issuing Lender for such normal and customary costs and expenses as are incurred or charged by the Issuing Lender in issuing, negotiating, effecting payment under, amending or otherwise administering any Letter of Credit; provided , however , that no costs or expenses shall be payable for conversion of the Existing Letters of Credit to Letters of Credit issued hereunder.
          3.10. L/C Participations .
          (a) The Issuing Lender irrevocably agrees to grant and hereby grants to each L/C Participant, and, to induce the Issuing Lender to issue Letters of Credit hereunder, each L/C Participant irrevocably agrees to accept and purchase and hereby accepts and purchases from the Issuing Lender, on the terms and conditions set forth below, for such L/C Participant’s own account and risk an undivided interest equal to such L/C Participant’s Revolving Percentage in the Issuing Lender’s obligations and rights under and in respect of each Letter of Credit issued hereunder and the amount of each draft paid by the Issuing Lender thereunder. Each L/C Participant unconditionally and irrevocably agrees with the Issuing Lender that, if a draft is paid under any Letter of Credit for which the Issuing Lender is not reimbursed in full by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such L/C Participant shall pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand of the Issuing Lender an amount equal to such L/C Participant’s Revolving Percentage of the amount of such draft, or any part thereof, that is not so reimbursed. The Administrative Agent shall promptly forward such amounts to the Issuing Lender.
          (b) If any amount required to be paid by any L/C Participant to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.10(a) in respect of any unreimbursed portion of any payment made by the Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit is paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender within three Business Days after the date such payment is due, such L/C Participant shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender on demand an amount equal to the product of (i) such amount, times (ii) the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate during the period from and including the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment

48


 

is immediately available to the Issuing Lender, times (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse during such period and the denominator of which is 360. If any such amount required to be paid by any L/C Participant pursuant to Section 3.10(a) is not made available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender by such L/C Participant within three Business Days after the date such payment is due, the Issuing Lender shall be entitled to recover from such L/C Participant, on demand, such amount with interest thereon calculated from such due date at the rate per annum applicable to Base Rate Loans under the Revolving Facility. A certificate of the Issuing Lender submitted to any L/C Participant (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this Section shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.
          (c) Whenever, at any time after the Issuing Lender has made payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any L/C Participant its pro rata share of such payment in accordance with Section 3.10(a), the Administrative Agent receives any payment related to such Letter of Credit (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of collateral applied thereto by the Issuing Lender), or any payment of interest on account thereof, the Administrative Agent, will distribute to such L/C Participant its pro rata share thereof; provided , however , that in the event that any such payment received by Administrative Agent, shall be required to be returned by the Administrative Agent, such L/C Participant shall return to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender the portion thereof previously distributed by the Administrative Agent.
          3.11. Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower . The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Issuing Lender on the Business Day next succeeding the Business Day on which the Issuing Lender notifies the Borrower of the date and amount of a draft presented under any Letter of Credit and paid by the Issuing Lender for the amount of (a) such draft so paid and (b) any taxes, fees, charges or other actual out-of-pocket costs or expenses incurred by the Issuing Lender in connection with such payment. Each such payment shall be made to the Issuing Lender at its address for notices referred to herein in Dollars and in immediately available funds. Interest shall be payable on any such amounts from the date on which the relevant draft is paid until payment in full at the rate set forth in (i) until the Business Day next succeeding the date of the relevant notice, Section 4.5(b) and (ii) thereafter, Section 4.5(c). Each drawing under any Letter of Credit shall (unless an event of the type described in Section 9(f) or 9(g) shall have occurred and be continuing, in which case the procedures specified in Section 3.10 for funding by L/C Participants shall apply) constitute a request by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent for a borrowing pursuant to Section 3.2 of Base Rate Loans (or, at the option of the Administrative Agent and the Swingline Lender in their sole discretion, a borrowing pursuant to Section 3.4 of Swingline Loans) in the amount of such drawing. The Borrowing Date with respect to such borrowing shall be the first date on which a borrowing of Revolving Loans (or, if applicable, Swingline Loans) could be made, pursuant to Section 3.2 or, if applicable, Section 3.4), if the Administrative Agent had received a notice of such borrowing at the time the Administrative Agent receives notice from the Issuing Lender of such drawing under such Letter of Credit.
          3.12. Obligations Absolute . The Borrower’s obligations under Section 3.11 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment that the Borrower may have or have had against the

49


 

Issuing Lender, any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit or any other Person. The Borrower also agrees with the Issuing Lender that the Issuing Lender shall not be responsible for, and the Borrower’s Reimbursement Obligations under Section 3.11 shall not be affected by, among other things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon, even though such documents shall in fact prove to be invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among the Borrower and any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any other party to which such Letter of Credit may be transferred or any claims whatsoever of the Borrower against any beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any such transferee. The Issuing Lender shall not be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit, except for errors or omissions found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Lender. The Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted by the Issuing Lender under or in connection with any Letter of Credit or the related drafts or documents, if done in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct and in accordance with the standards of care specified in the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York, shall be binding on the Borrower and shall not result in any liability of the Issuing Lender to the Borrower.
          3.13. Letter of Credit Payments . If any draft shall be presented for payment under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of the date and amount thereof. The responsibility of the Issuing Lender to the Borrower in connection with any draft presented for payment under any Letter of Credit shall, in addition to any payment obligation expressly provided for in such Letter of Credit, be limited to determining that the documents (including each draft) delivered under such Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment are substantially in conformity with such Letter of Credit.
          3.14. Applications . To the extent that any provision of any Application related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 3, the provisions of this Section 3 shall apply.
SECTION 4. GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT
          4.1. Optional Prepayments .
          (a) The Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Loans in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, except as otherwise provided in the first sentence of Section 4.1(b), (“ Optional Prepayment ”) upon notice delivered to the Administrative Agent no later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, three Business Days prior thereto in the case of Eurodollar Loans and no later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, one Business Day prior thereto in the case of Base Rate Loans, which notice shall specify the date and amount of prepayment and whether the prepayment is of Eurodollar Loans or Base Rate Loans; provided , that if a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 4.11. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. Partial prepayments of Term Loans and Revolving Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple thereof. Partial prepayments of

50


 

Swingline Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple thereof.
          (b) Each Optional Prepayment in respect of the Tranche B Term Loans on or after the Restatement Date but prior to the first anniversary of the Restatement Date shall be accompanied by a prepayment premium equal to 1% of the principal amount of such Optional Prepayment. No prepayment premium shall be payable with respect to any Optional Prepayment on or after the first anniversary of the Restatement Date.
          4.2. Mandatory Offers to Prepay . (a) If any Indebtedness (other than Excluded Indebtedness) shall be issued or incurred by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, Borrower shall make an offer pursuant to the terms set forth in Section 4.2(d) to prepay the Term Loans in an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Indebtedness and such prepayment shall be applied as set forth in Section 4.2(c) toward the prepayment of the Term Loans within ten Business Days after receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds.
          (b) If on any date the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall receive Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale or Recovery Event then, unless a Reinvestment Notice shall be delivered in respect thereof, such Borrower shall make an offer pursuant to the terms set forth in Section 4.2(d) to prepay the Term Loans in an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event and such prepayment shall be applied as set forth in Section 4.2(c) toward the prepayment of the Term Loans within ten Business Days after receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided , that, on each Reinvestment Prepayment Date, an amount equal to the Reinvestment Prepayment Amount with respect to the relevant Reinvestment Event shall be applied toward the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in Section 4.2(c).
          (c) Amounts to be applied in connection with prepayments made pursuant to Section 4.2 shall be applied to the prepayment of the principal amount of the Term Loans ratably between the Tranche B Term Loans and the Incremental Term Loans based on the outstanding principal amounts thereof at such time. The application of any prepayment pursuant to Section 4.2 shall be made, first , to Base Rate Loans and, second , to Eurodollar Loans. Each prepayment of the Term Loans under Section 4.2 shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the amount prepaid. Each prepayment of the Term Loans shall be applied ratably to the respective remaining installments thereof.
          (d) Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event Borrower is required to make any mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 4.2(a) or (b) (a “ Waivable Mandatory Prepayment ”) of the Term Loans, not less than three Business Days prior to the date (the “ Required Prepayment Date ”) on which the Borrower is required to make such Waivable Mandatory Prepayment, the Borrower shall notify Administrative Agent of the amount (or its good faith estimate thereof) of such prepayment, and the Administrative Agent will promptly thereafter notify each Lender holding an outstanding Term Loan of the amount of such Lender’s pro rata share of such Waivable Mandatory Prepayment and of such Lender’s option to refuse such amount. Each such Lender may exercise such option by giving written notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of its election to do so on or before the first Business Day prior to the Required Prepayment Date (it being understood that any Lender which does not

51


 

notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of its election to exercise such option on or before the first Business Day prior to the Required Prepayment Date shall be deemed to have elected, as of such date, not to exercise such option).
          (e) Concurrently with any prepayment of the Term Loans pursuant to Sections 4.2(a) and (b), the Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer demonstrating the calculation of the amount of the applicable Net Cash Proceeds. In the event that the Borrower shall subsequently determine that the actual amount received exceeded the amount set forth in such certificate, the Borrower shall promptly make an additional prepayment of the Term Loans in an amount equal to such excess, and the Borrower shall concurrently therewith deliver to Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer demonstrating the derivation of such excess.
          (f) Upon its receipt of the proceeds of the Tranche B Term Loans, the Borrower, in accordance with its voluntary election delivered to the Administrative Agent in connection with the Refinancing, shall apply such proceeds, together with other funds if necessary, in an amount sufficient to (i) prepay in full the Original Term Loans that are not being deemed converted into or exchanged for Tranche B Term Loans, (ii) pay all accrued and unpaid interest and fees, if any, on all Non-Renewed Tranche B Term Loans and all Original Term Loans held by Original Term Lenders that are not Continuing Lenders, (iii) pay to each Original Term Lender that is not a Continuing Lender all amounts then due and owing as a result of the prepayment of such Original Term Lender’s Original Term Loans and (iv) pay all other Obligations then due and owing to the Original Term Lenders that are not Continuing Lenders, in their capacity as such, under the Original Credit Agreement.
          4.3. Conversion and Continuation Options .
          (a) The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert Eurodollar Loans to Base Rate Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice of such election no later than 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date, provided that any such conversion of Eurodollar Loans may only be made on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice of such election no later than 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date (which notice shall specify the length of the initial Interest Period therefor), provided that no Base Rate Loan under a particular Facility may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent or the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of such Facility have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such conversions. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.
          (b) Any Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by the Borrower giving irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the term “ Interest Period ” set forth in Section 1.1, of the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Loans, provided that no Eurodollar Loan under a particular Facility may be continued as such when any

52


 

Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent has or the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of such Facility have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuations, and provided , further , that if the Borrower shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this paragraph or if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso such Loans shall be automatically converted to Base Rate Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.
          4.4. Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all borrowings, conversions and continuations of Eurodollar Loans hereunder and all selections of Interest Periods hereunder shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, (a) after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans comprising each Eurodollar Tranche shall be equal to $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (b) no more than ten Eurodollar Tranches shall be outstanding at any one time.
          4.5. Interest Rates and Payment Dates . (a) Each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate determined for such day plus the Applicable Margin; provided , that Other Term Loans that are Eurodollar Loans shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate determined for such date plus the interest rate margin applicable thereto.
          (b) Each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin; provided , that Other Term Loans that are Base Rate Loans shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the interest rate margin applicable thereto.
          (c) (i) If all or a portion of the principal amount of any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (x) in the case of the Loans, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section plus 2%, or (y) in the case of Reimbursement Obligations, the rate applicable to Base Rate Loans under the Revolving Facility, plus 2%, and (ii) if all or a portion of any interest payable on any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation or any commitment fee or other amount payable hereunder shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans under the relevant Facility plus 2% (or, in the case of any such other amounts that do not relate to a particular Facility, the rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans under the Revolving Facility plus 2%), in each case, with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) above, from the date of such non-payment until such amount is paid in full (as well after as before judgment).
          (d) Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, provided that interest accruing pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable from time to time on demand.

53


 

          4.6. Computation of Interest and Fees .
          (a) Interest and fees payable pursuant hereto shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed, except that, with respect to Base Rate Loans the rate of interest on which is calculated on the basis of the Prime Rate, the interest thereon shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of each determination of a Eurodollar Rate. Any change in the interest rate on a Loan resulting from a change in the Base Rate or the Applicable Reserve Requirements shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate.
          (b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Borrower, deliver to the Borrower a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 4.5.
          4.7. Inability to Determine Interest Rate . If prior to the first day of any Interest Period:
          (a) the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period, or
          (b) the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of the relevant Facility that the Eurodollar Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (as conclusively certified by such Lenders) of making or maintaining their affected Loans during such Interest Period,
the Administrative Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the Borrower and the relevant Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter. If such notice is given (x) any Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as Base Rate Loans, (y) any Loans under the relevant Facility that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to Eurodollar Loans shall be continued as Base Rate Loans and (z) any outstanding Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility shall be converted, on the last day of the then-current Interest Period, to Base Rate Loans. Until such notice has been withdrawn by the Administrative Agent, no further Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Borrower have the right to convert Loans under the relevant Facility to Eurodollar Loans.
          4.8. Pro Rata Treatment and Payments .
          (a) Each borrowing by the Borrower from the Lenders hereunder, each payment by the Borrower on account of any commitment fee and any reduction of the

54


 

Commitments of the Lenders shall be made pro rata according to the respective Tranche B Term Percentages, Incremental Term Percentages or Revolving Percentages, as the case may be, of the relevant Lenders.
          (b) Each payment (including each prepayment) by the Borrower on account of principal of and interest on the Term Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of Tranche B Term Loans and Incremental Term Loans then held by the relevant Lenders (except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2(f)). Amounts repaid or prepaid on account of the Term Loans may not be reborrowed.
          (c) Each payment (including each payment) by the Borrower on account of principal of and interest on the Revolving Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Revolving Loans then held by the Revolving Lenders.
          (d) All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without setoff or counterclaim and shall be made prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, at the Funding Office, in Dollars and in immediately available funds. The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to the Lenders promptly upon receipt in like funds as received. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the case of any extension of any payment of principal pursuant to the preceding two sentences, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.
          (e) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to a borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its share of such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent on the Borrowing Date, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount on the Borrowing Date. If such amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on the Borrowing Date therefor, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent, on demand, such amount with interest thereon at a rate equal to the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (ii) a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation for the period until such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this paragraph shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. If other than in connection with the Refinancing such Lender’s share of such borrowing is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three Business Days of such Borrowing Date, the Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to Base Rate Loans under the relevant

55


 

Facility, on demand, from the Borrower. In addition to the rights described above, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall make available to the Borrower all or any portion of the Term Loans of any Lender and such Lender shall fail to make available to the Administrative Agent a corresponding amount by 5:00 P.M. New York City time within one Business Day of extension of credit, the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion shall be entitled to immediately and without further action on the part of such Lender register a transfer of such Lender’s Term Loans to a replacement Lender, which shall be the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent agrees to purchase any such Term Loans at par and in accordance with Section 11.6 (other than the requirement for the signature of the defaulting Lender on the Assignment and Assumption in connection with such transfer). In addition to any other remedies the Borrower or the Administrative Agent may have against such defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover from such defaulting Lender the difference (if positive) between par and the amount for which it is able to sell such purchased Term Loans in the secondary market.
          (f) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by the Borrower prior to the date of any payment due to be made by the Borrower hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower is making such payment, and the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be required to, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Lenders their respective pro rata shares of a corresponding amount. If such payment is not made to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower within three Business Days after such due date, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover, on demand, from each Lender to which any amount which was made available pursuant to the preceding sentence, such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum equal to the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate. Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender against the Borrower.
          4.9. Requirements of Law .
          (a) If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof:
          (i) shall subject any Lender to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any Application or any Eurodollar Loan made by it (except for Non-Excluded Taxes and Taxes on the net income of such Lenders), or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender in respect thereof (except for Non-Excluded Taxes covered by Section 4.10 and changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of such Lender);
          (ii) shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender that is not otherwise included in the determination of the Eurodollar Rate hereunder; or

56


 

          (iii) shall impose on such Lender any other condition;
and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender, by an amount that such Lender deems to be material, of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining Eurodollar Loans or issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, the Borrower shall promptly pay such Lender, upon its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this paragraph, it shall promptly notify the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled.
          (b) If any Lender shall have determined that the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or in the interpretation by the relevant Governmental Authority or application thereof or compliance by such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder or under or in respect of any Letter of Credit to a level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount reasonably deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time, after submission by such Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of a written request therefor, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such corporation for such reduction.
          (c) A certificate, accompanied by such supporting information as Borrower may reasonably request, as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted by any Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section for any amounts incurred more than six months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided that, if the circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive effect, then such six-month period shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive effect. The obligations of the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
          4.10. Taxes .
          (a) All payments made by the Borrower under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future income, stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority, excluding net income taxes, franchise taxes (imposed in lieu of net income taxes) and other similar Taxes imposed on any Agent or any Lender as a result of a present or former connection between such Agent or such Lender and the jurisdiction of the

57


 

Governmental Authority imposing such tax or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (other than any such connection arising solely from such Agent or such Lender having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or any other Loan Document). If any such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings (“ Non-Excluded Taxes ”) or Other Taxes are required to be withheld from any amounts payable to any Agent or any Lender hereunder, the amounts so payable to such Agent or such Lender shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to such Agent or such Lender (after payment of all Non-Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes) interest or any such other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in the amounts specified in this Agreement, provided , however , that the Borrower shall not be required to increase any such amounts payable to any Lender with respect to any Non-Excluded Taxes (i) that are attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the requirements of paragraph (d) or (e) of this Section or (ii) that are United States withholding taxes imposed on amounts payable to such Lender at the time such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement, except to the extent that such Lender’s assignor (if any) was entitled, at the time of assignment, to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such Non-Excluded Taxes pursuant to this paragraph.
          (b) In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.
          (c) Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes are payable by the Borrower, as promptly as possible thereafter the Borrower shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own account or for the account of the relevant Agent or Lender, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt received by the Borrower showing payment thereof. If the Borrower fails to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes (after receipt of notice that such Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes are due) when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to the Administrative Agent the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, the Borrower shall indemnify the Agents and the Lenders for any incremental taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by any Agent or any Lender as a result of any such failure, except to the extent such failure results from any Agent’s or Lender’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.
          (d) Each Lender (or Transferee) that is not a “U.S. Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (a “ Non-U.S. Lender ”) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender from which the related participation shall have been purchased) two copies of either U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or Form W-8ECI, or, in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of “portfolio interest”, a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit H and a Form W-8BEN, or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto, properly completed and duly executed by such Non-U.S. Lender claiming complete exemption from, or a reduced rate of, U.S. federal withholding tax on all payments by the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Such forms shall be delivered by each Non-U.S. Lender on or before the date it becomes a party to this Agreement (or, in the case of any Participant, on or before the date such Participant purchases the related participation). In addition, each Non-U.S. Lender shall deliver such forms promptly upon the obsolescence or invalidity of any form previously delivered by such Non-U.S. Lender. Each Non-U.S. Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower

58


 

at any time it determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered certificate to the Borrower (or any other form of certification adopted by the U.S. taxing authorities for such purpose). Notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph, a Non-U.S. Lender shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this paragraph that such Non-U.S. Lender is not legally able to deliver.
          (e) A Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of non-U.S. withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law and as reasonably requested in writing by the Borrower, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate, provided that such Lender is legally entitled to complete, execute and deliver such documentation and in such Lender’s judgment such completion, execution or submission would not materially prejudice the legal position of such Lender.
          (f) If any Administrative Agent or any Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 4.10, it shall pay over such refund to the Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 4.10 with respect to the Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of such Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund) within ten (10) Business Days of such determination; provided , that the Borrower, upon the request of such Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to such Agent or such Lender in the event such Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person .
          (g) The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
          4.11. Indemnity . The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender and to hold each Lender harmless from any loss or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b) default by the Borrower in making any prepayment of or conversion from Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or (c) the making of a prepayment of Eurodollar Loans on a day that is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. Such indemnification shall include an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, converted or continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, convert or continue

59


 

to the last day of such Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest for such Loans provided for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable Margin included therein, if any) over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) that would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank eurodollar market. A certificate as to any amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted to the Borrower by any Lender shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
          4.12. Change of Lending Office . Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 4.9 or 4.10(a) with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event with the object of avoiding the consequences of such event; provided , that such designation is made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its lending office(s) to suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided , further , that nothing in this Section shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrower or the rights of any Lender pursuant to Section 4.9 or 4.10(a).
          4.13. Replacement of Lenders . The Borrower shall be permitted to replace any Lender that (a) requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 4.9, 4.10(a) or 4.15 or (b) defaults in its obligation to make Loans hereunder, with a replacement financial institution; provided that (i) such replacement does not conflict with any Requirement of Law and is an Eligible Assignee, (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement, (iii) prior to any such replacement, such Lender shall have taken no action under Section 4.12 so as to eliminate the continued need for payment of amounts owing pursuant to Section 4.9 or 4.10(a), (iv) the replacement financial institution shall purchase, at par, all Loans and other amounts owing to such replaced Lender on or prior to the date of replacement, (v) the Borrower shall be liable to such replaced Lender under Section 4.11 if any Eurodollar Loan owing to such replaced Lender shall be purchased other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto, (vi) the replacement financial institution, if not already a Revolving Lender and if it is to be a Revolving Lender upon such replacement, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (vii) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.6 ( provided that the Borrower shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein), (viii) until such time as such replacement shall be consummated, the Borrower shall pay all additional amounts (if any) required pursuant to Section 4.9 or 4.10(a), as the case may be, and (ix) any such replacement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender.
          4.14. Evidence of Debt .
          (a) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each

60


 

Loan of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.
          (b) The Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Borrower, shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 11.6(b), and a subaccount therein for each Lender, in which shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder and any Note evidencing such Loan, the Type of such Loan and each Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) both the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each Lender’s share thereof.
          (c) The entries made in the Register and the accounts of each Lender maintained pursuant to Section 4.14(a) shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded absent manifest error; provided , however , that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain the Register or any such account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to the Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
          (d) The Borrower agrees that, upon the request to the Administrative Agent by any Lender, the Borrower will execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note of the Borrower evidencing any Term Loans, Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans, as the case may be, of such Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-1, G-2 or G-3, respectively, with appropriate insertions as to date and principal amount.
          4.15. Illegality . Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Loans as contemplated by this Agreement, (a) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Eurodollar Loans, continue Eurodollar Loans as such and convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Loans shall forthwith be canceled and (b) such Lender’s Loans then outstanding as Eurodollar Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to Base Rate Loans on the respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such Loans or within such earlier period as required by law. If any such conversion of a Eurodollar Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 4.11.
SECTION 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
          To induce the Agents and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans (other than Incremental Term Loans) and issue or participate in the Letters of Credit, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to each Agent and each Lender that:
          5.1. Financial Condition .
          (a) The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet of Superholdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of June 30, 2006 (including the notes thereto) (the “ Pro Forma Balance Sheet ”), a copy of which has heretofore been made available to each

61


 

Lender, has been prepared giving effect (as if such events had occurred on such date) to (i) the consummation of the Restructuring, (ii) the Loans made on the Closing Date and the Senior Notes issued on the Closing Date and the use of proceeds thereof and (iii) the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the foregoing. The Pro Forma Balance Sheet has been prepared based on the best information available to Superholdings as of the date of delivery thereof, and presents fairly in all material respects on a pro forma basis the estimated financial position of Superholdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of June 30, 2006, assuming that the events specified in the preceding sentence had actually occurred at such date.
          (b) The audited consolidated balance sheet of Superholdings as of December 31, 2005, and the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income and stockholders’ equity for the fiscal year ended on such date, reported on by and accompanied by unqualified reports from Deloitte & Touche LLP, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Superholdings as of such date, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the fiscal year then ended. The unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet of Superholdings as of June 30, 2006, and the related unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income and cash flows for the six-month period ended on such date, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Superholdings as of such date, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the six-month period then ended (subject to normal year end audit adjustments). All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved (except as approved by the aforementioned firm of accountants and disclosed therein). As of the Closing Date, giving effect to the Transactions (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) and the issuance of the Senior Notes, no Group Member had any material Guarantee Obligations (other than Guarantee Obligations arising under or in connection with the Original Credit Agreement or the Senior Notes), contingent liabilities and liabilities for taxes, or any long term leases or unusual forward or long term commitments, including any interest rate or foreign currency swap or exchange transaction or other obligation in respect of derivatives, that are not reflected in the most recent financial statements referred to in this paragraph. During the period from June 30, 2006 to and including the Restatement Date there has been no Disposition by the Borrower of any material part of its business or property.
          5.2. No Change . Since June 30, 2006, there has been no event, development or circumstance that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          5.3. Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law . Each Group Member is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority, and has all material governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals necessary, to own its assets and to carry on its business as now conducted, and is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where failure to have such power, authority, licenses, authorizations, consents, approvals and qualifications could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.3, each Group Member is in compliance with all Governmental Requirements applicable to it or its Property and all agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its Property, and possesses all licenses, permits, franchises, exemptions, approvals and other Governmental Authorizations necessary for

62


 

the ownership of its Property and the conduct of its business, except in any of the foregoing cases where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          5.4. Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations . The Transactions are within each Group Member’s corporate, limited liability company or partnership (as applicable) powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, limited liability company or partnership (as applicable) and, if required, stockholder, member or partner (as applicable) action (including, without limitation, any action required to be taken by any class of directors of the Borrower, whether interested or disinterested, in order to ensure the due authorization of the Transactions). Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Group Member thereto and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Group Member enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law. The Transactions do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority or any other third Person (including shareholders, or any class of directors, whether interested or disinterested, of the Borrower or any other person), nor is any such consent, approval, registration, filing or other action necessary for the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or the consummation of the Transactions, except (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (ii) those third party approvals or consents listed on Schedule 5.4 which, if not made or obtained, would not cause a Default or Event of Default hereunder, (iii) such consents, approvals, registrations, filings or other actions, other than those specified in clause (iv) below, the absence of which or failure to obtain, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (iv) to the extent that the exercise of certain of the rights, powers, privileges and remedies of the Agents or the Lenders may constitute a de jure or de facto voluntary or involuntary assignment of an FCC license or a voluntary or involuntary transfer of de jure or de facto control of the holder of any such FCC license, the FCC’s prior consent thereto, and (v) the licenses issued by the FCC pursuant to the Auction 66 Acquisition have not yet been issued via a Final Order.
          5.5. No Legal Bar . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the issuance of the Letters of Credit and the borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof (a) will not violate any applicable law, regulation or any order of any Governmental Authority (except for any violation that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect) or the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of any Group Member, (b) will not violate or result in a default under any Material Contractual Obligation binding upon any Group Member or its Properties, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by such Group Member (except for any of the foregoing that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect) and (c) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any Property of any Group Member (other than Liens securing the Obligations hereunder).
          5.6. Litigation . Except as set forth on Schedule 5.6, there are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing against or affecting any Group Member (i) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination

63


 

that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) that involve any Loan Document or the Transactions.
          5.7. No Default . No Group Member is in default under or with respect to any of its Material Contractual Obligations in any respect that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
          5.8. Ownership of Property; Liens, Etc.
          (a) Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.8, each Group Member has good and defensible title to its Properties which constitute real property and good title to all its personal Properties, in each case, (i) free and clear of all Liens except Liens permitted by Section 8.3 or (ii) where the exceptions to such title should not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          (b) All material leases and agreements necessary for the conduct of the business of each Group Member are valid and subsisting, in full force and effect, and there exists no default or event or circumstance which with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would give rise to a default under any such lease or leases and which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          (c) The rights and Properties presently owned, leased or licensed by each Group Member including, without limitation, all easements and rights of way, include all rights and Properties necessary to permit such Group Member to conduct its business in all respects in the same manner as its business has been conducted prior to the date hereof, except where the failure to have such rights and Properties could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (d) None of the Group Members or any of their respective Properties or assets are subject to any Liens other than Liens permitted by Section 8.3, and such Liens as do not materially interfere with such Group Member’s ability to conduct its business and, in the aggregate, as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          5.9. Intellectual Property . Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.9, each Group Member owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents and other Intellectual Property material to its business, and, to the extent the Group Member holds title to such Intellectual Property, the use thereof by such Group Member does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except for any such failure to own, be licensed or infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          5.10. Taxes . Each Group Member has timely filed or caused to be filed all federal and other material Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which such Group Member has set aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The

64


 

charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Group Members in respect of Taxes and other governmental charges are, in the reasonable opinion of the Borrower, adequate. As of the Restatement Date, no Tax Lien has been filed and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, no claim is being asserted with respect to any such Tax. As of each date this representation is made after the Restatement Date, no Tax Lien has been filed and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, no claim is being asserted with respect to any such Tax, in each case that does not constitute an Excepted Lien.
          5.11. Federal Regulations . The Group Members are not engaged principally, or as one of its or their important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying Margin Stock. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used for any purpose which violates the provisions of Regulations T, U or X of the Board. None of the Group Members is subject to any statute, rule or regulation limiting its ability to incur indebtedness for borrowed money.
          5.12. Labor Matters . Except as, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes against any Group Member pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened; (b) hours worked by and payment made to employees of any Group Member have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Requirement of Law dealing with such matters; and (c) all payments due from any Group Member on account of employee health and welfare insurance have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of such Group Member.
          5.13. ERISA .
          (a) Except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Group Members and each ERISA Affiliate have complied in all respects with ERISA and, where applicable, the Code regarding each Plan.
          (b) Except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Plan is, and has been, maintained in compliance with ERISA and, where applicable, the Code.
          (c) To the best knowledge of the Borrower no act, omission or transaction has occurred which could reasonably be expected to result in imposition on any Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate (whether directly or indirectly) of (i) either a civil penalty assessed pursuant to subsections (c), (i) or (l) of section 502 of ERISA or a tax imposed pursuant to Chapter 43 of Subtitle D of the Code or (ii) breach of fiduciary duty liability damages under section 409 of ERISA.
          (d) No Plan or any trust created under any such Plan has been terminated in the six consecutive year period ending on the date hereof and no steps have been taken to terminate any plan. No liability to the PBGC (other than for the payment of current premiums which are not past due) has been or is expected to be incurred by any Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate with respect to any Plan. No ERISA Event with respect to any Plan has occurred.

65


 

          (e) Full payment when due has been made of all amounts which any Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate is required under the terms of each Plan or applicable law to have paid as contributions to such Plan as of the date hereof, and no accumulated funding deficiency (as defined in section 302 of ERISA and section 412 of the Code), whether or not waived, exists with respect to any Plan.
          (f) The actuarial present value of the benefit liabilities under each Plan does not, as of the end of the Borrower’s most recently ended Fiscal Year, exceed the current value of the assets (computed on a plan termination basis in accordance with Title IV of ERISA) of such Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities by any amount in excess of $10,000,000. The term “actuarial present value of the benefit liabilities” shall have the meaning specified in section 4041 of ERISA. No contribution failure has occurred with respect to any Plan sufficient to give rise to a lien under section 302(f) of ERISA in an amount equal to $10,000,000 or more.
          (g) Neither any Group Member nor any ERISA Affiliate sponsors, maintains, or contributes to an employee welfare benefit plan, as defined in section 3(1) of ERISA, including, without limitation, any such plan maintained to provide benefits to former employees of such entities, that may not be terminated by any Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate in its sole discretion at any time without any material current liability in excess of $10,000,000.
          (h) Neither any Group Member nor any ERISA Affiliate sponsors, maintains or contributes to, or has at any time in the six-year period immediately preceding the date hereof sponsored, maintained or contributed to, any Multiemployer Plan.
          (i) Neither any Group Member nor any ERISA Affiliate is required to provide security under section 401(a)(29) of the Code due to a Plan amendment that results in an increase in current liability for the Plan.
          (j) Except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, there are no going-concern unfunded actuarial liabilities, past service unfunded liabilities or solvency deficiencies with respect to any employee benefit plan that is exempt from ERISA by reason of section 4(b)(4) thereof and is sponsored, maintained, or contributed to by any Group Member or any ERISA affiliate.
          5.14. Investment Company Act . No Group Member is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
          5.15. Subsidiaries . Except as set forth on Schedule 5.15 or as disclosed to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower in writing from time to time after the Restatement Date, Holdings has no Subsidiaries, each Subsidiary of Holdings is wholly owned by Holdings or its Subsidiaries and Holdings has no Subsidiaries organized in a jurisdiction outside the United States.
          5.16. Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Tranche B Term Loans shall be used to consummate the Refinancing and refinance in full the Refinanced Indebtedness in accordance with the exercise by the Borrower of its optional prepayment rights in respect thereof and to pay related premiums, fees and expenses and for general corporate purposes. The

66


 

proceeds of any Incremental Term Loans shall be used for general corporate purposes. The proceeds of the Revolving Loans shall be used, together with the proceeds of the Swingline Loans and the Letters of Credit, for general corporate purposes.
          5.17. Environmental Matters . Except as could not in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (or with respect to (c), (d) and (e) below, where the failure to take such actions could not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect):
          (a) neither any Property of any Group Member nor the operations conducted thereon violate (i) any decree, order or requirement of any Governmental Authority or (ii) any Environmental Laws or any related Governmental Authorization.
          (b) no Property of any Group Member nor the operations currently conducted thereon or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, by any prior owner or operator of such Property or operation, are in violation of any Environmental Law or any remedial obligations under Environmental Law.
          (c) all notices, or similar Government Authorizations, if any, required to be obtained or filed in connection with the operation or use of any and all Property of each Group Member, including, without limitation, past or present treatment, storage, disposal or Release of a Hazardous Material or solid waste into the environment, have been duly obtained or filed, and each Group Member is in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such notices, and Government Authorizations.
          (d) all Hazardous Materials and solid waste, if any, generated at any and all Property of any Group Member have in the past been Released, stored, transported, treated and disposed of in accordance with Environmental Laws and so as not to pose an imminent and substantial endangerment to public health or welfare or the environment.
          (e) the Borrower has taken all steps reasonably necessary to determine and has determined that no Hazardous Materials or solid waste, have been disposed of or otherwise Released and there has been no threatened Release, on or to any Property of any Group Member except in compliance with Environmental Laws and so as not to pose an imminent and substantial endangerment to public health or welfare or the environment.
          (f) No Group Member has any known contingent liability or Remedial Work in connection with any Release or threatened Release into the environment.
          (g) No Hazardous Material Activity has been conducted either by or on behalf of Borrower, or on any Property of any Group Member in a location or manner that could require any Remedial Work.
          5.18. Accuracy of Information, etc. The Borrower has made available to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the other reports, financial statements, certificates or other information (including, without limitation, the

67


 

Confidential Information Memorandum but subject to the qualifications, limitations, exceptions and assumptions set forth therein) furnished by or on behalf of any Group Member to the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any of their Affiliates in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, taken as a whole, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that with respect to financial statements other than projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such financial statements present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Superholdings as at the dates of such financial statements; provided, further , that with respect to projected financial information and any other projections, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by the Borrower to be reasonable at the time made.
          5.19. Security Documents . (a) The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein and proceeds thereof. In the case of the Pledged Stock described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, when stock certificates representing such Pledged Stock are delivered to the Administrative Agent, and in the case of the other Collateral described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in which a Lien can be perfected by the filing of a financing statement, when financing statements specified on Schedule 5.19(a) in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 5.19(a), the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Group Members in such Collateral and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (except, in the case of Collateral other than Pledged Stock, Liens permitted by Section 8.3 and, in the case of Collateral that constitutes Pledged Stock, Liens described in clauses (a), (i) and (j) of the definition of Excepted Liens).
          (b) Each of the Mortgages is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable Lien on the Mortgaged Properties described therein and proceeds thereof, and when the Mortgages are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 5.19(b), each such Mortgage shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Group Members in the Mortgaged Properties and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations (as defined in the relevant Mortgage), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (except Liens permitted by Section 8.3). As of the Restatement Date, no Group Member owns any parcel of real property that has a value in excess of $10,000,000.
          5.20. Solvency . Each Group Member is, and after giving effect to the Transaction and the incurrence of all Indebtedness and obligations being incurred in connection herewith and therewith will be, Solvent.
          5.21. Maintenance of Properties . Except for such acts or failures to act as could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Group Members’ Properties have been maintained, operated and developed in a good and workmanlike manner

68


 

and in conformity with all Governmental Requirements and in conformity with the provisions of all leases, subleases or other contracts to which they are bound. All material improvements, fixtures and equipment owned in whole or in part by any Group Member that are necessary to conduct normal operations (ordinary wear and tear excepted) are being maintained in a state adequate to conduct normal operations, and with respect to such of the foregoing which are operated by such Group Member, in a manner consistent with such Group Member’s past practices (other than those the failure of which to maintain in accordance with this Section 5.21 could not reasonably be expect to have a Material Adverse Effect).
          5.22. Public Holding Utility Act . No Group Member is a “holding company,” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company,” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or of a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company,” or a “public utility” within the meaning of, or subject to regulation under, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005, as amended.
          5.23. Certain Fees . No broker’s or finder’s fee or commission will be payable with respect hereto or any of the Transactions.
          5.24. Certain Documents . The Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent a complete and correct copy of the Royal Street Credit Agreement, the Royal Street Security Agreement and the Royal Street Pledge Agreement and the Senior Note Indenture, including any material amendments, supplements or modifications with respect to any of the foregoing.
          5.25. Regulation H . Except as set forth on Schedule 5.19(b) as it may be supplemented from time to time, no Mortgage encumbers improved real property that is located in an area that has been identified by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development as an area having special flood hazards and in which flood insurance has been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968.
SECTION 6. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
          6.1. Conditions to the Restatement Date . The effectiveness of this Agreement and the amendment and restatement evidenced hereby, and the agreement of each Tranche B Term Lender to make the extension of credit requested to be made by it is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver in writing in accordance with Section 11.1), prior to or concurrently with the making of such extension of credit on the Restatement Date, of the following conditions precedent:
          (a) Loan Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) this Agreement, or, in the case of each Tranche B Term Lender, an Addendum, executed and delivered by each Agent, the Borrower, the Required Lenders and each Person that is a Tranche B Term Lender as of the Restatement Date after giving effect to the Refinancing, and (ii) the Reaffirmation Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, executed and delivered by each Loan Party on the Restatement Date.
          In the event that any one or more Persons have not executed and delivered an Addendum on the date scheduled to be the Restatement Date (each such Person being referred to

69


 

herein as a “ Non-Executing Person ”), the condition referred to in clause (i) above shall nevertheless be deemed satisfied if on such date the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall have designated one or more Eligible Assignees (the “ Designated Lenders ”) to assume, in the aggregate, all of the Commitments that would have been held by the Non-Executing Persons (subject to each such Designated Lender’s consent and its execution and delivery of an Addendum).
          (b) Concurrent Transactions . The Borrower shall have delivered notice to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms of Section 4.1 of the Original Credit Agreement stating (i) the Borrower’s intent to, as the case may be, optionally prepay or be deemed to have prepaid in full the Original Term Loans outstanding under the Original Credit Agreement, and (ii) that the Restatement Date shall be the effective date of such prepayment or deemed repayment.
          (c) Approvals . All governmental and other material third party approvals necessary, or in the reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent, advisable in connection with the Transactions and the continuing operations of the Group Members shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect (except to the extent that the exercise of certain of the rights, powers, privileges and remedies of the Agents or the Lenders may constitute a de jure or de facto voluntary or involuntary assignment of an FCC license or a voluntary or involuntary transfer of de jure or de facto control of the holder of any such FCC license), and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority that would restrain, prevent or otherwise impose materially adverse conditions on the Transactions or the financing contemplated hereby.
          (d) Fees . The Lenders and the Agents shall have received all fees required to be paid, and all expenses for which invoices have been presented (including the actual and reasonable fees and expenses of outside legal counsel), on or before the Restatement Date. All such amounts will be paid with proceeds of Loans made on the Restatement Date and will be reflected in the funding instructions given by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent on or before the Restatement Date.
          (e) Restatement Date Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Borrower, dated the Restatement Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit C (or such other form acceptable to the Administrative Agent).
          (f) Legal Opinions . The Administrative Agent shall have received the executed legal opinion of Baker Botts L.L.P., counsel to the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit F.
          (g) Secretary’s Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of each Group Member, dated the Restatement Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit K, with appropriate insertions and attachments including (i) the certificate of incorporation of each Loan Party that is a corporation certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party (or a certification that there have been no changes to such certificate of incorporation since its delivery on the Closing Date), and (ii) a long form good standing certificate for each Loan Party from its jurisdiction of organization.

70


 

          (h) Non-Continuing Lenders . The Administrative Agent shall have received written verification from the Borrower acceptable to the Administrative Agent that the Original Term Lenders that are not Continuing Lenders have been, or will be, paid in full all amounts required to be paid to them by the Borrower pursuant to Section 4.2(f).
          (i) Solvency Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a solvency certificate of a Financial Officer of the Loan Parties substantially in the form of Exhibit J .
          (j) Mortgages, etc . The Administrative Agent shall have received a Mortgage with respect to each Mortgaged Property, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each party thereto.
          (i) If requested by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall have received, and the title insurance company issuing the policy referred to in clause (iii) below (the “ Title Insurance Company ”) shall have received, maps or plats of an as-built survey of the sites of the Mortgaged Properties certified to the Administrative Agent and the Title Insurance Company in a manner reasonably satisfactory to them, dated a date reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Title Insurance Company by an independent professional licensed land surveyor reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Title Insurance Company, which maps or plats and the surveys on which they are based shall be made in accordance with the Minimum Standard Detail Requirements for Land Title Surveys jointly established and adopted by the American Land Title Association and the American Congress on Surveying and Mapping in 1992, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, there shall be surveyed and shown on such maps, plats or surveys the following: (A) the locations on such sites of all the buildings, structures and other improvements and the established building setback lines; (B) the lines of streets abutting the sites and width thereof; (C) all access and other easements appurtenant to the sites; (D) all roadways, paths, driveways, easements, encroachments and overhanging projections and similar encumbrances affecting the site, whether recorded, apparent from a physical inspection of the sites or otherwise known to the surveyor; (E) any encroachments on any adjoining property by the building structures and improvements on the sites; (F) if the site is described as being on a filed map, a legend relating the survey to said map; and (G) the flood zone designations, if any, in which the Mortgaged Properties are located.
          (ii) The Administrative Agent shall have received in respect of each Mortgaged Property a mortgagee’s title insurance policy (or policies) or marked up unconditional binder for such insurance. Each such policy shall (A) be in an amount reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, but in no event greater than 110% of the Fair Market Value of such Mortgaged Property; (B) be issued at ordinary rates; (C) insure that the Mortgage insured thereby creates a valid first Lien on such Mortgaged Property free and clear of all defects and encumbrances, except as disclosed therein; (D) name the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties as the insured thereunder; (E) be in the form of ALTA Loan Policy — 1970 (Amended 10/17/70 and 10/17/84) (or equivalent policies), if available; (F) contain such endorsements and

71


 

affirmative coverage as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and (G) be issued by title companies reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (including any such title companies acting as co-insurers or reinsurers, at the option of the Administrative Agent). The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that all premiums in respect of each such policy, all charges for mortgage recording tax, and all related expenses, if any, have been or will be paid.
          (iii) If requested by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall have received (A) a policy of flood insurance that (1) covers any parcel of improved Mortgaged Property that is located in a flood zone, (2) is written in an amount not less than the outstanding principal amount of the indebtedness secured by such Mortgage that is reasonably allocable to such Mortgaged Property or the maximum limit of coverage made available with respect to the particular type of property under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, whichever is less, and (3) has a term ending not later than the maturity of the Indebtedness secured by such Mortgage and (B) confirmation that the Borrower has received the notice required pursuant to Section 208(e)(3) of Regulation H of the Board.
          (iv) The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of all recorded documents referred to, or listed as exceptions to title in, the title policy or policies referred to in clause (ii) above and a copy of all other material documents affecting the Mortgaged Properties.
          (k) Miscellaneous . The Administrative Agent shall have received such other documents, agreements, certificates and information as it shall reasonably request.
          6.2. Conditions to Each Extension of Credit . The agreement of each Lender to make any extension of credit (except, with respect to clause (a) hereof, the issuance of Letters of Credit that, together with all other Letters of Credit issued pursuant to the exclusion permitted by this parenthetical, do not exceed an aggregate stated amount of $500,000) requested to be made by it on any date (including its initial extension of credit) is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver in writing in accordance with Section 11.1) of the following conditions precedent:
          (a) Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties made by any Group Member in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.
          (b) No Default . No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date or after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made on such date.
Each borrowing (other than an Incremental Term Loan) by and issuance of a Letter of Credit on behalf of the Borrower hereunder shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower

72


 

as of the date of such extension of credit that the conditions contained in this Section 6.2 have been satisfied.
SECTION 7. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
          The Borrower hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitments remain in effect, any Letter of Credit remains outstanding or any Loan or other amount is owing to any Lender or Agent hereunder, the Borrower shall and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:
          7.1. Financial Statements . Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender (except for those documents or other information posted to Intralinks by the Administrative Agent):
          (a) Annual Financial Statements . As soon as available, but in any event in accordance with then applicable law and not later than 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of Superholdings commencing with the year ended December 31, 2006, Superholdings’ and its Consolidated Subsidiaries’ audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income and comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all reported on by Deloitte & Touche LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Superholdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (except as approved by the Superholdings’ accountants and disclosed therein).
          (b) Quarterly Financial Statements . As soon as available, but in any event in accordance with then applicable law and not later than 45 days after the end of each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year of Superholdings commencing with the quarter ending March 31, 2007, in each case, Superholdings’ and its Consolidated Subsidiaries’ consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income and comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such Fiscal Quarter and the then elapsed portion of the Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous Fiscal Year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Superholdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (except as approved by Superholdings’ accountants and disclosed therein), subject to normal year-end audit adjustments.
          (c) Statements of Reconciliation after Change in Accounting Principles . If, as a result of any change in accounting principles and policies from those used in the preparation of the audited financial statements of Superholdings for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2005, the consolidated financial statements of Superholdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or 7.1(b) will differ in any material respect from the consolidated financial statements that would have been delivered pursuant to such subdivisions had no such change in accounting principles and policies been made, then, together with the first

73


 

delivery of such financial statements after such change, one or more statements of reconciliation for all such prior financial statements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent.
          (d) Reporting Company . Notwithstanding the requirements of Sections 7.1(a) through 7.1(c), if Superholdings, Holdings or the Borrower is a public reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Borrower may, in lieu of the financial reports required pursuant to Section 7.1(a) through 7.1(c), furnish only the quarterly and annual reports filed with the SEC pursuant to Section 7.2(f).
          (e) Stand Alone Information . In the case of financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 7.1(a), (b) and (d), if the combined operations of Superholdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, excluding the operations of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries and excluding Cash and Cash Equivalents, would, if held by a single Subsidiary of the Borrower, constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Borrower, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraphs will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of Superholdings and its other Consolidated Subsidiaries; provided, that the requirements of this paragraph shall not apply if Superholdings or Holdings files with the SEC the reports referred to in Section 7.1(d), and any such report contains the information required in this clause (e).
          7.2. Certificates; Other Information . Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender (or, in the case of clause (k), to the relevant Lender) (except for those documents or other information posted to Intralinks by the Administrative Agent):
          (a) concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b), a Compliance Certificate of a Financial Officer (i) containing all information and calculations necessary for determining compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 8.18, (ii) certifying as to whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred and, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (iii) stating whether any change in GAAP or in the application thereof has occurred since Superholdings’ and its Consolidated Subsidiaries’ audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005 and, if any such change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate, and (iv) certifying that the amount of any New Market Losses added back to Consolidated EBITDA in connection with any covenant calculation set forth in Section 8.18 is in accordance with the definition of New Market Losses.
          (b) as soon as available, and in any event no later than 45 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower, a detailed consolidated budget for the following Fiscal Year on a Fiscal Quarter basis (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the following Fiscal Year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow, projected changes in financial position and projected income and a description of the underlying assumptions applicable thereto), and, as soon as available, significant revisions, if any, of such budget and projections with respect to such Fiscal Year

74


 

(collectively, the “ Projections ”), which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of an Authorized Officer stating that such Projections are based on reasonable estimates, information and assumptions and that such Authorized Officer has no reason to believe that such Projections are incorrect or misleading in any material respect.
          (c) as soon as available, and in any event within 45 days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter of Superholdings (90 days, in the case of the fourth Fiscal Quarter of any Fiscal Year), a narrative discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of Superholdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such Fiscal Quarter, as compared to the comparable periods of the previous year. Such analysis and narrative shall include operating data of the nature disclosed by the Borrower in the Confidential Information Memorandum (which shall include, without limitation, revenues, service revenues, ARPU, CPU, CPGA, adjusted EBITDA, subscriber counts, penetration, churn, covered POPS and capital expenditures), provided that this clause (c) shall not apply, and the Borrower need not comply with this clause (c), at any time that Superholdings, Holdings or the Borrower is then a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided further , however , if the combined operations of Superholdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, excluding the operations of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries and excluding Cash and Cash Equivalents, would, if held by a single Subsidiary of the Borrower, constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Borrower, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraphs will include a reasonably detailed presentation of the narrative discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of Superholdings and its other Consolidated Subsidiaries; provided, further , that the requirements of this paragraph shall not apply if Superholdings or Holdings files with the SEC the reports referred to in this covenant, and any such report contains the information required in this paragraph.
          (d) no later than five (5) Business Days prior to the effectiveness thereof, copies of substantially final drafts of any material proposed amendment, supplement, waiver or other modification with respect to the Senior Note Indenture.
          (e) promptly upon receipt thereof, a copy of each other report or letter (except standard and customary correspondence or requests for information) submitted to Superholdings or any of its Subsidiaries by independent accountants in connection with any annual, interim or special audit made by them of the books of Superholdings or any such Subsidiary, and a copy of any response by the Borrower or any such Subsidiary, or the board of directors of Superholdings or any such Subsidiary, to such letter or report.
          (f) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Superholdings or any of its Subsidiaries with the SEC, or with any national securities exchange, as applicable and as the case may be.
          (g) promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any material financial statement, report or notice furnished to or by any Person pursuant to the terms of any preferred

75


 

stock designation (other than capital call notices and communications related thereto), indenture, loan or credit or other similar agreement to which a Group Member is the borrower or the issuer, other than this Agreement and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to any other provision of this Section 7.2.
          (h) prompt written notice of the occurrence of any Recovery Event or the commencement of any action or proceeding that could reasonably be expected to result in a Recovery Event.
          (i) prompt written notice (and in any event no less than ten (10) Business Days prior thereto) of any change (i) in Holdings or any Group Member’s corporate name or in any trade name used to identify such Person in the conduct of its business or in the ownership of its Properties, (ii) in the location of Holdings’ or any Group Member’s chief executive office or principal place of business, (iii) in Holdings’ or any Group Member’s identity or corporate structure or in the jurisdiction in which such Person is incorporated or formed, (iv) in Holdings or any Group Member’s jurisdiction of organization or such Person’s organizational identification number in such jurisdiction of organization, and (v) in Holdings or any Group Member’s federal taxpayer identification number.
          (j) promptly, but in any event within five (5) Business Days after the execution thereof, copies of any amendment, modification or supplement to the certificate or articles of incorporation, by-laws, any preferred stock designation or any other charter document of any Group Member.
          (k) promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of any Group Member (including, without limitation, any Plan or Multiemployer Plan and any reports or other information required to be filed under ERISA), or compliance with the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request in a written notice given in accordance with Section 11.2.
          7.3. Payment of Obligations . Pay its obligations, including Tax liabilities before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) the applicable Group Member has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (c) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or result in the seizure or levy of any material Property of any Group Member.
          7.4. Maintenance of Existence; Compliance . (a) Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business and maintain, if necessary, its qualification to do business in each other jurisdiction in which its Properties are located or the ownership of its Properties requires such qualification, except where the failure to do any of the foregoing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, conversion, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 8.4; and (b) comply with Material Contractual Obligations and all laws, rules,

76


 

regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its Property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          7.5. Maintenance of Property; Insurance .
          (a) operate its Properties or cause such Properties to be operated in a careful and efficient manner in accordance with the practices of the industry and in compliance with all Material Contractual Obligations and in compliance with all Governmental Requirements, including, without limitation, applicable pro ration requirements and Environmental Laws, and all applicable laws, rules and regulations of every other Governmental Authority from time to time constituted to regulate the development and operation of its Properties, except, in each case, where the failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (b) keep and maintain all Property used in to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and preserve, maintain and keep in good repair, working order and efficiency (ordinary wear and tear excepted) all of its Properties, including, without limitation, all equipment, machinery and facilities, except where such a failure could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          (c) promptly pay and discharge, or make reasonable and customary efforts to cause to be paid and discharged, all rentals, royalties, expenses and indebtedness accruing under the leases or other agreements affecting or pertaining to Properties and will do all commercially reasonable things necessary to keep unimpaired their rights with respect thereto and prevent any forfeiture or termination thereunder, except where such a failure could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          (d) promptly perform or make reasonable and customary efforts to cause to be performed, in accordance with industry standards, the obligations required by each and all of the assignments, deeds, leases, sub-leases, contracts and agreements affecting its interests in its Properties, except where such a failure could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          (e) to the extent the Borrower is not the operator of any Property, use reasonable efforts to cause the operator to comply with this Section 7.5, except where such a failure could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          (f) maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance in such amounts and against such risks which in the reasonable business judgment of the Borrower are appropriate for companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.
          7.6. Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions .
          (a) Keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with (i) GAAP and (ii) in all material respects Requirements of Law, are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities, and

77


 

          (b) Permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, upon reasonable prior written notice, and as coordinated by each Lender through the Administration Agent, to visit and inspect its Properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as reasonably requested on an individual and aggregate basis.
          7.7. Notices . Promptly give notice to the Administrative Agent and each Lender of:
          (a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;
          (b) the filing or commencement of, or the threat in writing of, any action, suit, proceeding, investigation or arbitration by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against any Group Member not previously disclosed in writing to the Lenders or any material adverse development in any action, suit, proceeding, investigation or arbitration previously disclosed to the Lenders that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in liability in excess of $10,000,000;
          (c) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Group Members in an aggregate amount exceeding $10,000,000; and
          (d) any other development that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.
Each notice pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be accompanied by a statement of an Authorized Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower or the relevant Subsidiary proposes to take with respect thereto.
          7.8. Environmental Laws .
          (a) At the Borrower’s sole expense:
          (i) cause its Properties and operations to comply with all applicable Environmental Laws, the breach of which could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
          (ii) not perform any Hazardous Material Activity or dispose of or otherwise Release any Hazardous Material or solid waste on, under, about or from any of the Group Members’ Properties or any other Property to the extent caused by the Group Members’ operations except in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws, the performance, disposal or Release of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
          (iii) timely obtain or file all notices, or Governmental Authorizations, if any, required under applicable Environmental Laws to be obtained or filed in connection

78


 

with the operation or use of the Group Members’ Properties, which failure to obtain or file could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and
          (iv) promptly commence and diligently prosecute to completion any assessment, evaluation, investigation, monitoring, containment, cleanup, removal, repair, restoration, remediation or other remedial obligations (collectively, the “ Remedial Work ”) in the event any Remedial Work is required or reasonably necessary under applicable Environmental Laws because of or in connection with the actual or suspected past, present or future disposal or other Release of any Hazardous Materials or solid waste on, under, about or from any of the Group Members’ Properties or by any Group Member, which failure to commence and diligently prosecute to completion could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (b) promptly, but in no event later than ten Business Days of the occurrence of a triggering event, notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any threatened action, investigation or inquiry by any Governmental Authority or any threatened demand or lawsuit by any landowner or other third party against the Group Members or their Properties of which the Borrower has knowledge in connection with any applicable Environmental Laws (excluding routine testing and corrective action) if the Borrower reasonably anticipates that such action will result in liability (whether individually or in the aggregate) in excess of $10,000,000 not fully covered by insurance, subject to normal deductibles.
          (c) undertake reasonable environmental audits and tests in accordance with reasonable industry standards upon the request of the Administrative Agent no more than once per year in the absence of any Event of Default (or as otherwise required to be obtained by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders by any Governmental Authority).
          7.9. Interest Rate Protection . In the case of the Borrower, within 90 days after the Closing Date, enter into, and thereafter maintain, Hedge Agreements to the extent necessary to provide that at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans and the Senior Notes is subject to either a fixed interest rate or interest rate protection (including swaps and/or caps or collars) for a period of not less than three years, which Hedge Agreements shall, if such Hedge Agreements constitute Specified Hedge Agreements, have terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
          7.10. Additional Collateral, etc. (a) With respect to any property acquired after the Closing Date by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor (other than (w) leasehold interests in real property, (x) any property described in paragraph (b) or (c) below, (y) any property subject to a Lien securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 8.2(m) and (z) as otherwise provided in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) as to which the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, does not have a perfected Lien, promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or such other documents as the Administrative Agent deems reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in such property and (ii) take all actions reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest in such property, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code

79


 

financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or by law or as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.
          (b) With respect to any fee interest in any real property having a value (together with improvements thereof) of at least $10,000,000 acquired after the Closing Date by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, promptly (i) execute and deliver a first priority Mortgage, in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, covering such real property, (ii) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, provide the Secured Parties with (x) title and extended coverage insurance covering such real property in an amount at least equal to the purchase price of such real property (or such other amount as shall be reasonably specified by the Administrative Agent) as well as a current ALTA survey thereof, together with a surveyor’s certificate and (y) will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any consents or estoppels reasonably deemed necessary or advisable by the Administrative Agent in connection with such Mortgage, each of the foregoing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (iii) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to such Mortgage, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
          (c) With respect to any new domestic Wholly-Owned Subsidiary created or acquired after the Closing Date by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest in the Capital Stock of such new Subsidiary that is owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent the certificates, if any, representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly Authorized Officer of the relevant Group Member, (iii) cause such new Subsidiary (A) to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (B) to take such actions necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a perfected first priority security interest in the Collateral described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with respect to such new Subsidiary, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or by law or as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent and (C) to deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of such Subsidiary, substantially in the form of Exhibit C (or such other form acceptable to the Administrative Agent), with appropriate insertions and attachments, and (iv) if requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
          7.11. Further Assurances . Promptly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent all such other documents, agreements and instruments reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to comply with, cure any defects or accomplish the conditions precedent, covenants and agreements of the Group Members in the Loan Documents, including the Notes, or to correct any omissions in this Agreement.

80


 

          7.12. ERISA Compliance . Promptly furnish to the Administrative Agent (i) promptly after the filing thereof with the United States Secretary of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service or the PBGC, copies of each annual and other report with respect to each Plan or any trust created thereunder, (ii) promptly upon becoming aware of the occurrence of any ERISA Event or of any “prohibited transaction,” as described in section 406 of ERISA or in section 4975 of the Code, in connection with any Plan or any trust created thereunder, a written notice signed by the President or the principal Financial Officer, the Subsidiary or the ERISA Affiliate, as the case may be, specifying the nature thereof, what action the Borrower, the Subsidiary or the ERISA Affiliate is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto, and, when known, any action taken or proposed by the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor or the PBGC with respect thereto, and (iii) promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of any notice of the PBGC’s intention to terminate or to have a trustee appointed to administer any Plan. With respect to each Plan, the Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary and ERISA Affiliate to, (a) satisfy in full and in a timely manner, without incurring any late payment or underpayment charge or penalty and without giving rise to any lien, all of the contribution and funding requirements of section 412 of the Code (determined without regard to subsections (d), (e), (f) and (k) thereof) and of section 302 of ERISA (determined without regard to sections 303, 304 and 306 of ERISA), and (b) pay, or cause to be paid, to the PBGC in a timely manner, without incurring any late payment or underpayment charge or penalty, all premiums required pursuant to sections 4006 and 4007 of ERISA and (c) maintain each Plan in material compliance with ERISA and the Code, as applicable.
          7.13. Lender Meetings . Upon the request of Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, participate in a meeting of Administrative Agent and Lenders once during each Fiscal Year to be held at the Borrower’s corporate offices (or at such other location as may be agreed to by the Borrower and Administrative Agent) at such time as may be agreed to by the Borrower and Administrative Agent.
          7.14. Royal Street Loan Documents . The Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent with copies of all material written notices and, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, financial statements received and delivered pursuant to the Royal Street Credit Agreement and all ancillary agreements related thereto.
SECTION 8. NEGATIVE COVENANTS
          The Borrower hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitments remain in effect, any Letter of Credit remains outstanding or any Loan or other amount is owing to any Lender or Agent hereunder, the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
          8.1. Acquisitions . Enter into or consummate any Acquisition other than Permitted Acquisitions.
          8.2. Indebtedness . Create, issue, incur, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

81


 

          (a) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to any Loan Document, not including amounts incurred pursuant to Section 2.4;
          (b) Indebtedness associated with worker’s compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, performance bonds, completion bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds and surety bonds or similar bonds or other obligations in the ordinary course of business, and any guarantees or letters of credit functioning as or supporting any of the foregoing;
          (c) intercompany Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor in connection with a loan made by any Loan Party to the Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor, evidenced by the Subordinated Intercompany Note; provided that such Indebtedness is not held, assigned, transferred, negotiated or pledged to any Person other than the Secured Parties pursuant to the Subordinated Intercompany Note;
          (d) endorsements of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business;
          (e) Guarantee Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor;
          (f) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 8.2(f) and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof with Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;
          (g) Indebtedness and obligations in respect of Hedge Agreements permitted under Section 8.10;
          (h) obligations in respect of letters of credit required to be issued (i) for the benefit of C9 Wireless, LLC (or its successors and assigns) in accordance with the Royal Street Agreements or (ii) up to an aggregate amount of $25,000,000, for the benefit of any Person that controls a Person in which the Borrower or any Subsidiary makes an Investment permitted by clause (x) or (xiv) of the definition of Permitted Investments (provided such Person in which such Investment was made shall have granted to the Borrower or the Subsidiary making such Investment a sole first priority Lien on substantially all of its assets (except (x) as may be limited by a Requirement of Law or (y) for Other Approved Liens)) to secure any put right for the benefit of the Person controlling such Person;
          (i) (i) Indebtedness of the Borrower in respect of the Senior Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000,000 and (ii) Guarantee Obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors in respect of such Indebtedness;
          (j) Indebtedness for relocation or clearing obligations relating to the Borrower’s or any Subsidiary Guarantor’s FCC licenses in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding not to exceed $50,000,000;
          (k) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted by clauses (i) and (j) of the definition of Excepted Liens;

82


 

          (l) the guarantee by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower that was permitted by another provision of this Section 8.2;
          (m) Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing (whether prior to or within 270 days after) all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or equipment or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets used in the business of the Borrower or any of Subsidiary Guarantor, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (m), not to exceed the greater of (a) $150,000,000 and (b) 3.0% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries on the date such Indebtedness in incurred, at any time outstanding;
          (n) additional secured Indebtedness (it being understood that once such Indebtedness is properly incurred pursuant to this clause it shall at all times thereafter be permitted to exist pursuant to this clause) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, so long as at the time of incurrence (assuming all Revolving Commitments are fully funded) the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for the Borrower’s most recently ended four Fiscal Quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional secured Indebtedness is incurred would be in accordance with, and as set forth in, the applicable Compliance Certificate, has been no greater than the ratio set forth in Section 8.18(a) for such period as if such covenant were at the time of incurrence in effect, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if such additional secured Indebtedness had been incurred at the beginning of such four-Fiscal Quarter period; provided that if such Indebtedness is secured by Liens that are pari passu with those in favor of the Secured Parties, such Indebtedness must be incurred pursuant to Section 2.4 hereof; provided further , that if such Indebtedness is secured by Liens that are junior to those in favor of the Secured Parties, such Indebtedness shall (1) have a greater Weighted Average Life to Maturity than the Tranche B Term Loans, (2) not mature prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date, (3) have covenants less restrictive than those set forth herein (taken as a whole), and (4) be subject to an intercreditor agreement to be entered into by the Administrative Agent and the agent or other representative for the holders of such Indebtedness, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent;
          (o) additional unsecured Indebtedness (it being understood that once such Indebtedness is properly incurred pursuant to this clause it shall at all times thereafter be permitted to exist pursuant to this clause) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor so long as at the time of incurrence (assuming all Revolving Commitments are fully funded), the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio for the Borrower’s most recently ended four Fiscal Quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional unsecured Indebtedness is incurred would be in accordance with, and as set forth in, the applicable Compliance Certificate, has been no greater than the ratio set forth in Section 8.18(b) for such period as if such covenant were at the time of incurrence in effect determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if such

83


 

additional unsecured Indebtedness had been incurred at the beginning of such four-Fiscal Quarter period; and
          (p) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted to be incurred under clauses (i), (j), (k), (n), (o) or (p) of this Section 8.2.
For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 8.2, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories described in the clauses above, or is otherwise entitled to be incurred pursuant to this Section, the Borrower will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section. The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section; provided , in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Consolidated Interest Expense as accrued. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may incur pursuant to this Section shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be: (i) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; (ii) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on assets of a Group Member, the lesser of (A) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination and (B) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person; and (iii) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness.
          8.3. Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for:
          (a) Liens securing the Obligations under the Loan Documents; and
          (b) Excepted Liens.
          8.4. Fundamental Changes . Merge into or with or consolidate with any other Person, or sell, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the Property of the Group Members, taken as a whole, to any other Person (any such transaction, a “consolidation”), provided that any Subsidiary may participate in a consolidation, merger, sale or otherwise with the Borrower ( provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person or the Person that acquires the Property in question) or with any Person ( provided that the continuing or surviving Person or Person that acquires the Property in question is a Subsidiary Guarantor or becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor under Section 7.10).
          8.5. Disposition of Property . Sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets (with the consideration received for

84


 

such properties or assets at least equal to the Fair Market Value thereof), to another Person, except:
          (a) to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor (or a Person that becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor immediately following such sale, assignment or transfer);
          (b) Asset Sales and sales of Capital Stock so long as the Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale or sale of Capital Stock are applied in accordance with Section 4.2(b); and
          (c) Property described in clauses (i)-(viii) of the definition of Asset Sale.
           provided , that:
          (i) with respect to any Asset Sale or series of related Asset Sales involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10,000,000, the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent a resolution of the Borrower’s or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor’s board of directors (or similar governing body) set forth in an officers’ certificate certifying that such Asset Sale has been approved by the Borrower’s or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor’s board of directors (or similar governing body); and
          (ii) with respect to any Asset Sale or series of related Asset Sales involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50,000,000, the approval of the board of directors (or similar governing body) required by clause (i) above must be based on an opinion or appraisal from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of recognized standing.
          8.6. Restricted Payments . Permit any Restricted Payment, except that:
          (a) so long as (i) no Default has occurred or is continuing or would result from such Restricted Payment, (ii) after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Borrower would be permitted to incur an additional dollar of Indebtedness under Section 8.2(o), (iii) after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for the Borrower’s most recently ended four Fiscal Quarter period would have been no greater than the ratio set forth in Section 8.18(a) for such period, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of such period, and (iv) such Restricted Payment, together with all other Restricted Payments (excluding Restricted Payments made pursuant to Sections 8.6(b)(2), (3), (4), (6), (7), (8), (9) and (11)) since the beginning of the most recent Fiscal Quarter of the Borrower commencing after the Closing Date, is less than the Restricted Payment Cap, then the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments.
          (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.6(a), so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make, do, take or otherwise effectuate the following actions:
          (1) the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration

85


 

or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;
          (2) make any Restricted Payment out of the Net Cash Proceeds from the substantially concurrent sale of Capital Stock to Holdings by the Borrower or from the substantially concurrent contribution by Holdings of capital to the Borrower in respect of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any such Net Cash Proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment shall be excluded from clause (B) of the definition of Restricted Payment Cap;
          (3) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of the Senior Notes or any Subordinated Indebtedness with the Net Cash Proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the amount of any such Net Cash Proceeds that are utilized for any such defeasance, redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of Indebtedness will be excluded from clause (B) of the definition of Restricted Payment Cap;
          (4) the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution) by any Subsidiary of the Borrower to the holders of its Capital Stock on a pro rata basis;
          (5) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Capital Stock of any Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor held by any current or former officer, director or employee of any Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholders’ agreement or similar agreement; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Capital Stock shall not exceed $5,000,000 in any twelve-month period;
          (6) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise or exchange of stock options, warrants or other similar rights to the extent such Capital Stock represent a portion of the exercise or exchange price of those stock options, and the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock made in lieu of withholding taxes resulting from the exercise or exchange of stock options, warrants or other similar rights;
          (7) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of any Subsidiary of the Borrower, or any class or series of preferred stock of a Subsidiary of the Borrower, in each case issued after the Closing Date, so long as the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio for the Borrower’s most recently ended four-Fiscal Quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such dividend payment is made would in accordance with, and as

86


 

set forth in, the applicable Compliance Certificate, have been no greater than the ratio set forth in Section 8.18(b) for such period, assuming such ratio were required to be tested for such period, determined on a pro forma basis, as if such dividend payment had been made at the beginning of such four-Fiscal Quarter period;
          (8) Permitted Payments to any Parent;
          (9) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Capital Stock of Superholdings to the extent necessary to comply with law or to prevent the loss or to secure the renewal or reinstatement of any FCC license held by Superholdings or any of its Subsidiaries;
          (10) make required distributions or payments to Royal Street in accordance with the Royal Street Agreements; and
          (11) other Restricted Payments not to exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate since the Closing Date.
          The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the assets or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 8.6 will be determined as follows:
               (i) with respect to any Restricted Payment or series of related Restricted Payments involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10,000,000, a resolution of the Borrower’s or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor’s board of directors (or similar governing body) set forth in an officers’ certificate certifying that such Restricted Payment has been approved by the Borrower’s or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor’s board of directors (or similar governing body); and
               (ii) with respect to any Restricted Payment or series of related Restricted Payments involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50,000,000, the approval of the board of directors (or similar governing body) required by clause (i) above must be based on an opinion or appraisal from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of recognized standing.
          8.7. Modifications of Certain Debt Instruments . Amend, modify, waive or otherwise change, or consent or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or other change to (a) the Royal Street Credit Agreement, Royal Street Security Agreement or Royal Street Pledge Agreement that materially adversely affects the Liens granted to any Group Member pursuant to the Royal Street Credit Agreement, Royal Street Security Agreement or Royal Street Pledge Agreement without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent; (b) any of the material terms of the Senior Notes or any Subordinated Indebtedness or any related documents providing for the subordination thereof (other than any such amendment, modification, waiver or other change that (i) would extend the maturity or reduce the amount of any payment of principal thereof or reduce the rate or extend any date for payment of interest thereon and (ii) does not

87


 

involve the payment of a consent fee); or (c) any agreement relating to Liens granted to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor by a Person in which such Loan Party has made an Investment pursuant to clause (x) or (xiv) of the definition of Permitted Investments that materially adversely affects the Liens granted to such Loan Party pursuant to any such agreement without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.
          8.8. Transactions with Affiliates . Enter into any transaction, including, without limitation, any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of Property or the rendering of any service, with any Affiliate unless such transactions are otherwise not prohibited by this Agreement and are upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to it than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate (it being understood that transactions with any Affiliate involving the transfer of Property (including sale-leaseback transactions) at book value shall be deemed to be fair and reasonable). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the following items will not be prohibited by the provisions of the preceding sentence:
     (1) any employment agreement, employee benefit plan, agreement or plan relating to employee or officer compensation, officer or director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries existing on the Closing Date (other than any Plans), or entered into thereafter in the ordinary course of business, and any indemnitees or other transactions permitted or required by bylaw, statutory provisions or any of the foregoing agreements, plans or arrangements and payments pursuant thereto;
     (2) transactions between or among the Loan Parties;
     (3) payment of reasonable directors’ fees;
     (4) any issuance of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower to Holdings;
     (5) any receipt of any capital contribution from, any Affiliate of the Borrower;
     (6) transactions with Royal Street in accordance with the applicable Royal Street Agreements, transactions with any Person in which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has a Permitted Joint Venture Investment and transactions in connection with any Person in which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has made an Investment pursuant to clause (xiv) of the definition of Permitted Investments (provided such Person in which such Investment was made shall have granted to the Borrower or the Subsidiary making such Investment a sole first priority Lien on substantially all of its assets (except (x) as may be limited by a Requirement of Law or (y) for Other Approved Liens));
     (7) any Permitted Investments or Restricted Payments that do not violate the provisions of this Agreement; and
     (8) any contracts, agreements or understandings existing as of the Closing Date and disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements of Superholdings for the year ended December 31, 2005 or for the nine months ended September 30, 2006,

88


 

and any amendments to or replacements of such contracts, agreements or understandings so long as any such amendment or replacement, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Borrower or to the Lenders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Closing Date.
          8.9. Sales and Leasebacks . Except for sale and leaseback transactions with consideration of less than $20,000,000 in the aggregate for all such transactions, enter into any arrangement with any Person (other than (a) among the Borrower and one or more Subsidiary Guarantors or (b) among the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor and Royal Street or any Person in which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has made an Investment pursuant to clause (x) or (xiv) of the definition of Permitted Investments (provided such Person in which such Investment was made shall have granted to the Borrower or the Subsidiary making such Investment a sole first priority Lien on substantially all of its assets (except (x) as may be limited by a Requirement of Law or (y) for Other Approved Liens))) providing for the leasing by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Property that has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor to such Person or to any other Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such property or rental obligations of the Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor.
          8.10. Hedge Agreements. Enter into any Hedge Agreement, except (a) Hedge Agreements entered into to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary has actual exposure (other than those in respect of Capital Stock), (b) Hedge Agreements entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (c) any Eurodollar cap purchased with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, and (d) Hedge Agreements required pursuant to Section 7.9.
          8.11. Changes in Fiscal Year . Change its Fiscal Year-end from December 31.
          8.12. Negative Pledge Clauses; Subsidiary Distributions . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist (except as may exist as of the date hereof) any contract, agreement or understanding which in any way prohibits or restricts (i) the ability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower to create, incur or permit any Lien upon any of its Property (other than Liens permitted by Section 8.3), (ii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower from paying dividends or making distributions, loans or advances to the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, or which requires the consent of or notice to other Persons in connection with the paying of dividends or the making of distributions or (iii) the ability of any Subsidiary to transfer any of its assets to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided, however , that the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions arising under or by reason of (a) this Agreement, (b) any leases or licenses or similar contracts as they affect any Property or Lien subject to a lease or license, (c) the Senior Note Indenture, (d) agreements or instruments governing Excluded Indebtedness and Capital Stock and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of these agreements or instruments permitted hereunder; provided that the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend, other payment and asset transfer restrictions than those contained in those agreements or instruments on the Closing Date,

89


 

(e) applicable law, rule, regulation or order, (f) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred or issued in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Agreement to be incurred, (g) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business, (h) any instrument governing any secured Indebtedness or Capital Lease Obligation that imposes restrictions on the assets securing such Indebtedness or the subject of such lease of the nature described in clause (iii) above, (i) Excepted Liens that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens, (j) customary provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into with the approval of the Borrower’s Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements, and (k) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.
          8.13. International Operations; Foreign Subsidiaries . Acquire or make any other expenditure (whether such expenditure is capital, operating or otherwise) in or related to, any Property which after consummation of such acquisition will not be located within the geographical boundaries of the United States, including any equity interests in a Subsidiary or any other Person not incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction within the United States.
          8.14. Limitation on Leases . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any obligation for the payment of rent or hire of Property of any kind whatsoever under leases or lease agreements (other than leases of real property entered into in the ordinary course of business) which would cause the aggregate amount of all payments made by the Group Members pursuant to all such leases or lease agreements, including, without limitation, any residual payments at the end of any lease, to exceed $20,000,000 in any period of twelve consecutive calendar months during the life of such leases.
          8.15. ERISA Compliance . (a) Engage in, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to engage in, any transaction in connection with which the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate could be subjected to either a civil penalty assessed pursuant to subsections (c), (i) or (l) of section 502 of ERISA or a tax imposed by Chapter 43 of Subtitle D of the Code, if either of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (b) Terminate, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to terminate, any Plan in a manner, or take any other action with respect to any Plan, which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of any Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate to the PBGC if any such liability could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          (c) Fail to make, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to fail to make, full payment when due of all amounts which, under the provisions of any Plan, agreement relating thereto or applicable law, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate is required to pay

90


 

as contributions thereto if such failure could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (d) Permit to exist, or allow any ERISA Affiliate to permit to exist, any accumulated funding deficiency within the meaning of section 302 of ERISA or section 412 of the Code, whether or not waived, with respect to any Plan which exceeds $10,000,000.
          (e) Permit, or allow any ERISA Affiliate to permit, the actuarial present value of the benefit liabilities under any Plan maintained by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate which is regulated under Title IV of ERISA to exceed the current value of the assets (computed on a plan termination basis in accordance with Title IV of ERISA) of such Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities by an amount in excess of $10,000,000. The term “actuarial present value of the benefit liabilities” shall have the meaning specified in section 4041 of ERISA.
          (f) Contribute to or assume an obligation to contribute to, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to contribute to or assume an obligation to contribute to, any Multiemployer Plan.
          (g) Acquire, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to acquire, an interest in any Person that causes such Person to become an ERISA Affiliate with respect to the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate if such Person sponsors, maintains or contributes to, or at any time in the six-year period preceding such acquisition has sponsored, maintained, or contributed to, (i) any Multiemployer Plan, or (ii) any other Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA under which the actuarial present value of the benefit liabilities under such Plan exceeds the current value of the assets (computed on a plan termination basis in accordance with Title IV of ERISA) of such Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities by any amount in excess of $10,000,000.
          (h) Incur, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to incur, a liability to or on account of a Plan under sections 515, 4062, 4063, 4064, 4201 or 4204 of ERISA if such liability could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (i) Contribute to or assume an obligation to contribute to, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to contribute to or assume an obligation to contribute to, any employee welfare benefit plan, as defined in section 3(1) of ERISA, including, without limitation, any such plan maintained to provide benefits to former employees of such entities, that may not be terminated by such entities in their sole discretion at any time without any material current liability in excess of $10,000,000.
          (j) Amend, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to amend, a Plan resulting in a material increase in current liability such that any Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate is required to provide security to such Plan under section 401(a)(29) of the Code.
          8.16. Environmental Matters . (a) Cause or permit any of its Property by its Hazardous Materials Activities or other actions or by Hazardous Materials Activities or other actions of third parties under its control, to be in violation of, or do anything or permit anything to be done which will subject any such Property to any Remedial Work under any applicable

91


 

Environmental Laws, assuming disclosure to the applicable Governmental Authority of all relevant facts, conditions and circumstances, if any, pertaining to such Property where such violations or remedial obligations could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) take reasonable actions to prevent their respective Property from being in violation or the subject of remedial obligations in clause (a) above.
          8.17. Subsidiaries . (a) Create or acquire any additional Subsidiary unless the Borrower gives written notice to the Administrative Agent of such creation or acquisition and complies with Section 7.10, (b) sell, assign or otherwise dispose of any Capital Stock in any Subsidiary except in compliance with Section 8.5, (c) have any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries organized in a jurisdiction in the United States, or (d) have any Subsidiaries that own Capital Stock in any Group Member, unless such Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor hereunder.
          8.18. Financial Condition Covenants .
          (a) Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio . Permit the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio as at the last day of any period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters of the Borrower ending after the Closing Date to be greater than 4.5x.
          (b) Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio . Permit the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as at the last day of any period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters of the Borrower ending with the last day of any Fiscal Quarter set forth below to exceed the ratio set forth below opposite such Fiscal Quarter:
         
    Consolidated Total
Fiscal Quarter Ending   Leverage Ratio
From the Closing Date through March 31, 2008
    7.0x  
From June 30, 2008 through March 31, 2009
    6.5x  
From June 30, 2009 and thereafter
    6.0x  
          ; provided however , that the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall be tested only at the last day of any such four Fiscal Quarter period when Total Revolving Extensions of Credit (without giving effect to any Additional Stated LC Amount) are in excess of $25,000,000 on an average daily basis during the last Fiscal Quarter of such four Fiscal Quarter period.
          (c) Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for any period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters of the Borrower (or, if less, the number of full Fiscal Quarters subsequent to the Closing Date) ending with the last day of any Fiscal Quarter set forth below to be less than the ratio set forth below opposite such Fiscal Quarter:
         
    Consolidated Fixed
Fiscal Quarter Ending   Charge Coverage Ratio
From September 30, 2007 through December 31, 2007
    1.10x  
From March 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008
    1.25x  
From March 31, 2009 and thereafter
    1.50x  

92


 

          ; provided , however , that the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be tested only at the last day of any such four Fiscal Quarter Period when Total Revolving Extensions of Credit (without giving effect to any Additional Stated LC Amount) are in excess of $25,000,000 on an average daily basis during the last Fiscal Quarter of such four Fiscal Quarter period.
          8.19. Lines of Business . Enter into any business, either directly or through any Subsidiary, except for those businesses in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this Agreement or that are reasonably related thereto or are related to the telecommunications industry.
SECTION 9. EVENTS OF DEFAULT
          If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing:
          (a) Failure to Make Payments When Due . Failure by the Borrower to pay (i) when due any principal of any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, by notice of voluntary prepayment, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise; or (ii) any interest on any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation or any fee or any other amount due hereunder within five days after the date due; or
          (b) Default in Other Agreements . (i) Failure of any Loan Party to pay when due any principal of or interest on or any other amount payable in respect of one or more items of Indebtedness (including any Hedge Agreement, but excluding any Indebtedness referred to in Section 9(a)), in each case beyond the grace period, if any, provided therefore and aggregating $10,000,000 or more; or (ii) breach or default by any Loan Party with respect to any other material term of (1) one or more items of Indebtedness in the individual or aggregate principal amount referred to in clause (i) above or (2) any loan agreement, mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating to such item(s) of Indebtedness in the individual or aggregate principal amount referred to in clause (i) above, in each case beyond the grace period, if any, provided therefor, if the effect of such breach or default is to cause, or permit the holder or beneficiary of such Indebtedness to cause, with the giving of notice if required, that Indebtedness to become or be declared due and payable (or redeemable or subject to a mandatory offer to purchase by the obligor thereon) prior to its stated maturity or the stated maturity of any underlying obligation, as the case may be; or
          (c) Breach of Certain Covenants . Failure of any Group Member to perform or comply with any term or condition contained in (i) Section 5.16, Section 7.4(a) (with respect to the Borrower only), Section 7.7(a), Section 7.10 or Section 8 of this Agreement or (ii) Section 5.12 or Section 5.13 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; provided, however , that a failure to perform or comply with any term or condition in Section 8.3 which occurs solely by reason of the existence of purchase money Liens on Property (other than real property) purchased by any Group Member, securing amounts payable related to such Property in an

93


 

amount exceeding $150,000,000, shall not constitute an Event of Default if such failure is remedied not later than 10 days from the date of such failure; or
          (d) Breach of Representations, etc. Any representation, warranty, certification or other statement made or deemed made by any Loan Party in any Loan Document or in any statement or certificate at any time given by any Loan Party in writing pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall be inaccurate in any material respect as of the date made or deemed made; or
          (e) Other Defaults Under Loan Documents . Any Loan Party shall default in the performance of or compliance with any term contained herein or any of the other Loan Documents, other than any such term referred to in any other Section of this Section 9, and such default shall not have been remedied or waived within thirty days after the earlier of (i) a Financial Officer of the Borrower obtaining actual knowledge of such default or (ii) receipt by the Borrower of notice from Administrative Agent or any Lender of such default; or
          (f) Involuntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc. (i) A court of competent jurisdiction shall enter a final decree or order for relief in respect of any Loan Party in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect, which decree or order is not stayed; or any other similar relief shall be granted under any applicable federal or state law; or (ii) an involuntary case shall be commenced against any Loan Party under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect; or a decree or order of a court having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, sequestrator, trustee, custodian or other officer having similar powers over any Loan Party, or over all or a substantial part of its property, shall have been entered; or there shall have occurred the involuntary appointment of an interim receiver, trustee or other custodian of any Loan Party for all or a substantial part of its property; or a warrant of attachment, execution or similar process shall have been issued against any substantial part of the property of any Loan Party, and any such event described in this clause (ii) shall continue for forty-five days without having been stayed, dismissed, bonded or discharged; or
          (g) Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc. (i) Any Loan Party shall have an order for relief entered with respect to it or shall commence a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect, or shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case, or to the conversion of an involuntary case to a voluntary case, under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, trustee or other custodian for all or a substantial part of its property; or any Loan Party shall make any assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (ii) any Loan Party shall be unable, or shall fail generally, or shall admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts as such debts become due; or the board of directors (or similar governing body) of any Loan Party (or any committee thereof) shall adopt any resolution or otherwise authorize any action to approve any of the actions referred to herein or in Section 9(f); or
          (h) Judgments and Attachments . Any money judgment, writ or warrant of attachment or similar process involving in the aggregate at any time an amount in excess of

94


 

$10,000,000 (in either case to the extent not adequately covered by insurance as to which a solvent and unaffiliated insurance company has acknowledged coverage) shall be entered or filed against any Loan Party or any of their respective assets and shall remain undischarged, unpaid, unvacated, unappealed, unbonded or unstayed for a period of forty-five days (or in any event later than five days prior to the date of any proposed sale thereunder); or
          (i) Dissolution . Any order, judgment or decree shall be entered against any Group Member decreeing the dissolution or split up of such Group Member and such order shall remain undischarged, unvacated or unstayed for a period in excess of thirty days; or
          (j) Employee Benefit Plans . (i) There shall occur one or more ERISA Events which individually or in the aggregate results in or might reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates in excess of $10,000,000 during the term hereof; or (ii) there exists any fact or circumstance that reasonably could be expected to result in the imposition of a Lien or security interest under Section 412(n) of the Code or under ERISA; or
          (k) Loan Documents . At any time after the execution and delivery thereof, (i) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement for any reason, other than the satisfaction in full of all Obligations, shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms) or shall be declared to be null and void or any Group Member shall repudiate its obligations thereunder, (ii) this Agreement ceases to be in full force and effect (other than by reason of the satisfaction in full of the Obligations in accordance with the terms hereof) or shall be declared null and void, or (iii) any Group Member shall contest the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document in writing or deny in writing that it has any further liability, including with respect to future advances by Lenders, under any Loan Document to which it is a party, or (iv) any lien created by any of the Security Documents shall cease to be enforceable and of the same effect and priority purported to be created thereby; or
          (l) a Change of Control shall occur; or
          (m) any material Subordinated Indebtedness or the guarantees thereof shall cease, for any reason, to be validly subordinated to the Obligations or the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as the case may be, as provided in any document governing any Subordinated Indebtedness; or
          (n) any Group Member (i) defaults in making any payment or delivery due on the last payment, delivery or exchange date of, or any payment due on early termination of, any Specified Hedge Agreement, in each case beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in such Specified Hedge Agreement; or (iii) defaults in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Specified Hedge Agreement, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or beneficiary) to cause, after the giving of notice if required or the elapse of any grace period, a liquidation, acceleration or early termination of such Specified Hedge Agreement; provided , that a default, event or condition described in clause (i) or (ii) of this paragraph (n) shall not at any time constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more defaults,

95


 

events or conditions of the type described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph (n) shall have occurred and be continuing under Specified Hedge Agreements which have an outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness thereunder which exceeds $10,000,000;
then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified in paragraph (f) or (g) above as to the Borrower, automatically the Commitments shall immediately terminate and the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all amounts of L/C Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents required thereunder) shall immediately become due and payable, and (B) if such event is any other Event of Default, either or both of the following actions may be taken: (i) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower declare the Revolving Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Revolving Commitments shall immediately terminate; and (ii) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all amounts of L/C Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents required thereunder) to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable. With respect to all Letters of Credit with respect to which presentment for honor shall not have occurred at the time of an acceleration pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall at such time deposit in a cash collateral account opened by the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such Letters of Credit. Amounts held in such cash collateral account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to the payment of drafts drawn under such Letters of Credit, and the unused portion thereof after all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if any, shall be applied to repay other obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and any Specified Hedge Agreements. After all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, all Reimbursement Obligations shall have been satisfied and all other obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and any Specified Hedge Agreements shall have been paid in full, the balance, if any, in such cash collateral account shall be returned to the Borrower (or such other Person as may be lawfully entitled thereto). Except as expressly provided above in this Section, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.
SECTION 10. THE AGENTS
          10.1. Appointment . Each Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) hereby irrevocably designates and appoints each Agent as the agent of such Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Lender irrevocably authorizes such Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to such Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this

96


 

Agreement, no Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or other Secured Party, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against any Agent.
          10.2. Delegation of Duties . Each Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. No Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.
          10.3. Exculpatory Provisions . Neither any Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except to the extent that any of the foregoing are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders or any other Secured Party for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any Group Member or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any Specified Hedge Agreement or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Agents under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any Specified Hedge Agreement for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any Specified Hedge Agreement or for any failure of any Group Member a party thereto to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. The Agents shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any Specified Hedge Agreement, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Group Member.
          10.4. Reliance by Agents . Each Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any instrument, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by such Agent. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent. Each Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders) as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Agents shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders), and

97


 

such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans and all other Secured Parties.
          10.5. Notice of Default . No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless such Agent has received notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders or any other instructing group of Lenders specified by this Agreement); provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Secured Parties.
          10.6. Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders . Each Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) expressly acknowledges that neither the Agents nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates have made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by any Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of a Loan Party or any Affiliate of a Loan Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent to any Lender or any other Secured Party. Each Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) also represents to the Agents that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender or any other Secured Party, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their Affiliates and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement or any Specified Hedge Agreement. Each Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender (or any other Secured Party), and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any Specified Hedge Agreement, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their Affiliates. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender or any other Secured Party with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any Affiliate of a Loan Party that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.
          10.7. Indemnification . The Lenders agree to indemnify each Agent in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), ratably according to their respective Aggregate Exposure Percentages in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section (or, if

98


 

indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with such Aggregate Exposure Percentages immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (whether before or after the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent in any way relating to or arising out of, the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, any Specified Hedge Agreement or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by such Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The agreements in this Section shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
          10.8. Agent in Its Individual Capacity . Each Agent and its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with any Group Member as though such Agent were not an Agent. With respect to its Loans made or renewed by it and with respect to any Letter of Credit issued or participated in by it, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms “Lender”, “Lenders”, “Secured Party” and “Secured Parties” shall include each Agent in its individual capacity.
          10.9. Successor Administrative Agent and Issuing Lender . (a) The Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent upon 30 Business Days’ notice to the Lenders and the Borrower. If the Administrative Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall (unless an Event of Default under Section 9(a) or Section 9(f) with respect to the Borrower shall have occurred and be continuing) be subject to approval by the Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent, and the term “Administrative Agent” shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Administrative Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Loans. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent by the date that is 10 Business Days following a retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall assume and perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above. The Syndication Agent may, at any time, by notice to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, resign as Syndication Agent hereunder, whereupon the duties, rights, obligations and responsibilities of the Syndication Agent hereunder shall automatically be assumed by, and inure to the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, without any further act by the Syndication Agent, the Administrative Agent or any Lender. After any

99


 

retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 10 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
          (b) The Borrower shall be permitted to replace the then existing Issuing Lender (the “ Departing Issuing Lender ”) upon 10 Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent and the Departing Issuing Lender (or such shorter time as the Departing Issuing Lender may agree) if the Departing Issuing Lender requests reimbursement under Section 3.7(c) or otherwise declines to issue a Letter of Credit pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.7(c). The Borrower shall select from among the Lenders a successor Issuing Lender, subject to approval by such successor Issuing Lender and by the Administrative Agent (the approval of the Administrative Agent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), whereupon such successor Issuing Lender shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Departing Issuing Lender, and the term “Issuing Lender” shall mean such successor Issuing Lender effective upon such appointment and approval, and (subject to the final two sentences of this Section 10.9(b) the Departing Issuing Lender’s rights, powers and duties as Issuing Lender shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such Departing Issuing Lender or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Loans. Any Letter of Credit issued by the Departing Issuing Lender and outstanding on the effective date of the appointment and approval of the successor Issuing Lender shall remain an outstanding L/C Obligation. The provisions of the Loan Documents shall inure to the benefit of the Departing Issuing Lender for so long as any Letter of Credit issued by the Departing Issuing Lender remains outstanding.
          10.10. Agents Generally . Except as expressly set forth herein, no Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities hereunder in its capacity as such.
          10.11. The Lead Arranger . The Lead Arranger, in its capacity as such, shall have no duties or responsibilities, and shall incur no liability, under this Agreement and other Loan Documents.
SECTION 11. MISCELLANEOUS
          11.1. Amendments and Waivers . Neither this Agreement, any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.1. The Required Lenders and each Group Member party to the relevant Loan Document may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and each Group Member party to the relevant Loan Document may, from time to time, (a) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Group Members hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided , however , that, in addition, no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (i) forgive the principal amount or extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Loan, extend the scheduled date of any amortization payment in respect of any Term Loan, reduce the stated rate of any interest or

100


 

fee payable hereunder (except (x) in connection with any waiver of the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates, which waiver shall be effective with the consent of the Majority Facility Lenders of each adversely affected Facility and (y) that any amendment or modification of defined terms used in the financial covenants in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or fees for purposes of this clause (i)) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, or increase the amount or extend the expiration date of any Lender’s Revolving Commitment, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; (ii) eliminate or reduce the voting rights of any Lender under this Section 11.1 without the written consent of such Lender; (iii) reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, release all or substantially all of the Collateral (except as expressly provided by Section 11.14(b)), release all or substantially all of the Subsidiary Guarantors from their obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or modify the provisions of Section 11.6, in each case without the written consent of all Lenders; (iv) amend, modify or waive any condition precedent to any extension of credit under the Revolving Facility set forth in Section 6.2 (including in connection with any waiver of an existing Default or Event of Default) without the written consent of the Majority Facility Lenders with respect to the Revolving Facility; (v) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 4.8 without the written consent of each Lender adversely affected thereby; (vi) reduce the amount of Net Cash Proceeds required to be applied to prepay Loans under this Agreement without the written consent of the Majority Facility Lenders with respect to each Facility; (vii) reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Majority Facility Lenders with respect to any Facility without the written consent of all Lenders under such Facility; (viii) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 10 without the written consent of each Agent adversely affected thereby; (ix) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 3.3 or 3.4 without the written consent of the Swingline Lender; (x) amend, modify or waive any provision of Sections 3.7 to 3.14 without the written consent of the Issuing Lender; (xi) amend, modify or waive (A) any Loan Document so as to alter the ratable treatment of the Borrower Hedge Agreement Obligations and the Borrower Credit Agreement Obligations or (B) the definition of “Qualified Counterparty,” “Specified Hedge Agreement,” “Obligations,” “Borrower Obligations,” or “Borrower Hedge Agreement Obligations”, in each case in a manner adverse to any Qualified Counterparty with Obligations then outstanding without the written consent of any such Qualified Counterparty. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Group Members, the Lenders, the Agents and all future holders of the Loans. In the case of any waiver, the Group Members, the Lenders and the Agents shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon. If, in connection with any proposed amendment, modification, waiver or termination requiring the consent of all Lenders, the consent of Required Lenders is obtained, but the consent of other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is not obtained being referred to as a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), then, so long as the Administrative Agent is not a Non-Consenting Lender, the Administrative Agent or a Person reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (and the Administrative Agent or such Person agrees to consent to the proposed amendment, modification, waiver or termination for which such Non-

101


 

Consenting Lender’s consent has not been obtained) shall have the right to purchase from such Non-Consenting Lenders, and such Non-Consenting Lenders agree that they shall, upon the Administrative Agent’s request, sell and assign to the Administrative Agent or such Person, all of the Term Loans of such Non-Consenting Lenders for an amount equal to the principal balance of all Term Loans held by such Non-Consenting Lenders and all accrued interest and fees (including any related processing and/or recordation fees) with respect thereto through the date of sale, such purchase and sale to be consummated pursuant to an executed Assignment and Assumption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, technical and conforming modifications to each Loan Document may be made with the consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) of the Administrative Agent and each Group Member that is a party thereto to the extent necessary to integrate any Incremental Term Loans (including Other Term Loans) on substantially identical terms as the Tranche B Term Loans, except, in the case of Other Term Loans, with respect to the interest rate margin applicable thereto.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof (collectively, the “ Additional Extensions of Credit ”) to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Term Loans and Revolving Extensions of Credit and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders; provided , that no such amendment shall permit the Additional Extensions of Credit to share ratably with or with preference to the Term Loans in the application of mandatory prepayments without the consent of the Required Lenders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the consent of the Required Lenders shall not be required to effectuate the provisions of Section 2.4.
          In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders providing the relevant Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans (“ Refinanced Term Loans ”) with a replacement “B” term loan tranche hereunder (“ Replacement Term Loans ”), provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term Loans, (b) the interest rate margin for such Replacement Term Loans shall not be higher than the weighted average interest rate margin for such Refinanced Term Loans, (c) the weighted average life to maturity of such Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans at the time of such refinancing and (d) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term Loans shall be substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than, those applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans, except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the latest final maturity of the Term Loans in effect immediately prior to such refinancing. Any refinancing of the Term Loans as described above shall be subject to the prepayment provisions of Section 4.1.
          11.2. Notices . All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered, or

102


 

three Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy notice, when received, addressed as follows in the case of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and as set forth in an administrative questionnaire delivered to the Administrative Agent in the case of the Lenders, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto:
         
 
  The Borrower:   8144 Walnut Hill Lane, Suite 800
 
      Dallas, Texas 75231
 
      Attention: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
      Telecopier: (214) 265-2570
 
       
 
  with a copy to:   8144 Walnut Hill Lane, Suite 800
 
      Dallas, Texas 75231
 
      Attention: Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
 
      Telecopier: (866) 685-9618
 
       
 
  The Administrative Agent:   383 Madison Avenue
 
      New York, New York 10179
 
      Attention: Kevin Cullen
 
      Telecopier: (212) 272-9184
 
       
 
  with a copy to:   Latham & Watkins LLP
 
      885 Third Avenue, Suite 1000
 
      New York, New York 10022
 
      Attention: Michele O. Penzer
 
      Telecopier: (212) 751-4864
; provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon any Agent, the Issuing Lender or the Lenders shall not be effective until received.
          Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Section 2 unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
          11.3. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of any Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

103


 

          11.4. Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Loan Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder so long as any Obligations are outstanding.
          11.5. Payment of Expenses and Taxes . The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse each Agent for all its reasonable and actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of outside counsel to such Agent and filing and recording fees and expenses, with statements with respect to the foregoing to be submitted to the Borrower prior to the Restatement Date (in the case of amounts to be paid on the Restatement Date) and from time to time thereafter on a quarterly basis or such other periodic basis as such Agent shall deem appropriate, (b) to pay or reimburse each Lender and Agent for all its actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, including the fees and disbursements of outside counsel to each Lender and of counsel to such Agent, (c) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender and Agent harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, stamp, excise and other taxes, if any, that may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, and (d) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender and Agent and their respective officers, directors, employees, Affiliates, trustees, advisors, agents and controlling persons (each, an “ Indemnitee ”) harmless from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, including any of the foregoing relating to the use of proceeds of the Loans or the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, or remedial actions required or reasonably necessary pursuant to, any Environmental Law applicable to the operations of any Group Member or any of the Properties or the unauthorized use by Persons of information or other materials sent through electronic, telecommunications or other information transmission systems that are intercepted by such Persons and the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel in connection with claims, actions or proceedings by any Indemnitee against any Group Member under any Loan Document (all the foregoing in this clause (d), collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”), provided , that the Borrower shall have no obligation hereunder to any Indemnitee with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee. Without limiting the foregoing, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower agrees not to assert and to cause its Subsidiaries not to assert, and hereby waives and agrees to cause its Subsidiaries to waive, all rights for contribution or any other rights of recovery with respect to all claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities,

104


 

settlements, damages, costs and expenses of whatever kind or nature, under or related to Environmental Laws, that any of them might have by statute or otherwise against any Indemnitee. All amounts due under this Section 11.5 shall be payable not later than 10 Business Days after written demand therefor. Statements payable by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 11.5 shall be submitted to the Borrower, at the address of the Borrower set forth in Section 11.2, or to such other Person or address as may be hereafter designated by the Borrower in a written notice to the Administrative Agent. The agreements in this Section 11.5 shall survive repayment of the Term Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
          11.6. Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments .
          (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any affiliate of the Issuing Lender that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section.
     (b)(i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees (each, an “ Assignee ”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of:
               (A) the Borrower, provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an (x) assignment to a Lender, an affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other Person, (y) any assignment by the Administrative Agent (or its affiliates) or (z) any assignment of Term Loans; and
               (B) the Administrative Agent, provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for (x) an assignment to an Assignee that is a Lender, an affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment, except in the case of an assignment of a Revolving Commitment to an Assignee that does not already have a Revolving Commitment,(y) any assignment by the Administrative Agent (or its affiliates) or (z) any assignment of Term Loans; and
               (C) in the case of any assignment of a Revolving Commitment, the Issuing Lender.
          (ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:
               (A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitments or Loans under any Facility, the amount

105


 

of the Commitments or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $1,000,000 unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that (1) no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (2) such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;
               (B) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500, provided that only one such fee shall be payable in respect of contemporaneous assignments to or from related Approved Funds;
               (C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire; and
               (D) in the case of an assignment by a Lender to an Affiliated CLO, the assigning Lender shall retain the sole right to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, provided that the Assignment and Assumption between such Lender and such CLO may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of such CLO, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that (1) requires the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby pursuant to the proviso to the second sentence of Section 11.1 and (2) directly affects such CLO.
          (iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) below, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 4.9, 4.10(a), 4.11 and 11.5). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 11.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.
          (iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amount of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive (absent manifest error), and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a

106


 

Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.
          (v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, the Assignee’s completed administrative questionnaire (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b)(ii) of this Section, and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.
     (c) (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more Eligible Assignees (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that (1) requires the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby pursuant to the proviso to the second sentence of Section 11.1 and (2) directly affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 4.9, 4.10(a) or 4.11 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.7(b) as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant shall be subject to Section 11.7(a) as though it were a Lender.
          (ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 4.9 or 4.10(a) than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. Any Participant that is a Non-U.S. Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 4.10(a) unless such Participant complies with Section 4.10(d).
          (d) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or

107


 

assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or Assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
          (e) The Borrower, upon receipt of written notice from the relevant Lender, agrees to issue Notes to any Lender requiring Notes to facilitate transactions of the type described in paragraph (d) above.
          (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Conduit Lender may assign any or all of the Loans it may have funded hereunder to its designating Lender without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent and without regard to the limitations set forth in Section 11.6(b). The Borrower, each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereby confirms that it will not institute against a Conduit Lender or join any other Person in instituting against a Conduit Lender any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding under any state bankruptcy or similar law, for one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing commercial paper note issued by such Conduit Lender; provided , however, that each Lender designating any Conduit Lender hereby agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless each other party hereto for any loss, cost, damage or expense arising out of its inability to institute such a proceeding against such Conduit Lender during such period of forbearance.
          11.7. Adjustments; Set-off .
          (a) Except to the extent that this Agreement expressly provides for payments to be allocated to a particular Lender or as provided in Section 4.2(f), if any Lender (a “ Benefited Lender ”) shall, at any time after the Loans and other amounts payable hereunder shall immediately become due and payable pursuant to Section 9, receive any payment of all or part of the Obligations owing to it, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 9(f), or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of the Obligations owing to such other Lender, such Benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of the Obligations owing to each such other Lender, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral ratably with each of the Lenders; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.
          (b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by the Borrower hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), to set off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower, as the case may be. Each

108


 

Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such setoff and application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.
          11.8. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
          11.9. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
          11.10. Integration . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire agreement of the Borrower, the Agents and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by any Agent or any Lender relative to subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.
          11.11. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          11.12. Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers . The Borrower, each Agent and each Lender hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:
          (a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;
          (b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;
          (c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Borrower, at its address set forth in Section 11.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

109


 

          (d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and
          (e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.
          11.13. Acknowledgments . The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:
          (a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;
          (b) no Agent or Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to the Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Agents and Lenders, on one hand, and the Borrower, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and
          (c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among the Borrower and the Lenders.
          11.14. Releases of Guarantees and Liens .
          (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Secured Party (without requirement of notice to or consent of any Secured Party except as expressly required by Section 11.1) to take any action requested by the Borrower having the effect of releasing any Collateral or guarantee obligations, and the Administrative Agent shall take any such action requested by the Borrower in a timely manner, (i) to the extent necessary to permit consummation of any transaction not prohibited by any Loan Document or that has been consented to in accordance with Section 11.1 or (ii) under the circumstances described in paragraph (b) below.
          (b) At such time as the Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations and the other Obligations (other than obligations under or in respect of Hedge Agreements and other contingent Obligations) shall have been paid in full (or cash collateralized in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), the Commitments have been terminated and no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding and, except as otherwise agreed by the affected Qualified Counterparties, the net termination liability under or in respect of, and other amounts due and payable under, Specified Hedge Agreements at such time shall have been paid in full or secured by a collateral arrangement satisfactory to the Qualified Counterparty in its reasonable discretion, the Collateral shall be released from the Liens created by the Security Documents, and the Security Documents and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Administrative Agent and each Group Member under the Security Documents shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person.

110


 

          11.15. Confidentiality . (a) Each Lender shall hold all non-public information regarding Superholdings and its Subsidiaries and their businesses identified as such by the Borrower and obtained by such Lender pursuant to the requirements hereof in accordance with such Lender’s customary procedures for handling confidential information of such nature, it being understood and agreed by the Borrower that, in any event, a Lender may make (i) disclosures of such information to Affiliates of such Lender and to their agents and advisors (and to other persons authorized by a Lender or Agent to organize, present or disseminate such information in connection with disclosures otherwise made in accordance with this Section 11.15) on a need to know basis, (ii) disclosures of such information reasonably required by any bona fide or potential assignee, transferee or participant in connection with the contemplated assignment, transfer or participation by such Lender of any Loans or any participations therein, (iii) disclosure to any rating agency when required by it, provided that, prior to any disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake in writing to preserve the confidentiality of any confidential information relating to the Group Members received by it from any of the Agents or any Lender, (iv) disclosure necessary in connection with the defense of any action, suit or investigation brought against a Lender, provided, that such Lender shall make reasonable efforts to provide the Borrower with notice of such disclosure request so that the Borrower may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy, and (v) disclosures required or requested by any governmental or regulatory agency or representative thereof, and self-regulatory organization or representative thereof, or by the NAIC or pursuant to legal or judicial process; provided , unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, each Lender shall make reasonable efforts to notify the Borrower of any request by any governmental agency or representative thereof or any self-regulatory organization or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with any examination of the financial condition or other routine examination of such Lender by such governmental or regulatory agency) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information. Each Agent and Lender acknowledges that the information received from any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof relating to any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof or their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to such Agent or Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof, may include material non-public information concerning the Loan Parties or an Affiliate of the Loan Parties, as the case may be.
          (b) Auction-Related Confidentiality Provisions . If Superholdings or any of its Affiliates (“ Applicant ”) holds a disclosable interest of 10% or greater in any entity which has submitted an application to participate in an auction conducted by the FCC, the Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of such application, and each Lender and each Agent acknowledge and agree that Applicant will be subject to 47 C.F.R § 1.2105(c), the Anti-Collusion rule of the FCC (the “ Anti-Collusion Rule ”). In order to avoid any possible violation of the Anti-Collusion Rule, each Lender and each Agent agree that during the time the Anti-Collusion Rule shall apply, they shall not (a) discuss with, or disclose in any manner to, any representative of Applicant any Bidding Information (as hereinafter defined) pertaining to any other applicant in such auction if such information comes to the attention of such Lender or Agent; (b) discuss with, or disclose in any manner to, any representative of another auction applicant Bidding Information (as hereinafter defined) pertaining to Applicant in such auction if such information comes to the attention of such Lender or such Agent. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Bidding Information ” encompasses information pertaining to the markets

111


 

in which an auction applicant is eligible to bid, the bidding eligibility and/or financial resources that an auction applicant has at any particular point in time, the substance of the applicant’s bids or bidding strategy, information with respect to any settlement discussions or settlement agreement pertaining to the licenses and applicants involved in an auction, information with respect to the post-auction market structure involving the licenses being auctioned in an auction and any other information that could reasonable be expected to affect an applicant’s bids or bidding strategy in, or to undermine the integrity of, an auction.
          11.16. WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL . THE BORROWER, THE AGENTS AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.
          11.17. Delivery of Addenda . Each initial Lender shall become a party to this Agreement by delivering to the Administrative Agent an Addendum duly executed by such Lender.
          11.18. USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Publ. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), (the “ Patriot Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act.
          11.19. Certain Regulatory Requirements . Any provision herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding, no Agent or Lender will take any action pursuant to this Agreement, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, or any other agreement between any Loan Party and such Agent or Lender that would constitute or result in any de facto or de jure assignment of an FCC license or transfer of control of any Loan Party, if such assignment of license or transfer of control would require under then existing law (including the written rules and regulations promulgated by, and published policies of, the FCC), the prior approval of the FCC, without first obtaining such approval of the FCC.
          11.20. Preservation of Priority . It is the intention of each of the parties hereto that the Original Credit Agreement be amended and restated in its entirety pursuant to this Agreement so as to preserve the perfection and priority of all Liens securing indebtedness and obligations under the Original Credit Agreement and that all Indebtedness and Obligations of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties hereunder shall be secured by the Liens evidenced under the Loan Documents and that this Agreement does not constitute a novation or termination of the obligations and liabilities existing under the Original Credit Agreement, except for the permanent repayment (or deemed repayment) of the Refinanced Indebtedness as stated herein.
[Signature Pages to Follow]

112


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
         
  METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Roger D. Linquist  
    Name:   Roger D. Linquist   
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
  BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC, as Joint Bookrunner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jonathan F. Lindeall  
    Name:   Jonathan F. Lindeall  
    Title:   Vice President  
 
  BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC., as Sole Lead Arranger and
Sole Bookrunner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Victor Bulzacchelli  
    Name:   Victor Bulzacchelli  
    Title:   Authorized Agent  
 
  MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED, as Joint Bookrunner
 
 
  By:   /s/ John C. Rowland  
    Name:   John C. Rowland  
    Title:   Vice President  
 
  BEAR STEARNS CORPORATE LENDING INC., as
Administrative Agent, as Syndication Agent and as a
Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Victor Bulzacchelli  
    Name:   Victor Bulzacchelli  
    Title:   Vice President  

1


 

         
         
  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Issuing Lender
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

2


 

         
Annex A
PRICING GRID FOR REVOLVING LOANS, SWINGLINE LOANS AND COMMITMENT FEES
             
    Applicable Margin   Applicable Margin    
Pricing Level   for Eurodollar Loans   for Base Rate Loans   Commitment Fee Rate
I
  2.500%   1.500%   0.500%
 
           
II
  2.250%   1.250%   0.375%
 
           
III
  2.000%   1.000%   0.250%
The Applicable Margin for Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and the Commitment Fee Rate shall be adjusted, on and after the first Adjustment Date (as defined below) occurring after the Closing Date, based on changes in the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, with such adjustments to become effective on the date (the “ Adjustment Date ”) that is three Business Days after the date on which the relevant financial statements are delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 7.1 and to remain in effect until the next adjustment to be effected pursuant to this paragraph. If any financial statements referred to above are not delivered within the time periods specified in Section 7.1, then, until the date that is three Business Days after the date on which such financial statements are delivered, the highest rate set forth in each column of the Pricing Grid shall apply. On each Adjustment Date, the Applicable Margin for Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and the Commitment Fee Rate shall be adjusted to be equal to the Applicable Margins and Commitment Fee Rate opposite the Pricing Level determined to exist on such Adjustment Date from the financial statements relating to such Adjustment Date.
          As used herein, the following rules shall govern the determination of Pricing Levels on each Adjustment Date:
          “ Pricing Level I ” shall exist on an Adjustment Date if the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for the relevant period is greater than 3.50 to 1.00.
          “ Pricing Level II ” shall exist on an Adjustment Date if the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for the relevant period is less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00 but greater than 3.00 to 1.00.
          “ Pricing Level III ” shall exist on an Adjustment Date if the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for the relevant period is less than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00.

3